of %
Professor W.J. Alexander
NDUOUND
AT THE
I'NIVJ RSITV OF
TORONTO PRESS
A GRAMMAR
LATIN LANGUAGE
lifciU fir ///
V^lo^ A GRAMMAR
OF THE
LATIN LANGUAGE
FROM PLAUTUS TO SUETONIUS
BY
HENRY JOHN ROBY,
M.A. late FELLOW OF ST JOHN'S COLL. CAMBRIDGE.
IN TWO PARTS
Part II. containing: —
BOOK IV. SrNTAX.
Also PREPOSITIONS &c. -
SECOND
HOtt&OR ;
MACMILLAN AND CO.
1875
[All Sig/Us raerv*J.\
PA
pt. 2
€ arcbrr> :
TRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A.
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
Table of Contents.
Preface.
Observations on Book IV.
Remarks on method observed, p. xvii.
Of the analysis of the sentence, p. xxii.
Of the syntax of concord, p. xxiv.
Of the predicative dative, p. xxiv.
Alphabetical list of words so used, p. xxxvii.
Of the ablative, p. lvL
Of the so-called genitive (locative) of value, p. bra.
Of the gerund and gerundive, p. lxi.
i. Connexion of the various usages, p. lxiii.
A. Use of gerund as active and apparently as pas-
sive, p. lxiiL
B. Rise of (oblique) gerundive, p. lxvii.
C. Predicative use of nominative gerund, p. lxxi.
D. Use of gerundive with notion of 'obligation,'
p. txxni.
E. Participial use of verbal stems in -undo, p. IxxviiL
C ritic i s m of other theories, p. IxxxL
ii. Origin of verbal stem in -undo, p. lxxxv.
in. Analogies in other languages, especially English,
p. lxxxvii.
History of English form in -mg. p. xciv.
Of the subjunctive mood generally, p. xcviL
Especially in hypothetical and conditional sentences, p. xcix.
Of the e xp ressions dicat aliquis. dixerit aliquis, p. d.
Instances of videro, &c. p. cvL
Advice to students of grammar, p. cviL
Acknowledgment of obligations, p. cviiL
Miscellaneous remarks, p. cix.
Addenda et Corrigenda, p. cxL
Table of Contents. Book IV.
Book IV. Syntax.
Chap. I. Classification of words, p. 3.
II. Parts of a simple sentence and use of Parts of speech,
P-5-
i. Elements of a sentence, p. 5.
ii. Of attributes, p. 7.
iii. Of predicates, p. 8.
iv Of the use of oblique cases and adverbs, p. 9.
v. Of coordination by conjunctions and otherwise,
p. n.
vi. Of fragmentary or interjectional expressions, p.i 1.
III. Of the different kinds of sentences,
Affirmative, negative, interrogative; simple, com-
pound, p. 12.
Coordinate sentences, p. 12.
Subordinate sentences, p. 13.
IV. Order of words and sentences.
i. Order of words in a prose sentence, p. 16.
ii. Position of subordinate sentences, p. 22.
V. Use of noun inflexions, especially those of gender
and number, p. 23.
(A) General usage, p. 23.
(B) Use of the Participles, p. 29.
As predicate, p. 29; ordinary noun adjec-
tive, p. 30; noun substantive, p. 31.
VI. Use of Cases, p. 32.
VII. Use of Nominative Case, p. 33.
(A) Person or thing spoken of.
(B) Person (or thing) spoken to.
Table of Contents. Book IV. vii
VIII. Use of Accusative Case, p. 34.
(A) Compass or measure, p. 34.
Of space, p. 34 ; of time, p. 36 ; extent of
action, p. 36 ; cognate accusative, p. 40 ;
part concerned, p. 40; description, p. 4a;
use with prepositions, p. 42.
(B) Place towards which, p. 44.
An action as goal of motion (active supine),
p. 46 ; Use with prepositions, p. 46.
(C) Direct object, p. 48.
Double object, p. 50; object of passive
verbs, p. 52 ; in exclamations, p. 52.
IX. Use of Dative Case, p. 54.
(A) Indirect object, p. 54.
Special usages, viz.; of local relation, p. 58;
agent, p. 60; person judging, p. 60; person
interested (dati'vus etbicus'), p. 62 ; person
possessing, p. 62 ; in place of genitive,
p. 62 ; work contemplated, p. 64.
(B) Predicative, p. 64.
With esse, p. 65 ; with other verbs, p. 65.
X. Use of Locative and Ablative Cases, p. 68.
(A) Place where (Locative and Ablative), )
(B) Instrument (Ablative). J
Place (Loc), p. 68 ; (Abl.), p. 70 ;
Time (Loc.), p. 74 ; (Abl.), p. 76 ;
Amount (Loc), p. 78.
Price, penalty (Abl.), p. 82.
Amount of difference, p. 84.
Part concerned, means, cause, p. 86.
Description, manner, circumstances, p. 96.
(C) Place whence (Ablative), p. 108.
Of place, p. 108 ; of things, p. no; origin,
p. no; standard of comparison, p. 113.
Table of Contents. Book IV.
XI. Use of Genitive Case, p. ii6.
(A) Dependent on nouns or as secondary predi-
cate, p. 1 1 6.
Possessor, &c, p. 1 1 6 ; divided whole, p. 1 20 ;
kind or contents, p. 124; description,
p. 126 ; object, p. 128 ; thing in point of
which, p. 130.
(B) Dependent on verbs (and some adjectives).
Of accusing, &c, p. 132 ; of pitying, &c,
p. 134; of remembering, &c, p. 134; of
filling or lacking, p. 136.
XII. Use of Infinitive, p. 138.
(A) Ordinary usages, p. 139.
As object, p. 139 ; oblique predicate, p. 142 ;
secondary predicate, p. 143 ; subject, p.
144 ; in exclamations, p. 145.
(B) As primary predicate to a subject in nomina-
tive case, p. 146.
(C) As genitive, -ablative, or adverbial accusative,
p. 147.
XIII. Tenses of Infinitive, when used,
(A) as object, &c, p. 148.
(B) as oblique predicate, p. 148.
(C) in special usages, p. 150.
XIV. Use of Verbal Nouns, especially the Gerund and Ge-
rundive. General account, p. 152.
(A) Verbal nouns in oblique cases; viz.
Accusative, p. 154; Dative, p. 156;
Ablative, i. Locative and Instrumental, p.
158;
ii. expressing place whence, p. 161 ;
Genitive, p. 163.
Table of Contents. Book IV. ix
(B) Verbal nouns in nominative and (in oblique
language) the accusative, p. 164.
(C) Further uses of gerundive and passive parti-
ciple, p. 166.
XV. Use of VERB INFLEXIONS.
Inflexions of voice, p. 171.
Construction of passive verbs, p. 174.
XVI. Use of Verbal Inflexions of Person and Number.
i. Subject and predicate contained in verb, p. 177.
iL Subject expressed by a separate word, p. 180.
iii. Omission of verbal predicate, p. 182.
XVII. Of Indicative awl Imperative moods and their tenses.
(A) Tenses of Indicative, p. 185.
i. Time to which the tenses relate, p. 186.
iL Completeness or incompleteness of the ac-
tion, p. 187.
Principal usages of
Present tense p. 189 : Future, p. 191 : Im-
perfect, p. 191; Perfect, p. 194; Com-
pleted future, p. 196; Future in -«o.
p. 197 ; Pluperfect, p. 198.
Future participle active with verb ram.
p. aoo.
(B) Tenses of Imperative, p. 201.
XVIII. Of the Subjunctive mood and its tenses.
i. Of the mood, p. 202.
iL Of the tenses, p. 205.
XIX. Typical examples of Subjunctive mood and its tenses.
(A) Hypothetical, p. 208 ; (B) Conditional, p. 209;
(C) Optative, Jussive, Concessive, p. 212;
Table of Contents. Book IV.
(D) Final, p. 213; (E) Consecutive, p. 214;
(F) Expressing attendant circumstances, p. 215 ;
(G) Expressing reported definitions, reasons, con-
ditions, questions, p. 216;
(H) Because dependent on subjunctive or infini-
tive, p. 217.
XX. Use of Moods in Hypothetical and Conditional
clauses.
(A) Hypothetical subjunctive, p. 218.
i. With condition expressed in separate clause,
p. 220.
ii. With condition not formally expressed,
p. 224.
Contrasted Indicative, p. 219.
1. With conditions expressed in separate sen-
tences, p. 221.
2. Unconditional statement of power, duty,
<b'c, p. 225.
3. Various uses of indicative, p. 227.
(B) Conditional subjunctive, p. 234.
1. With apodosis in subjunctive, p. 236.
2. With apodosis in infinitive, future, par-
ticiple or gerund, p. 240.
3. With suppression or contraction of the
proper hypothetical apodosis, p. 244.
Contrasted Indicative (and Imperative, § 537),
P- 235-
In conditional clause, 1. ivith apodosis in
indicative, p. 237.
2. With apodosis in imperative, p. 243.
3. With apparent apodosis in subjunctive,
P- 245.
Indicative in sentences of comparison, p. 249.
Table of Contents. Book IV.
XXI. Use of Subjunctive mood to express desire.
(C) Optative and jussive subjunctive.
i. Expressing wish, p. 254.
2. Expressing simple command, p. 256.
3. In quasi-dependence on another verb,
p. 260.
4. In interrogative sentences, p. 262.
5. In concessions, p. 266.
Contrasted Indicative and Imperative, p. 253.
1. Various uses of Indie, e.g. vldero, p. 255.
2. Use of Imperative mood, p. 257.
3. Indicative in quasi-dependence, faxo scies.
&c, p. 261.
4. Indicative in noticeable questions, p. 263.
5. Indicative and Imperative in concessions,
p. 267.
(D) Final Subjunctive, p. 270.
1. With qui (adj.), p. 272.
2. With ut, quo ; ut ne, ne ; quominus. quin.
P- 274.
3. With dum, donee, quoad, p. 284;
prius (ante) quam, potiusquam, p. 288.
Contrasted Indicative, p. 271.
With qui in simple statements, p. 273.
Comparative sentences, viz. tantus...quantus,
tarn. ..quam. sic.ut, p. 275.
With eo...quod. eo...quo, p. 277; miram
quantum, nlnris quam, &c, p. 279.
With satin' ut, vide ut, p. 281.
With ne...quidem, non modo.-.sed etiam,
p. 283.
With dum, donee, quoad, quamdiu. p. 285.
With quam after prius, ante, dtius, &c,
p. 289.
xii Table of Contents. Book IV.
XXII. Use of Subjunctive mood to express causation.
(E) Consecutive Subjunctive, p. 292.
1. With qui (adj.), quin ( = qui non), cum,
P- 294.
2. With ut, ut qui (adv.) , ut non, quin, p. 3 00.
Contrasted Indicative, p. 493.
With qui (adj.) in simple definitions, p. 295.
With qui quidem, qui modo, p. 299; quis-
quis, quamquam, &c. p. 301.
With quod, 'â– that] p. 303; tantum quod,
P- 303-
With ut, ' as,' p. 305.
(F) Subjunctive of attendant circumstances, p. 308.
1. With adjectives qui, ut qui, utpote qui,
quippe qui; also ut ubi, p. 310.
2. Of cases frequently occurring ; with qui-
cumque, cum, 'whenever,' u"bi, &c,
p. 31a.
3. With cum (a) 'when,' p. 314; (b)
'whereas,' p. 316; (c), (d) 'although,'
p. 316.
Contrasted Indicative, especially with temporal
conjunctions, p. 309.
1. With adjectives qui, quippe qui, p. 311 ;
qui, ' such,'' p. 311.
2. Of cases frequently occurring; with qui-
cumque, cum, ' whenever,' &c, p. 3 1 3 .
3. With other conjunctions of time, e.g. ut,
ubi, posteaquam, <&Y., p. 315.
4. With cum (a) 'when,' p. 315; (b) 'to
the time that,' p. 317; (c) ' because,'
p. 319; (d) 'in that,'Y>. 319; 'although, 1
p. 321; (e) 'and then,' p. 321; (f)
'whilst,' 'both,' p. 321.
Table of Contexts: Book IV. xm
XXIII. Use of S ubjumliie to express alien or uaitingen t as-
(G) Sub j un c ti re of reported stafrtnrn ts; p. jxx.
i. Reported defimtian with «al (*§-),
P»3*4-
x. Repotted or assumed reason with (nod.
•Ufa, &t, p. 3x4.
5. Reported condition with tf, at p. 3x8-
4. Other reported clauses, eg. of time,
P-33*-
5. Reported question, p. 332; fanttaa, out*.
P-334.
CamtrmsUd TmSratirr, p. 3x3.
1. *fc* qpi («#.) tf/irfx, P- 3*S-
x. JPji& camud amjnctimt (nod. <■**» ifc,
P-3*5-
3. Vine «L 6v^ Una bL ntaarsM. p. 331.
4. £» tbvtt frtfw, apttudfy *» cwmmtxim
<tdtb exfittrtxs, ms die adM, ado, vlnaa*.
^-7 P- 333-
j. Sdo quod ouarJa; ftxsttaa, p. 335
aeado (da. &V., p. 337.
(FT) Snbjunctrre because dependent
1. on mfiiiilne, p. 338.
x. on subjunctive, p. 340.
Ctmtrasted TumiiatHt
nmictttve., aitboBgb mtfcMmcwt
I. «a^£tnr :> p.339.
X- •■JM/aar/iii 1 , p. 34 1-
XXIV. Of Reported Speech.
Use of moods, tenses, persons, p. 34*-
Tabubr s LUrmrnt of same, p. 344.
Examples, p. 345.
XIV
Table of Contents. Book IV.
exadver-
363-
Inter, p. 406.
Intra, Intro, p.
Intus. p. 410.
Juxta, p. 411.
Ob, ot>8, p. 412
Supplement to Syntax.
Prepositions and quasi-prepositional adverbs.
Summary, p. 351.
Palam, p. 415.
Penes, p. 416.
Per, p. 416.
Pone, p. 420.
Por-, p. 420.
Post, pos. postid, poste, p. 420.
Prae, p. 422.
Prseter, p. 425.
Pro, p. 427.
Procul, p. 430.
Prope, p. 432.
Propter, p. 433.
Red-, re, p. 434.
Retro, p. 437.
Sed, se, p. 437.
Secundum, p. 439.
-Secus, p. 439.
Simul, simltu, p. 439.
Sub, subter, p. 440.
Super, lnsuper, desuper, p. 445.
Supra, supera, p. 447.
Tenus, p. 449,protenus,protinam,
p. 45°-
Trans, p. 450.
Vorsus, vorsum (versus, ver-
sum), p. 451.
Uls, ultra, ultro. p. 453.
Usque, p. 455.
Abs, ab, a, af, p. 353.
Absque, p. 357.
Ad, p. 357.
Adversum, Adversus ;
sum, exadversus, p.
Amb-, am-, an-, p. 364.
An- (dva), p. 365.
Ante (antid), p. 365.
Apud, p. 367.
Clrcum, circa, circiter, p. 368
Cis, citra, citro, p. 371.
Clam, clanculum, p. 373.
Com, cum, p. 373.
Contra, p. 377.
Coram, p. 380.
De, p. 380.
Dls-, di-, p. 386.
Erga, p. 387.
Er«o, p. 388.
Ex, e, p. 389.
Extra, extrad, p. 395.
In, endo, indu, p. 397.
Infra, p. 405.
409.
11. Conjunctions.
i. Copulative, p. 457.
ii. Adversative, p. 461.
iii. Disjunctive, p. 464.
Table of Contents. Book IV. xv
in. Negative Particles, p. 466.
iv. Interrogative Particles, p. 473-
L In simple questions, p. 474.
ii. In alternative questions, p. 475.
v. Pronouns.
Hie, iste, ille, is, p. 476.
Se, suns, ipse, p. 478.
Quis, quispiam. aliquis, quidam, alteruter, nonnemo, Sec, p. 482.
Quisquam. ullus, uter, qui vis. quilibet. utervis, p. 483.
Quisque, uterque, omnes, ambo, singuli, alternl, p. 485.
Quisquis. quicunque, utercunque, &c, p. 487.
Idem, alius, alter, ceterl, p. 489.
Quis ? quisnam ? ecquis ? p. 491.
Miscellaneous Remarks on pronouns, p. 491.
IXDEX, p. 495-
Preface to Book IV.
General Remarks on Method Observed.
IN writing this Boob I have had three aims specially in view, which
taken together have led to my treating the matter somewhat differ-
ently from most other recent writers on the subject.
i. I have endeavoured to set forth the usages both of the Latin
of Plautus and of the post-Augustan writers, as well as the usage of
Cicero and of the Augustan age. Few things can be more important
in the treatment of language than an historical method: what
appears hopelessly intricate and irrational, when judged from a
scientific point of view which is not that of the historical develop-
ment, becomes intelligible and almost simple, when we look along
the line of growth. No doubt there is much about Latin con-
structions, as well as about Latin forms, which will always be dark,
because we come upon the language not in its youth, but in its
maturity, when it was no longer a mere rustic dialect, but a
literary language; and, even so, we have at first but the plays
of Plautus, a few fragments of other writers, and a few brief
inscriptions. Nor have the materials, which exist, been as yet
sufficiently studied from this point of view. There is no book on
syntax which can bear comparison with Neue's work on inflexions.
Yet something of the kind is necessary before a shorter treatise,
such as I have attempted, can speak with real precision. Every
year however increases the number of contributions to the work.
All that I have thought to be within my limits of space and leisure
is, starting from Cicero, Caesar and Livy as a standard, to intro-
duce earlier and later usages, when they are different, and to vary
the sources of my examples where possible, so as to remind the
reader that the question concerns the language, not of one writer or
b
xviii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
period only, but of the Roman people. Especially I have aimed at
doing this, when the nature of the usage in question was such as to
suggest a doubt, whether it belonged to the early language. But
other considerations rendered it difficult to carry the plan out sys-
tematically. For the collection of examples under any one head has
a double purpose : it has to illustrate what I may call the internal
extension of the principle in various grammatical connexions, as
well as the external extension of the principle in the historical series
of authors. The number of such combinations would soon become
unmanageable, and a limit must be put. I fear none but an arbi-
trary limit is possible for a book like this.
2. Secondly, I have desired to set example above precept, and
to appeal to the intuition of my readers rather than to their power
of abstract grammatical conception. A writer on (written) language
has herein a great advantage over expositors of many other branches
of science, that he can incorporate in his work specimens of the
natural objects. I have made full use of this advantage, and aimed
at giving my book the form, not so much of a treatise, as of a
scientific arrangement of specimens interwoven with a catalogue
raisonne. For this puts grammar in the proper light, as an account
of what men do say, not a theory of what they should say. More-
over few, except practised grammarians, can get a clear conception
from grammatical exposition, except as a commentary on examples
and as a clue and justification for the arrangement of them. On the
selection of the examples I have naturally bestowed considerable
pains. It is important that they should be various, exhibiting not
only (as I have said above,) authors of more ages and styles than
one, but also various types of circumstances in which the special
case or mood in question occurs. A difference of tense often, and
a difference of person sometimes, has influence over the mood ;
the presence or absence of an epithet, the meaning of the word
itself, the character of the governing word, the position in the
sentence, all have or may have a bearing on the particular case
or construction. I have thought it well to give the examples
with tolerable fulness, because we are hardly able to appreciate
accurately the aspect of a particular expression, unless we see the
whole of its surroundings. Further it is important that the exam-
Gtmral remarks on method o&serreJ.
pfes <3mnM be typical. We have to note the d e nh ei ale speech, we
have also to note die natmal, ordinary, habitual speech. But the
accidental domaness or eccentricity of an individual on this or that
particular occasion is no subject of interest or rnstructaon. unless it
happen to illustrate general laws. In that case it inay be a suitable text
for a commentator: it will rarely be a fit specimen for the ordinary
grammarian s nnnrmn . But many eccentric instances owe their
peculiarities to the copyist : and I hare therefore used none but
the best critical texts so far as I knew them, and endeavoured to
avoid examples which were not free from critical uncertainty, at
least in the vital parts. It would be more easy to insure this, if
<jumeni e n t texts existed, containing at the foot of the page the most
important of the deviations from the best MSS. Baiter and Kaysers
Cicero and Madrigs Livy are sadly deficient in this respect. It
is still more to be l e gietted that there is not even one convenient
critical edition of Livy, of the oratorical books of Cicero, of half
FSautus. of Ovid, of Suetonius, and of others. Cato, Varro and
Columella ^Sr re rustua leiiuw as they woe edited eighty years ago.
An Englishman has however little right to complain, for be can
hardly hope for the defect to be snppSed except by German sr-hofars
3. Thirdly, I have regarded syntax not as being a synthesis of
r_.r; :;r ::.-. :_~:. . . : _- ^ : ; : _: 3^ ir. analytical statement
of the meaning and use of the inflexions and of the parts of speech.
This is a province capable of definition, and large enough to justify
>;-iri".-: :::!"." .-.". "•""'_: — '.'.:- :.:_; : : : ~- _— matter. Accord-
ingry I have followed the in fl e xi on s as my guide. Uninfiecfted'words
require simply to have ibeir general functions described: the rest of
their use depends on their individual meaning, and is mat in for a
dictionary. Inflected words require to be treated according to the
rtT-rTi. :.\i~ :".t7 :: \Zn.r ".r.r.rX". r? ?r:~ : _r; ::r :~-'it. :t irt -..\:.-~
s n l i M a irti ves or adjectives, and their rnflfsions are referable to the
ordinary flaws of gender, number and case. Their distinctions
from one another, eg. the distinction of prrtjw from aEqwis, is
no part of syntax, but of lexicography. Adjectives require only the
general significance of their i nfl e xi on s to be set forth (§ ic6c), and
they then (in Latin) fall under die general laws which regulate the
use of cases Im i«lwit jH y mdwri many mattrr* nf p h rasw ilngy m
62
xx Preface: Observations on Book IV.
which our own idiom differs from that of Rome, but which do not
strictly belong to syntax, find place as illustrative of the use of the
cases or moods, or as more or less directly affecting them. Thus
ut, cum, dum, si, &c, receive tolerably full discussion, so far as
they bear on tense or mood; the degrees of adjectives come into
prominence in treating of the ablative and genitive cases; the pro-
nouns in various parts ; the prepositions as enforcing the meaning of
the cases, and limiting, while supplementing, the independent use of
the cases. Indeed the use of prepositions is so full of interest and
grammatical bearing, that besides this incidental though frequent
reference to them, I have treated them at some length in connexion
with each other, in a supplement to the Syntax. Coordinating con-
junctions, negative and interrogative particles and the distinctive
use of various pronouns I have noticed briefly.
It will be seen that the Syntax here falls into three main divisions:
the first of which is a general introduction describing the names and
functions of the several parts of speech, the classification of sen-
tences, the order of the words in a sentence (chapp. I — iv); the
second contains the use of noun inflexions (chapp. v — xiv) ; the
third contains the use of verb inflexions (chapp. xv — xxiv). The
infinitive and its complement, the gerund and gerundive, are verbal
nouns, and, as such, come naturally at the end of the noun in-
flexions. Participles are verbal adjectives, and the only notice which
collectively they appear to require is part of the general doctrine of
attribute and predicate. Their use in the ablative absolute cannot
be separated from the treatment of the ablative. Some other uses
give and receive most illustration in connexion with the gerundive
(§§ 1402, 1406).
In the analysis both of cases and moods (and of prepositions) I
have tried to avoid minute subdivisions, and to form the various
applications of the cases, &c, at any rate primarily, into broad
groups. If the ordinary English translation were chosen as the clue,
the subdivision would frequently become so extreme as to bewilder
a student. English and Eatin, or indeed any two languages that
may be taken, shew different modes of conceiving the relation of
actions and circumstances, and a different development of the same
conception, according as this or that, among many possible analo-
_- /. -. ; .;..' -. .;-•':..• .- ■'.::':: :■::.'—..'.' ns
led the imagmaittJDn. It titans lmrwnrs necessary to be
a ones gmaid *&**** diwuMiiDg; two usages of a. case,
-_~,i _.-.-i - ;: :.ai :.1t 5.:. : t ~. rto :.:.:.: :.. x^c iri_-_5r.
_;.;;■; :tT-::i._^r Ir:'...-h I.-.-; •_?; "_:.-. -i~-. M_:.-.
it ::.■;.. ::":::;c':c "!.•:: :c::p:: :zt ~:rz :"-*- ~
oaadfcrafcbn of its castor Is tease or hmxmL "nmsiadt
- -.... -. . - : — -j - - ;i^— — ; - r ;; ; -_ ; ;■— i - ; r _-■-_- — -_— .
sennas Id sue desirable to do. For snefa jalnliliifs fend
!_jf ~ '■' -.Z.'z'i '.'. '.— - '■' ' "i'i- V.L .-'--'.'. IZ Z^?-~ '-'J-1~
i i7Tr.jj:u.5: :c :: :.:.•: :;::f :: v -_ ::iiv:-:_~i _:r _jc
:;':: _ ; i : . :.;: ; -: _;-~ :■; .: "_!•? d:v:;" :t : r:_'f :: j:"-:cf
ivc Wttettfeer
i ".i — ■: c
C U..".V i c .
bs nr
xxii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
Of the Analysis of the Simple Sentence.
The analysis of the simple sentence, although in some features
the same as that put forth in my Elementary Grammar some years
ago, has been further developed and corrected. I have thought it
indefensible not to state at once that a predication may be made
without a verb, when one has only to take up Livy and find the
past participle used over and over again, without any form of
the verb sum or of any other verb. Nor is it tolerable to see the
finite verb spoken of primarily as predicate, or predicate and copula
only, when every one knows, and is ready to whisper in a note, that
it has subject and predicate combined in itself. Kriiger, I find, in
this as in many other matters, has clearly seen and stated the true
view. It is probably the different formation of modern languages,
which has prevented more general recognition of the fact. Again
if in fusi /jostes, fusi is a predicate, it seems to me merely the ex-
pression of an obvious truth, to give the same name of predicate to
fusi, fusos, fusis in fusi sunt hostes, fusi redeunt hostes, fusos vidi
hostes, fusis hostibus redeunt. It is most important to trace and
mark an identity of relation under various forms and with words of
various significance ; and, if a familiar term is adequate to express
it, so much the better. The same applies to the infinitive. Cupio
mortem and cupio mori shew substantives in the same relation — that
of an object, to the verb. In dicar -victor and dicar -vincere, these
substantives are secondary predicates. But if we say dicar esse (or
mori) 'victor, cupio esse, or mori, -victor, -victor is still (as well as esse
and mori) a predicate— secondary, as I call it, tertiary as perhaps
some may think it should strictly be called. The fact of the word
•victor being connected in sense with esse or mori, though these
infinitives stand in different relations to cupio from what they do to
dicar, makes no difference in the grammatical relation of -victor to
the subject of dicar or cupio. It is very remarkable how persistently
a nominal predicate takes the case of its subject in spite of appa-
rent impediments. In cupio esse -victor, the esse, though the channel
through which victor is brought into relation with the subject,
would, if it had case inflexions, be put in the accusative. The
absence of case inflexions in esse makes the use of the nominative
•victor to us less striking. But the Romans did not even require
Of tlie analysis of tlie simple sentence.
this absence of inflexions to reconcile them to the maintenance of
their rule, that a direct predicate should here, as elsewhere, be in
the nominative. Look at the three last sentences in § 1069 and the
passages from Liv. 41. 10 and 4. 44 in § 1073. The word solus in
gerendo solus censuram is as closely connected with gerendo as is
possible, but this neither hinders the predicate {solus) from being
put in the nominative, nor the means (gerendo) from being put in
the ablative. The same of ipse, quisque, and ad-veniens, in the other
sentences. (See Madvig, Em. Li-v. p. 311.) The Greeks have the
same use ; e. g. oirodtv irore Tavrqv rfjv inawuiav eXtrj3es to paviKus
Kakclo-Bai, pvk ol8a eyarye (Plat. Sjmp. 173 D); ylyprrai QffiiaroKX^s
napa t<3 fiaaikel peyas otto tov •trd.pav 818011s £vver6s (paiveadai
(Thuc. 1. 138). They have even gone further; for dixit non se sed
eum imperatorem esse is ovk e(f>7) avrbs, aXX' cKcivov o-rpaTr/ycZv.
The only deviation from this rule, that I have noticed, is that
mentioned in § 1347 e.g. descensuros pollicebantur. I agree with
Madvig (Lat. Gr. § 401), in regarding this use, though not rare,
as an irregularity. It has arisen from the want of a proper future
infinitive, which was therefore supplied by the use of the future
participle in the case of the object, until this accusative case at
length seemed part of this new infinitive, and not changeable with
a change of position in the sentence. But the fuller and regular
expression descensuros se polticebantur is also the more common.
In the sentence so often quoted am Romano licet esse Gaditanum.
and the few others 1 like it (p. 145 note), Gaditanum is a predicate,
not of ci-vi, but of the unexpressed subject which lies in the abstract
use of the infinitive : ' The being a Gaditan is a thing permitted
to a Roman citizen.' But this again is not the way in which the
Romans usually spoke : and the fact that esse is subject to licet did
not prevent them from saying Gaditano, as they also in perfect con-
sistency usually said Nomen est mibi Marco, although they could
legitimately say, and often did say nomen est mibi Marcus (cf. §§
1058, 1059). Similarly tibi templum Statori Jovi i<oveo, i.e. 'by
the name of Jove the Stayer,' (infr. § 1751).
1 I see Draeger {Hist. Synt. i. 400) quotes from Val. M. 6. 9. 14,
cui...consulem creari contigit, but the best MS. has only the abbrevia-
tion cons. On some other passages, sometimes quoted, see Madvig
Opusc. ii. 29.
Preface: Observations on Book IV.
Of the Syntax of concord.
The three concords are in this book not honoured with the pre-
eminence, which has long been assigned to them. In truth the first
two are generally stated in a way, which disguises their true nature,
and the third is apt to confuse a learner. In the grammatical con-
struction of the relative adjective qui, &c, there is nothing to distin-
guish it from is or from any other demonstrative pronoun, or indeed
really from any other adjective. The gender and number will be
regulated by the meaning, the case will be regulated by the function
the word performs in the sentence. The ordinary rule leads to
awkward explanations, when the 'antecedent' is expressed in the same
sentence as the relative, and when the ' antecedent ' is really wanting ;
e. g. soli sapientes, quod est proprium di-vitiarum, contenti sunt rebus
suis (C. Par. 6, § 52). The real fault of treatment here, as in the
other concords, is in not putting prominently forward the signifi-
cance of the inflexions. Grammarians too often start with an erro-
neous conception of the finite verb, as if it were not complete in
itself, but required the separate expression of a subject, and again
with an erroneous conception of the adjective as if it required the
expression of a substantive. It is well indeed, if grammar be not
distorted to please logic, and videt be resolved into est widens. But
rosa floret is not first, and floret second with the ellipse of rosa, or
ea, or something, to be accounted for, any more than Jupiter pluit is
to be regarded as properly prior to pluit. Nor is boni homines first,
and boni second, with an ellipse of homines to be accounted for. Just
the contrary: floret, pluit, boni are not degenerate offspring of the
fuller originals, but these fuller forms are simply explanations and
specifications of the shorter and vaguer originals. The i in boni is
even more indicative of males, than the / of i'iri is. For there are
feminine substantives with an i in the nom. plural, e.g. aim, ulmi,
&c, and there are no feminine adjectives with i; just as there are
a few masculine substantives with ae in the nom. plural, but no
adjectives. It will be seen that systematic regard to the significance
of the inflexions leads to some novelties in the statement of the
matter of Chapp. v. and XVI. j and, I think, simplifies the treatment
Of the syntax of concord.
of some usages; e.g. capita conjuratioms caesi sunt requires no
special rule or justification. The heads of the conspiracy were
slain males,' is the literal translation, and the discrepancy of genders
is of no more importance than in capita conjurations viri sunt.
Such expressions as triste lupus stabuRs are not deviations from a
normal tristis lupus stabulis (as I fear some students are led to
think), but have a different meaning and therefore a different form.
There is no more necessity to account elaborately for triste than
there would have been to account for exitium, if exitium had been
used instead. Tristis is 'a grievous he or she,' triste is 'a grief.'
And the rules of concord, were it not for old habits requiring a
more distinct treatment of these usages, might almost be reduced to
the simple statement, that if a writer wishes to say one thing, he
must not select forms that convey another. There is no sin against
grammar in a man's saying • sum timida' any more than in his say-
ing "sum timidusJ but the propriety of his using the feminine
depends on his wishing to charge himself with being a very woman
for fear, and not merely to declare himself a fearful man. If he
means this last, then his error is in forgetting the meaning of the
inflexion, not in the disregard of a rule of positive obligation. The
more a student accustoms himself to regard the use of a wrong
inflexion, as saying what he does not mean, as putting, for instance,
man for *&oman, a thing for a person, the clearer will be his insight
into what may otherwise appear a tangle of obscure threads.
Of the Predicative dative.
The second class of datives, commonly called datives ' of the
purpose', deserve more special attention than grammarians have
generally given to it. The class has well marked characteristics,
although, as in other parts of grammatical classification, some
ambiguous specimens will be found. Certain usages, not uncom-
monly referred to the same head, as what I have called predicative
datives, appear to me to be of a different kind, and are therefore
placed in §§ 115 6 and 1163. I propose here to discuss more fully,
than I could in the body of the work, the characteristics and con-
nexions of this class of datives, and to subjoin a complete list of all
xxvi Preface: Observations on Book IV.
the instances that I have been able to collect. Some abridgment of
this list might no doubt have been made without much probable
loss, but on the whole the list tells its own tale better, if given in full.
That it is some distance from being complete, I do not doubt ; for,
though I have hunted pretty vigorously, I have not read through the
Latin authors for the purpose 1 . But the additions that I have been
able to make lately, are so few and slight, as to suggest that the
matter, though not exhausted, is unlikely to yield any instances of
such a character, or so numerous, as seriously to affect the account
I shall give of tne usage. If a similar list were prepared of other
usages, our grammars would gain greatly in precision, and possibly
some considerable aid might be obtained for the criticism of the text
of the authors.
The characteristics of the class, broadly stated, are these. This
dative is (i) a semi-abstract substantive, (2) in the singular number,
(3) used predicatively, (4) and most frequently with est. It is not
qualified (5) by any adjective except the simplest adjectives of quan-
tity, nor (6) by a genitive or prepositional phrase, though a personal
dative, as indirect object, is a very frequent accompaniment. (7)
The usage is not very frequent anywhere, except in the case of
some few words; and (8) there is, as it appears to me, a noticeable
capriciousness shewn in the use of some words in this case and the
non-use of others. This statement requires some illustration and
some modification.
I. The usage is nearly confined to semi-abstract substantives,
i.e. names of actions, effects, feelings. The only words originally
of a thoroughly concrete character are cordi, cibo, frugi, melli,
stomacho, -veneno, and of these only cordi occurs frequently, the
rest being found once only, and only cibo is used in its original
character, the rest are used metaphorically. Of other words,
which occur tolerably often, dono, impediment, pignori, oneri, orna-
mentOy remedio, spectaculo, have the best claim to be regarded as
concrete terms. But equally, or more, common are auxilio, presi-
dio, subsidio, ludibrio, exitio, honori, "vitio, and the perhaps still more
1 Especially I have paid little attention, here or elsewhere, to the
post- Augustan epic poets ; and I cannot speak at all confidently of
the elder Pliny, or Vitruvius.
AAV 11
, mm cae^. ^uj fcwTBif > ftiefffr at Yapo and
Taritas. (flpufem dors not come within my range.) Of other
14 wldk steals ia -tSn^ bat they are ^iiffil jasefy
Be BBBEBEEe« *«*phij4 iw ~dff 3Be SO S "*" 't^** ino
ased; in -as only 4 (from, verbs) ; in -or ro; dx -menta 16;
at -cfib 9. Of stems doited ban jdfturtliJMS Hfieiie axe S each, nx
-jW„ and -uu The rest (over 5c) are v .n inns, but < wif^in ■airm* of
the words nost in use. eg. orafr\ cane, crzazczE, damxa, dead
ntrn f lt^ damufrazidLfrrigL. hanari, land}. mala y aneri^. «£anr T ptjgwari,
prxtLgy miirfi Sot the cf|Bulapcai Si Brtf mtu though, an ob-
jective, is not at t nt ji, cntsm either »ij : an exammatsn of
DC Est VQI SBSMT 1D3t CM tDC "*'*' the VQEQSy — " QX t&BS CBXB-
e words of a :
» fhsfc €UufiL w or action*
z. So est as 1 fcane noticed, finis usage b absoiace&r
the
flbEoBj frxdx. _ -. ~cc â– n^ mn i w j â– mehEi x-~c tarjkatobaj :c~ â– at
stnr&im; adu^ but not oamiciiBs; hcru qzucstni, emolument^ s$Lc»-
dari. &C, bat not apioas r or dtrckas; frvgL not frvgiStts. TttB
restriction seems to accord with the aemt-ab^ract «ftmi-uH)M «f pfc^
This dative is uud jaceoHcarrveiy. and herein Ees m my
the cbaracterBCDC sale of tie â– sage. The word pat ia Has
' <â– ? the thing or person, of which it is prsficatsdL
*To whom was it a benent' {bona) -That was not an hmdraoce'
dpmfaSmatd)- "Food was aot with them a. Inst or luxury;'' "Tarn
^hmTrf be an honoor to yourselves, a utility to yoar f i w i w]^ a
gain to tie stare:'' k His drink (jaio£) should he boiled water; T t He
haws five cohorts, as a guard to the- or: .' I: is true there is net
always such an English equivalent, as. being properly ituM^ t ^ B
xxviii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
yet used in a concrete manner; but that is not a strong objection;
there are enough such to show that the thing is possible, and indeed
easy ; and there is proof of the general truth in the fact, that many
of these words are also found used predicatively in the nominative.
Thus, besides the examples given in § 1161, may be mentioned such
as cura (nostra C. Att. 10. a); insigne documentum (L. 21. 19);
emolumentum (C. Fin. 2. 18); exitium (totius Asia C. Verr. Act. 1.
4); indicium (L. 35. 44); ludibrium (Curt. 6. 10. 28); monumentum
(C. Verr. 2.2); mora et impedimentum (L. 23.9); pignus (L. 43. 10) ;
presidium (Plin. 22. § 90) ; pudor (L. 40. 27) ; remedium (manifestum)
Colum. 6. 6; risus (Ov. Fast. 1. 438); rubor (Val. M. 4. 4. 5); una
estsalus (L. 7. 35) ; so/acium (Sen.Dial. n. 1. fin.; ib. 5 fin.; but solacio
ib. 12); qua verecundia est postulare vos (L. 21. 19). Similarly pre-
sidium et decus meum (Hor. Od. 1. 1. 2), desiderium (Catull. 2. 5),
ludibrium and pudor (Lucan. 7. 3%o),pernicies frequently, (e.g.Plaut.
Pseud. 363; C. Verr. Act. 1. 1,) are used as names of persons. A
remarkably close resemblance is seen in maximum vero argumentum
est naturam ipsam de immortalitate animorum tacit am judicare, quod
omnibus cura sunt, et maxuma quidem, qua post mortem futura sint
(C. T. D. 1. 14), compared with magnoque esse argumento, homines
scire pleraque ante quam nati sint, quod jam pueri ita celeriter res ad-
ripiant Sec. (C. Sen. 21). Further the use of tibi, not tuo, speaks
strongly for the predicative character. Tua gloria est may be • it
contributes to your glory 1 , but tibi gloria est is more naturally
* it is a glory for you,' and when the latter form of expression is
the regular one, and is never, or scarcely ever, exchanged for
the former, the inference becomes inevitable, that the predicative
conception is the true one. A good illustration may be seen in
Cic. Dom. 33, where we have Mis injuria inimicorum probro non fuit
contrasted with tuum scelus meum probrum esse. The meum re-
quired probrum.
4. It is used most frequently with the vero esse. Of the whole
number of datives about 117 are used with esse only ; and there are
1 Thus in C Or. 1. 49 we have saluti fuisse and auxilium ferre in
the same sentence. So also non terrorem ajjferre, scd prasidio esse
(C. Mil. 26).
Of the predicative dative. xxix
not mace than 1 1 which I hare found used with other verbs, but not
used with esse. Of these latter only -citio, doma, and perhaps muneri
are used often enough to make the non-o cumeu ee of esse with them
at all noticeable. The other verbs, which are used with fins dative,
are such as readuy admit of an oblique predicate ; eg. habere.
'treat as' (atrx, quxstui, htSbrid); dare, 'assign as' (crnmuL, komari,
brpotbecx, laudi, &C.); Jmcere, 'consider as' (dammo, ghrix, &c);
dicere, 'declare to be* (dati); fomere, 'lay down as' (exemplo);
v ei teie, ' make out to be* (vitto);Joeri, exsiare, accipere, iuterpretari,
&c. Habere and dare are the most frequent, being as it were active
correlatives to the neuter esse. jfaxiEo, frxsidto, xukndm are used
with a great variety of verbs, e.g. mittere, praftciscL, satire, reSm-
quere, Sec.
In apposition the use of this dative is quite exceptional. I have
noticed only the following instances: prxsiSo once in Lhy; atadBa
twice in Petronhxs ; the rest in Tacitus only; viz. dehsmestameuto,
documents, subsidh, optentui once, osteutui and usui twice each. On
a special use of some words with stem in -/at, I will speak presently.
5. The limited number and character of epithets, which tins
dative admits of, is very remarkable. They are just such as give to
a substantive the meaning which the s uffixe s of the comparative and
superlative degrees, or which the relative particles tarn, qmam. give to
an adjective, and, with the famfrgfr exceptions, no more. They are
wiagMMs, major , maxims, tantus, and quaxtus. Besides these I have
found only boxx Jrugi, and (once) bono usui, both in Plautus only ;
â– anr vohtptati twice in Plautus; mimari curx in Cic., and (once)
mmoriglorix in Justin ; nuUo (not xuflf) with adjmmemto (once each)
mCormfidus and Cicero, with impedsmento once inSallnst, •vrithprx-
sidio once in Cicero, with ustd once in Caesar : sumum bmori occurs
thrice, :■.—.—.: pneridk once in C\cr: : .:. unut nlGeihuRm once :r.
Plautus. All these are quantitative adjectives. So perhaps is sem~
piternx {lauds) which occurs once in Cicero; and eidem ad in
C Fam. 1. 9 § 22 if it refers to curx. One real exception occurs,
in Vergil, viz. justx irx. It is an exception which proves the rule ;
for the whole expression is one of Vergil's experiments, and de-
scribed as such by Macrobius. In Pliny (25 § 149). Prxsind re~
medio appears to be the dative, (prxseus remedhan, Cohnn. 6. 17. 14),
xxx Preface: Observations on Book IV.
and he may have other exceptions 1 . Vitruvius has majori et com-
muni calamitati. In Caes. G. 7. 55 most editors read ne cui esset usui ;
Nipperdey has quoi: but all the best MSS., except one and that
not the oldest, have quo, which I have no doubt is quite right.
It is ne quo, 'lest for any purpose.' Compare Liv. 26. 9 (quoted
in § 1225) and 27. 28 si quo opera eorum opus esset; also the use of
quo interrogative 2 . (See too Madvig, ad C. Fin. 4. 12 § 30.)
Further it may be noticed, that it is only when used with
esse that any epithet whatever is found.
6. This dative is rarely attended by any genitive or preposi-
tional phrase. The habitual use of the personal dative renders a
genitive of the possessor superfluous, and the objective genitive is
found in but few cases. Faliscorum auxilio -venerunt (L. 4. 17);
cujus rei...esse documento (Quint. 7. 1. 2) ; indicio dominatus (C. Dom.
42); indicio sui facti (Lucr. 4. 1019); causa remotionis hoc nobis
exemplo sit (C. In-v. 2. 29); ostentui sederunt (Sail. J. 24); ostentui
dementia sua (Tac. A. 12. 14); ejus rei testimonio sunt (C. Rose.
C. 4.); probably also monumento oppressa spei (Liv. 4. 16); possibly
lepus omnium prada nascens (Plin. 8, § 219) ; and, if ddiquio be a da-
tive, Plaut. Capt. 626. Of prepositional phrases I have noted only
hac res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit (L. 4. 13) and similar
expressions in L. 8. 32 ; Cass. C. 3. 46. Caelius (ap. C. Fam. 8. n)
has tibi cura fuisse de Sittiano negotio gaudeo where cur. fu. is im-
personal. So in C. Att. 7. 5. In bdlum usui esse often occurs; and
there are probably other instances which have not caught my eye.
7. This usage is not very frequent. For although the list I
have made is a tolerably long one, yet one may turn over many
pages of an author without finding a single instance. And in some
authors instances appear to be distinctly rare, e.g. in Martial, and
1 e> S- firm's arbor et funebri indicio posita (16 § 40); funebri signo
posita (ib. § 1 $g) , inviditz probro 18 § 13. The last word Urlichs takes as
ablative and we have unquestionably such an abl. in majore miraculo (36
§ 82), perhaps also gratissimo pabulo (18 § 120) is ablative of description.
8 e. g. in such expressions as nescis quo valeat nummus, quern prcebeat
usumf (Hor. S. r. 1. 73); quo /amen hire Ithaco? (sc. da/is) Ov. M. 13.
103. In a recent grammar I have seen this quo explained as equivalent
to cui usui ; in another as for cui bono. What is the authority for this
supposed use of cui as a non-quantitative attribute to this dative ?
Of the predicative dative.
the younger Pliny. There are between 170 and 180 such datives in
my list ; and of these little over one-third only have I found in five
places or more. About forty words may be said to be pretty
frequent ; and half of these may be considered each as the standing
expression for a particular idea. Thus auxilio, prxsidio, subsidio in
the military writers ; fraudi, pignori, hypothecs in the lawyers ; potui
in Celsus ; frugi as an indeclinable adjective ; dono, cordi, cura, im-
pedimento, odio, saluti, usui and some others in ordinary language.
On the other hand upwards of fifty words are only found once,
at least to my knowledge. No doubt in all such matters we ought
to bear constantly in mind, what (to apply one of Darwin's phrases)
I may call the imperfection of the philological record. There were
a great many books written between Plautus and Tacitus, which
have perished altogether; and many expressions may have been
common enough in the talk of daily life, in the atrium and the
forum, in the camp and on the farm, which have found but scanty
recognition in a studied literature like the Roman. And the usage
now in question, though capable of being applied to things of moment
in a style elevated to the occasion, was yet mainly a usage of ordinary
conversation.
8. There seems to be much capriciousness in the use and non-
use of words in this manner. Thus crimini is tolerably frequent,
culpa rare ; amori rare, odio very frequent, perhaps however because
it was convenient to form a passive to odi, e.g. odi odioqw sum
Romanis (Liv. t>S- 19)* Auspicio, benefcio, commodo 1 , incommodo,
omini, prodigio, officio, compendio, effugio are not used at all. Some
words are only found, when the keynote is struck by another word,
which is more frequently so used, e. g. acerbitati (q-vibus odio sunt
nostra secures, nomen acerbitati, scriptura decuma portorium morti,
C.Flac.Zy, deformitati (s ; judicibus ipsis aut gloria damnatio rei aut
deformitati futura absolutio, Quint. 6. 1. 12); and similarly amori,
frustratui, gratulationi, ignominia, libertati, macula, miseria, splendori.
The use of some words appears to have been hazarded on the analogy
1 Diomedes (p. 295 Putsche) mentions commodo tibi sum, commodo
mihi est hcec res; and both he and Charisius (p. 260 Putsche) speak
of consilio tibi sum (which I have not found).
xxxii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
of other words of like or contrasted meaning. Thus Vergil uses ira
on the analogy probably of invidia ; and -venire excidio on that of
•venire auxilio. Cicero probably would defend stomacho by cordi,
consolntioni by solacio, damnationi by crimini, which again may have
suggested absolutioni to Tacitus. Vituperationi is a correlative to
/audi, offensioni to voluptati. Sallust would not have said urbs pcena
fuit if he had not been going to couple it with prxda.
In this connexion may be noticed the stems in -tu, which form
in some respects a remarkable group, because of their semi verbal use
in the accusative case, and the parallelism of their use in the accu-
sative, dative and ablative cases to the gerund and gerundive (see
Chap. xiv). Over thirty words of this formation are found in my
list, and almost all are used passively ; that is to say, the subject
of the expression is the object of the action denoted. This is so
with amictui, cibatui, circumjectui, contemptui, derelictui, derisui,
despectui, despicatui, drvisui, esui, fructui, frustratui, indutui, irrisui,
Ianiatui, neglectui, optentui, potui, satui, stratui, usui. The only stems
in -tu used actively are extersui (once), ornatu (once), ostentui (Sail,
and Tac). The rest, qvastui, receptui, sumptui, mestitui (once),
victtti (once), can hardly be referred to either category. True this
passive use is by no means confined to these stems : witness amori,
desiderio, dolori,fastidio,formidini, inindia, ludibrio, mcerori, miraculo,
odio, rubori, spectaculo, timori. The last word is the more remarkable
because terrori (its opposite) is also found. (For ludibrio comp.
Curt. 8. 6 § 23 an tibi uni digni videmur esse ludibrio f Me nee
regem ludibrio nee se contemptu dignum esse respondit ' deserving to be
laughed at.') The possibility of such a double use is inherent in
verbal substantives, as may be seen both in the use of the gerund,
e.g. I'estimentorum sunt omnia lanea fa'c, qux induendi, prxcingendi,
amiciendi, insternendi, iniciendi, incubandi-ve causa parata sunt (Ulp.
ap. Dig. 34. 2. 43), and in the traditional assignment of the two
supines, one to the active and one to the passive voice. English
corresponds very closely; e.g. potum it, 'he goes to drink'; mihi
potui dat, 'he gives me to drink'; potu jucundum, 'pleasant to
drink.' It is the predominance of the so-called passive use in these
stems, that is here specially noticeable. None of them however occur
very frequently, except usui and potui, and these have possibly been
Of the p-eduativc dative. xcxin
the pattern for die others. It should be remembered, that Mere da
or mmuttm (§ 1345) is an old phrase, which seems to belong to a
time when kiere was realised as the dative of a. verbal sobstantrfe
(c£ § 6iz), though probably Cicero, when using it, r e ga r d e d Mere
as an object. L anguage, ike pofitkal and social institutions, b
rnrt nrnifly being: u nder pim i rd : the usage remains, but a new theory
is made or assumed, consciously or 11m iMWcmualy, to justify its
aAttmoe.
Some of these words had a peculiar use, which may have
been 'very common, and yet might have escaped us, bad it not been
for a few words in Varro (quoted in the fist below, under mmictai).
c ircumfettmL , jwdrntmi, were used as imlri fiir al r lr names of
in some such way as we speak of 'a wrap', -a. tie*, and
â– sight speak of 'a throw-around % a -put on 7 . Smnbrly, strata*,
*a spread' or •spreads', is in tact what we call "bedding' (cf. Uk*.
ap Dig. 50. 16. 45); sod exter s m i was probably -a wipe', though
we find it (Ekejragi) joined to Emtemm as an adjective, '2 wiping-
towel*. Reeeptai is rarely so used as to bring it under the head of
p re dicativ e dative. Reeeptai sigmtm dare is parallel to caOaavia
diem dkere. In two passages c£ Iiiy (3. ** ; t6. 44), where re-
Pfam :ccjt:. mori interpreters OOSSidB mus* Is :«e nnpeisnnal : I nt
1 believe reeeptai (originally ssgmmm reeeptai) is the subject, si r~-
cef&craMissetba^' if 1bcTt£jKat£io^ ham saimicd*. Obatms.
p io p cl ; 'feeding', is practically identic al with dims, and so Varro
uses dbmtm mad sk as Sextos ^££us (or Sczrola) spoke of q-n* esai
etpataiforent (c£ § 1383); and Uhnan carried the analogy further
q-ca esai. pataL, cafauque corporis, fmeftx
mi iwr i ftw bammi mectssmria stmt (ap Dig. 50. 16. 43). In akas
amdi scribit Cato (Varr. JL R. 1. 6c) I take esai with
akas, 'eating-nines', 'ofires to eat*, as satai semen in Cato (quoted
m §1137) is 'sowing seed". Patm alone of these words is frequent,
and exactly corresponds to our phrases 'to drink', -as a drink*.
(See below, pp. lxxxix, xd.} Esm they did not use so often, and
we have no analogous expi e aiu n 'as an eat'. The nearest phase
is » this is good eating'. That words, p rop e r l y meani n g an action,
should come to mean the object of the action, is not peculiar to tins
to these stems: vemttm 'hunting' came to mean ' game 1 ';
xxxiv Preface: Observations on Book IV.
sessio 'a sitting' (as in English) means also 'a seat', as exercitus
came to mean 'an army', and quastus 'gain'; &c.
Some of these phrases, e. g. signum receptui, linteum extersui, oleas
esui, satui semen, perhaps also esui, and cultui corporis, are scarcely
assignable to the class of predicative datives, as I have defined it,
and I have consequently put them under the head of ' Work con-
templated' § iij6. These two heads are in other grammars appa-
rently regarded as one under the general signification of ' purpose '
(Ziveck, Ziel, Absichi). I quite admit that there are some expres-
sions, especially with stems in -tu (comp. 1156 — 1162, and 1382,
1383) which are ambiguous: e.g. in eo natus sum ut Jugurtha:
scelerum ostentui essem (§11 60) ostentui may be taken as either pre-
dicative or not, according as we consider it to mean ' a field on
which to exhibit', or simply as equivalent to ostentand'ts sceleribus 'for
exhibiting crimes'. But the dative gerundial expressions with esse
have the meaning ' capable of, which is not Sallust's meaning here ;
and therefore, notwithstanding the dependent genitive, I am inclined
to treat ostentui as predicative. Potui dare is similarly ambiguous, and
though I have given it under the head of predicative dative, I think
it perhaps strictly belongs to § 115 6. On the other hand domicilio
locum deligere is usually treated as an instance of the predicative
dative, ' as a home', but the analogy of similar expressions is against
it. And nearly as the two classes seem to touch one another, it
is often in seeming only. Comitia consulibus rogandis babita has a
very different dative from comitia ludibrio or quxstui babita, ' made
fun of, ' made a gain of. In a customs-law for Sicily (quoted by
Alfenus ap. Dig. 50. 16. 203 servos q-vos domum qvis ducet sua usu,
pro is portorium ne dato) ducet suo usu means ' take with him for his
own convenience ' : but ducit sibi usui esse would be ' thinks to be of
use to him '. The words nunqvam fore in pra-occupatis benejicio
animis -vero crimini locum (L. 6. 20), 'there would not be room
for the true charge to occupy' (where crimini may be referred to
§ 1152 or § 115 6), would mean, if crimini be treated as predica-
tive, ' the place could not be made into a charge'. When Sallust
writes panam illorum sibi oneri, impunitatem perdunda reipublicx
fore credebat (Cat. 46), the two datives are not necessarily of the
same type, because they are parallel ; and we may translate, ' their
Of the predicative dative.
going ungmnisbed would be capable of destroying the common-
wealth*; but it is more likely that SaDust meant simply -it would
be the destruction of the state", though this use of the dame
gerundive, as precisely equivalent to a predicative dative, is at least
rare. Had it been in Tacitus we might almost have inferred a
diffe r en ce in syntax from the coiiesp ondence in the sentence; camp.
gratia ameri, ntio in quxstn babetur (Hist. 4. 3).
But besides the dative of 'work contemplated* there are two
other usages of the indirect object which verge upon the predica-
tive dative. The first is that noticed in § 1163. Ignavia in bat UB
tribmebatnr tgnarie is generally classed with predicative datives, and
possibly it may be so. on the analogy of crindni or xitio datwr.
Bat this would not suit all the passages in that section. Thesecood
usage is the ordinary indirect object, when dependent on an adjec-
tive. Com p are
flits mrbem sine legibus. sine jndicns. reSetam £re ft kmi et insidas.
(C Tarn. 4. 1.)
raia emnis generis usid magis from emamento im spetiem facta.
(L. 41. I*-)
Exitia nata ibeatra meo. (Prop. 3. 15.)
Exitio sua o mnuu m m t rrcere. (Suet. Col. 11.)
with
Qvid si Hannibal •oebt rostra hrcaaere. frxd* react a sine -ciribui.
sine imp e l io . sine ansfido. (L. 27. 44.)
InteUegat nmUant rent szbi majori ustd ant amamento grant meant
a mm e ndatian e m esse fotnisse. (C. Yam. 13. 49.)
Qmnm ha (Le. cam dentibms) nata esset Valeria, exitio ercitati. in
([•cam delata esset. fmtnram •catkbtati barmsfkes.
(Pfin. : . f 69.)
The resemblance is great : but in the first example direftmmi is
an action, not like frxdjc a thing, -booty': and the two differ as
'a b and o ned to plundering' differs from 'abandoned as plunder*.
In the others facta, nata and vru et e are full-blooded words, not
mere e xp r ess ions of predication Eke esse. It is possible that the
origin of the predicative dative is to be sought in esse having had.
or having been conce i ved to have had. originally a fuller i
xxxvi Preface: Observations on Book IV.
just as decemviri legibus scribendis is very possibly an abbreviated
expression for decemviri legibus scribendis creatV. The expression
in Cato R. R. 3 (if indeed the text is right), Patremftmilia villam
rusticam bene adificatam habere expedit, cellam oleariam vinariam,
dolia multa, uti lubeat caritatem expectare, et rei et virtuti et gloria
erit, may mean ' it will be to him a property, and a virtue, and a
glory', but this is awkward for rei, and it seems better to translate
'it will advance his property, and his manliness, and his fame' 1 .
Compare si in rem tuam esse videatur, gloria aut Jama, sinam (PL
Trin. 629); and si qvid rei esse videbitur (Fronto p. 107, Naber)
where rei means 'of importance' just as usui means 'of use'. So
we have come to drop the preposition and predicate identity, when
we say ' What use is it ? ' 'it is no use'.
Key (Lat. Gr. §§983, 983) seeks the origin of the predicative
dative in book-keeping, and the pattern in such expressions as pos-
tulare id gratia apponi sibi: and the dative he ultimately identifies
with the locative. I dare say Gellius took cordi for a locative,
when he wrote has versus habere cordi et memoria opera pretium est
(a. 39 ; &c). But we lose hold of all fast ground, when we refer
any usage to the locative, which has not the characteristics of -a
in -a stems, and -i in -0 stems. The Latin locative has just that
characteristic and no other. Mere suitability of meaning is too
indefinite to trust to against such a difficulty from the form. Nor
can such instances as are put under 'work contemplated' (§ 1156)
be regarded with much confidence as the path of historical transit
from the indirect object to the predicative dative. I think they, or
most of them, are not improbably of later origin, in fact, a cross
between the two main heads. Doubtless such expressions as decem-
viri legibus scribendis are much older than any literature that we have,
but so are also, I expect, such expressions as cordi esse, frugi, fraud:
esse, dono dare, and others: pcena (see s.v.) was perhaps so used in
the Twelve Tables. The usage was fully developed at the time
when Roman literature begins, for Plautus uses between forty and
fifty words in this dative.
That the usage is sufficiently distinct to demand a coordinate,
1 The same three words occur together in Cic. Or. 1. 55. Cut rei,
cut glorue, cui virtuti studere (te dicam)?
List of predicative datives. xxxvii
not subordinate, rank to the indirect object, appears to me the ulti-
mate result, to which we can at present attain. It may be his-
torically a daughter, though so old as to look like a sister. Inter-
mediate usages may be found, but such would almost inevitably
exist, even if the two classes had quite distinct origin. And till we
know the precise meaning and history of the suffix which forms the
dative case, it is impossible to be confident whether the tree had one
trunk or two.
The following is a list of all the words that I have found in
writers (not later than Suetonius) used in this dative, and of the
places where they occur.
absolution! 'ground for acquittal 1 ; esse Tac. A. 3. 13.
acerbitati ' a bitterness' ; esse Cic. Verr. 4. 30 ; Flac. 8.
adjumento 'an aid 1 ; esse Varr. L. L. 5. 90; Corn. 2. 11 (nullo);
ib. 18; ib. 30; 3. s', ib. 16 ; 4. 23 ; ib. 27 • Cic. Quint. 1 ;
Verr. Act. 1. 3 ; ib. 5. 40 (nullo) ^ Mur. 5 (magno); Font. 21 ;
Plane. 9 (quanto); Bali. 7; Fam. 2. 6 (tanto); 13. 29; 30;
38; 39 j 46; 7 1 } 77 ( a ll magno) ; ib. 24; 34 (both maximo) ;
14. 18 ; Att. 12. 31 (magno); Brut. Ep. ad Cic. 1. 4 (maximo):
Plin. Ep. 4. 20.
admiration! 'a subject of wonder 1 ; esse Just. 12. 3.
alimento 'food 1 ; esse Sen. Ben. 4. 14.
amictul 'a Cloak'; esse Van L. L. 5 § 131 (amictui qua sunt);
Compare ib. § 13 2 (amictui dictum, quod ambiectum est, id est.
circumjectum : a quo etiam, quo vestitas se involvunt, circum-
jectui appellant ; et quod amictui babet purpuram circum, -vocant
circumtextum. Antiquissimis amictui ricinium); Cic. T. D. 5. 32.
amiculo 'a cloak'; esse Sail. ap. Macrob. Sat. 3. 13 § 9.
amori 'a cause of love', Moveable'; esse Cass. ap. C. Fam. 15. 19
(quant 0).
argumento 'a proof; esse Cic. Verr. 3. 65 ; 5. 19 bis; Phil. 2. 16
(magno); Fam. 10. 5 ; Att. 10. 12 ; Fin. 2. 10; N. D. 1. 1
(magno); Sen. 21 ; Liv. 4. 29 ; 5. 33; ib. 44; ib. 54; 26. 31
(maximo); 39. 10; ib. 51. Plin. 33 § 28; evenire Plin. 14
§ 37 (perhaps ablat.).
arrnaboni 'as earnest' dare Plaut. Most. 649 ; relinqui Ter. Haut.
603.
xxxviii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
auxilio 'an assistance', 'support'; esse Plaut. Amph. 9 2 ; Aul.yo-j;
Epid. 5. 2. 11 ; Most. 146 ; Pan. 5. 3. 18 ; 5. 4. 107 ; Ter. Hant.
992 ; Corn. 1. 5 ; 3. 5 ; 4. 33 5 ib. 34 (magno); Cic. J^rr. 4.
35 ; ib. 45 ; Mil. 34 ; Pis. 9 ; Prom. Cons. 8 ; Pseudo-Cic. Or.
prid. q. in exil. 9 ; ib. 10 ; Caes. G. 5. 44 ; C. 1. 80 ; 3. 20 ; ib.
79 ; Pseudo-Caes. B. Afric. 26 ; Sail. C. 2 ; J. 52 ; Nep. 1. 5 ;
a.$. 11 ; Verg. ^. 11. 428 ; Hor. S. 1. 4. 141 ; Ov. M. 12. 90;
Liv. 2. 29 ; ib. 55 § 5 ; 3-49! ib. 65 ; 4-53! ib. 60 ; 5.6;
9. 26 §10; ib. 34 fin.; 21.39; 28. 45 bis; 38.52; ib. 57;
Val. M. 5. 3 ; ext. 2 ; 6. 5. 4 ; Sen. 2fc«. 5. 9 ; Plin. 26 § 139 ;
32 § 43 ; Stat. Theb. 2. 199.
In apposition, Petron. 89.45 ; adcurrere, Sail. J. 101 ; addere.
Sail. J. 56; adesse, Plaut. Amph. 1131 , adtrahere, Colum. 10.
24 ; arcessere, Caes. G. 3. 11 ; mittere, Cass. G. 1. 18 ; 4, 37 ;
Nep. 20. 1; proficisci, Nep. 13. 1; reperire, Plin. 25 § 20;
suoire, Verg. A. 2. 216 ; summittere, Caes. G. 7. 81 ; superesse,
Verg. A. 11. 420; venire, Cass. G. 2. 29 ; 6. 8 ; C. 3.51;
Sail. J. 56 ; Verg. A. 7. 551 ; Liv. 4. 17 ; 9. 43 J Nep. 8. 3 ;
Stat. Theb. 9. 122 : vocare, Tac. A. 12. 45.
bono 'an advantage', 'serviceable'; esse Corn. 2. 4 bis; 4.41;
Cic. Rose. Am. 5 ib. 30 ; Mil. 12 ; Phil. 2. 14 ; Liv. 7. 12 ;
Phasdr. 5. 4. 12 ; Sen. Ben. 4. 14 (quanto); Ir. 1. 12 ; Ep. no
§ 10 ; Pseudo-Ov. Nux, 96.
calamltati 'a calamity', 'disastrous'; esse Cic. Brut. 3s i Vtrr. 4.
34 ; Balb. fin.; Flac. 42 ; Nep. 14. 6 (majori)\ 16. 3 (quanta:);
Pseudo-Cic. Or. prid. q. in exil. 9 ; Vitruv. 2. 8 § 20 (majori et
commun'i).
captloni 'a catch', 'snare'; esse Plaut. Most. 922; Lex Rubr.
(Corp. I. R. i. No. 205) xx. 45.
causae 'a cause'; esse Cic. Inv. 2. 6 ; Brut. 23 ; Cacin. 7 ; Flac.
17 ; Att. 15. 3 ; Fat. 15 ; Caes. C. 3. 72 ; Ov. Am. 2. 6. 31 ;
Liv. 38. 52 bis.
Probably also in the expressions quid est causa, hoc causa
est <b'c. where the genitive is possible ; Plaut. Most. 202 ; Rud.
758 ; Cic. Verr. 3. 46 ; Clu. 21 ; Rab. P. 14 ; Phil. 1. 5 ; Fat.
ao ; Fam. 2. 13 ; Att. 15. 7 ; Hor. S. 1. 1. 20 ; Quint. 6. 2. 26;
Compare Cic. Verr. 5. 41 (hoc causa dicit).
[cense probably genitive, Ter. Haut. 211 (quid cena siet).~\
List ef predicative datives. xxxix
l food T ; cm Yarr. JL R. 3. 8. 3 ; ponere Varr. J8L JL 3. 5.
4 (cihattu tgms fasittu).
efbo 'food: ease Locr. 6. --:.
eircmajeetai * a wrap*; Varr. JL JL. 5. 132 (see above s.v. aacictai).
etadl -disastrous': ease Sal /. 85 § 4J-
eaaneacasieai 'a mnntiiiend a rio n"; esse Sen. Rbet. Camtr
pra£ § 3 (me/ari).
•a consolation'; e— e Cic foat. 5. 1 -.
•contemptible*; ok Cars. G. a. 30 ; Sen. Rbet. Gxnrr.
9. 25 § 20 ; Suet. Claud. 15 ; habere Suet. ^fay. 93.
'dear'; caw Plant. Bae. 107S; Gst. 1. 1. in; Cato ap.
Macr. Sat. 3. 5 § 10 ; Ten Amir. 238 ; iWm. 800; LoriLap.
Noo. p. 88 bis (pan. 12 ; 21 ; ed. Mull) ; Afran. ap. Prise. 5.
44 ; Varr. R. R. 2. 10 § 3 ; Cic Quint. 30 ; Terr. 1. 44 ; Or. 16 :
JLr/.4; Jttt.s-3't Catnfl.81.5; 64-158; Luer.5.1391; Cas.
G. 6. 19 ; BibuL ap. Suet. Jul. 49 ; Verg. A. 9. 615 ( with o ut
esse); n. 369 ; Gr. 260; Hot. Orf. 1. 17. 14 ; Or. Med. fin.
3a ; Lir. (usually witb das) 1. 39 ; 6. 9 ; ib. 20 ; 8. 7 ; 9. 1
bis; ib. 8 ; 10. 4Z ; 33. 1 :?. 20: 3c 1-:
Sen. Rbet. Camtr. 2- 9 § 36 ; Sen. Ben. 1. 15 ; Curt. 4- 3 § 23 :
6. 9 § 36; 9. 2 § 6; ib. 3 §3: 10. i.§26; Cofcun.5. 5 § 9: 6-
«7§i; P!in.i8§36: SO. 5.97; 7. 320; 15. 350; Stat. SU-c.
I. 4- 4 ; 3-3- 10* ; 2*. 5. 14: 4- 4- 46 ; ib. 5- 53 ; Tbeb. c. 473;
ia. 113; Perron. § 121; Tac H. 3. 53: habere only in Gefl.
a-»9; 17- 19; l8 -7-
i i i i j Ii U i 'a c or r upting influence*; a— Plant. At. 867 Fleck.
•ground fix* charge*; ene Cic Brut. $j : Rase. A 17 bis;
Jrrr. 5. 8 ; Mur. 35 ; Liv. 2. 52 ; 40. 15 ; Vefl. a. 116.
dare Corn. 4. 36 ; Cic lav. a. 24 ; Brut. 80 ; Rose. Am. 1 - ;
Cecil. 10 bis ; ib. n ; Terr. 5. 29 bis; 3x 50 ; Dom. 3s , £*ep.
15. 8 ; Lit. 1. 5 ; 7. 4 ; ib. 20 ; 40- 15 ; Just 8. 1 ; 43- * :
Tac A. 1. 73 ; 6. 18 : 13. ic.
'ground for blame*: esse Cohrm. 5. 1 § 2 ; «*-*gr*T C.
Terr. 5. 50 ; dare C. Rase. Am. 16.
esttaiene See under enL and p. xxxiiL
cane 'a subject for care*; esse Plant. Bae. X076; Jfcfcrr. 120
Ritschl; Men. 761 Ritscbl: Ter. fix. 193; Ad. 129 bis; 680;
894; Corn. 2. 30 (amamta) : Poet- ap. C T D. 4- J4 : Lucr. j.
xl Preface: Observations on Book IV.
98a ; Cic. Inv. 1. 53 ; Verr. 3. 60 (quanta); 4. 33 (magna);
post red. ad Quir. 9 (majori) ; Man. 7 ; Phil. 2. 40 ; 3. 3; ib.
15 (magna); Fin. 3. 2 (magna); T. D. 1. 14 (maxima); Lai.
I a (minori); Fam. 1. 9 § 22 (possibly with eidem cui) ; ib. § 24
(tanta); 2. 6 (t ant a quanta); ib. 11 (magna); 18 (majori);
3. 5 (magna); ib. 8 § 9; 9 fin.; 6. 2 (minori); ib. 3 (maxima);
5 (maxima, magna); 10 (minor t); 7. 10 (minori); ib. 18
(majori); 9. 16 § 1 (quanta) ; ib. 24 (wm^tz^) ; 10. 1 (wz# x/wz^) ;
ib. 27 (wfl^w*?) ; 11. 27 (majori); 12. 1 (maxima); ib. 17; ib.
19 ; 13. 11 ; ib. 14 ; 68 ; 14. 19 ; 15. 2 ter (magna, tanta);
15.13; 16.19; Q. Fr. 2. 4 § 1 ; ib. 12 (14) § a (maxima);
Att. I. 1 (tumma); 4. 16 § 4 ; 5. 13 ; 6. 2 § 2 (maxima);
7. 5 (fKrvs' esse de) ; 11. 6 ; 12. 37 bis (magna, majori) ; ib. 49 ;
14. 18; Anton, ap. G. Att. 10. 8 A (magna); Brut. Ep. ad
Cic. I. 17 fin.; D. Brut. ap. C. Fam. XX. 4; Cael. ap. C. Fam.
8. 2 ; 8. 8 § 10; ib. 11 § 4 (cura esse de); Cass. ap. C.
Fam. 12. 12; Lentul. ap. C. Fam. 12. 14; Mat. ap. G. Att.
9. 15 ; Plane, ap. G. Fam. 10. 24 § 2 ; Trebon. ap. G. Fam. 12.
16; Cses. G. 1. 33; ib. 40; Sail. J. 14; 26; 75; Or. Phil. 15;
Nep. 25. 12; Verg. G. 3. 112 (tanta); 4. 113; ib. 178; Hor.
S. 1. 6. 34 ; ib. 8. 18 ; 2. 4. 8 ; Ep. 1. 3. 30 (quanta); Tibull.
1. 5. 29; 2. 3. 43; Ov. £/. 7. 73; 16 (17). 160; A. A. 1.
749; JWi?/. 1. 250; 2. 683; 2rwf. 3. 14. 8; 5. 12. 41; Fast.
4. 4. 37; Pont. 2. 118; Liv. 2. 24; 4. 7; ib. 21; 10. 25
(majori); ib. 45; 25. 15; 26. 2; ib. 32; 30. 31; 34. 3* ;
35. 23 ; ib. 44 ; 39. 13 ; 42. 14 ; 44- 19 ? ib - 34 ; Sen. Rhet.
Contr. 1. 2 § 18 ; 2 praef. § 4 ; Veil. 2. 97 ; Sen. Ir. 2. 35 ; Clem.
1. 13; N.Q. 1.1.4; ^.88 §23; Curt. 6. 7 §21; y. 5 § 41 ;
Colum. 6. 30. 22; ib. 35; 12. 12. 3; Petron. 71; Plin. 2
§ 117; 7 §49; 36 § 157; Stat. Tbeb. 11. 428; Quint. 2. 4. 5 ?
7. I. 4; 9. 3. 74; 10. I. 131 (magna); 12. 1. 8; Plin. Ep.
1. 17; 7. 10; ib. 33 § 2; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 7. 10; 8. 14
§ 10; Tac. A. 1. 73 (est not expressed); H. 1. 3; habere
PI. Men. 991; Cxi. ap. G. Fam. 8. 8 fin.; Sail. C. 21; Nep.
25. 20; Ov. Am. 1. 8. 32; Corp. I. R. i. p. 285 (curai sibi
babuit); Val. M. 5. 1. 1 fin.; Sen. Dial. 2. 1 ; £;;/. 1. 8;
2. 4; Quint. Pre/. 16; Suet, v/wtj-. 48; Cand. ap. Dig. 16. 3. 28.
damnation! ' ground for condemnation ' ; esse C. Verr. 3. 40.
List of predicative datives. xli
danrao ~ a loss. -cause of loss': esse PlauL Asin. 571 ; Bac 1103;
Gtf. 1. 1. 5a ; Trim. j8j ; Hot. 5. 1. a. 5a ; Ov. -Aa. 1. 10. 35 ;
Bf. 16 (17)- 39; ib. 169; Jfef- a. 540; 10. 339; Trut, a. 338;
ib. 49a ; Pmt. 3. 1. 155 ; Nxx, 49 ; Liv. 4. 13 fin.; 9. 18; a3.
%^ (quanta); a6. 37 ; a7- 8; ib. 34 (««*>); 3*- 34 (tea**)?
40. 17 ; Pun. 14. § 5 ; daces* Plant- Bac. 1103.
derail *an honour', "a credit'; case Plant. -4k». 19a (decori);
Corn. 4. 15 ; Lucr. a. 643 (<&«>/*) ; Verg. B. 5. 3a (decori);
Prop. 5. 11. 39 (ittwi); Or. Met. 13. 849 (4ocwt"); SalL X 19 ;
ib. 73 ; ib. 85 § 40; Sen. Clam. 1. 3. habere Pseudo-SalL ad
Cts.i.%.
â– eaecarl *a disgrace', - c a u s e of disgrace''; cos Plant. Asin. 571 ;
Bac. iaoi ; Tor. Haiti. 334 ; Com. 3. 7 bis; 4. 35 ; Cfc. Dam.
33; Q. Fr. 1. 4; -Ar. 8. 11. § 1; Qf. 1. 39; Pseudo-Cas.
Bell. Alex. 15 (magna); Pseudo-SalL ad (Us. a. 9 (maxima);
Hot. 5. 1. a. 53 ; Ot. Am. a. ij. ai ; Lhr. 4. 13 ; RutiL Lup.
a. 9 ; Fronto p. %$$ Naber ; fieri C. (^f. 1. 39.
'a disgrace*: esse Quint. 6. 1. ia.
4 a dishonour'; in apposition. Tac A. ia. 14.
*a source of defight', 'delightful"; toe Cic Fam. 4.
3; 6. 6 § ia (giant*); Att. 13. a3 (majori); Varr. 1L 1L
3- 3- S i-
tdaHqaio -a ground for losing'; ease PlauL Copt. 6aa. daL or
nom.?
dereitfftal 'as a castaway", habere Censor, edict. (?) ap. Gefl. 4. 12.
(In Cic ^f». 8. I, we haYe/n* dere£cto habere.)
derVtlcaln 'an object of ridicule'; eaas PL Mil. 9a ed. Ritschl;
Tac A. 3. 57.
aarliaf 'matter for scorn'; eaw Phzdr. 1. 11. a ; Tac Agr. 39.
d a rtdarln 'regretted"; eaw Ter. Bant. 753 (magna); Sen. Dial.
11. j-
rl iaa aju i I ul 'an object of contempt'; eaw Tac H. 4. 57; SueL
Go#. 17: [oppani, Corn. 4. 39. probably belongs to § 1163].
m mi/U t I u l «an object of contempt"; habere PlauL Men. 693;
Fronto p. aoj Naber ; dad C. Flac 17.
detrbnento -a source of loss"; eaw Corn. 3. 7 bis; Cic Lev. a.
3a (magna); Cecil. 4; Ferr. 3. 6a ; Cses. G. I. 44; SalL C. 48;
Sen. Ben. 4. 36 (surgito).
xlii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
dignitati 'a source of dignity'; esse Cic. Dom. 22 ; Phil. 13 fin.;
Lai. 19.; Liv. 23. 15.
disciplina 'a model'; esse Plaut. Most. 154.
dividise 'a worry'; esse Plaut. Bac. 770; ib. 1033; Casin. 2. 2.
11 ; Merc. 615 ; Stick 19 ; True. 4. 4. 3 ; Turpil. ap. Non.
p. 96. Varro L. L. 7. 60 apparently found di-vidia in Naevius.
divisul 'matter for distribution'; esse Liv. 1. 54 fin. ; 33. 46.
documento 'a proof, 'a warning'; esse Cses. G. 7. 4; Civ. 3. 10;
Liv. 3. 56 ; 4. 31 ; 5.51 ; 6. 2s; 7- 6 ; 24. 8 fin. (but doubtful
text); 26. 5; 28. 41 § 15; ib. 41 §1; §17; 45- 44; Quint. 6. 3.
10 ; 7. 1. 2 ; 11. 3. 4 ; 12. 11. 23 ; in appos. Tac. A. 15. 27 ;
habere Cic. Agr. 1 fin.
dolori 'a cause of grief; esse Cic. Har. Resp. 18; ib. 20; Fam.
6. 10 (magno)- 7. 2 ; 13. 5 (magno); Caes. G. 5. 29 (magno);
Pseudo-Csss. Bell. Alex. 15 (magno)- Catull. 96. 5 (tanto);
Ov. ^w. 3. 9. 57 ; Met. 1. 246 ; Pont. 1. 1. 61 ; Liv. 26. 37.
Possibly also Sulpic. ap. Tib. 4. 10. 5 (but doloris Haupt).
[domicilio deligere Caes. G. 1. 30; 2. 29; Liv. 25- 37] belongs to
§ 1 15 6; compare castris locum capere Liv. 9. 17 § 15; &c bunc
urbi condendie locum elegerunt Liv. 5. 54.]
dono 'as a gift'; accipere Tac. A. 15. 27 ; dari atque accipi Sail.
J- 85 § 38 ; Or. Cott. 5 ; dare Corp. I. R. i. No. 173, 177, 183
(but Mommsen, p. 33, takes dono as accus. Other old inscrip-
tions (no. 166, 190, 191) have donom, donum. See p. $55);
Plaut. Amp. 534; 538 ; 790; Asin. 194; Cist. 1. 2. 14; Men.
689 ; Merc. 400 ; Pan. 1. 1. 41 : 2. 21 ; Stich. 665 ; True. 4. 3.
28 ; Ter. 2?k». (eight times); Haut. 1050 ; Sail. J. 5 ; Or. />/.
17 ; Cott. 12 ; Tkfaa-. 27 ; Verg. B. 2. 37 ; Liv. 2. 13 ; ib. 14;
3. 57 ; 4. 51; 6. 41; 7-37; *4- »1 5 40. 17; 42- 61; 45- 44',
Mela 3. 45 ; Sen. Dial. 6. 10 ; Curt. 4. 11 § 15 ; 8. 5 § 20 ;
ib. 13 § 16 ; 10. 5 § 28 ; Plin. 2. § 170; 8 § 149 ; 35 § 86 ;
Suet. Aug. 7 ; Tib. 11 ; Tac. A. 15. 5 S i #• *• 78 ; Just. 3. 7."
advehere PI. Merc. 233 ; ducere 'lead', Ter. Eun. 229; emere
Ter. Eun. 135 ; figere Liv. 4. 20 ; habere PL Pseud. 1074.
doti 'as dowry'; esse, Formula ap. Dig. 23. 3. 25 ; ib. 44 § 1; ib.
46 § 1 ; ib. 57; &c. dicere Ter. Haut. 942 ; Cic. Flac. 35 ;
dari Curt. 4. 5 § 7. (In ordinary legal language in dotem esse,
dare, Sec.)
-source of gain': w Cic (V. i. 8 : JEacc Am. 49;
Fow. 7. 10; LiV- *3_ ij : 24- 48-
'wai'toeat'. -as an eatable 7 : or Sext. jEL (7) ap. GelL 4. i § ig
Fair. JL R. 1. 6c : (ww oa cw£ -eating ogres) Uhaaa ap.
1%. 33. 9. 3 ter (ffcr cai p utuiqm. smtt); 50. 16. 43 (trrfc
w«u t t mtimuir r qme ami fmm cmkmqme arperis. $*rmr ad
liwmlmm bemad mttxuarim jzarf): ap. Macrob. Sot. 3. 19 § 1:
dan Cds. 4- 16 (9) ; Ffa.aof 178.
exaaalo *aa example': coe Corn. 4. 12 : Cic Ire-. 2. 29 : inc.
69 : /-*/- 21 : Hot. S. x. i. 33 : Or. Ep. 8. 19 : Iir. 2. 46 :
4- 57; 9- 45 § 18: »i- 31; Sea. Dial.xx. j § 4: Cart, 6.
4 § 34; Quint. 2- 5 § 16; Soet. Cram z; maim Tac
A. 6-8: jwrw Sen. Rhct Gatflr. a. 9 j 8.
— — - •£rtal', -the roan of'; caw Plant. Bac 947 ; 953 : Lucr. 6.
1229 : Cic Q. Fr. x. 4 : Verg. G. 3. 511 ; A 9. 315 : Hot. GUI
1. 28. 18 : LaV. 4. 9 ; VaL M. 7. 2. est. 1 : Sen. DiaL 7. 1 ;
Hm- 7 §69: 8 § 79 ; 28 $ 149: Stat. Shr. 2. 1. 214 (without
est); Tac -A 3. 28 : ib. 55 : 11. 24 : H. j. 80 : Sort. /■£ 1 ;
JnsL 12. 7 : 45- 4- eralra Pseudo-Cic Or. fr. m. m rri!.
9; aafect Tac ><£ 6. 3c.
wiwwwrto >*fer j^kt qpoar JJiwo* r^n aJbatti Tac G. 28.
(dzi-orabL?)
owe to devastate' ; Verg. ^t 1. 22.
1 a thing to wait for': caw Plant. MIL 1279 <* «*'-
(t« exfefiatiame Lorenz).
Plant. Qorc 578 Emtettm a tte r sm (so Fleck.) -a wiping
â– at ww CatolLJLj; and perhaps PbnLiTw. 629. seep. xxxtL
law «a cause of disgust', -wearisome': ww VaL M. 6. 3. exx.
1 ; Sea. RheL Cmtr. 10, prz£ § x ; Sen. DiaL 9. 2 § 13 : 2>.
5 15 ; **■7 ; ^*- 6. 16 : .E/- icx § 2 : Curt. 4. 10 § 3 ; 5. 5
: : 10. 2 § 23 : Pfin. 7 § 8 ; 29 § 28: Tac EL x. 7.
a stay' ww Czs. O-c. 2. 15.
[ a disgrace*: ww Psendo-SaH ad C*s. x. 8 : Fronto p. 23?
rtaoer.
ddMLe. 'to inspire dread": ww Safi. C 2c § 7 : Sen. Jr. a. 11.
taaae 'j piece of hick*: ww Czs. G. 6. 30 («wjxr) : (dac. or
8â„¢. 9
xliv Preface: Observations on Book IV.
fraudi 'cause of risk' or * of damage'; esse Cic. Rose. Am. 17 ;
Verr. a. 71 ; 3. 40 ; Clu. 33 ; Mur. 35 ; Rab. Post. 7 ; Phil. 5.
12; ib. 14; 8. 9; ib. 11 ; Att. 5. 21 § ia ; Fam. 1. 5 a (majori);
7. a6 ; Lucr. 6. 187 ; Ov. Trist. 2. 463 ; Nux, 106 ; Liv. 1. 47
§9; 3-53; ib.54; 7- 4i bis; 37.17; 30.19; 33- 20 ; S. C. ap.
Liv. 39. 14; ib. 19 ; Val. M. 6. 1. 13 ; Sen. Rhet. Contr. 9. 27
§ 9 ; Sen. Ben. 1. 3 ; Suet. Aug. 54 ; Fronto p. ioa Naber.
Lex Rubr. ai id ei fraudi pcenave ne esto ; Fragm. Tuder.
(Bruns p. 90) id ei fraudi multa pcena ne esto: Lex de imp-
Vesp. fin. (Bruns p. 94) id ei ne fraudi esto; S. C. de adif
non dir. (Bruns p. in) ne quid fraudi mult* pcemeque esset
CelsillcE.
fractal 'source of profit'; esse Varr. R. R. 3. 3 § 1 ; Cic. Man. 6 ;
Fam. 10. 5 (majori); Liv. 5. 4 ; 34. 36 ; Suet. Gr. 24 ; Papin.
ap. Dig. 6. 1. 64 (ea qu<e usui, nonfructui, sunt}.
frugi 'thrifty'; esse Plaut. Asin. 175 ; 498; Bac. 370; 654; Epid.
3. 4. 57 ; Mil. 1360 ; Pan. 3. 4. n ; 5. a. 3 ; Trin. 118a ; Ter.
Eun. 6c8; 816; Haut. 597; Cic. T. D. 3. 8 ; Cic. fil. ap. C.
Fam. 16. ai (vita est frugi); Hor. Ep. 1. 16. 49 ; Petron. 75 ;
140 (tarn frugi) ; censere PL Cas. 3. a. 3a ; dici Hor. S. 1. 3. 49 ;
existimare C. Fam. 5. 6 ; Plin. Pan. 88 ; fieri C. Phil. 2. a8 ;
habere Mart. 6. ai. 8 (tarn frugi); haberi PI. Men. 577 ; rerl
PL Asin. 857 ; 861 ; vlderi PL Pers. 841 (sat frugi).
bonse frugi esse PL As. 6oa ; Capt. 956; Cas. a. 4. 5 ; ib. 5.
19 ; Cure. 521 ; Pcen. 4. a. a3 ; 5. 4- 56 ; Pseud. 339 ; 468 ; Trin.
321 ; Ttkc. 20 ; Cic. Att. 4. 8 ; arbitrage PL Merc. 321 (where
Ambr. has bona hercle fruge). (Gellius 6 (7) n § 1, and later
writers use bona frugis : see Charis. p. 105, ed. Keil.)
frugi is used attributively as indecl. adj. generally in nom. or
ace; with homo PL Epid. 5. a. 27 \ Trin. 1018 (cum frugi
hominibus)\ Ter. Haut. 580 (hominis); Ad. 959; Nov. 61 ed.
Ribb. ; Laber. 18 ed. Ribb.: Syr. 190; Cic. Verr. 3. 47 (plane
frugi) ; Dejot. 9; T. D. 3. 8 ; 4- 16 ; Brut, a^ C'*V. 1. 6. a ;
Co/^>. /. R. no. 1098 ; Petron. 73 ; Quint. 1. 6. 39 ; also with
other words: quisquam PL Cure. 502; servus PL Cas. a. 37
(servo frugi) ; ib. 50; mancipium Hor. 5. a. 7. 3 ; populus Hor.
i?/>. a. 3. ao7 ; ///'a Plwedr. 4-5-5; by itself, Mart. ia. 6a. 14:
and as epithet of a woman, Hor. S. a. 5. 81 (tarn frugi tamque
I fff cf predicative datives. xrv
fmBcd)\ Cmf. L R. iaj6 bma freba frwgd sahx); 1301 (/./
Jragj); 107a FmOm warn- Jrwge bmm fmSea «ar): as name
of L. Piso C&t.iS; iwt 17 § 39; and on coins of L
Fiso C L R. 4x1; of C Piso tb. 463 ; of M. Piso ib. jci ; and
in ioscr. C L R. 594.
In post-Augustan writes also used of things atrimm PEn.
J^l 2- 17 §4; ecu Jut- 3. 167; Pfin. J^l 3. 1; ib. 19; /otte-
ad* Mart. 13. 31 ; victms Quint. 5. 10. ax.
ft a aUatol 'to trick*; nabarn PL Hot. 695 (Q*amdo t* me heme mt~
rtmtam tmi bates desficmtuL Nisi Jem m rgiatnm frmstrdsz
me dmt tar t mm f a tes . ABwmfo si bm e btvemtm mmmm bmbemfrus-
tratui}.
Caauto «a joy*; am PL Pka. 5. 4-47J SaH. J. 9; Lit. a& 37;
E+.X. 11 f 1: 4- 19 I L
'agiorr': eaw Cato &.R.3: Pbat.fhk.6a9 (?j*r p.xxxri):
Gc Pimmc 36 (anw); F«. j. la § 9; 10. 5 (majori);
Safl.J.6; M\7§a; Lh.a7.a0; 34-5*§7? 40.i5§5; ftt
§8; Sen. Rhet. GhAt. 9. a« § 15 ; Sea. C2eat l 3 ; Quint. 6. 1.
xa ; Suet Gram. 14 : Just a8- a (anarx); tecera C Gracch.
ap. Gefl. ix. 10 ; natal Just 43- 3-
'a voice of congratulation'; anat C- Mar. 5, following
mmlmmmmx
honor! -an honour'; ease PbuL J^L x. 1. 31 ; Cotu.4.13; Cic.
Or. 1.8; ih.15 (jm^w); PLmcioHs-. MO. 35 ; ft*jL 13 fin.;
Z-rf.19; Q^i.39; a.i 7 («<5»»)? ib- («—•); 3- ao(«M»);
F«. 5- * (•««■■■•); -At 3. aa ; 11. 3 ; ap. Rntfl. Lup. ft, 3
(2a«r£* MSS.); Ca-s. ap. GdL 4- 16 : SalLCia: Lit. 3.68;
4-3? *5-3i; a^-4; a:. 17; 45- 15: Curt. 3.7 §ia(*ngas):
7- j § 4a ; Vefl. a. 95 ; Froato p. 195 Naber : ted. SalL J. 11 ;
kanereSaD. J.jific: (aL Awra ) Tac ^4. 3. 3a : laaaxnx e Uix
Pfin - 'J § 91 ; **xi Fronto p. 136 Xaber.
tataaaaato -an eo cooiag e m e at T ; a— SaH. J. 98.
[aoannao paxere Verg. ^f. 1. 399 ; but more probably ablili re.]
-mortgaged': ana GaL Dig. m. i. L 15 § a : Mardaa
ib. L 11 § 3 ; &c. dare Martian i%. 30. 1. L 11 § a : ib. L 16
m\m : icc
aataaa 'a disgrace- ; ubm S. C ap. Lit. 39. 19 ; natal Tac A.
3-3*.
xlvi Preface: Observations on Book IV.
impediment*) 'a hindrance'; esse Plaut. Cas. prol. 61 ; Ter. An dr.
707 ; Com. 1. 12 ; 2. 11 (maximo); 4. 1 ; Cic. Inv. 2. 30 ; ib.
31 ; ib. 33 ; Rose. Am. 4 ; ib. 51 ; Vat. 6; Balb. 7 ; Flac. 28 ; Rab.
7 ; Fam. 3. 10 § 6 ; 10. 22 ; 11. a § 3 ; Caes. G. 1. 25 (magno);
2. 25 ; Cif. 3. 46 (magno)] Bell. Alex. 23 ; ib. 61 (magno) ;
Sail. J. 97 (w«//o) ; Liv. 4. 13 ; 6. 15 ; 8. 32 ; 9. 18 ; 26. 24 ;
28. 2 ; 38. 40 § 13 ; 39- 39 § 7 ; 40. 51 I 41- " ; 44- 46 ; 45-
39 §18; Cels. 8. 25; Val. M. 1. i§8; 5. 1 § 5 ; 6. 9 § 5 ;
Curt. 4. 2 § 15 (magno); Quint. 1. 2 § 12 ; 2. 5 § 2 ; 5. 10
§123; 5. 14 fin. ; 7 praef. §2; ir. 3 § 142 ; Plin. Ep. 6. 28 ;
Tac. ^. 14. 15.
impeusae 'an expense'; esse Liv. 28. 45.
indicio 'evidence'; esse Ter. Haut. 384; Ad. 4 ; Varr. L.L. 7. 4;
Cic. Dom. 42 ; Or. prid. q. in exit, n ; Lucr. 2. 433 ; 4. 1019 ;
Nep. 6. 3 ; 20. 2 ; 25. 16 ; Verg. G. 2. 182 ; Liv. 3. 6 ; 7. 33 ;
22. 61 § 10; 23. 19; 44. 46 fin.; Hygin. ap. Macr. Sat. 1. 7
§ 24 ; Plin. 6 § 1 ; 7 § 69 ; ib. § 210 ; 14 § 88; 15 § 87 ; 19
§ 17; § 169; 22 § 78; 29 §58; 33 § 15; 36 § 185; 37 §4o.
indutui 'a shirt'; Varr. L. L. 5 § 131 (Indutui alteram quod subtus,
a quo subucula ; alteram quod supra, &C.) ; ib. 10 § 27 (earn dici-
mus muliebrem tunicam, qua de eo genere est, quo indutui mulieres
ut uterentur est institutum) ; gerere Tac. A. 16. 4. Comp. above
amictui.
infamise 'discreditable'; esse Ter. Andr. 444; Cic. Verr. 3. 62 ;
Liv. 29. 9 fin.; 39. 6.
invidiae 'a cause of ill-will'; esse Catoap. Fronton, p. 100 Naber;
Cic. Verr. 3. 62 ; 5. 8 ; Sail. J. 73 ; Nep. 10. 4 (*nagn<x)\ Prop.
1. 12. 9 ; Ov. Am. 3. 3. 17 ; ib. 3. 12. 14 ; Met. 10. 731 ; Liv.
2. 52 ; 4- 49 ; ib - 53 5 «9- 9 fin -; Tac - H - 2 - 95-
irae 'cause of anger'; esse Verg. A. 10. 714 (just a:); commented
on by Macrob. Sat. 66 § 9.
irridiculo 'a laughing-stock'; naberi Plaut. Cas. 5. 2. 3 ; Pan. 5.
4. 10.
irrisui 'an object of derision'; esse Caes. C. 2. 15 ; Plin. 22 § 15 ;
Tac. A. 14. 39 ; H. 1. 7.
jucunditati 'an enjoyment'; esse Cic. Dom. 28 (tanta).
labori 'a trouble'; esse Plaut. Rud. 190; Ter. Haut. 82 Wagner;
C. Verr. 1. 6; Hor. S. 1. 8. 18.
List of predicative datives. xlvii
laetitiae 'a delight'; esse Sail. C. 51 § 34 ; Nep. 13. 2 (tanta); Liv.
45. 13 (tanta); Ov. M. 8. 430.
laniatui 'object for mangling' i.e. ' torn to pieces ' ; esse Val. M. 9. 2.
ext. 11.
laudi 'creditable'; esse Ter. Ad. 382; 418; Corn. 3. 7 ; C\c. Fam.
2. 7 (sempiterna) ; 5. 8 ; 13. 73 ; Nep. 15. 2 (magna); Hon 5.
2. 3. 99 (magna-) ; Ov. jF. 5. 290 ; dare Cic. Clu. 19 ; Plane. 36 ;
tfllrij Off. i. 21 ; Tac. Or. 19 (laudi dabatur; al. laudabai) ;
ducere Ter. ^^/. 5 ; 105 ; Nep. praef. § 4.
levamento 'an alleviation'; esse Cic. An. 12. 43 ; Sen. Dial. it.
9 init. (magno).
levationl 'relief; esse Cic. Fam. 6. 4 § 5 (magna-).
libertati 'liberty,' i.e. 'cause of liberty'; esse Plaut. Pan. 5. 4. 48
(following gaudio and voluptati).
lubidini 'a lust'; esse Sail. J. 89.
lucro 'a gain'; esse PL As. 192 ; Cist. 1. 1. 52 ; Men. $$5 ; Mil.
675 ; Ter. Hec. 287 ; Anton, ap. C. Phil. 13. 19 • Pseudo-Ov.
Nux 41 ; jacere Lucr. 5. 875.
ludibrio I a jest, sport ' ; esse Cic. Verr. 5. 38 ; Ep. ad Brut. 1. 2 § 2 ;
Sail. C. 13 ; ib. 20 § 9 ; J. 31 § 2 ; Pseudo-Sail, a* G«. 1. 5 ;
in Cic. sub init; Liv. 141; 2. 23 ; 4. 12 ; 5- 45 5 9- 2 5 »4- 34 ;
39. 4 ; 40. 4 ; ib. 22 ; Val. M. 6. 2 § 4 ; 9. 1 § 8 ; Curt 6. 11
§ 4 ; Tac. Agr. 31; [In Liv. 1. 7 ludibrio fratris we have pro-
bably ablative] ; habere Plaut. Cas. 3. 5 19 ; 5. 1. 13 ; Epid. 5.
2. 1 ; Jtffw. 396 ; 782 ; Ter. Hec. 149 ; 526 ; Lucr. 5. 1235 ?
Sail. J. 34 ; Liv. 28. 40 ; Sen. Dial. 6. 14; [opponi Corn. 4. 3. 9
probably belongs to § 1163; retentus Plin. Ep. 8. 14 § 8 to
§ H42-]
ludificatui 'sport'; habere Plaut. Pan. 5. 4. 2 ex conj.
luxurlse 'a luxury'; esse Sail. J. 89.
maculae 'a stain'; esse Corn. 4. $$ • Cic. Verr. 3. 62.
maerori 'a grief '; esse Cic. Or. 3. 3 bis; Pseudo-Sail, ad Cas. 2. 4
(quanta) ; Sen. X)/W. 6. 24.
maledicto 'a term of reproach'; esse Sen. Ep. 115 § 11.
male- ' harm'; esse Plaut. Cure. 499 ; Mil. 492 (magno) ; Men. 355 ;
Corn. 2. 24 ; Cic. Par. 1 § 7 ; ^//. 14. 22 ;. Nep. 7. 7 ; Ov. Ep.
16 (17), 147 ; Met. 2. 597 ; Phaedr. 5. 4. 12 ; Pseudo-Ovid Nux
108 ; 109 ; Sen. JV. Q. 2. 49 ; Ep. 94 § 67 ; vertere Tac. ^f. 6. 19.
xlviii Preface: Observations on Book IV.
[mancipio dare Plaut Cure. 494 ; Pers. 525, 589 ; Lucr. 3. 971 ;
Cic. Att. 13. 50 bis ; Top. 10 ter ; Sen. Ep. 7a § 7 ; Gai. Inst. 1.
lai ; 4. 79 ; Corp. I. R. ii. 504a. Inscr. ap. Bruns p. 13a sq. ;
accipere Plaut Cure. 495 ; Cic. Agr. 3. a ; Gai. L c. ; Inscr.
1. c. &c. I take mancipio as abl. 'by handtake', for which
the later language used maneipatione from the secondary verb
mancipare. See § 1343. Dono dart is different; because donum
is the effect of a transaction, not the mode of transacting.]
melll 'honey'; esse Hor. S. a. 6. 3a.
miraculo 'a surprise'; esse Liv. 1. a 7 ; ib. 45 ; aj. 8; 4a. 6a;
Sen. Rhet. Contr. 1. a § 17 ; Plin. 7 § 6 ; ib. § 180; 11 § iiij
34 § 41 ; 36 § 59 ipiagno) ; Tac. A. 4. 66.
miseries 'a source of misery' ; esse Sail. C. 10.
molestise 'an annoyance'; esse Plaut. Asin. 571 ; Cure. 501 ; Pan.
prol. 35 (dat. or plur. nom.?); Cic. Att. 6. a § 1 (magna).
monumento 'a monument'; esse Liv. 1. ia ; a. 33 ; 4. 16; 8. 11.
morse 'to cause delay'; esse Plaut. Bac. aa4 ; Ter. Ad. 71a; ib.
904 (hoc mihi mora est)] L. 7. 34 (id mora Samnitibus essei)]
Bell. Afr. I (sibi mora quicquam esse dat. or gen.?); L. 25' 38
(quid mora essetf) [In C. Verr. 4. 64 ut aliquid esset mora
the case appears to be the genitive. So also in L. aa. ia nihil
aliud, quam quod impar erat imperio, mora ad rempublicam pra-
cipitandam habebat.~\
morbo 'a cause of disease' ; esse Plaut True. a. 5. 14 ; Lucr. 6. 1095.
morti 'a cause of death' ; esse Cic. Flac. 8 ; Phil. 9. 1 ; Lucr. 6.
1095.
multse esBe ' to be cause for fine'; see under fraudi.
muneri 'as a present'; accipere Tac. A. 14. 31 ; dare Nep. 8. 4;
17. 8; a3- ia ; Quint 1. 10. 16; Suet Gram, ai ; mittere
Catull. ia. 15 ; Nep. 4. a ; %$. 8 ; Val. M. 4. 8. ext 1 ; Plin.
37 § 74-
munimento 'a defence'; esse Sail. J. 47 ; 50 ; 97.
neglectui 'a matter to neglect'; esse Ter. Haut. 357 (neclec turns t
Bemb.).
noxse esse 'to be prejudicial' Sail. Or. Phil. § 1 ; Suet Oth. 10;
Tac. A. 3. 13 ; 4. 36 [dedere Liv. a6. a9; Col. 1 procem; see
Gai. Inst. 4. 75 sq.; ap. Dig. 9. 4 passim ; Just Inst. 4. 8. I
think noxa was not originally a predicative dative (see § 1163);
List of predicative datives. xlix
but, by Justinian's time at any rate, it came to be so considered,
as is shewn by the definition noxa est corpus quod nocuit. In a
few places e.g. Dig. 4. 3. 9 ; 9. 4. 8 (si dederis, dederit) probably
by mistake the perfect of dare, not dedere, is found. But always,
I believe deditio, not datio; dedendo, not dando &c]
noxiae esse 'to be prejudicial' ; Liv. 8. 18 (some MSS. noxa) ; 10. 19;
33- 20; 34- 19 ? 36. 7 ? Gels. ap. Dig. 17. I. 48 pr.
oblectamento 'an amusement'; esse Sen. Rhet Contr. 2. 9 § 13 ;
Sen. Ben. 6. 1.
obtrectationi 'ground for reproach'; esse Tac. Agr. 1.
odio ' hateful'; esse Plaut. Cure. 499; Men. in; Merc. %\-Mil. 748 ;
Pan. prol. 50 ; ib. 4. 2. 100 ; Pseud. 1264 ; Trin. 632 ; True. 1. 2.
23 ; Turpil. ap. Non. p. 2 ; Ter. Hec. 343 ; Cic. Verr. 1. 13 ; 2. 5
(Jantoquanto); 4.7; ib. 30; Agr. %. 37; Jkf«r. 40; Flac.%; ib.
29 ; J^itf. 3 ; Mil. 21 (quanto) ; i*V«. 5. 22 ; .Flaw*. 12. 10 (tanto) ;
-A/. 4. 8 ; Cael. ap. C. Fam. 8. 6 ; Cass. ap. C. Fata. 15. 19
(quanto); Catull. 66. 15 ; Hirt. G. 8. 7 (summo); Pseudo-Cass.
Bell. Alex. S3\ Verg. B. 8. 33; Hor. Epist. 1. 14. 11; ib.
2. 1. 101 ; Liv. 3. 42 \ 3$. 19 ; Ov. Met. 2. 438 ; Rutil. Lup.
2. 1. (magno) ; Sen. Rhet. Co«/r. 7. 18 § 7 ; Val. M. 5. 1. ext. 2 ;
Sen. D/'a/. 7. 7 ; ib. 19 ; Ir. 1. 14 bis ; Quint. 3. 7 § 24 ; Tac.
A. 15. 21. liabere Plaut Men. in ; Pers. 206 ; Ov. Rem. 124 ;
Sen. iten. 5. 5 ; venire Plin. 28 § 106.
offensioni 'annoyance'; esse Cic. Att. 13. 23 (majori).
oneri 'a burden' esse Lucr. 5. 539 • ib. 541 ; Caes. C. 1. 32 :
Cic. ap. Rutil. Lup. 1. 3 (MSS. oneris) ; Sail. C. 2 ; ib. 10 ;
• /. 14 § 5 5 E P- Pomp. § 9 ; Liv. 1. 56 ; 23. 43 J ib. 48 ; 41- 1 ;
Ov. Ep. 16. 167 ; A. A. 2. 586; Met. 10. 195 ; Sen. Ben. 6. 16 ;
Plin. 11 § 78 ; 18 § 31 ; Tac. A. 2. 37 ; haberi Tac. H. 4. 3.
operas ' matter for attention' ; esse (e.g. mihi non est opera, ' I have
not time') Plaut. Amph. 151 ; Mil. 252 ; 817 ; Merc. 10 ; 917 ;
Pseud. 377; True. 4. 4. 30; Enn. ap. Pers. 6. 9; Liv. 1. 24;
4. 8 ; 5. 15 ; 9. 23 ; 21. 9 ; 29. 17 ; 33. ao ; 41. *6 ; 44- 36 ;
Sen. Rhet Suas. 6 § 23. See § 1283.
opprobrio ' ground for reproach' ; esse Nep. 9.3; Ov. Trist. 2. 445 ;
Quint. 3. 7 § 19; Suet. Gram. 24.
optentui 'a cloak' (metaph.) ; esse Sail. Or. Lep. § 24 ; Pseudo-
d
1 Preface: Observations on Book IV.
Sail, ad Cars, a. ii ; Val. M. 6. 5. 4 ; Tac. H. 1. 49 ; in apposi-
tion Tac. H. 2. 14 ; sumi Tac. A. 1. 10.
ornamento ' a distinction ' ; esse Cic. Inv. r. 4 ; Rose. Am. 49 ;
Verr. Act 1. 5 ; 4. 3 ; ib. 33 ; ib. 54 bis ; Font. 21 ; Bali. fin. ;
Off. 2. 18; Fam. 3. 10 § 9 (magno); 11. aa (magno); 13. 34
(maximo); ib. 36 (magno'); ib. 49 (majori); Cass. G. 1. 44;
7. 15 ; Nep. 10. 2. (quanto); Sen. DzW. 18 ; Quint. 5 fin.
ornatu 'an ornament'; esse Cass. ap. Gell. 4. 16.
ostentui esse 'to show off' ; Sail. J. 24; Tac. ^. 15. 64; in appo-
sition Tac. A. la. 14; #. 1. 78 ; atoicere Tac. ^. 1. 29 ; credere,
'believe it t'o be' Sail. J. 46 ; ire Tac. ^. 15. 29 ; mlttere Tac.
H. 3- 35-
? perfidise esse Pseudo-Sail, in Cic. sub init. Read pr ardor ?
periculo 'a source of danger'; esse Cic. Verr. 4. 49 ; Sen. Rhet.
Contr. 2. 9 § 11 ; Sen. Ir. 3. 43 ; Suet. Oth. 10.
pernlcii (cf. § 360) 'a cause of destruction ' ; esse Nep. 8. % ; 12. 4.
pigneri 'a pledge'; esse Plaut. Most. 978 ; Cato R. R. 147 ; 149 ;
150 ; G. Clu. 67 ; Curt. 7. 10 § 9 ; 10. 2 § 26; Edict ap. Dig.
20. 1. 1. 11 ; Gai. ib. 1. 15 § 2 ; Papin. ib. 1. 1 § 2 ; Jul. ap.
Dig. 30. 86 ; and other places ; accipi Tac. H. 3. 65 ; Paul. ap.
Dig. 9. 4- 1- aa ; dare Ulp. ap. Dig. 4- 3- 9 5 Papin. ap. Dig.
20. 1. 1. 1 quater; ib. 4. 1. 1 ; &c. ponere Ulp. ap. Dig. 13.
7. 1. 27 ; retinere Plaut. Capt. 651.
pcense ' a ground of penalty'; esse Lex xii. Tab. ap. Gell. 20. 1 § 12
(where poena appears to have been taken for nom. plur. by
Festus p. 371 ed. Mull.): Prop. 4. 5 (6), 20; Mela 3 § 35. See
also under fraudi. In Sail. J. 69 urbs cuncta p<zn<e aut prad%
fuit, the datives (or genitives) mean 'an object of punishment
or plunder.'
potui 'a drink' ; esse Sext. SA.1 ap. Gell. 4. 1 ; Tac. G. 23 ; Ulp.
ap. Dig. 33. 9. 3 ter ; 50. 16. 43 ; (see under esui) ; dare Cels. 2.
13; 3-6; ib. 9; 4. " (5); 14(7); ib. 16 (9); ib. 19(12);
21 (14) ; &c. Plin. 13 § 131 ; ai § 136 ; aa § 26 ; ib. 49 ; a9
§ 50; sumere Cels. 4. 8 (4) ; offerre Cels. 4. ao (13) ; prastare
Cels. 4. ia (5). See p. xxxiii.
prseda ' plunder', 'source of plunder'; esse Varr. R. R. a. 9 § 3 ;
Cic. Verr. 3. 37 ; 5- 31 ; Sail. C. ai ; ib. 48 ; (/• 69 see under
pcense); Pseudo-Sail, ad Cars. 1. 5 ; Liv. 1. j6; 3. a9; 4. 51 ;
List of predicative datives.
9.36; 24.24; 3*36; aj-aj; 26.39; 3*-*8; 33-46; Cart. 5.
1 5 6; Quint. prsr£ 14; JusL 30. 4; 31. I 1 (prjcda Jeep.);
(See also under perfidic) habere SalL J. 31 § 10 ; jacere Lucr.
j. 873. Probably here belong dari Lit. 2. 15 ; Tac.yl1.j7;
refinquere Lir. 27. 44 ; possibly nssrras Plin. 8 § 219. Comp.
however p. 59, note 11.
mwlo 'reward', 'ground for reward*; esse Nep.4.4; 23.1c
(both magna); Lrr. a4- 45 ; 3*- 28.
pneskUo *a protection'. *a garrison*; esse Scip. JEmfl. ap. FesL
p. 151 MuHer; Varr. JR. R. 2. 9. 3 ; ib. 6 ; Cic. Lto. 1. 4;
Quint. i(naIIo); Ferr.i. 5 Z; 2.56; 5.65; PZott. 33 ; HflL
26; PArt 3. 15 ; 7. 4 ; Fam. 3. 10 § 3 (summa) J ib. § 9 (magna):
'5- * § 7 ; O**- frid. q. in exiL 9 ; Plane, ap. C Fam. 10. 7
(maxima) ; Pomp. ap. C. .Af. 8. 12. A ; Lucr. 2. 643 ; Caes. <?.
1. 25 ; ftx 44 ; 2. 19 ; 5. 9 ; 6. 34 ; 7- U ; *. 57 ; Crv. 2. 8
(magna)- 3. 46: ib. 89; ib. 99; Ox 101 ; HirL G. 8. 29;
Pseudo-Cses. BdL Afr. 46; 35 ; 8j bis ; Sail C 36; /. 19 ; flx
93 ; Or. PtiL 21 ; Xep. 9. 2 ; 17. 7 ; 23. 10 ; Lir. 6. 6 § 14 ;
21. 21 ; 22. 57 ; 23. 31 ; 26. 2 ; 27. 8 (ex Madv. conj.) ; 29. 3 ;
ib. 25 ; 31. 11 ; 35. *9 ; 37- 22 ; 42. 67 ; 44- 4 ; Colum. 6. 3
§ 3 ; 11. 2 § 71 ; Sen. Rhet Cantr. 2. 9 § 11 ; Pfin. 28 § 33 ; 30
I 135 ; PKn. Ep. 3. 2 § 31.
In apposition Lir. 22. 23 ; adesse. SalL J. 83 § 4 ; dneere * to
lead' Cats. C 3. 7 ; Tac. A 3. 9 ; dedud Caes. C 2. 19 ; edud
Caes. C 2. 23 ; mittere Cic Cat. 3. 2 ; HirL C.8.11; ib. 1 - :
Cacs. C 3. 75 ; Sal J. 106 ; pramittere Pseudo-Czs. B. Afr.
60 ; profieisei Nep. 17. 3 ; relinquere Cars. G. 3. 26 ; 3. 11 ; 6.
32 ; 7. 40 ; ib. 49 ; 60 ; 62 ; 68 ; C 1. 41 bis ; ib. 33 : 63 ; 69 ;
2. 22 ; ib. 39 ; 3. 36 ; ib. 89 ; 93 ; 101 ; Pseudo-Cats. BelL
Alex. 76 ; Lir. 1. 59 ; 22. 39 ; 29. 22 fin. ; 37. 39 ; 44. 38 ;
restare HirL G. 8. 33 I «**» Tac A. 1. 8 ; transire Caes. C.
1. 40.
protoro *a disgrace*; esse Cic. Rose. Am. 17 ; Ihm. 33 ; Vat. 2
(quanta)- Sen. Ep. 113 § 11 ; Fronto p. 233 Naber: dneere
'consider* PL Ampb. 492; Scip. JEm. ap. Macr. Sat. 3. 14.
7 ; haloeri Sail. C. 12.
1 Madvig(asIhavesKKXseen)maiestbesamecorTecticn,^^-.iL6f7.
J*
lii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
propugnaculo 'a bulwark'; esse Cic. Verr. 5. 34.
pudori 'a source of shame', i.e. 'a thing to be ashamed of; esse
Hor. Od. 2. 4. 1 ; A. P, 406 ; Sulp. ap. Tibull. 4. 7. 1 ; Ov. Am.
3. 14. 21 ; Met. 5. 526 ; 7. 687 ; Liv. 24. 24 J 34- 58 § 7 5
40. 15 § 6 ; Val. M. 9. 5. ext. 1 ; Tac. A. 2. 37 ; 4-57-
quaestul 'gain'; esse Cic. Quint. 3 ; Verr. 3. 7 (magna); ib. 37 ;
ib. 40 ; ib. 71 ; 5. 49 ; ib. 52 ; Sail. J. 31 § 12 ; Liv. 3. 68 ;
4. 30 ; habere Plaut. Pern. 3. 3. 13 ; Cic. Off. 2. 22 ; Css. C.
3. 60.
receptaculo 'a retreating place' ; esse Liv. 9. 41.
receptul 'a retreating place'; esse Sail. J. 50. [The expressions
canere receptul, signum receptul appear to belong to § 115 6.
They occur as follows: canere Cic. Phil. 12. 3 ; T. D. 3. 15 ;
R. P.x.%; Pseudo-Caes. B. Alex. 47 ; L. 3. 22 ; 22. 29 ; 26.
44 ; 27. 42 ; ib. 47 5 Quintil. 12. n § 4 ; Plin. Ep. 3. 1 § n ;
Tac. H. 2. 26 ; can! Caes. G. 7. 47 ; Pseudo-Cass. B. Afr. 40 ;
L. 4. 31 ; 26. 6 § 7 ; Colum. 6. 23 ; signum Cic. Pbil. 13. 7 ; Liv.
2. 62 ; ib. 64; 25. 19 ; ib. 37 ; 26. 45 ; Curt. 4. 6 § 10. In L.
3. 22, and 26. 44, receptui appears to be subject to canit.]
1 rei esse Cato R. R. 3. (See above p. xxxvi.) Front, p. 107 Naber.
religioni 'a ground of pious scruples'; esse Liv. 5. 13 ; ib. 31 ;
41. 16 ; habere Cic. £>ii\ 1. 35 ; Off. 2. 14 ; Atei. Cap. ap.
Gell. 4. 6 fin.
remedio 'a remedy' ; esse Corn. 3. 12 ; Liv. 5. 52 ; 26. 2 ; Cels.
4. 27 (20) ; Curt. 9. 10 § 1 ; Col. 6. 4 § 3 5 6 § 2 ; 7 § * ;
10 § 2 ; 13 § 1 ; 27. 11 ; 30 § 3 ; 12. 11 ; Plin. 11 § 90; ia
§ 78 ; 21 § 108 ; 22 § 116 ; 23 § 149 (prxsenti, cf. p. xxix.) ;
25 §152; ib. §165; 28 §45; 29 §39; ib. §88; ib. § 89;
3* §56.
ridicule- 'a joke'; esse Ter. Eun. 1004.
riaui 'a subject of laughter'; esse Liv. 4. $$ ; 6. 34.
rubori 'a cause of blushing'; esse Ov. A. A. 3. 83 ; Liv. 45. 13
(ruboris MSS.); Sen. Ben. 4. 36 (magno); Tac. A. 11. 17 ;
14. 55-
saluti 'a cause of safety'; esse Plaut. Capt. 952; Merc. 143;
Most. 351 ; Lucil. ap. Non. 13 (v. 7, ed. Mull.); Cic. Inv. 1.
38 ; Verr. 4. 49 ; 5.31; ib. 46 ; Rose. Am. 28 ; Lig. 5 ; Arch. I ;
Plane. 1 ; Agr. 2. 18 ; Or. 1. 9 ; 2. 48; ib. 49 ; Brut. 3 ; R. P. 1.
List of predicative datives. liii
I ; Leg. 2 (quanta) ; Fam. 15. 4 § 6 ; Q. Fr. 1. 1 § 10 ; Att.
9. 11 A ; Q^Cic. pet. cons. 6 ; Caes. G. 5. 44 ; 7- J° ; Sail. J-
33; Hep. z. 2 (quanta); 8. 2 ; 17.6; Liv. 1. 51 ; 5.47;
22.51; 31.37; 37.4o; 41. *7 §4; 43-1°; Val. M. 1. 5§j;
Veil. 2. 82 ; Curt. 4. J § 15 ; J- * § 5 ; 7- 9 § 7 ; 8. 4 § 10 ;
ib. § 17 ; ib. 11 § 18 ; 9. 1 § 18.
r satui semen ; sowing-seed' ; Cato R. R. 5. Compare esui, extersui.]
senio ' old age' ; esse Plaut. Stub. 19 ; True. 2. 5. 14 ; TurpiL ap.
Non. 1. 2.
sermon! 'common talk'; esse Plaut, Pseud. 418.
signo -a sign'; esse Cic. Inv. 1. 34 ; ib. 43 ; ib. (magno); dari
Val. M. 1. 5. 7.
solacio 'a solace'; esse Cic. Mur. 5 (magno?) ; i*iw». 6. 6 § 12
(quanto); 9.1; Caes. C. 1. 22; Liv. 40. 57; Veil. 2. 19. Curt.
4. 10 § 21 ; Sen. Dw/. 6. 26 ; 11. 12 (maxima); Ep. 78. 3.
sollicitudini 'a subject of anxiety'; esse Plaut. Mil. 671 (summar) ;
Ter. Pb. 588 ; Q^. Cic ap. C. -Foot. 16. 8 (magna:); Sen. D/a/.
6. 24.
spectaculo 'a spectacle'; esse Cic. Att. 10. 2 ; Nep. praef. § 5 ;
Liv. 1. 23 ; ib. 25 ; 2. j ; ib. 38 ; ib. 46 ; 3. 17 ; 25. 29 ; 35.
II ; 41. 11 ; 45- 33', v al- M - 3- 3 - 2 3 5 Curt. 8. 7 § j ;
Frontin. Strat. 1. 5. 16 ; Just 11. 13 ; 38. 8.
splendor! esse • confer splendour on' ; Corn. 4. 15.
stomacho esse ' to occasion displeasure' ; Cic. Att. 5. 1 § 4 (majori).
? strata! esse; Testamentum ap. Bruns p. 151 (stratui 'couch
coverings' cf. indutui).
studio 'an object of pursuit'; habere Ter. Ad. 382.
subsidio 'reinforcement'; esse Cic. Sull. 16; Caes. G. 2. 20;
Pseudo-Caes. B. Hhp. 31 ; Ov. Ib. 281.
In apposition Tac. A. 12. 29 ; add! Caes. C. 3. 64 (or abl.?) ;
adducere Caes. G. 7. 87 ; comparare Cic. Quint. 1. (but sub-
sidium Bait. Kays.) ; deponi Varr. L. L. 5. 89 ; ducere Caes.
G. 2. 8 ; C. 3. 69 ; egredi Pseudo-Caes. B. Afr. 25 ; ire Pomp.
ap. C. Att. 8. 12 A; Pseudo-Caes. B. Afr. 11 ; 25 ; Nep. 17.
8 ; Liv. 2. S3 ; 27. 27 ; mittere Caes. G. 2. 7 ; ib. 26 ; j. 15 ;
7. 62 ; ib. 86 ; C. 1. 40 ; ib. ss ; 2. 3 ; Pseudo-Caes. B. Alex.
21 ; Bell. Hup. 34 ; Liv. 3. 4 ; 4- 58 ; Nep. 6. 3 ; Stat. Tbeb.
3. 10; Tac. A. 4. 73 ; occurrere Pseudo-Caes. Bell. Afr. 18 ; 85 ;
liv Preface : Observations on Book IV.
poscere Tac. A. 6. 2 ; proficisci Cic. Phil. 5. 17 ; Caes. C. 3.
78 ; Nep. 11. 2 ; 16. 5 ; succurrere Pseudo-Caes. jB. Afr. 6 ;
Bummittere Caes. C. 3. 64 ; venire Cic. Font. 20 (16) ; Att. 8.
7 ; Cass. G. 5. 27 ; 7. 36 ; C. 1. 19 ; 3. 80 ; Pseudo-Caes.
B. Alex. 59 ; .&>//. Hisp. 4 ; 7 ; 18 ; Nep. 1. 5 ; 12. 1 ; Liv.
2. 48 ; 3- ** J 5- 13 ; 8. 11 ; 9. 43 ; 27. 19 ; 31. 25 ; 35. 22 ;
36. 19 ; 40. 25 ; Tac. A. 4. 59.
sumptui 'an expense'; esse Plaut. Mil. 672 {tanto); 740 Ritschl
{quanto); Cic. Terr. 1. 6 ; .^rt. 5. 14 ; Sail. i?/. Pomp. § 9 ;
Liv. 23. 48 ; 42. 1.
[supplemento in apposition Liv. 8. II, probably ind. obj. belonging
to § 1156.]
taedio 'a (cause of) weariness'; esse Sen. Rhet. Contr. 10. praef. § 1 ;
Sen. Dial. 7. 7 § 4 ; Plin. Ep. 8. 18 § 8.
tegimento 'a covering'; esse Cass. C. 2. 9.
terror! 'a terror'; esse Caes. G. 7. 66 ; Sail. J. 7 § 4 (maxumo);
Liv. 10. 29 ; 26. 2 ; 37. 30 (maximo) ; Veil. 2. 42 ; Sen. Ir. 2. 11 ;
Curt. 5. 4 § 25 ; Plin. 28 § 30 ; ib. § 31 (tanto); ib. § 93 ;
31 § 28; Just. 4. 1 ; 14. 1.
testimonio 'evidence'; esse Cic. Quint. 13 ; Rose. Com. 4 ; Verr.
5. 22 ; Font. 7 (3); Cacin. 18; Plane, ap. C. Fam. 10. 17 ;
Pomp. ap. C. Att. 8. 12 B ; Caes. G. 6. 28 ; Quint. 1. 10. 10 ;
12. 1. 16.
tlmori 'cause of dread'; esse Cic. Har. Resp. 20; Casl. ap. C.
Fam. 8. 12 : Sen. //-. 3. 43.
tormento 'a torment'; esse Sen. Dial. 11. 5.
turpitudini 'disgraceful'; esse Nep. praef. 5 ; Rutil. Lup. 1. 3.
tutelae 'a protection'; esse Fronto p. 195 Naber. (In L. 42. 19
pet ere ut eum, non sub hospitum modo pri-vatorum custodia, sed
publico etiam cura ac -velut tutela vellent esse we have probably
genitives : cf. Liv. 21. 41 in § 1282.)
veneno 'poison'; esse Varr. R. R. 1. 2. 18.
venerationi 'object of awe or worship'; esse Veil. 2. 42 ; Plin.
34 § 45-
verecundisB 'a cause of shame'; esse Liv. 3. 62 ; ib. 70 ; 9. 26
§18.
vestitui 'dress'; esse Tac. G. 46.
vtctui ' food' ; esse Tac. G. 46 ; obicere Varr. R. R. 3. 10 § 6.
List of predicative datives. lv
[visui prsebere Tac. A. 12. 21 probably not 'as a sight', but 'to
the sight' (§ 1143 note 11), or 'to look at' (§ 1156).]
vitio 'as a fault' ; dare Ter. Andr. 8 ; Ad. 418 ; Cic. Rose. Am.
16; Off.i.%1.; ib. 31 ; 2.17; Matius ap. C. Fam. 11. 28 ;
duci Ter. Ad. 5 ; vertere Plaut. As. 450 ; Capt. 256 ; Epid. 1.
i- 5; 3- 3- 5°; Mil. 1350; Pers. 387; Rud. 700; Lucr. 5.
1357 ; Cic. Fam. 7. 6 ; Hor. S. 1. 6. 85 ; Liv. 8. 32.
vituperation! ' matter for blame' ; esse Cic. Brut. 25 ; Fam. 13. 73.
voluptati 'a source of pleasure'; esse Plaut. Cas. 2. 8. 29 ; Pan.
1. 1. 17 ; 5. 4. 35 (nimia) ; ib. 47 ; A<faJ. 1280 (nimia)-; Rud.
"83 ; 1373 ; Ter. Haut. 71 ; 1024 ; Hec. 859 ; Cic. Verr. 3. 69 ;
5. 52 ; Mur. 19 ; iVa«<\ 33 ; />. ra/. ad Quir. 1 (tanta... quant*
Schol. but abl. MSS.) ; i^w. 1. 7 fin. ; 2. 10 (magna) ; 3. 10 ;
-^«. 2. 25 ; 14. 19 (magna); Pseudo-Cic. prid. q. in exit. 3 ;
Sail. C. 2 ; Pseudo-Sail, ad Cas. 2. 4 (tanta) ; Corp. 1. R. i.
1008 ; Sen. Rhet. Contr. 9. 25 § 7 ; Sen. -D/W. 1. 4 ; 9. 2 § 12 ;
Jr. 3. 40 ; Ben. 2. 31 ; .% 98. 1; Plin. 8 § 20. habere Sail.
J. 100.
usui ' of use', ' useful ' ; esse Plaut. Cist. 4.2.23; Cure. 499 (bono) ;
Men. 358 ; Merc. 32 ; Mil. 603, 604 ; Pseud. 305 (quanto);
Corn. 2. 17 ; Cic. In-v. 2. 35 (magna) ; r<vr. 3. 69 ; i7«c. 5
(magno); Balb. 9 (magno) ; P£/7. 9. 7 (magna) ; 10 fin (magno) ;
5r«?. 4 (tanto); Of.2.4; R. P. 1. 20 ; jRmw. 4. 3 ; 12. 29
(maximo); 13. 10; ib. 16; 20; 35; 71 (all magno); ib. 49
(majori); Att. 1. 1 § 3(wfl,g7?o); 1. 2 (maximo); 7. 12 (magno);
Cass. (7. 3. 14; 4. 20; ib. 25 (all three magno); 28; 31; 5. 1;
7. 41 (magno); ib. 55 (where 52/0 mjm/' should be retained: see
above, p. xxx.); Civ. 1. 19; ib. 45 ; 2. 7 (nullo); ib. 8 (magno);
ib. 15 ; 35 ! Pseudo-Caes. B. Alex. 61 ; £. Afr. 47 ; Sail. J. 4
(magno); 14 § 1 (maximo); ib. §5; 54; and see p. lvi.; Pseudo-
Sail. «^ G«. 2. 6 ; ib. 9 ; 12 (maximo); 13 fin.; Nep. 9. 2
(wflgvzo); Liv. 3. 33; 10. 9 (majori); 24. 36; ib. 46; 26. 40;
^7- 45 5 3i- 4a (maximo); ib. 45 ; 34. 6 § 6; 37. 15 ; 38. 22
(maximo); 40. 26; 42. 27; Sen. Rhet. Contr. 2. 9 § 36; Sen.
Ben. 6. 1 ; Ep. 98. 1 ; Curt. 3. 4 § 3 ; 8. 14 § 16 ; Veil. 2. 95 ;
Plin. 2 § 182; 8 § 97; Just. 20. 5 (magno); S. C. ap. Bruns.
p. in; Fronto p. 142 Naber (magno); Tac. A. 3. 54; 12. 11;
15. 15 ; H. 1.79 ; Papin. ap. Dig. 6. 1. 64.
Ivi Preface : Observations on Book IV.
So belio usui esse Sail. C. 32 ; 39 ; J. 27 ; 36 ; 37 ; 91 ; 93 ;
Liv. 44. 17; ad helium usui Caes. G. jr. 38 ; Pseudo-Caes. ife//.
Afr. 36 ; *'« bellum usui Liv. 31. 9; /« &//o kjm/ Sail. J. 43.
In apposition Tac. A. 11. 14; if. 3. 20; habere Tac. ^.
3- 3i-
utilitati 'of service'; esse Cic. Or. 1. 8 ; Plane. 5 (magna); R. P.
2. 9 (quanta).
Of the Ablative.
Unlike the other cases the ablative has a confused birth. It
plays a very important part in Latin, but the precise arrangement of
its meanings, which shall best correspond either with the historical
development, or with that living sense of its analogies, which the
Roman writers had, is hard to determine. The arrangement which
I have made is dictated by consideration of Latin usage only, ex-
cepting that I have been assisted in assigning the ablative of 'the
standard of comparison' to the ablative proper ('place whence') by
the fact of the genitive, not the dative, being so used in Greek.
But the analogy of other languages, even those so nearly allied as
Greek and Sanskrit, must not be pressed very far in such a matter.
For it would not be difficult to account for any particular use of a
case on more than one theory of its origin, as correlatively we find
several relations expressible by more than one case. The dative in
Latin sometimes occupies the positions which a genitive (§§ 1154,
1 143), or an accusative (§ 1107) might claim; the genitive stands side
by side with the ablative (§§ 1201, 1309, 1335), with the accusative
(§ *333)i w ith the locative (§§ 1190, 1325); the ablative is used
where the accusative is also found (§§ 1087, 1099, 1184, 1223) and
the dative (§§1215, 1217, 1229). Moreover a class of verbs, which
have a common general meaning, may have arrived at this meaning
by a different path and from a different origin, and consequently
find their appropriate companion in a different case. Rego, impero,
and potior, la-do and noceo, prasto and excello, have respectively a
general resemblance to one another in meaning, but yet, owing to
their own special history, take different cases. It requires therefore
a very careful analysis of the lexicography, as well as the grammar,
Of the Ablative. lvii
of two languages, before we can fairly treat the syntactical usages,
at least of some kinds, in one, as entitled to much weight in deciding
on the classification and arrangement of the usages in another.
Delbrilck has in his tract (Ablati-v Localis Instrumentalis im Altin-
dischen Lateinischen Griecbiscben und Deutschen 1867) instituted a
comparison of the Latin ablatival usages with those of Sanskrit,
on the principle of taking the use in the Rigveda as the clue to the
assignment of these usages among the three original cases. Know-
ing nothing of Sanskrit, I cannot test his accuracy, but I am glad
to find that in the main the distribution appears to agree with mine.
Specially to the ablative proper he refers the ablative of the ' stand-
ard of comparison,' and that after verbs and adjectives of want ; to
the locative, the ' ablative absolute' ; to the instrumental, the ablative
of 'manner,' 'time throughout which,' 'road by which,' 'price,'
'part concerned/ and the ablative after verbs denoting abundance,
and in such expressions as omnibus copiis proficiscitur. The confu-
sion of cases is not peculiar to Latin. The old Sanskrit has the
same form for ablative and dative in plural, for ablative dative and
instrumental in dual, and for genitive and locative in dual.
Of the (so-called) Genitive of value or price.
I have ventured to refer this usage to the locative 1 and will briefly
give my reasons. Those who may not agree with me in this, will
still not object to find examples of this usage placed in the Grammar
in immediate neighbourhood to those of the ablative. How great
the intermixture of the two cases in this meaning is, may be seen
from Madvig's account: viz., (1) that the cost or price may
be expressed by this genitive of tantus, quantus and the comparatives ;
by the ablative of nibi/um, tantulum and of the positives and super-
latives : (2) that value is expressed by either the ablative or genitive
after astimo, but, after other verbs (duco, facio, habeo, pendo, puto,
taxo and sum), by the genitive only; and that in the language
of every-day life after verbs of valuing (with a negative), jlocci,
1 Practically this is Key's view, but he calls the locative an 'old
dative.' He points out that Catullus (17. 17) says, nee pili facit uni
(not unius). Lat. Gr. § 946 note.
lviii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
nauci, assis (unius assis), teruncii, hujus occur. There must have
been some confusion or false analogy to produce such a result.
Now the only words which are shewn by their form to be
genitive, as distinguished from locative, are (cf. § 1187) pluris,
minoris, majoris, hujus, assis, unius assis, decussis, centussis. Of
these pluris and minoris alone, I believe, occur more than once, and
alone occur before Terence. They alone therefore seem to be of
any real weight in this matter. Pluris facere occurs in Naevius (ap.
Charis. p. 210 Keil), pluris refert, pluris est, minoris facere occur in
Plautus; who has also me nemo potest minoris quisquam nummo
ut surgam subigere (Pseud. 809) and possibly other expressions of
the kind.
The use of the genitive is therefore certainly old, but it is not
found in many words in the early language. Yet Latin was spoken
for hundreds of years before Ncevius, and simple expressions of
value must have been among the earliest subjects of conversation.
And there was every circumstance to make people think tanti and
magni to be the genitive, and thus to give rise by a false analogy to
pluris and minoris. For the form of the genitive and the locative
were exactly alike both in -0 stems and -a stems; indeed absolutely
identical, if, as Bopp and others have supposed, the proper genitive
was supplanted by the locative in these stems. Nor is this usage
one, which, superficially regarded, is unlike other genitival usages.
Hence if the case really was the locative, some such use as that of
pluris and minoris might very probably have arisen from the specious
appearance of analogy 1 . The existence of such true genitives in
this sense is not therefore a fatal objection to the supposition that
the original case was the locative.
But further, these words themselves are noticeable, especially
pluris. If the Romans ceased to use the proper locative in these
stems, it was not without reason. For, first, a locative or ablative
singular from plus ceased to be in use in any sense. The only trace
we have of it is in the assertion of Charisius (quoted in § 1187)
that the ancients said plure or minore emptum, and in his quotations
from Cicero and Lucilius (Keil, p. 109), and from Plautus, plure
altero tanto quanto ejus fundus esse velim (Kfcil, p. an), to which
1 Compare the discussion in § 132 1.
Of the so-called genitive of value. lix
may be added Lucfl. xv. 13, prjtterquam in pretio primus semisse,
stcundus ummmo, tertm jam piurest quam tmtsi m e m tm nu s (so L.
M filler for codd./&re). In an these places the case is tJus ablative
or locative of value or cost. And, curiously enough, the only other
d^ gnfar form of this so-caDed adjective, besides plus itself, is pluris.
za&piarii is used in this sense only. And the only instance of tins
singular being used as an adjective, not as a substantive, is in phais
pretii (see § 1187). Secondly, comparatives would often have an
ablative (ether of the measure 1 1204, or standard of comparison
§ 1166) dependent on them, and this tact at once gives a reason for
the eventual preference of phu is and mantis to plure and mhure. (In
C. jht. 1. 11 we have mimare cenusimis used of interest : whether
mino r * occurs elsewhere I do not know. Charisius refers to it;
see above.) It is clear therefore that the forms plure, a«wrr, which
may have been locatives (locative and ablative being indistinguish-
able in i and consonant stems), once existed in this sense, and were,
for the above-named or for some ether reason, driven out of the
field by plmris, mimaris. Similarly asse canon est (§ 1196), a phrase
of Cato's, shews a construction prior to assis. which Catullus used.
Now, if we look to the meaning and general habit of the cases,
the impro b ability that this use originally belonged to the genitive
seems to me considerable.
1. Tanti. magus, &c, qualify verbs not s nl t slaiilives. XUuU
seems to be the only word of this class, which is used more than once,
and, except truboH in Plant. Pern. 1. a. 168, the only word used at
alL with a substantive. Now the genitive, above all other r^rs^ has
the habit of depending on a noun; and, even when it does depend
on a verb, seems to rest on some noun-notion in the verb; eg.
impka— plenum fade; inJigeo—inJigus sum; accmso scekris = cam tarn
sederis duco. memisi=memar sum; fmdet me=pudcr me capit, &c
(See also §1327-)
a. The gemtival usages most nearly approaching tanti est, Sec,
are such as (a)facere dukmis, stulti esse (§ 1282); (£)facere lucri or
n mp rmtii (§ 1306); and (r) ixstis magus pretii (§ 1308). But in
the first two of these classes (a b) the person or thing denoted by
the genitive is capable of being regarded as a possessor or a
whole, whereas tanti, magui, &c_, are words of the meagrest
lx Preface : Observations on Book IV.
meaning, not capable of filling the grooves of stulti or lucri. True,
Jlocci, nauci, &c, have somewhat more meaning, but no one will re-
gard them as the originals and tanti, magni, &c, to be due to a
supposed analogy with them. The descriptive genitive (c) has two
characteristics : it is almost always dependent on a substantive, and
itself shews a combination of adjective and substantive. If tanti
be taken to be a substantially used adjective, it fails to exhibit
either of the two characteristics: and if we adopt the only other
course, that of supposing the full form to have been tanti pretii, we
must concede what should never be conceded without reluctance,
an almost perpetual ellipse (of pretii). It is curious that while this
last theory may claim in its favour the fact that magni (never multi,
except in a fragment of Cato) is used, a contrary inference may be
drawn from the fact that pluris is used and majoris never used,
except once and that in Phaedrus.
3. These simple quantitative adjectives used substantially are
a class not found in the genitive (at least in other uses) nor in the
dative, the case which perhaps in character is nearest akin to the
genitive ; but found frequently in the adverbial accusative and the
ablative, which are the cases standing nearest to the locative.
For the claims' of the locative we have these considerations :
1. The form is quite right, with the exceptions of pluris, minoris,
&c, and these are known to have been to some extent usurpers.
2. The locative is, like the forms under discussion, regularly
dependent on verbs, not on nouns.
3. There is a similar interchange of these forms in / with the
ablative in questions of amount (compare §§ n 86 — 1194 with 1196
— 1202), to that which is found between the locative and ablative
in expressions of place where and time where. There is also
some interchange with adverbs ; comp. care -veneunt (Varr. R. R.
3. 5. 2); •vilissime const are (Gat. ap. Plin. 18 § 44): and magni,
pluris, multum, plus, magis, maxime, all occur with refert and
interest (cf. § 1 189).
4. The meaning of the case seems to be precisely suitable.
Value is naturally figured to the imagination by place on a scale.
Compare English; 'at Rome,' 'at twelve o'clock,' 'at so much,' 'at
a high price.'
Of the s»-€all(d genitive cj value. hri
Apart from the use of fharit and mmarit I should hare little or
no hesitation in if fining Ibis usage to the locative; and the use of
fbaru and Msaurif, being quite capable of explanation on the locative
theory, seems to me insufficient to outweigh the other considera-
Greek can hardly be brought into the discussion, as its genitive
diBfis in use greatly fiom the Latm genitive, and ni b genitive
as well asanavw.
The confiraon prewalent m actual use arose probably thus: The
farms in I denoted rater; the ablative denoted friar (as a means).
The farms in -i bwainr naturally applied to price, and only by
auidnit became in this use restricted to tawtx, and qmamh. The
use of the ablative was extended to express Tame after riiiwm ,
pnlups through some 01 n}iiul meaning of that word, and was ex-
cluded accidentally only from tenter, and fmaxtmt. Phais and
mumoris in expressions of price supplanted fhare^ wamare. acco r din g
to Gharisms, after Cicero 5 tim^
Of the Gerund and Gerundive.
The use of the Latin Gerund and Gerundive k so remarkable
and apparently anomalous, that it has been the subject of much dis-
cussion from the times of the Roman guwuiunans to the present.
Wdssenboqi has written an elaborate monograph on the subject
(Eisenach 1844) in which he l e muuts and critirnrs with much fair-
ness and stimt, though in a very heavy style, the different I h tt n irs
which have been held, and adds a learned account of the use of the
forms. This has been of much service to me, though the view I take
was farmed before I saw Wexssenborrfs book. The most important
of the other books dealing with the matter, so iar as I know are
Hadx&Bewc a imMg t M, p. 39 sq.; Donaldson's iWrvoonu (Chap.
**- § i 3t> PP- 4*3, 4*9 «*• 3); Corssors Kirk. Batr. p. iao sq.;
Kadbtr. p. i 3 8 sq.; Pott's Etjm. Ftndr. VL. p. 489 sq. ed. a;
SrhWrnarnirs Die Ldbn tmm der M r d rth ril ew , p. j6 sq.; SduSders.
paper in Zattchr. FargL fyr. xiv. 350; an * *- Tohfer'S paper in
the same journal xxx p. 141 ; Bopp, Schleicher, and L. Meyers
Comparative Grammars; and Rnddimann's, G. T. KrOgers,
Ixii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
Ktihner's and Key's Latin Grammars. My view agrees most, I
think, with Key's and Donaldson's, but partly with Madvig's.
I use the term gerund for the substantive in the nominative 1 as
well as in the oblique cases ; gerundive for the adjective.
The principal points on which the discussion turns are five:
viz.
A. The use of the gerund in apparently both an active and
passive sense ; e. g. Fir ad agendum idoneus and res ad tolerandum
facilis.
B. The coincidence in meaning of the oblique gerund and
oblique gerundive; e.g. cupido salutem dandi and cupido salutis
dandce.
C. The meaning of obligation attached to the nominative use
of both gerund and gerundive; e.g. eundum est, 'we (you, they)
must go'; hacfacienda sunt, 'This must be done.'
D. The coincidence of meaning of the old (active) form
agitandum est -vigilias with the more usual (apparently passive)
form agitandte sunt vigilia.
E. The connexion of the gerund and gerundive with such
phrases as •volvenda dies {hoc) attulit ultro (Verg. A. 9. 7), and
with the verbal adjectives in -bundus and -cundus.
I propose first to explain the development of these different
usages; secondly to discuss briefly the origin of the form; lastly to
point out some analogies in other languages. I put the parts of
the discussion in this order, that I may avoid appearing even to base
the development either upon a particular explanation of the form,
or upon the usages of other languages. For the etymology of a
suffix seems to me a matter which in the present state of our know-
ledge scarcely admits of sure conviction ; and the usages of other
languages, much as they may surprise us by their resemblance to
Latin, yet, unless their several histories, as well as that of the Latin
usage, are known, or at least probably conjectured, may be incom-
parable, because not analogous, but derived from a widely different
origin.
1 Kriiger, Madvig, and others consider agendum in the nominative
to be the neuter of the gerundive.
."_-' :•;■.-.-_- - •-..: :: . :'.::. bB
L The connexion of the Latin usage*.
A. 1 snnc as the primary notion of Ac gonad, that of a
neater verbal substantive i i\nt i ing action (or state), less ahsti a cl
than (say) a substantive in -dam, and practically equivalent in
nrauh i g to a dwhndi l r infinitive (c£ § 1342). Xow when the
.":?_:: irr:.:r^ i_ iz'^.z : :_:" 1 :rs i:~. rr:__rt :c _. _ t.~ i_- :-::.
or when its object is expressed hi grammatical dependence upon it,
no notion of a passive meamng can arise. But when the gnund
does require or â– npty an obj ect, and this object s expressed, or
pbnatf presumed in the sentence, but is not grammatically dependent
on the u 1 imd, a notion of the errand being passwc wnl arise or not
wr w i l in g to the sense and |. i nh d frame of the SLnnmx. The
two opposte poles are when the subject of the cbnse it the subject
tflhcpTun£[^^w*tt&MdJ wJ i *w * m my.^wht*thtSBb^
: :^t ; .1 _5r ._= \^- ::_•-•.*. :: '.:- :-~.~l -. : -'.:. . .-.-.- -■.: _-_■... -
â– â– /â– â– ). I say -subject of the clause,* because the relation may far
the question be Iht same, when the gerund is not in direct relation
: : izc 5 _: ;:" :: Ui it::::;:. : :. :.•: -::■.•::: . •-.,..- -.- -
pan. But between these two poks he
\ usages. Accordingly I arrange the
: of the (obfione) gerund thus:
1. An action ether upon no object or upon an "Tfrjwf gram-
imalii jjly «li|M ndtnt on the gerund. This may be cither
(m) An action of the subject of the danse: e.g_
Smm iefnsms mmrritmmiiL (PL Amtfb. 1014.)
(Sen. ^.4.)
JWEKEwS nHCBBnwHBwBnV nRf K9B tmOttBSmwt JOCCMS CXK. J3QB AC-
(Quint. 4- 1, §16.)
(A) An ai l a w of a person or flung, which is wimwI or dear if
:— r"_ri- ':■_: Li - ;: -_ic 5 _:;-;-. ::' -J-.-t ; i-r- f r
(Com. 1. x.)
Dia tic m£?L mt smtxs sit. nrnr. md m grmhtm (Ter. Amir.
lxiv Preface : Observations on Book IV.
Et diffciliorem cogitationem exprimit et expellit dicendi necessitas et
secundos impetus auget placendi cupido. (Quint. 10. 7, § 17.)
(r) An action quite abstractly, without reference to any par-
ticular subject : e.g.
Triste enim est nomen ipsum carendi. (C. T. D. 3. 36.)
Ha fere sunt emendate loquendi scribendique partes. (Quint. 1. 7,
§32.)
Audendo atque agendo res Romana crcvit. (L. 22. 14.)
Hac res ad volgi assensum spectat, et ad aurium 'voluptatem, qua duo
sunt ad judicandum Icvissima. (G. Or. fin.)
2. An action upon a person or thing, which is named in the
sentence, but is not grammatically dependent on the gerund.
(a) If the person or thing so named is not the subject of the
clause, the gerund may or may not according to circumstances
appear to assume a passive meaning.
Multa sape ad te cohortandi gratia scripsimus. (C. Off. 3. 2.)
Casar oppidum ad diripiendum militibus concessit. (Caes. C. 3. 80.)
Ornatissimos scriptores ad cognoscendum imitandumque delegit. (C. Or.
3- 3I-)
Quant illud flagitiosius eum, a quo pecuniam ob absolvendum acceperis,
condemnare? (C. Verr. 2. 32.)
and Cic. T. D. 1. 28 (quoted in § 1377).
(3) If the person or thing so named is the subject of the sen-
tence, the gerund appears to assume a passive meaning: e.g.
Ulcus inveterascit akndo. (Lucr. 4. 1068.)
H<rc ad judicandum sunt facillima. (C. Off. 3. 6.)
Ubi ad decuriandum aut centuriandum convenissent, sua •voluntate
ipsi inter sese, decuriati equites, centuriati pedites, conjurabant.
(L. 22. 38.)
Adice cotidianas sollicitudines, qua pro modo habendi quemque dis-
cruciant. (Sen. Ep. 115, § 16.)
The notion that the gerund is passive as well as active, is based
on its use in such sentences as those under the last head. No doubt
in such cases the subject of the sentence is the object of the action
Use of gerund as apparently passive. Ixv
denoted by the gerund. But the gerund is not predicated of the
subject, and there is no difficulty in allowing it its active significa-
tion, the reference to its proper subject being easily supplied. In
many cases the gerund should be regarded as purely abstract.
Other instances of this apparently passive, or quasi-passive use.
are the following, which may be divided into three classes, the first
(a) containing those instances in which the supposed subject of the
gerund would, if expressed as its object, be in the accusative case ;
the second (b) containing those in which it would be in the dative
or ablative case; the third (f) containing those instances, where
the gerund may be regarded not as passive but as reflexive.
(a) ACCUSATIVE : boves ad domandum pronl (Varr. R. R. i.
20) ; difficills ad distlnguendum slmllltudo (C. Or. 2. si) j cibus
facillimus ad concoquendum (C. Fin. 2. 28) ; beluam facilem ad subi-
gendum frcnat (C. R. P. 2. 40) ; res difficills ad explicandum (C.
Att. 2. 6) ; res ad patlundum tolerandumque diffdlis (C. T. D. 2. 7) :
quo ad cognoscendum omnia magls Ulustrla sint (Sail. J- S % Z)\ e 9 u ^
ante domandum ingentts tollunt ammos (Verg. G. 3. 206).
DATIVE : nullum semen ultra quadrlmatum utile est, dumtaxat
serendo (Plin. 19 § 181); ferrum rubens non est habile tundendo
(Plin. 34 § 149).
ABLATIVE: servi studioslores ad opus fiunt liberallus tractando
(Varr. R. R. 1. 17. 7); catull, quam pauclsslmos reliquerls, tarn
optlmt In alendojiunt (Varr. R. R. 2. 9 § 12); anulus subter tenuatur
habendo (Lucr. 1. 312); Jluctus murmur dant in frangendo graviter
(id. 6. 143); ne fando quldem auditum (C. iV. D. 1. 29); fando
illiquid pervenlt ad aurls (Verg. A. 2 81) : lidebamus, quemadmodum
res obscurx dlcendo ferent apertiores, sic res apertas obscurlores fieri
oratione (C. Inv. 2. 51); Id malum opprlmi sustentando ac prolatando
nulla modo potest (C. Cat. 4. 4) ; tellus lentesclt habendo (Verg. G. 2.
250) ; urit indendo femljia (ib. 3. 215); imlnera curando Jieri majora
(Ov. Pont. 3. 7. 25) ; dlfferendo elangult res (Liv. 5. 26) ; res
septus usurpando excitata (7. 2); se daturum Qvenenum), quod nee
In dando nee datum ullo slgno deprendl posset (L. 42. 17); vel optima
r.omina non appellando fieri mala fxnerator Alphius dixit (Col. I. 7. 2) ;
/nemoria excolendo augetur (Quint. 11. 2. 1).
Genitive: navis Incboandl exordium cepit (Ennius ap. Corn.
e
Ixvi Preface : Observations on Book IV.
2. 22); esse in imaginibus causa videtur cernundi (Lucr. 4. 257);
jus lectica per urbem febendi (Suet. Claud. 28; but vebens also is
used of the person carried). So equitum turmas frequenter recogno-vit,
reducto more transvectionis, sed in travehendo, &c. (Suet. Aug. 38).
In some of the half compounds with facer e we see a similar use of
an apparently active form to suggest a passive sense, e.g. perterre-
facio, ' I frighten ' (cf. § 994).
(b) Accusative: Equus bujuscemodi, cum est ager, ad meden-
dum est appositus (Varr. R.R. 2. 7. 25); Jugurtha ad imperandum
•vocatur, 'to receive commands' (Sail. J. 62); nunc ades ad im-
perandum vel ad parendum potius, sic enim antiqui loquebantur (C.
Fam. 9. 25); pecus ad wescendum bominibus apta (C. N.D. 2. 64);
pecudes ad -vescendum -videmus (C. T.D. 1. 28); voluptas percipitur
rebus exquisitissimis ad epulandum (C. Fin. 2. 28).
DATIVE: perhaps cbarta emporetica inutilis scribendo (Plin. 13
§76).
Ablative: -violentia agrescit medendo (Verg. A. 12.40); can-
tando rumpitur anguis (id. B. 8. 71).
GENITIVE: unus imperitat, nullis jam exceptionibus, non precario
jure parendi (Tac. G. 44) ; perhaps babet percipiendi notam ' it has a
mark by which one perceives it' (C. Ac. 2. 31).
Abstract substantives are found used in a similar manner;
e.g. iter su?nma cum admiratione fecimus (C. Att. 5. 11 § 5); cum
pr'rvamur dolore, ipsa liberatione et vacuitaie omnis mo/esti<e gaude-
mus (C. Fin. 1. 11) ; cf. §§ 1387, 1390; Nagelsbach, Stilistik § 59.
Pott (/. c. pp. 504, 505) compares Fr. // est digne de remarquer:
Germ, bemerkensivertb ; so das Kleid ist noch %u tragen, pracbtig
anzuseben: ltal. bello a -vedere; Gr. dvrjp pawv (frvKaaarciv.
(c) Ceteris, qua moventur, hoc principium est movendi (which
however may be taken actively; C. T.D. 1. 23); neque signo recipi-
endi dato constiterant (Goes. G. 7. 52); quibus ad recipiendum crates
disjecta magno impedimcnto fuerunt (Caes. C. 3. 46); pueros ante
urbem lusus exercendique causa producere (L. 5. 27); robur legionum
perexiguo ad instruendum dato tempore, aciem direxit (L. 28. 22);
vix spatium instruendi fuit (L. 31. 21); dat ipsa lex potest atem
defcp/endi (C. Mil. 4).
Rise of {oblique) gerundive. lxvii
Compare also the use of parceru, versans (e.g. L. 2. 46),
vebens, volvens (e. g. Verg. G. 1. 163); volutans (e.g. Verg. A. 3.
607); loca nuda gignentium 'of growing things ' (Sail. J. 81): res
mavcntcs 'moveables' (L. j. 25). See Neue 11. 103: Madvig ad
C. Fin. 1. 20, and in Liv. Vol. III. Part 1. p. xxix.
B. The gerundive is due to an attraction * caused by a con-
currence of three tendencies.
(1) The sense of the active meaning of the gerund is weakened
by its being thus used either as a mere equivalent for an abstract
substantive, or without having for its subject the subject of the
sentence. The mind is thus predisposed to accept a passive usage
as compatible with the form.
(a) The object of the action, which is denoted by the gerund,
must often be in some sort an object or qualification of that on
which the gerund depends. Thus by comparing
PeUgni miserunt Romam oratores pacts petendx amicitueque
(L. 9. 45 fin.)
with Ad senatum pacts oratores missi (L. 9. 43) we see that pacts
will express the meaning as well as pacts petendx =pacem petendi.
So in such sentences as
Alateriam excitandi belft qtuerebat (L. 1. 22):
Dictator feriarum constituendarum causa dicitur (L. 7. 28);
Hie adeo bis rebus anulusfuit tnitium inveniundis (Ter. Hec. 821) ;
Galli locum opp'tdo condendo ceperunt (L. 39. 22) ;
Hodie stat Asia Lueuffi iastitutis servanda et quasi vestigiis perse-
quendis (C. Ac. 2. 1);
His artibus insiituimur, ad bunc usum forensem, ad capessendam rem
publicam, ad konorem, gloriam, dignitatem (G. C<el. 30) ;
Cesar ad -vexandos bastes prqfectus (Caes. G. 6. 43);
In voluptate spernenda virtus vel maxime cernitur (C. Leg. 1. 19);
we might omit the gerundive, and yet have much the same sense,
though not so clearly defined and guarded against ambiguity. But
that sense would be more precisely given, if the gerundive were in
each of these sentences converted into the gerund, and the substan-
1 So also says M. Schmidt (ap. Weissenborn, p. 93).
£2
lxviii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
tive were made dependent on it. All these changes would not be
in conformity with the Latin usage 1 , but that is not now the
question. They help to shew us how easily the mind might be led
to view the case, in which the gerund itself stands, as not inap-
plicable to the word which in strict meaning depends upon the
gerund. This word however, (if the gerundive did not exist as well
as the gerund,) would have a different case, and therefore be out of
relation to the word which governed the gerund.
An attempt seems at one time to have been made to preserve the
gerund, and yet to put the dependent substantive into direct relation
to the principal governor. The following are all the instances of this
that are now extant and trustworthy (see Madvig ad C. Fin. i.
1 8). Notninandi istorum tibi erit magis quam edundi copia (PI. Capt.
848) ; date crescendi copiam, no-varum qui spectandi faciunt copiatn
(Ter. Haut. 29); pcenarum soi-vendi tempus (Lucr. 5. 1235); princi-
pium generandi animalium (Varr. R. R. 2. 1) ; exemplorum eligendi
pot est as (C Iwv. 2. 1); reiciundi amplius quam trium judicum potes-
tatem (Verr. 2. 31); earum rerum nullam neque infitiandi rationem
neque defendendi facultatem (ib. 4. 47) ; facultas agrorum suis latroni-
bus condonandi (Phil. 5. 3, quoted at length in § 1396); eorum adipis-
cendi causa {Fin. 5. 7); reliquorum siderum qute causa conlocandi
fuerit, quatque eorum sit conlocatio, differendum (Tim. 9); and per-
haps quarum potiendi spe (Fin. 1. 18); licentia diripiendi pomorum et
obsoniorum (Suet. Aug. 98 but text doubtful); and three passages in
Gellius, 4. 15 § 1 ; 5. 10 § 5 ; 16. 8 § 3. The similarity of the
governing substantive (copia, potestas, ratio, facultas, causa, prin-
cipium, &c.) in all these cases is noticeable.
In the following sentences Madvig considers the gerund to form
as it were one notion with the substantive : quarum (translationum)
aut inveniendi rationem aut genera ponam (C. Or. 3. 38); omnium
rerum una est def initio comprehendendi (Ac. 2. 41); quorum (sc. ver-
borum) quattuor explanandi gradus (Varr. L. L. 5 § 7). Compare
qux omnia perfacilem rationem habent reprehendendi (C. Cal. 26);
omnis res eandem habet naturam ambigendi (Or. 3. 29).
Madvig thinks the desire of avoiding the long termination of the
1 See § 137s sqq.; Madvig Opusc. I. 380 sq.; Weissenborn de gerun-
dive) p. 11311. Corssen {Beitr. p. 134) seems actually to believe in
such expressions as ad levandum fortnnam even in Cicero.
Rise of (oblique) gerundive. hdx
genitive plural of the gerundive had something to do with this use.
There seem indeed to be at most two instances of it. in which the
substantive is not in the plural: viz. ejus (sc. uxaris) â– uidendi cupi-
dus (Ter. Hec. 372), and lucis tuendi capiam (PL Capt. ico8). . But
Cicero was not always solicitous to avoid the sonorous termination :
e.g. audacix decemrcirali co rrumpe ndarum tahularum pub&carum, fn-
gendarumque senatus cansvltarum (Agr. z. 14). Many other instances
are quoted by Ruddiman 2. 253.
[The usual mode of accounting for this gerund (adopted by
Corssen, Key. &c). viz. that the gerund as a substantive (canda-
nandi—candanatiams) has here a genitive dependent upon it, is liable
to the objection, that it is only the geniti-ve gerund t-haf is ever
so used, whereas the theory would equally account for the dative,
ablative, or accusative, gerund having a similar use. Weissenbom
(p. 122) takes a middle line, and suggests that the genitive was so
far substantival that it could, as we see in these instances, have a
genitive dependent, but so predominantly verbal, that it had this
rarely, and only when it was supported by another substantive.
As this support could be given only to the genitive gerund, the
genitive gerund alone is found in this use.}
(3) A string of substantival words dependent on each other is
very awkward; but besides awkwardness, ambiguity arises from
the tendency of Latin (as of German) to inclose the governed words
between the first links of the chain.
Thus if a Latin writer had put ad -veterum rerum memoriam
camprekendendum impulsi sumus (c£ C. Brut. 5) a hearer or reader
would have at first naturally supposed ad to be connected with
me-mariam, and camprekendendum would have been perplexing.
Again in Testis frigus depellendi causa reperta prima est (c£ C. Or.
3. 38) vestis and frigus might at first be supposed to be in some
way co-ordinate with one another, or frigus might be supposed to
depend on some verb at the end of the sentence. The substitution
oifrigaris for frigus removes this ambiguity.
Livy (34. 48) speaking of Philip"s praefects says cum suj: facti-
anis haminum -vires augenda jus ac libertaiem aiiarum deprimerent.
This would have been clearer, if he had written augendis suz fac-
tiams haminum viribus.
lxx Preface : Observations on Book IV.
To these three causes (i, 2, 3) concurrent I am inclined to refer
the rise of the gerundive. To avoid ambiguity by giving gerund
and dependent noun identical or at least corresponding inflexions,
to gratify an instinctive sense of a real connexion between the word
which governs, and the word which the gerund governs, by
giving it a grammatical expression, and to do this at the cost
only of using, as if it were passive, a form not identical but cognate
with an active form, which active form itself sometimes almost
demanded a passive signification to be given to it — to do this, by the
creation of the gerundive, was a triumph of grammatical genius, and
the result is seen in the great flexibility combined with precision
which characterises much of the Latin style. The creation was
long prior to any Latin literature which we possess, and probably
to any systematic grammatical study; it was a natural growth,
and as such took place gradually and left several traces in the
language in the shape of transitional usages, which survived by the
side of those more fully developed. Or rather, it may be more
correct to say, the causes which produced the gerundive, being
continually present, were always capable of initiating the process
afresh, and thus Cicero, when he says agrorum...condonandi, is not
necessarily to be conceived as reproducing an archaism, but as
(at least partly) again venturing by a natural instinct on the path
which had already led to the discovery of the gerundive.
The gerundive when created was instinctively subjected to regu-
lation in accordance with the analogies which led to it. Theory
regarded it as passive ; therefore it should not be used in intransitive
verbs. The exceptions are very few; three of them are from
Varro ; they are all expressions of the same nature and all from verbs
in -sc-. Seclum spatium annorum centum vocarunt, dictum a sene, quod
longissimum spatium senescendorum hominum id putarant (Varr.
L. L. 6. 1 t), where senesc. horn, is ' of the old-ageing of man.' (Senes-
cendi hominibus would have been better Latin.) Ad homines quoque
nascendos vim numeri istius porrigi pertinereque ait M. Varro (Gell.
3. 10 § 7), i.e. 'to the birth of men.' Prater hoc modum esse dicit
summum adokscendi humani corporis scptem pedes (ibid. § 10), 'of the
growth of the human body.' Aidis Flora qua rebus florescendis
praest, 'over the flowering of things' (Verrius Flaccus in the Prae-
nestine Calendar, Corp. I. R. 1. 317).
PmHadimae sf nmmixatize gtnaed.
C. The nomiiufii e of the gerund is used with the reri» est,
mm m i evmscit mm m Mr mm r : Mr m - ' - - i : Mr m-m . is i
though both at and datire are often oniittrtL, Ac full expression
scans. to be the otajhu". and best expresses tbe meaning. Now as
est mmbi m* i— r unaus 'there is a house for me' or -I bare a house,*
so est Mzix mgemdmmt means 6 thm is acting for ne* or - 1 have an
acting. 1 And since egi or aumr t mm s est mmbi (or m awe) t
'I hue acted/ i adfion has been taken by me." and ags. or :
a wee trptmr. means 'I am acting.* or -action is being taken fay me.*
est mabi agemdmm can be used mtfnont risk of confbsion far -I hare
action to take,* -I am to act* This notion of an action existing,
but unperformed, is in fact the notion of an artnm icqanin^ to be
done. The action exists in the imagination, as a spar to the w3L
The phrase thus acquires or contains the nation of obligation 1 , bat
the notion does not he in the won! itself. etymokgicaOy considered,
bat in the predication; and predication may exist in this case as in
xiers, though the word est be not present to exptehh it.
That this notion of obEgatioa is not in the form, bat ia the pre-
of an ahstiact substantive, denoting action, is seen from
' of the tubal substantives ia -tarn (t£. § 140a):
*-g-
Mhi emmtiast. me mmafrmmgmmdm exemssk ex mtaSs mteis (PL Bae.
?98%-Inmsttakecare'=anndhnu*. SoTer. Jbsir. 40c Medmms
(PL Cos. 3. 3. 4j)=fan^ mdki est
The use of apes est T msms est is ana log ous also. Both these
- â– ' : "~ --'â– '- '-'- "'- 'â– - - '-'-'. MMM-M ".". : Mr Mi ". M Mi-: :'i. >:
that mfms and msms hare come to mean not -work* and -empl ofiu e ut *
bat -need.* TFsms estJBm -agimti maris is not what it <=*»fiM BtetaDy
mean 'some one is employing xo nana: for my son,* hot c my son
requires ao nunae.*
" ~- - -"_- "~i'.'-i ::' Mr rr--Mi iz-i mmjm. t :: m .-_mm.m- — m
mfmrtot is dearly seat in snch sentences as ImsmHHbrns mmrm p u&uitmt,
mas smka rm*mfnm r pa» peferermmt, tmVere smhtrmmu m et reams mbmd
Mm m Lan (Yarr. B.B-3.g.S^ where UBere and smUare ace used as if
mmhiBrmereefmrBtiaAfnotSesi. So Qmtd si &s matismdmsjiut, emmtmr
trims, f*u mMtmz, mm emm mmm smfiems foctms est? fC- Urn. x. 31), where
emm {object) shews that mafan- nftietmit is sspposed to have preceded.
See other passages mMadrig's note md C/£r.Lt
lxxii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
Other phrases somewhat similar have obtained a different
shade of meaning, that of possibility, e.g. quod mersu dicere non est
(Hor. S. i. 5. 87); neque est te fallere quicquam (Verg. G. 4.
447) ; necnon et Tityon terra omniparentis alumnum cernere erat
(id. A. 6. 595). So also regressus inde in tuto non erat (L. 38. 4),
'there was no retracting ' = ' they could not retract.' Erat nulla
omnino recusatio (C. Rab. P. 10), 'there was no refusing' = it
could not be refused; ibi occultatio nulla est (C. Att. 9. 13 § 5),
4 there no concealment is possible' (N'agelsbach, § 58). How
much in these matters depended on the context and on association
with particular phrases or turns of language, is seen from com-
paring est dicere (above) with hac fere dicere habui (§ 1345), ' I
had to say ' = hac mihi erant dicenda.
There is nothing in the origin of this usage of the gerund which
should restrict it either to transitive or to intransitive verbs, and
accordingly we find instances of both. But while the gerund from in-
transitive verbs is at all times frequent, with and without an indirect
object, the gerund from transitive verbs is usual, only where no
object is specified. Thus serviundum populo est, utendum est populo,
eundum est, agendum est, are all normal expressions; but agendum
est banc rem is used by two writers only in more than isolated
passages. These writers are Lucretius and Varro, both comparatively
early writers, and both lovers of older language than their time
The following list contains all the instances (except in Varro) that
I have met with :
PLAUTUS Trin. 869 (quoted § 1398).
AFRANIUS. Optandum uxor em qua: non -vereatur viri (ap. Non. p.
496 = 99 ed. Ribbeck). As however this is a single line, we
can scarcely be sure that optandam (as part of an infinitive
sentence) was not what Afranius wrote.
Lucretius i. hi (quoted § 1398); 138; 381 ; 2. 49a; "29;
3. 391 ( e conj.); 4. 777; 5- 43 ; 6. 917 (3. 626 and 926 are
not properly instances, as the accusative is subject to an oblique
predicate and is not a mere object).
Varro L. L. 7. 4; 9. 48; ib. in; R. R. 1. 6 § i; n § 2 ; 12
§ 1; 17 § J; ao § 1 bis &c. ; 2. 2 § 13; § 18; 7 § "; § »
&c. » 3- 9 § 6; § 8; § 13 ter &c. (Instances of transitive
_-•-.■/'..•..-- -/ ■..•.-• ■-' -—:■'.;■-.• .- -. \z ..re;
::-._: v .: i i "-.'. : -r. : — ; :-.: '-' - :::."-•: r— '-"■:. ~-
nsed prafeatodly,. ace afiso cmm.)
Ckexo Sanr. j; &*. s (quoted § 139I)-
Catcu. 39- 9 (qpafted § ij9«>
Yebgu, ^f. 11- S30 (oa ■■— <Hn»5*y of Donafins and Sanrans).
SlUCS II- 56a; 15. i«j.
^v:>.'"r:"- - • - :- Hi.- - ; ::: ; ..-..-■.-• :..; ltl.-.;- -_:■•: Ar_':: "~
wfchfas 1 fi r >
PafeSULS ap. 2%-. 15. L jo§ j {a&Mxtt&uhun esse ShtauitiuBom
fee
Trnwosixcs apt. 1%. 49. 15. is § s-
PAELCS apt 1%. s- II- is § 1; 3-5-19 § 1 (JndHan&MB ra&mem.
n£e£Ztgi)i 46. s. 19 fin.
Il VC may SOCItNlSC 3S Seems rnfisf mmlt jiyi'-t'Hj flJiuil tffli^w unstaiBCCS ©ff
frr<* tsausa&vc conand tfmwfl »iitlifc 3. Qsredt objicet are buutL isscscf avst
mrrfft mere' cT'i rrn'iin n once, they form a significant fadt m the
hStOBT* of these forms. ' t'ht* p^ nwirfmcjl «Biu-n i in !»WMT3'mirB' grc tfc nrwy aBfaw.
gp tnp r and its raritr in most writers find a ready. ^nftmHiw ns toe â„¢^* ~
OK ~rr'_r.C-" 7 'r HBO .15 -MmJCii jrfh ;â– - v; | TTrC'-II-r.
D. Tits predkatbie use of the gonana^re- was inevitable,, when
its «ae for the obEiqffle ganannd lad beconme estabEshedy and naoy
very probably have been, developed along »M» that. Fear tstartas
aSeadim at <f Jitfc in. the ^tmt* relatiani to Mintut em est calendkum ILEuJL
a/ virfi idnt does to <zaf virtutem calatdwmu Jast as the
object of* the gerund; is in some sort frequently an object off that 011
which the gerund depemdEy 90 the object off caLazdxviK est would also
lie a possbfe subject to «nf. That vs to say. ° u u : Lut em mxki ca£e7u£tvn
Ot aSQ WF Hilts JSUJ&A est MMylafr together" produce VZJTttSS VBnht est ClLtfTU&Z-
As soon as this last usage bad grown xxpr and iffep conceptKns off a
posssfe vgLmfiiicafrnf lliw jtwm* attached to as adjectnral gft"
gerundive would at first appear to be^i the active use (e..g- f&n&atow
eft adeitdwui) becomes an aw ILwaiid -BoofcaBg anomabr. and is iirffjiiml
tasly where it is justified by the aniallaigy off other passbre- fiacanay Le.
as a soHcanDu KBoporsoQafi sn iti"^ tamd ii wB"r^ tm 3ww ympw&wv cbboofi.
Aad as they said -TO-ftacr caStwr 7 -cirtm atEta est, andtiriaii airci&Staar r
Ixxiv Preface : Observations on Book IV.
virtuti invisum est, so while they could say virtus colenda est, they
might say viriuti in-videndum est. But to say virtutem colendum est
would have been as irregular as to say virtus invidenda est ; and if
virtutem colendum est was to be allowed, there would be risk of
people saying virtutem cultum est and virtutem colitur. But such
expressions as actum est and agitur were used absolutely, though from
a transitive verb ; and accordingly agendum est was similarly retained.
There are two points which, though certainly not conclusive,
seem to afford some confirmation of this view, that the passive sense
of the gerundive is really due to an attraction and not to any original
passive meaning.
(a) The agent with passive verbs is regularly expressed by the
ablative with ab; the agent with the gerundive is regularly expressed
by the dative (§ 115 2). There are, it is true, instances of the use
of a dative with the passive participle, very few of its use with
other parts of the passive verb : and there are instances of the abla-
tive with ab being used with the gerundive; but they are by no
means numerous; and moreover it is not absolute, but relative,
frequency which has most bearing on this point. Of the relative
frequency the best test is the examination of a continuous passage.
In the first book of Cicero de offiais, if I have counted rightly,
there are
(a) 22 instances of ab with agent after past participle passive;
(b) 15 ,, ,, ,, after finite passive verb ;
(c) 11 ,, dative of agent after gerundive.
In the second Philippic the numbers are respectively (a) 31,
(b) 12 and (c) 8.
In neither of these writings is there a single instance of the agent
being expressed either by the dative after a passive, or by the ablative
with ab after a gerundive.
The speech pro lege Manilia happens to contain two instances of
ab with the agent after the gerundive. But it contains (in Madvig's
edit.) 24 instances of ab with the agent after passive verbs [viz. 17
instances of (a), and 7 of (£)] ; 10 instances of (V) ; and no
instance of the dative of the agent after a passive. (I do not reckon
instances of videor, for they belong to a different class, § 1148.)
Gerundive with notion of ' obligation.' lxxv
So much for the relative frequency of the usage. As to its
absolute frequency, all the instances of the gerundive used with the
agent expressed by the ablative with ab, that I have been able to find
referred to in grammars and annotations, are the following : —
Cornificius i. 3 § j.
Cicero Or. 2. 20 § 85; 3. 36 § 147; Part. Or. 30 § 103 ; Verr.
3. 24 § 60; Font. 19 § 42 ; Cacin. 12 § 23; Man. 2 § 6; 12
§ 34; Agr. 2. 35 init; C. Rabir. 2 init.; Mur. 26 § 54; Sull.
8 § 23; post red. in sen. 12 § 31 ; Har. Resp. 3 § 5 ; Sest. 18
§ 41; Balb. 3 § 7; Plane. 3 § 8; 32 § 78; Scaur. 22 § 44; Mil.
38 § 104; Pbil. 3. 8 § 21; 13. II § 24; 14- 4 § II; Att. 6. 6
§4; 10. 4 § 6; 11. 3 § 3 ; 13. 30 § 2; Fam. 3. 11 § 3; 13. 16
§ 2; 15. 4 § 11; Brut. ap. C. Fam. 11. 20.
LlVIUS 9. 40 § 17 (Jnitium fori ornandi ab tedi/ibus).
Ovid Met. 8. 710,
Juvenal 12. 14.
In most cases the reason of divergence from the ordinary con-
struction is evident (see § 1147). It will be observed that no in-
stance is produced from early writers 1 , and that Cicero has most of
these instances, as he has of those on p. lxviii.
(b) The other point is that deponent verbs have the gerundive
in full use just as much as other verbs. Now deponents are verbs
which have received passive (or reflexive) inflexions in order to adapt
their original stem to the meaning they are to bear, and cannot con-
sequently make a further use of these inflexions in order to have a
passive meaning as well as an active one. And besides the forms
with (ordinarily) passive inflexions, which with them have an active
meaning, they also take the present and future participles belonging
to the active voice, and attach to them active meanings. If therefore
the gerundive is really passive, it would be the single passive form to
which they gave a passive sense, i. e. the passive of that which appears
to us, who translate the deponent by an active verb, to be their
ordinary active sense.
1 Ter. Andr. 1 *6 is not an instance.
Ixxvi Preface : Observations on Book IV.
Corssen indeed in order to justify his supposition of the gerun-
dive's being a form common to active and passive voices, instances
the use of some past participles of deponents, e.g. testatus, meditatus
&c. (cf. § 734) in both an active and passive sense. But the cases
are far from parallel, (a) The passive meaning of such words is
exceptional, as compared with their ordinary use, whereas the use
of the gerundive is universal, (b) Some of these verbs had in the
early language an active form, and the use of the participle in -to
as passive is a reminiscence of the fact, (c) The form in -to, being
in the great mass of verbs passive, was not unnaturally so used
even in deponents, when the reason of their being deponents had
faded from the consciousness of the language.
From this predicative use of the gerundive, analogous to the
nominative gerund, have arisen two other uses of the gerundive in
which it stands alone.
1. The use of the gerundive in such expressions as Demus noi
philosophic excolendos, Pontem faciendum locant, &c. is obviously a
natural extension of the foregoing usages of the gerundive. The
former sentence, it might be thought, exhibits an extension principally
of D; the latter of B.
Now the words used with such a dependent gerundive are such
as the following. (Instances of those here given without a reference
will be found in § 1401.) Acciperc (Verg. A. 6. 770); adnotare
(Plin. Ep. 10. 96); attribuere (C. Cat. 4. 6) ; conducere (C. Di-v. 2.
21); curare (often); denotare (C. Man. 3); deposcere (Suet. Vitel.
1); dividere; dare (often); edicere (Verg. A. 3. 235); edocere; ferre
(Plin. Ep. 5. 14); habere; locare (often); mandare (Suet. Jul. 26);
obicere (L. 3. 19 § 9); permittere (Ov. M. 1. 57); petere (PI. Aul.
39 7) \ponere (Verg. A. 4. 602) ; prabere (Ov. M. 2. 866) ; propinare
(Ter. Eun. 1087); relinquere (Hor. Ep. 1. 7. 19); rogare; suscipere;
tradere (Hor. 5. 2. 5. 51); vovere (G. R. P. 2. 20). In all these
cases the proper object of the verb is the person or thing itself, not
the doing of the action upon the person or thing. All these verbs can
have as their object a substantive of this kind in the accusative and
without the gerundive. Nor do we ever find the gerund used as a
substitute for such a gerundival expression. Hence we may conclude
that this usage is not so much a development of B, as of D.
Gerundive with notion of 'obligation? Ixxvii
Another class of expressions is at first sight similar: e.g. Non Mi
omandum M. Catonem sed rclegandum, nee illi committendum Mud
negotiant sed imponendum putaverunt (C. Sest. 28). So probably
sisiendam puellam prormttere (L. 3. 45 § 3). These instances are
to the others as scio eum (esse) mortuum is to rel'mquo eum mortuum.
In both sentences mortuum is a predicate, but the object of scio is
eum mortuum or eum esse mortuum, the object of rel'mquo is eum
only; the sense of rel'mquo eum is complete, though the information
is incomplete. (Comp. an analogous matter noticed in the note to
§ 1349, p. 141)
a. Finally the use of the gerundive as a mere attributive, e.g.
Dii'idit ut bona di-versis, fugienda petendis (Hor. S. 1. 3. 114);
Dejmiunt animi agrotationem opinationem t'ekementem de re
non expetenda, tamquam -valde expetenda sit (C. T. D. 4. n);
Juvenis memorande (Verg. A. 10. 793); Huic timendo bosti obvius
fid (L. 21. 41), &c, has arisen from its use as a secondary predicate.
The form itself has become able to convey the notion of obliga-
tion without, at least, any plain and manifest mark of predication.
The occasional use of this form to express, not so much obliga-
tion, as possibility 1 (§ 1406), is not surprising after the evidence of the
connexion of the two ideas which has been given above (pp. lxxi,
lxxii). It was not till post-classical times, that the gerundive came
to be used as a mere future participle passive; e.g. cum omnibus
se prospiceret undique periculis opprimendum (Ammian. 18. 5. 2).
The use of the gerundive in this sense of obligation &c. is
limited, like its use as a substitute for the oblique gerund, to transi-
tive verbs. The exceptions appear to be but few, and admit of easy
explanation 3 . Fruendus, fungendus, potiundus, utendus, all used in
good writers, are justified by the verbs to which they belong having
originally had their object in the accusative (§ 1223). So also
carendus (Ov. H. 1. 5c), vescendus (Plin. 20 § 41), dolendus
(C. T. D. 5. 17 &c), erubescendus (Hor. Od. 1. 27. 15, &c), me-
dendus (L. 8. 36), may all find a justification in the fact of a direct
object being found with the finite verb; e.g. parentes careo (Turpil.
1 The gerundive in Plin. 18, § 265, quamquam his et in villa petendis,
is carious.
* C£ Nene n. 188, 192, 262.
lxxviii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
ap. Non. p. 466); laurus -vescor (Tib. 2. 5. 64, &c); meum casum
luctumque doluerunt (C. Sest. 69); jura erubuit (Verg. A. 2. 541);
quas mederi possis (Ter. Phorm. 822). Pudendus {^ — cujus aliquem
pudet) found in Augustan poets and other writers, pcenitendus (L. 1.
3. 5), supersedendus (Corn. 2. 17), glbriandus (G. ^T X). 5. 17),
desuescendus (Quint. 3. 8. 70), regnandus 1 (Verg. A. 6. 770), are
irregularities of the same sort as our English 'reliable.' Nox dormi-
enda (Catul. 5. 6), nox -vigilanda (Tib. 1. 2. 76), have arisen from
a confusion of the accusative expressing the duration of time with
an accusative of the direct object But it must be added that it is
chiefly by reference to the theory of the gerundive's being properly
passive, that there arises a necessity for any justification. The
instances from Plautus are probably mere comic formations pur-
posely irregular : Si i!!a tibi placet, placenda dos quoquest quam dat
tibi, 'The dower must please' (Trin. 1159). Puppis pereunda est
probe, 'The stern must be finely perished' {Epid. 1. 1. 70).
E. There is another use of stems in -undo, which must not be
left out of sight. Volvendus 'rolling' occurs in several places;
Clamor ad caelum vol-vendus per <ethera vagit (Enn. Ann. 520, p. 76
Vahlen) ; plumbea glans longo cursu "vol-venda calescit (Lucr. 6. 177) ;
so also in Lucr. 5. 514; 1276; Verg. A. 1. 269; 9. 7. Oriundus
' sprung'' is pretty frequent; e.g. sanguen dis oriundum (Enn. Ann.
117), meminerint sese unde oriundi sient (Plaut. Aul. 534); &c.
(see Lexx.) ; secundus ' following ' from sequor; rotundus pro-
bably ' wheeling,' hence 'round;' blandus ' blowing ; ' and perhaps
Kalends, have a similar origin; and crepundia is connected with
crepare 'to rattle' (see § 817). Jucundus 'pleasing' and some other
stems in -cundo (§ 820) have the same suffix ; as have also numerous
stems in -bundo (§§ 818, 819), some of which in the historians are
found used as present participles vvith-an object accusative (§ 1405).
Though some of these (e.g. oriundus, secundus, jucundus, &c.) have
become mere adjectives without any specially verbal use, the
meaning of a present participle appears clearly to be the original
meaning with all. And this participle was not passive. The only
1 RcgnatHs, ' ruled over,' is common ; regnari is only in Tacitus.
Participial use of verbal stems in -undo. lxxix
words which could suggest a passive meaning are vol-veadus, oriun-
dus and rotundas. But in the case of vol-vendus Vergil has negatived
the necessity of the supposition by putting voh'enttbus 1 annls (A. i.
234) by the side of voli-endis mensibus (ib. 269); and Lucretius
speaks of •volventia lustra (5. 931), as he does of -vol-veada alas (ibid.
1276) : oriundus is from a deponent (comp. also oriens) ; and rotun-
dus may be compared to rotans in Vergil's saxa rotantia late impu-
lerat torrens (A. 10. 362). The precise origin of the b in -bundo
and c in -cundo is not clear. The b is generally held to be of the
root seen in fui 2 , and reminds us of the tense-endings -bam, -bo.
The c may be the same as in the verbal suffix -sc. But the corre-
spondence of the labial and guttural suffixes is seen not only in
mira-buadus, ira-cundus; but in "voca-bulum, mira-culum; i-oluta-
brum, simula-crum; super-bus, pris-cus; &c.
The connexion between this use of stems in -undo, and the
ordinary gerund and gerundive, is not obvious, though an English-
man may be excused for thinking so, when he finds he can translate
volvendo lapides, and volvendis lapidibus, by the same words 'by
rolling pebbles,' and that too whether •voJ'vendis be taken to be a true
gerundive or a present participle, as used by Lucretius and
Vergil. And, as we shall see later on, this same form in -tag is
sometimes used in English to imply obligation or possibility, like
the gerund and gerundive. But the use of the English form itself
requires explanation ; and it is therefore necessary to put out of
sight, so far as one can, the English idiom, and discuss the question
more abstractly. I have shewn how in my view all the uses of the
Latin gerund and gerundive may be explained, if we start from
a neuter singular verbal substantive, denoting action. The parti-
cipial use of stems in -uado is, as I have said, the use of a present
participle of the active voice ; i. e. it is the use of an adjective de-
scribing a person or thing by its action or state at the moment
spoken of. The connexion between these may be any one of three.
Either (a) the neuter singular of this present participle has become
abstract, and denotes (as gerund) action itself instead of a thing acting
1 So also volventia plaustra (G. 1. 163).
8 This theory has found a new opponent in Savelsberg {Umbr. Stud.
p. 91, sqq.), who regards the b as arisen from a present suffix v. This
is not the place to discuss the matter.
lxxx Preface : Observations on Book IV.
or being ; or (J?) the adjective (i. e. participial) use has grown out of
the substantive, and words denoting action have, without any further
change or suffix, except those of gender and number, come to de-
scribe persons or things to which the action is attributed ; or (<r)
both forms have a common origin, the uses being collateral to, not
derived from, one another. Lest any should think that the second
alternative is excluded on the ground that regendum presupposes re-
gendus, I add that this would be true only, if language presumed all
our grammatical pigeon-holes ; whereas language is before grammar,
and can coin odium without odius (masc.) or odia (fern.), and
elegantia (fern.) without either elegantius (m.) or elegantium (n.).
Words are formed for the sake not of symmetry, but of use:
and their use dictates their form.
It is not difficult to shew that in point of meaning any of these
three hypotheses is possible.
(a) Can a gerund rise out of a participle ? A gerund is essen-
tially a verbal noun, which has retained some verbal force in de-
termining construction. Now there can be no doubt that a verbal
noun can arise from a participle without the addition of any
elaborate suffix; for we have them in numbers. Stems in -entia
(§ 933) are formed from the stem of the present participle by
the addition of the simplest suffix. Multum effect silendo and m. e.
silentio ; vitam servavi prudentia and v. s. pro-videndo are really
equivalent expressions. If an abstract substantive silentium can be
formed so simply from the present participle silenti-, it is not going
far to assume, that an abstract substantive silendum could be formed
from, (being in fact the neuter of,) a participle silendo-. Again the
gerund is, practically, the infinitive in oblique cases. If temperan-
tia is equivalent to temperare, it must be (apart from special use)
equivalent to temperandum. And the difference between temperantia
and temperandum is of a kind which seems apt to the difference
between a more and a less personal conception, between a feminine
and a neuter. Temperantia is the enduring habit, temperandum
the passing act. A similar difference appears to lie between
mercatura and mercandum ; and mercatura is, I presume, closely
connected with mercaturus the future participle, of which masculine
form mercator 'a trader 1 appears to be an abridgment. (Cf. vol. 1.
Pre/, p. lxxxvii, ed. 1.)
Connexion of uses of stem in undo. Ixxxi
(b) Can a participle rise out of a gerund ? Cicero (Mil. 29) says
Hujus ergo interfector si esset, in confitendo ab eisne pcenam timeret, quos
liber crvisset? 'If then Milo had been the man that killed Clodius.
would he, if he admitted the fact, have stood in fear of punishment
from those whom he had thereby set free?' Confitens might be
substituted for in confitendo. In aer effluens buc et illuc ventos efficit
(C. N. D. 2. 39), effluendo might be substituted for effluens. In fact
a present participle might easily be formed by attaching to such
oblique cases or prepositional phrases an adjectival suffix, which
should denote that a person is in the attitude or condition thereby
described. Such an adjectival suffix needs not itself be full of mean-
ing in order to convey this notion. Devius, ob-vius, means ' a person
de -via,' *a person ob viam;' eques (equet-j 'a person in equo;' &c.
See illustrations of this from many languages in Garnett's Essay
•'On the formation of words by the further modification of in-
flected cases" (Essays, p. 260) \
(c) The third hypothesis requires no argument. If two uses
can spring from one another, there can hardly be any impossibility
in point of meaning in their both springing from a third.
On the whole I am inclined to think that the simplest hypothesis
is that the form in -undo existed in early times as a present parti-
ciple, either before the gerundial use, or contemporaneously with
it; that the gerundive was formed from the gerund simply by
treating the gerund not as governing but as agreeing with the
object ; and that the gerundive, being in fact precisely the same
in form as the participle, drove the participial use of the form out
of the field, except in the special case of suffixes in -bundo and
-cundo.
Before passing to the next division of the subject I will say a
few words on some views of other grammarians.
Weissenborn considers the gerundive to be intermediate between
participle and adjective (p. 152), and to mean 'causing action,' so
that homo lugendus is 'a man causing others to mourn for him'
1 See also M. Miiller's Lectures II. 18 sq. ed. 6.
/
Ixxxii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
(p. 108); lugendum is (in meaning) the same as lugere (p. 109).
Corssen holds the gerundive to be a verbal adjective, having a meaning
intermediate between active and passive, and expressing rather the
capacity of action (Befcr, p. 136). Such conceptions really amount
to nothing more than abstractions from two apparently opposite
uses of the same form, for which a possible etymology is then
sought. We are thus left in the region of the possible and con-
ceivable only, without, so far as I see, any facts showing that this
possible was probably actual, because they fit this hypothesis but
will not readily fit others. On the contrary, such theories are open
to the objection that they do not explain, (1) why such an am-
biguous conception should be developed in two opposite directions,
as active and passive, and yet the lines of the one should be pre-
cisely parallel to the other; e,g. musa colendast — musam colendumst ;
and musa; colenda — musam, colendi &c. : (2) why it did not develop
other usages, e. g. virgo est colenda musam instead of, or as well as
firgini est colenda musa &c. : (3) why the gerundive was not formed
and used from intransitive as well as from transitive verbs. The
few instances, which are found, I have already dealt with. It is not
clear to me that the explanation I have given of them is equally
open to those who start with a form which they maintain to be
neither active nor passive but really neutral. Such views as
Ktihner's, who attributes to the gerundive itself the meaning of
' must' or ' should/ but says it lays aside that meaning both in the
neuter (i.e. the gerund) and whenever it is used in lieu of the gerund,
are still more full of difficulty. Whatever difficulties there may be
in my theory in deducing a gerund from the neuter of a present
participle are not less in theories like Corssen's, Weissenborn's or
Ktihner's.
Besides the theory of attraction which I have defended, there is,
so far as I am aware, only one, which professes to explain the
precise identity in meaning of e. g. cupido vexandi hostes with cupido
vcxandorum hostium. According to this the expression with the
gerundive is parallel to the use of a substantive with the past
participle to express, not so much the person or thing acted on,
but the action itself, e. g. Lentulus et Cethegus deprebensl eum terre-
bant, 'the arrest of Lentulus and Cethegus frightened them;' Occisus
dictator Cxsar pulchcrrimum /acinus "videbatur. See other instances
Criticism cf other theories. Ixxxm
in §§ 1406 — 141 1. Kohner (S tL m Jg ia m . § 131. 5) illustrates the
parallel thus:
Jhtx wrie lefbasa tmagmam dU fefais ghrimm :
Dux writ iefrnirwUi wuMgmam ali ghriam farm stmdmk.
There are a few passages, in which the geruudrre and the
passive participle are put in the sense in dose connexion, eg. Qm*
amte fmMam amJimdamrr mriam traJmmtmr, Le. "before the city
was bnOt or building,' (Liv. frjrf) and the pas sage s quoted in
§ 1408.
There are four objections to the p e rtin ency and adequacy of
KSflBfTs t.".r:.~v.
(a) The paraDeSsm fails strikingly in at least one important
point. Ths use of die past participle is most common in those
classes of ablatives, viz. the ablatives of ''manner.' 'attendant cir-
cumstances' and 'time* in which an obfiqne predicate is required
(c£ § 113c). It is exactly these ablatives in which the gaundiia l
expression is rare: and the sig nifi cance of this fact is die greater,
because not only is the gerund also rare in such expressions (for
this might be expected), but the use of the gexundhein the ablative,
as el s e where , follows doseh/ the usage of the gerund, being practi-
cally almost confined to e xpressin g the means or instrument, or
to prepositional usages. Such instances as that in C. PUL 6. 6
(§ 1408), are the result, I conceive, partly of the dose connexion
of most abbtival usages, and partly of the natural tendency of a
writer to follow specious analogies when they suggest neat modes of
expression.
The nreftanres of the nomina l ire (eg. mrcuus Cxsar) have no
parallel in the gerundive, except, as some might say, in the one
word jmsjiMramdmm, which is properly 'a swearing one's rights.'
Here however, I suppose, either pu is the object of the gerund
jxramdxm, or, which is more probable, the whole expression is a
nominative formed to correspond with the oblique cases Jmritjm-
ramJL, jmrejutrajub; just as some modern mite r s have coined an
imaginary ra r t frtwmi* 'extortion. 1 '
(S) The theory supposes a participle which is used in a way
parallel to that of the past participle passive, and yet which differs.
only as an adjective with an stem differs from a substantive with
lxxxiv Preface : Observations on Book IV.
an o stem, from an unmistakeably active verbal substantive. Libe-
randarum Thebarum (Nep. 16. 4, § I.) may be very parallel to
Uberatarum Thebarum, but what should we say to gloria liberati
Thebas as a parallel to cupido liber andi Thebas? It may be replied
that analogies rarely go upon all fours. True, but that is no
merit in them ; and here it is of the essence of the difficulty, which
a theory has to explain, that the gerundival expression is as iden-
tical with the gerundial expression, as the gerundival form is with
the gerundial form.
(c) What does the theory suppose the gerundive to be ? Ac-
cording to the analogy it ought to be a participle passive either
of present or future time. But if so, why is it never used as an
ordinary participle is? why does not Livy (4a. 17) instead of
se daturum (sc. venerium) quod, nee in dando nee datum, ullo signo
deprendi posset say nee dandum nee datum? Why melior tutior-
que est certa pax quam sperata "victoria (30. 30, § 19) instead of
speranda •victoria'? why is 'so-called 1 ' not expressed in Latin by
ita dicendus, instead of qui dicitur, quern "vocant, &c. (Madvig Lat.
Gr. § 431. Anm. 1.)?
(d) If we attribute to the gerundive itself, in its original forma-
tion, the meaning, which it has, as I conceive, gradually acquired,
viz. that of destiny or obligation, there seems to be no such natural
propriety in the usage as to encourage us to accept it. Reverting
to Ktlhner's illustration, we may see an easy suggestiveness in the
use of the past participle, e. g. ' He gained glory by a city defended.'
But ' He strove to gain glory by a city requiring defence 'or 'by
a city to be defended' does not so readily appear the same as
' by defending a city.' It rather suggests, that he looked out for
a city in that position, not that he defended the particular city in
question.
It seems to me that this theory is exposed to more numerous
and more serious objections, than is that which I have advanced.
1 Our English ' to be called ' is not a proper future any more than
the Latin vocandus. It does indeed approach to the meaning of ' it
shall be called,' but not to the merely future 'it will be called.'
Origin of verbal stem in -undo. lxxxv
ii. Origin of verbal stem in -undo.
The theories of the origination of this stem are numerous. Bopp
(Vergl. Gr. § 809) followed by others (e.g. L. Meyer, Vergl. Gr. II.
91) held the gerundive to be only another form of the present
participle. Pott (Et. Forsch. 11. Th. 1. 489 ed. 2) and Weissenborn
consider the -do to be identical with the stem of the verb dare
(Sansk. dhd-) in the sense of 'causing,' 'doing' (comp. effectum
dare, &c. § 1402). The -un Pott and Schroder (Zeits. d. t'erg. Spr.
xiv. 350) hold to be -ana, the suffix used to form the German
infinitive: Weissenborn (pp. 29, 104 sq.) to be the accusative
case-suffix appended to a verbal noun-stem (comp. pessum dare).
Corssen (Beitr. p. 121 sq. ; Nacbtr. p. 133, 153; Ausspr. I. 575),
considering the suffix to have been originally -ondo (which is possible
enough, although we have no evidence for it from early inscriptions
Ausspr. 11. p. 180), identifies the first part with the substantival
suffix -on (see § 851). and the latter part with the adjectival suffix
found in •vali-dus, &c. (cf. § 816). This suffix he thinks is not
from dhd, but from da, possibly pronominal, possibly verbal, in
origin, and possibly found in Latin in the verb dare 'to give,' used
in the sense which it has in ruinam dare, dare se in fugam, Sec.
Curtius, Gr. Etym. (p. 590 ed. 2 = p. 649 ed. 4), derives the gerun-
dival suffix from that which appears in Sanskr. as aniyas and has the
same meaning. The original form would then be anya-s, the d arising
from a strengthening of y. Schleicher (Verg. Gr. p. 397 ed. 2 = p. 382,
ed. 3) identifies this first part of the suffix with the an in the
suffix aniyas, the second part with the suffix in validus, which he,
like Pott 1 and Weissenborn, derives from dhd. Schroder takes d to
be the Gothic preposition -du, Greek -de (e.g. olicovde), Germ, zu,
appended to an infinitive. Key (Essays pp. 212, 218) considers
e.g. "scriben (in scribenti-, scribendo) to be an old substantive like
ungven (whence ungvent-um) and still more like the German so-called
infinitive schreiben? the t and d being parasitical outgrowths from
the preceding n (see § 48 of this Grammar). It may be noted that
1 Pott holds the present participle to have the same origin as the
gerundive as regards «, but the t to be the demonstrative pronoun (1. c.
PP- 534, 535)-
Ixxxvi Preface : Observations on Book IV.
Schleicher, Curtius and L. Meyer have previously published other
opinions which they have now given up for those named above.
There is certainly little room for anyone to dogmatize. Corssen
declares against Bopp's theory on the grounds that (medial) t does
not change in Latin to d except under the influence of a following r;
(2) that specially in Latin, when is suffixed to nt, the t remains
(e.g. cruentus, *viokntus, &c); and (3) that in meaning and syntac-
tical use the present participle and the gerund and gerundival forms
are so essentially different, as to render it highly improbable that
they could be identical. Pott (1. c. p. 522 sqq.) says the same,
and discusses elaborately the analogies supposed to be afforded by
the Romance, Slavonic, and other languages.
I quite agree in thinking that there is no evidence for the
gerundive being formed from the present participle in nti, and that
such a derivation is decidedly improbable, so far as the forms are
concerned. It is more likely that, if one were derived from the
other, the present participle would be not parent but child, nominal
stems in i being sometimes in this relation to nominal stems in
(Vol. 1. Pref. p. ixxxvii). But the relation of sister seems to me
at least as likely to be true. The present participle in Sanskrit,
Zend, Greek, Latin, old Irish, Sclavonic and old high German
has the suffix -nt; but in the other Teutonic languages and in Per-
sian -nd. It is not extravagant to suppose that Latin had both
forms, and was therefore able to give one a special use, which
ultimately became the gerundive.
Further the Romance languages exhibit a similar variety. Diez
(Vol. 11.) gives as gerund Italian, Spanish and Portuguese cantando,
Sardian cantende, Wallachian cuntiind; but Proven cal chant an, Cata-
lan and French chantant. If these forms all come from the Latin
gerund, then we have in some cases a sharpening of the final d: if,
as is possible, they arise from a confusion of the Latin gerund and
participle, then it is not rash to assume that a connexion between
these parts of speech may have been felt or fancied in early Indo-
European times also.
But, that the meaning of the two cannot be so far apart as not
to be referable to a common stock, is, I think, clearly deducible
from the actual use of the same form as equivalent to a gerund and
as equivalent to a present participle (above, pp. lxxviii, lxxix.).
Origin of verbal stem in -undo. Ixxxvii
Moreover from this point of view the fact (pointed out by
Bopp) is very important, that the gerundive, like the present parti-
ciple, always follows the form of the present stem, whatever that
may be. We have gignendus {not genendus) ; sternendus, not stran-
dus- nascendus, extimexendus, rumpendus, capiendus, Jluendus, viven-
dus, trabenduS, tollendus, ducendus, legendus. Exeun-dus agrees in
form with exeun-tis, and differs from exien-s only as an older form
differs from a younger. (When -ims gave place to -ens (as regundus
to regendus), the e (exe-uns) gave place to i (exi-ens), in order to
prevent the two vowels from coalescing.) No other class of verbal
nouns follows the present stem, as distinguished from the verbal
stem, except those which are derived from the present participle
(e.g. excandescentia, § 933). Corssen's selection of suffixes seems
very infelicitous; the suffix -on, which he appends to the verbal
stem, is usually appended to noun stems; and the suffix -do, which
he then appends to his verbal noun in -on, is a suffix usually
appended to verb-stems, not to nouns. Of any tendency in either
to follow the present stem, as distinguished from the verbal stem,
I see no trace.
Beyond this I cannot carry the question of etymology. I think
it probable that scriben- 1 in scr'tbenti- is identically the same form as
scriben- in scribendo, but the precise origin and meaning of the -ti
and the -do is for me an unsolved problem. Not that the suggestions
already enumerated are all wrong, but that none is proved, or
even distinctly raised from possibility to probability.
SL Analogies in other languages.
The analogies to which, in common with other writers, I desire
to point attention (I pretend to no more) are all in Teutonic lan-
guages: but the Teutonic languages seem especially applicable, because
their present participle has the suffix -nd.
1 Compare the dialect of Henneberg in Thuringia which forms its
present active participle by adding -ing to the infinitive in -en, e.g.
lacheu-ing^lachen-d, 'laughing;' schlajjfen-ing=xklafen-d, 'sleeping.'
(Midler, Lectures, iu p. 19 note, ed. 6.)
lxxxviii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
Grimm (iv. 64 sqq.) gives instances from German of present
participles used passively from transitive verbs, and of others, used in a
looser relation, from intransitive verbs. Of the former class the fol-
lowing may serve as instances. From middle high German ; lebende
Tage ' days which are lived through,' klagende. Arbeit ' work which is
complained of :' from new high German ; essende Speise; -von es send en
und trinkenden Dingen; anziehende Kleider; meine fuhrenden Waaren ;
eine besorgende Gefahr; eine melkende Kuh; der leidende Schade;
verkaufendes Brot; ivieder erlangende Gesundheit; bei empfindender
Hi/fe; -vorhabende Reise. Of the latter class, take the following
instances. From middle high German uf der jagenden Weide; hver
her komende Wart ; ivachende Arbeit: from new high German; ster-
bende Laufte, i. e. ' times when the plague prevails ; ' keine bleibende
Statte haben (Luther); eine schwindelnde H'She; sitzende Arbeit;
gehende Arbeit ; ^tvohl schlafende nvohlgeruhende Nacht wiinschen, similar
to which is nach einer schlechtschlafenden Nacht (Schiller). Few of
the instances quoted by Grimm appear to be later than the 16th
century, and neither usage seems to have been frequent. Gothe has
blasende Instrumente ; Voss has mit hands chlagendem Lob ; HaufF has
einen tanzenden Thee, ein singendes Butter brot besuchen. Matzner (Eng.
Gr. ii. z. 70) compares Engl, falling sickness with old high Germ.
fallandiu Suht, new high Germ, fallende Sucht, axi&fallendes Leid.
Grimm quotes also from some Friesic dialects tha drivanda
and tha dreganda meaning 'the cattle which are driven,' and 'the
things which are earned.' So also Danish bi&sende Instrumenter
'blowing-instruments;' mit iboende Hits 'my dwelling-house;' den
afholdende Avksion 'the auction to be held;' den udg'rvende Bog
• the book about to be published.' (Rask's Dan. Gr. § 41 ed. Repp.)
The modern Icelandic (Grimm iv. 113) has its present active
participle used just like a gerundive, e.g. alt er segjanda — alles ist zu
sagen; varla er truanda 'it is scarcely to be believed.'
Modern German has a still more noticeable usage. For this
I translate Schleicher (Deutsche Sprache p. 215 ed. a). 'The
' infinitive, originally an abstract substantive and so still used often
' enough, in middle high German has in genitive and dative 1 , when
'the stemsyllable is long, the n doubled ; e.g. mindennes vindenne;
1 They are not properly cases, but further formations, according to
Schleicher's latest opinion, as reported by Jo. Schmidt, the editor.
Analogies Jram Tatiank Linguages, T^ryfc
4 la* not so after slant syfiabies, ci*. Jugatcs, sageme. As,
'asm, memannes in new high. German, arose niemandy memandes.
' so frcr _-rrnaa ate f t\mhr n mr r aar iaeme T
fc (lc xm fmdatj. xm tag*) MUJt at new participle in aaf witii g a mine
'faactians,. winch. accoirdingly is found only fn connexion with. za.
'ef. <nt w*fmdender r Fens. xo. jmdende r Neutr. za Jbidendes, xu
"femfcr &c r 'â– ftthaps. zdds Schterch*T r -the Latin lirwnre in
* -ndus. e. x. iegsrtduSy mar have had an influence cm tfap fimetnDn eff
J.BC FjigtTjJk b very remarkable, both in fr^nr and because it
fiastcates several points of the cEscussion. It shows (<z) the active
â– â– â– â– Dive being so used as to convey a passive meaning - ; (h) another
verbal boebk dodbj used at the >aroi^ tune in the "• .\--,c,r ^ both at an
& passive participle, an active and, what appears at first
: to be^ a passive adjective, a substantive proper and a gerund;
^c\ a pif/ltfi'Trt'i'"*' use of verbal farms in a way which. mrrrfipg obil-
gajDDB anal possbiutv. Yet with such diverse?"., and even coutrat-
riety t or fimctaons these fbnrs iaa ie to any ambiguity.
(*% The prepostional infnhtive is frequently used, in denoting
a purpose, so that it suggests a passive meaning. Thus we can say
not only lam giad ta see jau: Tia aid za igbt and much taa poor ta
ftBf (FEmnftr) ; In me sense they are our best men ; they are ike best
mgiywat toe best ta stay (Sargant) : bur : E . jaad za eaz: : T:a:
is easy ta jet : San rjikz A cause za ir : ~ nan ta
OB? Cay and dijisuiz za zntn (Cowper) ; szghv if ttrrar fatd and
qgfrmkhald, carrid zi thinks Bam carrzhie za feel (>E3ton). Shake-
speare says Eleven long hours I took za zssrize is i ir; he mfghf have
vHEeixn long boars it taak. ta vzrize. The usage is
d once an oblique inffexxon (compaa modem Ger-
i). St is sesame ta teQanne ac bis ie zhuizre m/m nan sceame za danne
(Chan, of i^terbor ough anno ic8 : - ;. Le. h is m shame ta telL bat it
seemed mat ta him. any shame ta da L . This prepositional inimitrve s
reauy analogous to such forms as eszd, pazuL, ice (sziiira r p. xxxju
rs^m. the historical speech — ans, and imtrve
bdxre in the prx4ttstorical speech (c£ 3 611).
1 Earle*5 PbiL of Em[- Tan^ae, \ 4.5 j. ti. : ran w ; : ffifi I have
taksn. same oC&ki iosaiicss.
Preface : Observations on Book IV.
(Z>) The verbal form in -ing, which was not used for the
present participle till the twelfth century, is now used in various
ways 1 .
(i) As present participle active 2 " e.g. Pleased with some happy
tone of meditation slipping in between the beauty coming and the beauty
gone ( W). With budding, fading, faded flowers they stand the
wonder of the bowers (W). Late and soon, getting and spending,
<we lay waste our powers ( W). The people lead a quiet life, tilling
the ground and tending the cattle (G. E.). Men's muscles move
better, wbsn their souls are making merry music (G. E.). Insects
that will come teasing you (G. E.). There you go strolling along
(G. E.). Ruth went wandering 3 over dale and hill (W). J saw
ber singing at her work and o'er the sickle bending (W). Her
maidens thought ber dying (Scott). Vve heard of hearts unkind, kind
deeds with coldness still returning; alas the gratitude of men has
oftener left me mourning (W). The jerk sent the contents leaping out
from the farthest corners (G. E.). It was impossible to imagine
these things happening at Hayslope (G. E.). / have heard J>f a
learned man meekly rocking the cradle (G. E.). She set me intriguing
(Thackeray).
(2) As present participle passive: e.g. The kingdom was de-
populating from the increase of inclosures (Hume). Whilst these pre-
liminary steps 'were taking (Robertson). The illustrations preparing
for this volume (Ruskin). The extent of ravage continually com-
mitting (Ruskin). The debts which are owing. The house is not built
but building. I want my coat brushing*. The designs manifestly carry-
ing on against his person (Burke). Women are angels, wooing (Sh.
Trail, i. 2). While the verses were yet singing (Scott).
(3) As adjective with an active (or neuter) meaning: A
wandering voice. Like sleeping flowers. O'er glittering sands. A
1 In the references W. is for Wordsworth ; G. E. for the author of
Adam Bede.
8 Southey's Lodore is entirely composed of this use.
3 Earle, Phil, of Engl. T. %% 580—581 g, takes this as an infinitive
derived from the old form in -en. Abbott, Shaksp. Gr. § 349, somewhat
doubtfully takes the same view, when the forms in -ing are used after
verbs of seeing, hearing, &c.
* Earle calls this a Yorkshire form {Phil, of Engl. Tongue, § 5Soh).
Uses of English form in -rng.
blooming girl. A spreading oak. Soothing thoughts. Torturing doubts.
A distressing noise. A thoroughly misleading statement. Our Sfirs
succeeding stages (Campbell). My never-failing friends (Soutbey).
A naming commentary. A patronising disposition. Startling exceptions.
He exacted the most humiliating submissions (Macaulay). A com-
manding -voice (Id.). An uneasy questioning expression (G. E.).
My heart swells with loving admiration (G. E.). The grass lay
in silvered sweeping lines (G. E.). Thy never see any good in
suffering virtue (Burke). Come, gentle yet prevailing farce (Cowper).
Bating cares (Milton). My faltering voice and pausing harp
(Coleridge). Ennobling thoughts (W). A waking eye, a prying
mind (Lamb). Their tameness is shocking to me (Cowper). This
state of things is naturally embittering (G. E.). Hence occasionally
used without a substantive but with the definite article, eg. The
Irving and the dead; Toe poor and the suffering: I can make the
sleeping see (Shelley); A rod to check the erring (VT).
(4) Apparently as adjective with passive meaning: Le it is
grammatically an attribute of that which in meaning is its object ;
eg. eating-oaves; drinking-water ; searing-apparel; a riding-
horse; wasbing-silk ; knitting-cation. Often the two parts of the
phrase stand in looser relation to each other than that of object ;
eg. drawing instruments; brewing tub ; heating apparatus; writing
materials; boxing gloves ; walking stick ; leaping pole; reaping hook;
riding habit; shooting boots; working day; milking time; resting
place; stumbling block; winding sheet: looking glass; calculating
machine; dying moments ; dying testimony: Sec
These phrases are usually regarded as compound words, the first
word being as much a substantive as it is in hat box, work table,
door key, house porter, watch tower, railway carriage, Sec. This is
probably the right view, at any rate for modern English. But a
comparison of the German expressions quoted above (p. lxxxviii),
suggests that the usage may have been originally in some cases
participial, and the participial notion is probably still present to the
feeling 1 . It is noticeable that in all the instances (except the last
two) the form in -ing denotes the purpose or destiny like esid olex^
Unteum extersui, Sec. See above p. xxxiiL
1 Matzner (Eng. Gr. iL 1, p. 71) takes a similar view.
xcii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
(5) As substantive proper; shewn by its use as subject, &c, by
its having an attribute, by its having a plural, and by its object
being in the genitive (i.e. with preposition 'of'). A fine building. A
fair warning. A second hearing. High standing. An heroic bearing.
A good saying. A calling in life. Great learning. Too narrow openings.
The first turning. High breeding. Their trampling sounded nearer
(Campbell). A wedding or a festival, mourning or a funeral (W).
Plain living and high thinking are no more (W). Thoughts that
spring out of human suffering (W). But for those obstinate ques-
tionings of sense and outward things i fallings from us, vanishings,
blank misgivings of a creature moving about in worlds not realized
(W). ye groves, forbode not any severing of our loves (W)
Thousands at his bidding speed (Milton). All silencing of discussion
is an assumption of infallibility (Mill)v They remember the taking of
the king's castles (Burke). The laying on of hands (Macaulay).
There was no end to the making and mending of clothes (G. E.).
To watch her love's returning (Scott). She heard her lover's riding
(Scott).
(6) As gerund, i.e. as a substantive, but qualified by an adverb
instead of an adjective, and with its object in the case which a verb
would require. It can have (differing in this from the Latin
gerund) a substantive in the possessive case to qualify it. The
definite article is usually, though not always, omitted.
Meeting Hetty was a mere circumstance of his walk (G. E.). 7/
was no use blinking the fact now (G. E.). How could he help feeling
it ? (G. E.) She had to encounter the pain of his feeling himself ill-
used (Jane Austen). Don't tell me about her not deceiving herself
(G. E.). The saying mass was forged into a crime; the teaching
school, even the teaching in a private family, was subjected to punish-
ment (Burke). Nothing must content the Captain but the taking a
much finer house (Thackeray). Instead 0' wearing yourself out with
walking and preaching and giving away every penny you get (G. E.).
J took to going nowhere but to church, and hearing nobody but Mr.
Irvine (G. E.). Who could have expected meeting you here? (Gold-
smith.) After considering him attentively (W. Irving). For it strikes
me therms sech a thing ez sinnin 1 by ovcrloadirt children s underpinnin
(Biglow Papers). Defend me from the toil of dropping buckets into
Uses ef Exglish form im -ing.
tmfty <oaafl!r„ mmd g wwmdmg aid im drmwimg wmtMmg mf (Cowper).
Whmt is thant tm Mmder the mmd Jhsm grmdwmflfr mapirimg m ba&mt mf
tm the fighter wdmUms sfi&ms* (S. Smith.) A -vmm
i mf <wit mfiem sets a mm* mm mttmcMmg am rrimUHi/rd mmme
mmd sm u$timg itttmtSx mtirth tf those airnrnt Mm (Addison). I home
krmimtrmimimg mhnxmmmmthifY. FaJriegh")- M is <wmrth Immamg
mver mmd tmmddaimg (Qarcndon).
By the side erf this gerandial use, as sera in such sentences as The
fmssmmaty mf FrmmPs mmrrtimg m Jkre&mer (Bmlwer); Htj hid
maajght tm Ms dkarnfs refmmmg tm mm&axr tartmm mmeries (Scott); a
participial use 1 has arisen; eg. Upm Nigel msssSsmg mpmm Ms emm-
mrnmir marng obeyed (Scott) ; These mn n u msSamr es mmj kmd tm jmmr
imdftfiif mmtthmr the hsase (Thackeray); She fib same cmmtfmrt im
their mhrnh fmrtj hamg rmmmft&artteftr mfiermmrds tmBetted (Jane
Austen). Both Koch (EmgL Gr. 5. § i€c) and Matzner (Emgt.
Gr. 5. z. p. 6$) pre tins partiiHpnal use as modexn 3 . The usage
bs not vfi "ww^^i m ouflnuory i* ^wM^nr^^y^jl jancuase. and has
probably men firom the supposed analogy of such expressions as
I smm Mmt qmnmdenmg t Ithtmght afheMisaf£xgtiMs T ana& may hzie been
7 ;; 77:1 : " 7~r 1": 7 IT." .1. r. .77' ".7 7 ' .7. iZ _ZZ '.'-'. " Z 777 Z'i 7'7:5Se5-
ssve and wflwn fjurv. of pfiurib ami other moods ending m sz tc.
fZr £ag&s th s m&xMg is mmBeres csgitmmtes and ma&rmm emgitatam.
(c) Both these rerbal farms (i) the ptepositioaal infantil e
and (a) the farm in -s«j aire sometimes used pcedkativetf in a nay
• A: 77*77 r .; : ~_: ; _ ; ."-Cr —.i~ i~ ~<zz: :: '•":"■::" :.szz' • ~.Zz~zr-
which explains the rise of the geramffiialL vsCg pratalBel to the geramhal
VSe* by the OOCaSDOBal VSe of *fc^ Wf* i pa-irtriifii ]-Jfa» mm T.alrijm^ Tftmrfln J !««■»
~. :•:;:■=- 1 i.:-:-e. I;: 7/ .; .7. -;-;-_:; :.; 77-7:77. 7.1; Z~.-' 7.7. :i.:~ ::r.5"_-".5
~ : ."..i"_. ~. ~.t~ v.; /:. ' / t : " '. " ; ~ . ~: " i : " t ; "_ " ;■:"■■; -~.~ .77 7 ". ; ?•: r -T ; • . " r
m^Sg* M ^^P*^* *â„¢ Itfci^ iBwrim jwnmiwi imifnty ftftn^ |V <wi lajWtfli * amngp tpmf^iii jfT|*!|IHIllllinM* the
~ — - r z: \:zz±: z- : .; ;;-_- . : .: z- ".':.; — ;'. .-■.:: -? -. ~ti-iz:
jpmtih ipBe, eg. " He -trnvindtike diwfx t&fem&cg tt&e *%â– * k changed Mo
'JS& emeani the dtwf dsfemdBmg ike tsSj 1 ^ TMs, safest ((pessesSre case)
; Z'-~ zZ z ' 7 T. '-'•:'! _7. _,1 ' ~ '".'7 7.7 \.~ z 77 : "_ ~ 7 _ 7. r 7. 7 " ^ r .7 ZZzT'z Z'
horn vwmifit dmess idtfinesaimn noriiis)) ta ixs&Sit <&md (aortiem dtf&Mdhmtity.
J. be i aHim miiMif coeksCs im chsniffiTiiii^ itiay ii&ft3£tf cf the ^etnsffld nGfio ^™
itoygE£ of tine wobu gwon&niig the gDnsmd.
1 Koch howerar quotes one imstznee hem the defer W( ncSyffite tiatns-
huaoa; Bemmmeresam mflfr the smwme gvpeg m^mm <<&m- â– &. ti);hotif
tne instance he really sofitaiy it cannot be ttrastoi
xciv Preface : Observations on Book IV.
which implies either destiny or, as is usually the case in a negative
sentence, possibility. The two notions shade into one another.
(i) Destiny. When the Roman empire was broken up, the
work of conversion was to begin again (Southey).
Good night then, Casca, this disturbed sky is not to walk in
(Shaksp. Jul. Cas. i. 339).
He is to blame. Tou are to go. There is no time to waste. We
have not an instant to lose. What's more to do? (Shaksp., see Abbott,
§ 405-)
Possibility. There was no one to rob. 1 have nothing to do.
(a) Obligation. If this which he avouches does appear, there
is nor Jlying hence nor tarrying here (Sh. Macb. 5.5- 48).
Fly, fly, my lord, there is no tarrying here (Sh. Jul. C.$. 5. 30).
This is taken from North who translates elnovros be tlvos, as del
fir/ fieveiv, dXKa (frevyeiv (Plut. Brut. 5 2) by ' Amongst the rest one of
them said, there was no tarrying for them there! 1 Compare Nemini .
nostrum cessandum est aut expectandum, quid decernat senatus (Poll,
ap. C. Fam. 10. 33).
Possibility. There is no getting rid cf him. There is no resisting
your luck.
The history of these usages of the form in -ing is not certain :
the following is a summary of the facts, mainly taken from Morris 1
Engl. Accidence §§ 290 sqq.).
In the 12th century there were four distinct forms,
(1) An infinitive in -en, or -e, e.g. breken or breke.
(2) A dative of this infinitive, ending in -enne or -ene, and with
the preposition to or for to prefixed, e. g. to brekenne or
to brekene. A form in -ende is also found, e. g. The synfulle
man fasteth for to clensen him, the ribtwise for to witiende
his rihtwisnesse (O. E. Horn., Sec. Ser. p. 57).
(3) A present active participle in -ende {-and Northern), e. g.
brekende.
(4) A verbal substantive in -yng or -ynge (written also -ing or
-inge), e.g. brekyng or brekynge. (In Anglo-Saxon the termi-
nation is usually -ung.)
History of English form in -ing. xcv
In the 14th century, changes, some of which had already com-
menced in the 1 zth, had produced the following result.
(1) The infinitive remained the same. Wickliffe for the most
part has the suffix -e\ Chaucer and the author of Piers
Plowman both -en and -e.
(2) The dative infinitive ends rarely in -ene, usually in -en or e.
and is thus indistinguishable in form from the simple in-
finitive. But a form in -inge also occurs; e.g. And the
dragoun stood before the womman that was to beringe
cbiild....And she cbildede a sone male, that was to reulinge
allefolkes (Wickliffe).
(o) The present participle ends often in -ing instead of, as pre-
viously, in -ends, which form died out in this centurv.
Ande however remained in the Northern dialect. Parts of
the Wickliffite translations have -ende, other parts -yng.
(4) The verbal substantive remained as before, in -yng distin-
guished in form from the participle in -and; e.g. in Ham-
pole {Pr. of Cons. p. 58), a Northern writer (cir. a.d.
1340).
Than es our birthe here bygynnyng
Of the dede that is our endjng;
For ay the mare thai we wax aide
The mare our lif may be ded talde.
Tharfor whylles we er here lyffand
Ilk day er we tbos dyhand.
In the 16th century both forms of the infinitive are alike, the
suffix being either dropped, or written <?, but not pronounced.
The form in -and is still retained for the present participle in the
Northern dialect beside the form in -yng, which is also sometimes
written for the past part, in -en; e.g. in Lyndesay A.D. 155 1.
Sum on the feild salbe lauborand;
Sum in the templis mariand.
Sum afore jugis makand pley;
And sum men saland on the sey.
Two salbe in the myll grindyng,
Qubilk sal be taking but warnyng.
(for taken without warning.)
xcvi Preface : Observations on Book IV.
The form in -ing continues common to the participle and noun,
but according to Morris ceased to be used for the dative infinitive
about the beginning of the 15th century.
But " in old English writers after the conquest we find the
verbal noun with on, an, in, a employed after verbs of motion
as ' he went on hunting," 1 'â– he fell on sleeping 1 ' ':" I go a fishing (John
21. 3), to be a fishing (Fielding).
So even now in provincial English : She's all of a tremble when thee' t
a-sittin' down by her at breakfast, and a-looking at her (G. E.). He's
gone somewhere else a preachin' and a prayin' (G. E.). For <while
your million papers, wut with lyin' an' discus sin 1 , keep folk's tempers
all on eend a-fumin' an' a-fussin', a-wondrin this an guessin that,
Sec. (Biglow Papers).
From the 14th century at least until the 17th this verbal noun
is often used after the same prepositions (in, a) passively : e. g. The
churche was in byldynge (Robt. of Brunne); we have a windowe
in werchjnge ('Piers Plowman'); Ther the man lith an helyng
(Id.) ; There you shall see my tombe a makynge (Bemers' Froissart*) ;
Whilst these things were a dooing (Holingshed) ; While the ark was
a preparing (Tyndall and King James transl. 1 Pet. 3. 20). See
Marsh's Engl. Lang. p. 472, ed. Smith.
In the 17th or 18th century the a began to be dropped and the
form in -ing is used, both predicatively and attributively, in a passive
as well as an active sense : e. g. The book now preparing, the book is
now preparing, as well as John preparing the book and John is pre-
paring the book.
The theory of these changes is not certain.
At first sight it would appear that the verbal substantive in -ing
l>egan to encroach upon the present participle, at the same time as
the present participle encroached upon the dative infinitive; and
that the form in -ing at a later date completely drove out the form
in -nd from both provinces, and itself invaded the dative infinitive:
and finally, while continuing to be used freely after prepositions,
dropped in certain expressions the preposition, and thus became in-
distinguishably used both as active and passive present participle.
J Morris, § 291. Sec also Koch, II. § 96.
History tf Exgisk farm at -ing-
And vet nidi the confusmn of nnnr» ttoc e uidj any amiability
of measnng, the otter parts of the â– wufrme ibummg the way in
Bat the near not be the true factory. The three
(or -eaeX -emit, iagt, after the final vowel became rate. dnfered
phanetkalrr bat htdc fin ok aBOther. For ska dental nasal;
^ is a dental fiat note, dbseh/ allied to a: ag is, not two inrnl .
bat a single guttural nasaL A wry common pronadafism (fce-
onent also in America) pronoances jpw for ^t^.- eg. mm short is
sathia ssath jmr btmrtm (Biglow Papas). We aim t amm riled kt
taarjitttxa mm jirttitm . vat re ased tm Immm the strimg mm mar ifan n
(lb.). There's mm zsark sm isrim' ms dmagW smmmt mm" jSmHm' mm? am
rightjj Jwza' ^hatysmregda ta mm mad (G. E.) &c And many
*• j»>1» r *- or rapid speakers now say mm ibr mad 1 . So that the hstory
:t : ~ :- ;-;i: _i\ :c tss~ :e ~ :~ ; i".:r.::i_ :.::::: j "_i. rhe -^ui^r
inln n tite may baie developed at one time a parasitical ad-growth,
and areata hare brrnwr aremeadg asyan hrrwrnes gamad, and*ni
Germ, aieama has li non i r ateatmad\ and at another time or by
otter tangoes have had the a nasafized; and the pn-aat participle
~ i~ IS' 7 ' "--'. .:â– :". .". : 7 ~S - IS! V. 7'" 7 S "_ _ _ r_ .V: "
Probably both syntax and sound contrabuted to the i
Of the Subjunctive mood.
with the subjunctne mood. I have endeavonred to
and usage, just as we iliwJtj the meaning and
I have seen no reason to altar the i
I put forth in my Eiemeatmrj Lmtaa •
in 1863, curplhig that butt the optative and
have been reduced under the same head as the jussne subjunctive,
nrilrail of being put as *cpaul«* coordinate farads The cjght
brads, so fianml, wmilnwed naturally into finr. so (far as the
1 "The cbaon of a final/ ht such robn ,*—/„ lead, skdd, add,
cr:ci2:-v.^ : "ViTi^T ~:TUr ':"": : *:"- -VI 7 7-77 :.~s\s~
Skew, Emrfy EagSA, n. p. 3x0.) So in the Bagjknr Papas, JW m
Aid, a*T, mad, &c frajodi, mad, amid, *mad\
xcviii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
meaning of the subjunctive itself is concerned. These four meanings
supposition, idea to be realized, causation, alien statement exhibit the
whole sphere of the subjunctive mood. They give rise to eight
classes of usage, according to the character of the sentence in which
they are, or to their use with particles. A supposition is either in an
independent or principal clause, or, usually with si, in a subordinate
clause; that is to say, it is either a conditioned event, or the condi-
tion of another event taking place. An idea to be realized is either
uttered as such and forms a wish or command, or, usually with ut,
&c. in a subordinate sentence, is an object kept in view when another
action is in doing. Causation may be looked at either from the side
of result or from that of cause. In both uses we have subordinate
sentences, the resulting action being coupled by ut, &c, the causing
action by cum. An alien statement may be a reason, a condition, a
question, and thus appendent to a principal clause in the indicative;
or it may be a part only of a fuller alien statement, and thus be
dependent on a subjunctive or infinitive.
This is an abstract statement of the result of the classification ; it
is deduced from it, not invented to support it. The grouping of the
various uses of the subjunctive was made purely by empirically col-
lecting them, and then arranging them according to their natural af-
finities. The groups seem to me thoroughly natural, and none the
less so, because sentences may be found in which the subjunctive
might be referred to more than one of these groups. Thus some
sentences with the relative adjective qui might be referred to the head
of condition, or cause, or hypothesis, or consequence: the subjunctive
with ut after efficio, and in some restrictive meanings, might be
referred to ' purpose ' or ' result ; ' quin might in some sentences be
treated almost indifferently as being a relative and expressing a pur-
pose, or as being a dependent interrogative ; dum might be regarded
as introducing a sentence of purpose or a condition; subjunctives,
here considered due to their qualifying a subjunctive or infinitive
clause, might be explained, as themselves possessing the same ground
for the subjunctive inflexions, which the principal clause has, or as
having some other independent ground. This interlacing of branches
is sure to arise when the branches are from the same tree. Had
the uses of the subjunctive, like those of the ablative, sprung from
a union of two or three different original inflected forms, some
Of the Subjunctive mood. xcix
confusion would still have resulted. But the subjunctive inflexions
had originally, and have properly, one meaning only, which has
been differently fixed and developed by association with particular
particles, or by use in particular classes of sentences or on particular
occasions. The vague has received definiteness and precision by
being drawn into specific channels, or by being caught and ex-
hibited by several mediums.
The subordinate groups of subjunctive usages are of course
mainly such as are recognised by most grammars : the systematic
arrangement, by reference to the meaning of the subjunctive itself,
is I believe new. Other grammars have treated this matter, at
least so far as subordinate sentences are concerned, either by refer-
ence to the division of sentences into substantival, adjectival and
adverbial sentences, or by the particles used to introduce the clause.
The latter was the old method; e.g. in Ruddiman, and. more or
less modified, is common still ; the former is not unusual in Gram-
mars by German writers, at least since Becker's time. I agree with
Madvig in thinking it important to collect the uses of the subjunc-
tive together, just as the uses of the ablative and other classes are
collected. The main difference of my procedure from his is in the
arrangement of these uses by reference to certain specific meanings,
in a similar way to that in which I have treated (here again more
systematically, I believe, than others) the uses of the cases.
The use and meaning of the subjunctive in hypothetical and
conditional sentences is, I think, often misapprehended. The indica-
tive is often said to be used only when the condition is a fact, or
when it is only an apparent condition. The subjunctive present is
said to be used when an event is regarded as probable or possible ;
the imperfect, when it is regarded as improbable or impossible. I
have ventured to deny these views. The matter, I take it, stands
really thus. The indicative is a simple combination of subject and
predicate, and has of itself no special meaning. The subjunctive
has been formed, or at least is applied, in order to warn the hearer
that the event is thought, and only thought The indicative by
contrast with this gets a sub-implication of fact. The subjunctive
again by a secondary contrast gets (in certain classes of sentences)
the special implication of not fact. Now the statements used in
hypothetical and conditional clauses are referable in the speaker's.
c Preface : Observations on Book IV.
mind and intention (we have nothing to do with the objective
reality), either to fact, or to not fact, or to a neutral head. In other
words I either put a case avowedly as a fact, or avowedly as not a
fact, or I put it simply without meaning to imply either one or the
other. This intermediate class is of course a thought, and might
have been left to the subjunctive mood. But this is not what the
Romans have done. The subjunctive with them in such sentences
means distinctly not fact, and the class of fact and the neutral class
are given to the indicative. Grammarians often speak, as if this
neutral class belonged to the subjunctive, and then, getting embar-
rassed, introduce conceptions which have nothing to do with
grammatical categories ; they talk of the subjunctive implying doubt
or probability or improbability — conceptions which may or may not
be present to the speaker's or the hearer's mind, but are in no way
implied by the use of the subjunctive inflexions. If the instances of
the subjunctive and indicative given in §§ 1532, 1533 be attentively
considered, it will be seen that the indicative may be used when the
condition is not and cannot be a fact, and when it is expressly a
matter of doubt; e.g. see the passage from C. Verr. 3. 29, where
after putting si with indicative, Cicero declares he must alter the
form of expression, because there is no doubt.
On the other hand many cases, in which the event is only
thought, may be put neutrally, or as a not-fact. According as the
one or the other mode of viewing it is predominant, the indicative
or the subjunctive will be used. And for practical purposes it is
often indifferent which is used. It is obvious that where a future
event is spoken of, the notion of fact is necessarily out of the ques-
tion, or at least becomes very faint. Here therefore we get a very
close approximation of the indicative with the subjunctive; an
approximation which is shewn, not merely by the identity of the
form, e.g. faciam, feceris, &C, but by the use indifferently of the
future indicative and present subjunctive in putting hypothetical
cases (e.g. in C. Off. 3. 23). On the other hand past time is less
open to the display of neutral conceptions. An event in past time
is either fact or not-fact. And the pluperfect indicative, the most
thoroughly past tense, is thus rare in hypothetical sentences, except
as a wilful exaggeration (§ 1574), and rare in conditional clauses,
except where it denotes facts, si being then equivalent to 'whenever.'
Of the Subjunctive mood.
Of the expressions dicat aliqrns. disariS aliirrfu,
Geammanans are in the habit of giving t£azt aHquis, azxsrit
oaeone may say.* as instances of what is called the potential
imkh! and giving them apparently as ordinary and common forrr j
Now in the use which I understand to be intended, that of mtro-
ila m(/ an opponent's or bystanders supposed remark. Jzxerit
aliquis is not uncommon. But the form leaves it uncertain whether
the mood be indicative or subjunctive. The subjunctive, as the
mood of supposition, seems at first sight so suitable, that £xerit has
naturally been referred to it. And this theory seems to require
Ettle support, when dkat aHqztis is placed by the safe of tSxerit
mBpmsj for dkat proclaims its mood as subjunctive anmistafceably .
But how stands the fact: The fact is. so far as I can finrfV Sat
a&qnir is distinctly rare, and the form, which is common is JBat
m&pus — the indicative.
The only tolerably clear instances of £cat whim I have found,
are Ter. Andr. 64c : Liv. 9. 4 § i»; 37. 53 : Hor. 5. 1. 5. xy-
Pers. j. -1: and Plin. j6 § 4 (fat jbiaiB mi/mr}, Probably
afeo Ter. Erm. 511. raget qnis. One passage often quoted as an
instance is C. X. D . : • qtuerat quirpiam. But all Baiter's
; . except • Cadex regius Walkeri " have sm qrixret (and so have all
the British Museum MSS. that I have seen. viz. Had . ; - rr :
jttz ; 5 1 14 and Burney 148 : though doubtless tins evidence is but
sfijght. as a transposition of about forty chapters in this book shews
that these MSS. all come from one source).
In Corn. 2- 21. Kayser has biquiat quispiam. against the best
MSS.. which have biquit. Ibid 4. j Kayser gives aTiquis biquiat,
from the majority of the best MSS. The rest (apparently) have
mquiti. Priscian (ic. 2) quotes the passage, and his MSS. have
biquit. biquid or btquiet. Either biquiet or biquiat would suit hs
argument. (A similar variety of the MSS. is found in Con
1 For <&rat aliquis, see for instance 3>Iadvig ; Lot. Gr. \\ 3=0^ jjo^
493* 49* amn. 5 ; dicat quispiam +9 3 b.
cii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
In Ovid Am. 2. 10. 37; 3. 15. 11, atque aliquis... die at, clearly a
wish is expressed : in Sen. Ep. 13 § 14 alius dicat, and Plin. 11 § 52
quarat nunc aliquis, an ironical command ; in Ov. Rem. Am. 225
aliquis vocet, a concession. (Compare C. T. D. 3. 30 § 49, dicat
quamlibet.)
Probably many would take Quintilian's words: est et incertx
persona ficta oratio: ' bic aliquis, 1 et '■dicat aliquis" 1 (9. 2 § 37), as
referring to this commonly quoted use ; but there is really nothing
to shew that he was referring to such a use, as is seen in Liv. 9. 4
as above, and not to such uses as in Ovid or Seneca or Pliny just
emoted.
Now with this paucity of instances of the subjunctive com-
pare the instances of the future indicative :
Dicet aliquis, Corn. 4. 26 ; Cic. Verr. 2. 23 ; 4. 5 ; ib. 7 ; del.
1 7 ; Pis. 28 ; T. D. 3. 20 ; ib. 23 ; Par. 3. 2 § 24 ; Sail. J. 31 § 18 ;
Liv. 21. 10 § 11 ; Sen. Rhet. Contr. 2. 9 § 38 ; 7. 16 § 19 ; Sen.
Dial. 9. 14 § 6 ; 12. 2 § 2 ; Ben. 5. 6 § 7 ; Ep. 16 § 4 ; 47 § 18 ;
86 § 12 ; Stat. Silv. 1. praef. ; Plin. Ep. 3. 9 § 21 ; Fronto p. 152
Naber. Dicet fortasse quispiam, C. Sull. 30.
Quteret aliquis, Corn. 4. 9; Cic. Par. 1. 1 § 9; quaret quispiam,
C. Arch. 7; quteret fort as sis quispiam, C. Clu. 52; quaret aliquis
fortasse, C. Verr. 5. 70.
Inquiet aliquis, C. Verr. 2. 18 ; aliquis... inquiet, Hor. S. 2. 5. 42.
Similar, except that the statement is made dependent on the verb,
are C. Verr. 3. 46 (iniquum me esse quispiam dicet); ib. 4. 25 (rlimium
fortasse dicet aliquis hunc diligenteni); Agr. 2. 8 (quxret quispiam in
tanta injuria quid spectarit); Phaedr. 3. 51 (rem me professum dicet
fors aliquis grwvem); Ov. Rem. Am. 419 (forsitan btec aliquis...
pari'a i<ocabif),
I do not count here Ov. A. A. 3. 341 ; Fast. 2. 75 (dicet); for
they are mere prophecies of the future, not interlocutory remarks.
Now for the purposes of comparison it is unimportant whether
my enumeration is complete ; for the same reading which has pro-
duced six, or say seven, instances of the present subjunctive, has
produced 30, or, I may say, 35, instances of the future indicative.
Of the expression dieai attqiu*. ciii
The instances in Cicero and Comifidus, where the tests vary, I
hare not counted on either side.
I do not say that the six or seven instances of present subjunc-
tive are not genuine : there is nothing in the tense or mood, which
makes either unsuitable for such a use: rather their apparent suit-
ableness makes it at first sight odd that the instances should be
so few. But, where the forms diner by one letter only, there is
nothing hazardous in supposing that a copyist may have corrected
what seemed to him too positive a statement 1 .
In corroboration of the view that the indicative is the ordinary
use, may be mentioned the fact, that it is exceedingly frequent in
the second person, when a definite person is meant, however hypo-
thetical may be the prospect of his making any such statement.
eg. dues, Cic T. D. a. 35 : Rose. Am. $$ ; Att. 4. 16 § 6 : ib.
§ 10 ; ib. § 14 ; j. 1 § 4 : 8. 14 § 2, &c; Fam. 10. 19 ; Plin- Ep.
5. 8 § 7. fortasse dices, Phaedr. 3. 8.
monies, Cic Or. 39 ; Acad. a. 36 ; ib. 47 ; Fin. a. 31 ; Drv. a.
57 ; Rob. Past. 10; Att. 1. 13 § 6, &c
qujeres, Asin. Pott, ap. C. Fam. 10. 31 § 6 ; Cad. ap. C. Fam.
8. 7 ; Plin. X. H. prarf § 10 : similarly swectartt fortasse hoc loco
aliau vcstrum, D. Brut. ap. C. Fam. n. 1.
So also the present inpds. CaeL ap. C. Fam. 8. 3 § 3 ; ib. 17 :
D. Brut. ap. C. Fam. n. 1 ; C. Att. 9. 7 § 5 ; Phaedr. 3. praef. 4 :
qvjrris, puto, CaeL ap. C. Fam. 8. 3 § 3 ; qyjeris fortasse, Plin. Ep. 8.
ax ; fortasse queritis, C. Verr. 3. 31.
Similarly dicet equts, Hot. Ep. 1. 15. 13 ; respondent Diogenes.
C. Off. 3. 12 § 53 ; impact ilk, ib. § S3, and in other places.
1 Compare Madvig*s argument (Opusc. n. 77) focfaxo sacs, occurring
more than fifty times in Plautus and Terence, againstykxv scias occurring
sixteen times. The argument on which he lays due stress, viz. that
where the future indie and pres. subj- are not distinguished by one letter
only, but by more (eg. amabit from amct), the future indie not the pre-
sent subj. is found, is not applicable to my argument: for only in Or.
Rem. Am. 419 vecabit have we an a- verb, and that is possibly balanced
by vocet, ib. 225.
civ Preface: Observations on Book IV.
If we endeavour to find criteria by which to judge whether
dlxerit aliquis is subjunctive or indicative, the form being in itself
ambiguous, four possible helps to a decision occur : viz.
i. The general frame of the sentence, and its relation to
neighbouring clauses ;
2. The possibility of substituting for it some other tense of
either mood ;
3. The use of the first person singular (which has a distinctive
form) in analogous sentences;
4. The meaning.
I put them in this order, because the first three have an objective
character ; the last, though apparently the decisive consideration, is
liable to deceive, because we view it through an ambiguous medium,
that of another language.
Some examples of this use of dlxerit will be found in § 1545.
Including those, the whole number of instances that I have found are
the following :
dlxerit quis, Cic. Off. 3. 19 ; ib. 28 ; dixerit quispiam, Cic. Off.
3. 27 ; Phil. 14. 5 ; fortasse dixerit quispiam, Cic. Sen. 3 ; dixerit
fortasse quispiam, Cic. Agr. 2. 13; Id fortasse quispiam Improbus
dlxerit, Cic. Phil. 10. 5 ; dixerit hie aliquis, Catull. 67. 37; dixerit
e mult Is aliquis, Ov. A. A. 3. 7 ; aliquis vostrum subjecerlt, Sail. Or.
Macr. 14 ; dixerit tile, Hor. S. 2. 7. 37 ; riserit fortasse aliquis,
C. Or. 2. 24. Possibly also hoc aliquis... ponendum dixerit, Val. M.
6. 3. 5. I do not put here C. N. D. 3. 31, for there dlxerit quis-
piam may probably be the apodosis to sl...accuset: nor C. Off. 3.
6 § 29 forsitan quispiam dixerit, for dixerit after for sit an must in
Cicero be subjunctive.
Now (1) the characteristic of the expression is that it is not
protasis to a directly expressed apodosis, but is the simple statement
of an objection or remark, to which an answer is given by the
author, but the answer is not in grammatical relation to the ob-
jection. It is not therefore strictly referable (though from the
frequency with which the verb precedes the subject, it reminds one
of them) to the class exemplified by roges me, respondeam (§ 1552)
Is dtzeztt (alkrois) indicative or subjunctive J cv
or ragat qmis, rafomdeo (§ 1553) nor to the dass exemplified by
emerserit, arU&ribus -vinctdis ttmeb ittu (§ 1622) though in s tan ce s of
the form in -erit are found in all these classes of sentences, and are
almost frequent in the two latter. Nor can we argue from their
analogy to the mood of dixtrit qmu, for the first has the subjunctive
in both clauses, the second has the indicative in both, the third
(Le- concessive sentences) has the subjunctive in the protasis, and
usuauy the indicative in the apodosts.
2. A better cine is given by the possibility of substituting for
dixerit, without harm to the sense, some other form of the verb.
Here the remarks about dicat and duet aEqttis become applicable.
Dicat is, to say the least, somewhat scarce, duxt is frequent. And
other frrws of the indicative are also found in a similar use. See .
the last three sentences in § 1545.
3. The use of the first person singular would be decisive of the
question, if it were found in sentences of this dass. But the first
person is just the one which we cannot expect to find. The circum-
stances repudiate it An objection to a speakers words, arising
during the time of his speaking, is necessarily the objection not of
the speaker, but of him whom he is speaking to, fir of a bystander.
So that any precisely paraDd sentence with the verb in the first
person is out of the question. It may however occur to some that
the common use of the first person in such e xp re ssi ons as boc ego
dhcerbn. &c is analogous: and tins shews the subjunctive mood.
But the form with the third person really analogous to this sentence
is not our dbeerit aluptu but ilios merito qtds dixerit miseros, Le. 'one
nught (would, could) fitly call them wretched, le. -if occasion arose:"
whereas this mode of translation would not be at all suitable to
dixtrit qirij, which has no reference to what might be said generally,
but to the probability of such an objection being raised at once.
4. In truth the meaning seems on examination to be much
more suitable to the indicative than to the subjunctive. Thespeaker,
if be wishes to speak diffidently of the possibility of the objection,
can and does so readQy by throwing in fortasse. The objection
itself req ui re s only simple statement. Di-art qids, ' some one will
now proceed to say;' dixerit $wj, l some one wul have said, while
I have been speaking.''
cvi Preface: Observations on Book IV.
No doubt the ordinary English expression on such occasions is
' Some one may say', which we are in the habit of regarding as cor-
respondent to the present subjunctive. But if this argument does
not prove, in the face of the facts, that therefore the Romans ordi-
narily said dkat aliquis, it is still less likely to prove that, when they
said dixerit aliquis, they were using the subjunctive. For the natu-
rally corresponding English expression for <viderit ilk is 'he may
(must) look to it', and yet -ciderit We is precisely paralleled by ted
ego -videro and tu videbis, &c, as Madvig has pointed out in proof of
viderit being the indicative.
In conclusion, without denying the possibility of dixerit qua in
the expressions here treated of being subjunctive, I think the indica-
tive is decidedly the more probable. The analogy of riserit, adride,
Sec. (§§ 1571^ and 1553) makes it possible; the meaning of the
indicative is quite suitable; and the frequent use of duet aliquis
makes it distinctly probable. I see nothing distinctly in favour of
the other hypothesis.
[I have given in § 1593 instances of all persons of videro, but
perhaps a fuller list may be useful.
videro, Ter. Bee. 700; Ad. 538; ib. 845; Cic. 6V/. 15; Flac. 23;
Or. 2. 8; ib. 3. 10; Fin. 1. 10; ib. 2. 3; Ac. 2. 24; 7". D. 2.
11; ib. 5. 7; R.P.2.(): Leg. 1. 21; Fam. 7. 16; ib. 25; Q. Fr.
2. 13 §2; Liv. 8. 32, § 8.
vlderis, Cic. Phil. 2. 46; Or. r. 58; Brut. 86; Att. 13. 23; ib. 14.
20; Q. Fr. 3. 1 § 7; Anton, ap. C. Phil. 5. 12; Liv. 2. 40;
Sen. Rhet. Suas. 6 § 27; Contr. 9. 27 § 19; Sen. Ep. 96 § 4.
viderit, Ter. Ad. 437; Cic. Or. 2. 58; Ac. 2. 7 § 19; T. D. 1. 11;
N. D. 1 § 17; Fam. 13. 29; Att. 4. 10; ib. 5. 11; ib. 6. 4;
ib. 12. 5; ib. 12. 21 bis; ib. 14. 11; ib. 13; Liv. 3. 45; Verg.
A. 10. 743; Prop. 3. 7. 22; Ov. H. 12. 211; A. A. 2. 371;
ib. 3. 671; Rem. 249; ib. 601; Met. 9. 519; ib. 10. 624;
Trist. 5. 2. 43; Sen. Rhet. Contr. 9. 27 § 16; Sen. Ben. 2. 14;
Dial. 11. 13.
vlderimus, Cic. Ac. 2. 44; Att. 4. 5 fin.
Examples of videro, videris. &c.
Yideritis, Var. R. R. 2. j § 13; Gael. ap. C. Fam. 8. 13; Liv. 1. 58;
ib. 42. 13.
viderint, Cic. Quint. 17; Phil. 3. 6; ib. 12. 11; Or. 45; *â– D. 2. r3;
ib. 5. 41 ; Z^/. 3 ; Fam. 9. 6; ib. 13. 29; Att. 8. 2 § 3 j ib. 14.
21; Sen. Rhet. Cantr. 7. 17 §55 Sen. D/*/. 1. 3: ib. 12. 14;
Petron. § 61 ; § 62; Plin. .££. 2. 10 § 4.
videbis, Cic. Fam. 4. 13 § 4; 13- *9 § 7; Att - x 3- 33-
videbimus, Cic. Verr. 5. 40; 0>«/. j; Fin. 5. 21; -Fjw. 3. 9: Att.
10. 7; ib - 12- 34: Sen. Ep. no § 2; ib. 117 § 5.]
How to study grammar.
If I may give advice to students of grammar, I would recom-
mend them to get into their heads a clear skeleton of this book first,
and then to study more carefully the subordinate divisions. The
examples under one head should be carefully thought over and
compared with examples under another head of kindred or opposed
meaning.
Further the student should take some portion of a good author,
say a speech or even a few chapters of Cicero, or one of the longer
epistles of Horace, and study the grammar carefully, noting the
instances it affords illustrative of the different heads, either of this
book (Book iv), or one of the others. He should read it, once
looking to nothing but the verbs, their tenses and moods ; another
time looking to the cases, or some of the cases, of the nouns;
another to the order of the words and of the sentences ; another to
the use of the several prepositions and conjunctions; another to the
use of the different classes of words and the way in which their
functions are assumed by phrases or sentences. Again he may look
to the formation of the words, their derivative suffixes, and their
composition ; or to the laws of sound which their component letters
follow or exhibit. Or again to the adherence of the several words
to their primitive meaning or the course of their deviation. And
then he may further by comparison with other writers examine how
far in these matters prose accords with verse, the prose of an
cviii Preface : Observations on Book IV.
orator, as in Cicero's speeches or the fictitious speeches inserted by
Livy in his narrative, with that of a gentleman as seen in Ciceros
letters, or that of the everyday world as seen in Plautus, or that of
an historian as Livy or Tacitus ; or note in what respects the age of
Cicero differed from that of the previous century, or that of the
Augustan or post-Augustan age. But the reading and noting
should not be done lazily and perfunctorily. He should, at first
at any rate, write out all the instances illustrative of the particular
part of grammar which he is studying, or note them carefully in his
book.
Besides this he ought to study more than one grammar. What-
ever arrangement of the materials of a Latin grammar we may think
the best, it is almost certain that other arrangements, if made on
some intelligible principles, will bring into stronger light some parts
of the language, and furnish a different collection of instances and
views taken from a different side.
Acknowledgment of obligations.
My principal obligations in this book are to Madvig whose
grammar supplied the basis on which I first worked, and to whose
critical knowledge of the Latin language I attach far the greatest
weight. There is certainly no Latin scholar who can be put nearly
on a level with him, at any rate as regards the Latin prose authors.
Other writers have furnished me with occasional hints and examples.
Of grammars, besides Key's (2nd ed. 1858), of which I have
spoken in my former volume (Pref. p. xciii), I am principally
indebted to Ruddiman's (ed. Stallbaum 1823), Weissenborn's (1838),
KrUger's (1842), Blume's (2nd ed. 1858), Kuhner's ( 5th ed. 1861)
and Gossrau's (1869) : and of special treatises to Holtze's Syntaxis
Priscorum Script. Latin, usque ad Terentium (1861, 1862), Kllhnast's
Hauptpunkte der Livianiscben Syntax (1871, 1872), Drilger's Syntax
und Stil des Tacitus, and in some degree to the small portion (pp.
1 — 322), which has at present appeared 1 , of his Historiscbe Syntax
der Lateinischen Sprache (1872), and to the Syntaxis Lucretiana
1 While this preface is printing I have received the rest of Vol. I,
viz. pages 323 — 626. I have taken one or two references from it.
901
Bmamemta. (iSis) of tui— I am coascioas afao of
: Hanmannfs Hfc? (
: Liibkers JJbe- $/mhur nam
__ â– . ind E. Beckys He Syntoxi Intermgatianum ibii-
quarum (m Sfjuftrammfs Stadium I. i. 1873). I have a£s> got a
considerable number of hints and. examples from Mnnro-s Laon/Smg
(some indeed from the recently published jrd erfflr 1S73X Bribes
and Lorenz-s editions of some plays of PTantus, Wagner's — n= "Tr
of the Auhuario* Fabrf s Lruy xxL xxvL (edited by Heerwagâ„¢)
and xsnL xxiv.. Mayors edition of the second Philippic; and
some from other books. Many of the examples given form part
of the common stock of grammarians and annotatars: cmy
athers. possibly a fourth or a third of the whole,, are faun my
nm reading, though some of them may very likely occur m
other grammars. Of course I have never taken an instance without
verifying it in a recent edition, though I have sometimes referred it
to a different head from that indicated by the authors Hum wnoos
I took it. The editions I have used are stated m the preface to the
first volume, p. xcrv. For Seneca Rhetor I have of course used lately
tiessiing's edition.
In the account of the araha abuqua I have benefited by some
hmts and criticisms of the Rev. J. H. Backhouse on my Elementary
Grammar, and generally by some of Rev. Pro£ J. B. Mayor,, wfoo
has kindly read aver many of the proof-sheets, though not m their
hnal form.
Miscellaneous remarks.
Most of my references will be readily understood: but it may
be well to state that I have referred to Cicero (I regret to say) bf
the larger chapters, not by the smaller sections. By C Of. 26 ftc.
I mean the treati se called Qratar ; by C. Or. 1. 26. &.c I mean t&e
De Oratare Lib. I. 3cc; by C. Ferr. r. 24. the 1st book of thcArib
Scsumdaz in references to the Aetna prima. I have always named tie
pleading, eg. C. Tdrr. Act. r. 24. C. Man. is rar Cicero's :
1 The new edition of t"ftis treatise was not oat in time for me to
make any use of it.
ex Preface : Observations on Book IV.
pro lege Manilla (or de imperio Cn. Pompeii) ; La?l. is for the Lalius or
de Amicitia ; Sen. for the Cato Major or de Senectute. By Plin.
simply, I mean the elder Pliny : the references are to the sections
printed in the margin of Jan and Detlefsen's editions. The younger
Pliny's works are denoted by Plin. Ep. or Plin. Pan. Cicero and
Livy are usually denoted simply by C. and L. Cat. is Cato ;
Catull. is Catullus ; Corn, is for Cornificius, the supposed author
of the Libri ad Hsrennium. C. I. L. is the Corpus Inscript. Latin. r
usually the first volume. Ln quoting poets the number which I have
given is that of the line, in which the pertinent expression occurs,
not that with which the quotation may commence. The spelling is
usually that of the edition from which I have taken the example ;
and thus the spelling of the quotations from Livy (except the last
i\ve books, in which Madvig has followed the MS. pretty closely)
is more conventional than the spelling of most other quotations.
In two important sections of the book (viz. the cases and the
moods), the right-hand pages are parallel, not continuous, to the
left-hand pages. In the first of these the right-hand page contains
either further illustrations, or special details, or parallel or contrasted
usages of other cases or of cases with prepositions. In the section
on the moods the right-hand pages are almost entirely given up to
the indicative and imperative. See the remarks on p. 319. By this
arrangement I have obtained a thorough contrast of the indicative
with the subjunctive, and at the same time have not broken the
connection of the subjunctive usages. I do not think the breaches
of continuity, such as they are, in the treatment of the indicative
are of any moment in comparison with these advantages. All gram-
mars have some.
In the Index I have not only referred to the places where a par-
ticular usage is made the subject of remark, but to a great many other
places where a usage happened to find illustration in an example ad-
duced for a different purpose. In references of the latter kind I have
(in the Index) added an asterisk to the sectional number. By this
means the Index may often serve as a summary of Latin usages
arranged on different principles from those adopted in the book
itself. But of course it must be borne in mind that it is an Index
to this book only, and therefore, if any Latin usages do not happen
to occur in the book, they will not be found in the Index. On the
MisaBamaaa.
:x;
anna load I bam omm mfemed :: mmtavfimn ':••■. ok -■-■-•".-•-
names, although such as I hair in the body of tins work en-
deavoured to avoid. Being popular they app e aled most likely to
ammm tie puipuw of Index.
Any luu e Uiun s win he gladly received.
HENRY J. ROSY.
J&r, i8j\g.
PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION.
Some misprints and clerical errors have been corrected. Otfaer-
tMs edition scarcely differs from the first.
H.J.R-
Woo© TTtr,T, t
Peedlbtox. XLjrcExsEsa,
Fr: :---.
BOOK IV.
SYNTAX
OR
USE OF INFLEXIONAL FORMS
f*
BOOK IV.
SYNTAX, OR USE OF INFLEXIONAL
FORMS.
Syvtax is an account at the way in which the diffe re nt parts
of speech {Le. dasses of words), and their different inflexional
forms are employed in the formation of sentences.
CHAPTER I.
CLASSIFICATION OF WORDS.
Womjs in Latin may be divided into four dasses, according as
they denote. (i) a complete thought; (ii) a person, thing, or abstract
notion; (in) a relation or quality; (hr) a mere connexion of words
cr sentences. Words of the first two dasses are, with some spe-
cial exceptions, inflected; the last two are not inflected.
L Words which exp re ss a complete thought (called in logic
a judgment) are pate verbs (Le. verbs in indicative, subjunctive
and imperative moods): e.g. dleo. dicta, dlett, I utr, thorn sajest. be
utp: dtcai, be should say; dkxto, thorn sbalt speak.
n. Words which denote p et ro us and things and abstract notions
are called nouns (Le. names), and are divided into two dasses,
3iihfilaiiUws» and adjectives.
1. Smbstamtires are such names of things. Sec as are repre- >
tentative, not of their possessing one particular quality, but of the
sum of all the qualities and relations which we conceive them to
have.
4 Classification of Words. [Book IV.
(a) Pronoun Substantives.
Personal Pronouns (in Latin) are names to denote the
person speaking and the person spoken to; e.g. ego, I;
tu, thou.
(b) Noun Substantives.
Proper nouns are names of individual persons or
places; e.g. Lucius, Lucius; Roma, Rome.
Common nouns, or appellatives, are names of classes of
persons or things; e.g. victor, conqueror; aurum, gold;
flos, a flonver.
Abstract nouns are names of qualities, actions, and
states, considered apart from the persons or things
possessing or performing them ; e.g. magnitudo, great-
ness ; salus, health; discessus, departure.
(c) Infinitive mood of verbs and gerunds are names of ac-
tions or states conceived in connexion with the per-
sons or things performing or possessing them; e.g.
videre, to see; videndi, of seeing.
(d) Any word or phrase which is spoken of as a word or
phrase only, is the name of itself ; e. g. vidit, the word
vldit. Such words are necessarily indeclinable.
2. Adjectives are such names of persons or things as are '«>*
expressive simply of their possessing this or that quality, or being
placed in this or that relation. (See § 1060.)
(a) Pronominal adjectives describe by means of certain
relations, chiefly those of local nearness to the per-
son speaking, spoken to, or spoken of. They are
often used instead of nouns; e.g. rueus, mine; hie,
this; ille, that; qui, which.
(h) Numeral adjectives describe by means of number or
rank; e.g. septem, seven; Septimus, seventh. Some are
indeclinable.
(c) Nominal (or noun) adjectives describe by means of
qualities; e.g. magnus, great; salutaris, healthy.
(d) Participles (including gerundive in some uses) are
verbal adjectives used to describe persons or things
by means of actions done by or to them ; e.g. amans,
loving; amitus, loved ; amandus, that should be loved.
iii. Words (besides oblique cases of nouns), which denote >°°5
relations or qualities of qualities or of actions, are called adverbs,
and are indeclinable.
Chap. I.] Classification of Words. 5
(a) Connective adverbs; i.e. those which besides qualifying
a word in their own sentence, also connect that
sentence with another sentence. These are all pro-
nominal; e.g. quum, when; dam, whilst; uoi, where;
ut, how, as; si, in whatever case, if; quia, whereas,
because, &C.
(b) Other pronominal adverbs; e.g. nic, here; turn, then
(<r) Numeral adverbs ; e.g. septies, seven times.
(d) Nominal adverbs (of quality, manner, &c); e.g. Dene,
well; clare, brightly.
(e) Prepositions either express modes of actions or quali-
ties, and in this usage are generally compounded with
the verb or adjective, or give precision to the relations
denoted by the case-suffixes of nouns; e.g. in, in; ex,
out; per, through.
iv. Words which denote a mere connection (not of things, but) ,006
of names with names, sentences with sentences, or parts of sen-
tences with like parts, are called conjunctions ; e.g. et, nee, sed, in
the following sentences, Caesar et Cicero eunt et colloquuntur, Casar
and Cicero go and talk together ; Non eros nee dominos appellat eos,
sed patriae custodes, sed patres, sed deos (C. R. P. i. 41), He calls
them not masters nor lords but guardians of their country, fathers,
aye gods.
To these four classes may be added '
Interjections ; which are either natural vocal sounds, expressive
of sudden emotions, or abbreviated sentences; e.g. 0! neu! ehem!
st! medius fidius, upon my word.
CHAPTER II.
PARTS OF A SIMPLE SENTENCE, AND USE OF THE
PARTS OF SPEECH.
i. Elements of a Sentence.
When we speak we either name a person or thing, or we declare j°°8
something of a person or thing.
The name of a person or thing is expressed by a substantive.
Parts of a Simple Se?itence. [Book IV.
A complete thought always contains more than the name, for it
declares something of the person or thing named. Every com-
plete thought (called in Grammar a sentence) contains at least two
ideas, viz.
i. The person or thing of which we speak, called the Subject.
2. Our declaration respecting it, called the Predicate.
A complete thought may be expressed most simply in Latin 1009
either (a) by a finite verb, or (b) by two nouns.
(a) A finite verb contains in its personal suffixes the subject, in
its stem the predicate ; e.g. curr-it, he (she, it) runs ; plu-it, it rains;
ama-mus, ive love ; etc.
(b) When the thought is expressed by two nouns only, the sen-
tence will contain a substantive (or substantially used adjective),
in the nominative case, for the subject, and either a substantive or
an adjective for the predicate. Of two substantives it is, apart from
the context, indifferent which is considered as the subject, but usually
the least general name will be the subject : e.g. Julius fortis, Julius
is brave ; Julius consul, Julius is the Consul, or, the Consul is Julius.
The junction of the two ideas, i.e. the predication itself (called 1010
in logic the copula), is not expressed by any separate word, but (a)
is implied in the indissoluble junction of the stem and personal suf-
fixes in the finite verb ; or (b) is inferred from the close sequence
of the two names.
Both these simple forms of sentences are liable to be ambiguous:
viz:
(a) The personal suffixes of a finite verb are often insufficient ion
to define the subject, especially when the subject is of the third
person. For the purpose of further definition, a substantive in the
nominative case is often expressed with it, and the verb may then
be regarded as containing only the predicate; e.g. Equus currit, the
horse runs (properly horse run-he 1 ).
(b) The relation of two nouns to each other is also ambiguous, ion
The adjective or second substantive may be used, not to assert a
connexion (i.e. as a predicate), but to denote an already known
or assumed connexion (i.e. as an attribute), of the person or
thing named by the first substantive with the quality named by
the second substantive or the adjective. To remedy this ambiguity,
some part of the verb sum is generally used (except in animated
1 More strictly perhaps (if we may regard the stems as properly
masculine, and notice the nominative suffix) horsc-he run-he.
Of Altnimla. -
laauage) to marie the act of a prediratinn. aad then (usually bat
â– at neouhuilj) rnrans httiemore that the logical copula, t^g.JwiBaa
a* canal, Jaaks (&) « oamtL
A aaleierh, when its sulyil is exyeajed by a. arpm air mmd, i
is pat in Ac sane person, aid, as a rufc, in the sane unrnlm, as its
subject. (See § 1433 sqq.)
(The daonctians of mood tense and tobcc do not concern tie
auiyytti of the Miwipn* sentence.)
Any sJrJljmlne Q 1003) nay he used as a aubj«JL The subject
of a sentence *^ » it decanalile.ni the aawinulTiif case: firnfftheiriawwi
of subject and predicate nay east also between wands in oikoqne
A noun, whether used as an attribute or predicate, is pat in the
sane case, if it denote the sane person or timing, as the substantive
to it»" fc »» «f aahp^|Hw^ or the subject of which it is prcdiratrd.
(Pronouns aid participles fbQow the sane rule as nouns, and
".„ '.Sjrs-r : ;•- . .-: f>-: : :::. ~-ir~. ."-1 :e :~;._iri "trt '_zot~
netermaas. Adjectives used otherwise that as attributes or prafi-
a. Of Attributes.
If a substantive by itself does not express the full 1
tion which we una to give of a person or thing, a word or expres-
jJUm is added, caaad an alifi "fctfi * of the sadrdUajre. The soapiest
anas of altiBalrs are nouns, <fc'im<lafc the sane person or thing, as
*"* ^""sf -^ti4™^ *** ■!■■it f*«^y *tt -fini»MMrf|iw^ An attribute nay be
(a) A artist amine (often said to be in mfpnithm) ; eg.
JanaCaasr; Juan raanll crnaa, Ikimd t&e amsml Jwtms.
(a) An adjective ;r.j. Imena-t&s ting;*
1MB, Isofss ttx iraw amaL This is the normal use of tie adjac-
-"â– '-- -"-'t --.-;"- '1- :-Ti:5 _. ili ". " . â– ; ? -r ~. : ' . I.'. 5 - ~ . ri /" V r 'Z-'z
SfeB "_ I r-
(<r) For the use of other words or expressions as alti3wtr%
see below (§ 1017 e).
' Zz'zt: S- l~-' ~." z~. ~<z—~.z~ :■£ i ~» :: l : r ;.t? *;s ; : : ~ - : i.~
aad aaaakd madf to aid at Mmtjiff iu g the srfqjeQ, otbi
-•" - '--'.-.' .:■- ' ~ . •■:.-:. .i: : rzi-i:: :c i:>:i: .: — i~ -•= J- —
::^":rr„. l.i.zr. -m.- :. : - i:-. :: :..?.: mgasa. onseaas hi I-reti
::-:.:; lii It i_— _; T:;£ifi 2 ^r::-i.i— ztzL^z i^i _::.
Of Predicates. [Book IV.
iii. Of Predicates.
A predicate 1 is either primary or secondary, and each of these is IolS
either direct or oblique. A predicate is direct, if its subject is in the
nominative case ; oblique, if its subject is in an oblique case. It is
primary, if predicated immediately of the subject ; secondary, if pre-
dicated only through, or in connexion with, a primary predicate.
A finite verb always contains a primary direct predication ; and
is never used otherwise (except 1003 d).
A noun or infinitive mood may be a primary or secondary, direct
or oblique, predicate.
(a) As primary predicate some form of the verb is usual, and 1QI7
chiefly the finite verb ; but a past participle or gerundive is not un-
common : a noun or pronoun is comparatively rare. (For the in-
finitive see § 1359). e.g.
Invadunt bostes: Romani fugere : occisus Marcellus. Hsec nunti-
anda.
The distinction of the use of a noun as a primary predicate from
its use as a secondary predicate with the verb of being (see next para-
graph) is practically so unimportant, that the term secondary predi-
cate will often be used to cover both.
(b) A secondary predicate is often added to a verb of inde-
terminate meaning (e.g. a verb of being, becoming, naming, &c.) to
complete, as it were, the predication : e.g.
Dux fuit Julius. Occisus est Marcellus. Hsec sunt nuntianda.
Liberati videbamur. Gaius dicitur advenire. Caesar imperator
appellatur (or appellatus, or appellari).
(c) A secondary predicate is often employed to denote the
character in which, or circumstances under which, a person or thing
acts, or is acted on. (Such a secondary predicate might, if it needed
distinction from the preceding class, be called a subpredicate. It is
often called an apposition, or adverbial apposition.)
Hannibal peto pacem, It is Hannibal who now asks for peace.
Primus Marcum vidisti, Tou are the first that has seen Marcus.
Senex scribere instltui, J was an old man when I began to write.
Neque loquens es, neque tacens, umquam bonus. (PI. Rud. n 16.)
Caesar legatus mittitur (or missus or mitti).
1 It is convenient sometimes to regard the whole of the sentence as
divisible into two parts only : in this view the grammatical subject- with
all its attributes, &c. is the (logical) subject ; the rest of the sentence is
the (logical) predicate.
Chap. II] Of Predicates. 9
(d) Oblique predicates are usually in sentences containing
a finite verb. The following contain primary oblique predicates.
Dicit Romanosfugere. He says the Romans are feeing {speaks of
the Romans as fleeing). Fama est Romanos fugere.
Minabar me abiturum. Minantur puellse se abituras.
Te beredem fecit. Quern te appellem ? Marcum primum vidisti.
Advenlenti sorori librura dedit. He gave the book to his sister as she
ivas coming up.
Ante Ciceronem consulem interiit. He died before Cicero was consul.
Capta urbe redilt. Pudor yos non latl auxilii cepit (§ 1409).
Testes egregios ! (§ 1128). At te segrotare! (§ 1358).
(e) An infinitive, when used either as (1) predicate or (2)
object, &c. is often accompanied by a noun or other predicate; e.g.
(1) Caesarem dico appellari (or appellatum esse) imperatorem.
Caesar dicitur appellari (or appellatus esse) imperator.
Fertur ille consules reliquisse, invitus invltos.
Spero vos in urbem triumpbantes ingressuros esse.
(2) Caesar bonus esse (or baberi) cupit.
Cogito iter facere armatus. Licuit esse otioso Tbemistocli.
Movit me vir, cujus fugientis comes, rempublicam recuperantis
socius, videor esse debere. (C. Att. 8. 14.)
(/) Participles are (sometimes attributes, but) usually predi-
cates to some substantive in the sentence, and are thus the means
of combining into one sentence several subordinate predications:
e.g.
Venit iste cum sago, gladio succinctus, tenens jaculum ; illi. nescio
quid incipienti dicere, gladium in latere defixit. (Corn. 4. 52.)
Hsec taliaque vociferantes, adversarium baud imparem nacti sunt
App. Claudium, relictum a collegis ad tribunicias seditiones com-
primendas. (L. 5. 2.)
Consul nuntio circumvent! fratris conversus ad pugnam, vulnere
accepto, segre ab circumstantibus ereptus, et suorum animos
turbavit et ferociores bostes fecit. (L. 3. 5.)
In these sentences all the participles (except circumstantibus), as
well as adversarium, baud imparem, and ferociores, are predicates.
iv. Of the use of oblique cases and adverbs.
1. If a verb by itself, or with a secondary predicate, does not 1018
express all that we wish to declare of a person or thing by that
sentence, additions may be made of various kinds; viz.
(a) If the verb express an action conceived as in immediate
connexion with some person or thing upon which it is exercised, or
io Use of oblique cases and adverbs. [Book IV.
to which it gives rise, a substantive in the accusative case may be added
to denote such person or thing. This is called the object (or direct
or immediate object) ; e.g. amicos fugiunt; Caesar librum teneat;
earmina flngo. If the object be itself an action, it is usually expressed
by an infinitive mood; e.g. cupio discere.
(b) If the verb express an action or fact indirectly affecting
a person (or, less frequently, a thing), who is not the subject or
direct object, a substantive, in the dative case, may be added to
express such an indirect (or remoter) object. Some {i.e. intransitive)
verbs admit this indirect object only: many verbs admit of both a
direct and indirect object: e.g. Placet oratio tibi, The speech is
pleasing to you; hoc fratri facite, Do this for your brother; liber
Csesari datur.
(c) Some verbs have what may be called a secondary object
in the genitive case: if transitive, they have also usually a direct
(frequently personal) object: e.g. Accuso tefurti, I accuse thee of theft;
cadum vlni implet, He fills the cask with (makes it full of) wine ;
miserescite patris, Have pity on your father.
(d) A verb may be further qualified by adding oblique cases
of substantives (with or without prepositions), or adverbs, to denote
the place, time, value, means, manner, cause, &c. at, in, by, from,
&c. which the action is done or state exists: e.g. Ful annum Capuse,
J ivas a year at Capua; litteras abs te Balbus ad me attulit vesper! ;
magni hoc sestimo, lvalue this at a large sum; ardet dolore.
The infinitive mood and the participles admit the same qualifica-
tions as finite verbs.
2. Oblique cases of substantives (with or without prepositions), 1019
and adverbs, when they qualify (a) the verb of being and other
verbs of similarly colourless meaning, have often the same effect as a
secondary predicate. They are rarely used predicatively without a
verb. But they are also used to qualify (b) substantives attribu-
tively, and (c) adjectives, and sometimes (d) adverbs.
(Such words do not (like those in § 1015) denote the same person
or thing as the word of which they are predicates or attributes ;
and the maintenance of their own special case is necessary to give
them the requisite meaning.) e.g.
(a) Caesaris est (or vocatur) gladius, The sword is (is called) Cesar's. *mo
Sclo hoc laudl esse nilM. Praestanti prudentla est. In me
odium est tuum. Sic est vita bominum. Frustra es.
(b) Csesaris gladius. Cupiditate triumpbi ardebam. Aliquid lsati.
(This use as attribute is the most common use of the genitive.)
Decemviri legibus scribendis. Vlr praeBtanti prudentia. In me
odium. Omnes circa civitates.
Chap. /I.] Of coordination in a simple satiates.
(r) y.th« in™«piiii tiinpM ArtiemTfbet%lr«rmr Tub)
Trrjir*, (£r) -m mncb greater ; ipilrmtiitlnr vilxo. brighter thorn
glass. Ex ccaapoatts nfiaris. VaJdeutflis. Attammdo betas.
(^) MaximS enmtam. Caurmuenter natane. Tasto magis. In
t. Of coordination by conjunctions and otherwise,
(a) Conjunctions and connective adverbs of manner (e.g.
(ream, ut), when used to unite words or phrases, unite those only
which are coordinate to one another. Le. which fulfil the same
function in the sentence; e.g. two objects, two attributes, two
adverbial qualifications: &c e.g.
Till.
i pottos qoan soli perire Tolnerant. (C Cat. 4- 7-)
TU mad Uteris Epirmrrml, acutt nee msalsi namtafs, ut Sieuri,
â– l i n i lUm seguL (C. T. D. 1. 18.)
(S) Coordinate words are often put simply ade by side,
without any conjunction: sometimes another word is repeated with
each: (cf. § 1439 — *44i); e.g.
Urmptm, Puteons. SneerJa eompaxabust. (C Agr. %. 35-}
mJna-wmtiwam»,mIUlmnS^mInaie^in»zmifamSlMtHinaaL^
sentestia. nOdl papains smTragns, nihil Me ordo J
emit: —iTizz f:r^_z: : ..:r :/. :^r.^~ :3.:;:.-.r~. i~. 'l:i:~.-zzz ~~-
taiem videbatts. (C. Or. p. red. in Sen. 3.)
(c) An answer, when not framed as an independent sentence,
is often made in words coordinate to the pertinent part of the
question: eg. Qua mnm dam?? CAcero. Cut? Bruto. Qaem?
lanas Dispntationes. OTa? In Tnsartano
vi Of fragmentary or interjectional expressions,
" A noan or infinitive mood is sometimes used (a) as subject with-
out a predicate expressed, or (£) as predicate without a subject ex-
pressed: or (r) as a mere address. Similarly (d) adverbs and interjec-
(a) Qmd.siadeo? Agendum; euodum. (§1399.) ««lmn (f 1081).
Tartan labcran capere oo talon finmn! (Ter. Andr. 870.)
ni me sales est. (§1757.) Factum (in answers § 3254).
Saesar. TJJd, Maree. loqnor. (§ io8z.)
1 mini, bene anuae mam. (PL Pers. 775.) He* *&L
12 Of the different kinds of Sentences. [Book IV.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF SENTENCES.
A sentence may be affirmative or negative or interro- 1033
gative.
An affirmative sentence asserts the connexion of two ideas;
e.g. Julius moritur, Julius dies; Julius est consul, Julius is consul.
A negative sentence denies the connexion of two ideas; e.g.
Julius non moritur, Julius dies not; Julius non est consul, Julius is
not consul.
An interrogative sentence suggests the connexion and calls
for an affirmation or denial of it; e.g. Num Julius moritur 1 Die s
Julius? Juliusne est consul? Is Julius consul?
Commands and wishes are special forms of affirmative or nega-
tive sentences.
A simple sentence contains only one direct assertion, and there- 10 *4
fore one primary predicate.
A compound 1 sentence contains two or more single sentences.
If these sentences though connected together yet remain quite
independent of each other in sense, they are said to be coordinate
to one another. If they are not independent of each other, one will
be principal and the others subordinate.
A subordinate (relative, temporal, causal, concessive, or con- lots
ditional) sentence is often called the protasis, the principal (i.e.
demonstrative, conditioned, &c.) sentence is often called the apo-
dosis.
Coordinate sentences.
1. Coordinate sentences are connected by
(a) certain conjunctions and adverbs ; e.g. et, ac ; aut, vel, nee ; 1036
sed, autem; an; turn... turn, qua... qua; (fcv.
1 Some grammarians confine the term compound sentence to one
•which is composed (primarily at least) of coordinate sentences ; and call
a sentence which is divided (primarily at least) into a principal and
subordinate sentence (or sentences) complex.
Ouf.im Of t he £fmt iimds mf Semtaau 13
TnBus bob uiimut me, dbc oat
tnonna. (C Fam. 3. n.)
Vafc et mataxm meosnae tfti 1 w i n ibla
(Tidx. ape C Emm. xx. 16.)
Quid as? an wait Pamphdns? (Ter. Or. m. x. 11.)
(C. JT. i>- x. ml)
(J) r^drnkmfiL
Res lmjailw ipsa: quae sniBJfi valet
Naat quod ad popuhnn pertmet,
â– esc. ;_ i_: .:. .l-~. i_: n ;'_
2. -rf nifar ^fw/ £r ftmdmrid, eafe ua Sy he (at) ,
ffPV «r (*) *A«g ,^r»rf, fr
(*) Volt hoc m n ltih ido, patifair aa i Mrtiido i, fati
(C. Of. x. 14-)
PampesB fremit, qanilm, Scaaro slmlrt, sed ulii— fkaate an
â– Mate, dnKtatirr. (C Att. 4- 15.)
(J) Ei£o hxc veteranns miles faeae polfirf, Awta^. fir sa_
p ie uaqu e Don potent? (C Hue. z. 1-.)
(C. Legg. x. 7.)
3^ OccmiatmaBf #sm teutrwtti. infirm caarmtaate. are he MMnr,
t£r tmtfrmafml, the other tmimrdimatr.
.-.'.--." : : :• ; i_~ ~ .7 r-r. ;
Dore " c "ri;*: _- :".r. m :i:t (See Chap, n.)
: e - ces.
Smmsrdimate temtrmtes Jmf/S toe same Jmmctmmt as a
tree, am Adiertrce. tr mm Adveri. mmd eeemfj m
puitim im tbefrmofmt semtemr. fief mre eoSed lesfntrud f, Smm-
jtmmtivmL Adjectival, tr Adverbial ±
aermf/wtbeflatevdmia.
case zsmmld eccxpf. Le. S mb jett^ Ob j ect ,
14 Of the different kinds of Sentences. [Book IV.
They are in Latin of four kinds:
(.a) Infinitive sentence, i. e. an infinitive mood with its subject in
the accusative. (§§ 135 1, 1356.)
(N.B. Expressions in the infinitive are not strictly sentences but
merely fragments of sentences. They are here classed with sentences,
because in indirect narration they represent what (would be proper
sentences in direct narration.}
Scio te hasc dixisse.
Fama est Gallos adventare.
Ducuntur homines spe, sibi id utile futurum. (C. Off. 2. 6.)
(b) Sentences introduced by the connective adverb quod.
Bene mihi evenit, quod mittor ad mortem. (C. T. D. 1. 41.)
Prsetereo, quod hanc sibi domum sedemque delegit. (C. Clu. 66.)
(c) Dependent questions.
Quid futurum sit, non video. (C. Att. 7. 13.)
Di utrum sint necne sint, quaeritur. (C. N. D. 3. 7.)
(d) Seme sentences introduced by ut or ne; especially as objects
ifter verbs of entreating, commanding, effecting, <tsfc. and as
subjects to the verbs est, accidit, <£>V. These are originally and strict-
ly adverbial sentences expressing purpose or consequence.
Peto non ut decernatur aliquid novi, sed ut ne quid novi decerna-
tur. (C. Fam. 2. 7.)
Faciendum mihi putavi, ut tuis litteris brevi responderem.
(C. Fam. 3. 8.)
Thrasybulo contigit ut patriam in libertatem vindicaret.
(Nep. Thras. 1.)
Quando fuit ut, quod licet, non liceret? (C. Cat. 20.)
2. Adjectival sentences stand as attributes to a substantia, 105
to specify or define some particular class or individual; and are
alnvays introduced by a relative {adjective or adverb), as, qui, quall3,
quantus, &c. ubl, quando, &c.
A demonstrative pronoun (adjective or adverb) is often found in
the principal sentence to give additional distinctness to the substantive
specified.
Locus, quern delegi, ubi constiti, hie est.
Duabus iis personis, quas supra dixi, tertia adjungitur. (C. Off. 1. 13.)
da^L/ZLj Of &x dZfanott Mm& of Sm&mzs. 15
^rr»z X'*--" :n. dhn "•• ~ ■MM BBMBBfi ::■;•■-ui. Bit ■■:/■-
tins ms meBwarAsj. iiMw b t ana yt xuept gtttiitt i rurr^ qgidk er <wt$am& £rt*-
_-■:.. -.-:-_ - :::: .• :::: .;.- 7--- - ..-:.. .-. .-..->...-.. : :.- " "•/
stjparwHK Mgjnjpu i wumn uj atewantam witkrui<itA r <wwa> Smt tuutjjtuutunns
:ri:~'idJ.L':?7 , £ :::zm^ SK 0JMMB
1*^ PHace ^uaei/Sy miwBm, , t uffi/Sei r. VUE^. cjxz. ^uo. Tuirffr, Jcc
- ?z .' tj. :e:?. BBVBBg BBBBDBJ inri.. wfitar ;/?-:—;. ta :~e:z _'-.
||BK. T3 w -.'7 -.:i. i-izz.
3bc (Temporal sentences.}
(a) Mmmmer m <adw&; «Jt $*&% eea.
~T_vv ... : a : . â– .-.? :^ra. :~ nd ad
^. ITll J. ' - ." ; M BBBfeBBH ,
(4?) Puarfase; < -t&at r r <-m order -j&at\ TOL Tdtne, bb^. &L. (Fsxml
(r) Result; i -sat&at\ B\«taan. <^pimse<mti-rte sentences^
{/) Cami.lt i . SL &c f^Ca/mdsUBamml JawHamaJ)
Cg$ Cmmse; L Seauiss r y) k smce\ QmaV Bjiimi^ bjbSb* sbbb&bbb,
ic (Causal senxences^
$£)i Caizcessia.it ar Ass v. m 1 : i 1 r : •a£though' r . '•supposing that".
"R?3»f i^ TTiT.TTr^Tm.TiT ii5. <?n rn. ( c j ncesscce sentences^
Emrnpi'es if :.:ese (Efferent kinds of adverbial sentences <m3E Be
treating of the maads^ Chappy XES — X£MB_
4- {a}i ^ subordinate sentence may, ritseSf 'fie p r aui i ga E ta,
Ut 5s bonis crignnnr,. quae g-rsp-trt^mnre, Jta. TI*«ij«wimi bs^ qnse
Tor pruvispal sentence here is sc UztBnur ffisr fin jE&Eit there am '
town subor din a te sentences r ires. #i) ^oz mm uinuljjwmi^ j? imA
adfecU'val sentence qualifying bones- £2.)) alt bonis 5s ar^mmr,. w«t
fcs^,'&Jl.tt»ii.>. 2 complex ad'cerbial sentence of manner. TJsuSy. JStL efi-
BJanr bonis tr subordinate ta it2 fetanmr,. ior prmAaD ta mi*
(5) Sentences szfcich are coordinate ta one amit&er T *£]j) maySaOkSr m^
MmmivEamtte ta a third sentence; or {b) may. each cantaac oar or mare
subordinate sentences.
1 6 Order of Words and Sentences. [Book IV.
Qui cum Sicyonem advenisset, adhibuit sibi in consilium quindecim
principes, perfecitque asstumandis possessionibus, ut persua-
deret exulibus ut pecuniam accipere mallent, possessionibus
cederent. (Cf. C. Off. 2. 23-)
The compound sentences, of which adhibuit and perfecit are the
predicates, are coordinate to one another. Cum advenisset is subordi-
nate to adhibuit (temporal). Ut persuaderet is subordinate to perfecit
(substantival, § 1029). Ut mallent and cederent are coordinate to one
another, and subordinate to persuaderet.
It will be seen, that subordinate sentences correspond in their 1034
functions to the several cases of substantives.
The nominative (as subject) and accusative (as object) are
represented by substantival sentences.
The genitive (as indeclinable adjective) is represented by adjec-
tival sentences.
The ablative, the locative, the adverbial accusative (place whither,
measure), and the quasi-adjectival dative (§§ 1156, 1158), maybe
represented by adverbial and adjectival sentences.
All sentences are expressions denoting facts, and consequently
the dative as ordinary indirect object, and the nominative of address
(or vocative), which are, strictly speaking, always regarded as names
of persons, can rarely be represented by any sentence.
CHAPTER IV.
ORDER OF WORDS AND SENTENCES.
i. Order of words in a prose sentence.
The order in which the words stand in a Latin sentence, is not »°3S
fixed by any invariable rule, but depends chiefly on the requirements of
facility of comprehension, emphasis, and rhythm.
(A) Facility of comprehension suggests the following rules,
which however are frequently superseded, if emphasis or rhythm re-
quires a different order. \
Gbp.7i7[ Order of Wards mad Sadaas.
1. The abject is fat frit, the predicate last, and the abject andm&.
ttber qpaEgcatians tf the predicate imierpased. at order that the pr
extent aad purpart ef the prrdirmte atop be • imjumu, before, tat bearer
m suppose the sense to be complete.
Car ego teas partes snsripio ? Car M- TuGus P. Aftkam mana-
menta requirit. P. Scipio cam, cp» 31a. s e stafif, deSaaStt
(C Ferr. 4. 36-)
Et Fafeias cum equitatn nnpetnm derft*nit et consul emptianem c
carsfris in. trepjdns jam htwres tecerat. (L. 4. z Z . )
Dictator prxcoues eilcere jufaet at ab inermi abstineatar. (L
Jbt poetry the order depends greatly an the requirements of the
:s barbara pnsda decs. (Ot. Ecr. i. 26.)
i. Qualificatory expressions (except attributes) are fir a similar rc^r
reasam placed immediately bej Consequently,
(id) The preposition precedes its substantive^ either immediately, or
zsith quaHjicatary expressions only bxterpased.
Consul de beCo ad pc ; ( L. 4-31
Sine aSo metu et saasea can honestate vivemus. (C. Cla. -
Hzc off da pertinent ad earum rerum. quibus utuntar hnmrnps,.
facafratpr-. :ias. (C. Qjf. z :
Same prepositions, chiefly disyllabic, acc<z. - 2 nrf
relative pronoun zjcchcu: a substantive. So especially q?"*'-' inter.
mater, and de in the phrase {borrowed fnm Imar), quo de agfrnr.
Cast is akzays suffixed ta personal and usually to relative pronouns.
Qamque cohcrtes uimmtfatam in utuxfmas segetes nattit. coas
inter et castra anas omnino coflis tntererat. (Cx& G, 6. j6.}
Homo disertus non inteHegit earn, quern contra cleft, famf-tri a se.
eos. apud quos dicit. viraperarl. ( C PhiL z. g.)
Sraafn% quos ad soleret. referendum censuic ( C. .V. D. z .
In ooetry the arder is often destroyed:
Solas arem caelo defecit ab alto. (Verg. J. . 1
Fczdera Kgaai vei Gabiis Tel cum rigidis sequaiu
(Hor. Eo a : : : 1
(5) Adverbs and absque cases precede the "vers or aaiettti-ve ta »■»
•wbbdk they beiang.
BeHum cmle opinione plerumque et fama gubernatur. ( C. Phil. §. re)
MbM atifnu. Gnatbonuni similes, snnf Loco, rbrtuna,. nana saw-
:-
1 3 Syntax. [Book J V.
Cunicnlus clelectis militibus eo tempore plenus in asde Junonis, quas
in Veientana arce erat, armatos repente edidit. (L. 5. 21.)
Cicero per omnes superiores dies, praceptis Ccesaris, summa dili-
gentia, milites in castris continuerat. (Cass. G. 6. t>(>-)
In itinere de praelio facto Brutoque et Mntina obsidione liberatis
audivi. (Plancus, ap. C. Fam. 10. xi.)
Legati proficiscantur : bellum nihilo minus paretur. (C. Phil. 5. 9.)
(c) Negatives precede the 'word they qualify. 1040
Nee animo nee benevolentise nee patientiae cujusquam pro vobis
cedam. (Plancus, ap. C. Fam. 10. 11.)
Haud segnius, quam fide populi Romani dignum fuit, exercitus
Tusculum ductus. (L. 6. 23-)
Nihil ne ab iis quidem tribunis ad Velitras memorabile factum.
(L. 6. 36.)
Aratoribus nihil non modo de fructu sed ne de bonis quidem suis
reliqui fuit. (C. Verr. 3. 48.)
Cur non ita magno vendidisti? (C. Verr. 3. 53.)
3. Attributes, whether adjectives, substantives in apposition, or 1041
oblique cases-, usually follow their substantive, but the reverse order is
frequent, and with demonstrative pronouns, and adjectives of number
and quantity, is the rule.
Principio male reprehendunt prasmeditaiionem rerum futurarum.
(C. T. D. 3. 16.)
Peripatetici, familiares nostri, mediocritates vel perturbationum vel
morborum animi mihi non sane probant. (C. T. D. 3. 10.)
Balbus quxstor, magna numerata pecunia, magno pondere auri,
inajore argenti coacto de publicis exactionibus, Kal. Juniis
traiecit se in regnum Bogudis, plane bene peculiatus. (Asin.
Pollio apud C. Fam. 10. 32.)
Bellienus verna Demetrii Domitium quondam, nobilcm illic, Cxsaris
hospitem, a contraria factione nummis acceptis comprehendit et
strangulavit. (Cxi. ap. C. Fam. 8. 13.)
I. ex ipsa de pecuniis repetundis sociorum atque amicorum populi
Romani patrona est. (C. Cacil. 20.)
Adjectives and (not so frequently) a genitive case are sometimes put
h'fjre, instead of between or after, a preposition and its substantive:
e.g. Magna ex parte, tribus de rebus, ea de causa; deorum in mente.
In many expressions tlx order of the words is fixed by custom: I0 ;i
e.g. Populus Romanus, Civis Romanus, res familiaris, res gestae,
xs alienum, jus civile, senatus consultum, via Appia, magister
equitum, tribunus plebi, pontifex maximus, Bona Dea, Car-
thago nova, &c.
Chap. IV.~\ Order of Words and Sentences. 19
4. When a substantive is qualified by both an adjective and a 1043
genitive, or by a genitive and a prepositional expression, tbz adjective or
genitive is usually put frst, and the other attribute interposed between '
that and the substantive, e. g.
Amicitia nullam aetatis degendoe rationem patitur esse expertem sui.
(C. Z*/. 23.)
Cujus rationis vim ex illo cselesti Epicuri de regula et judicio volu-
mine accepimus. (C. N. D. 1. 17.)
5. Relative pronouns regularly stand at the commencement of 1044
their clause, never after their verb.
Ad L. Vibium, equitem Romanum, virum primarium, quern re-
periebam magistrum fuisse eo ipso anno, qui mihi maxime
quaerendus erat, primum veni. (C. Verr. 2. 74.)
But sometimes an emphatic word (or 'words') is prefixed to the 1045
relative, especially when the demonstrative sentence is put after the
relative sentence.
Romam quae apportata sunt, ad cedem Honoris et Virtutis videmus.
(C. Verr. 4. 54.)
Cohortem autem Metelli, quam vocat, quid erat quod corrumperet,
ex qua recuperatores in aratorem nulli dabantur. (C. Verr.
3- 68.)
G. Connective adverbs and interrogative pronouns usually (except 1046
for tmphasis" 1 sake) stand at the head of their clause or only after words
(e. g. relative or demonstrative pronouns') referring to the preceding
sentence ; never after their verb.
Quae cujusmodi sint, faeilius jam intelligemus, cum ad ipsa ridicu-
lorum genera veniemus. (C. Or. 2. 59.)
Haec tu, Eruci, tot et tanta si nactus esses in reo, quam diu diceres?
(C. Rose. Am. 32.)
Quorum timor cum fremiti! et concursu significaretur, milites nostri
in castra irruperunt. (Goes. G. 4. 14.)
But in poetry we have, e. g. :
Tu numina ponti victa domas ipsumque, regit qui numina penti.
(Ov. M. 5. 32.)
7. Words belonging to two or more co-ordinate words or expres- 1047
sions should strictly be put either before them all or after them all.
But it is very usual, partly for rhythm's sake, for the common word
to be put after the frst of the co-ordinated words.
Jam viris vires, jam ferro sua vis, jam consilia ducibus deerant. (L.
8. 38.)
20 Syntax. [Book TV.
O eondicionem miseram non modo administrandas verum etiam
conservardas reipublicae. (C. Cat. %. 7.)
An tu existimas cum esset Hippocrates ille Cous, fuisse turn alios
medicos, qui morbis, alios qui volneribus, alios qui oculis
mederentur? (C. Or. 3. 23-)
Una est enim eloquentia, nam sive de caeli natura loquitur, sive de
terra, sive de divina vi sive de humana, sive ex inferiore loco
sive ex asquo sive ex superiore, sive ut impellat homines, sive ut
doceat, sive ut deterreat, rivis est diducta arctis, non fontibus.
(C. Orat. 3. 6.)
But in poetry irregularities occur: e.g.
Pacis eras med! usque belli. (Hor. Od. 2. 19. 28.)
(B) Emphasis suggests the following rules: 1048
1. Any word which is to be made prominent is placed at or near
the beginning of the sentence, or sometimes , if not the primary predicate,
â–º at the end (as an unusual position).
A malis mors abducit, non a bonis. (C. T. D. 1. 34.)
Dedi veniam homini impudenter petenti. (C. Att. 5. 5.1. § 12.)
Sequemur igitur hoc tempore et in hac quacstione, potissimum
Stoicos. (C. Off. 1. 2.)
1. An unemphatic word is sometimes inserted between words i°49
connected with one another, partly to throw the 'words before it into
greater relief partly to prevent itself occupying a more important
pontion in the sentence. So especially est, sunt, &c.
Quadridui sermonem superioribus ad te perscriptum libris misimus.
(C. T. D. 5. 4.)
Desperatio est aegritudo sine ulla rerum expectatione meliorum.
(lb. 4. 8.)
Qui in fortunse periculis sunt ac varietate versati. (G. Verr. 5. 50.)
Priinum Marcelli ad Nolam praelio populus se Romanus erexit.
(C. Brut. 2.)
3. Contrasted words are put next to one another. 1050
Kgo Q^Fabium, senem adulescens, ita dilexi ut xqualem. (C. Sen.
Quid quod tu te ipse in custodiam dedisti? (C. Cat. 1. 8.)
Compare Mihi ad pedes misera jacuit, quasi ego ejus excitare ab
inferis filium possem. (C. Verr. 5. 49.) |
4. Contrasted pairs of words are often put with the words in t0 $i A
one pair in a reverse order to that of the other pair, (two of the con- ' J
" -£.>.r .-' "". •£.: : '.:' -~ "" -. '■."
&rma&t£<mari£f jtitSE afhrw hamgtsgjt^mr mxbfUmstTaiJ^. TMs jfjgwEis
:s...U .•..-/._•- " ... :- • -••. . r?
&■«.
kftor -nrCes feat. ^L- 9. 12-)
One Me n^gpribficz xrihrro ■nymiuHiiaC T | »a»fa™ 3Le ""■J"* (G.
5- mubtm ditMiUciziTs 3jp!ct /or tn sense: jf sbibLxtwr f/utMtar'
mvitiimst is desired, the same mwthr if ^snrds a irrsszrrEed be tt&e
pmmmat cEaaats. 7 sraz^canx' (iiLe. ir^edtams)^.
ItBSBHESSB^ OBBXCf fl TWH u^'^i^n 3tni233fL- SflUUl£ll8r lo£l!2v
onohBL (€L Fin- 4. zqdjfr
tit BB mwiiimiiiiLmii gjiif'tf vmituiiS frmmmiwv, Jitilurmtn afli wmiHh
■:■'■'-: ":~". ;:_: .1 '..;::: :~ „::: " : :.;■:■-.:::•::": l. _.: . ...,;_: ."". : - : .
â– â– jBSDBBi Boanm. (Ces. C. a. 27.)
r â– :::â– _â– : -.-. rri^i. _. j';z. : ::
£Cji BL&j.ib,7i admits ijTia depsatts trades fieuug ^awau^ Sat smggttils M53;
I. sjsurt ^ntxriLs or* exfj ressztms icznpvmzr & tibt^iPtpW pnsstuoE ws
suBject, predicate,. &v~ bebi-~
jLEHlt ffiC wCeTSS mTrnfiT<~r:? i/uivi. qfijobcs EL29D2S . 4,Tnerr , n T5», fcC_ W ,rmr
-i.'rr.. :.
TfisnJB&at til urQSJUniS minim. TJ4|? nnriM» *mnnmuira <rumw«ifami (ftiimffllfewFi
i'luvtft fw' MBtwwi JMiminm j|uji«HID5 SHE H3L SHE flfl^Hwrftmcfii nwi !l,m»mis
purine - seaLiknEEsnper: Li. |1L. 3- -
z~ "variety at the amxtt^meni: :/ zmtemms ws ins»
rsg/ards jtrvsady and syntax. {phis JL. 4. and JL 5. a und
Sf i<; _ . 1 ; 1
Vide qnic
niter bb : ::rr_
AiftSc tanr im&m jelidas peraaartatss, Ecncr^s ceritiEnfiiBef aamBBm.
2 2 Syntax. [Book IV.
tudines, saxorum asperitates, impendentium montium altitu-
dincs immensitatesque camporum : adde etiam reconditas auri
argentique venas infinitamque vim r«armoris. (C. N. D. 2. 39.)
(D) The position of the following adverbs may be specially '055
noticed :
(a) Nam akvqys, namque almost always, at the beginning;
cnim after one or {rarely) two words.
{b) Itaque almost always at beginning ; isitur usually after one
or two words.
{c) Etiam immediately precedes the word it qualifies ; quoque,
quidem, demum, immediately succeed such a word.
{d) Tamen first except for emphasis j autem, vero, after one
or two {closely connected) words.
ii. Position of subordinate sentences. 1056
1. Subordinate sentences {except those which express a result)
follow the rule of qualificatory words or phrases, i. e. they are put be-
fore the principal sentence to 'which they belong] either before the whole
of it or before all but a few words.
Cum hostium copiae non longe absunt, etiamsi inruptio nulla facta
est, tamen pecunia relinquitur, agricultura deseritur. (C. Man.
6.)
Qui autem ita faciet, ut oportet, primum vigilet in deligendo
(quern imitetur), deinde, quern probavit, in eo, qua? maxime
excellent, ea diligentissime persequatur. (C. Or. 2. 22.)
Quid autem agatur cum aperuero, facile erit statuere quam senten-
tiam dicatis. (C. Phil. 5. 2.)
Ibi quum Herculem, cibo vinoque gravatum, sopor oppressisset,
pastor accola ejus loci, nomine Cacus, ferox viribus, captus
pulchritudine boum, quum avertere earn pradam vellet, quia, si
agendo armentum in speluncam compulisset, ipsa > vestigia
quxrentcm dominum eo deductura erant, aversos boves,
eximium quemque pulchritudine, caudis in speluncam traxit.
(L. 1. 7-)
2. A short principal senience is often prefixed to the whole or part ">57
of the subordinate sentence, especially if this be a dependent interrogative.
Stoicorum autem non ignoras quam sit subtile vcl spinosum potius
disserendi genus. (C. Fin. 3. 1.)
Existimo gratum tc his, Crasse, facturum, si ista exposueris, quae
putas ad dicendum plus quam ipsam artem posse prodessc.
(C. Or. 1. 24.)
Chap. V.] Use of Noun Inflexions. 23
CHAPTER V.
USE OF NOUN INFLEXIONS; ESPECIALLY THOSE
OF GENDER AND NUMBER.
(A) General usage.
1. A substantive when used as attribute or secondary predicate 1058.
is put in the same case af the substantive which it qualifies. Usually
also the sense (will require that it be put in the same number, and, if it
have more than one form, in the appropriate gender.
(a) As attribute, i.e. in apposition.
Caius Julius Caesar; Cai Juli Cassaris; &c. •
Urbs Roma; Urbem Romam; &c.
Duas filias juvenibus regiis, Lucio atque Arrunti Tarquiniis, jungit.
(L. 1.42.)
P. etSer. Sullas. (Sall.C. 17.) Rar-lyTi. et C. Gracchus. (Ib./. 4 2.)
Tulliola, deliciolas nostras, tuum munusculum flagitat. (C. Att. 1. 8.)
O vitas philosophia dux, O virtutis indagatrix expultrixque vitiorum.
(C. T. D. 5. 2.)
Omitto Grasciam atque illas omnium doctrinarum inventrices
Athenas. (C. Or. 1. 4.)
Sustinuisset hoc crimen ipse ille latronum occultator et receptor
locus. (C. Mil. 19.)
Encolpius quidem lector, ille seria nostra, ille delicias, sanguinem
rejecit. (Plin. Ep. 8. 1.)
In aliquo numero fuerunt M. Fulvius Flaccus et C. Cato, Africani
sororis filius, mediocres oratores. (C. Brut. 28.)
Hoc tibi, Porsinna, juventus Romana indicimus bellum. (L. 2. 12.)
Ei morbo nomen est avaritia. (C. T. D. 4. 11.)
(Z>) As secondary predicate, either direct or oblique. 10^9
Hasc urbs est Roma. Cassar creatus est consul.
Licet Cassari esse, (creari, legem ferre,) consuli.
C. Junius asdem Salutis, quam consul voverat, censor locaverat,
dictator dedicavit. (L. 10. 1.)
Dolabella hesterno die hoste decreto, bellum gerendum est.
(C. Phil. ri. 7.)
Laslium Decumum cognovimus virum bonum et non illiteratum,
sed nihil ad Persium. (C Or. 2. 6.)
Z4 Noun Inflexions. Gender and Number. [Book IV.
Ciitomachus usque ad senectutem cum Carneade fait, homo et acu-
tus, ut Pcenus, et valde studiosus et diligens. (C. Ac. a. 31.)
Tuum 1 , hominis simplicis, pectus vidimus. (C. Ph. 2. 43.)
Num potui Ciliciam iEtoliam aut Macedoniam reddere?
(C. Att. 5. 2c.)
Nequam et cessator Davus: at ipse subtilis veterum judex et calli-
dus audis. (Hor. S. 2. 7. 101.)
Bonis utimur tribunis pi., Cornuto vero Pseudocatone.
(C. Att. 1. 14, § 6.)
Adventus Philotimi — at cujus hominis, quam insulsi et quam saepe
pro Pompeio mentientis — exanimavit omnes. (G. Att. 10. 9.)
Quam hesternus dies nobis, consularibus dico, turpis inluxit.
(C. Pb. 8. ;•)
Huic item Mencechmo nomen est. (PL Men. 1096.) So usually
in Plautus.
Puero ab inopia Egerio inditum nomen. (L. 1. 34.)
The above rules for substantives apply equally to adjectives; that i<*°
is to say, adjectives, whether used as attributes or secondary predicates,
are put in the case in which a substantive similarly used would be
put. The gender and number will vary with the meaning. For ad-
jectives should be regarded as substantives of wide general application
(e.g. bonus, '« good he\ bona, '« good she', bonum, l a good thing' 1 ; cf.
§§ 3°8 — 311 ; 1003, 1004). Sometimes they are used hi this general
application without a substantive (§ 1061); sometimes (and this is
their ordinary use as attributes') they are specialised by use with a
substantive (§ 1062) ; sometimes this special meaning is inferred (though
the substantive is not found adjacent) from the substantive being ex-
pressed elsewhere in the sentence, or from the known associations of
the word and from the context (§§ 1063 — 1065).
2. An adjective is sufficient by its inflexions of gander and num- 1061
ber to denote, if in the masculine, males (or persons generally) ; if in
the feminine, females ; if in the neuter, things in general.
(a) Hence many adjectives of special meaning are constantly used in
the appropriate gender as substantives. See e.g. §§ 080, 942, 944,
and Book III. passim. So e. g.
Adulescens, agnatus, amicus, animans, infans, juvenis, maritus, ne-
cessarius, rusticus, serpens, socius, &c.
Commodnm, decretum, dictum, factum, fatum, ostensum, pactum,
peccatum, responsum, secretum, verum, votum, &.C.
1 Tuum may be considered as a genitive case (of tu) with adjectival
inflexions (§ 388).
Chap. V.] Noun Inflexions. Gender and Number. 25
(b) An ordinary adjective is not commonly so used in the masculine
singular nominative as subject. But demonstrative and relative pro-
nouns are frequently so used in all cases
Docti censent. Suavia delectant. Quid est hoc?
Cui pretium dedit? unde aut quantum dedit ? (C. Rose. Am. 27.)
Sum timidus. Sum timida. Sunt timidas.
Est miserum igitur mors, quoniam malum. (C. T. D. 1. 5.)
Ex pacto jus est, si qui quid inter se pepigerunt, si quid inter quos
convenit. (Com. 2. 13.)
Ita prorsus existimo, bonos beatos, improbos miseros. (C. T.D.5, 12.)
Adsentatio non modo amico, sed ne libero quidem, digna est.
(G. Lai. 24.)
Tempori cedere semper sapientis est habitum. (C. Fam. 4. 9.)
Labor voluptasque, dissimillima natura, societate quadam inter se
naturali juncta sunt. (L. 5. 4.)
Olim mulieres aurum et purpuram data et oblata ultro non accipie-
bant. (L. 34. 4.)
Otium atque divitiae, quse prima mortales putant. (Sail. C. 36.)
Gapita conjurationis ejus virgis caesi ac securibus percussi sunt.
(L. 10. 1.)
Turn vero omnis aetas currere obvii. (L. 27. 51.)
Archias est ex eo numero, qui semper apud omnis sancti sunt habiti.
(G. Arch. 12.)
Ad extremum. In praesens. In majus. Praster haec.
Sine dubio. De improviso. Ex adverso. Ab imo.
Quod fuimus lauda, si jam damnas, quod sumus. (Phasdr. 5. 10.9.)
Triste lupus stabulis. (Verg. B. 3. 80.)
Varium et mutabile semper femina. (Verg. A. 4. 569.)
3. An adjective when used as attribute to a substantive is put in 1063
the same case, gender, and number as that substantive.
Vana ilia res vera mox cladis causa fuit. (L. 37. 41.)
Diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant. Is dies
erat a. d. v. Kal. Apr. (Cass. G. 1. 6.)
Ego tibi illam Aciliam legem restituo, qua lege multi, semel dicta
causa, condemnati sunt. (G. Verr. 1. 9.)
Litteras abs te M. Calenius ad me adtulit a. d. XIIII. Kal. Mart, in
quibus litteris scribis, Sec. (Gn. Pompeius ap. C. Att. 8. 12 C.)
Hoc crimen nullum est, nisi honos ignominia putanda est. (C.Balb. 5.)
2 6 Noun Inflexions. Substantive omitted. [Book IV.
4. An adjective intended as attribute to more than one substan-
tive is, unless for emphasis' 1 sake, expressed only once, and is put in the
case and number of the substantive nearest to itself in the sentence.
Omnes agri et maria. Agri et maria omnia.
Hominis utilitati agros omnis et maria parentia videmus.
(C. T.D. 1. 28.)
Mens et animus et consilium et sententia civitatis posita est in legi-
bus. (G. Clucnt. 53.)
[Sempronia? multce facetise, multusque lepos inerat. (Sail. C. 25.)]
5. The substantive to which the adjective is an attribute, is fre- 1063
quently, in certain constructions almost always, omitted: viz.
(a) Many adjectives being specially applicable, or frequently ap-
plied, to particular substantives are used without them, and pass as
ordinary substantives. (Comp. § 429.)
e.g. Africus (ventus); cani (capilli); circenses (ludi); natalis (dies);
novalis (ager) ; occidens (sol) ; September (mensis) ; sestertius
(nummus) ;
Africa (terra); agnina (caro); annona (copia) ; Appia (via); are-
naria (fodina); arithmetica (ars); calda (aqua); decuma
(pars); dextra (manus) ; fera (bestia) ; Latins; (feriae); laurea
(corona); patria (terra); praerogativa (tribus); prastexta (toga);
prosa (oratio) ; quartana (febris) ; summa(res); triremis(navis);
Cumanum (pradium) ; Falernum, merum (vinum); hiberna, stativa
(castra) ; mulsum (vinum).
Some are only so used in particular phrases.
primas (partes) agere, frigidam (aquam) potare.
(b) When the same substantive is used both as subject and pre- 1064
die ate, it is expressed once only, the adjective thus often appearing by
itself as secondary predicate.
Verae amicitiae sempiternre sunt. (G. L.il. 9.)
Gassar Gomphos pervenit, quod est oppidum primum Thcssalne
venicntibus ab Epiro. (Gils. C. 3. 80.)
Eadem nunc mea adversum te oratio est. (G. Fin. 5. 27.)
Dixit Campanum Calenumque et Falernum agrum pervastatos rssc.
(L. 22. 25.)
Verres deorum templis bellum semper habuit indictum.
(G. Verr. 5. 72.)
Equidem ego vobis regnum trado firmum, si boni eritis, sin mali,
inbecillum. (Sail. J. 10.)
CJuz$. V.\ Xotrs Lsfleskecs. Sa&siantive ovdttd.
SkmSmrfy sabot the substantive is mat expressed at all (cfi.3 zz-z):
HE tanto cigmwrn pingni damns. (Hot. 5. t. 3. 58.)
la jndkiis 5 sumns, qm" fnrnms. (C. Q. F. z. 4.- 6.)
(ir) A substantive is often arretted in one sentence, if it is ex- ■•
km the wri gLitHU iu g clause or sentence. Sa uszuiL'y (r) vabert tzsa at-
tributes refer 1 ui ~ \7uire ice same
substantive.
(1) Ipsormn Sngua Kelts, nostra. GoHi appellantur. (Css. C. 1. r.)
Postero cue terrestrem navalemque exercitiim. iiqii instructas modo
sed hos decurrentes. classem in portu simulacrum et ipsam
«dec.r. EL (L. 20
Duse foen. d uxores. una Sueba nacione. altera Norica:
utnzque in ea foga ~er:er_~t. D12 r" :? h.i nirn ] altera, mrra
altera capta est. (Czs. G. i. _"-)
Diversa c: id castra n, Iaevum ad urfaem
_ : :. +1.)
H2 qaoncL npana E | c et firoc-
tuosE ferebantur. (CPi :. jj.)
riLzry^ tea singular a - - 1 c-£r,? a plural substantia? ft -
j. (Fir substamtsva
Ptatabam : urtam et * r 1 ~ ia ~ bynnps mecum ~~ 1% D. !.-_:.
ap. C. Fam. n. :
(;) /F;-.? re 'stive and demonstrative pronouns, the suizrz
antecedent) is at iressed in the firmer af
- -_<j douses only. {Sometimes the relative ~ ' zrs to be T
attracted atta the case vf the anteceden -
Caritate ea pnestat patria, pro qna rnari et cui nos totos dedere et
in i :re debemus. (C. Leg. z. z.)
i .2 Etterz \~ -.-■--;— spaa :~cxirr^nt, quantam
alicnim. ( C. .-
Severity: j:^ En senectxrtr trobo. sed earn, scut alia. — ciiicum.
(C. Sen. rS.>
--. — --:— bonocem irzccsuistis.
Compare tasaa. XL) - late. Ij.)
Scire hoc vis; Ch. Hac cr^Lfr:. .1 cizi tibi. (Ter. Ea. 3-.)
In quern primnrn Eneti X; press sunt locum, Trcja voca-
tur. (L. : 1
Scipio cum qmbns ante dictirm est copiis (sc. Scfpicnem profectum
esse) subsdtit. (L. z-. 5;.)
Notante judice. quo nostL populo. (Hor. 5. 1. 6. ij\)
Compare Raptim qufbus quisque pcterat rfaHs, edbanc. < L. 1. za.)
28 Noun Inflexions. Attraction, &c. [Book IV.
In Plautus and Terence the subject is sometimes attracted into the 1067
case of afollo-iv'mg relative.
Ilium quern ementitu's, is ego sum ipse Charmides. (PI. Trin. 985.)
Eunuchum quern dedisti nobis, quas turbas dedit! (Ter. Eun. 653.)
6. A demonstrative or relative pronoun, used substantively as io63
the subject of a definition, is usually attracted into the gender and num-
ber of the defining substantive.
Eas divitias, earn bonam famam magnamque nobilitatem, putabant.
(Sail. Cat. 7.)
Quas apud alios iracundia dicitur, ea in imperio superbia atque cru-
delitas appellatur. (Sail. Cat. 51.)
Haud erat dubium quin Lucerinis opem Romanus ferret : ea modo,
qua irent, consultatio fuit. (L. 9. 2.)
Hannibal ad Druentiam flumen pervenit. Is et ipse Alpinus amnis
difficillimus omnium transitu est. (L. 21. 31.)
Patres C. Mucio agrum dono dedere, qus postea sunt Mucia prata
appellata. (L. 2. 13.)
Pompeio patre, quod imperio populi Romani lumen fuit, extincto,
interfectus est patris simillimus filius. (C. Ph. 5. 14.)
Sed jam forma ipsa restat et ^apaicrr^p ille qui dicitur. (C. Or. 39.)
But Sabini spem in discordia Romana ponunt: earn impedimentum
delectui fore. (L. 3. 38.)
Maturavimus proficisci, si hoc profectio et non fuga est. (L. 2.38.)
7. An adjective is frequently found as secondary predicate, ivbcre 10S9
in English ive use an adverb or prepositional phrase. (For a like use
of an adjective as an attribute see § 1295.) See also § 1073.
Soli hoc contingit sapicnti, ut nihil faciat invitus, nihil dolens, nihil
coactus. (G. Par. 5. 1.)
Natura ipsa dc immortalitate animorum tacita judicat. (C. T.D. 1. 14.)
Marius antea jam infestus nobilitati, turn vero multus atque ferox
instare. (Sail. J. 84.)
Senex si quasret me, modo isse dicito ad portum: si non quoeret,
nullus dixeris. (Ter. Hec. 79.)
Philotimus non modo nullus venit, sed ne per litteras quidem cer-
tiorem me facit. (C. Att. 11. 24.)
Gnavus mane forum et vespertinus pete tectum. ( Hor. Ep. 1 . 6. zo. )
Appius jam inde antiquitus in^itam familix pertinaciam, gerendo 1070
solus censuram, obtinuit. (L. 9. 29.)
Chap. V.] Noun Inflexions. Use of Participles. 29
Quibus dum locum ad evadendas angustias cogendo ipse agmen
prsebet, sustinens impetus hostium, prolapso equo, et suo ipse
casu et onere equi super eum ruentis haud multum afuit quin
exanimaretur. (L. 39. 49-) See also p. 30.
Turn vero omnes velut diis auctoribus in spem suam quisque ac-
ceptis praelium uno animo poscunt. (L. 21. 45.)
(B) Use of the Participles.
The participles either predicate some action or state of a person (or 10- 1
thing), or describe a person (or thing) by some action or state. They
are of three different times, past, present, and future, in reference to
the time of the principal action.
The present and future, and, in deponent, and a few other verbs
usually, the perfect (cf. § 734), have an active meaning; the perfect
participle in other verbs has a passive meaning.
1. Use to predicate action or state. i°7 2
(rt) As primary predicate, or. more commonly, as second-
ary predicate with verb of being, &C. (§ 1017 b), they supply the
place of deficient tenses in active and passive voice. (See §§ 1449,
1494.) The present participle is hardly ever so used. (As mere ad-
jective it falls under § 1076.)
Amatus est, amaturus est, &c.
Accepta itaque res, ssepiusque usurpando excitata. (L. 7. 2.)
Senectus est operosa, et semper agens aliquid et moliens. (C.Sen. 8.)
Verum ego seditiosus, qui prsemia turbarum queror, et bellum
cupiens, qui jura pacis repeto ! (Sail. Or. Lep. § 16.)
(b) As secondary predicate(§ioxj c.f)they denote the circum- 1073
stances, in which some person or thing is placed when the principal
action occurs. In pra-Augustan prose the future participle is rarely
found in this case.
(The passive participle when not predicated of the subject of the
sentence generally denotes an action done by the subject; unless another
agent is named.)
A participle thus stands in place cf an adverbial expression or
sentence, by which it is often best translated; or sometimes by a fnite
v-rb coordinate with the principal verb.
Hiec locutus sublirriis abiit. (L. 1. 16.)
Plato uno et octogesimo anno scribens est mortuus. (C. Sen. 5.)
Supplex te ad pedes abiciebas: quid petens? (C. Phil. 2. 34.)
30 Noun Inflexions. Use of Participles. [Book IV.
Tribunos, ubi primum summoventes prasbuere causam, adorti sunt.
(L. 3. 14.)
Omne malum nascens facile opprimitur; inveteratum fit plerumque
robustius. (G. Phil. 5. 11.)
Miserum est nihil proficientem angi. (C. N. D. 3. 6.)
Servientes servitutem ego servos instruxi mihi. (PI. Mil. 745.)
Saspe ilium audivi furtiva voce loquentem. (Catull. 67. 41.)
Ego, ut saspe tu me currentem hortatus es, cotidie meditor.
(C. Att. 5. 9.)
C. Servilius Ahala Sp. Maclium regnum adpetentem, occupatum in-
teremit. (G. Sen. 16.)
Contione adveniens do Manlio et Junio habita, non ultra triduum
moratus Romx, paludatis lictoribus votisque in Capitolio nun-
cupatis in provinciam abit. (L. 41. 10.)
C. Sempronius nihilo demissiore animo, quum dies venit, causa ipse
pro se dicta, nequicquam omnia expertis patribus, ut mitigarent
plebem, quindecim millibus oeris damnatur. (L. 4. 44.)
Jugurtha, fratre meo interfecto, regnum ejus sceleris sui prsedam
fecit. (Sail. Jug. 14.)
Valet apud nos clarorum hominum memoria etiam mortuomm.
(C. Sest. 9.)
Non hercule mihi, nisi admonito, venisset in mentem. (G. Or. 2.42.)
Nee vixit male, qui natus moriensque fefellit. (Hor. Ep. 1. 17. 13.)
Lucretium, dum in Hernicis sedet, prcedonum agmen fefellit supra
mantes Pramcstinos ductum, inde demissum in campos.
(L. 3. 8.)
Cogitate quantis laboribus fundatum imperium, quanta virtute sta-
bilitam libertatem una nox paene dclerit. (G. Cat. 4. 9.)
T. Manlius Torquatus Galium, cum quo provocatus manum con-
scruit, in conspectu duorum exercituum cassum torque spo-
liavit. (L. 6. 42.)
Horatius Codes ausus est rem plus famas habituram ad posteros
quam fidei. (L. 2. 10.)
hide Grxciae praesidebis, et speciem Romanis trajecturum te pra:-
bens, et si res poposcerit, trajecturus. (L. 36. 7.)
Ilostes carpere multifariam vires Romanas, ut non sufTecturas ad
omnia, aggressi sunt. (L. 3. 5.)
See also §§ 1402, 1405 — 141 1.
2. Use as an ordinary noun adjective. 1
Minime male cogitantes sunt, qui in agricultura occupati sunt.
(Gato, R.R. 1.)
Tibi sum obediens. (PI. Mil. 806.)
Chap. K] Noun Inflexions. Use of Participles. 31
Qui privatus intolerabili superbia fuerit, eum commodum et cogncs-
centem sui fore in potestate qui speres? (Corn. 4. 18.)
Acrera enim oratorem incensum et agentem et canorum concursus
hominum forique strepitus desiderat. (C. Brut. 92.)
Medicus plane confirmat propediem te valentem fore. (C.Fam. 16.9.)
Animalia alia rationis expertia sunt, alia ratione utentia. (C. Off. 2.3.)
Immoderata laetitia est voluptas anirni elata et gestiens.
(C. T. D. 3. ic.)
Xum igitur fortem virum, num magno animo, num patientem, num
gravem, num humana contemncntem potes dicere Philoctetem
ilium? (C. T. D. 2. 14.)
Super eminentem carnem exedentia medicamenta conjicienda sunt ;
super concavam, implentia. (Cels. j. 26 fin.)
Many participles become so completely adjectives, that they are in-
flected for tbe comparative and superlative degrees, and take an object
in the genitive instead of tbe accusative, e.g. prudens, diligens, peri-
tus, &c (Cf. § 13 14.)
3. Use as substantive. (See also § 1061.)
This is rare in nominative, infrequent in oth:r cases, singular tnas-
euline and feminine; except in certain zvords, e.g. amans, sapiens, ado-
lescens, candidatus. praefectus, natus. &c: and is never found in tbe
neuter singular of the present participle. {Nor could such an expres-
sion as faciens id laudatur be used for is qui id facit laudatur.)
If used completely as a substantive, it ivould be qualified, if neces-
sary, by an adjective: other^iuise by an adverb. Thus prseclarum
factum, or prseclare factum, l a glorious deed.''
Movemur enim saepe aliquo acute ccncluso. (C. 71 D. 1. 39.)
Multa Catonis et in senatu et in foro vel provisa prudenter vel
acta constanter, vel responsa acute ferebantur. (C. Lai. 2.)
Senatus consultum. Plebiscitum. Edictum Praetoris.
Primus omnium instituit, ut tarn senatus quam populi diurna acta
confierent et publicarentur. (Sail. Jul. 20.)
Sunt maximorum ordinum Tiomines, sunt municipales rustici Ro-
mani, sunt negotii gerentes, sunt etiam libertini optimates.
(C. Sest. 45-)
Jacet corpus dormientis ut mortui. (C. Div. 1.5c.)
Nihil difficile amanti puto. (C. Or. 10.)
Quoja hie vox prope me sonat? Me. Tui benevolentis.
(PI. Trm. 45.)
Solus omnium post memoriam humani generis supplicia in post
futuros composuit. (Sail. Or. Lrp. § 6.)
32 Noun Inflexions. Use of Cases. [Book IV.
CHAPTER VI.
USE OF CASES.
Of the six cases in Latin five have each more than one use: the 1076
locative has one only.
The nominative is quite distinct from the others, which have all
some points of resemblance among themselves.
The nominative is used both of the subject of the sentence and
of the person addressed.
Of the oblique cases the accusative, dative, locative, and abla-
tive are mainly used in connexion with verbs; the genitive with
nouns.
The accusative and ablative have a great variety of applications, T077
which, however, may be ultimately reduced to three main uses
each ; and there is considerable analogy between them.
(1) The accusative denotes the area over which an action pre-
vails ; the ablative (as also the locative) denotes the point at which
it is done.
(2) The accusative denotes the goal; the ablative the place
of departure.
(3) The accusative denotes the object of a verbal action; the
ablative denotes the attendant influences and circumstances.
The dative and the genitive resemble one another in so far that 1078
they both have an adjectival use, and both have also a use with
verbs: but the adjectival use is the principal use of the genitive and
the less important use of the dative: the use with verbs is much the
commonest with the dative, and is occasional and isolated with the
genitive.
In their relation to verbs the accusative, dative, and genitive may 1079
all denote objects of action; the accusative the direct object, the
dative the indirect object ; the genitive a secondary object ; the
usual combinations being that the accusative denotes a thing and the
dative a person ; or the accusative a person and the genitive a thing.
Outside this sphere of immediate action the accusative (in its
other uses) and the ablative denote the numberless qualifications of
place, time, extent, degree, manner, cause, and circumstances
generally.
In their relation to nouns, whether as attributes or predicates,
the genitive has the largest use, but the predicative dative, and the
ablative of description, also play some part.
Cfap. fTT-T - "- - : _ - "- 93
CHAPTER YHL
USE OF NOMINATIVE CASE.
The Nomtsattte. Case expresses
(A) Name of the person or thing- spoken or^ Lei. aSricto
sakjttct of it sentence.
3Bo adroit. Dixit PbmpeiQS. sive' TOlmt. Qui ufc praoEsstit, snr—
rarit Clodius. (C Q. Fr. z. j.)
Omnes iHo die. Scanri, MeteHL CLi.- . a^ralae. Crasa,
asms, sumpserunt. (C Phil* 8. f_]
Qui Iatrones. igitur. siquidem tos consoles, qui pnedbnes^ qui
hastes, qui proditares. qui tyTanni nominabuntur : rnagnrrm
nomen est. magna species, nagna dignifas, magna m.-ijpgte?
cunsuiis. (C. Ph. sx.)
Venit ad Cheiidcnem C. Mastitis, eques Ramanus. pubucaraxs^.
homo cum primia honestus. (C Fdrr. l
'Tee nominati'ce is used, vaxtik an, ecce. as subject bi an rmexpressmE rr^t»
predication f existence. Sa tier cutis msj
En crimen, en causa car regem fagitmis accost (C Dtjat. 6.)
Ecce multo ma_ :.2sensio. (C. Ar. z. +j.)
Qua? - : in istam spent indusit. (C Off. a. rj.)
(B) Name of tie person (ur thing) spoken to.
{This is often zaBed :i:e Yacat&as. woe 1: is distinct in. farm,
from the namsnatz've aniy in same szems in -a. See j§ j j j. J44. • .
Rem haud sane. Scipio et Lzli. dim cilem admirari T ; ifrminf
(^C. Sen. z.)
Ego sum M. Valerius Carvus. rruur.es. (L. jr. +a.)
Audi Juppiter. et to. Jane Quirme. dique omnes celestes. TCsque
terrestres vosque imcerni. audite. ( L. 1. 3
Agedum pontiles: publicus per a, prarL rerba quibes me
pro Leg: onibus devoweam. ([L. J. 9.)
I \ mi Gai. meas aseuus :r.us. (August, ap. GeiL if- 7-5
O periture. tuaque aliis documenta dature mc ~- at, sfc tuuac
nomen. (Ot. Met
Pro =ancte J up p iter : [C. PL-L'. z. i?-) Di boni : Pr©j
34 Accusative. Space over which. \Book TV.
CHAPTER VIII.
USE OF ACCUSATIVE CASE. 1084
The Accusative is used in three senses 1 . It expresses
(A) The compass of an action or quality ;
(B) The goal to which motion is directed ;
(C) The direct object of an action.
(A) Compass or measure of action, state, or quality; 1086
used to qualify verbs, adjectives, and nominal adverbs.
1. Space 2 over, along, about, which; i.e. distance,
length 3 , <tt'c. Usually ivitb adjective or attributive genitive.
Caesar tridui iter processit. (Cccs. G. 1. 38.)
Reliquas munitiones ab ea fossa pedes quadringentos reduxit.
(Coes. G. 7. 72.)
Teanum abest a Larino octodecim milia passuum. (C. Clu. 9.)
Zama quinque dierum iter a Carthagine abest. (L. 30. 29.)
Duas fossas xv pedes latas eadem altitudine perduxit. (Caes. G. 7.72.)
Materia perpetuis trabibus pedes quadragenos plerumque introrsus
revincta. (Caes. G. 7. 23.)
Turres toto opere circumdedit, quae pedes lxxx inter se distarent.
(Cres. G. 7. 72.)
A recta conscientia transversum unguem non oportet discedere.
(C. Att. 13. 30.)
Nego tibi hoc annis viginti fuisse primis copiae, digitum longe a pae-
dagogo pedem ut cileries jedibus. (PL Bac. 423.)
Negavit Marcellus e republica esse vestigium abscedi ab Hannibale.
(L. 27. 4.)
Triginta dies obsidio fuit, per quos raro unquam nix minus* quat-
tuor pedes alia jacuit. (L. ax. 61.)
Continued on p. 36.
Chap. VIII.] Notes. 35
1 These senses are subdivided as follows :
A. 1. Space over which. §§ 1086, 1088.
2. Time throughout which. §§ 1000, 1002.
3. Extent of action of verb. §§ 1094—1100.
4. Part concerned (poetic). § 110*2.
5. Description (rare). § 1104.
6. Use with prepositions, iSrc. § 1106.
B. 1. Place towards which. §§1108—1112.
2. An action as the goal of motion. § 1114.
3. Use with prepositions, &c. § 1118.
C. 1. Direct object of transitive verb. § 1120.
2. Certain special usages ;
(a) Accusative with infinitive. (See § 1351.)
(b) Two direct objects. § 1122.
(c) Accusative after passive or reflexive verbs. § 1126.
(d) In exclamations. § 1128.
- A thin j 'over irhlch,' 'along ichich, 1 <L-e., motion take? place " oS 3
requires a preposition; e.g. Turris per aggerem parum densatd soli
agebatur. (L. 32. 18.): Or it is put in the ablative with totus; e.g.
^untios tota civitate JEduorum dimittit (Cass. G. 7. 38), the whole
over which being conceived as one place at which (cf. § 1170).
3 An ablative is not unfrequentlij found in expressions of size, dx: io£5
Thus there is
i 1) the abl. of description (the abstract substantive instead of the
adjective. For this abstract subst. in the genitive, see § 1304).
Hue teretes stipites feminis crassitudine demittebantur.
(Cass. G. 7. 73.)
Lingua purpuras longitudine digitali. (Plin. 9. 36. 129.)
(2) Abl. of measure, with abesse, distare; see § 1206.
(3) Abl. of circumstance ; see §§ 1037 and 124?.
(4) Abl. of comparison (§ 1273) after comparatives.
(5) Only in inferior writers is the all. used for the accus.; e. g
Quidam dapondio et dodrante altum snicum, latum pedum quinque
faciunt. (Col. 3. 13. 5.)
4 For expressions of size with plus, minus, &c. see § 1273.
Continued on p. 37.
3—2
36 Accusative. Time : Extent of action. {Book IV.
By a looseness of expression the accusative 1 is used in other cognate I °88
expressions, space traversed being put instead of point reached.
Cassar milia passuum tria ab Helvetiorum castris castra ponit.
(Cass. G. 1. 22.)
Quadringentos inde ferme passus constituit signa. (L. 34. 20.)
Huic ab Rhegio profectse classi Democrates quindecim millia ferme
ab urbe ad Sapriportem obvius fuit. (L. 26. 39.)
2. Time throughout which 2 . 1090
Annum jam audis Cratippum. (C. Off. 1. 1.)
Urbs decern aestates hiemesque continuas circumsessa est. (L. 5. 22.)
Neque ille hoc animo erit astatem. (Ter. Hec. 747.)
Frustra ibi totum desedi diem. (lb. 800.)
Cogitationem sobrii hominis punctum temporis suscipe.
(C. Phil. 2. 3.)
Dies noctesque omnia nos fata circumstant. (C. Phil. 10. 10.)
Abillo tempore annum jam tertiumet vicesimum regnat. (C. Man. 3.)
Duo de quadraginta annos tyrannus Syracusanorum fuit Dionysius,
cum quinque et viginti natus annos dominatum occupavisset.
(C.T.n.5.20.)
Sex. Roscius annos natus major 3 quadraginta. (C. Rose. Am. 14.)
Some loose expressions are found similar to those in § 1088. So 1092
ahvays with abhinc, '*7go 4 .'
Quaestor Cn. Papirio consule fuisti abhinc annos quattuordecim.
(G. Ferr. 1. 12.) ,
Id temporis cos ventures esse praedixeram. (C. Cat. 1. 4.)
Quis hie est homo quern ante asdis video hoc noctis 5 ? (PI. Amp. 292.)
Ego istuc a^tatis non amori operam dabam. (Ter. Haut. no.)
Id nobis, hominibus id astatis^ oneris imponitur. (C. Or. 1. 47.)
3. The extent 6 of action of the verb, &c. expressed, either 1094
(a) by a neuter adjective, or (i) by a substantive of same meaning
as the verb.
(a) The extent of action may be expressed by a neuter adjective of
definition {i.e. a pronoun) or of quantity. {Compare the adverbs
Quid prodest? Quid me ista kedunt? (C. Agr. 2. 13.)
Vellcm idem possem gloriari 7 quod Cyrus. (C. Sen. 10.)
Continued on p. 33.
Chap. VIIL] SoUs. 37
— . — . . — ,
1 The accusative is the ease most usually found. It is frequent i* u*t
IAxy with ponere (loeare) eastra. But the distance at which am
sweat takes place is also expressed by
(a) simple ablative (see § 1206) :
sob monte eonsedh. (Ccs. G. L 48.)
(o) AbL with ab, but only when the place, from which the dis-
tance is measured, is not expressed:
A - ::.±~~\ . : '_r.- : ::-: :-:nr". i~. >. : : ; -;~~u_ ~ . . ii :." : ;~i
eastra posoercnt. (Gas. G. 2. 7.)
(e) AbL of c ir cu ms tance, spatio, interrmDo, with a gen. § 1248:
,"::i i-. z -â– in zisszzizi interralk Sebum BonsedeaL
(Ccs, C. 2. 38.)
* The ablative is rarely used in this sense, except in post- Augustan KsSg
writers; e.g.
CaKgnla visit annis Tigmti norem, impenvit tri^my* et decern men-
■Oms diebosque octo. (Suet. CaL 59.) But see § 1181.
Sometimes per is used:
Lndi per decern dies faeti sunt ( l for ten days,'' C. Cat. 8).
Imber contmens per noctem toiazn esque ad harazn terdam inseqoen-
tis dM tennit. (L. 23. 44.)
Inter, de, • whikt,' • in the course of?
Hce inter eenam Tiroiii dietarL (C. Q. Fr. 3. 1. 6.)
De qnarta -rigflia prof ectos est. (Ccs. G. 1. 41. )
3 For other expressions of comparative age, see § 1273.
4 Abhine is used with the abL in two passages only (PL Most. 1051
494; C. Terr. 2. 52), andin these it means 'from that time' (Madtig,
Bemerk. p. 65). When the time is thus not measured from the present
moment, the more usual expressions are ante sex annos, sex annis
ante, &c. (g 1206, 1207).
5 Hoe noctis also in PL Amph. 154, 163, 310 ; Cure. L Hoe ctatis
"17. Possibly hoc is the ablative.
• The matter in which the action of the verb is displayed is put in 1093
a different ease, with or without a preposition, as the circumstances
may require: e.g.
^:ii rviii rl:r •■,"•'-•' in Tolas, i^si-.zz in this reprebenditig,
(C. Li^. 7.)
Kan podet pMkeopham in eo gJoriari, good hec nan times;?
(C. T. D. 1. SL)
Continued en p. 39.
38 Accusative. Extent of action. [Book IV.
„
Metellus pauca pro tempore milites hortatus 1 est. (Sail. J. 49.)
Non audimus ea quas ab natura monemur 2 . (C. Lai. 24.)
A me consilium petis, quid sim tibi auctor 3 . (C. Fam. 6. 8.)
Ego illud adsentior 4 Theophrasto. (C. Or. 3. 48.)
Numquid,Geta,aliud me vis? (Ter. Ph. 151.)
Hoc te vehementer rogo 5 . (C. Fam. 13. 43.)
Vos id cogendi estis, ut prasdas vestras in medium proferatis.
(L. 6. 15.)
Id eos ut prohiberet, quod ejus sine bello posset, praetori manda-
tum est. (L. 39. 45.)
Omnes mulieres eadem aeque student noluntque omnia.
(Ter. Hcc. 199.)
Omnia unus Gabiis poterat. (L. 1. 54.)
Unum sentitis omnes, unum studetis, M. Antonii conatus avertere a
republica. (G. Phil. 6. 7.)
Multum te opinio ista fefellit. (C. Verr. 1. 35.)
Nos aliquid Rutulos juvimus. (Verg. A. 10. 84.)
Quicquid aurae fluminis appropinquabant, afflabat acricr frigoris vis.
(L. ai. 54.)
Nescio quid conturbatus esse videris. (C. Phil. 2. 14.)
C. Sempronium nihil moror. (L. 4. 42.)
Nihil aliud ad eum nuntium a proposito aversus, quam ut cadaver
efferri juberet. (L. 2. 8.)
Quid id refert tua ? (PL Rud. 178.)
Nihil opust s nobis ancilla,nisi quae texat, quae molat, &c.
(PI. Merc. 394.)
Quid opust anulo? (PI. Bacch. 328.)
Other adjectives, chiefly in Augustan poetry, are so used 7 , qualify- 1056
ing usually verbs of bodily action.
Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum. (PI. Most. 488.)
Cotta...sonabat contrarium Catulo, subagreste quiddam planeque
subrusticum. (C. Brut. 74.)
Cur in amicorum vitiis tarn cernis acutum? (Hor. Sat. 1. 3. 26.)
Dulce ridentem Lalagen amabo, dulce loquentem. (Hor. Od. 1. 22.)
Asper, acerba tuens, retro redit. (Verg. A. 9. 794.)
Mutua 8 inter se rami stirpesque teruntur. (Lucr. 5. 1100.)
Tiberius torvus ant falsum renidens vultu. (Tac. A. 4. 60.)
Compare Iidem bellicum 9 me cecinissc dicunt. (C. Phil. 7. 1.) ,0 98
Continued on p. 40.
Chap. YIIL] Fates. 39
1 De Aufidiano nomine r\\\\W te hortor; scio tibi cwrse esse.
(C. Fam, 16. 19.)
* Prcelium, de quo vos paulo ante invitus admonui. (C. Man. 15.)
(For a genitive after monere, &c. see § 1332.)
3 Auctores Bibulo faere tantandem pollicendi. (Suet. Jul. 19.)
4 Cum iidem huic orationi, qui litteris regis adsensi erant, adsen-
tirentur, decretum differtur. (L. 41. 24.)
5 For other constructions of rogo, &e. see §§ 1122, 1125.
To this general head {accusative of extent) belong many so-called 1055
adverbs, which qualify both adjectives and verbs: e.g. tantum (so
much), quantum, aliquantum, multum, nimium, parum, plerumque,
paullum, immensum (Ov., Tac.), &c. ; amplius, plus, minus, melius,
rectius, ocius, citius, libentius, facilius, potius, prius, &c; plurimum,
potissimum, minimum . And the ordinals, primum, iterum, tertium,
&c. ; millesimum, extremum, postremum, ultimum, supremum, sum-
mum ; recens, aiternum (Yerg. , Tac. ), commodum 'just.' Non (noenum
§ 86. 2) is of like origin. In PL Ps. 761 insanum appears to be so used;
Insanum magnum molior negotium.
Similar to this use of the ordinals is Cicero's use of nunc ipsum
(e.g. Att. 7. 3 § 2) and turn ipsum... cum (Fin. 2. 20, where see Madvig).
Some other icords referable here are given in § 528*
6 For quid opust facto ; see § 1257.
7 Other instances are transversa tuens (Yerg. B. 3. 8); equus 1097
terram crebra ferit (G. 3. 590 and comp. Lucr. 2. 359, where however
crebra is probably nam.); sera comantem narcissum (G. 4. 122) ; belua
horrendum stridens (A. 6. 288); torvum clamat (A. 7. 399); spirans
inmane (A. 7. 510); Cacum insueta rudentem (A. 8. 248); infanda
furentem (A. 8. 489); corneta lugubre rubent (A. 10. 273); hians im-
mane (A. 10. 726); vana tumentem (A. 11. 854); mens turbidum lae-
tatur (Hor. Od. 2. 19. 6); perfidum ridens Venus (lb. 3. 27. 67);
ilia sonat raucum quiddam atque inamabile ridet (Ov. A. A. 3. 289,
cf. 286 and C. Arch. 10; and vox hominem sonat, Yerg. A. 1. 328).
8 Mutua several times in Lucret. Vergil has pedibus per mutua
nexis examen subitum ramo frondente pependit. (A. 7. 66.)
9 Also classicum canere ; both frequent. Also consul classico ad
contionem evocat (L. 7. 36); classicum (nom.) apud eos cecinit (L.
28. 27), &c. The word, whether originally so or not, came to be re-
garded as a substantive ' war tune,' and eventually classica (Tib. 1.
1. 4, Yerg. G. 2. 539) was used for ' war trumpets.'
Continued on p. 41.
40 Accusative. Cognate : Part concerned. [Book IV.
(b) The extent 1 of action of the verb may be expressed by a sub- "<»
stantive of the same meaning as the verb, accompanied (usually) by
an oblique adjectival predicate. {Cognate accusative.)
Cur non eosdem cursus hoc tempore cucurrerunt. (C. Agr. 2. 17.)
Tamne tibi diu videor vitam vivere? (PI. Mil. 6 a 8.)
Hunc, oro, sine me furere ante furorem. (Verg. A. 12. 680.)
Priusquam istam pugnam pugnabo, ego etiam prius dabo aliam
pugnam. (PI. Ps. 524.)
In theatrum Hortensius introiit, puto ut suum gaudium gaudere-
mus. (Caslius ap. C. Fam. 82.)
Zenonis sententia est, solos sapientis, si servitutem serviant, reges
esse. (C. Mur. 29.)
Itque reditque viam. Mille fugit refugitque vias.
(Verg. A. 6. 122; 12. 753.)
Vincit sponsionem 2 , si planum facit ab se ilium aut vi aut clam aut
precario possedisse. (C. Quint. 32.)
4. Part concerned.
In Tacitus frequent, but in other prose, (a) only in a feiv expres-
sions with partem, vicem 3 , cetera; in poetry (b) chiefly of parts of
the body*; cf § 1126.
(a) Vos respondetote istinc istarum vicem. (PI. Rud. 814.)
Romanas legiones nondum cura deseruerat, exanimes vicem unius.
(L. 1. 25.)
Suebi non multum frumento, sed maximam partem lacte atque
pecore vivunt. (Cscs. G. 4. 1.)
Inde bonam partem in lectum maerore dabantur. (Lucr. 6. 1249.)
Telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti prceterquam ad extremum,
unde ferrum exstabat. (L. 21. 8.)
(by Concidit et spumas agit, ingemit et tremit artus. (Lucr. 3. 489.)
Os humerosque deo similis. (Verg. A. 1. 589.)
Statque latus praefixa veru, stat saucia pectus 6 . (Tib. 1. 6. 49.)
Cressa genus Pholoe. (Verg. A. 5. 285.)
Ccedit totidem nigrantis tcrga juvencos. (Verg. A. 5. 97.)
Feminae lineis amictibus velantur, nudx brachia et lacertos.
(Tac. G. 17.)
Continued on p. 42.
Chap. VIII.] Jfafea. «
1 Oeemaommttm mm mMmtiwe (af tit memns or manner} U found, »°99
with amtEmr effect:
P mlian i M r flhna ire moribrig ithamhua. (C. Q. F. 3. 3.)
Hoedeo fimp la r i'" ' — n^ , —J fai** •■■■«lu isimIjtii in Trp flWii ina m I jmb
emeejeetam. (PL JbuL 187.)
Sds«alfrein«in«ariimlbem1laMljadoliaaae. (PL Jftaifc 115&)
Dili duu|iuB tos praeor <nwMN|uw an, qsae m meo iiiiiuh up ffliria nut
(L. 39. *7.)
Dieaio me Hum 1 - latere eft senraimrtea senile Jamie Jiu mmii mi mplinm *^ qpi
me mmara IrwaiaFstMwem semper ferift eft faeaft. (PL C*p£. 387.)
fi n a wn i nnLMn ii im m m oiii e^ndtvlbom qui in GUidazn ttamasseft ab
g ^mi ii jim iii meanm timnmiKi oeeidiane oeasmn. (G. Fmm. 15. -ft, § 7.)
{TMsjhrwe often in Lkro.)
Ajjebs «■!««» pftriham pins qmam pahtwn odSo. (L. 2. 58.)
i -I - ; '^1- : -- ~~ l-ii T rz ; ^ zL^tl- ■■"- ' - " ■., --- ■- -: * -•':
CL.ss.ia)
* So liraeere jmBariiiuiTO (C. Terr. 1_ 53); mtf finesse
|C QwmZ, 27); jaikao (Bene. Com. IS.)
3 Tkem is *mz iekmtif* "utstemi? rmrehi *Wke? e.§. Facte me Sarda-
Z-i". .-^_ ~. . -. :_ _ --.- - :~~-l: — : r. ~ ; . - vir.fr.- : ~lzl rzr. T"- - ~
sttex&s. fC. AVL 10. 8, 1 7.) In tikis tern** { = liae') tie pett-Amgmstmn
writers use rase; <e. <p.
maraiii csrenmajgereftor. (SoetL Xer. 3L.)
4 TMs p&dtitc vise u prn&mkSm a dmfliBjpmemt fmm ike mse of as me-
ammtir* :.;:." ^c. .-. •'_-'■-.:• ■.••;.■" : 11.; .;.wi ;-. ;\.> ;;"v-
'-.;;/■: ; " ; .: : • ■.::•.•: ' . / <:;■'.' : _-. :.:..:. :~,.:/. ■.■..;::-;?.; -,-.' ' -,. - -
■WE".:.::- i^-::,.: " r:\: j. : -i .' : li.'irz.f =.i.:ri :-;ziiJi: 7: " :•!
â– xe cspufflt falgeEts ((Eb. 10. @69); mnijimmmwi lmimmr (Hoc OdL 3. 10. 1S>);
Mrsm&a eajc€2k« fOr. M. i 30 ; ! ; miles pnafgmift maims (Tae. JL 13. 351;
— r gk JJ. -ft. - 1
In omiiiMBry gmose ike okSisOiire U the. care mted. Cf. f 1310.
Exu b* ? : " — 7 riz::: _ ; h:--t:~ :_ -: : ; . :.i ~:i;; s;;:; ir:~':z.£ ■- •■- :
eraBteantaisco. ^C. (^. L 26.J
Fade Tei pmlCniS, TEna wnmnimiiiimmm penJitiOnmn CTmrnnTHra (G. T. 2). L 33.)
s QmmttiSimn- snap {9. 3. 17ji, Jam ToJ^ftsnm actas quoqae 'ssaoBs
ComUmutdmm. 43.
42 Accusative. Use with prepositions. [Book IV.
5. Description 1 ; only hoc (quod, id, omne), genus; virile 1 104
(muliebre), secus ; qualifying substantives.
Quod genus 2 Idasis fama est e montibus altis dispersos ignis orienti
lumine cerni. (Lucr. 5. 663.)
Pascuntur omne genus objecto frumento, maxime ordeo.
(Van-. R. R. 3. 6.)
Scis me antea orationes aut aliquid id genus solitum scribere.
(G. Att. 13. 12.)
Liberorum capitum virile secus ad decern millia capta. (L. 26. 47.)
6. Use with prepositions, and verbs compounded no6
with prepositions.
(a) The accusative of compass or extent is often used ivith pre-
positions, viz. ad (adversus), ante, apud, circum, cis, clam, in,
ob, penes, per, pone, post, prope, secundum, sub, super, trans,
versus, and all disyllabic prepositions ending in -a and -ter, viz. circa,
circiter, citra, contra, erga, extra, inter, infra, juxta, prater,
propter, subter, supra, ultra.
Examples are given in the Appendix.
(£) Prepositions compounded 3 *with verbs sometimes retain their
proper meaning and even their ordinary use ivith particular cases.
(Rare except ivith trans.)
Hannibal Hiberum 4 copias trajecit. (L. 21. 23.)
Caesar milites his navibus flumen transportat. (Cass. C. 1. 54.)
Hos viros Pompeius omnia sua prcesidia circumduxit atque ostenta-
vit. (Cass. C. 3. 61.)
Fretum Naupactum et Patras interfluit. (L. 27. 29.)
(f) Analogous to the use ivith prepositions is the accusative after
the adverbs propius, proxime 5 , the adjectives propior, prcxlmus; and
pridie, postridie.
Esse officium meum putavi exercitum habere quam proxime hostem.
(C. Att. 6. 5.)
Adeo varia fortuna belli fuit, ut propius periculum fuerint qui vice-
runt. (L. 21. 1.)
Ipse propior montem suos conlocat. (Sail. J. 49.)
P. Crassus cum legione septima proximus mare Oceanum in Andi-
bus hiemarat. (Cxs. G. 3. 7.)
Tu pridie Compitalia memento: balineum cal fieri jubcbo.
(C. Att. 2. 3.)
Venatio postridie ludos Apollinares futura est. (C. Att. 16. 4.)
Continued on p. 44.
Chap. VIII.] Fates. 43
1 The normal usage has the ablative or genitive (§§ 1232, 1233, noj
1308, 1311) ; e. g.
Alteram (omithonis genus) est fruetus causa, quo genere macellarii in
urfae quidem habent loca clausa. (Varr. R. R. 3. 4.)
Epaminondam atque Hannibalem atque ejus generis homines nomina-
bam. (C. Or. 1. 43.)
Generis ejus praeda abstinuit Fabius. (L. 27. 16.)
ilancipia praeter puberes Tirilis sexus restituenda censuerunt dominis.
(L. 26. 34.)
2 Quod genus, ' as for instance' is frequently used in Lucretius and
in Cornincius, e.g. Corn. ii. 13 {foitr times), &e.
3 The preposition is often repeated: 1105
Postulavit ne quam hominum multitudinem amplius trans Rhenum in
Galiiam traduceret. (Caes. G. 1. 35.)
4 So when the verb is in the passive voice;
Belgae Bhenum antiquitus traducfcL sunt. (Caes. G. 2. 4.)
s Cicero never, and Livy very rarely, have the dative with the 1107
adverbs propius, proxime; Cicero has not the accusative with the
adjectives.
s See also App. D. xv. (Yol. 1. p. 454).
Continued on p. 45.
44 Accusative, Place towards which. [Booh IV.
(B) Place towards which motion takes place 1 . i
I. Without a preposition 2 . Confined in prose to proper names of
towns, and of islands small enough to be considered as one place;
domum (home, not house), rus, foras.
Leucadem venimus a. d. viii. Id. Nov.; a. d. vil. Actium; inde
a. d. v. Id. Corcyram bellissime navigavimus. (C. Fam. 16. 9.)
Appellitur navis Syracusas. (C. Verr. 5. 25.)
Usque Hennam profecti sunt. (C. Verr. 4. 49.)
Illo 3 cum pervenire non liceret, statim iter Brundisium versus
contuli. (C. Att. 3. 4.)
Galli domos abierant et rex in hibema concesserat Pergamum.
(L. 45- 34-)
Multitudinem omnem Romam traduxit. (L. 1. 33.)
Jam ex hoc loco proficiscatur Puteolos stadia triginta. (C. Ac. 2. 31.)
Exercitus omnis Aquiloniam est indictus. (L. 10. 38.)
Carthaginiensem matronam domum accepit. (L. 30. 13.)
Filiam Romam nuptum M. Livio dederat. (L. 23. 2.)
Quibus rebus Romam nuntiatis magnus repente terror invasit.
(Cass. C. 1. 4.)
Ego rus ibo atque ibi manebo. (Ter. Eun. 216.)
Inermes cum infulis se porta foras 4 universi proripiunt. x
(Cass. C. 2. 11.)
Agelli est hie sub urbe paulum, quod locitas foras. (Ter. Ad. 949.)
Quid si doceo te non minus domum tuam avertisse quam Romam
misisse decumarum nomine? (G. Verr. 3. 19.)
Ministerium restituendorum domos obsidum mihimet deposco ipse.
(L. 22. 22.)
Nocturnus introitus Zmyrnam quasi in hostium urbem.
(C. Phil. 11. 2.)
Concursatio regis magni ab Demetriade nunc Lamiam in concilium
jEtolorum, nunc Chalcidem. (L. 35. 49-)
Tua me imago haec limina tendere adegit. (Verg. A. 6. 696.)
Italiam fato profugus Lavinaque venit littora. (lb. 1. 2.)
Verba refers aures non pervenientia nostras. (Ov. Met. 3. 462.)
A similar use is found in the expressions:
Venum ire, venum dare; pessum ire, pessum dare, premere. 1
Continued on p. 46.
Chap. 7111.1 Soto. 45
1 The aecusatirc im its first adverbial use (A) demotes the lime along smm
which (or surface orer winch) re wore: im the leeoud use (B), fa*
potat to a-air a a*e awrr. The oblatire oa ta« ota^r farad expraacs
<ae potat or place, at vatdk a*e ore, or from wkich se start.
* A preposition is (caproti) required when the place to which im
(1) if expressed by c o m m o m noun, or name of person, or hawse, dr.,
e. g. lKtoiain Slam ad caput adngent. (C. Rose. A m. 30.) Damnm ad
(3) i» interior of country, or tow*, or house, te.: hi. e.g. in SJriEan
Tatit. In Faxmiannm Toinmns renire ParHEbos. (C. .4ft. 3. 8.)
is direction or neighbourhood of town : ad. e. g. ad Bnmdia-r:
llexit iter. »L. 25. 24.) AdoJeseentoIos utiles ad Capoam profeetas
■am. (C. Sen. 4.) S« obo note to § 483.
(3) has urban, oppidnm preflxed in o ppos ition, e.g. "Victor per-
"ti:: ^. :::./:r.v.r^ : - .: '.-:~. :: ir ::-:__. . : -.: ?i_. •.". 1 _
Usually alto when the apposition follows; e. g. Demaratas m ut a nt se
Tarqitiztios in urctm Etruriae florentissiinam (C. B- P. 2. 10) ; but
L- 38, 24; 31, 25.
(4> is a Greek name which might be taken for a diferent ease, e. §.
a. d. txez. Idas ad Geo jncimde yenimas, inde Gvarmn saero renco.
(C. Att. 5. 12.)
3 The notion of ' whither' is contained in numerous adverbial forms. 1113
chiefly p r onomi nal, in -o. which are frequently combined with Torsos,
Torsnm: and three of them with ad; wis. adco, adhoe, qcoad. See
§§ 511, 4. 512.
Do f lem L- ; : : dm inb : ::^j-i^. 7 '..'.' ' - "
Occasionally these forms are used of persons and things; e.g.
Eo snmpti cpus est. (Caio, R. E. 22. £o=a
Jl _ t^"^i~iz ~ :~ = ~ ~ ~"~ — Li: ":.: A " "_"; z '. ~. "_ : .~ i ;~i i_~_l: :
poei I I :anaqne eapds noTi erves. (L. 1. 33.)
Bophoclinsca hme est pecsliiri; e;-g, c~o ec: r"_i i_i:^j :~: = il
qnaz^ PL Pars. 301.)
Qco i" ? _~'.^~ :
: .. i~5.)
Sana ncbilis et apod eos <joo se : ntofii gran* ns. (C. Terr. 4. 18.)
que eon-
disas sorses. (C. I>sr. £ U
B ; " - - -" — — " ■'- inte taeastex *. hoe te pares, hs : : : -.: . ; . 1 1 haM h
fcierceas. (C. Fxm. I "
* On Saras tee i 11
Continued on p. 47.
46 Accusative. Goal of motion. [Book IK
2. An action as the goal of motion or the like. 1114
This is almost confined to the use of the so-called supine in -um 1 :
r eally the accusative of a verbal substantive (with stem ending in u-.
Additional examples in Chap. XIV. Cf also § 711.
(a) Spectatum veniunt, veniunt spectentur ut ipss.
(Ov. A. A. 1. 99.)
Simul ad purganda crimina et questum de se Romam eos ituros
comperit. (L. 34. 62.)
Exclusi eos, quos tu ad me salutatum miseras. (C. Cat. 1. 4.)
Ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem mittit. (L. 1. 54.)
Consurrexisse omnes illi dicuntur et senem sessum recepisse.
(G. Sen. 18.)
Daturne ilia Pamphilo hodie nuptum? (Ter. And. 301.)
Longius earn rem ductum in existimabant. (Cces. G. 7. 11.)
Coctum ego, non vapulatum, dudum conductus fui. (PI. Aul. 454-)
Multi te ex jure manum consertum vocarent. (C. Or. r. 10.)
Nee qui, quibus verbis herctum cieri oporteat, nesciat, idem hercis-
cundas familiae causam agere non possit. (G. Or. 1. 56.)
(f) Exequias Chremeti quibus est commodum ire, em tempus est.
(Ter. Ph. 1026.)
Horum alteram neque nego neque infitias eo. (L. 6. 40.)
Edepol, ere, ne tibi suppetias 2 temperi adveni modo. (PI. Men. 1020.)
3. (a) The accusative of place towards which is used with i"6
the following prepositions :
Ad (adversus), in, ob, pone, prope, secundum, sub, super, trans,
versus; ante, extra, infra, inter, intra, ultra.
Examples are given in the Supplement to Syntax.
(£) Occasionally an accusative (of this class) is found apparently m8
dependent on a preposition in composition*. (See also § 112 1.)
Ne tu, quod istic fabuletur, auris immittas tuas. (PI. Capt. 545.)
Ego autem, cum omnia conlustrarem oculis, animum adverti colu-
mellam. (G. T.J). 5. 23.)
Arbitrum ilium adegit. (C. Of. 3. 16.)
Provinciam omnem in sua et Pompei verba jusjurandum 1 adigebat.
(Gxs. C. 2. 18.)
Hie tibi rostra Cato advolat. (Gic. Alt. 1. 14, § 5.)
Continued on p. 48.
chap, vrrr: . r - .*. 47
1 Besides the rnpine other mode a of dxprsatingi fig verbal nawna the. nns
famgrnm mfwrntSamammz
fj)* ad. ttr££& jentsmi ar gwrwuELue r
t S^riam. Tmwi»ra.t ad. Piusnicnm accersendas naves.
I •
• nasnet fpg£ ad Tetereni rw ntTi ncstraimn. bebbueedbbb cqul-
. impirfaf aECpm fni' iinsi â– t rrmTre. |E. Er-ji. '.
mztive jervmd ar jerundive de-pendent <m r out fouawed bti r
>ar : E398
T hi*il. mg Trrn rpTr '-"hprnrTTTn sfbi qTEESHHiiim. grami. : T**Tm J
Legates ad Casareni sax ptzrnmdi iraiia :r±nnni i Cobs S. " I
_ :ansa Tnrtr'n. r^ n.TTTTE^r-'t, (C. R. P. 3. )
FuPjre participle often in Llvy, Oxrtiiia, TourLiua, Plin. m£nJ)z
Ipse per agnrm Cam — : u.ii r n p 5eapo-
— . us nrbem m rfcrniaan iaierec. 1. .
Grneci ffrnesgero-i mJ poasHuncn. a rege petereufc.
DednerS qriaiLrireiiies r asceiulii ipse r ncn Beetimfi modo aed mi
htm L3, § 3LJ
f-t - ~ cit£. T Ter., Liter. r rxndraxet"j in Jlai-
ynsta.n poets ; sea
te mnsnsfmerel Fer £ 1 _
Bedd PI_ p 3 _ g__
Lmav 3. I '
cut nurtai nouns . :.;._ -nesidlo. sca-
[
" '_ g
1 - : <â– â– - â– ' ragpetras Li found in FUuius. in :j, ; oatasg
- -:• B«* tStf Jmat-SBBLAfent. Sua a
1 "' .' •
_ U the preposition k aam , -;„,-,, yTmaes:
itt rebus acerbis acrfna . ^g^
-. . _ iIjict. 3. 54
DiceDam Laimn aa jnsjarandnm pogaDaiffi scales .-isse.
- , : ..
Set ? ar waL? sf. warn- na*
monto. 5 1238 j often fmni.
?0 5 1Z - ' - rrnem Eceue ^assures rc-iznare.
-- l>
C • i tiimed on j. J&
48 Accusative. Direct Object. [Book IV.
(C) 1. Direct object of a transitive verb or participle, itao
Many verbs not originally transitive become such either (b) by com-
position with a preposition (§ nai), e.g. venlo, ' i" come;' 1 convenio,
'I 'visit: 1 or (c) by a stretch of the conception (§ 1123), especially in
poetry or animated language, e.g. horreo, ' I shudder ■,' hence, '•I fear. 1
(a) Graecia capta ferum victorem cepit. (Hor. Ep. 2. 1. 156.)
Ut tu fortunam, sic nos te, Celse, feremus. (lb. 5. 8. 17.)
Dat mihi verba. Vir virum legit. Te citharae decent.
Habeo gratiam Trebatio. Egi gratias diligenter.
Habere dicimur febrem, cum ilia nos habeat. (Sen. Ep. 119, § ia.)
Hem, quisquis es, sine me. (Ter. Ad. 321.) Cette dextras.
Equitem cursu sequat. Virtutes majorum semulemur.
Pudet regem facti. Non me fugit. Missum te facimus.
Signum excubanti tribuno dedit, 'optimam matrem.' (Suet. Ner. 9.)
Di ludos faciunt hominibus. (PI. Merc, aaj.) Cave canem.
Ludos me facit. (PI. Rud. 1. 70.) Cornicum oculos confixit.
Alte extollens Brutus pugionem, Ciceronem exclamavit, et ei recu-
peratam libertatem est gratulatus. (C. Phil. 2. n.)
Optas congressum pacemque non desperas. (C. Att. 8. 15.)
Primum me tibi excuso in eo ipso, in quo te accuse (C. Or. 2. 2. 1.)
Lucem perosi projecere animas. (Verg. A. 6. 435.)
Parios ego primus iambos ostendi Latio, numeros animosque secutus
Archilochi, non res et agentia verba Lycamben.
(Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 23.)
Nil relinquo in asdibus, nee vas nee vestimentum; conrasi omnia ;
ancillas, servos omnis produxi ac vendidi; inscripsi ilico aedis;
mercedem quasi talenta ad quindecim coegi ; agrum hunc mer-
catus sum: hie me exerceo. (Ter. Haut. 140 — 146.)
(b) Vires me deficiunt. Adeo hereditatem.
Extremurn fato, quod te adloquor, hoc est. (Verg. A. 6. 466.)
Caelum suspeximus caelestiaque contemplati sumus. (C. N. D. a. a.)
Vallo atque fossa mcenia circumdedit. (Sail. J. 33.)
Atilium sua manu spargentem semen convenerunt. (C. Rose. A. 18.)
Is periculum judicii praestare debet, qui se nexu obligavit.
(C. Mur. 39.)
Filia miseram sed honestam mortem occubuerat. (L. 3. 50.)
Uuus velut morbus invaserat omnes Italiae civitates. (L. 34. a.)
Continued on i>. 50.
Chap. Tin.] JTote.
I~- - - '■s -'■:--':'•.:-■~- ■-.--;• - •- ..—.-.-.-. - - .
:;•" - • ." i .■" ' : j --_: •■• " '. Z .-_•":.■Z ' ; :- : - . MBMl
l) Ttefint (mr p t iMtipm lprme) mw thn ffc p » sdd i wf . Tioac
ate, op. « Cicero. Gnapereetof UK»; 11ML
(SelL), in li (Hut), adire,
~L. i :>:-- 1-- i.L. i -r--v 1." -_:•,"- • i-Z
adreki (Tat), adratfi (Ik);
aateeedeze, anteeellere (Ffia.), aateire,
WM
"»" (Li*-), arerti (Yog.).
eirc em daxe T ' wii .! ■* • (as weflis'tfcrwriiii Mr ) Harm (Terr.),
•btmwm (Sen.), -leaden, wiiwurf, -ire, -lateen (Sa), -afdere,
-aster* (Q&), -soaere (Lir.), -stare, strepex* (Sea.), -tartare
(Hoc), -ndere (Let.), -refai (Lir.), -renire, -relate (Hoc);
coire, eytopa., eonrenire;
1- r--L :- --- 7- . — - -:- ; ■■: Ti- .
i (Lrr.), eaiti, * rise* * flae-), eassren (Heat), expagaare,
(Tag.), ereden (Lir.), eregeri (Hbt.)l
(Lir.), imiimi'ir (Lir.), iacM e w (Ike,), Lac rep are, in-
(Lrv.), mire, aKfepe», wgnJi, whuntuttB (fleet.), anau
(Terg.), iM il m i (Terg.), iapeedQe (Ter.), inpegaare, iiewiniia
(Lir.; «i£* in, Gc), inrumpen (Cas.), jaenire (Pleat.), iasldfre
(Lir.), insffire (Or.), iasistere (Caa), iespatan (Hart.), ' i tlm
(Ter.), iar adere (Lit.), anadan, iawaate (Ffin.) ;
(Lir.);
(Or.), onaial i fie (— ism), obezxan (Pen.), obire,
oejergare, oppagnare, obsidere, obseien (SalL);
pereamn, peicquilare (Lir.), pererrare (Bar.), peratanen
(Laer.>, p i i e n an (Pfia.), pezsoaare (Terg.), persaitere (Leer.), perra-
,:: _.- :-.7-^^\
7: - :- z . Ti.: -: :-.rr;:- _- : i:-: H : -?=— rL: I_-
praxre, dtrtate (Lir.), p i a a iimie (fac), prasaiere (SaQ.), praestare,
excel (Lir. fcrt as ffp artn— .), gmmramtp. perform (CSe. **.), pnsreM
(Xsc), prareaire (Lir.), pnerertere, amtatrip, pretext (lir.), pnererti,
mHemijtnt to (lir.).
przterftnere (Lir.), -gredi, -ire, aa i igai u (Saet), -vela, -ralare
fBcpeck);
teaasgndi, traasire, traoare, tranwTire, trsasreH;
(3aH.),sabire;
(Terg.};
i. , -jaeere, overtop (Terg.}, -stare (Or.), -vadeSB
(SalL), tiiiiiiii (Hot.).
(7oaf*wufdaam,51.
4
50 Accusative. Two direct objects. [Book IV.
(c) Queritur salebras et acerbum frigus et imbres, aut cistam effrac-
tam et subducta viatica plorat. (Hor. Ep. i. 17. 53.)
Tribunatum etiam nunc spirans, locum seditionis quserit. (L. 3. 46.)
Catilinam, scelus anhelantem, pestem patriae nefarie molientem, ejeci-
mus. (C. Cat. 2. 1.)
Et verba omnia et vox hujus alumnum urbis oleant, ut oratio Ro-
mana plene videatur. (Quint. 8. 1. 3.)
Cives meum casum luctumque doluerunt. (C. Sest. 69.)
Jura fidemque supplicis erubuit. (Verg. A. 2. 541.)
Legitimum sonum digitis callemus et aure. (Hor. A. P. 274.)
Vela damus, vastumque cava trabe currimus sequor. (Verg. A, 3. 19 1.)
Formosam resonant Amaryllida silvas. (Id. 1. 5.)
Pastorem saltaret uti Cyclopa rogabat. (Hor. Sat. 1. 5. 63.)
2. Certain special usages of the objective accusative may here be
distinctly mentioned:
{a) For the accusative with the infinitive see % 135 1.
(b) Some verbs have, in consequence of their own double mean- 1122
ing, two direct objects, one being a person, the other a thing 1 . These
are doceo (and compounds'), celo; some verbs of demanding, viz.
posco, flagito, oro; and some verbs of questioning, viz.. rogo, inter-
rogo (chiefly with sententiam, testimonium), percontor (once). (These
like other verbs may have an accusative of the class named in § 1094.)
Consules causam Sthenii totum senatum docent. (C. Perr. 2. 39.)
Non te celavi sermonem T. Ampii. (C. Fam. 2. 16.)
Interim cotidie Csesar Haeduos frumentum flagitare.
(Caes. G. 1. 16.)
Tribunus me primum sententiam rogavit. (C. Q. Fr. 2. 1.)
Nullus est tibi quem roges mutuom argentum? (PI. Pseud. 294.)
Factum senatus consultum, ut duo viros 2 asdiles ex patribus dic-
tator populum rogaret. (L. 6. fin.)
Forte meum siquis te percontabitur aevum. (Hor. Ep. 1. 20. 26.)
The accusative of the thing remains even when the verb is in the 11a
passive voice.
Latinae legiones longa societate militiam Romanam edoctae.
(L. 6. 32.)
Scito primum me non esse rogatum sententiam. (C. Att. 1. 13.)
Negabis libellum ullius pretii esse,cujus pretium reposceris.
(Plin. Ep. 7. ia.)
Continued on p. 52.
Chap. VIII.] Xotes. 51
The following {mainly intransitive) verbs are used, chiefly in poetry, 1:23
transitively by a stretch of the conception, the accusative often resem-
bling the class in §§ 1094 — 1100. (Those used in passive are spaced.)
ambulare (maria, Cic. But cf. Quint. 1. 5, § 39); anhelare (scelus,
Cic); ardere (Alexin, Yerg.); crepare (vineta, Hor.) ; currere (seqnor,
Verg.); deperire (illam, Plant.); dolere (casum, Cic); erubeseere
(fzatres, Prop.); festinare (pcenas, Hor.); flare (flamnxam, Lncr.);
flere (fidem. Hor.); fremere (anna, Yerg.); geniere (ignominiam,
Verg.); horrere (dolorem, Cic); indnlgere, concede (sangninem,
Lir.); instare (cnrrnm, Yerg.); lacrimare ^id, Ter.); lamentari (ca?ci-
tatem, Cic); ludere (Appium, Cic); lngere (mortem, Cic); maarere
(mortem, Cic); man are (mella, Hor.); manere (patruom, Ter.); navi-
gare (terrain, Cic); olere (malitiam, Cic); pallere (pontum, Hor.);
pavere (Parthum, Hor.); plorare (commissum, Hor.); properare (ob-
sonia, Plant.); qneri (injuriam, Cic); redolere (antiqvitatem, Cic);
resonare (alcyonen, lucos, Yerg.); ridere (me, Cic); saltare (pnellam,
Or.); Eapere (mare, Sen.); silere (rem, Cic); sitire (sangvinem,
Cic); sonare (atavos, Verg.); spirare (naminas, Liv.) ; stillare(rorem,
Hor.); stnpere(donnm,Yerg.); sndare (mella, Yerg.); snspirare(Chloen i
Hor.); tacere (elades, Liv.); tonare (deos, Yerg.); triumphatae
gentes (Yerg.); vigil at ae {noetis, Ov.); vivere (Bacchanalia, Juv.).
1 The thing (subject-matter) may be put in the abl. with de, after "*5
doceo, celo, rogo, interrogo, and (without an ace. of the person) scis-
eitari;
The person may be put in the abl. with ab after posco, flagito, and
always after peto, precor, postulo ; 2rit7t ab-or ex after qua?ro, sciscitor.
L. Bosoms de his rebns Caesarem docet. (Cass. C. 1. 3.)
De armis, de ferro, de insidiis celare te nolnit. (C. Deiot. 6.)
Memoriter respondeto ad ea qua? (§ 1094) de te ipso rogaro.
(C. Vat. 4.)
Pnsionem qnendam Socrates interrogat qusedam geometrica (§ 1094)
de dimensione qnadratL (C. T. D. 1. 24.)
Non debebam ego abs te has litteras poscere. (C. Yerr. 2. 16.)
Precor deos is used as well as precor salutem, but not precor deos
salntem.
Malta (§ 1094) deos venerati stmt. (Caecin. ap. C. Fam. 6. 7.)
Consnlo with two accus. once in Plant. (Men. 700). Ci C. Att. 7. 20.
Condono is used (rarely) in Plant, and Ter. with tiro accus. (Com-
pare the double use of donare aliquem re and rem alieui.)
Argentum, qnod habes, condonamus te. (Ter. Ph. 947.)
Habeo alia mnlta quae nunc condonabitur. (Ter. Eun. 17.)
But the regular construction is condonare aliquid alicui.
1 Compare comitia consulibus rogandis, post legem rogatam, &c.
Continued on p. 53.
4—2
52 Accusative. After passive verbs: &c. [Book IV.
(c) In the poets and Tacitus many passive verbs, especially in the 1126
past participle, retain the direct object, expressing, either (1) a part
of the body, &c, or (2) a thing worn, &c, in the accusative 1 .
The passive verb may usually be regarded as reflexive.
(1) Succincti corda machaeris. (Ennius, Poen. 15, fr. 2.)
Volucres perculsae corda tua vi. (Lucr. 1. 13.)
Consurgit senior tunicaque inducitur artus. (Verg. A. 3. 545.)
Unum exuta pedem vinclis, testatur moritura deos. (lb. 4. 518.)
Inficitur teneras ore rubente genas. (Tib. 3. 4. 32.)
Virides manu siccata capillos. (Ov. M. 5. 575.)
(2) Census es mancipia Amyntae. (C. Flac. 32.)
Arma circumdat humeris et inutile ferrum cingitur.
(Verg. A. 2. 511.)
Inscripti nomina regum, nascuntur flores. (Verg. B. 3. 106.)
Pueri lsevo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacerto. (Hor. S. 1.6. 74.)
Protinus induitur faciem cultumque Dianas. (Ov. M. 2. 425-)
Inductaque cornibus aurum victima vota cadit. (lb. 7. 161.)
(d) The accusative is also used in exclamations*: really object 1128
to some verb understood. (The particular verb is often quite unim-
portant, and probably not distinctly conceived.) The substantive has
usually an oblique predicate.
Me miserum ! Pro deorum atque hominum fidem 3 ! (C. T. D. 5. 16.)
O excubias tuas, Cn. Planci, miseras! o flebilis vigilias! o noctis
acerbas ! o custodiam etiam mei capitis infelicem ! (G. Plane. 49.)
O te ferrcum, qui illius periculis non moveris. (C. Att. 13. 30.)
Hocine sasclum ! o scelera, o genera sacrilega, o hominem impium.
(Ter. Ad. 304.)
Huncine hominem! hancine impudentiam, judices! hanc audaciam!
(C. Verr. 5. 29.)
In balneis delituerunt : testis egregios! dein temere prosiluerunt ;
homines temperantis ! (C. Cxi. 26.)
Di magni, horribilem ac sacrum libellum! (Catull. 14. 12.)
Edepol mortalem graphicum, si servat fidem. (PI. Pseud. 519.)
Scd eccum 4 qui nos conduxit senex. (PI. Merc. 747.) See § 999. 2.
/Eschinus ubist? Sy. Ellum te expectat domi. (Tcr. Ad. 260.)
En quattuor aras: Ecce duas tibi, Daphni, duas altaria Phoebo.
(Verg. B. 5. 65.)
Continued on p. 54.
Ou*p. fill.} Fetes.
1 This usage (far which normal Latin has uM i tfn*} a doubtless of j
Greek swggestim, though it closely harden an and. in fact, runs into
tkmmse of the accusative of extent, § TTWB. £TI* use of eenseor is only
Jkwmd m C. Floe. 32 (q-T.) y and Sac A. P. 383.) Beside* the in-
stance* quoted in § 1128y
fl} Emmas has perculsi peetora PaeM: Lucretius, pertmlsus. L. 261 ;
p 5l 1133. TS* Augustan poets iesp. Tag. .£«. . Ov. JC?t.) A«ht«
. J/1 Li 269), wflecti (angn-
prateetns, cimmniasns. eoronaens. in-.
per-, suf-, fnsns locales) ;
yieins, distmetns, odoratos; caesus, percussus. pressus imeiitem). pul-
sus, fraettis imemliia> ; fix~; le- r prae-, finis: accensus 1 1
4 I K . adsuetas. 3a:mratas (dolorem./. mutatus. Also meomptns.
letas it L il 7; EeO. Afr. 7S; Suet. J.u*f. 20; iiiiftwirtiui, PEn.
" :■»; percussas, P<f£ ., E .rop. aancins, § Ufa.) Xante*
«■> —™r<.iia cocas i frontem, terga, lasera, &c) ; enntectom, QbJi±na T
wiwum : adlevator (azdm
(2) TS«? Augustan poets have accmgi ( Verg. J. 4. 493), succnufass,
errcunsiatns, trafeetas (per pedes Iora. Terg. .41 2. 2731. Tacitus has
apminMii iJS. 3. 74). Inducus jrvpimi ot po«?£a T ana in Zizry (27
tin occasionally in Curtius, TeUeius, Suetonius.
The English, ' has (having) Ms temples crowned,' ' ft£» satchel
mmfended' {whence comes the English active, l has crowned tet
â– / &eS, would suit all these expressions both m (1) and (3)v
Xi< reflexive inflexions here represent miM, not me.
(1) Tela miM caput amitisa, exuo mfhi redem Tinm'is, in&ao msbi
MS* SBKOUSP SHAH 1HIFTHBI SUTO r Of£C.
(2) rndrcn miM tumVain, inilmn* Tnfhf aarum cbAb, mscribo
hi names. sepulero. eesseo miM maTiripfa, * t?n£tf r m my return to
censor* J The use of cmgor presumes a ynat found)
Camp, the double use of dxcumdare.
* The nominative is also used in exclamations: see § 1082. z ^^
3 Similarly Di TOstram Hen H. Capt. 391. Jfcc.i. The verb omit-
ted is implcro: [e.g. C. Verr. 1. 3. deum atque tomimrm fidem im-
fiiiiiilji \). But these expressions are purely colloquial exclamations,
- <:d heavens. " 'Oh Lord'', not real invocations. In Tec Ph. 351,
!■»««■« inunortalinni! the eUipse Li still greater.
Di melius («.$. Ov. HI 3. 125 "■, di meliora <-i.j. C. PhiL 9. 3), are
found with the verb expressed; e.f. dams iTer. Ph. 1005'. fa-rfnt (PL
Pa. 315*1. feranirr. " I
Ife hercnles. me Has fidius *;. jurat 'see 5 '.}'.>0 era simvoj zssev-- 1
tiona = ' Upon Ti-y word.' the form- m down to iiercle in speech,
mad m colloijuiol ' indeed ' in meaning.
A different kind of elliptical exclamation is seen in Iforte Xiiwza
ifca Isetaras est popuius. ut ad primum nnnrTTTm discurreuteSr ' Ebe-
laBBiaTifcT:
* Except in the Plautine ecirum. eecillam, 4re. . en. and ecce are
found mast frequently with the nominative cf. f 1 - .
Continued anjf.SSh
54 Dative. Indirect object. [Book J V.
CHAPTER IX.
USE OF DATIVE CASE.
The Dative case is used in two senses 1 only: 1130
(A) It expresses the indirect object, which is usually a person;
(B) It is used predicatively in a quasi-adjectival sense. {Dative
of the thing.)
(A) 1. The indirect object is the person (or thing) affected "32
by the occurrence of an action or by the exercise of a quality, although
7iot directly or primarily acted on. {Person for or to whom.)
The word put in the dative belongs properly to the whole predicate
(whether principal or subordinate), and not (as the genitive) to some
particular word, though there is often some word in the sentence
(e.g. verb, adjective, preposition in composition, substantive) whose
meaning is naturally supplemented 2 by such an indirect object. The
Augustan and later writers, especially poets and historians, often
employed the dative to express loosely, but vividly, what as a mere
matter of fact would be more precisely expressed by a preposition with
its case.
Transitive verbs can have the indirect object in addition to a
direct object ; Intransitive verbs have this indirect object only (with
or without an accusative of the extent). In English the preposition
for 3 or to is usually required, though not unfrequently the notion is
differently conceived, and the indirect object in Latin corresponds to the
direct object in English.
Sex. Roscius praedia aliis coluit, non sibi. (C. Rose. Am. 17.) 1134
Scriptitavit orationes multis yElius. (C. Brut. 46.)
Vobis arabitur ager Campanus: vobis Capua urbs frequentabitur.
(L. 7. 30.)
Esset humanitatis tiue consuleie eorum commodis et utilitati saluti-
que senile. (C. Q. F. 1. 1. 9.)
Ulam mimam suas res sibi habere 4 jussit. (C. Phil. 2. 28.) .
Nihil aut patri gratius 5 , aut sibi jucundius facere potuit.
(C. Rose. Am. 18.)
Minus Dolabella Verri acceptum rcttulit, quam Verres illi expen-
sum tulit. (C. Verr. 1. 39.)
Debemur morti nos nostraque. (Hor. A. P. 63.)
T. Mcnenio diem dicunt. Cum capitis anquisissent, duo milia aeris
damnato dixerunt. (L. 2. 52.)
Nee nostris prsebere vacat 8 tibi cantibus aures. (Ov. M. 5. 334.)
Continued on p. 56.
Chap. IX. 1 Notes. 55
1 These senses are subdivided as follows :
A. Indirect object. 1. General usage. §§ 1132 — 1142.
2. Certain special usages :
(a) 'Where a local relation is implied. § 1114.
(6) Agent. § 1146.
(c) Person judging. § 1143.
(d) Person interested in a statement. § 1150.
(e) Person possessing. § 1152.
(/) Where a genitive might have been expected. § 1154.
(g) Work contemplated. § ?156.
(Double indirect object. § 1161.)
B. Predicative dative. §§ 1158—1162.
(a) with the verb' esse.' §1160.
(J) with other verbs. § 1162.
3 As specimen* of the numerous words, whose meaning is naturally tI3t
supplemented by a dative {besides or without an accusative), may be
ummed:
eedere, dare, esse, favere, ferre, fidere, indulgere, izasei, jungere,
licere, mederi, minari, narrare, nocere, nubere, parcere, placere, ser-
vire, suadere, &c.
adjacere, arridere, auferre, comparare, consentire, contingere, in-
eumbere, innasci, insidere, obedire, obrepere, obtrectare, repugnare,
succurrere, sumcere, superstare, &e.
affinis, amicus, aptus, idoneus, infensus, obnoxius, obvius, par,
sacer, similis, dissimilis, «Src.
adjutor, anctor, comes, hostis, testis, finis, locus, tempus, materia,
pretium, subsidium, <fcc
3 Pro with abl. properly ' in front o/,' ' in place of,' sometimes ap- 1133
proaches very nearly to the meaning of the dative:
In alii 5 causis intellexerant omnia me semper pro amicoxum periculis,
nihil umqvam pro me ipso deprecatum. (C. Or. 2. 49.)
Dulce et decorum est pro patria mori. (Hor. Od. 3. 2. 13.)
4 This is a formula used in divorces. But Habere tecum ' to keep «3S
to one self e.g. Secreto hoe audi ; tecum habeto. (C. Fam. 7. 25.)
5 Credidi gratum fore beneficium meum aput te. (PL Pen. 718.)
Grate in vulgus leges fuere. (L. 2. 8.)
5 Exponam, si vaeas animo, neque habes aliquid quod huic sermoni
l«jwn«UmiluM^ jrj^M Z-. ton* iafpmn 'pJnlosirLis :r~r-er
Taeo.' (C. Div. L 6.) Continued on p. 57.
56 Dative. Indirect object. [Book IV.
Non Herculi nocere Deianira voluit, cum ei tunicam sanguine Cen-
tauri tinctam dedit. (C. N.D. 3. 28.)
Increpabant, consules magis non confidere 1 quam non credere suis
militibus. (L. 2. 45.)
Dicit Cleomeni: 'Tibi uni parcam.' (C. Verr. 5. 40.)
Reliqua oratio fuit ut suas fortunse moderarentur 2 . (L. 37. 35.") u 3 6
Navis, quibus legatus prsefuerat 3 , Cleomeni tradit. (C. Verr. 5. 31.)
Ad earn diem omnes magistratus sibi esse praesto Cordubae voluit.
(Cass. C.2.19.)
Interroganti senatori si reticeam, superbus videar. Respondeam
Himilconi, &c. (L. 23. 12.)
Caspius olim, 'non omnibus dormio:' sic ego non omnibus, mi
Galle, servio. (C. Fam. 7. 24.)
Nam et mundus deo paret, et huic obediunt maria terraeque, et
hominum vita jussis supremas legis obtemperat. (C. Legg. 3. 1.)
Scire volam quantum simplex hilarisque nepoti discrepet 4 et quantum
discordet 5 parcus avaro. (Hor. E. 2. 2. 192.)
Chremem conveniam; orabo gnato filiam. (Ten And. 528.) n 3 8
Bona omnia populo Romano Gracchoque ipsi precabantur 6 .
(L. 24. 16.)
Bovem eximium Marti immolavit. (L. 7. 37.)
Propino hoc pulchro Critias. (C. T. D. 1. 40.)
Epulari Gracchus permisit 7 militibus. (L. 24. 16.)
Nunquam conlegse tuo gratiam referes. (C. Brut. 60.)
Socratis morti inlacrimari soleo, Platonem legens. (C. N.D. 3. 33.')
Interdictum mari Antiati populo est. (L. 8. 14.)
Ea quoque res in pugna terrorem attulit 8 Sabinis. (L. 1. 37.) 1140
Provincial toti, quam maximum potest, militum numerum imperat.
(Caes. G. 1. 7.)
Victoriam hosti extorqueamus 9 , conftssionem erroris civibus.
(L. 22. 29.)
Vitam adulescentibus vis aufert 10 , senibus maturitas. (C. Sen. 19.)
Stultitia est, quoi bene esse liceat, eum prasvorti litibus.
(PI. Pen. 799.)
Non solum ilia gloria militaris vestris formulis atque actionibus ante-
ponenda est, verum etiam dicendi consuetudo longe et multum
isti vestrae exercitationi ad honorem antecellit. (C. Mur. 13.)
Corpora feris objicientur 11 : hoc luctuosum est parentibus.
(C. Verr. 5. 45-)
Continued on p. 58.
Chap. 7X] Sate*. 51
Mnltnm nstnra loci confidebant. (Cjes. G. 3. 9.) CL § 1229.
f Ees rnsticaa venti tempestatesque moderantzrr. (C. Verr. 3. 98.)
a P ra taiu m is often absolute, e. g. Hasdrnbal ea parte praeerafc. (L.
22. 43.) ilago in Bruttiis praerat. (L. 25. 16.)
* Similarly TJt matrona meretrici dispar erit atqne discolor, nrfido ri 37
scnxras distabit amicus. Est iraic diversum vitao vitmin prope majue.
(Bor. Ep. L 18. 3.
In prose discrepare, discordare, distare, Jfcc. are found in the same
sense with ab, the two farmer also with cum: the dative is rare.
Hac in re discrepavit ab Antonii divisione nostra partitio.
(C. Or. 3. 30.)
Qtrid attimiii; cum eis, qmbuscmn re concinebai, verbis discrepare.
(C. Fin. 224
5 Conformanda vox est ne ab oratione discordet. (Quint 11. 3. 4a.)
« Quodni ha sit. qxnd veneranmr, quid precamnr deos? (C.y.D.1.44.)
t Similarly Ipsis judicibus sine mea argumentatione coniectnram 039
facere permittam. ^C. Verr. 5. 9.)
But with sino an accusative of the person receiving the permission
is used, e. g. Nos Transalpinas gentis oleam et vitem serere non sini-
mns. (C. E.F. 3. 9.)
(Such an accus. as in Otbo concedi corpora 3epultnrae cremarique
permisit (Tac R. 1. 47), is part of the thing permitted. See note to
§1348.)
8 So also anerre vim or maims alicui, use force or one's hands to a rx*r
person; afferre periculum reipublica*, Ste.; but -nihil novi ad nos adfe-
rebatur. (C. Fam. 2. li.j
Cn. Octavins primus in earn fsumTiam attulit consulatum.
(C. FhiL 9. 2.)
Hoc est vim adferre sensibus, extarquere ex airm-i-iB cognitiones ver-
bornm. (C. Fin. 2. 5.)
* Sibil exprimere ab egentibus, n-rh-fT TiTTa. vi a miseris extorquere
potuit. (C. Frov. 3.)
10 Te bas phaleras a Pbjiarcno abstulisse dicebant. (C. Verr. 4. 12.)
11 Objecit sese ad currum. (Terg. A. 12. 37 -
Continued an p. 59.
5 8 Dative. In local relations. [Book IV.
Tarn conjuncta 1 populo Romano civitas ad vim descendit. 114a
(Caes. G. 7. 33.)
Hannibali imperatori parem consulem nomino. (L. 24. 8.)
Fiunt omnia castris qvam urbi similiora 2 . (L. 4. 31.)
Ego tamen tuis rebus sic adero ut difficillimis, neque Caesari solum
sed etiam amicis ejus omnibus, quos mihi amicissimos 3 esse
cognovi, pro te libentissime supplicabo. (C. Fam. 6. 14.)
Romana acies distinctior ex pluribus partibus constans, facilis par-
tienti quacunque opus esset, facilis jungenti. (L. 9. 19.)
Summum bonum a Stoicis dicitur convenienter 4 naturae vivere.
(G. Off. 3. 3.)
Suo sibi 5 gladio hunc jugulo. (Ter. Ad. 958.)
Invitum qui servat, idem 6 facit occidenti. (Hor. A. P. 467.)
Scipionem, Uticae oppugnandae intentum 7 , jamque machinas admo-
ventem muris, avertit fama redintegrati belli. (L. 30. 8.)
Facilis 8 impetrandse veniae Claudius erat. (L. 26. 15.)
Relicua tempora demetendis fructibus et percipiendis 9 accommo-
data 10 sunt. (C. Sen. 19.)
Dixit se et Campanos paratos eruptioni fore. (L. 26. 13.)
Vides urbem sine Iegibus, sine judiciis, relictam direptioni 11 et in-
cendiis. (G. Fam. 4.1.)
2. The indirect object is especially noticeable in the following
classes of instances or in tbe following special meanings, which how-
ever cannot be separated by any clear line from the general usage or
from each other.
(a) Often a local relation 1 - {literal or figurative) is implied, and «44
a preposition with its case might have been expected. Chiefly in Livy,
Tacitus, poets, Sec.
Eo ferocius adequitabant Samnites vallo. (L. 9. 22.)
Nos onera quibusdam bestiis, nos juga inponimus. (C.N.D. 2.60.)
Sane homini practer opinionem improviso incidi. (C. Verr. a. 74.)
Itineris finem sperent campum interjacentem Tiberi ac moenibus
Romanis. (L. 21. 30.)
Tecto adsuetus coluber succedere et umbrae fovit humum.
(Verg. G. 3. 48.)
Rex se munitas urbi cum magna manu popularium incluserat
(Curt. 9. 8, § 11.)
CoJitinued on p. CO.
Chap. JXj Xoies. 59
1 Segestani eogaatione se earn popalo F«™»«» eonjunetos ease aria- "43
traaiur. (C. Verr. 4. 33.)
* Simihs is frequent with the genitive. See below, g 1314, 1317.
3 Amiens, mimiwng, &c often with genitive as substan t ives {§ 1280).
4 Stoiei finem bonorum ease sensenmt eongruere nafamn eamqae ea
eonvenienter xvrexe. (C. T. D. 5. 28.)
* This use of sflri it o*/j ta Plautns (e.g. Trin. 156; Copt. 5. 79,
Ac), Columella, and this passage of Terence* with an echo in C PhiL
2. 37, and perhaps in Ltd. 3. Its crista is seen in such p attages as, In
omni Toee est quiddam mfdinm sed sunm caique too. (C. Or. 3. 6L)
c Idem vita <ia*. *«aav as ' only (?) ta Hoc L c, Or. Jfet. 13. 50,
Luer. 2. 919; 3. 1038; 4. 1174, and Just 2.4.10. (Usually idem ae.)
Ease idem aikui, '&eaac< t&e *aav to, 1 Ter. H«c. 7.
r QbHqris iiineribus agmen seqnebantarin omiwrn occariflnpm intentL
(L.4L2L)
8 T^iwiti «>amprt ofc »A fngam ^■pftBBMulaiii f»jnK pngrafann Act
(L.28.34.)
9 For ofaer instances ofgerundival datives, see § 1156 and eh. xrr.
u Oratoria vis ifa-n-wii, explicatnx oratLonis perpetas ad persuaden-
dnm aeeommodatjB. (C. Ac. 1. 8.)
u A few out of numberless instances of abstract substantives as in-
direct objects are relinquere eonsuli&tioni (L. 26. 2); dare, aedpere,
servos quaestioni (PL 3/ort. 1087, 1091, 1095); ista omnia jam addieta
vastaiioiu videntur (C. AtL 9. 9) ; flle aditos Gallorum immanitari
mnltitudinique patuxsset (C. Prov. Cons. 14); dandae cervices erant
eradelitati nefarias (C. PhiL 5. 16); mandari, credi fide ae fi«h«g« (PL
Trin. 117, 141); fidei oommissum; timere reeeptai (Cass. C. 3. 69);
invention!, disposition!, elocution!, oidini rerom verborumque animmn
suffieere (Quint. 10. 7. 9); quaestui atqne sumptui dedkus erat (SalL
C. 13); &t, Ae. See also § 1163.
u Where a local relation is clearly, even though figuratively intend- IX *5
ed, a preposition (usually ad, de, ex, in, sob) vita its case is generally
used, especially by Cicero, Ctesar, dc. Sometimes a simple accusative
or ablative without a repetition of the preposition.
Eqrntes propias trnnnlom aceedere et ad nostros adeqvitare.
(Caes. G. L 46.)
r.: / .•: _ - — Lnnlentam -:'. i : -. eoDami — ami
(Claud. Quad. ap. GelL 9. 3.)
TTahehan, quid dieeres, si qnando in vituperatares meos intidisses.
(C. Fam. 1. 3, § 6.)
Gastra Paniea et Bomana interjaeebat campus. (L. 27. 41, where inter
may be taken as not compounded.)
Omnes sententiae Terbaque omnia sob acumen styli Eubeant et suece-
dant neeessest. (C. Or. L 35.)
:'-'--.- - i- ;Ii5zn ir curia minium 5i-.i~Lu2
obsederaL (C. AtL 6. 1, § 6.)
Continued on p. 61.
60 Dative. Agent: Person judging. [Book IV.
Extractum 1 custodiae juvenem ducem populo imposuit 2 .
(Tac. A. 6. 23.)
Equites Hannoni Afrisque pugnando ac sequendo fessis se circum-
fudere. (L. 29. 34.)
Quae nota domesticae turpitudinis non inusta vitae tuae est ?
(C. Cat. 1. 6.)
It caelo clamorque virum clangorque tubarum; hinc alii spolia oc-
cisis derepta Latinis coniciunt igni. (Verg. A. 11. 19a.)
(b) Agent. Regularly nvith gerundive 3 , and sometimes with "45
passive participle, or adjective in -bili-. Otherwise rare.
Haec Epicuro confitenda sunt, aut ea, quae modo dixi, tollenda de
libro. (C. T.D. 3. 19.)
Aliorum judicio permulta nobis et facienda et non facienda et mu-
tanda et corrigenda sunt. (G. Off. 1. 41.)
Video huic, si insidiaretur, noctem prope urbem exspectandam, illi
accessum ad urbem nocturnum fuisse metuendum. (CM/. 19.)
Consulem invenerunt, quam poterat maxime, miserabilem bonis sooiis,
superbis atque infidelibus, ut erant Campani, spernendum.
(L. 23- 50
Multis ille bonis flebilis occidit, nulli fiebilior quam tibi.
(Hor. Od. 1. 24. 9.)
Cui non sunt auditae Demosthenis vigiliae? (lb. 4. 19.)
Qui autem alia malunt scribi a nobis, aequi esse debent, quod scripta
multa sunt, sic ut plura nemini e nostris. (G. Fin. 1. 4.)
Nihil intemptatum inexpertumque priscis illis fuit. (Plin. 25. § 1.)
Carmina quae scribuntur aquae potoribus. (Hor. Ep. I. 19. 3.)
Dixit sibi apud horridas gentes e contuberniis hostem aspici.
(Tac. A. 1. 17.)
(c) Person judging*; 1148
Fortunatus sibi Damocles videbatur. (C. T. D. 5. 21.)
Animo cupienti nihil satis festinatur. (Sail. J. 64.)
Nequaquam visu ac specie aestimantibus pares. (L. 7. 10.)
Qiuntia formosast multis, mihi Candida, longa, rectast. (Catull. 86.1.)
Vere reputantibus Gallias suismet viribus concidisse admonebat.
(Tac. H. 4. 17.)
Verum confitentibus latifundia perdidere Italiam. (Plin. 18. § 35.)
Gomphos pervenit, quod est oppidum primum Thessalias venientibus 8
ab Epiro. (Caes. Civ. 3. 80.)
Tantus anulorum acervus fuit, ut metientibus supra tres modios ex-
plesse sint quidam auctores. (L. 23. 12.)
Continued on p. 62.
Chap. IX.} Notes. 61
1 Orabant (Fabium) vt ex eaeno plebeio consnlatnm extraher et
(L. 10. 15.)
Hee in eeuleum coiriuntur. Iste chorus f irtutui n in ecukum im-
(C. T. D. 5. 5.)
Even in non-local meaning the preposition is generally repeated
with addere, adieere, adjnngere, appfieare se, adMbere, eonferre, com-
parare, componere, inesse, and often with sobicere, sobjungere. So
always with cornmunicare (aliquid earn aHquo). It is never repeated
with adjacere, assidere. CI § 1121. (Madvig, Lai Gr. §§ 243, 245.)
3 The ablative with ab is sometimes {chiefly in Cicero) found to ex- ufl
press the agent with the gerundive. This is in many eases due either
(a) to a fear lest ambiguity should arise, if the dative were used, or (b)
to a desire to balance neighbouring clauses; in other eases (e) the reason
is not apparent. (With ike passive participle ab is the ordinary usage.)
(a) Agnntar bona nmltorran eivium, quibus est a Tobis et ipsprum et
reipubliea causa consulendum. (G. Man. 2. Quibus yobis would
have left it uncertain which was agent, which ordinary indirect
object.)
Cum res ejusmodi sit ut in primis a magistratibus animadTextenda
videatur. (C. Cec. 12.)
(6) Nunc Tnihi tertius ille locus est reliquus orationis de ambitus
criminibus, perpurgatus ab eis qui ante me dixerunt ; a me, quo-
yiArn ita Murena Toluit, retractandus. (C. Mur. 26. )
Nee, si a populo prsteritus est quern non oportuit, a judicibus eondem-
nandus est qui praeteritus non est. (C. Plane. 3.)
Cui senatus pro me gratias agendas putaTit, ei ego a me refexendam
gratiam non putem? (lb. 32.)
(c) Id etsi talibus de rebus gravissimos homines et rogare solere et
rogari scio. tflmpn admonendum potius te a ttio qnam rogandum
pmo. (C. Fam. 15. 4, § 11.)
Quid expectatis? quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?
(C. Terr. 3. 24.)
* With some verbs the ordinary indirect object naturally expresses 1X49
the person judging; e.g.
Nihil cuiquam probari volo me dicente, quod non ante mihimet iped
probatum sit. (C. Verr. 3. 70. )
Id hue revorti, uti me purgarem tibi. (PL Amph. 909.)
His omnibus, qui istius injurias noscent, me vehementer excusatom
toIo. (C. Verr. 1. 40.)
3 So Hercvnue silvse latitudo novem dierum iter expedito patet
(Cas. G. 6. 24.)
Continued on p. 63.
62 Dative. Person interested : Possessor. [Book IV.
(d) Person interested in a statement 1 : only personal pro- »i5°
nouns in lively, often in ironical, expressions. (Dativus ethicus.)
Hasc vobis illorum per biduum militia fuit. (L. 22. 60, § 25.)
Ecce tibi qui rex populi Romani esse concupiverit. (G. Off. 3. 21.)
At tibi repente venit ad me Caninius mane. (C. Fam. 9. 2.)
Pulset turn mihi lictorem, qui sciet jus de tergo vitaque sua penes
unum ilium esse, cujus majestatem violarit. (L. 2. 29.)
Quid mihi Celsus agit? (Hor. E. I. 3. 15.)
Nil moror mi istiusmodi clientes. (Plaut. Most. 746.)
(e) Person possessing" 1 : with verb of being. 1152
(The dative is used ivhen the gist of the question relates to the
thing possessed: the genitive (§ 1282) <when it relates to the possessor.^)
Semper in civitate, quibus opes nullae sunt, bonis invident.
(Sail. C. 37.)
Non quaero unde haec habueris, sed quo tantum tibi opus fuerit.
(C. Verr. 2. 74.)
Quid est jam non modo pudori, probitati, virtuti, rectis studiis, bonis
artibus, sed omnino libertati ac saluti loci ? (G. Fam. 5. 16.)
Res est omnis in hac causa nobis cum Clodia. (C. del. 13.)
Quid huic abest nisi res et virtus? (C. Or. 2. 70.)
Dide ac dissice : per me licebit : si egebis, tibi dolebit : mihi sat est,
qui aetatis quod reliquum est oblectem mese. (C. del. 3.)
Sed quis cenantibus una, Fundani, pulchre 3 fuerit tibi, nosse laboro.
(Hor. S. 2. 8. 19.)
Quibus bellum volentibus 4 erat, probabant exemplum. (Tac. Agr. 1 8.)
Martis vero signum quo mihi pads auctori? (C. Fam. 7. 24.)
Vae victis. Hei mihi.
(_/") Tlie dative is often so closely connected in meaning with a 1:54
noun in the sentence, that a genitive 1 " might have been expected. Com-
mon in poets, Livy, and Tacitus.
L. Mescinius heres est M. Mindio fratri suo. (C. Fam. 13. 26.)
Homini ego isti talos suffringi volo. (PI. Rud. 1059.)
Olli dura quies oculos et ferreus urguet somnus. (Verg. A. 10. 745.)
Puero dormienti, cui Servio Tullio fuit nomen, caput arsisse ferunt.
(L. 1. 39.)
Militanti in Hispania pater ei moritur. (L. 29. 29.)
Sese omnes flentes Cxsari ad pedes projccerunt. (Cxs. G. 1. 31.)
Continued on p. G4.
Chap. IX.] Notes. 63
1 As other examples may be regarded ;
Nam ego banc — i ifc— — Tnfhi consolari volo, ne lamentetur, quia se
jampridem feriatam gestitem. (PL Mil. 5.)
Hie mihi quisquam mansuetudinem et misericordiam nominat?
(SalL C. 52.)
Hie vnihi etiam Q. Fufius pacis commoda eommemorat. (C. PkiL 8. 4.)
And similar instances where a recommendation or description of a
model is given; e.g.
Depresso incipiat jam torn Tnfhi tanrus aratro ingemere.
lYerg. G. 1. 43.)
Quare ego tibi oratorem sic jam instituam; Sit enim miiii tinctas
Uteris. (C. Or. 2. 20.)
Sed nobis jam paulatim adcrescere pner et exire de gremio, et discere
serio incipiat. (Quint. 1. 2. § 1 ; and cf. 1. 11. § 14; 2. 4. § 9; &c.)
Ad ilia mini pro se quisque acriter intendat animnm. (L. praeL § 9.)
* The possession of mental qualities is usually denoted by inesse "53
with in repeated (Cic), or with dative.
Tnsit in sermone lepos In primis provideat ne sermo vitium aliqnod
indicet inesse in moribns. (C. Off. L 37.)
Huic homini non minor vanitas inerat quam audacia. (SalL C. 23.)
The use of pronominal adverbs is noticeable here, especially if they
were originally datives. {See also § 1171.)
Dixit se dictatorem L. Qninctium dictuxum, ibi animum parem tantae
potestati esse. (L. 4. 13.)
Eo nnnc pejus mutata res est, quod istic cum ignavia est scelus.
(L. 1. 47.)
3 Similarly melius anno boc mihi non rait domi (PL Most. 690) ;
non est mi male sed bene ac beate, quod non disperennt mihi labores
(Catull. 14. 10 : cL 23. 15) ; Perii ; animo male fit : contine, quaeso, caput
(PL Rud. 510); male mihi esse malo quam molliter (Sen. Ep. 82. 2
hoc omne quod mihi aegrest evomam (Ter. Hec. 515), etc. Compare also
bene habent tibi principia (Ter. Ph. 429).
4 This use of volentibus is a Gracism, and is only found in Sail. J.
84; 100; Liv. 21. 50; Tac. H. 3. 43, Agr. 18. (But also invitis, &c.
in Tac. A. 1. 59.) It has however some support in such expressions as
patuit quibusdam volentibus foga, " some who chose had the oppor-
tunity of flight." (L. 1. 54.)
5 The difference between the genitive and dative in such expressions "35
is analogous to that between an attributive and predicative adjective.
For the genitive compare:
Heredes Staberi summam incidere sepnlcro. (Hor. S. 2. 3. 84, but
with heres the genitive of the thing is more common.)
Manlii cuspis super galeam hostis, Maecii trans cervicem equi elansa
est. (L. 8. 7.)
Continued on p. 65,
64 Dative. Work contemplated. [Book IV.
Dixit finem 1 venisse Romano imperio. (L. 2. 46.)
Quid modi flendo quasso, hodie facies ? (PL Mil. 13 11.)
Tribuniciam potestatem munimentum libertati reparabant. (L. 3.37.)
Solent et subterraneos specus aperire, suffugium hiemi et receptacu-
lum frugibus. (Tac. G. 16.)
iEtolos fortuna sua hortabatur ut confitendo seu culpae seu errori
veniam supplices peterent. (L. 37. 49.)
The sentences in the following section (§ 115 6) also fall under this
head.
(g) Work contemplated 2 : chiefly verbal substantives, espe- "56
daily gerundival expressions, dependent mainly on substantives, or esse.
Q^. Fabius comitia 3 censoribus creandis habuit. (L. 24. 11.)
Decemviri legibus scribendis. Lex 4 operi faciundo.
His avertendis terroribus in triduum feriae indictas. (L. 3. 5.)
Dies composita gerendas rei est. (L. 25. 16.)
Judicium communi dividundo, familiae erciscundae, finium regun-
dorum tale est. (Julian, ap. Dig. 10. 1. 10.)
Receptui 3 signum aut revocationem a bello audire non possumus.
(G. Phil. 13. 7.)
Oleas esui 6 optime condi scribit Cato virides in muria.
(Varr. R. R. 1. 60.)
Ad Sullam nuntiatum mittit, conloquio diem 7 locum 8 tempus 8 ipse
deligeret. (Sail. J. 108.)
Munitioni castrorum tempus relinqui volebat. (Caes. G. 5. 9.)
Hunc sibi domicilio locum delegerunt. (Caes. G. 2. 49.)
Nolo ego nos hoc prarsum ebibere; nulli rei erimus postea.
(PL Stich. 718.)
Solvendo 9 non erat Magius. (C. Att. 13. 10.)
Dedit huic aetas vires onerique ferendo est. (Ov. Am. 3. 6. 21.)
(B) Predicative dative: that which a thing (or per- 1158
son) serves as, or occasions. {See the Preface.)
Usually a semi- abstract substantive 10 , always in the singular num-
ber and without any attribute, except sometimes magnus, major, minor,
maximus, summus, nullus, tantus, quantus, and {chiefly in Plaut.),
bonus. ' In this use the dative approximates to an adjective, the super-
lative of which is formed by the addition of magnus ' &c. (Ktihner).
A personal dative is generally added {as indirect object).
Continued on p. 66.
CmmpxIZ.] C5
(L3SLli)
* Thediference ef these dmnres frvm those sf the Class B, f 115? xrjr
s^.,Utie^^ tie f^ct that these <m theory at least) are e m mtutmh.
with •entires, these with predicatm —ii— fires #r aermsatires; the
foemerexjre&*rphrrrrf9piimtum,the Utter ejyre* the UgMimwhiek
a tUrns it viewed, or tike ehmrmeter which is ascribed tm it. Bath mre
ramaertrd, name or less, with tnmiuntnx i in the sentence; bat in the
farmer tine saistantire it rather a mitniaa tham pmumd (e.a . dies
filiifin. • dam far a conference^ caaferemce-daa> ; imthe latter rather
aaatrmed than *in*tmim§ (e.§. na*tis exixaa, ram, aw rainmu, 1m
I;:: ^ :.-. :.• izjzz : i_:_. lz—-.-. •;- — _ "_i':.u. ;mt.-
CL.39L4S.)
« !*-•-_= -:• :...-^i - I-:- : : _zi :,- — — ■": =.-:—.; 'ir: L~? :-.:.
iPwpco. J>^. 47. 12- 5.)
* Often withsat agamm, e-o. QaidemmgexEraftaH?, reroute etie-
cevbri *— — *» amis, jsuy t aei dhnesre? (fC. PtiZ. ii 3.)
• Ss htmif, cihgM, d— fa— i ii ii ill fmini (Ckto,
S.B.9.)
• His certam diem e tai rs j e iidi diat. (Cms. G. 5. 57.)
» Xsct— locm nil Bidnris. fC. JUL 1. 13L)
Mm seaeto cat 5s callomeadi trmmm. (L. 36. 22.)
• J«r 5Mifires see 1 1386, aad Chap. nr. Ssr* aeraadiral aemi-
txees are hot translated ha 'at a meant af,' 'hat a tradmca *»;* the
aatxses aw 'xiik a Hem to, 1 * is capable afJ
*» A pers on a l name ar adjecOwe, ased predicaMirei§, is pat in the tz ^
ease at its tahject *J| 1*59, 1063), e. a. semis hsbetar Tiro.
If the character is metaphorical arfetitiaar, the maan is pat in the
â– if afire with po:
eg. Ta —sob es pro mlriio pern tan pnada tot res i mi lliiiiiii m dacere.
(C Terr. 2. ML)
IBssmt athuBiia pro fnHilibwK . (Cass. G. 6. 37.
Qsi s&a aae pro texiiiriu* *e defectazaEnto pasai. (Ter. Haat. S53-i
Oris tike aenitsre with loco, maaera, with or wittext in;
e.j. 3Ee id faod petat in M M LnedU potinsqaam *-— *fi«^ Iceo naanfie
Tidestar. (C. JWm.3.6.)
Is tfti parentis iedqo foil (C. C4BfflL 19, astd fast aefare, jisiiwiii
loco esse.)
C mtiamtd am p. 67.
5
66 Dative. Predicative. [Book IV.
(a) With the verb esse. 1160
Ne quis usurpet illud Cassianum, Cui bono fuerit ? Fuit omnibus
bono, qui servire nolebant. (C. Phil. 2. 14.)
Nee tamen impedimenta 1 id rebus gerendis fuit. (L. 26. 24.)
Gibus illis advorsus famem atque sitim, non lubidini neque luxuriae
erat. (Sail. J. 89 fin.)
Desinant amici ejus ea dictitare quse detrimento, maculae, invidiae,
infamias nobis omnibus esse possint. (C. Verr. 3. 62.)
Incumbite in studium eloquentias, ut et vobis honori 2 et amicis utili-
tati et reipublicas emolumento esse possitis. (C. Or. 1. 8.)
Exitio 3 est avidis mare nautis (Hor. Od. 1. 28. 18.)
Singulis effbssis oculis domum remittit, ut sint relicuis documento 4 .
(Cass. G. 7. 4.)
Multarum semina rerum esse supra docui quae sint vitalia nobis, et
contra, quas sint morbo mortique. (Lucr. 6. 1095.)
Genus est lenonium inter homines ut muscae, culices, cimices, pedes-
que pulicesque, odio 5 et malo et molestiae : bono usui" estis nulli.
(PI. Cure. 499.)
Fabia risui fuit sorori miranti ignorare id sororem. (L. 6. 34.)
Eo natus sum ut Jugurthae.scelerum ostentui essem. (Sail. J. 24.)
Ea res nemini unquam fraudi fuit. (C. Clu. 33.)
Fennis mira feritas, foeda paupertas: victui 7 herba, vestitui pelles,
cubile humus. (Tac. G. 46.)
Gupis me esse nequam; tamen ero frugi bonae. (Plaut. Ps. 468.)
Evenit facile, quod dis cordi est. (L. 1. 39.)
(b) With habere, ducere, dare, &c; and (but auxilio, prsesidio, u6j
subsidio only) with verbs of motion, &c.
Paupertas probro haberi, innocentia pro malivolentia duci coepit.
(Sail. C. 12.)
Si quis despicatui ducitur, Mysorum ultimus esse dicitur.
(C. Flae. 27.)
Assa caro danda, potui vero pluvialis aqua decocta. (Cels. 4. 19.)
Habere quaestui rempublicam nefarium est. (C. Off. 2. 22.)
Nee habendum est religioni 8 nocentem aliquando defendere. (lb. 14.)
Quis erit, vitio 9 qui id vortat tibi? (PI. Epid. 1. 2. 5.)
Virtus sola neque datur dono 10 neque accipitur. (Sail. /. 85, § 38.)
Ita dictu opus est, me mea omnia bona doti 11 dixisse illi.
(Ter. Haut. 942.)
Nuculeum amisi, retinui pigneri putamina. (PI. Copt. 651.)
Equitatum auxilio Gaesari miserant. (Gx'S. G. 1. 18.)
Qirin(]ue cohortes castris prsesidio relinquit. (lb. 7. 60.)
G. Cassar Gallise provinciac cum exercitu subsidio profectus est.
(C.Pbil.s. 17.)
Continued on p. 68.
Cfcp./X]
3Kb ifl jpiuiii iim jnffMii ilium mm mjpdiii IiwiiiH u iiwf mi iill„ Jte. ((L affiLla.)) n*fi»
i_L.r_:r_- T :â– ;â– .-. _ : I'l
torn. gEiLA.)
» SL m ■!■■■fiiMiiii—i imiyiJfiL gCLFafclft)
* In fiiitMiimiH liiwiiiiiiB, in nil iiil~ ptec. ffimrtL fflLJ
' 1l l-_:it_ : - '.■.—^■.-.— ■■i-::—.i
eiMte torn. g nflfiMiH i mUiiM i jmmbe. «CL T- JJl 3L S.)
• fyinpiii iimlBii ii cmgaarii «Kjgi» cat (En GL ST.]
Qmimit iwffijffiw CL Hmwiw bob. smalt mmbbb CL
mm. gG.Cht.aLC}
^ IJBy aa jgy pimgyffiL mwmtn - ktHjiuiiiik ffin|»n2i ( &CL JLSL 2L ^&J
™Chgasnao^]umHHlBlaflHBi^ |boa&.«jiXiir.^L.m.l
gHaaaL Una. JH3L)
:•:-!.• ::'. j '.'•'.■-.. ;.'.;.■; - : ;-:" ;.v .-'-'7 ■<..-.<•: - ;
- * . ;â– _ _ : -" ^ _â– _ 'â–
{BLHaC)
A iaaMs- (Badtiaix m Mimuttimex mwa£ wftarm iatSh aarg. rndfiawA nB^sxSx, ■&$$
one Hwuep <& geimin^ tike aishmr mhmc/% nan «k£oiie <ar qpaB&ttiji.
Indan^, sa Ikafias ngnm te mufaii-) , g£ jdfesit tiSM dfiktto smiEeES esse (jmit-
•aam. (!Cir«rr.L-iL)j
Jftunena ra as* arifgeaflmm. E&tte amffim & mnrar BHtf<4 ih^ « dfiriat
s wHti&antlt tike, v&rrib samuj
Sob es£ jKcuate' mi %roarii aHgnnmm. (iTar. Bate T3X.))
Tuutiiimi gjjj sQnatsiisg: se- aJJuHtiitiw&Hniitt,, ma «m iim uaQiiETDaaiffi imnniHiii ma>
^4fmli&4| liMilwl uvifiiH*minn Jtri ftipTTi gang fttflmtmimra ffitliUfflV *fPUWMl IS HXqE TttffffipyIt M
..i,„ : ;.■•.■; ~..: .:..". : ; : .<[ :_•". _- :_.:■;_• .'". ~ >-
Jem- a. ic -it a. ii_ a a^
i iliilinH
((€'. Ftfmr.. a. mi
(flPfflmnE «r £m fensns dkras tanntanr snw/nrwE tiiamm m tiM DtirmstL 1m
C Ffflnr. 3L Ta. peuranat EHn»H!« amiosgCffi marwnx. Skir mUrh KL Jffiwft. 5iii^,
niiHvzii fe«t;o- yRttnrft SwuraHig- sssn; (jfuaum ^niinaL liktiu bosieb
fSnsm fcv (two FVaauB. (VtuS Terr. wSmmrjjF msmaft. Or *w ftnntf* "aro mrjjonng
1 nhi'ix Hem*! «rtf rtitjuwimi fmtm nJin .«i<L>. iff tiM amgmnwi flwrrvgi
eomttiittwStor m dkuvm, mir immiQiommtimn.. £." ;..r<cajpto
C*Mfiii/iaun£ im pi. £7.
s— *
68 Locative and Ablative. Place where. [Book IV.
CHAPTER X
USE OF LOCATIVE AND ABLATIVE CASES.
The Locative and Ablative cases express adverbial quali- n6<
fixations referable to the general types of (A) Place where, (B) In-
strument, and (C) Place whence 1 .
The locative expressed place where, and was applied also by-
analogy to tune and amount. The uses of the ablative appear to
arise from three sources ; (i) a case expressing the general notion of
an instrument ; (2) a confusion of the form of this case with that of
the locative ; (3) a case expressing place whence. The result is that
the ablative coincides with the locative in some of its uses, but
mainly where the notion of instrument could be conceived as pre-
sent. Any sharp division of the heads of place where and instrument
is therefore impracticable : and some of the usages here referred to
place whence have points of connexion with those classed under the
former heads. See the Preface.
A preposition (at, in, by, with, from) is generally required in
English translation.
(A) Place where. (Locative and Ablative.) n«
(B) Instrument. (Ablative.)
N.B. The locative 2 is distinguishable with certainty from the ablative
only in the singular number of-0 and -a stems. The use of these stems
has therefore been taken as the guide in classing instances as locatives
or ablatives.
1. Placeatwhich 3 . LOCATIVE : almost confined to names of 1 t 6!i
towns, or of islands small enough to be considered as one place. Also
humi, domi, and (in connection with domi) belli, militia ; and ap-
parently animi, in certain phrases expressing doubt or anxiety. For
ruri, Karthagini, Tiberi see § 434.
Here also belong the so-called adverbs, hie, illic, istic (more rarely
1111, isti): also ubi, ibi, &c. (see Book II. Chap. XV.).
Arbitrabantur Corinthi et Karthagini non defore qui senatum
restituerent. (C. Agr. 2. 33.)
Verum esto: negotiari libet: cur non Pergami? Smyrna:? Tralli-
bus? (C. Flacc. 29.)
Cogitandum tibi erat Romxne et domi tuae. cuicuimodi res esset,
an Mytilenis aut Rhodi malles vivere. (C. Fam. 4. 7.)
Caesar paucos dies in Asia moratus audiit Pompeium Cypri visum.
(Cues. C. 3. 106.)
Data (sc. epistola) XVI. Kal. Sextilis Thessalonicoe. (C. Att. 3. 12.)
Continued on p. 70.
Chap. X.] Fotes. 69
1 These groups are subdivided as follows :
A. PtlCE WHEEE. B. IXSTBCmaST.
L. Place si which.
Locative, § 1168. ^Wofaw, §§ 1170— 1176.
2. (a) Time when.
Locative, § 1178. Ablative, § 118a
(ft) Time within which. Ablative, § 1183.
(c) Time throughout which. <4oZatir« (rare), § 1184.
2. Amount at which.
£oc<rttce,§§ 1186—1194. Afcfafic*, (a) Price, penalty.
(J) Amount of dif-
The remainder hare ablatice onhr ; riz. ference.
-L (a) Part concerned, §§ 1210— 1212.
(6) Means. §§1211—1226.
(e) Efficient cause. § 1228.
5. (a) Description. {1232.
(>j) Manner.
(1) With attribute. §1234,
(2) Without attribute. § 1236.
(e) Attendant circumstances. §§ 1240—1251.
6. Use with prepositions. § 1258. ,
C. Place whexce. (Ablative.)
L. Place from which movement is made. §§ 1258, 1260.
2. Thing from which separation takes place. § 1262.
3. Origin. §1264.
4. Standard of comparison. §§ 1266—1272.
5. Use with prepositions. § 1271.
* The locative was spoken of by old gramunarians (ef, Charis. p. 188, i«^5
Diom. p. 404, ed. Kfcil, it) as am, adverb. The relative following the
locative is the adverb (uhi, quo, &c), not the adjective; e.g. Mortons
Cumis quo se post fractas opes Latinorum eontulerat (L. 2. 21); never
in quas {but in quam urbem is right). Eruger, Lot. Gr. § 579.
* A preposition {with the ablative) is required, at least in prose,
when the place at which is (1) expressed by a eonanon noun, or
name of person, or of house, dx.; e.g.
Quar sedebas in faro? (PL Pseud. 800.)
TJt in Arcano Quintus maneret dies fecit, ego Aqnini ; sed priMJinmy
in Arcano. (C. AtL 5. 1.)
Ego triduum cum Pompeio et apud Pompeium fed. (C. Att. 5. 7.)
(Cass. C. 1. 30.)
(2) Interior of country, or neighbourhood of town :
Hie status rerum in Hispania erat. In Italia Consul Marcelras.
(L. 27. L)
Ecee fitters Caesarem ad Corfinium, Domitium Corfinii cum finno
exereitu. (C. AtL 8. 3, § 7.)
Larrinos circa Lcceriam castra babebat (L. 23. 33.)
Continued on p. 71.
70 Locative and Ablative. Place at which. [Book IV.
Ei plerique inermes ex acie fugientes, non prius quam Venusias aut
Canusii constiterunt. (L. 22. 59, § 10.)
Sunt ista quidem, qua; disputas, difficillima, iter ad superum, naviga-
tio infero, discessus Arpinum, ne hunc fugisse, mansio Formiis,
ne obtulisse nos gratulationi videamur. (C. Att. 9. 5.)
Debemus patrem familias domi suae occidere nolle, neque tamen id
ipsum abunde. (C. Att. 4. 15.)
Semper ego plebem Romanam militias domique colui. (L. 7. 32.)
Atrox discordia domi forisque 1 . (L. 2. 60.)
Quid illam miseram animi 2 excmcias? (PI. Mil. 1068.)
Qua tu cura sis nescio : ego quidem vehementer animi pendeo.
(Casl. ap. C. Fam. 8. 5.)
Abigam hunc rus: jam dudum aliquid run agere arbitror.
(Ter. Ad. 401.)
Prosternite humi juvenem. (Ov. Met. 5. 197.)
Procubuit terras 3 mactati more juvenci. (Ov. Met. 5. 122.)
ABLATIVE, (a) In ordinary prose almost confined to rare 1170
(rare except nvith adjective), parte, regione (both ivith adjective or
genitive'), loco, locis, dextra, lseva, medio, terra 4 marique ; and ex-
pressions ivitb totus 5 or medius as attribute. Names of tonvns ivith
consonant or i- stems are sometimes in the locative, usually in the
ablative. (Most words in the plural number are given in the pre-
ceding section,)
Bellum terra et mari comparat. (C. Att. 10. 4.)
Natura sic ab iis investigata est, ut nulla pars caslo, mari, terra (ut
poetice loquar) prastermissa sit. (G. Fin. 5. 4.)
L. Marcio Tarracone, M. Silano Carthagine Nova, quo pedibus ab
Tarracone itineribus magnis ierat, relictis, ipse ab Garthagine
profectus in Africam trajecit. (L. 28. 17.)
Totis 5 trepidatur castris. (Cass. G. 6. 37.)
Hoc tu, Q^Fabi, quum victor tota volitaret Italia Hannibal, potuisti
prasstare. (L. 28. 44.)
Flumen, quod medio oppido (luxerat, extra frequentia tectisloca pras-
terfluebat. (L. 24- 3.)
Seniores medio asdium eburneis sellis sedere. (L. 5. 41.)
Gicatrices advorso corpore possum ostentare. (Sail. J. 85, § 29.)
Tamesis uno omnino loco pedibus transiri potest. (Cass. G. 5. 18.)
Ad mosnia ipsa Romas populabundi regione 6 portae Esquilinas ex.
cessere. (L. 3. 66.)
Continued on p. 72.
-;-. ~; Bote*. ::
(3) Uite, eppido, fa. pre /tied ta spporitum. UsuaUg «&» rka it
JoOsw:
faariawm iifjliii AHtJoddacmoMignwita. (C. ,4l£ 5. 18.)
In oppido Citk> est marinas. (Sep, Cut. 3.)
Athexris, ia ehritate fraeta Maecdounm anxris, eontiaaari. Ebere sad
_â– > km*M. ML)
WBff BI A-C£ w l i l w rm: i_ _ . ;~ . i. ~ — nila^ Tr:-ic:"i_s.
(C. PAO. 4. 2, sad c/. 3. 15.)
Csasssl amataa B&d manmBsaaftel pa Mam Ibdmai aC is sasti.
(U 39. 14.)
1 Fane (originally openings) was used to denote the world omt- i*«9
side: teace (besides fans here) fans, § 1108; fans, § 1360; in oppo-
sition to dona, intas, fa. Camp. §iomfc mipnox. Thus fans earire,
epei, 'font of doors; 'be turned into tie rood;' scripts fans dare
rf. 13. 22), 'to fire writings to the world;' jastitin fans speetat
(CL JLP- 3. 7), 'looks ohread outside of one's self? fans esse, eenare,
•to ft*, tftse, en*/ fans Tilde pfandnar (C. <?. JV. 2. 6 (8). 1), 'ens*
e^plause in the world without? fans sspexe (Ter. Has*. 923), 'kvut
a&en* sifter people's contents? fans Tenire (Luer.5. 543), ' cone /root
without, from outside.'
* On smmd see § 1321, sad team. Key, Lot. Gr. 1 935 n.; Wesen-
bag, Ge. T.D.I. 40; Wagner, PL JaL 105.
* In some places the reading is doubtful between team sad tens.
TergU in Jin. U. 87, Rtmritar ei toto pro j eUns eotpore ten*, and
Osid in the passage quoted may home been willing that team should be
taken for a notice.
The locative adverbs ore orraiiouaTlm used of persons sad things; 1x71
(see also § 1153).
IM— iini iA T"^—, illna a» — » M hj 1 wit— — »1..— J..—
fTer. flea*. 47L)
Ha i c ttaaux. (Ter. ^lasV. 637.)
' Attaade, qaas a.* • Istie sum,* inqnii, ' exspeetoqoe quid sd id quod
fBs aelauu respondeas.' (C. Fin. 5. 26. >
* On tens see notes to § 1176.
3 But a preposition (in, per) is not uncommon with totns: ns
Xsgrri terra- motus in Liguz£bas Gsltis eonphxribssqae insaEs tota-
qae in Italia faeti sunt. (C. Die. 1. 35.)
BOH BEIBfl] m I ' " ' ">T.~ ; ,7. 1 ".~ ~1 B ' ' ' i-rTI— . T*rr " " "■'-"' ' " ~, " '•-"^''"■T. i :~
dams. (L. 2. 2.)
' 'Ja t*e irae* or 'direction of Son recta regions ita rastttait
1 fiexit fL. 21. 31); iluliiiaaw item motus, nee temp o ta
regkme loci eerta, sed abi ipsa tnfit mens (liner. 2. 260);
Herejnia sura recta fhnniwig Danurii regkme pertinet ad fines Do-
coram, 'straight along the Danube' (Cas. G. 6. 25). CI Lit. 10. 43 ;
37. 17; fa. (Terg. i. 7, 215; 9, 385 belong to § 1210.)
Continued on p. 73.
72 Ablative. Place at which. [Book IV.
Dextro ipse cornu consistit ; sinistra praefecit magistrum equitum.
(L. 9. 40.)
Pluribus partibus vineae cceptas agi. (L. 21. 8.)
Locis impeditis ac silvestribus sese occultabat. (Caes. 5. 19.)
Uxorem ferunt partum Roma? edidisse Prisci Tarquinii domo.
(L. l. 39.)
Rure meo possum quidvis perferre patique. (Hor. Ep. 1. 15. 17.)
Pectore 1 nil sistere consili quit. (Ter. Ad. 613.)
Ibi ei carpento 2 sedenti cum uxore aquila pilleum aufert. (L. 1. 34.)
Cernis custodia qualis vestibulo sedeat. (Verg. A. 6. 575.)
Octavia? imagines gestant humeris, spargunt floribus, foroque ac
templis statuunt. (Tac. A. 14. 61.)
(b) In metaphorical expressions 3 , esp. loco (locis), numero, prln- 117a
cipio, initio.
Veteribus 4 stari malunt. (L. 34. 54.)
De hac re vos consulo, staturus eo, quod plures censueritis.
(L. 34. 22.)
I 111 se judicum numero 5 haberi volunt. (G. T.D. 1. 41.)
Senatori jussa tria sunt: ut adsit: ut loco 6 dicat, id est rogatus; ut
modo, ne sit infinitus. (C. Leg. 3. 18.)
Principio? nobis in cunctas undique partis nulla est finis.
(Lucr. 2. 1048.)
Respondit se, quod in nummis haberet, nescire quo loci esset : alios
non solvere, aliorum diem nondum esse. (C. Att. 8. 10.)
(c) So also where the place is also the means 8 . 1174
Conjurant, qui victus acie excessisset, eum ne quis urbe, tecto, mensa,
lare reciperet 9 . (L. 26. 25.)
De amicitia alio libro 10 dictum est. (C. Off. 2. 9.)
Sublimem medium arripiam et capite in terram statuam.
(Ter. Ad. 316.)
Equo 11 advectus, delapsus est in flumen : turn repente eodem equo
adversam ascendit ripam. (C. Div. 1. 28.)
Vix arma humeris 12 gestabant. (L. 27. 48.)
Loquimur de Alexandra nondum merso 13 secundis rebus. (L.9. 18.)
Quadam epistola me subinvitaras, si memoria u tenes, ut ad te scri-
berem. (C. Fam. 7. 1.)
Ex artes, qu;c conjectura continentur 15 et sunt opinabiles.
(G. Div. 1. 14.)
Continued on p. 74.
Chap. A*.] Xotcs.
1 Eum nemo umquani in equo sedentem Tiderit...Coronam habebat
unam in capite, alteram in collo. (C. Verr. 5. 11.)
I The poets (e.g. Vergil) and Tacitus frequently use such ablatives;
e. g. sedet culmine tecti (Verg. A. 4. 186); fulva moribnndnm extendit
arena (A. 5. 374); tumulum, quo occubat Hector (lb. 371); nebulas
campo recumbunt (G. 1. 401) ; luna yirgineum suffuderit ore ruborem
(lb. 430) ; &o. Ibi campo aut litore jacentes (Tac. A. 4. 74) ; lateribus
aut fronte circumveniebantur (A. 15. 38); turrem vicino sitam (H. 3.
38) ; coloniam piano sitam (lb. 19) ; &c. In some sentences it may be
doubtful wliether the ablative belongs here or to % 1260; e.g. aridus
altis montibus audiri fragor (Verg. G. 1. 357) ; Stellas praecipites ccelo
labi (lb. 366); imbrem surgentem vallibus imis (lb. 375); &c.
8 A preposition is not uncommon in these metaphorical expressions: 1175
e.g.
* Titinius in eo quod ostenderat non stat. (C. Att. 2. 4.)
5 Reductos in bostium numero habuit. (Caes. G. 1. 28.)
Q. iElius Tubero fuit illo tempore nullo in oratorum numero.
(C. Brut. 31.)
6 Pecuniam in loco neglegere maxumum interdumst lucrum.
(Ter. Ad. 216.)
7 Id faciam quod in principio fieri in omnibus disputationibus opor-
tere censeo. (C. Or. 1. 48.)
Dixeram a principio de re publica ut sileremus. (C. Brut. 42 fin. )
8 When the notion of 'means' is not present, the preposition in 1177
is usually found.
9 Eecipere, • receive,'' often has in with the accusative, but rarely
of purely local relations.
Recipe me in tectum. (PI. Bud. 574.)
Ex Latio gentes universaa in cratateni receptse sunt. (C. Balb. 13.)
10 Where the whole contents of a book are not meant, in is used;
e. g. De utilitate stercorandi dixi in eo libro quern de rebus rusticis
scripsi. (C. Sen. 15.)
II With equo in such expressions in is rarely found: (but in equo
sedere, ex equo pugnare).
12 Quern ego modo puerum tantillum in manibus gestavi meis.
(Ter. Ad. 563.)
13 Avidius ex insolentia in voluptates se merserant. (L. 23. 18.)
Advolabat ad eas aves quae se in mari mergerent. (C. A T . D. 2. 49.)
14 In memoria babeo. (Ter. And. 40.)
15 Common in the legal phrase for ' real property,' quae solo conti-
nents (e.g. L. 26. 34 ; Ulp. Dig. 6. 1. 1). For the abl. with conten.
tus, constare see § 1216.
Continued on p. 75.
74 Locative. Time when. [Book IV.
With verbs of motion, the ablative (often) expresses the road by 1176
<which.
Omnibus viis 1 semitisque essedarios ex silvis cmittebat.
(Cses. G. 5. 19.)
Convocatos milites monuit via omnes irent nee deverti quemquam
paterentur. (L. 25. 9.)
Lupus Esquilina porta ingressus, frequentissima parte urbis, quum
in forum decurrisset, Tusco vico atque inde Cermalo per por-
tam Capenam prope intactus evaserat. (L. 23- a6.)
Prima luce duabus simul portis eruptionem fecit. (L. 36. 38.)
Frumentum flumine Arare navibus subvexerat. (Cass. G. 1. 16.)
Turn se ad Caietae recto fert litore portum. (Verg. A. 6. 900.)
Batonius e navi recta ad me venit domum Ephesi. (C. Att. 6. 8.)
Lselium advenientem salutavit et eos qui una 2 venerant.
(C.R. P.i. 12.)
lb' nimbus solemniter peractis, eadem 2 revertens, ad suos rediit.
(L. 5. 46.)
Si via sit immunita, lex jubet, qua velit, agere jumentum.
(C. Cxcin. 19.)
Ad haec in novitatem generis originisque, qua falsa, qua 3 vera jacere.
(L. 2. 45.)
2. (a) Time when.
LOCATIVE. This is distinguishable from the ablative only in a "7 8
feiv expressions, occurring chiefly in early writers. In other ivriters
also ive have pridie, postridie, quotidie, and (though these are per-
haps ablatives) vesperl, heri, temper!, luci. (Cf. § 524.)
Igitur dictatorem Karthaginiensium magister equitum monuit: mitte
mecum Romam equitatum; die quinti in Capitolio tibi cena
cocta erit. (Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 10. 24 4 .)
Hoc die crastini quom erus resciverit, male castigabit eos exuviis
bubulis. (Plaut. Most. 881.)
Cum Caninius ad me pervesperi venisset, et se postridie mane ad te
iturum esse dixisset, conscripsi epistolam noctu. (C. Fam. 9. 2.)
Nosti materterae mese fundum in Sabinis? Quidni? inquit, ubi
sestate diem meridie 5 dividere soleam, cum eo Reate ex urbe,
aut, cum inde venio hieme, noctu ponere castra.
(Varr. R. R. 3. 2. 15.)
Continued on p. 76.
Chap. X] NoU*. 75
1 Where the road denotes place merely, the preposition in £1 used: e.g.
Condones in ria paribus interraHis disporitos eanere jubent,
(L24.46.)
Jossmn templum in Nova via Aio Loentio fieri. (L. 5. 50.)
( But also without in;e. g. Borne aignum Martis Appia via sudarit.
(L 22. L &&)
So in terra. ' on land ;' e. g. et in terra prospernm sque in palatos
prcdatores pnehnm foerai. (L. 10. 2). Compare naves prope terrain,
exmciUim in li tore dncebat ; audrrit damem Pnnieam stare in ostio
fimninis, easfcraque in ripa poedta : tumulius prins in terra et caatris
quam ad mare et ad naves est ortus. (L. 22. 19, §§ 3, 5, 7).
But terra (rf. § 1170), 'fry land,' is common of journeying or of war-
ring with land forces, e-g. breve terra iter eo, brevis navigatio ab Xau-
paeto est (L. 26. 26) ; pedestres inde copias per Bosotiam terra dnei
jussit, ipse prater terrain Attieam navigans, &c (L. 28. 28). Gnxus
Seipio terra, Pubtius navibus rem gerebat (L. 23. 26).
Here probably fr<?j0iw* vestigiis,e.g. Pergnnt boetem Testigns seqni
(II 9. 45, § 16); In spado somas Q. Hartensiam ipsius vestigiis perse-
ead (C. .Bnrf. 90).
* For una opera, eadem opera, see § 1237. So recta perge-in exi-
finm (C. Cat. 9) literally refers to place, practically to time {'go
straightway''). Compare lex kgi nan miseetur: utraque sua ria it
(Sen. Ben. 6. 6).
3 qua, ' fry rfrtr a way,' ' on iraiVa ride,' if used as equivalent to
et...et in Plautus {Mil. 1113, Triii. 10W\, Cicero aererai (iaa (cf.
§ 1180), I«y e/fca, and PKny Ep. 6. 28 ; ib. 33.
4 Sfe tfte rfro7« chapter in GeUius, who also mentions die noni wjrd 1179
fry theprwtor in announcing the Compitaba; die proximi used by Cato;
die pristini used generally; die quind and die quinte used in Cicero's
age and preciously, also several times by Augustus in letters. He adds
that the final syllable in die in this phrase was short, (ilacrobius i. 4.
20 Ac simply copies GeUius.) In Plautus besides Most. L e. we have
Men. 1156 die septimi; mane sane sepdmi, and Pers. 260.
1 ileridie is for medn die (ef. C. Or. 47). Probably meridies as a
subsU is derived from it. (But see § 988.)
Continued on p. 77.
76 Ablative. Time when: within which. [Book IV.
Advorsum veniri mihi ad Philolachem volo temperi 1 .
(PL Most. 313.)
Cotidie vel potius in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te scribo.
(C. Att. 5. 7.)
Tibi vota quot annis 2 agricote facient. (Verg. B. 5. 79.)
ABLATIVE. Generally with adjective.
Castoris aedes eodem anno idibus Quintilibus 3 dedicata est. Vota
erat Latino bello a Postumio dictatore. (L. 2. 42.)
Pyrrhi temporibus jam Apollo versus facere desierat. (C-Div. 2.56.)
Mancipia venibant Saturnalibus tertiis. (C. Att. 5. 20.)
Anno trecentesimo altero 4 quam condita Roma est, ab consulibus
ad decemviros translatum imperium. (L. 3. 33.)
Confecto negotio bonus augur 'alio die' inquit. (C. Phil. a. 33.)
Eorum adventu equos Germanis distribuit. (Cass. G. 7. 65.)
Afraniani diu nostrorum impetum sustinuerant, et initio tumulum
tenuerant. (Cass. C. 1. 47.)
Arabes campos et montes hieme et aestate' peragrant.
(G. Div. 1. 42.)
Edoctus interdiu tantum obsideri saltum, nocte 6 in sua quemque
dilabi tecta, luce prima subiit tumulos. (L. 21. 32.)
Populi sensus maxime theatro et spectaculis perspectus est. Nam
gladiatoribus 7 qua dominus qua advocati sibilis conscissi.
(G. Att. 2. 19.)
Primo pugnatum est ad Spei asquo marte. (L. 2. 51.)
Tantum bellum Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte
vere suscepit, media aestate confecit. (C. Man. 12.)
Hie illest, senecta astate qui factust puer. (PI. Trin. 43.)
Pythagoras Superbo regnante in Italiam venit. (C. T. D. 1. 16.)
Annis fere cccccx post Romam conditam Livius fabulam dedit,
G. Glaudio, Caeci filio, M. Tuditano consulibus 8 , anno ante
natum Ennium. (Jb. 1. 1.)
(b) Time in the course of which 9 . 1
Tribus horis Aduatucam venire potestis. (Caes. G. 6. 35.)
Ergo his annis quadringentis Romae rex erat? (C. R. P. 1. 37.)
Respondit illud argentum se paucis illis diebus misisse Lilybaeum.
(C. Verr. 4. 18.)
Continued on p. 78.
Ctiarp* Wttea. • ?
n In. tempore ad earn veni. (Ten Mount- 3<J4. cf. I*. SSL 31)). <Sa ini
ipso tempore, *â– at the wick of time J
Satis erat diernm, at Poteoloa excurrere possem et ad "
(C. Itt. Li: -- '
2 Qoot mensibns aha is faxund in Cato r E.iL. 43> qootqoot l
bas r qootqaot annis, Varr. .S. .R. 3w T. 5; £. £.. 5, §§ 3.T r ^,4BT;
Ealendis wi PL Stick- 60. .AtwZ .«<; Ulpian, Dig. 3f5. 2. 12. (JRnr tffcf
aae <?/ fifte relative camp, qjiain primam, cum maxime.)
1 See App. B. xv. {TaL I. ft 454).
* Aha post (ante) trecentesimam alteram, arrrm-m, nffn
Dixit Clodius peritnrum lElonem tridoa : post diem, terniam gesta res
est r qoam dixerat. (C. J£iL 16. )
A preposition is used in the expression far cut present. r
Caesar satis babebat fa prajsentia bostem rapinfs probibere.
(Csbs- G. 1_ ISLJ
3 So vere et aatr rm no fPIiru 2. § 13$). Aha verno arare meiprta*
(Cato, R.R.50; cf. ib. 54; Plia. 19* r § 95) ; sestfro. diem si non dimnderena
ipfio insititio somno meridie, vhrere non. possem. (Tarr. B. £. L 1 ;
9 >facte dieque, 'â– ay, night and day' (0v. Met. 4. 260; Cels.4.&
(i3) y &c. ) ; u;i£ft tw practical difference, dies noetesque, noctes; wa. dies*
Jtc, ' whale nights and days.* Sa the abL in later writers ,. e.g. Qnint.
6. proem. § 2, id agentem diebos ac aoetibas. Diem ac marital {singu-
lar) h '■far one day and night;' e.g. L. 35. 40, •$ 88; aird though same^
times found in the MSS. far die ac nocte T should, as Madaig [ad JLiar.
ttxttt 17, § 7) thinks, be corrected.
7 So baa orationes ego scripsi Itidis et feriis, ne omnmo amqoam
assem otiosus (C. Plane. 27). CI C. Phil. SL 7, § 16.
a For tJie consuls as a mere note of the year. comp. C. Terr. ± 78 :
lotelligetis ilia tempora ram societatis tabulis, men .solum consuLLbus
verum etiam mensibus cornrenire. (For these ablatives. rit § I219LJ
Ea qua? secuta est bieme r qui fait annus Gneo Pompeio Mara* CrasHQ)
consulibus, XTsipetes Enenum transierunt. (Cubs. G. 4. 1.)
9 A similar meaning is expressed by prepositions r : |
Lacilius in bora saspe ducentos versos dietabat. iSor. ?. 1. 4S.|
Decrevere ati in diebas proxamis decera Italia decederent.
(fSmELJ.m.)
Ferme in diebaa paocia quibas haza acta sont Chrysis morrtac
I Ter. And. MWLJt
Continued on px. T3t
78 Locative. Amount at which. \Book IV.
Item relicuis itineribus nonnullae cohortes in agmen Csesaris inci-
dunt (Caes. C. i. 24.)
Quatriduo, quo haec gesta sunt, res ad Chrysogonum in castra
L. Sullas Volaterras defertur. (C. Rose. Am. 7.)
Si debuisset, Sexte, petisses statim; si non statim, paulo quidem
post; si non paulo, at aliquanto: sex quidem illis mensibus
profecto; anno vertente sine controversia. (C. Quint. 12.)
Ita nocte ac die bina castra hostium expugnata, ductu L. Marcii.
(L. 25. 39.)
Ita multorum mensium labor hostium perfidia et vi tempestatis
puncto temporis interiit. (Caes. C. 2. 14.)
Nihil me existimaris usu didicisse, nisi brevi tempore desiderari
nostra ilia tempora videris. (C. Att. 2. 9.)
Fretum ipsum Euripi non septies die, sicut fama fert, temporibus
statis reciprocat. (L. 28. 6.)
S. Roscius Romam multis annis 1 non venit. (C. Rose. Am. 27.)
(c) Time throughout which 2 : rare except in post- Augustan 11S4
writers 3 .
Nostri quinque horis praevium sustinuerunt (Cass. C. 1. 47.)
Octoginta annis vixit...Quid quaeris quamdiu vixerit?
(Sen. Ep. 93, § 3, 5.)
Piso biduo duabusque noctibus perpotationem continuavit apud
Tiberium. (Plin. 14, § 145.)
3. Amount at which. 1186
LOCATIVE*. In expressions of "value, qualifying verbs.
(The genitives pluris, minoris (rarely others), are used in tlx
same sense, apparently by a false analogy.')
Tanti, quanti {and compounds), pluris, minoris, are used also to
express price ivitb verbs of selling, <Sr>c.
Sume hoc ptisanarium oryzae. Quanti emptae? Parvo. Quanti
ergo? Octussibus. (Hor. S. 2. 3. 156.)
Quis vestrum igitur nescit quanti haec scstimentur? In auctione
signum asneum non maximum HS XL milibus venire non vidi-
mus? Quid? si velim nominare homines, qui aut non minoris
aut etiam pluris emerint, nonne possum? (C. Verr. 4. 7.)
Me a te plurimi fieri sentio. (C. Fin. 13. 4.)
Parvi sunt foris arma, nisi est consilium domi. (C. Off. 1. 22.)
Continued on p. 80.
Chap % X.] Xote*. 79
Xos hie te ad ■m—**>m Jannsrium exspeetamna. (C AtL L 3.) * By
Jastuary.'
Knper intra deeem annos G. Mgirins dictator dktatmm so abdiearit.
(L. 9. 34.)
Nulla abs te per bos dies epistola manis aliqoa re utfli et snari vemt.
(C. AtL 8. 8.)
(C. Qant. 14.)
3 The accusative is regularly used of time throughout which; itis
ef. 1 1090.
3 Some instances of the ablative are however found in Cicero :
Xegari nan potest mahis sacha Terax ndsse id oraeuhnn.
iC. Die. 1. 19.)
Seriptum a diadpnlo ejus Posidonio est, triginta annis Tirisse Panx-
timn postea qnam ilios hbros edidisset. ^C. Of. 3. 2.)
So Verr. 2. 25, § 62. And coma. Quintilian's story of Cicero's jest
(6.3,173).
Cicero, Fabia Dolabelbe dicente trigmta se annos habere, ' Tenon est,'
inqnit, ' nam hoe iQani jam viginti atmis audio.'
4 The words so used are tanti, tantidem, qnanti, quantrris, qnanti- 11S7
ramque, qaantiqaanti, magni, pennagni, maximi, multi (Cato, Frag.),
plarnni, parri, minami, nffifTi; also, with negative, fiocei {twice also
without negative), nana, pQi, teranci; and the genitives plans, mino-
lis, majoris (Pbiedr.), hnjns (Ter. once), assis, nmns assis (CatuIL),
ftecwiMBS (StaL), eentnssis (Varr.).
Maya, boni facere, boni eonsnlere, facere, are also apparently refer-
able here. See § 1191. Possibly also fxnori argentnm dare, § 1163.
Charisius says : Plore ant minore emptnm antiqni dieebant : Cicero
' plnre Tenit ;" et LueQias, ' plare foras vendnnt.' Bed consuetude plnris
et mhmris dieit. p. 109, ed, KeiL Similarly where Fertus wrote een-
tasibas, deeasibos (eL Har. Le.), Paulas wrote eentnssis, deeassis
(pp. 2, 37, 24, ed. Mail).
Occasionally pretii is added, but only when dependent on a substan-
tive, or the verb esse, and thus referable to § 1303. Camp. Neqne
histrionem nliam neqne plnris preti eocam qnam Tilicum ^»»*>^l
(Sail. J. 85, § 39.) Plans pretii also in Varr. B. E. L 7. 4; MaredL
ap. Dig. 12. 6. 26 § 5; and (in MSS.) in PL Bac. 630.
Continued on p. 81.
So Locative. Amount at which. [Book IV.
Judices rempublicam flocci non faciunt. (C. Fam. 4. 5.)
Tempta Chrysogonus quanti doceat. (Juv. 7. 176.)
Pater id nili 1 pendit. (Ter. Ad. 453.)
Neque ridiculos jam terunci faciunt. (PI. Capt. 477.)
Rumores senum severiorum omnes unius sestimemus assis.
(Catul. 5. 3.)
Quid tua, malum, id refert 2 ? CH. Magni. (Ter. Phorm. 723.) n88
Magni sua putabant interesse, publice potius quamvis magno emi
decumas, quam in aliquem istius emissarium inciderent.
(C. Verr. 3. 42.)
Ambulatiuncula dimidio minoris constabit. (C. Att. 13. 29.)
Nulla pestis humano generi pluris stetit ira. (Sen. Ir. 1. 2.)
Tranquillissumus animus meus, qui totum istuc asqui boni facit 3 .
(C. Att. 7. 7.)
Tu quoque non melius, quam sunt mea tempora, carmen consule,
Roma, boni 4 . (Ov. Tr. 4. 1. 106.)
Qui servum servamve alienum alienamve quadrupedem vel pecudem â„¢<r>
injuria occiderit, quanti id in eo anno plurimi fuit, tantum ass
dare domino damnas esto. (Lex Aquilia ap. Dig. 9. 2. 2.)
Majores nostri in legibus posiverunt furem dupli condemnari 5 , fae-
neratorem quadrupli. (Cato, R. R. pr.~)
Clientes,responderunt se collaturos quanti damnatus esaet...Absens
quindecim millibus gravis asris damnatur. (L. 5. 32.)
Cedo mihi unum ex triennio praturae tuae, qui octupli damnatus
sit. (C. Verr. 3. 12.)
Non putavit esse tanti G hereditatem, ut de civitate in dubium veniret. 1193
(C. Caic. 7.)
Tanti non fuit Arsacem capere, ut earum rerum, quae hie gestae
sunt, spectaculo careres. (Gael. ap. C. Fam. 8. 14.)
Est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidias tempestatem subire, dum
modo a vobis hujus horribilis belli periculum depellatur.
(C. Cat. 2. 7.)
Nihili^ and (in Plautus) trioboli are found qualifying a sub- 1194
itanti've :
Ego me euro, cquum Statius, nihil! servus. (ap. Gell. 4. 20.)
Continued on p. 82.
CUp. X.] Shim. 81
1 Pro nihilo is not uncommon :
Tu ausus es pro nihilo prse tua praeda tot res sanctissimas ducere.
(C. Fctt. 2. 16.)
* TFifA re fert, interest are found tanti, quanti, magni, permagni, tiSc
parvi, pi oris. 2?ui iA« adverbial accusative is more common with both;
e.g. quid, quidqaam. nihil, tantnm, quantum, multum, pins, pluri-
nium, minus, minimum, 4,c So also are used niagis, maxime, mag-
nopere, quanto opere, vehementer.
(For mea, ejus see § 1285.)
3 JEqui boni facere, ' to take in good part,' found also in Ter. 1191
Haul. 787; Liv. 34. 22, appears to be strictly ' to value at a fair and
reasonable price.' £qui istuc faciam (PL MiL 784) * It is all the same
tome.'
* Boni eonsulere, 'to view favourably ,' 'be contented with,' is
found as early as in Cato (ap. GelL 10. 3, § 17) ; Varr. L. L. 7. 4 ; also
U Or. Pont. 3. a 24; TrisL L 1 ; Sen. Ben. 1. 8; DiaL 1. 2 ; 11. 10
§6; Ep. 75. 6; 8a 17; 107. 10; Plin. 8 § 44; 33 § 4; Plin. Ep. 7.
12 ; Quint. 6, prooem. § 16. It is explained by Quintilian (L 6, § 32),
as equivalent to bonum judicare. Its origin is obscure. If it belongs
here, it must have meant originally, ' to consider (to be) at a fair price?
Compare however lucri facere, «tc § 1306.
5 On other cases and expressions with damnare, &c. see § 1200 and
notes; and § 1324 and notes.
' The subject to est tanti is properly (as in Cec. h c.) the prize to 1193
be won; then (as in C<el. L e.) the action of winning; lastly (as in
C. Cat. he), the risk to be undergone. (Madvig, Opusc. a. 188.)
7 Homo, &c nihili was a common expression. See Varr. L. L. 9. Jl95
S 54. PL True. 2. 3. 12; Bacch. 1188; Stick, 189 (nihili verbum). In
Cic. (T. D. 3. 8) it is contrasted with homo frugL
Continued on p. 83.
6
S2 Ablative. Amount at which. [Book IV.
ABLATIVE^, (a) Price 2 , cost, penalty: also after dlgnus. 1196
(Compare also § 1218, and for penalty, §§ 1324, 1325.)
In Sicilia suramum ternis HS tritici modius erat. (C. Ferr. 3. 81.)
Omnia vasnibunt, quiqui licebunt, praesenti pecunia.
(Plaut. Men. 1159.)
Indica minumo daturus qui sis (hanc servam), qui duci queat.
(PL Pers. 590.)
Quid agas? nisi ut te redimas captum quam queas minumo: si
nequeas panlulo. at quanti queas. (Ter. Andr. 74.)
Arcem jam sceiere emptam Sabini habent. (L. 1. 12.)
Vendidit hie auro patriam ; fixit leges pretio atque refixit.
(Verg. A. 6. 621.)
Cum privatis non poterat transigi minore pecunia.
(G. Att. 4. 16, § 14.)
Quod non opus est, asse carum est. (Cato ap. Sen. Ep. 94.)
Conduxit in Palatio non magno domum. (C. Cxi. 7.) 1196
Triginta milibus dixistis Caelium habitare. (C. del. 7.)
Athenagoram ducem mercede 3 militantium mittit. (L. ^3- 7-)
Vitiis medendi una ratio, si non nummo sed partibus (prsedia)
locem. (Plin. Ep. 9. 37.)
Fxquid me adjuvas, ne gratis reipublicse serviamus ? (C. Clu. 26.)
Cum posita esset pecunia apud eas societates unde erat attributa,
binis centesimis fasneratus est. (C. Ferr. 3. 70.)
Pccoris et mancipiorum praedas mutabant cum mercatoribus vino
advecticio et aliis talibus. (Sail. Jug. 44.)
Multi leve compendium fraude maxima commutarunt. (Corn. 2. 19.)
. Nimium risus pretium est, si probitatis impendio constat.
(Quint. 6. 3. 35.)
Edocet quanto detrimento et quot virorum fortium morte nectsse
sit constare victoriam. (Cses. G. 7. 19.)
Magno illi ea cunctatio stetit. (L. 2. 36.)
Plurimi animos quasi capite 4 damnatos morte multant. i*»
(C. T. D. 1. 22.)
Omne humanum genus morte damnatum est. (Sen. Ep. 71. 15.)
Frusinates tertia parte agri damnati. (L. 10. 1.)
Idem fecit L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribusque dignissimns
(C. Phil. 3. 10.)
Vox populi Romani majestate indigna. (Cass. G. 7. 17.)
Haud equidem tali me dignor honore. (Verg. A. 1. 335.)
Continued on p. 81.
Chap. X] Notes. 83
1 The adjectival words so used substantively are magno, permagno, 1197
plurimo, parvo, minimo, paululo, nimio, istoc, vili. Similarly flocco
(Plant, fragm.), nauco (Naev.), asse, talentis, argento, &c. We have
also bene emere, ' to make a good purchase,' male, melius, care emere,
vendere, &c. Of verbs of valuing sestimare is found with the ablative
as well as with the locative.
2 So far as price denotes the amount at which a thing is valued, it
belongs to this section (§ 1196); so far as it denotes the means by which
a thing is obtained, it may strictly belong to § 1218.
3 So mercede conducere (L. 34. 17); arcessi (Caes. G. 1. 31); docere
(C. Or. 1. 28).
4 The penalty is in old formula often expressed in the accusative ; 1199
e. g. Quanti ea res erit, tantam pecuniam judex Numerium Negidium
Aulo Agerio condemnato. (Gai. 4. 47.) Possibly this may have sprung
from an older form, dare damnas esto. For quanti damnatus see § 1190.
On the use of capitis, &c. e. g. Capitis absolntus, morte multatus
est (Nep. Milt. 7), see § 1325.
The creditor in whose favour judgment was pronounced on another
is in set legal forms put in the dative; e.g. Judex Numerium Negidium
Aulo Agerio sestertium x millia condemna. (Comp. Gai. 4. 43; Lex
Eubr. § 27.) Hence such expressions in the poets as
Se quisque videbat implicitum morbo, morti damnatus ut esset.
(Lucr. 6. 1232.)
Ilion mibi castasque damnatam Minervoa. (Hor. Od. 3. 3. 23.)
Stygioque caput damnaverat Oreo. (Verg. A. 4. 699.)
Nee mea vos uni damnat censura puellaa. (Ov. A. A. 2. 387.)
In prose ad with the accusative is used of the penalty (strictly,
the place of punishment):
Multos honesti ordinis ad metalla et munitiones viarum aut ad bestias
condemnavit. (Suet. Cal. 27.)
8 In the early language a neut. ace. adj. (cf. § 1094) is occasion- moi
ally found qualifying dignus; e.g.
Di tibi omnes id quod es dignus duint. (Ter. Ph. 519.)
So also a genitive in the poets; very rarely in prose:
Descendam magnorum haud umquam indignus avorum.
(Verg. A. 12. 649.)
Suscipe curam et cogitationem dignissimam tuae virtutis.
(Balb. ap. C. Att. 8. 15 a.)
In Plautus, Mil. 619, decorus, and in Rud. 47, Bacch. 488, asquom,
are used like dignus with an ablative.
Continued on p. 85.
6—2
84 Ablative. Amount of difference. [Book IV.
(b) Amountof difference 1 : with adjectives in comparative u
or superlative degree; ante, post, &c. Also with distare, abesse.
Nonnumquam uno die longiorem mensem faciunt aut biduo.
(C. Verr. 2. 52.)
Altitudo muri L. cubitorum eminet spatio: turres denis pedibus
quam murus altiores sunt. (Curt. 5. 1. 26.)
Legem una plures tribus antiquarunt, quam jusserunt. (L. 5. 30.)
Perii hercle; uno Gelasimo minus est quam dudum fuit.
(PI. Stich. 498.)
I lie uno vitio minus vitiosus, quod iners, quod somni plenus.
(C. Aft. 1. 14. § 6.)
Dente si nigro fieres vel uno turpior ungui, crederem.
(Hor. Od. 2. 8. 3.)
Sapientium vita omnibus partibus plus habet boni quam mali.
(CK».j. 3 i.)
Multis partibus sol major est quam terra. (C. Acad. 2. 36.)
Mihi semper frequens conspectus vester multo jucundissimus.
(C. Man. 1. 1.)
Ego sum in usu factus nimio nequior. (PI. Most. 145.)
Quo plures erant Veientes, eo major 2 cocdes fuit. (L. 2. 51.)
Impendio 3 magis animus gaudebat mihi. (Ter. Eun. 587.)
Reperietis quinquiens tanto amplius (frumenti), quam quantum in
cellam sumere ei licitum sit, istum civitatibus imperasse.
(C. Verr. 3. 97.)
Ei rei operam dare te fuerat aliquanto aequius. (PI. Trin. 119.)
Minus dolendum fuit re non perfecta, puniendum certe nihilo
minus. (C. Alii. 7.)
Tanto ille superiores vicerat, quanto tu omnibus praestitisti.
(C. Deiot. 4.)
Paulo supra hanc memoriam. (Cxs. G. 6. 19.) , 20
Voverat aedem decern annis ante Punicum bellum. (L. 34. 53.")
Interim paucis post diebus* fit ab Ubiis certior. (Cacs. G. 6. 10.)
Milibus passuum duobus ultra Caesarem castra fecit. (lb. 1. 48.)
Alsculapi templum quinque milibus passuum ab urbe distat 5 .
(L. 45. 28.)
Septimo die certior factus est Ariovisti copias a nostris milibus pas-
suum quattuor et xx. abesse. (Cxs. G. 1. 41.)
Xenophon a litore Scytharum tridui navigatione insulam esse Lm-
meusa: magnitudinis tradit. (Plin. 4. § 95.)
Continued on p. 86.
Chap. X] Xot«s. 85
1 This ablative may be regarded at of an instrumental cha-
racter.
Occasionally the adverbial accusative is used; e. g. 1203
Habitnm formamque viri aliquantum ampliorem augustioremque hu-
mana intuetur. (L. 1. 7.)
Quantnm juniores patram plebi se magis insinuabant, eo acrius contra
tribuni tendebant. (L. 3. 15.)
Perhibetur et corporis Tiribus et am'mi ferocitate tantum ceteris prae-
Btitisse. ut, &c. (C. R. P. 2. 2 )
So al*o longe;
Pedibus longe melior Lycus muros tenet. (Terg. A. 9. 556.)
Apad Helvetio3 longe nobilissimus fait Orgetorix. (Caes. G. 1. 2.)
Longe absTini, audio sero. (C. Fam. 2. 7.)
Unam longe ante alias insignem specie ac pulchritudine raptam
ferunt. (L. 1. 9.)
Q. Hortensius iL Crassum longe praestitit. (C. Brut. 64.)
* Tacitus often has a positive in the relative clause vrith qnanto, 1205
e. g. Prsecepit clementiam ac justitiam qnanto ignara barbaris tanto
laetiora capesseret. (A. 12. 11.) If the apodosis is expressed absolutely,
tanto, ifcc. is omitted: e.g. qnanto incautins efferverat, pcenitentia pa-
tiens tnlit absolvi reum. {A. L 74.) See Sipperdey, ad A. 1 68.
A colloquial expression, found also in PI. Aul. 18; Afran. 352; C.
Att. 10. 4. § 9. 'A cost more.'
* Paucas post boras Pbilippus, appropinqnans urbi, snstinnit signa. 1
(L. BL 24.)
(For the ordinals, e. g. decimo die ante, <£c. see § 1180.)
The accusative before ante, post is used in its ordinary sense; e. g.
Aliquot annos continuos ante legem Gabiniam populus Bomanus
magna parte imperii caruit. (C. Man. 18.) So Ex eo die dies con-
tinues quinque Caesar pro castris suis copias produxit. (Caes. G. 1. 48.)
5 See also § 1087. For the accusative vrith abesse, <fcc. see § 1086.
For spatio, intervallo see § 1248.
Continued on p. 87.
86 Ablative. Part concerned. [Book IV.
4. Part concerned, means, cause 1 ; without requiring M
oblique predicate. (Comp. § 1230.)
(a) Part concerned 2 , or thing in point of which 3 a term 12
is applied, or an assertion made: qualifying (chiefly) intransitive verbs
and nouns.
Qui uri appellantur, suntmagnitudine 4 paulo infra elephantos, specie
et colore et figura tauri. (Cass. G. 6. 27.)
Servati consulis decus Caslius ad servum natione Ligurem delegat.
(L. si. 46.)
Totidem annis turn mihi aetate praestabat Crassus. (C. Brut. 43.)
Athenis ludis quidam in theatrum grandis natu venit.
(C. Sen. 18.)
Non tu quidem tota re, sed, quod maximum est, temporibus errasti.
(C. Phil. 2. 9.)
Quasrendum est utrum ista classis cursu et remis an sumptu tantum
et literis navigarit. (C. Flacc. 14.)
Capti auribus et oculis metu omnes torpere. (L. ai. 58.)
Romani non mentibus solum consipere, sed ne auribus quidem
atque oculis satis constare poterant. (L. 5. 42.)
Quasi natura et genere dijuncti sint, ita dissident a nobis animo et
voluntate. (C. Verr. 5. 71.)
Adversus Latinos bellandum erat, lingua moribus armorum genere
institutis ante omnia militaribus congruentes. (L. 8. 6.)
Alcibiades et Critias grandes erant verbis, crebri sententiis, com-
pressione rerum breves. (C. Brut. 7.)
Quantus erat Calchas extis, Telamonius armis, Automedon curru,
tantus amator ego. (Ov. A. A. 2. 737.)
Sero nunc desideratis patriam, deminuti capite, abalienato jure
civium. (L. 22. 60.)
Coronam auream dictatori, libram pondo 5 , decrevit. (L. 3. 29.)
Servi igitur omnes improbi: nee hoc tarn re est quam dictu inopina-
tum ac mirabile. (G. Par. 5. 1.)
Quid est tarn jucundum cognitu atque auditu quam sapientibus
sententiis gravibusquc verbis ornata oralio? (C. Or. 1. 8.)
So also after expressions of plenty and ivant and verbs of ii\
deprivation*.
Crassus cum cognomine dives 7 , turn copiis. (C. Off. 2. 16.)
Villa abundat 8 porr.o, hxdo, agno, gallina, lacte, caseo, melle.
(C. Sen. 16.)
Continued on p. 88.
Chap. X] Azotes. 87
1 These notion* in many instances approach closely to one another, in ,2 °9
other instances are clearly distinguishable. The use of English prepo-
sitions has been taken as the chief clue; sentences being referred to (a)
where 'in,' 'in point of,' 'as regards;' to (b) where 'by,' 'by means
of,' 'with;' to (c) where 'for,' 'from,' 'in consequence of,' are most
suitable.
8 For the occasional use of the simple accusative to denote the part
concerned see §§ 1102, 1126; for the locative animi see §§ 1168, 1321;
for the poetic and Tacitean use of the genitive to qualify adjectives,
see §§ 1320, 1321.
3 The use of ad with accus. and ab with ablat. approaches sometimes
to this use of the ablative. But ad is used rather of something external
regarded as an effect; ab of the source; e.g.
(Ad.) Nihil mibi ad existimationem turpius, nihil ad dolorem acerbius,
accidere potuit. (C. Or. 2. 49.)
Yidi forum comitiumque adornatum ad speciem magnifico ornatu,
ad sensum cogitationemque acerbo et lugubri. (C. Verr. 1. 22.)
(Ab.) Sumus fiagitiose imparati cum a militibus, turn a pecunia.
(C. Att. 7. 15.)
Proximum regnum, cetera egregium, ab una parte hand satis pros-
perum fuerat, neglectis religionibus. (L. 1. 32.)
* Similar ablatives are very frequent, esp. in Pliny; e.g. Creta
latitudine nusquam l excedens et circa mediam sui partem maxime
patens, longitudine implet ccxxx, circuitu dlxxxyiiu. (4, § 58.)
5 Pondo, properly as here, 'in weight,' was frequently used without
libra, e.g. Quot (sc. librarum) pondo ted esse censes nudum? (PI.
A-iin. 299); auri quinque (sc. Ubras) pondo abstulit (C. Clu. 64); sex-
tarium aquae cum dodrante (sc. librae) pondo diluunt (Col. 12. 12);
in ea fuisse clypeum argenteum pondo centum triginta septem (L. 25.
39) ; pateram ex quinque pondo auri factam (L. 27. 4). And observe
the strange construction of auri pondo duo millia septuaginta fuit
(L. 26. 14, &c), where pondo = a quantity weighing... pounds.
• Some verbs of deprivation, <bc. are used both with simple ablative
and with the ablative attended by ab or ex. Instances of such are re-
ferred to § 1262.
The genitive is also found after these expressions (cf. §§ 1334,1336),
especially in the Augustan poets:
' Hospes opum dives rex ibi Battus erat. (Ov. Fast. 3. 570.)
8 Ilia via altero tanto longiorem habebat anfractum, sed erat copiosa
omniumque rerum abundans. (Nep. Eum. 8.)
Continued on p. 89.
I2It
38 Ablative. Part concerned: Means. {Book IV.
Metallis plumbi, ferri, sens, argenti, auri, tota ferme Hispania scatet.
(Plin. 3. § 30.)
I Hi honoribus et rerum gestarum gloria florebant. (G. Or. 1. 1.)
In monte Albano lapidibus 1 pluit. (L. 1. 31.)
Herculis simulacrum multo sudore manavit. (C. Div. 1. 33.)
Orba 2 fide pectora career habet. (Ov. Am. 2. 2. 42.)
Huic tradita urbs est, nuda 3 praesidio, referta copiis. (C. Att. 7. 13.)
Magnum opus est, egetque 4 exercitatione non parva. (C. Lai. 5.)
Quam Dionysio erat miserum carere consuetudine amicorum, socie-
tate victus, sermone omnino familiari. (G. T.D. 5. 32.)
Equidem mihi videor pro nostra necessitate non labore, non opera,
non industria defuisse. (Caes. ap. Gell. 13. 3.)
Censeo facias, ut supersedeas hoc labore itineris. (C. Fam. 4. 2.)
Med illo auro tanto circumduxit. (PI. Bac. 311.)
Ariovistus omni Gallia interdixit Romanos. (Cass. G. 1. 46.)
Leva me hoc onere. (C. Fam. 3. 12.)
P. Lentulum prastura se abdicare 5 coegistis. (C. Cat. 4. 3.)
Hos continuo in itinere adorti omnibus impedimentis exuunt.
(Cses. G. 7. 42.)
Extorres patria sacrum montem cepistis. (L. 9. 34.)
(b) Means, i.e. instrument 8 or stuff with, or by, which, m
Chiefly 'with transitive verbs. {See also §§ 1174, 1176, 1196, 1236.)
Cornibus tauri, apri dentibus, morsu leones, aliae bestiae fuga se,
aliae occultatione tutantur. (C. N. D. 2. 50.)
Bello subegit ^Equorum gentem. (G. R. P. 2. 20.)
Mirifice capior facetiis, maxime nostratibus. (C. Fam. 9. 15.)
His ego rebus pascor, his delector, his perfruor. (C. Pis. 20.)
Britanni lactc et came vivunt, pellibusque sunt vestiti.
(Gaes. G. 5. 14.)
Arcem ab ipsa urbe muro et fossa ingenti saeptam videbat, eoque nee
vi nee operibus expugnabilem esse. (L. 25. 11.)
Hunc nimis liberum populum libertas ipsa servitute afficit.
(C. R.P. 1. 44.)
Non solum scribam tuum anulo, sed etiam virum fortissimum Q.-
Rubrium, excellentem virtute auctoritate copiis, corona et
phaleris et torque donasti. (C. Verr. 3. 80.)
Continued on p. 90.
Chap. X] Xotes. 89
1 The accusative (after pluere) is more rarely found; e.g.
Lapides pluere et fulmina jaei de eaelo vos portenta putatis.
(L. 28. 27.)
s The genitive (after orbus) is not frequent; Tellus portents creavit,
orba pedum partim, manuum viduata vicissim. (Lucr. 5. 840.)
3 Per loca equalia et nuda gignentium ventus coortus frown nm homo
exeiUvit. (SalL J. 79.)
4 Oppidum magis opere quam natura munitum erat, nullius idones
rei egens, armis Tirisque opulentum. (SaLL J. 57.)
5 The ablative* after abdicare, exuere, extorris may seem referable
to § 1262, but the use of a preposition (ab or ex) with them is quite ex-
ceptional, and this makes a marked contrast with the words in that
section. The notion is rather that of 'dispossession' than 'motion
from.' Abdicare is also used with an ace. of the thing relinquished,
and thus means ' resign.'
' When the instrument is a person, and regarded as such (in which 1213
case the agent ought to be evident), per with accus. is generally used,
(Some instances of names of persons, used as instruments, being put
in the ablative will be found in § 1220.) Per is also used with things;
e.g.
Lituo Bomulus regiones direxit turn cum urbem condidit. Quis Tete-
rum scrip torum non loquitur qu« at ab Atto Xario per lituum
regionum facta discriprio? (C. Div. L 17.)
Xobilitatem islam vestram plerique oriundi ex Albanis et Sabinis non
genere nee sanguine sed per eooptationem in patres habetis.
(L. 4,4.)
Torserat senatores per omnia quae in rerum natura tristissima sunt,
fidiculis, talaribus, eculeo, igne, Toltu suo. (Sen. Ir. 3. 19.)
Occasionally the poets, chiefly Ovid, use ab, where the simple abla-
tive is the proper expression, (Comp. § 1221) :
Hi jaculo pisces, illi capiuntur ab hamis. (Ov. A. A. L 763.)
Aderat nulla f actus ab arte decor. (Or. F. 2. 761.)
Turben quern celer adsueta versat ab arte puer. (Tib. 1. 5. 4.)
Continued on p. 91.
go Ablative. Means. [Book IV.
In virgines deinde respersas matris cruore impetum faciunt, quas, si 121
effugissent, impletura? 1 urbem tumultu fuerunt. (Cf. L. 24. 26.)
Devinctus erat fasciis, et multis medicamentis propter dolorem
artuum delibutus. (C. Brut. 60.)
Curionis fuit puro sermone adsuefacta 2 domus. (lb. 59.)
Repente est exorta mulieris nefaria lubido non solum dedecore
verum etiam scelere conjuncta 3 . (C. Clu. 5.)
Alio incredibili scelere hoc scelus cumulasti. (C. Cat. 1. 6.)
Surrentina vafer miscet 4 faece Falerna vina. (Hor. S. 2. 4. S5-)
Sortes Fortunas monitu pueri manu miscentur atque ducuntur.
(G. Div. 2. 41.)
Tempus tribus partibus constat 5 , prsterito, praesenti, venturo.
(Sen. Ep. 124. 7.)
Facilius phalaras et torques, quicquid auro argentoque constaret,
quam vallares ac murales coronas dabat. (Suet. Aug. 25.)
Sorte caret; usura nee ea solida contentus est. (C. Att. 6. 1.)
Fretus 6 intelligentia vestra brevius dissero. (C. N. D. 1. 19.)
Tabernacula carbaseis intenta velis collocabat. (C. Verr. 5. 12.)
Pasnula inretitus, rsda impeditus, uxore paene constrictus erat.
(C. Mil. 20.)
Dedistine hoc facto ei gladium, qui se occideret? (PI. Trin. 129.) T2 i8
Amicos neque armis cogere neque auro parare queas: officio et fide
pariuntur. (Sail. Jug. 10.)
Lege Julia civitas est sociis et Latinis data. (C. Balb. 8.)
Verres pretio, non aequitate, jura discribebat. (C. Verr. 5. 11.)
Discriptus populus censu ordinibus a?tatibus plus adhibet ad suffra-
gium consilii, quam fuse in tribus convocatus. (G. Leg. 3. 19.)
Prasdibus et prxdiis populo cautum est. (C. Verr. 1. $$.)
Hecato utilitate officium dirigit magis quam humanitate.
(C. Off. 3. 23.)
Brevitate epistola? scire poteris eum valde esse distentum.
(Balbus apud G. Att. 9. 13 A.)
Hortatur ne Sidicinorum Campanorumque cladibus Samnitium
aestimarent virtutem. (L. 7. 32.)
Non dubitavit vel in foro alea 7 ludere. (C. Phil. 2. 23.)
Epaminondas fidibus pricclare cecinisse dicitur. (C. T. D. 1. 2.)
Discebant fidibus 8 antiqui. (C. Sen. 8.)
Continued on p. 92.
Cltap. X] Notes. 91
1 implere, complere, replere, are also used occasionally with geni- 1215
tive of the thing supplied (§ 1334), e.g.
Tu mihi omnes angulos furum implevisti in asdibus misero mihi.
(PL Aul. 543.)
iEstimationes tuas vendere non potes, neque ollam denariorum im-
plere. (C. Fam. 9. 18.)
2 i.e. ' Trained in' or ' by.' Adsuef acere, adsuetus, &c. are also
used (Liv. Yerg.) with dative (i.e. 'used to') without practical differ-
ence of meaning: e.g.
Operi aliisque justis militaribus juvenes assuefecit. (L. 24. 48.)
Ex more cui adsueverunt nihil in foro putant esse mutandum.
(Qnint. 4. 2. 29.)
s Junctus, conjunctus, are also used with dative in like meaning :
see § 1142. Compare
Nee insignis improbitas et scelere juncta ridetur. (C. Or. 2. 58.)
Oratorem dico sapientiam junctam habere eloquentise. (lb. 3. 35.)
* Miscere is occasionally used with dative in like sense: e.g.
Yulnera supplevit lacrimis fletumque cruori miscet. (Ov. M. 4. 140.)
5 With constare 'be composed of Cicero always uses ex; e.g. J2I7
Homo ex ammo constat et corpore caduco et infirmo. (N. D. 1. 35.)
With consistere, ' consist in ' he uses in. Lucretius has frequently
constare re, ex re; consistere re, ex re, once in re: Quintilian has
constare re frequently, consistere in re frequently, also consistere re.
With contineri ' be contained in,' ' lie in,' the simple ablative is the
constant construction. It appears referable to § 1174.
6 Fretus (lit. ' borne,' from fero ? cf. § 692), once or twice in Livy
has dative (on analogy o/fisns), Multitudo hostium, nulli rei praster-
quam numero freta, temere proelinm iniit. (L. 6. 13.)
7 Claudius aleam studiosissime lusit. (Suet. Claud. 33.) So usually
in Sueton.
8 For a similar ellipse, compare poscunt majoribus poculis (sc.
bibere, C. Verr. 1. 26). Jn vicarium docendum cures equo armisque
(L. 29. 1), docere is probably 'train;' comp. erudire, § 1222; adsuefacta,
§ 1216.
The instrument as well as tlie agent after a passive verb is often 13:9
made the subject to the active;
e.g. A deo mundus regitur, or
Dei proTidentia mundus regitur,
becomes
Deus mundum regit, or
Dei providentia mundum regit, or
Deus providentia sua mundum regit.
Continued on p. 93.
92 Ablative. Means. \Book IV.
Agros ereptos reipublicae turpissimis possessoribus 1 inquinavit. 1220
(G. Phil. 2. 17.)
Odio premitur omnium generum, maxime testibus caeditur.
(C. Q. Fr. 3. 3)
Jacent suis testibus. (C. Mil. 18.)
Ipse uno graditur comitatus Achate. (Verg. A. 1. 31a.)
Marcello, quibus consul rem gesserat, legiones decretae. (L. 27. 7.)
Coactus sum in eadem ilia lectica, qua ipse delatus eram, meisque
lecticariis in urbem eum referre. (Serv. ap. C. Fam. 4. 12.)
Hostem tormentis sagittariisque et funditoribus eminus terrebat.
(Sail. J. 94.)
Fonteii miseriis ac periculis commovetur colonia. (C. Font. 20.) 1222
Quinque omnino Oppianicum, sive imprudentia sive misericordia
"* sive aliqua suspitione adducti, absolverunt. (G. Clu. 28.)
Incensa odio pristino, servum in quasstionem postulavit. (lb. 64.)
Lycurgi leges laboribus erudiunt juventutem, venando currendo
esuriendo sitiendo algendo aestuando. (G. Tusc. 2. 14.)
Omnis loquendi elegantia augetur legendis oratoribus et poetis.
(C. Or. 3. 10.)
Quid hoc homine 2 faciatis? (C. Verr. 1. 16.) 1224
Quaesivit, si quid Cn. Pompeio factum esset, in quo spem essetis
habituri. (C. Man. 20.)
Majoribus hostiis sacrificarunt. (L. 22. 1.)
Cum faciam vitula pro frugibus, ipse venito. (Verg. B. 3. 77.)
The ablatives 3 after fungor, ' I busy myself (with)? utor, ' I employ 1226
myself (with) J fruor, '•I enjoy myself {wit IS) f potior, '■I make myself
powerful (with),' 1 vescor, ' 1 feed myself (with),' 1 nitor, 'â– I support my-
self (with),' usus, opus est, 'there is need off l a work to be done
ivithf &c. are originally of this class.
L. Crassus magnificentissima aedilitate functus est 4 . (C. Off. 2. 16.)
Commoda quibus utimur 5 , lucemque qua fruimur 6 , spiritumque
quern ducimus, a Jove nobis dari videmus. (G. Rose. A. 45.)
Utor Pompeio familiarissime. (C.Att. 1. 17.)
Tutius esse arbitrabantur,obsessis viis,intercluso commeatu.sine ullo
vulnere victoria potiri 7 . (Gaes. G. 3. 24.)
Lacte, caseo, came vescor 8 . (C. T. D. 5. 32.)
Stetit soleatus praetor muliercula nixus in litore. (C. Verr. 5. ^^.~)
Filiam quis habet, pecunia est opus 9 ; duas, majore; pluris, majore
etiam. (C. Par. 6. 1.)
Ad cam rem usus est tua mi opera. (Plaut. Pers. 328.)
Continued on p. 94.
Chap. X.] Notes. 93
1 The person who is the real agent or doer is put in the ablative, «2i
but with ab. So also sometimes a personified thing or quality;
Laudator ab his, culpatur ab illis. (Hor. S. 1. 2. 11.)
Torqueor infesto ne vir ab hoste cadat. (Ov. H. 9. 36.)
Non est autem consentaneum qui metu non frangatur emn frangi
cupiditate, nee qui invictum se a labore praestiterit, vinci a voluj>-
tate. (C. Off. 1. 20.)
Piget dicere ut vobis animus ab ignavia atque socordia corruptus sit.
(Sail. J. 31.)
Visus gemitus est ille dedisse stipes, ut inritis correptus ab ignibus
arsit. Inscius atque absens flamma Meleagros ab ilia uritur.
(Ot. Met. 8. 513.)
8 This use with facere is common in Plautus, Terence, and Cicero. 1223
The dative is also used in like meaning: e.g.
Quom sciverit nos aurum abusos, quid mihi fiet postea ? (PI. Bacc. 360.)
Quid huic tu bomini facias ? (C. Cacin. 11.)
* Of these verbs fungor, fruor, utor, potior in the pra-Ciceronian
writers, vescor later also, have sometimes a direct object in the accusa-
tive. (For genitive after potior, see § 1334):
4 Sequere bac me, gnata, ut munus fungaris tuom. (Plaut. Trin. 1.)
Omnia perfunctus vitai praemia marces. (Lucr. 3. 956.)
So Quo religiosius senatoria munera fungerentur, sanxit ut, &c.
(Suet. Aug. 35.)
1 Tantam abusus sum rem patriam. (PI. Trin. 682.)
Csetera, quaa volumus uti, Grseca mercamur fide. (PL Asin. 199.)
Ea, quae fructus cunque es, periere profusa. (lb. 940.)
Hinc tu nisi malum frunisci nil potes. (PL Bud. 1012.)
T Ille alter sine labore patria potitur commoda. (Ter. Ad. 871.)
8 Eegnum adeptus ccepit vesci singulas (columbas). (Phaedr. 3. 11.)
9 Opus is also used as secondary predicate, the thing needed 1225
being the subject: see also §§ 1256, 1257.
Maritumi omnes milites opus sunt tibL (PL Capt. 160.)
Dux nobis et auctor opus est. " (C. Fam. 2. 6.)
InLivy and later writers the thing needed is occasionally put
in the genitive, both with opus and usus :
A.d consilium pensandum temporis opus esse. (L. 22. 51.)
Si nosse, quid quisque senserit, volet, lectionis opus est.
(Quint. 12. 3. 8.)
Alii offerunt se, si quo usus operaa sit. (L. 26. 9.)
Continued on p. 95.
94 Ablative. Efficient cause. \Book IV.
(c) 1 Efficient cause, ground, influence.
Nostri rriajores Conlatinum innocentem suspicione cognationis ex-
pulerunt. (G. R. P. a. 31.)
Animi vitio id evenit. (C. Fin. 5. 12.)
Multi homines officia deserunt mol'itia animi. (lb. 1. 10.)
Quod benevolentia fit, id odio factum criminaris. (C.Rosc. Am. 15.)
Paene ille timore ego risu conrui. (C. Q. Fr. 2. 8.)
Levitate armorum et cotidiana exercitatione nihil iis noceri potest.
(Caes. G. 5. 34.)
Exercitus nostri interitus ferro, fame, frigore, pestilentia.
(C. Ph. 17.)
Sunt autem privata nulla natura, sed aut vetere occupatione, aut
victoria, aut lege, pactione, condicione, sorte. (G. Off. 1. 7.)
Civi Romano licet esse Gaditanum sive exilio, sive postliminio sive
rejectione hujus civitatis. (C. Balb. 12.)
Tarn longo spatio multa hereditatibus, multa emptionibus, multa
dotibus tenebantur sine injuria. (C. Off. 2. 23.)
Gubernatoris ars utilitate, non arte, laudatur. (C. Fin. 1. 13.)
Censetur 2 Apona Livio suo tellus. (Mart. 1. 61. 3.)
(Quid)si fructibus et emolumentis et utilitatibus amicitias colemus ?
(G. Fin. 2. 26.)
Non possum ei non amicus esse, neque solum tua commendatione
sed etiam voluntate ac judicio meo. (G. Fam. 9. 24.)
Si armis aut condicione positis aut defatigatione abjectis aut victoria
detractis civitas respiraverit, et dignitate tua frui tibi et fortunis
licebit. (G. Fam. 6. 2.)
Ita Marius cupidine atque ira, pessumis consultoribus, grassari.
(Sail. J. 64.)
Maerore et lacrimis consenescebat. (C. Clu. 5.)
Fusi inde Romani, quze imperio consulis noluerant, suo pavore ac
terrore castra repetunt. (L. 34. 47.)
Decius torpidos somno insuper pavore exanimat. (L. 7. 36.)
Timidos insolentia itineris levabat manu. (Sail. J. 94.)
Jungimus hospitio 3 dextras. (Verg. A. 3. 83.)
Scipio affinitate Pompci confidebat 4 . (Cces. C. 3. 83.)
Cn. Pompeius gratulans meo beneficio patriam se visurum esse
dixit. (C. Phil. 2. 5.)
Qui fit, ut omncs sciant? (C. Fin. 2. 4.)
Neque co nunc dico, quo quicquam ilium senserim. (Tcr.Haut.5s4.)
Macte virtute, militcs Romani, este. (L. 7. 36.)
Continued on p. 96.
Chap. X] Notes. 95
1 A cause is often expressed by the accusative with ob or propter; a **z7
cause of hindrance is often expressed by ablative with prae; e.g.
Ob hoc omnia neglecta apud hostes erant. (L. 25. 37, § 17.)
Proficiscor magno equidem cum dolore, nee tarn id propter me ant
propter fratrem meum, quorum est jam acta setas, quam propter
pueros. (C. Att. 10. 4, § 5.)
Nee divini humanique juris quicquam pras impotenti ira est servatum.
(L. 31. 24.)
In Livy the ablative is used with (as well as without) ab to denote
the cause:
Ea turn cura maxime intentos babebatEomanos.non abira tantum...
quam quod, &c. (L. 26. 1.)
[Comp. Miserabantur quod vir talis etiam praecipuum apud hostes
supplicium passurus esset ob iram direinptse pacis. (L. 9. 8.)]
For such expressions as adductus ira, &c. see § 1222.
For mea causa (gratia), Ciceronis causa, &c. see § 1214.
2 The ablative with censeri is an old usage. Cf. Gell. 16. 10. Qui 1229
nullo aut perquam parvo asre censebantur ' capite censi' vocabantur.
The ablative indicated the amount of property at which each citizen
icas assessed in the censors' books, and may belong to § 1196 or to
§ 1210. But the metaphorical use seems best refeired to this liead of
cause or ground.
Something similar appears to be the occasional use of scelere and
repetundis with damnari, &c. e. g. quo scelere damnatus" (C. Fhil. 13.
27) ; scelere convictos (Suet. Ner. 3). Cf. also Lucr. 4. 1183 and
Munro's note.
3 So quam petitis, juncta est mihi foedere dextra. (Yerg. A. 8. 169.)
*. Fidere, confidere are used alike with abl. ( l have confidence on ac-
count of,' i.e. ' trust in'), except of personal pronoun; and dat. ' trust
to:' diihdere almost always with dative.
Non existimant oportere nimium eos caussa confidere. (C. Fin. 1. 9.)
Dolabella nulla alia confisus urbe, Laodiceam se contulit.
(C. Fam. 12. 14.)
Qui sibi fidit dux regit examen. (Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 22.)
Continued on p. 97.
gb Ablative. Description. \Book IV.
5. Description, manner, circumstances: usually ivitJb "
noun, participle, or genitive case 1 , as oblique predicate.
(Comp. § 1208.)
(a) Description 2 , or characteristic quality; qualifying 12
the verb esse or substantives. (Comp. § 1151.)
Qua facie fuit ? Rufus quidam, ventriosus, crassis suris, subniger,
magno capite, acutis oculis, ore rubicundo, admodum magnis
pedibus 3 . (PI. Ps. 121 8.)
Ibes sunt aves excelss, cruribus rigidis, corneo proceroque rostro.
(C. N.D. 1. 36.)
Agesilaus statura 4 fuit humili et corpore exiguo et claudus altero
pede. (Nep. Ages. 8.)
Erat inter Labienum atque hostem difficili transitu flumen ripisque
praeruptis. (Czes. G. 6. 7.)
Apollonius adfirmabat se omnino nomine 5 illo servum habere nemi-
nem. (C. Verr. 5. 7.)
Capua litteras sunt allatas hoc exemplo. (C. Att. 9. 6, § 3.)
Quo genere in primis sensus et membra videmus. (Lucr. 4. 855.)
Accepi tuam epistolam vacillantibus litterulis, nee mirum tarn gravi
morbo. (G. Fam. 16. 15.)
Jubebat secum ipsos cogitare pictam in tabula Voluptatem, pul-
cherrimo vestitu et ornatu regali, in solio sedentem.
(C. Fin. 2. 21.)
X. viri maxima pntestate 6 sine provocatione creati sunt.
(C. R. P. 2. 36.)
Sunt solida primordia simplicitate. (Lucr. 2. 157.)
Quamobrem fac animo 7 magno fortique sis. (C. Fam. 6. 14.)
Velut ignorantem monet eum, quo statu sit res. (L. 22. 22.)
L. Catilina nobili genere natus, fuit magna vi et animi et corporis
sed ingenio malo pravoque. (Sail. C. 5.)
Sulpicius fortissimo quodam animi impctu, plenissima et maxima
voce, summa contentione corporis et dignitate motus, verborum
quoque ea gravitate et copia est, ut unus ad dicendum instruct-
issimus a natura esse videatur. (C. Or. 3. 8.)
Iccius Remus summa nobilitate et gratia inter suos. (Cass. G. 2. 6.)
Continued on p. 98.
Chap. X] Notes. 97
1 The genitive is usually a subjective genitive § 1278, never pro-
bably an objective genitive.
s This ablative is closely related to the ablatives of ' circumstance ' 1231
and ' manner^ but it has also a connexion with that of 'part con-
cerned' (§1210). Compare for 'part concerned:'
Cupressus satu morosa, fnictti supervacua, bacis torva, folio amara,
odore violenta, et ne umbra quidem gratiosa, materie rara, tit paene
fruticosi generis, Diti sacra et ideo funebri signo ad domus posita.
(Plin. 16, § 139.)
On the difference between this ablative and the genitive of quality 1233
see § 1309.
3 Compare Belua nraltonim es capitum. (Hor. Ep. 1. 1. 76.)
Ingenui vultus puer ingenuique pudoris. (Juv. 11. 154.)
4 (Bogabant) quibusnam manibus ant quibus viribus, praesertim ho-
mines tantulae statural, tanti oneris tnrrim moturos sese confi-
derent. (Caes. G. 2. 30.)
5 Occulte per homines nominis Latini et socios Italicos impedimenta
parabant. (Sail. J. 40, where nom. Lat. is a class; cf. § 1309.)
6 Erit turn consul Hortensius cum summo imperio et potestate, ego
autem aedilis. (C. Verr. Act. 1. 13.)
7 Di bene fecerunt inopis me quodque pusilli finxerunt animi.
(Hor. S. 1. 4. 17.
Both ablative and genitive are found in the following :
P. Murena mediocri ingenio sed magno studio rerum veterum, littera-
rum et studiosus et non imperitus, multsa industriae et magni
laboris fuit. (C. Brut. 67.)
Neque monere te audeo praestanti prudentia yirum, nee confirmare
maximi animi hominem unumque fortissimum. (C. Fam. 4. 8.)
Continued on p. 99.
7
98 Ablative. Manner. [Book IV.
(b) Way or manner 1 : usually with adjectival Predicate, ex- v.
cept in certain words and occasional expressions.
(1) With adjectival predicate 2 .
Deos pura, integra, incorrupta, et mente et voce venerari debemus.
(C.N.D. 2. 28.)
Primo, si placet, Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto
vagabimur. (C. T. D. 3. 6.)
X viri x tabulas summa sequitate prudentiaque conscripserunt.
(C. R. P. 2. 36.)
Hsec duo GnEculi uno nomine appellant. (C. T. D. 2. 15.)
Marius quadrato agmine incedit. (Sail. J. 100.)
Ingenti classe, egregio terrestri exercitu, in Europam Antiochus
trajecit. (L. 33. 44.) »
His viginti cohortibus, nullo equitatu Hirtius cum tribus Antonii
legionibus equitatuque conflixit. (C. Phil. 14. 10.)
Hanc igitur partem relictam explebimus nullis adminiculis, sed, ut
dicitur, marte nostro. (C. Off. 3. 7.)
Polliceor hoc vobis Quirites, bona fide. (C. Agr. 2. 37.)
Omnibus me ludificatur hie modis. (PI. Merc. 919.)
Optumis verbis causam explicat. (C. Div. 2. 26.)
(2) Without adjectival predicate 3 : mostly either words which a
may be regarded loosely as instruments or causes, or in certain old
phrases. Frequently several such ablatives are used together.
Quod domi te inclusisti, ratione fecisti. (C. Att. 12. 44.)
Ait Aristoteles antea neminem solitum via nee arte, sed adcurate
tamen et de scripto plerosque dicere. (C. Brut. 12.)
Caesar ad opus consuetudine excubabat. (Caes. G. 7. 24.)
Quid si fraude, si casu Veiis incendium ortum sit? (L. 5. 54.)
Prastor quemadmodum more et exemplo opitulari possit, non habe-
bit? (C. Cctc. 13.)
Tu isti narra omne ordine ut factum siet. (Ter. Eun. 970.)
Si quis testamento se heredem esse arbitraretur, quod turn non
exstaret, lege ageret in hereditatem. (G. Verr. 1. 45.)
Agebat auctoritate, agebat consilio, agebat per summum ordinem,
agebat exemplo bonorum et fortium civium. (C. Sest. 40.)
Ambiorix copias suas judicione non conduxerit, an tempore exclu-
sus, dubium est. (Caes. G. 6. 31.)
Nox apud barbaros cantu aut clamore, nostris per iram et minas
acta. (Tac. H. 5. 15.)
Continued on p. 100.
Chap. X] Xctes. 99
1 The preposition cum is often used in expressions which come under I2 3S
the general notion of manner or accompaniment :
1. It must be used to denote (a) the presence of a weapon, &c,
e. g. cum gladio or cum magno gladio comprehensus est ;
(b) The presence of a disease or mental quality or armed force, <tc.
unless an attribute be added, e. g. cum febri redire domum, cum vir-
tute vivere, cum cura exponere, cum legione venire (but dimicare
equitatu, &c. as an instrument) ;
2. And it may be used even if an attribute is added, e.g. cum
magno studio aliquem adjuvare, cum omni equitatu aggredi.
3. It is not used (a) with substantives which of themselves denote
a way or manner, e. g. more, modo ;
Or (b) with expressions of temper or purpose, e.g. hac mente feci,
aequo animo fero ;
Or (c) to denote a condition, e.g. ea lege, his conditionibus ;
Or (d) of parts of the body, e.g. nudo capite, promisso capillo in-
cedere. (Madvig Lat. Gr. § 258, Anm. 1—5.)
2 So in the following phrases (besides those in § 1234) ; aequo 1237
animo (often); dolo malo (Ter. Eun. 515; &c.) opposed to bona fide;
conceptis verbis 'in set terms' (PL Ps. 1056); dedita opera (L. 2. 9;
&c.) l of set purpose;' eadem opera or eadem only (Plaut. Most. 1039,
Mil. 303 ; &c.) ' at the same time' cf. § 1076 ; una opera, 'just as well'
(PI. Most. 249; &c); magno, summo, tanto, quanto opere; summo
jure (G. Verr. 5. 2), ' claiming one's full rights;' meo jure, ' of my own
right; ' and others. Compare also paucis te volo (Ter. Andr. 29) ; sed
nolo pluribus (L. 34. 32); rogando alternis suadendoque (L. 2. 2).
3 Besides the words of ichich instances are quoted may be mentioned: 1239
acie (L. 5. 28; &c), agmine (L. 23. 26; &c), artificio (C. Inv. 1. 14),
astu (T. And. 208), clamore (Liv.), consensu (L. 3. 38; &c), condicioni-
bus (L. 9. 15; &c.)), contumacia (L. 9. 46), convivio (Tac. A. 13. 20),
cura et cogitatione (C. Inv. 1. 14), discursu (L. 23. 16), dolo (Sail. J.
113; &c), equis virisque (C. Off. 3. 33), fando (audire, &c. 'hear tell'
PI. Amph. 588; C. N. D. 1. 29; &c), forte (often), gratiis (cf. § 546),
injuria (C. Lig. 9; &c), interdicto (C. Or. 1. 10), joco seriove (L. 7. 41;
&c), joculo (PI. Amph. 964; &c), judicio pati, 'be defendant in a suit'
(G.Verr. 2. 24; 3. 28), jure (C. Verr. 1. 42, and often), libidine (C.
Quint. 4), modo (see in § 1172), moribus (' by custom, in customary
fashion,' Ter. Haut. 839, C. Sest. 41), nexu (G. Top. 5; &c), numero
versuque (C. Div. 2. 57), occidione (occidere, Liv. cf. § 1097), rivis
(Verg. A. 5. 200), sponte (Ov., Tac), statu liber (probably 'free by
appointment,' cf. Ulp. Fragm. 2, § 1, 4), strepitu (Sail. J. 53), voluntate
(C. Of. 1. 9; L. 29, 38; &c). Here also belong the adverbs rite,
vulgo; qui, 'how,' nequiquam, ingratis, incultu (Tac. A. 4. 46), injussu
(also injussu meo, &c).
In many such expressions per with the accusative is used:
Multa dolo, pleraque per vim, audebantur. (L. 39. 8.)
Ea ex fanis per scelus et latrocinium abstulisti. (C. Verr. 1. 21.)
Auferetur, quod promisi per jocum, a me praemiuru ? (PI. Ps. 1224).
Continued on. p. 101.
7—2
100 Ablative. Attendant circumstances. [Book IV.
Summa ope niti decet, ne vitam silentio 1 transeamus veluti pecora.
- (Sail. C. i.)
Curriculo jube in urbem veniat jam semul tecum. (PI. Most. 930.)
Omnem equitatum et cum eis velocissimos pedites cursu tendere ad
Capsam jubet. (Sail. J. 91.)
Majore cum fiducia ad alteram turrim aggeremque eruptione pugna-
verunt. (Caes. C. 2. 14.)
Civilis haud porrecto agmine sed cuneis adstitit. (Tac. H. 5. 16.)
Ex essedis desiliunt et pedibus 2 proeliantur. (Caes. G. 4. 23-)
Caesar hsec de Vercingetorige usu 3 ventura opinione praeceperat.
(Caes. G. 7. 9.)
Docet ita se possedisse, ut nee vi nee clam nee precario possederit.
(C. Ca-c. 32.)
Vitaque mancipio 4 nulli datur, omnibus usu. (Lucr. 3. 971.)
Metu ceteri sacramento 6 dixere. (L. 4. 53.)
Scripsi etiam versibus tris libros de temporibus meis.
(C. Fam. 1. 9, § 23.)
Recordatus est vitio sibi tabernaculum captum fuisse, itaque vitio
creatos consules esse. (C. N. D. 2. 4.)
Ibi miscendo consilium precesque, nunc orabant, nunc monebant,
&c. (L. 2. 9.)
(r) Attendant circumstances under which an action i
takes place, or an assertion is made: {commonly called, at least in
some of these uses, ' ablative absolute ').
This ablative may often be translated into English by ivhen, if,
although, Qr'c. iv it h finite verb. It is indeed, especially tvhen the
oblique predicate is a participle, equivalent to an adverbial sentence.
(1) With noun {adjective or genitive case) as predicate®. 1
^Estu magno ducebat agmen. (C. T. D. 2. 15.)
Inde, austro lenissimo, caelo sereno, nocte ilia ac die postero in Ita-
liam ad Hydruntem ludibundi pervenimus. (C. Fam. 16. 9.)
Quid hoc populo optineri potest? (C. Leg. 3. 16.)
Neque ad mare admovit urbem, quod ei fuit ilia manu copiisque
facillimum. (C. R. P. 2. 3.)
Nulla est altercatio clamoribus umquam habita majoribus.
(C. Brut. 44.)
Tabulas in foro summa hominum frequentia exscribo.
(C. Verr. 2. 77.)
Hoc videmur esse consecuti, ut ne quid agi cum populo aut salvis
auspiciis aut salvis legibus aut denique sine vi posset.
(C. Fam. 1. 2.)
Continued on p. 102.
Chap. X] Notes. 101
1 Frequent in Livy, &c; but also cum silentio, Ter. Eun. 44 ; L. 7. 1241
35, § 1 ; ke. : auditus est magno silentio (C. Q. jF. 2. 1).
3 So iter pedibus eonfidtur (C. Vat. 5), metiri pedibus ' 6y stepping,'
(C Q. P . 3. 1, 2), and offer expressions; esp. the phrase for voting on a
division in the senate, pedibus ire in earn or ejus sententiam, e.g.
L. 5. 9. Similarly manibus ingredi (G. Fin. 5. 12) ; quadrigis urbem
inire (L. 28. 9) and duo nuntii adlati sunt : unus, classe fratrem Epheso
. Atfitfwiag, alter, pedibus per Macedoniam yenire (C. Att. 3. 8).
3 usu Yenire {lit. ' come in practice,*) ' happen,' turn out;* a com-
mon phrase; e.g. Com. 2. 5; C. Terr. 5. 39; Or. 1. 40; Of. 3. 3; Arc.
* Mandpium is, (1) literally, taking by hand, and hence formal 1143
acquisition of a physical object, which is equivalent on the side of the
purchaser to formal delivery on the side of the vendor. The ' deed of
feoffment' (lex mancipii) accompanying this ' livery of seisin,' eon-
tained a covenant for quiet enjoyment, and others. (Cf. C. Mur. 2.)
It is (2) the thing so transferred; (3) the right over a thing resulting
from the transference. Bbcking (Pandekten, § 46, Vol J. p. 178) takes
maucipio dare (aecipere) as an indirect object in this last sense, ' gives
(receives) to ownership.' With this may be compared faenori dare,
and probably noxae dedere (§ 1163;. Mancipio might be taken in the
second sense, as a predicative dative 'give as a piece of property;'
camp, dono dare, &c. <§ 1162). But this sense of mandpium is rare,
except as another name for a slave (mandpium = a chattel). It seems
best to take it in the first sense, ' to give by way of formal seizure,' and
compare it with testamento dare, usu capere, and aexu in Cic Top 5,
abanenatio ejus rei quae manripi est aut traditio alteri nexu aut ex jure
ee&sio. This is the oldest sense of mandpium, as in the xn Tables :
Com nexum faciei mandpiumque, uti lingua nuncupasdt ita jus esto.
(Test. p. 178, ed. Muller.) And it is so used in the common phrases
lexmantipii (see above), res manripi, 'a thing of handtake,' i.e. a thing
which requires solemn delivery to pass the property; the later law
used mandpaiio in this sense. The third meaning, riz. the right
thus acquired, = the freehold, is probably the meaning in C. Fam. 7.
29, where Curius writes to Cicero, sum enim ■ypv ffei P** tuus,m|«-« &
Attici nostri; ergo fructus est tuus, mandpium illius. To which
Cicero replies (ib. 30) Attiri quoniam proprium te esse scribis man-
dpio et nexo, meum autem usu et fruetu, contentus isto sum, where
the ablatives appear referable to § 1210 part concerned.
Usu in Luer. I.e. is probably like mancipio, but it may be datire.
5 'To declare by way of pledge,' hence 'to take the military oath;' 1145
frequent in Livy; (sacramentum dicere, Caas. C. 1. 23. 86 j : alio saera-
mento rogare, of the general putting the oath (L. 49. 26; &c, Cats. G.
6. 1); adigere (L. 4. 5; kc.\ cf. § 1119.
' Other phrases besides those in §§1244,1246, are e.g. bono publico,
* to the public weal,' bono reipublicae suoque (L. 28. 41; 29, 27; &c);
pessimo publico (Yarr. R. IL 1. 13, § 7; L. 2. 1) ; bona Tenia, ' by good
leave' (Ter, Ph. 378; C. Or. L 57; &c, also bona cum Tenia); fide tua,
'on your credit,' or 'responsibility ;' (hence fide jubere, jussor, promit-
tere, promissor, * a surety,' cf. Gai. 3, §| 92, 116) ; fide publica dicere,
* to speak on the state's guarantying his safety,' (Sail. C. 46; 4c.) ; 4c.
Continued on p. 103.
102 Ablative. Attendant circumstances. [Book IV.
Helico nequissimus HS cio dabat, nullo aprico horto, nullo emissa-
rio, nulla maceria, nulla casa. (C. Fam. 16. 18.)
Bellum vobis indictum est, magno illorum malo, qui indixere, si i
viri estis. (L. 2. 38.)
Tuo periculo jubeo libros dari Varroni. (C. Att. 13. 25.)
Plane illuc te ire, nisi tuo magno commodo, nolo. (lb. 13. 27.)
Quod maxime est utile, id nescio quo pacto etiam decet maxime.
(C. Or. 3. 60.)
Hose nostra vestraque causa dixi. (L. 1. 37.)
Quin ea ego hue praecucurri gratia, ne te opprimeret imprudentem.
(PI. Merc. 223.)
Rescripsit se coronam habuisse honoris Csesaris causa, posuisse
luctus gratia. (C. Att. 14. 19.)
Me nomine negligentias suspectum tibi esse doleo. (C. Fam. 2. 1.)
Nicias a Dolabella magno opere arcessitus, etsi invito me, tamen 1
eodem me auctore profectus est. (lb. 13. 28.)
Nunc mittendum est, ut meo jussu cernat. (lb. 13. 46.)
Vetat Pythagoras injussu imperatoris, id est dei, de praesidio et
statione vitae decedere. (G. Sen. 20.)
Sequanis voluntate Ariovisti reddere obsides licebat. (Caes. G. 1.35.)
Supplicatio fuit ob res prospere gestas in Hispania ductu auspicio-
que Ap. Claudi proconsulis. (L. 41. 28.)
Nil desperandum Teucro duce et auspice Teucro.
(Hor. Od. 1. 7. 27.)
Nee vester asqualis Curio, patre mea sententia vel eloquentissimo
temporibus illis, quemquam mihi magnopere videtur imitari.
(C. Or. 2. 23.)
Judice te non sordidus auctor naturae verique. (Hor. Od. 1. 28. 14.)
Di te deaeque anient vel hujus arbitratu vel meo. (PI. Pseud. 271.)
Is mille nummum se aureum, meo datu, tibi ferre aibat.
(PI. Trin. 1140.)
P. Clodium meo consilio interfectum esse dixisti. (C. Phil. 2. 9.)
Bruti judicium, pace tua dixerim, longe antepono tuo. (CT.D.5.5.)
Oratorum aut interitu aut discessu aut fuga, primas in causis agebat
Hortensius. (C. Brut. 90.)
Hannibal xv ferme milium spatio 1 castra ab Tarento posuit. "
( L - 25- 9-)
Crasso L. Philippus proximus accedebat sed longo intervallo tamen
proximus. (C. Brut. 47.)
Continued on p. 104.
i .â– !.
The mUfmtt mi niljiiiiff dJffiiiiinlTiii iiimliiininfl| njT fffci jlniTITii iniiiil iTi iraara%aa»8?
rib m;; Aa aHaain z.; Hajari -; an rWijwn f " i *1 1 1
i Hammer- sack. am. unitizing cCaase is mad*, in ardor t&>
gumAj pwwBa i distinctness or preserve mora cieoriy tlui FvistaricaZ ardor;
YcenDBjptimx,. eoirTOcans stds clianainia. facile bbb ; osJl
«9t cgit wedai te nrvtbo province. ;.» deereta—
. ease leer, i C Fsnl LI. 1
SatrA (Ci anlative w aftener fovmd wlum tlie person wlia is the m&jflxt
isaJaa expressed in the genitive case:
JJagortna fratre meo atqae eoilein. prapinqmi snc interjecta. g rumn r t i
_ mi ejus sceleris sui pnedtm fern, post mg p-rr^irrpm patria
ejus soliuas erai. < L. 38.
.fo such sentences as the / drna r ar a£ Least
» assisted by , tile distinctness of ta cuctise :
San pofces effagere Imjns cuLp» pcsnai- ! i : ma : JEarcus est adM-
bendos. iC. F-vm. IS. 2
3fe dace, ad banc vati fmem, me miline, t ptt i'Ov. J..77. . 1 . '.
A tB B &m a. est nrir quanta acerbias. si id se IfameiriiH "aziazis !
Sen I .-
Dictators oabeste comrda Cesars, consoles ereaiitar .Ii-Lias Cesar ec
P. Servilias* >C;es. C 3. 1
Profeeu; in aedis meas Tna absenie npTnfnpm vula mtro:ci_
FTfi' castas race se jabet esse marisas^ (Qv. F. 2. 133.)
Saque arm a Serena ac nnnihrm itrxza Xatnmm vieisse neaa^it
I
AaJigfurate aemmem amquam melius allam ora^isse â– m yiMTH lansaanv
com. se ipse defemlereE se aaiii er ise,. Iccuples aactcr wofiipBh Tbncv-
<fides. (C £'77i,;. _.
Is se pEEsenre de 3e ser sornias eonsnifiinn. «Ecefeat -".Erf.
Tiiwriaiytr temporis acta, se paero. iHor. A- P. 1"
1 SimsJaiHy dCTerocalo with genitive, ~ ot tjmtis/ gaass ta the aide af
the rnadr e p :;ni;ipKar T via Lauina. ad i milzaiiaiDU- Ad-
tfiiiiii cmifltus ab F^ ma iesirarsas miTTmn passaicii iT'imiti . fiFraninii-
Hijiwifl % amdl vfttm-) Sa cnxsa. diei totias ahia-.is. • i La'ifi jumrnen
tJfcL ±. HI-*.
C'intvjvned an ^- WSL
104 Ablative. Attendant circumstances. \Book IV.
(2) With participle as predicate:
Senatus haberi mense Februario toto non potest, nisi perfectis aut
rejectis legationibus 1 . (G. Fam. 1. 4.)
Testis productus, qui, septem et viginti enumeratis stipendiis, scissa
veste, tergum laceratum virgis ostendit*. (L. 3. 38.)
Haec dicente consule 8 , equites circumfunduntur. (L. 10. 36.)
Germani post tergum clamore audito 4 , cum suos interfici viderent,
armis abjectis signisque militaribus relictis, se ex castris ejece-
runt, et cum ad confluentem Mosas et Rheni pervenissent,
relicua fuga desperata, magno numero interfecto, relicui se in
flumen prsecipitaverunt. (Caes. G. 4. 15.)
Verres, quasi praeda sibi advecta 5 , non praedonibus captis, siqui
senes ac deformes erant, eos in hostium numero ducit; qui
aliquid formae, setatis, artificiique habebant, abducit omnes.
(C. Verr. 5. 25.)
Antiochus Ephesi securus admodum de bello Romano erat, tanquam
non transituris in Asiam Romanis 6 . (L. 36. 41.)
Quis est enim, qui nullis officii praeceptis tradendis 7 philosophum
se audeat dicere? (C. Off. 1. a.)
Accusandis Camillus dis hominibusque senescebat, indignando mi-
randoque 8 , ubi 1111 viri essent, qui, &c. (L. 5. 43.)
So also with opus and usua :
Opus fuit Hirtio convento 9 . (C. Att. 10. 4.)
Ibo domum ut parentur, quibus paratis opus est 10 . (PI. Men. 953.)
Obsecro, quid istis (litteris) ad istunc usust conscriptis modum 11 .
(PI. Bacc. 749.)
The perfect participle sometimes and occasionally other adjectives
have a sentence for subjectâ„¢.
Consul, statione equitum ad portam posita, edictoque ut, quicun-
que ad vallum tenderet, pro hoste haberetur, fugientibus ob-
stitit. (L. 10. 36.)
Haec tibi dictabam, excepto quod non simul esses, cetera lsetus.
(Hor. Ep. 1. 10. 50.)
Perfecto enim et concluso neque virtutibus neque amicitiis usquam
locum esse, si ad voluptatem omnia referantur, nihil praterea
est magno opere dicendum. (C. Fin. 2. 27.)
Inde ad Pluinnam est progressus,nondum comperto quam regionem
hostes petissent. (L. 31. 39.)
Continued on p. 106.
;-,;:. r;
3& • /.
::â– â–
J . ~>:r: :_: .^_~:. u :.^ ;;_•: zj
feaijnisi â– *â– riitei i
: :j :- r :--•: i^.r.i— :-:■'
ijp. 76, l*fc T Qui af nfcl
(Ftenpon. 15. 5on_ p. 1
■L ^Te. Zoo. &».,
; Xhjl Torch*,, mi
txia is Cieem\Of. ± 12, I*l La,~tn* cf. «fin Jfar. 2. 10fin.i; a«*r
■sCmh-, SoQut, or .afepot. (Gawtra, Ztft. Gr. § 61
Qmtiamei m ji
ioo Ablative. Attendant circumstances. \Book IV.
Nuntiatum Claudio epulanti perisse Mcssalinam, non distincto sua
an aliena manu. (Tac. A. n. 38.)
Senatus majorum beneficia introspexit, libero, ut quondam, quid
firmaret mutaretve. (Tac. A. 3. 60.)
Sometimes the perfect participle stands alone 1 ; and this adverbial 12;
use is frequent in many adjectives:
Tribuni militum non loco castris ante capto, non prasmunito vallo,
nee auspicato nee litato, instruunt aciem. (L. 5. 38.)
Eos sortito in provincias mitti placet. (S. C. ap. C. Fam. 8. 8. 8.)
Alter alterum nee opinato videbamus. (C. Fin. 3. 2.)
Vix tandem magnis Ithaci clamoribus actus composito rumpit
vocem. (Verg. A. 12. 129.)
Sederunt in tribunali P. Scipionis; lictor apparuit; summoto inces-
serunt; fasces cum securibus praslati sunt. (L. 28. 27.)
Nee diu certato Tungrorum cohors signa ad civilem transtulit.
(Tac. H. 4. 16.)
Multum in vicem disceptato, Monobazus testis iis qua: pepigissent
adhibetur. (Tac. A. 15. 14.)
Quam nihil festinato nihil praparato fecisse videtur Milo.
(Quint. 4. *, § 85.)
Tranquillo, ut aiunt, quilibet gubernator est. (Sen. Ep. 95, § 34.)
So also ivith opus, and (rarely) usus. 125
Erat nihil cur properato opus esset. (C. Mil. 19.)
Nam priusquam incipias, consulto, et ubi consulueris, mature facto
opus est. (Sail. C. 1.)
Dubitabat quid facto 2 opus esset. (lb. 46.)
Citius quod non factost usus fit, quam quod factost opus.
(PI. Ampb. 505.)
In arcem transcurso opus est. (Ter. Hec 431.)
6. With the following prepositions the ablative is used in
senses which fall under the general type of place inhere.
Coram, cum, In, palam, prso, pro, sub, aubter, super; also
slmul, tenus.
See the Appendix.
Continued on p. 108.
Chap. X] Notes. 107
1 This usage passes imperceptibly into a purely adverbial use (cf. § 1253
1239). Thus ice have besides the words in the passages quoted: augu-
rato, inaugurate, consulto (Sail. J. 64), iuconsulto, explorato, (ante
explorato, L. 23, 42), inexplorato, fenerato (Plaut.), intestate, inpro-
viso, optato, peroptato, palamfacto (L. 22, 55), permisso (L. 45, 5),
tripertito, &c. Also the less distinctively participial words: certo, cito,
haud dubio (L. 28, 7), falso, merito, iminerito, manufesto, secrete, su-
bito, tuto; and the adjectival, continuo, assiduo, fortuito, gratuito,
necessario, liquido, vero, &c. (§ 511). (Satisdato, C. Att. 16. 6. 3, be-
longs to § 1250.)
2 The ordinary usage with opus is either e.g. (I. a) opus est gladius ; 1255
or (II. a) opus est gladio (instances in §§ 1225, 1226). If the thing
needed is an action, either the infinitive or past participle is used.
The infinitive corresponds to usage I. a, the participle to usage II. a;
both may be either tcith a subject (b), or without a subject (c). The
supine in -u is also very rarely found (II. cc).
I. 6. Si quid erit, quod te scire opus sit, scribam. (C. Q. F. 2. 9 (11) .
Themistocles dixit id sciri non opus esse. (C. Off. 3. 11.)
I. c. Quid opus erat de Dionysio tam valde affirmare? (C. Att.7.8.)
Quid opus est in hoc pbilosophari ? (C. T. D. 1. 37.)
II. b. Opusnest hac tibi empta? Doe. Si tibi vsenissest opus (I.e),
mihi quoque emptast. (PI. Pers. 584.) Cf. § 1250.
c. Visost opus, cautost opus. (PI. Capt. 222.) See also § 1256.
cc. Sed ita dictu opus est. (Ter. Haut. 941.) So PI. Cist. 1. 1.
113. In C. Inv. 1. 20 the latest editors omit scitu. Any
other example ?
Quid is frequently found with I. ; and toith II. a (e. g. Quid opust
gladio?) being accusative of extent (§ 1094). It is also found with
II. c, the two phrases quid opust and opust facto being combined on
the analogy of quid opust gladio into quid opust facto, equivalent in
meaning to quid opust fieri. Possibly there may have been a desire to
avoid the ambiguity of quo (mascJ neat.? adverb?). It is liardly
likely that the phrase is a relic of the time when quid was a form
of the ablative.
Quid opust facto? is common in Plautus and Terence: it is also in
Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3 § 14; Lucr. 5. 1053; Sail. C. 46; L. 3. 38;
4. 27 ; 44. 33 ; Nep. Eum. 9. So quid tibi quresitost opus ? (PI. Men. 915).
Also quod opust facto, facito ut cogites, Merc. 565; si quid opus facto
esset (Chjs. G. 1. 42). Similarly PI. Amph. 505, Stich. 61, Casin. 3. 3. 24,
and quod parato opus est para (Ter. Andr. 523): plus minus, quam
opus fuerat dicto, dixeram (PI. Men. 592). In Cato, R. JR. 2, quae
opus sient locato locentur it strange. In Ter. Ad. 740, si illud quod
maxume opus est jactu non cadit, the abl. jactu may belong to cadit.
With usus we have (besides PI. Amph. 505; Stich. 57) quod facto
usus est, Ter. Ad. 429, Hec. 878, and quod tacito usus est (PI. Cist. 1.
2. 10); and an anomalous combination in Ter. Hec. 327, Non usus
factost mihi nunc nunc intro sequi.
Continued on p. 109.
io8 Ablative. Place whence. \Book IV.
(C) Place whence. (ABLATIFE.) See § 1164.
1. Place from which movement is made.
Without a preposition 1 . In prose this is chiefly confined to the names
of towns; smaller islands; domo, rare, humo.
Damaratus fugit Tarquinios Corintho. (C. T. D. 5. 37.)
Omnis haec classis Alexandria 2 , Colchis, Tyro, Sidone, Arado, Cypro,
Pamphylia, Lycia, Rhodo, Chio, Byzantio, Lesbo, Zmyma,
Mileto, Coo ad intercludendos commeatus Italiae comparatur.
(C. Att. 9. 9.)
Populus Numam ad regnandum Romam Curibus accivit.
(_CR.R2.x3)
Ecquam tu advexti tux matri ancillam Rhodo. (PI. Merc. 390.)
Simulacrum Cereris unum e sacrario Catina convellendum auferen-
dumque curavit, alterum autem Henna ex sua sede ac domo
sustulit. (C. Verr. 5. 72.)
Qui vero Narbone reditus! (C. Phil. a. 30.)
Senex heri ea causa rure hue advenit. (Ter. Hec. 190.)
Canusio XIIII. Kal. profectus erat Gnseus; hasc autem scribebam
pridie Nonas, XIIII. die post quam ille Canusio moverat.
(C. Att. 9. 1.)
Triennio post jEgypto 3 advenio domum. (PI. Most. 440.)
Interim Drusus rediens Illyrico urbem intravit. (Tac. A. 3. 11.)
Quotenditis? inquit, Qui genus? undedomo? (Verg. A. 8. 114.)
Hi igitur his majoribus ab alienis potius consilium peterent quam a
suis, et foris 4 potius quam domo? (C. Phil. 2. 11.)
Quaecumque foris veniunt inpostaque nobis pondera sunt, lsedunt.
(Lucr. j. 543.)
Crebri cecidere caslo 6 lapides. (L. 1. 31.)
Eas litteras scribis Lentuli pueris et Equotutico et Brundisio datas".
(C. Att. 6. 1.)
Nos adhuc Brundisio nihil. Roma scripsit Balbus. (C. Att. 9. 6.)
d. (jc. data epistola) pr. Non. Nov. Brundisio. (C. Fam. 14. 12.)
Continued 071 p. 110.
Chap. X.] Notes. 109
1 The bare ablative usually stands in the older prose writers, but 12 57
Livy's general habit is to prefix the prep. a.
8 Ccesaruses ex in describing the same fact (but the ex may be caused
by Asia Cycladibusque insulis) :
Pompeius ammum spatium ad comparandas copias nactus magnum
ex Asia Cycladibusque insulis, Corcyra, Athenis, Ponto, Bithynia,
Syria, Cilicia, Phcenice, JEgypto classem coegerat. (Caes. C. 3. 3.)
A preposition is required (at least in prose) when the place from 1259
ichich is
(1) Expressed by a common noun, or name of person, e.g. a loco
dejicere, de tribunali citare, ex equis desilire ; a Pollione venire.
(2) Interior of country or town; e.g. Ex Cypro discedere; or
neighbourhood of a town; e.g. Caesar a Gergcria discessit. (Caes.
G. 7. 59.)
(3) Urbe, oppido prefixed in apposition; e.g. Expellitnr ex oppido
Gergovia. (Caes. G. 7. 4.) Usually also when the apposition follows;
e. g. Genus Tusculo ex clarissimo municipio profectum. (C. Font. 18.)
Comp. Fabris nndique ex Etruria accitis. (L. 1. 56.)
(4) In expressions of mere distance; e.g. tria millia passmim a
Roma abesse; or situation; e.g. municipia quas sunt a Vibone Brun-
dusium. (C. Plane. 41.)
(5) Dependent on a substantive (but cf. C. Phil. 2. 30, quoted
in § 1258; Att. 7. 24):
Pestifertun a Bnmdisio turn II. Antonii reditnm timebamus.
(C. Phil. 4. 1.)
Kecentissimas a Cybistris te meas litteras habere ais. (C. Att. 6. 1.)
3 Quintilian appears to consider the use of a name of a country
without a preposition to be barbarous (1. 5. 39).
4 See § 1169.
5 Comp. § 1173 (p. 73).
6 The locative is very commonly used for the date of letters; e.g.
a.d. pr. Kal. Mai. Brundisii. (C. Att. 3. 7.)
But, when the place is a common noun, ab is used:
Ab Appii foro, hora quarta. Dederam aliam paulo ante a Tribua
Tabernis. (C. Att. 2. 10.)
Continued on p. 111.
Ablative. Thing from which. [Book IV.
2. Thing from which separation takes place or exists; «<
Wttb 'verbs 1 of motion, abstinence, &c, especially compounds of
ab, de, ex; also avith afezu adjectives.
P. Varium pellere possessionibus armis castrisque conatus est.
(C. Mil. 27.)
Caesar suos a prcelio continebat, ac satis habebat in prassentia
hostem rapinis pabulationibus populationibusque prohibere.
(Cass. G. 1. 15.)
Barbari, signa procul conspicati, oppugnatione desistunt.
(Cass. G. 6. 39.)
Caesar re frumentaria adversarios intercluserat. (Caes. C. 1. 72.)
Eundem vidi postea Velias, cedentem Italia, ne qua oreretur belli
civilis causa propter se. (C. Phil. 10. 4.)
Ostreis et muraenis me facile abstinebam. (C. Fam. 7. 26.)
Censores motis senatu adscribebant notam. (L. 39. 42.)
Turpe existimas ilium ipsum, quem contra veneris, causa cadere.
(C. Mur. 4.)
Servi illi de cognatorum sententia manu missi sunt. (C. C<el. 29.)
Vilicus primus cubitu surgat, postremus cubitum eat.
(Cato, R. R. 5.)
Exple animum mulieribus teque hoc crimine expedi.
(Ter. Hec. 755.)
Respubi'ica et milite illic et pecunia vacet. (L. 2. 48.)
L. Brutus civitatem dominatu regio liberavit. (C. Plane. 25.)
Quoi corpore sejunctus dolor absit, mente fruatur jucundo sensu,
cura semotus metuque. (Lucr. 2. 18.)
Quemadmodum volucris videmus passim ac libere, solutas opere,
volitare, sic nostri animi gestiunt ac volitare cupiunt, vacui cura
ac labore. (C. Or. 2. 6.)
Utrumque (sc. vis et fraus) homine alienissimum. (C. Off. 1. 13.)
3. Origin 2 . 136-
Datames patre Camisare, natione Care, matre Scythissa natus.
(Nep. Bat. 1.)
Apollo Jove natus est et Latona. (C. N. D. 3. 23.)
Matre satus terra taurus. (Ov. F. 3. 799.)
Latino Alba ortus, Alba Atys, Atye Capys, Capye Capetus, Capeto
Tiberinus. (L. 1. 3.)
Continued on p. 112.
Chap. X] Notes. Ill
1 The principal simple verbs so used are alienare, areere, cadere, 1261
cedere, cessare, liberare, movere, pellere, temperare, solvere, sorgere,
vacare. The principal prepositional compounds are abs, de, ex, -cedere ;
de, e, -gredi; ab, de, -sistere; abesse, abire, abstinere; dejicere, de-
movere, depellere; eicludere, eradere; also probibere, intercludere.
The adjectives are alienus, liber, immnnis, purus, vacuus. All these
words are also used with the preposition ab {or ex), which is not the
case {except very rarely) with those whose usage is referred to, § 1212.
Verbs compounded with these ablative prepositions frequently have
ab, de, ex with the noun. With compounds of ab (according to Gossrau)
the preposition ab is usual; all are usual with compounds of de; de is
unusual with compounds of ex.
Compounds of dis have ab (differre, discrepare, dissentire, have also
earn aliquo, inter se) ; rarely a simple ablative {for the thing or purpose
differed from); e.g. Nee dis tare putant humana came suillam, qua
pater abstinuii. (Juv. 14 98.)
According to Wesenberg (C. T. D. 5. 26) verbs compounded with
inseparable prepositions (se, re, dis), e.g. refugio, reporto, discedo,
dimoveo, &c., are probably never used of motion by Cicero, Casar,
Sallust, Xepos, without a preposition added to the ablative.
The adverbial forms denoting 'whence 1 are occasionally used 0/1263
persons and things, e.g.
Scripsit causam dicere prius nude petitur, aurum qua re sit suom,
quam ille qui petit, unde is sit thesaurus sibi. (Ter. Eun. 11.)
Divinavi illo exstincto fore unde discerem neminem. (C. Sen, 4.)
Cadus erat vini : inde implevi birneam. (PI. Amph. 429.)
Xumquam auferes bine aurum. (PL Bacc. 824.)
Hoc illud est : bine illae lacrimal (Ter. Andr. 126.)
Aliunde stat semper, aliunde sentit. infidus sociis, vanus hostis
<X» 24 45, comp. a me stare, ' on my side*).
Unde tu me ex jure manum consertum vocasti, inde ibi ego te revoco.
{Legal formula ap. C. Mur. 12; unde, inde = qua (ea) de re.)
' Of the parents ex is sometimes found : Ia6 .
Ex me hie natus non est sed ex fratre meo. (Ter. Ad. 40.)
Of more distant ancestors ab is used:
Mamilius ab Ulixi deaque Circa oriundus. (L. L. 49.)
Divesne prisco natus ab Inacho nil interest an pauper et infin^ de
gente sub divo moreris. (Hor. Od. 2. 3. 21.)
Continued on p. 11,7.
ii2 Ablative. Standard of comparison. \Book IV.
Regem habendum duxit qualiscumque is foret, qui modo esset Her-
culis stirpe generatus. (C. R.P. 2. 12.)
Si per alios fecisse dicis, quasro quos homines ? indidemne Ameria an
hosce ex urbe sicarios? (C. Rose. Am. 27.)
Duobus his prceliis Caesar desideravit notos equites Romanos C.
Fleginatem Placentia, A. Granium Puteolis, M. Sacrativirum
Capua. (Cass. C. 3. 71.)
Nunc perveni Chalcidem: video ibi hospitem Zacyntho.
(PI. Merc. 940.)
Scrib. adfuit L. Domitius Cn. F. Fabia Ahenobarbus.
(Sen. Cons, apud C. Earn. 8. 8.)
4. Standard of comparison 1 : qualifying adjectives, or ad- 1
verbs, in the comparative degree, (The case means l starting from?)
(a) Qualifying adjectives.
The adjective must he attribute (or predicate) of the noun com-
pared with the standard.
Nihil est magno et praeclaro viro dignius placabilitate et aequitate.
(C. Off x. 25.)
Quid magis est saxo durum, quid mollius unda? (Ov. A. A. 1.475.)
Phidias simulacris, quibus nihil in illo genere perfectius videmus,
cogitare tamen possumus pulcriora. (C. Or. 2.)
Non tulit ullos hasc civitas aut gloria clariores, aut auctoritate gra-
viores, aut humanitate politiores P. Africano, C.Laelio, L. Furio.
(C. Or. 2. 37.)
Me pedibus delectat claudere verba Lucili ritu, nostrum melioris
utroque. (Hor. 5. 2. 1. 29.)
Pane egeo, jam mellitis potiore placentis. (Hor. Ep. 1. 10. 11.)
Brutum in orationibus minorem esse fama sua etiam admiratores
ejus fatentur. (Tac. Or. 21.)
Ex hoc exercitu qui minores qvinque et triginta annis erant, in naves
impositi. (L. 22. n.)
Humida terra majores herbas alit, ipsaque justo laetior.
(Verg. G. 2. 251.)
Opinione omnium majorem animo cepi dolorem. (C. Brut. 11.)
Hasdrubali et sua et aliorum spe omnia celeriora atque expeditiora
fuere. (L. 27. 39.)
Propius quxdam subibant naves, quo interiores ictibus tormentorum
essent. (L. 24. 34O
So also rarely after alius: i,
Vereor ne putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum. (Hor. Ep. 1.16.20.)
Continued on p. 114.
Kaha.
MS .'-■•: d
Tl 1 (Ter. f ««. 165.)
a faafaoa. (Cass. G. 5. 27.)
nla ex anro. |CL r<frr. 4. 97.}
±:. an 7;.:-/
1
jmtkc
â– â– ' ' : ' . -IZL ; -
(1) Tic twmmmruim m? «««&/* adjective* in cv m maruiivt ie-
§ree, mam mk oChen. {The mdjertirr i* *o* waMri^ «Cy ifcrfg . «&:.
â– ;.-' Utt .f-,;
Dir. SL 8L)
; em quae aaian» qaaai iQa que arte perfect* sunt.
?nS emtio fcrit Tenor foam gzaiiar popalo. 99 -. So Jhr-
mwcatLw the uMiwrirfu :« lie Mesa** abater «i*>.>
(ft) OiCfw eu<:
I; :z: ;- _.^i ; .: -:_--_- 5 --; :_ _.r_ R\.-i- : -_- ----- :- - ---_:.
»: "::L- --._"_ z;" __â–
Barely assm it ummi after alios oc mfirmatice semtemees r aaaM-
aaa
-::
> C Fall 17. See hwtmfmmj in msm sentence in C. Tarn, 5. T-
.â– - -. : :- - :::.
I
1 14 Ablative. Standard of comparison. \Book IV.
(b) Qualifying adverbs, or adverbial cases of adjectives. ;
The standard is properly (i) a <word expressive of measure though
often loosely; so e.g. spa, expectations expectato, dicto, justo, aequo,
solito, neoessario, vero; but sometimes (2) is a ivord nvhich in
meaning might be subject or object, i^c. of the principal verb.
(1) Cassar opinione celerius venturus esse dicitur. (C. Fam. 14. 23.)
Serius spe omnium Romam venit. (L. 26. 26.)
Multi injurias suas gravius sequo habuere. (Sail. C. 51, § 11.)
Dicto prope citius equum in viam Claudius dejecit. (L. 23. 47.)
Fluvius Arnus per eos dies solito magis inundaverat. (L. 22. 2.)
Longius assueto lumina nostra vident. (Ov. H. 6. 72.)
Quos irrupta tenet copula, nee malis divulsus querimoniis suprema
citius solvet amor die. (Hor. Od. 1. 13. 20.)
ODerarium mercenarium politorem diutius eundem ne habeat die.
(Cat. R.R.S-)
Annos sexaginta natus es aut plus eo, ut conjicio. (Ter. Haut. 62.)
Me nemo potest minoris quisquam nummo ut surgam subigere.
(PI. Pseud. 809.)
(2) Hanc (urbem) Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam post-
habita coluisse Samo. (Verg. A. 1. ij.)
Fortuna plus humanis consiliis pollet. (L. 44. 40.)
Antea declamitabam causas, quod nemo me diutius fecit.
(C. T.D. 1.4.)
Recte auguraris de me nihil a me abesse longius crudelitate.
(Cass. ap. C. Att. 9. 16.)
Nullam, Vare, sacra vite prius severis arborem. (Hor. Od. 1. 18. 1.)
Ora fuere mihi plus ave docta loqui. (Ov. Am. 2. 6. 62.)
So also (rarely} in Plautus qualifying a;que.
Nullust hoc meticulosus asque 1 . (PI. Amph. 293.)
5. With the following prepositions the ablative is used
in senses <whichfall under the general type of place whence.
ab (a), de, ex (e): absque, sine; procul.
See the Supplement to Syntax.
Continued on p. 116.
Cliap. X] Notes. 115
(2) The comparison may qualify adverbs in comparative degree : 127 1
Celer tuns disertus magis est quam sapiens. (C. Att. 10. 1.)
Non nascitur ex malo bonum non magis quani ficus ex olea.
(Sen. Ep. 87. 25.)
Scutum, gladinm, galeam in onere nostri milites non plus numerant
quam umeros, lacertos, manus. (C. T. D. 2. 16.)
Brutum non minus amo quam tu, paene dixi, quam te.
(C. Att. 5. 20, §6.)
Tumultuarius exercitus acrius primo impetu quam perseverantius
pugnavit. (L. 41. 10.)
Ad exprimendam festinataa rei velocitatem (ait Augustus), ' celerius
quam asparagi cocuntur.' (Suet. Aug. 87.)
In descriptions of size, age, <tc. plus, amplius, more, minus, less, 1273
are used without change of case (as adverbs), and the noun of size, d-c.
if not put in the ablative, is subjoined in the proper case with or tcith-
out quam.
Zeuxis et Polygnotus non sunt usi plus quam quattuor coloribns.
(C. Brut. 18.)
Eeliquum spatium est non amplius pedum sexcentorum.
(Caes. G. 1. 38.)
Catilina initio non amplius duobus milibus militum habuit.
(Sail. C. 56.)
Instead of plus sometimes the comparative of the adjective is used.
Hence we may have all the following forms :
Fossa (1) plus quam tres pedes lata (where?); (2) plus tres pedes
lata ; (3) plus tribus pedibus lata (rare) ; (4) tres pedes latior (rare) ;
(o) tribus pedibus latior; (6) trium pedum latior (rare).
So in expressions of age; (1) no instance at hand; (2) me non
amplius novem annos nato (Nep. 23. 2); (3) plus triginta natus
annis ego sum (PI. Men. 446); (4) annos natus major quadraginta
(C. Rose. A. 14): (5) qui non major annis quinquaginta esset (L. 42.
33, and very commonly in Digest), and rarely ne qui major triginta
annis natus legeretur (C. Verr. 2. 49) ; (6) ne minores octonum
denum annorum neu majores quinum quadragenum (ap. L. 38. 38).
Besides these we find (7) the more strictly grammatical major quam
quindecim annos natus, ' older than one bom,' dtc. (L. 45. 32) ; (8) a
xtrange form, major natu quam viginti annis (Ulp. Dig. 38. 2. 14,
apparently taken from the Edict; cf. 4.4. 1, §1); (9) major quin-
quenni (L. 45. 15) ; and (10) boves minoris trimos (Varr. R.R. 1. 20).
See §§ 1086, 1085 and Madvig, Bemerkungcn, pp. 81—86.
1 So Cure. 141; adaeque, Most. 30. (In Plin. 35, § 17, Picturae 1275
quibus equidem nullas asque miror, we have probably the dative.) The
usual construction is with ac (so Cic.) or quam : e.g.
Pumex non a?quest aridus atque hie est senex. (PI. Aul. 295.)
Nullum esse agrum a?que feracem quam bic est. (PI. Epid. 2. 3. 1.)
Continued on p. 117.
8—2
xi6 Genitive. Person possessing, ere. \ Book IV.
CHAPTER XI.
USE OF GENITIVE CASE.
/.c
The Genitive is for the most part analogous to an adjective; i
-. the substantive put in the genitive (A) qualifies or limits another
substantive, either immediately as attribute, or (generally with the
verb of being), as a secondary predicate. It is also used to express
the object after an adjective; and (B) a secondary object after a
few verbs 1 .
(A) Dependent on Nouns, or as secondary Predicate.
1. Person (or thing), possessing, or causing, to whom i
(or which) something belongs, or whose acting or condition is named.
{Subjective genitive .)
N.B. Of the personal pronouns, the adjectives meus, tuus, suus,
noster, vester, are used (as adjectives') in this sense. But, in con-
junction with omnium, nostrum and vestrum (gen. plur.) are used.
(a) Dependent on nouns ~. u
Horti Ccesaris. Cupido Praxitelis. Hectoris Andromache.
Scriptores Gnscice. Majorum gentium di. (C. T. D. i. 13.)
Ad Demetrium Phthiotklis. (L. 28. 6.)
Trasumenni quam Trebiae, Cannarum quam Trasumenni pugna .
nobilior fuit. (L. 23. 43.)
Fuga Pompeji. Pugnatum est ad Spei. Pater familias.
Laus recte factorum. Magnitudo potestatis.
Qui illud animi causa fecerit, hunc prcedae causa quid facturum
putatis? (C. Phil. 7. 6.)
Docendi gratia. Signum erumpendi. Labor discendi'.
Imploraret hominum fidem. Res mancipi. Mancipi lex.
Mea unius opera respublica salva est. (C. Pis. 3.)
Patria est communis omnium nostrum parens. (C. Cat. 1. 7.)
Alia fori vis est, alia triclinii; alia subselliorum ratio, alia lecto-
rum. (C. £*/. a8.)
Quidam ex his, eorum dierum consuetudine itineris nostri exercitus
perspecta, nocte ad Nervios pervenerunt. (Cacs. G. 2. 17.)
Continued on p. 118.
Chap. XL] Xotes. 117
1 These uses are subdivided as follows ;
A. Adjectival use, as attribute or predicate.
1. Person (or thing) possessing or causing. §§ 1280 — 1288.
2. Divided whole. §§ 1290—1300.
3. Particular kind or contents. §§ 1302 — 1306.
4. Quality or description. §§ 1308 — 1310.
5. Object of action implied in substantives and adjectives.
(a) Direct object. §§ 1312—1316.
(&) Bemoter object. § 1318.
6. Thing in point of which a term is applied (poetic). § 1320.
B. 1. Secondary object to verbs. § 1322.
(a) Matter charged. §§ 1324— 1326.
(6) Object of mental emotion. §§ 1328 — 1330.
{e) Thing remembered. § 1332.
(d) Thing lacking or supplied. §§ 1334—1338.
2. Usages properly referable to locative. § 1340.
* Adjectives are not unfrequently used, especially in Livy and the 1277
poets, instead of genitives; e.g.
Hector ille Naavianus. (C. Fam. 0. 12.)
Caput Evandrius abstulit ensis. (Terg. A. 10. 394.)
Siecii cades decern viris et Appiana libido objiciebantur. (L. 3. oi.)
Clamor oppidanorum mixtus muliehri puerilique ploratu. ^L. 2. 33.)
Liter jocos militares. (L. 5. 49.)
Pugna Romana stabilis et suo et armorum pondere incumbentium in
hostem. (L. 30. 34.)
Equestris tumultus a tergo, simul a eastris clamor hostilis auditns.
(L. 27. 1.)
Similarly the demonstrative and relative pronouns are used: -27^
Hie terror omnes in Q. Fabium convertit. (L. 10. 13, i.e.hujus rei
terror.)
Quae pars major erit. eo stabitur eonsilio. (L. 7. 35.)
1 Varro (cf. L. L. 10. §§ 21, 31, 32, <frc> frequently has the gerund
t» such express-ions as casus dandi (' the case which giving requires.'
i.e.) the dative case; casus nominandi, nominative ; declinatus or spe-
cies rogandi (e.g. scribo-ne); respondendi (e.g. fingo); optandi \e.g.
vivatur); imperandi (e.g. paretur): so Quint ilian (1. 6. 7), fatendi
modo, ' in the indicative mood.'
Continued on p. 119.
ri 8 Genitive. Person possessing, &*c. \Book IV.
Non censent nos illarum ad fines 1 esse rerum quas fert adulescentia.
(Ter. Haut. 215.)
Q^Metellus, cujus paucos paris 2 haze civitas tulit. (C. Pis. 4.)
Reus Milonis lege Plotia fuit Clodius. (C. Mil. 13.)
Id quidem non proprium 3 senectutis vitium est, sed commune 4 vale-
tudinis. (C. Sen. it.)
Illius amicissimi''. Accusator meus. Imago tua.
Persuaserat nonnullis invidis meis. (C. Fam. 7. 2.)
Vadit in eundem carcerem Socrates, eodem judicum scelere, quo
tyrannorum Theramenes. (C. T. D. 1. 40 fin.)
Germanis neque consilii habendi neque arma capiendi spatium 6
datum est. (Coes. G. 4. 14.)
Est operse 7 pretium diligentiam majorum recordari. (C. Agr. 2. 29.)
Nee conspectum multitudinis fugerat. (lb. 7. 30.)
Quae turn frequentia senatus, quae expectatio populi, qui concursus
legatorum, quas virtus, actio, gravitas P. Lentuli consulis fuit.
(C. Sext. 33.)
Ilia navis urbis instar habere inter illos piraticos myoparones vide-
batur. (C. Verr. 5. 34.)
Prsetori ad obtinendam Siciliam Cannenses milites dati, duarum
instar legionum. (L. 26. 28.)
Tacita suspitionum. (Tac. A. 4. 41.) Subita belli. (Id. Agr. 37.)
(£) As an invariable secondary predicate. 1
Omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt, dotis nomine. (C. Top. 4.)
Est prudentis 8 sustinere impetum benevolentiae. (C. Lai. 17.)
Cujusvis hominis est errare; nullius, nisi insipientis, in errore per-
severare. (C. Phil. 12. 2.)
Nihil est tarn angusti animi tamque parvi, quam amare divitias.
• (C. Off. 1. 20.)
Jam me Pompeji totum esse scio. (C. Fam. 2. 13.)
Cesserant in agros suarumque rerum erant, amissa publica. (L. 3. 38.)
Hoc sentire prudentiae 9 est, faccre fortitudinis ; ct sentire vero et
facere perfectas cumulataeque virtutis. (C. Sest. 40.)
Olim arbitrabar esse mcum libere loquk (C. Fam. 9. 16. 3.)
Neque gloriam meam, laborem illorum, faciam. (Sail. Jug. 85.)
Carthaginicnses tutelae nostrce duximus. (L. 21. 41.)
Marcellus id nee juris ncc potestatis sux esse dixit. (L. 25. 7.)
Imperio alteri aucti, alter! dicionis aliens facti. (L. 1. 25.)
Continued on p. 120.
Chap. XL] Notes. 119
1 The dative is not uncommon with some of these adjectives; e.g. 12S1
Duos solos video auctoritate censorum adfinis ei turpitudini judicari.
(C. Clu. 45.)
2 Cratippus familiaris noster, quern ego parem summis Peripateticis
judico. (C. Div. 1. 3.) Also par cum aliquo; e. g.
Eum tu parem cum iiberis tuis regnique participem fecisti.
(Sail. J. 14. 9.)
3 Quod ut Cn. Pompeio proprium ac perpetuum sit, velle et optare
debetis. (C. Man. 16.)
4 Quid est tarn commune quam spiritus vivis, terra mortuis, mare
fluctuantibus, litus ejectis? (C. Lose. A. 26.)
Always dative in such sentences as mibi commune est cum aliquo.
5 Also with dative: see § 1142.
6 Spatium quidem tandem adparandis nuptiis, vocandi sacrificandi
dabitur paululum. (Ter. Ph. 701.)
Albutio spatium ad sese colligendum dederunt. (C. Ccecin. 2.)
7 So also facere operae pretium (Liv. prcef.) &c. A phrase, operas 1283
est, usually with negative (non or nee), occurs in Enn. ap. Pers. 6. 9,
and frequently in Plautus (Amph. 151; Mil. 252; 817; Ps. 377; Merc.
10; 917; True. 4. 4. 30), and Livy (1. 24; 4. 8; 5. 15; 9. 23; 21. 9;
29. 17; 33. 20; 41. 26; 44. 36), and is generally taken to be referable
to the class noticed in § 1282 or to 1296 — 1300. As instances may be
quoted; Trecentae possunt causae conligi ; "Non domist; abiit ambu-
latum ; dormit ; " ornatur ; lavat ; prandet ; potat ; occupatast ; operae
non est ; non potest; quantum vis prolationumst. (Mil. I.e.) Postquam
audivit haruspicem esse, causatus de privati portenti procuratione,
si operae illi esset, consulere velle, ad conloquium vatem elicuit. (L. 5.
15.) But the absence of any epithet, the absence of any substantive
like aliquid, nihil, multum, &c, the (frequent) coexistence of a personal
dative (mibi, &c. not meae, &c), the use of esse not facere, the parallelism
with the nominative and (subject) accusative (in Cic. Q. F. 3. 4, § 4; PI.
Merc. 286, and comp. PI. Mil. 1086), these taken all together make it
more probable that operas is a predicative dative (like curae). 'If is
(not) a matter of attention, ,' hence, colloquially = (non) commodum est.
8 Barely est prudens: but with adjectives of the first class (e.g.
stultus), we may have, e.g. ' stulti est, stultum est, stultitia est, stu'l-
titiae est, nolle sumere quae di porrigant.'
9 Such a sentence as Jam illnd cujus est, non dico audaciae, cupit
enim se audacem, sed, quod minime volt, stultitias, qua vincit omnis,
clivi Capitolini mentionem facere (C. Phil. 2. 8), might equally well
be referred to this section, or to §§ 1308—1310.
Continued on p. 121 ,
120 Genitive. Divided whole. [Book IV.
Magis nullius interest 1 , quam tua, non imponi cervicibus tuis onus n
sub quo concidas. (L. 24. 8.)
Magni interest Ciceronis vel mea potius vel mehercule utriusque
me intervenire discenti. (C. Att. 14. 16.)
Faciundum aliquid quod illorum magis quam sua retulisse videre-
tur. (Sail. J. in.)
Regium imperium initio conservandas libertatis atque augendae rei- «
publicas fuerat. (Sail. Cat. 6.)
Dixit, quae temere agitassent, ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae
Hannibali victorias esse. (L. 27. 9.)
(r) Tacitus uses such genitives Qwith the gerundive) to qualify, »
not a single ivord, but a sentence.
Germanicus iEgyptum proficiscitur cognoscendae antiquitatis.
{Ann. 2. 59.)
Turn e seditiosis unura vinciri jubet, magis usurpandi juris, quam
quia unius culpa foret. (Hist. 4. 25.)
Compare Arma cepit, non pro sua aut quorum simulat injuria, sed
legum ac libertatis subvortundae. (Sail. Or. Phil. 11.)
2. Divided whole 2 . a
(a) Definite 'whole.
Of the personal pronouns, mei, &c. nostrum and vestrum are
used in this sense.
Magna pars militum. Solus omnium. Multi vestrum.
Tertius regum Romanorum. Fortissimus Graecorum.
Indus qui est omnium fiuminum maximus. (C. N.D. 2. 52.)
Parte tamen meliore mei super alta perennis astra ferar.
(Ov. Met. 15. 875-)
Ad ipsas venio provincias; quarum Macedonia, qua» erat antea mu-
nita et pacata, graviter a barbaris vexatur. (C. Pro-v.Cons. z.)
Gonsulum anni prioris M. Atilium Romam miserunt, Geminum
Servilium legioni Romanae et socium peditum equitumque
duobus millibus praeficiunt. (L. 22. 40.)
Gum expeditis peditum eqvitumque 3 pugnam conserebant cum hoste. 12
(L. 28. 14.)
Circum murum situm in prarupti montis cxtremo palus erat.
(Sail. J. 37.)
Quicquid hujus feci, causa virginis feci. (Ter. Haut. 202.)
Continued on p. 122.
Chap. XL] Notes. 121
1 Wit h interest, or refert, used impersonally, instead of the genitive 12& s
of a personal pronoun, the abL sing. fern, of the possessive is used. So
mea, tua, sua, nostra, vestra, and in a fragment of Cicero (ap. Prise,
xn. 29), euja. (But eujus usually)
With refert the ablative construction is common as early as Plautus
and Terence, the genitive is not found till Liry (34. 27 ; 40. 34, ipso-
ram referre), except in Sail. L c. With interest neither construc-
tion seems to be found before Cicero. [Possibly mea re fert was
originally mess rei fert, ' it contributes to my interest? then rei being
shortened to re, the pronoun was accommodated to the supposed abla-
tive. Mea interest may be for mec (rei) interest, but more likely was
imitated from refert, when that had become almost a single word of
much the same meaning ('it is of importance'') as interest. The fre-
quency of the genitive with interest may be due to its containing est;
e. g. Cieeronis interest =* there is a difference belonging to Cicero.']
Sometimes ad with ace. is found instead of these constructions, e. g. nS 7
Quid id ad me aut ad meam rem refert, Persae quid rerom gerant?
(PL Pen. 513.)
Mag ni ad honorem meum interest quam primnm ad urbem me renire.
(C. Fam. 16. 1.)
On magni) 4c, referre, interesse, tee § 1188.
* Where the whole, though divided in fact, is all concerned in the 1-89
predication, the whole and the parts are often in apposition; e.g.
Interfectores, pars in forum, pars Syraeusas, pergunt. (L. 24. 7.)
Other instances in §§ 1434, 1440.
Compare Quod senatus juratus, maxima pars, eenseat qui adsient,
id rolumus jubemusque. (ap. L. 26. 33.)
A divided whole is also expressed by a prepositional phrase, chiefly 1291
after numerals or pronouns. Ex is most frequently used.
Quid ergo? audacissimus ego ex omnibus? (C. Rose. A. 1.)
De pra&miis quaeritur, ex duobus nter dignior, ex pluribus quis dignis-
simus. (Quint 7. 4, § 21.)
C. llarium vidimus, qui mini secuudis rebus unus ex fortunatis homi-
nibus, adTersis unus ex summis Tiri3 videbatur. (C. Par. 2, § 16.)
Koetu de servis suis quern habuit fidelissimum ad regem misit.
(Sep. Them. 4.)
Xostri in primo eongressu circiter lxx eeciderunt, in his Q. Fulginius...
Ex Afranianis interficiuntur T. Cscilius et centuriones nn.
(Caes. C. L 46.)
Innmnerique alii, quos inter maximus omnes eedere Danubius se tOri,
Nile, negat. (Ov. Pont. 4. 10. 57.)
1 Misit expedites pedites equitesque. (L. 34. 25.)
Continued on p. 123.
122 Genitive. Divided whole. [Book J V.
Uterque 1 eorum. Uterque nostrum.
Medium 2 vias. Mediterranea Acarnaniae. (L. 28. 14..)
Plana urbis. Extremum aestatis. Dimidium pecuniae.
Speculatoriae naves sub constratis pontium per intervalla excurre-
bant. (L. 30. 10.)
Nee Apollinis opertis credendum existimo, quorum partim ficta i
aperte, partim effutita temere sunt. (C. Div. 2. 55.)
Sulpicius Gallus maxime omnium nobilium Grascis litteris studuit.
(C. Brut. 20.)
Ubicunque terrarum et gentium violatum jus civium Romanorum
est, id ad communem libertatis causam pertinet.
(C. Verr. 5. 55 .)
Decreverunt patres ut prastor urbanus decemviros agro Samniti
Apuloque, quod ejus 3 publicum populi Romani esset, metiendo
dividendoque crearet. (L. 31. 4.)
(b~) Indefinite nvhole.- Dependent on neuter adjective nomi- i
native or accusative* ; also nihil, and some adverbs, quo, eo, &c.
Hoc prasmii. Parum prudentise. Aliquid pulchri 5 .
Idem damni. (L. 35- 42-) Id aetatis. (Cf. § 1092.)
Hoc tantum exacta actate laboris itinerisque suscepit. (C. V. 5. 49.)
Eo miseriarum venturus eram. (Sail. J. 14.)
Res eodem est loci, quo reliquisti. (C. Att. 1. 13.)
Neque post id locorum 6 Jugurthae dies aut nox ulla quieta fuit.
(Sail. J. 72.)
Navium quod ubique fuerat in unum locum coegerant.
(Cass. G. 3. 16.)
Eruditio in Lucilio mira et libertas atque inde acerbitas et abunde
salis. (Quint. 10. 1. 94.)
Adfatimst hominum quibus negoti nihil est. (PI. Men. 454.)
Obsidio continua oppidanos ad ultimum inopise adduxerat.
(L. 23. 19.)
Undique ad inferos tantundem viae est. (C. T. D. 1. 43.)
Mittit homini munera satis large ha?c ad usum domesticum, olei,
vini quod visum est, etiam tritici quod satis esset, de suis
decumis. (C. Verr. 4. 27.)
Quid mulieris 7 uxorem habes? (Ter. Hec. 643.)
Ibi nee divini quidquam nee humani sanctum erat. (L. 27. 17.)
Continued on p. 124.
Chap. XL] Notes. 123
1 Uterque with a noun (not pronoun) substantive is used as attri- 1293
bute, e.g. uterque frater, not uterque fratrum.
2 The Romans often (esp. Cicero) used an adjective and substantive 1295
agreeing, where in English we use ' of. 1 So always, when the tvhole is
not divided. Adjectives thus used are adversus, aversus, ceterum, ex-
tremus, imus, medius, multus, nullus, omuis, plerique, relicuus, sum-
mus, supremus, totus, ultimus, and other superlatives.
Nos omnes. Iu media urbe. Extremo anuo.
Eeliqua turba. Adversa basis. Aversa cbarta. Tota Asia.
Ad summam aquam appropinquare. Ex intima pbilosopbia.
Trecenti conjuraviruus. Amici, quos multos babebat, aderant.
Veniamus ad vivos, qui duo de consularium nuinero relicui sunt.
(C. Phil. 2. 6.)
Hominibus opus est eruditis, qui adbuc in hoc quidem genere nostri
nulli fuerunt. (C. Or. 3. 24.)
3 Quod ejus (sc. agri) = ' so far as it,' 'so much of it as,' is a com- 1297
mon phrase in laws. Cf. L. 5. 25; 38. 23; ib. 54; 39. 7; 39. 45 (quoted
in § 1094) ; 42. 8. (Comp. quae eorum, L. 26. 34, § 12.) Cicero uses it
loosely; e.g. Tu tamen velim ne intermittas, quod ejus facere possis,
scribere ad me. (Att. 11. 12.) Also Fam. 3. 2; 5. 8.
4 See also § 1304, which is closely related to this section. 1299
5 Also aliquid pulchrum. But both forms of expression are not
always allowable. Thus (Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 285) —
(a) Adjectives of quantity are used only with the genitive; e.g.
multum novi; or, in the plural, e. g. multa nova.
(6) Adjectives dependent on a preposition are rarely (at least in
the pra-Augustan writers) ttsed with this genitive; e.g. ad tantum
studium, not ad tantum studii.
(c) Adjectives of the second class are not put in the genitive; e.g.
aliquid memorabile, not aliquid memorabilis, (nor [by the first rule]
multum memorabile). In the following passage the genitive eminentis
is due to the parallelism. Illud video pugnare te, species ut quasdam
sit deorum, qua? nibil concreti habeat, nibil solidi, nihil expressi,
nihil eminentis. (C. N. D. 2. 27.)
6 So ut adhuc locorum feci, faciam sedulo. (PI. Capt. 382), &c:
similarly, without reference to place, merito hoc meo videtur factum?
De. Minume gentium. (Ter. Ph. 1033), &c.
7 So quid hoc est hominis? (PI. Amph. 769); aveo scire quid
hominis sit (C. Att. 7. 3, § 9); &c. Comp. monstrum hominis non
dicturu's? (Ter. Eun. 696); scelus viri, Palsestrio. (PI. Mil. 1434);
Pasgnium, delicias pueri. (PI. Pers. 204) ; which belong to § 1304.
Continued on p. 125.
124 Genitive. Kind or contents. [Book J V.
Nihil pacati respondebatur. (L. 38. 28.)
Solebat extra portam aliquid habere conducti. (C. Clu. 62.)
Praster arma et animos armorum memores nihil vobis fortuna reli-
qui 1 fecit. (L. 7. 35.)
Neque id quibus modis adsequeretur, dum sibi regnum pararet,
quicquam pensi 2 habebat. (Sail. Cat. 5. 2.)
(c) So also dependent on certain adjectives derived from substan-
tives.
Socium et consortem gloriosi laboris amiseram. (C. Brut. 1.)
M. Antonium omnis eruditionis expertem 3 atque ignarum fuisse
magna fuit opinio. (C. Or. 2. 1.)
Consiliorum omnium particeps et socius paene regni putabatur.
(C. R. P. 2. 20.)
3. Particular kind or contents: that, in, or of which 1
a thing consists.
(a) Definite 4 . (Genitive of definition?)
Honos consulatus. Familia Scipionum. Numerus trecentorum.
Epicurus non intelligit quid sonet hasc vox 5 voluptatis, id est, quae
res huic voci subiciatur. (C. Fin. 2. 2.)
Celsa Buthroti 6 urbs. Ausonias tellus. (Verg. A. 3. 293, 476.)
Parvulae causae vel falsa? suspicionis vel terroris repentini vel objec-
ts religionis magna detrimenta intulerunt. (Cass. C. 3. 72.)
Nee erit justior in senatum non veniendi causa morbi quam mortis.
(C.Phil. 1. 11.)
Nymphas lactis alimenta dedere. (Ov. M. 3. 315.)
Aliis virtutibus, continentiae, gravitatis, justitiae, fidei, te consulatu
dignum putavi. (C. Mur. 10.)
Nullam virtus aliam mercedem laborum periculorumque desiderat
praster banc laudis et glorias. (C. Arch. 11.)
Duo sunt genera liberalitatis; unum dandi beneficii, alterum red-
dendo (C. Off. 1. 15.)
Mostraditusab antiquis inter cetera sollemnia manet bona Porsinnic
regis vendendi. (L. 2. 14.)
Servati consulis decus Caelius ad servum dclegat. (L. 21. 47.)
Colluvio mixtorum omnis generis animantium. (L. 3. 6.)
Ala 7 trecentorum equitum. Classis centum navium.
Captivorum numerus fuit septem milium octingentorum. (L. 10.36.)
Continued on p. 12G.
Chap. XL] Xotes. 125
1 Quod reliquum -rite viriumque fames fecerat, id ferro potissimtim 13='
redder© volebant (C. Verr. 5. 34), tchere the genitive vitee makes an-
other genitive (reliqui) awkward. In a different sense we have Prorsus
ab utrisqne nihil relicum fieri, 'left undone' (S. Jug. 76), but in this
sense also reliqci is often found.
* In Sallust, Cat. 12, nihil pensi neque moderati habere; 23,
neque dicere neque facere, quicquam pensi habebat; 52; Jug. 41; Liv.
26. 15; 34. 31; ib. 49, Dixit, illis nee quid dicerent, nee quid facerent
quicquam unqnam pensi fuisse; 42. 23; 43. 7; Sen. CEdip. 298; Quint.
11. 1, § 29; Sueton. Hero 34; Dom. 12 ; and apparently Plant. True. 52;
always dependent on nihil, quicquam. Tacitus perhaps misunderstood
the construction of the phrase when he wrote Ut proximus quisque
Britannico neque fas neque ndem pensi haberet olim proTisum erat.
{A. 13. 15.) So also Or. 29 ; H. 1. 46; and YaL M. 2. 9. 3.
Cf. Madvig, Bemerk. p. 64. n. Comp. the use of compendi facere,
§1306.
* The ablative also is used with expers in Plaut. and Sail.; e.g. *TP3
Plerique patriae sed cmnes fama atque fortunis expertes sumus.
(SalL C. 33.)
4 The genitives arranged under this head are in the main con-
vertible with an apposition in English; e.g. 'the office called the con-
sulate,' ' the number three hundred,' the word pleasure,' * the virtue
temperance.' See § 1305.
s Compare Faxo ne juvet vox ista * veto ' (L. 6. 35) ; Audita into-
leranda Bomanis vox, ' vse victis ' (L. 5. 48).
* The use of the genitive in these geographical expressions is rare.
Usually urbs Buthrotum, Arc.
' Campanorum alam, quingentos fere equites excedere acie jubet.
(L. 10. 29.)
Continued on p. 127.
126 Genitive. Description. [Book IV.
(b) Indefinite 1 . (Genitive of sort, material, bead.}
Acervus frumenti. Praemia pecuniae. Magnus numerus equorum.
Tria milia pondo argenti. Mille 2 nummum Philippum.
An si quis Hispanorum aut Gallorum aut Thracum mille aut duo
milia occidisiet, eum imperatorem appellaret senatus ?
(C. Phil. 14. 5.)
Lucus proceris abietis arboribus saeptus. (L. 24. 3.)
Perusti late agri, prasdae hominum pecudumque actae. (L. 24. 20.)
Saspe lapidum, sanguinis non nunquam, terras interdum, quondam
etiam lactis imber defluxit. (C. Di-v. 1. 43.)
Duco mecum Ciceronem meum in ludum discendi, non lusionis.
(C. O. Fr. 3. 4, § 6.)
Magna vis seminum. Sex dies spatii 3 . (Caes. C. 1. 3.)
Paribus alternis spatiis omissis senum pedum latitudinis 4 sulcos
dirigunt. (Col. 3. 13. 4.)
Orationis operam compendi 5 face. (PI. Most. 60.) ,
Ecquis homost, qui facere argenti cupiat aliquantum lucri 6 ?
(lb. 354.)
Populus publice coactus est Apronio conferre lucri tritici modium
xxi et accessionis 7 HS ciocio. (C. Verr. 3. 32.)
4. Quality or description 8 ; always with adjective. ,
Fossa centum pedum 9 . Puer sedecim annorum.
Pyramides stant quinque, imoe lata? pedum quinum septuagenum,
altae centenum quinquagenum 10 . (Varr. ap. Plin. 36, § 91. )
Scrobes trium in altitudinem pedum. (Cass. G. 7. 73.)
Non multi cibi hospitem accipies sed multi joci. (G. Fam. 9. 26.)
Superiorum dierum Sabini cunctatio. (Caes. G. 3. 18.)
Omnia erant Metelli ejusmodi 11 . (C. Verr. 2. 26.)
Res magni laboris. Vestis magni pretii.
Complures senatorii ordinis. Homo infimi generis.
Tun' trium litterarum homo me vituperas? Conc. Fur?
(PI. Jul. 324.)
Plurimarum palmarum vetus ac nobilis gladiator. (C. Rose. A. 6.)
Eat fons aquas dulcis, cui nomen Arethusa est, incredibili magnitu-
dine, plenissimus piscium. (C. Verr. 4. 53.)
Tuae litterae maximi sunt apud me ponderis 12 . (C. Fam. 2. 19.)
Tu aliquem patronum invenies, hominem antiqui officii.
(C. Quint. 22.)
Continued on p. 128.
Chap. XI.] Xotes. 127
1 The genitives in this section (closely related to § 1296), are not to 1305
be regarded (like those in § 1802) as appositions, but as corresponding
to an adjective or prepositional phrase, or part of a compound; e.g. 'a
corn-heap,' ' a money-reward,' ' a thousand such as Gauls,' l two addi-
tional sesterces,' ' three thousand pounds in silver.'
* Mille (sing ) with genitive, is found sometimes in Cicero, not un-
frequently in Plautus and Livy, but is rare otherwise.
3 Erat spatium dierum fere triginta ante Kal. Dec. (C. Verr. 2. 39.)
4 Hoc intermisso spatio duas fossas xv pedes latas eadem altitudine
perduxit. (Caes. G. 7. 72.)
Fossas pedum xxx in latitudinem complures facere instituit.
(Ca>s. Civ. L 61.)
5 Compendi facere, ' to make of saving,' ' a saving of,' i.e. ' to save,' >3°7
also in PL Asin. 307, Bacch. 183, Pers. 471 ; Pseud. 1141. Qnisquis es,
adulescens, operam fac compendi quaerere. Compare ib. 605, Quisquis
es, compendium ego te facere pultandi volo, and Rud. 180. (In True.
2. 4. 26, Si quid tibi compendi facere possim, <fcc; compendi depends
on quid; cf. § 1296.) Compare Tacitus' use of pensi habere (§ 1301).
6 Facere lucri (in this order) also in PI. Pers. 668, 713 ; Pirn. 3. 5.
26; True. 3. 2. 22. (Facere damni, PI. Merc. 419.) So lucri facere in
other writers; eg. Yarr. R. R. 3. 4; Nep. Thras. 1; Plin. 33, §44;
Mart.. 8. 10; Gai. ap. Dig. 11. 7. 29; &c. Lucri (as well as lucrum,
lucra, plus lucri, plus lucelli, <tc.) dare, facere, &c. is very frequently
used in G. Verr. 3. 30 — 49; 75. 'Of profit,' = ' a profit of' (so much)
'over' or 'gain.' Possibly it is a bookkeeping term; and it may
have originally stood for lucri nomine, which is found ib. 45 §§ 106,
107; and compare beloic, § 1327. Compare also aequi boni facere,
§ 1191 ; juris sui facere, § 1291. De lucro is used in similar sense in
Ter. Ad. 823; C. Fam. 9. 17. 1; Liv. 40. 8.
7 Xec nummorum accessionem cogebatur arator dare nee ternas quin-
quagesimas frumenti (§ 1304) addere. (G. Verr. 3. 49.)
8 For the ablative of quality see § 1232. The genitive (nearly re- i3°9
lated to the genitive of possessor, <L-c. § 1278) is used rather of the sort
and quality; the ablative of the special characteristics and condition.
Thus the genitive (and not the ablative) is used of specific measurements
of what a thing or person requires, and of the class to which it belongs.
The ablative, and not the genitive, is used of the characteristic parts of
a thing or person (especially of the bodily parts), and of its temporary
state. Both, though in Cicero chiefly the ablative, are used of mental
qualities.
The genitive is rare in Plautus, Terence, and Lucretius.
9 Fossa centum pedes longa. Puer tres annos natus. (§§ 1086,1090.) i 3ll
10 Babylon lx p. amplexa muris ducenos pedes altis, quinquagenos latis.
(Plin. 6. § 121.)
11 Cuicuimodi, alii modi, <fec. (§§ 373. 382) are perhaps locatives.
J - Similiimus ejus filius eodem est apud me pondere, quo fuit ille.
(C. Att. 10. 1.)
Continued on p. 129.
128 Genitive. Object of action. [Book IV.
Miserunt Romam oratores pacis petendse amicitiaeque. (L. 9. 45.)
Num quern ex illo globo nobilitatis ad hoc negotium mittetis, homi-
nem veteris prosapias ac multarum imaginum et nullius stipendi ?
(Sail. J. 25.)
Turn T. Manlius Torquatus, priscae ac nimis durae severitatis, ita
locutus fertur. (L. 22. 60.)
Novem annorum 1 a vobis profectus, post sextum et tricesimum
annum redii. (L. 30. 37.)
Eodem anno Q^Fabius moritur exactaz aetatis 2 . (L. 30. 26.)
5. Object of action implied in substantives and ad- 1
jectives 3 . (Objective genitive.} Many of the genitives under
this head appear in meaning to belong to % 1280 or §1302..
(a) Direct object, corresponding to an accusative or infinitive
after the corresponding verb.
For the personal pronouns in this sense are used the genitive singu-
lar neuter of the adjective, viz.: mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri 4 .
Timor hostium. Accusatio sceleratorum. Fuga periculi.
Precatio deum. Testis veneni deprehensi.
Cura rerum alienarum. Jactura suorum. (Caes. G. 7. 26.)
Dicendi doctrina. (C. Or. 2. 1 fin.) Finis oppugnandi.
Scientia juris. Actor partium optimarum.
Retinete istam possessionem gratiae, libertatis, suffragiorum, urbis,
fori, ludorum, festorum dierum. (C. Agr. 2. 27.)
Omnino omnium horum vitiorum atque incommodorum una cautio
est atque una provisio. (C. Lai. 21.)
Atheniensium populi potestas omnium rerum. (C. R. P. 1. 28.)
Pigritia singulos sepeliendi. Cunctatio invadendi. (L. 5. 48; 41.)
Caesar honoris Div*tiaci atque Haeduorum causa sese eos in fidem
recepturum dixit. (Caes. G. 1. 15.)
Quintus misit filium ad Caesarem, non solum sui deprecatorem, sed
etiam accusatorem mei. (C. Att. 11. 8.)
Patiens laboris atque frigoris. Capacissimus cibi vinique. lc
Nemo unquam tarn sui despiciens fuit, ut, &c. (C. Or. 2. 89.)
Neuter sui protegendi corporis memor erat. (L. 2. 6.)
Semper appetentes gloriae atque avidi laudis fuistis. (C. Man. 3.)
Tenax propositi vir. Tempus edax rerum. (Ov. M. 15. 234.)
C. Memmius perfectus litteris sed Graecis, fastidiosus sane Latina-
rum. (C. Brut. 70.)
Pcritus earum regionum. Achaei locorum prudentes.
Continued on p. 130.
CIuip. XL] Notes. 129
1 So Hoc ipsum vere gloriantem audivi in f anere matris suae quaru.
extulit annorum nonagiiita, cum ipse esset septem et sexaginta.
(Nep. Att. 17.)
2 P. Valerius anno post moritur, gloria ingenti, copiis famiBaribus
adeo exiguis, ut funeri sumptus deesset. (L. 2. 16.) Here the ab-
lative is probably one of circumstance.
3 The genitive often alternates with tlie accus. with ad; e. g. 1313
Ardor pugnandi (L. 2. 45, § 8), ad dimicandum (L. 4. 47) ; conatus
exercitus comparandi (C. Phil. 10. 11), ad erumpendum (L. 9. 4) ;
mora dimicandi (L. 24. 15), ad dimicandum (L. 34. 12.).
(Similarly with locus, spatium, tempus, signum, the genitive after
which probably belongs to § 1280. For the dative, see § 1156.)
4 Sometimes by a difference in the conception the object (whether 1315
direct or remoter) is regarded as a possession, &c, and then, instead of
sui, nostri, &c, the adjective is used as an attribute, as in § 1278.
Neque negligentia tua neque odio id fecit tuo. (Ter. Ph. 1016.)
Me Cn. Pompeius semper sua conjunctione dignissimum judicavit.
(C. Pis. 31.)
Ea quae faciebat, tua se fiducia facere dicebat. (C. Verr. 5. 68.)
Patres conscripti, vos in mea injuria despecti estis. (Sail. J. 14. 8.)
L. Catilinam non modo invidiaa meae, verum etiam vita? periculo
sustulissem. (C. Cat. 2. 2.)
Similarly other adjectives are rarely used, the specific reference
denoted by the objective genitive being merged in the general notion of
a quality.
Oblatam sibi facultatem putavit, ut ex invidia senatoria posset cres-
cere. (C. Clu. 28.)
Continued on p. 131.
9
130 Genitive. Remoter object, 6*r. [Book IV.
Eum, etiamsi natura a parentis similitudine abriperet, consuetudo
tamen ac disciplina patris similem 1 esse cogeret. (C. Ferr. 5.12.)
Itaque plectri similem linguam nostri solent dicere, chordarum
dentis, nans cornibus iis qui ad nervos resonant in cantibus.
(C. N. D. 2. 59-)
Alius alii tanti facinoris conscii. (Sail. C. 22.)
Ignarus rerum omnium. Sui negotii bene gerens. (C. Quint. 19.)
Compos voti. Impotens regendi equi. (L. 35. 11.)
Jurisdictio. Juris consultus 2 . Juris prudentia. 3
Indoctusque pilas discive trochive quiescit. (Hor. A. P. 380.)
(J?) Remoter object, corresponding to a dative (rare), or ab- 1
lative or prepositional phrases after the corresponding verb. (The
adjectives meus, &c. are rarely used in this sense as attributes.)
Vacation muneris. Contentio 4 honorum. (C. Off. 1. 25.)
Di quibus imperium est animarum. (Verg. A. 6. 264.)
Haec res omjiem dubitationem adventus legionis expulit.
(Cses. G. 5. 48.)
Inimicitias ex reipublicse dissensione 5 suscepta?. (C. Sest. 33.)
Haec civitas in Gallia maximam habet opinionem virtutis.
(Cses. G. 7. 59.)
Maxima inlecebra est peccandi impunitatis spes. (C. Mil. 16.)
Pompeium a Caesaris conjunctione avocabam. (C. Phil. 2. 10.)
Studiosus literarum. Mens interrita leti. (Ov. M. 10. 616.)
Incertus sententiae. Trepidi rerum suarum. (L. 5. 11.)
Anxia furti. (Ov. M. 1. 623.) Dubius salutis (lb. 15. 438.)
Ambiguus futuri. (Tac. H. 3. 43.) Profugus regni. (Id. A. 15. 1.)
(6) Thing in point of which a term is applied to a 1
person : after adjectives in poets and later writers, especially Tacitus.
Leporum disertus puer et facetiarum. (Catull. 12. 9.)
Ingens ipse virium atque animi. (Sail. ap. Arus. p. 236.)
Aevi maturus. (Verg. A. 5. 73.) Seri studiorum. (Hor. S. 1. 10.21.)
Mamurius morum fabraene exactior artis? (Ov. F. 3. 383.)
Capitis minor. (Hor. Od. 3. 5. 42.) Judicii rectus. (Sen. Dial. 7. 6.)
Modicus virium. (Veil. 1. 12.) Irritus legationis. (Tac. H. 4. 32.)
Occultus odii. (Tac. A. 4. 7.) Spernendus morum. (lb. 14. 40.)
Ambiguus pudoris ac metus. (lb. 2. 40.)
Manifesta vitx 7 . (lb. 12. 51.) Linguae ferox. (H. 1. 35.)
Continued on p. 132.
aup. jy]
& §m
:â– :
- vu ■■■•â–
tig irti'wf mtmmt
& Tenner
TermO, Barwa T OwhL When, the object a
Mr aye, arsta in—jiiaalftifr j5ar ex-
i.y tti tmaaaai
•p Cicero' *
(C. Terr. I- 18.)
as a autct abject after eaasalms is justified hm smk
caaaafik. (Yerg. jL IX 3-H
:- Mi
Ml
* Titf — je ha arisen frabn&Zm from three «r jwar
the locate mwe of and <$ ll*8)y ti
m 1313—131% the genHare of the aaaiM object (***-S 132a,
1334— 133ffv r mmdfnbmp far Greet ■■■jrn.
<iijmi, 'itirtt,' 'tajpirit.' w wsi n£& angra^. Hks*. £jk£. 3.
L 8; C. r«rr. 2. 31; (Jttf Am. IK. 11; Unrt. 2 annac : dis-. ex-cnt-
ciare, Plant. AiL 106; JfiZ. 1083, 12B0; £puL 3, 3. ?: JM 39»; Tor.
Ad. Oft; I*. 1ST; Mm, Iff. fax. 271 1 fiafeos anmrisz>. .»ni nee Hie
■rnwit fcffit tarie* « Laer. L 136; 9±-
12T; 181; Ten Homt. 727; C. T LI I IBS. aniiE_- . L*m.
1. 3; Ate. * T 5; IX 12; 18, 12; C«L *p. C Farm. %\ 5; oerfcaw «b»
» L. 7. 30 (3CSS. umnis) ; suspenses, L. ± 13, J IT.
Man or tear Mumhtrhj with aerer tL. X 3$; 2. 38, fte.) ; snxms
SaB. JL a»; esecus. Quiax L 10. | ±>: ccnfosus itoue rn.ee:
T); iafanii -i.lL-L" :^ Jar.
11- 11»; ftaans _ dn ik -L
509); integer (Bar. A 2. 3. 220* ; lassos . Plans. (Sat 2. L a : mata-
n (Terg. .X - Ting ft. 6. 11; Sen. Ben. 5- 6'» : praceB*
(Tanf. 4. 9l 685) ; pra«tans ^Yerg. ,£. 12. 1^ ; senrais <I_ 7. H
i (Yerg. 6 I
ao& iPIant. I . -7 xtti Saim is
in^ujipj.
oebm-js orvjinoUy to § 1328.
r il fM ll l l f —jLm
: — :
:-i
132 Genitive. Matter charged. [Book IV.
(B) Dependent on verbs.
1. Secondary object, of the thing, after tertain verbs,
which, if transitive, have also a direct object of the person.
(a) The matter charged 1 ; after verbs of accusing, con- \
demning, acquitting.
Ambitus alterum accusavit. (C. Lai. 7.)
Potestne heres, quod furtum antea factum est, furti recte agere.
(C. Fam. 7. 22.)
Dolabellam consularem et triumphalem repetundarum postulavit.
(Suet. Jul. 4.)
Non quisquis hominem occidit csedis tenetur. (Quint. 5. 14. 11.)
C. Verrem insimulat avaritiae et audaciae. (G. Verr. 1. 49.)
Hie furti se adligat. (Ter. Eun. 809.)
Itaque et majestatis absoluti sunt permulti, quibus damnatis de
pecuniis repetundis lites majestatis essent aestimatae.
(C. Clu. 41.)
Condemnari sponsionis necesse est,si fateatur esse dejectum.
(C. Cacin. 31.)
Dixit, damnatam voti benignitate deum, exsolvere id velle.
(L. 39. 9.)
In pariete communi demoliendo damni infecti promisit. (C. Top. 4.)
Senatus nee liberavit ejus culpa? regem neque arguit. (L. 41. 19.)
Purgabant civitatem omnis facti dictique hostilis adversus Roma-
nos. (L. 37. 28.)
Compare Capitis se anquirere dicebat, quoad vel capitis vel pe-
cuniae * judicasset privato. (L. 26. 3.)
So also after adjectives and participles (besides those which follow 1
the usage of their verbs').
Quos sacrilegii compertos in vinculis Romam misit. (L. 32. 1.)
De confessis sicuti de manufestis rerum capitalium more majorum
supplicium sumendum. (Sail. C. 52.)
Videbatur suspectum jam nimiae spei Seianum ultra extulisse.
(Tac. A. 3. 29.)
Insons culpae cladis hodiernae. (L. 22. 49.) Reus avaritiae.
Opportuna dividenda praefcetis sunt, ut suae quisque partis tutandx
reus esset. (L. 25. 30.)
Duo rei locationis in solidum esse possunt.
(Ulp. Dig. 19. 2. 13, § 9.)
Continued on p. 134.
Chap. XL] Notes. 133
1 The matter charged is also expressed
(a) by crimine, actione, and the like with epithet or genitive;
Si iniquus es in me index, condemnabo eodem ego te crimine.
(C. Fan. 2. 1.)
Hoc praeceptum officii dfligenter tenendum est, ne quem umquani
innocentem judieio capitis arcessas. (C. Off. 2. 14.)
An commote crimine mentis absolves hominem, et scelezis damnabis
enndem? (Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 278.)
Titius Seio Tel mandati vel negotiomm gestornm nomine obligates est.
(Javol. Big. 3. 5. 28.)
Qui tabulas testamenti depositas ita delevit, nt legi non possit, depo-
siti actione et ad exnibendum tenetur. (Julian. Dig. 9. 2. 42.)
(&) by ablative with preposition de ;
Nomen Sex. Eoscii de parrieidio deferebsnt. (C. Base. Am. 10.)
Blattius de proditione Dasium appellabat. (L. 26. 38.)
Per litteras purgat Cssarem de interitu Marcelli. (C. Att. 13. 10.)
(e) by making it an ordinary direct object; e.g.
Inertiam accusas adulescentium, qui istam artem non ediscant.
(C. Or. 1. 58.)
Memineris exeusara taiditatem litterarum mearanx. (C. Att. 15. 26.)
(d) For scelere damnari see § 1229.
5 The genitive of the penalty appears to be confined to the words *3 3 5
capitis (accusare, arcessere, absolvere, damnare, condemnaxe, Cic. Or.
1. 54, Deiot. 11; Quint. 9 ; L. 26, 33 ; Nep. Milt. 7 ; Pans. 2 ; Ale. 5;
Earn. 5); pecuniae (judieari, L. 6. 14, 23. 14; damnare, Gell. 20. 1), capi-
tals poena? (damnat, L. 42. 43). The matter charged is in these exprex-
sions to be regarded as a debt. Cf. A quoquomque pecunia certa eredita
...petitnr, seiis...in jure non respondent. .. turn deeo sirempsjus esto...
atque utei esset sei...ejus pecuniae... jure damnatus esset (Leg. Kubr.
xn. 13.). JLris confessi ac debiti judieatis (Gell. 20. 1, § 38). Henee
damnatus longi Sisyphus laboris (Hor. Od. 2. 14. 19). In pecunias
capte reum aecusarunt (L. 38. 51), pecunias publics eondemnatus
(C. Flacc. 18), we have genitives of the crime. In L. 26. 3 there ap-
pear* to be a great confusion of crime and penalty: (see the whole
chapter). For octupli, quanta, &c. see § 1190.
It may very well be that this genitive (of crime, penalty, die.) was 1527
originally dependent on crimine, judicio, or some such word, and has
grown into a common phrase through its use in legal formula. The
elliptical use in such expressions is seen in the common phrase for
assassination 'inter sicarios,' e. g. Qui inter sicarios et de venenciis
accusabani. (C. Eosc. A. 32.)
Continued on p. 135.
134 Genitive. Object of emotion, &>c. [Book IV.
(b) The object exciting mental emotion l : after misereor, and the i
impersonal; miseret, psenitet, piget, pudet, taedet. In early writers,
rarely, after a few other verbs.
Aliquando miseremini sociorum. (C. Verr. i. 28.)
Dicebatur, sordidati rei non miseritos, candidam togam invito
offeree. (L. 27^ 34.)
Me quidera miseret parietum ipsorum atque tectorum.
(C. Phil. 2. 28.)
Num te fortunas tuae, num amplitudinis, num claritatis paenitebat ?
(C. Phil. 1. 13.)
Ipsius paenitere homines apparuit, quern autem in ejus locum sub-
sdtuerent locum deesse. (L. 23. 3.,)
Sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque
tssdeat. (C. Verr. Act. 1. 12.)
Pudet me deorum hominumque. (L. 3. 19.)
Pudet optimi exercitus, qui si pacis, id est, timoris nostri nomen
audierit, ut non referat pedem, sistet certe. (C. Phil. 12. 3.)
Me civitatis morum piget taedetque. (Sail. /. 4.)
Decemvirorum vos pertaesum est. (L. 3. 67.)
Neque hujus sis veritus 2 feminae primariae. (Ter. Ph. 971.)
Fastidit mei. (Plaut. Aul. 243.) Studet tui. (ap. C. A r . D. 3. 29.)
The following appear to be mere G racisms 3 : 1.
Justitiaene prius mirer, belline laborum? (Verg. A. 11. 126.)
Neque ille sepositi ciceris nee longae invidit avenae. (Har.J. 2. 6. 84.)
(c) The thing remembered, <b'c. after memlnl, reminlscor, 13
oblivlscor, admoneo 4 , &c.
Veteris proverbii admonitu vivorum memini, nee tamen Epicuri
licet oblivisci, si cupiam. (G. Fin. 5. 1.)
Alii reminiscentes veteris famaD,jetatis miserebantur. (Nep. 19. 4.)
Catilina admonebat alium egestatis, alium cupiditatis suae.
(Sail. Cat. ax.)
Nemo est in Sicilia quin tui scelcris et crudelitatis ex ilia oratione
commonefiat. (C. Verr. 5. 43.)
Certiorem me sui consilii fecit. (C. Att. 9. 2.)
Venit mihi Platonis in mentem. (C. Fit. 5. 1.)
Continued on p. 136.
Chap. 37.] Notes. 135
1 An indefinite object of emotion is often expressed with paenitet, rysj
pudet, piget, by a neuter pronoun in the nominative singular.
Sapientis est ezdm proprium, nihil, quod pasnitere possit,facere.
(C.T. D. 5. 28.)
Nil, Cnarine, te qxddem quiequam pudet. (PL Mere. 912.)
Nimio id quod pudet facilins fextur, quam illut quod piget.
(PL Pi. 281.)
Neqxdd plus rninusve faxit, quod nos post pigeat- (Ter. Ph. 554.)
Terence has once the plural: Xon te haec pudent? (Ad. 754.)
So alto Lucan 8. 494. (The passage of Plant. Stick. 51, haee conditio
peenitet u not tit the Ambros. MSS.)
(jAs infinitive or substantive clause is not uncommonly subject to
these impersonal*, and expresses the object of emotion.)
3 The usual construction of Texeor {genitive once also in Cie. Att.
8. 4), fastidio, studeo, is seen in
Inteileierat vereri tos se et metuere ita, ut cquomst JoTem.
(PL ^BtpA. 23.)
Fastidire Iaeus et rivos ausus apertos. (Hor. Ep. 2. 3. 11.)
Cur quemquam at studeat tibi roges ? (C. Mar. 36.)
3 The regular Latin construction has with miror the accusative; 1331
with invideo the dative of the person or thing envied; or, combined
with a dative of the person, either an accusative or ablative of the
thing grudged, or, of the subject matter of envy, the ablative with in.
See C. T. D. 3. 9, Quint. 9. 3. 1 (ed. Halm.), who both speak of the
construction.
ifirari satis hominis neglegentiam non queo. (C. Att. 10. 5.)
Houori inviderunt meo. (C. Agr. 2. fin.)
Forsit houorem jure mini inrideat qmyis. (Hot. S. L. 6. 49.)
Non iimderunt Iaude sua mulieribus tM BomanL (L. 2. 40.1
Ego Tero ita feeissem.nisi inteidum in hoc Crasso paulum inviderem.
(C. Or. 2. 56.)
* ilemini, reminiscor, obliTiscor often, and recorder always (unless 1333
C. Pis. 6 be an exception} have the object in the accusative. A neut.
accus. (under § 1092) or abL with de is common after recordor,
moneo, &e.
Qui sunt boni cixes, nisi qui patris beneficia meminerunt ?
(C. Plane. 33.)
Cinnam memini; -vidi Sullazn. (C. Phil. 5. 6.)
BuLris moriens reminiscitur Argos. (Verg. A. 10. 782.)
Tu obliTisci nihil soles ni r-i injurias. (C. Lig. 12.)
Oro ut Terentiam moneatis de testamento. (C. Att. 11. 16.)
In utramque partem in mentem nmlta Teniebant. (C. Fam. 11. 29.)
Continued on p. 137.
136 Genitive. Thing lacking, 6-v. [Book IV.
(d) Thing lacking or supplied after impleo, compleo, repieo 1 , n
egeo, indigeo 2 ; potio (old), potior 3 and in early writers (rarely) some
few others*.
Tullia celeriter adolescentem temeritatis suas implet. (L. 1. 46.)
Lamentari ait illam miseram quia tis egeat, quia te careat.
(PL Mil. 1033.)
Virtus plurimse commentationis et exercitationis indiget.
(C. Fin. 3. 15.)
Earn nunc potivit pater servitutis 5 . (PI. Amph. 173.)
Nee efficere potest ut Adherbalis potiretur 6 . (Sail. /. 25.)
Nee satis audiebam nee sermonis fallebat tamen.
(Plaut. Epid. 2. 2. 55 .)
Me omnium jam laborum levas. (Plaut. Rud. 247.)
Qui huic omnium rerum ipsus semper credit. (Plaut. As. 459.)
So also after adjectives 7 : I3
Domus erat aleatoribus referta, plena 8 ebriorum. (C. Phil. 2. 27.)
Referta quondam Italia Pythagoreorum fuit. (C. Or. 2. 37.)
Intus sum omnium rerum satur 9 . (Ter. Ad. 765.)
Circa viam haud procul Capua omnium egena 10 corpora humi
prostraverunt. (L. 9. 6.)
Sine me vocivum 11 tempus nequod dem mihi laboris. (Ter. Haut.90.)
Inops 12 senatus auxilii humani ad deos populum ac vota vertit.
(L- 3. 7.)
Portoria quae vellent, caperent, dum eorum immunes 13 Romani essent.
(L. 38. 44.)
The following appear to be mere G racisms 14 : 13
Abstineto irarum calidaeque rixat. (Hor. Od. 3. 27. 69.)
Desine mollium tandem querelarum. (lb. 2. 9. 18.)
Dulci laborum decipitur sono. (lb. 2. 13. 38.)
2. For the so-called genitive expressing place where, 13
see § 1168.
For pluris, mlnorls, assis, and other expressions of value,
see § 1 1 86.
Continued on p. 138.
ckap^xi.] : 137
1 intnles, anapleo wsmmZfy. repieo me m il§ mbmmp (Qbmt Lir. ft. 23), is
hare the mllmtax. {im Ziry tie $«. with impSeo u &&c bj« «*mLj|
fclBK,
1 egee. Cm CScero mhrmpfit mmd indiigeo ajftea, lae aaSetrae, are
{1213. (JE^ mith grmittM iffiem im SmSiima, rmrebf im, lity.)
3 potior c/bn fte* tie mMttire mmd im mid mritm Qtesida mauti.Tr
mmdmhlmliwe)themetwm*tue. See §§ 1226, 1223.
* A liner. 9L 888 — 813 «* Imrr mrmitiwa after ceezeSa, mnemm m
wmmmer mf wtmuTmr mMmtiwuz Seiie &et qaawfam turn rwwrctUare orba
colore; fu sine odore n2k> qnadaira soniftnqne renota; nee
rebns pii^-atta mt&are. Sai ne fort* pcftes saia spoliafta colore
WfBi puam auaere* etiara seer eta teporis sanft ae frigoris
<—iiiM> cafidiane Taporis. eft soniftm sfterila eft saeo jejuna
iwirtui. Ja 1. 191 seereta cQhl
|H. £*£. Ml.)
« Imdiferrmt wmmmimm ^fmUimtomamxrmf) iiaa ifiiii i ia Plata*:
e,e. Gnaftas tans poftitasft nosftimm (PL Cap*, lift, eL 90, 738; £m&
4,1.35).
r Save «r that mrmntiwn wmrn me referred to ether hemdt; e.m. mfter i^y
i to { 130S; arfler pfenas, wob, aaftar to § 1318, *e,
Tie mmmlmgtm mf these wsrdt w fvUmwed im fosa rennn (TTetg. JL 1.
178); laaro mans eft Tiaimn eft ainliftiaaoe par. CM. 3. ft. 7) ; magna
re i i mill oansta ftanaenti tlac JL 13. 1% The mMxlire is the
nojalar eaae.
TlecUii<iKBca^/dwa4«Q^tJb«sea4^tr» 139
â– b aim, pHenos honoribms. (PEn. Up. 2. 1.) SceQamL
9.3.1.
* Tnna isle mrpos aaftar anseraexto. (Pess. ft. 7L)
M See afiad sabsaiii qaam easftefflmra eoanaeata egenam. (Iae.JL.12.
46: d 13. 12. Elmemrhere mSmmqp memiSire.)
» CoaaifiEm nosftnnn spero xacnani pericato Sore. fCL Att- 10. 16.1
11 Cm. Lemtalas nan tanfas awi i lm ll iiii^ , nap iiagps -rerigis. (C 2fra&. 70.)
-* - ; ; ~ ;r~:. z~ 1 •:". . : -/-- :: : ~ v. - '. :' ' v
? r- :•/ -..; teem ■-.
'_—- '-" '.'. .' ■:' :" : " 1.-:
posaft injnia. (C. Of. 3. 17.) Bmt mlsm mcews.
Ter. Hrnrnt. 373.
IJbeBteraMlHacaJeaitemdesinereiB. f& Jam 7. L)
Cfiaaaameiaap. 133.
I3 8 Use of Infinitive. {Book IV.
CHAPTER XII.
USE OF INFINITIVE,
The infinitive, or, as it is generally called, the mfimtvoe mood of k
a verb, is an indeclinable verbal substantive, distinguished from
ordinary verbal substantives by being primarily and usually not
abstract, but concrete, and representing an action or fact or event
in connection with the person or thing of which it is predicated.
Its substantival character is shewn in its own construction. It
is used as object, as predicate both oblique and direct, and as subject,
so far as a substantive in the accusative or nominative case would
be so used. It is used as direct primary predicate, only as a noun
may be predicated without the intervention of a finite verb {§ 1009).
But it is not properly used as a genitive, dative, or ablative case, or
as an accusative after a preposition. The gerund is used instead.
(See however §§ 1360 — 1363.)
On the othei^hand its verbal character is shewn partly by its 13
containing the notion of time, partly by the construction and
nature of words dependent on it. Its object is in the accusative or
dative, not genitive case; it is qualified by adverbs, not adjectives*
and it readily admits of the same enlargements and qualifications
by means of phrases or subordinate sentences that a finite verb
does. But it does not, either by itself, or with its subject, except
when used as primary predicate, form an independent sentence,
and it consequently has its subject, when expressed separately from
that of the verb on which it depends, not in the nominative, but in
the accusative case.
Compare 'Tullus bene fidit rebus suis' with 'Tullus discit bene
fidere rebus suis,' and 'Discimus Tullum bene fidere rebus suis;'
' Discit bene fidere rebus suis' with 'Discit bonam fiduciam rerum
The ordinary usages of the infinitive will be given first (A);
then its use as a primary predicate (B) ; lastly, its poetic and rare
use instead of a gerund or prepositional expression (C).
G I -•/ XML ' IxTTsrrvTE as direct adject. 159
(A) The Infinitive is used, as ,
I. Direct object to a verb, ar (sometimes) ta an equiva-
lent phrase.
(a) The verbs tzhich have an infinitive for abject are chiefly such
as bivalve a reference ta another action af the same subject, e.g. -verbs
expressing <sjill, panzer, duty, purpose, custom, commence-
ment. continuance.
(Same af these -verbs, e.g. possum, soieo. desista. insuesca. ice.
are not used ^uitb a noun put as an abject in the accusative.)
Avi senectutem tueri et tegere debebat. (C. Dejat. 1. 1.)
Nemo tarn improbus inveniri poteriL (C. Cat. 1. 2-)
Solebat narrare Pompeius se„ cum RJiodum venisset. audire voluisse
Posidonium. (C. T. D. 2. 25.)
Bona pars non ungues ponere curat. (Hor. A. P. 297.)
Vincere scis, Hannibal.: victoria uti nescis. (L. 22. 51.)
Jugurtha apud Numantiam Latine loqui didicerat. (SalL J. ici.)
Ibi pnmum msuevit exercitus populi R.omani derubra spoliare.
(SaH C. 11.)
Pompeius quoque statuerat praelio decertare. (Cses. G. 1. 86.)
An t ru m me ex Formiano recipere cogito. (C Atv. 2. 9.)
Nemo alteri concedere in anfm um inducebat. (L. r. 17.)
Obstinaverant anfrrtis vincere aut raorL (L. 2j. 29.)
Ea non aggrediar narrare. (L. 22. 54.)
Jugurtha omni Numidise imperare parat. (Safl. J. r j.)
Csesar maturat ab urbe proficiscL (Caes. G, r. 7.)
Occupavit Scipio Padum traicere. (L. 21. 39.)
Nocte prope tota P. Sempronius non destitit monere. (L. 22. 6c.)
Marceftus vestigiis instirit sequL (L. 27. 2.)
Solum quod de se movetur. qJa numquam deseritur a se, numquam
ne moveri quidem desinit. (C.R.P. 6. 25.)
Hancine ego vitam parsi perdere? (Ter. Bee. 282.)
Veretur quicquam aut facere aut eioqui, quod parum virile videa-
tur. (C. Fin. 2. 14.)
Noli erubescere coilegam in sacerdotio habere. (L. ic. 8.)
Ta Iucem aspicere audes 2 tu hos intueri. (C. Or. z. 55.)
Desperatis Hippocrates vetat adhibere medicinam. (C. Att. r. 6. 15.) r .
Cs-sar receptui cani (or canere) jus-it. (Caes. G. 7. +7 ; L. 29. 7.)
Imperavi egomet mini omnia adsentarL (Ter. Eun. 252.)
14° Infinitive as direct object. [Book IV.
Res autem monet cavere ab illis magis, quam quid in illos statua-
mus consul tare. (Sail. C. 52.)
Nemo suaserit studiosis dicendi adulescentibus in gestu discendo
histrionum more elaborare. (C. Or. 1. 59.)
Pars eorum occidisse tribunos plebis. plerique caedem in vos fecisse
pro munimento habent. (Sail. J. 31, § 13.)
Magni mihi muneris instar germanam vidisse dabis. (Ov.M. 6. 443.)
Haec fere dicere habui de natura deorum. (C. N. D. 3. 39.)
Juppiter, da flammam evadere classi. (Verg. A. 5. 689.)
Ganymedes Jovi bibere ministrabat. (C. T. D. 1. 26.)
Galli consilium ceperunt ex oppido profugere. (Caes. G. 7. 26.)
Dissimulare nos magis humanumst, quam dare operam id scire.
(Ter. Hec. 553 .)
So in verse, after a verbal substantive. (Cf. § 1360.)
Si tantus amor casus cognoscere nostros. (Verg. A. 2. 10.)
(b) As object to a verb of saying or thinking. This is rare, 13
except where the subject of the infinitive is the same as the subject of
the principal verb (i.e. as in English, 'be speaks of doing'' instead of
' his doing" 1 ).
Cum id nescire Mago diceret, nihil facilius scitu est, inquit
Hanno. (L. 23. 13.)
Nihil habent tuas litterae, quod definitum sit, nisi me voltu et taci-
turnitate significasse tibi non esse amicum. (G. Fam. 3. 8.)
Dividere argenti nummos dixit in viros. (PI. Aul. 108.)
Quas convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia fatetur transtulisse atque
usum pro suis. (Ter. And. 14.)
Re nuntiata ad suos, quae imperarentur, facere dixerunt.
(Cass. G. 2. 32.)
Dicit unus et alter testis breviter: nihil interrogatur: praeco dixisse
pronuntiat. (C. Verr. 1. 30.)
Hi fratres in suspitionem venerant suis civibus fanum expilasse
Apollinis. (C. Verr. 4. 13.)
Without {rarely with) esse the future and (of deponents also) the , 3
past participle are so used in the accusative.
Nee ille ad me rediit: oblitum credidi. (C. Fam. 9. 2. 1.)
Illi, quo vellem, descensuros pollicebantur. (C. Verr. 1. 38.)
De hoc Stratone quaesituram esse dixit. (C. Clu. 63.)
Ita enim pepigerant, quotannis juraturos in verba Philippi.
(L. 3»- 5)
Gh^LJOZ] LytfLNiTiVE as (Erect adject. 141
AIcdv insciis Saguntinis, precibus a&quid moturum. ratus*. ad Han-
m hafem francafr. (L. 31. 12.)
(c) As abject af the thing, ta a. •verb =mhic& has also a direct rj$ff
personal abject.
These -verbs are docea, aseueSaaa, jabeo. veto. mio. argua. ta.-
grnrnTn, ^ni sometimes caga, maneo. Ttnrtar. impedia. pr nnfii eo. dec
Dacefao RuHura postfaac tacere. (C. Agr. 3. z.)
CT-Tsar HelveriGS suum adventum expectare jussit. (Caes. G. i_ 27.)
Inprobitas, cujus in ammo versatur. numquam sinit earn respirare^
numquam acquiescere. (C. Fin. z. 16.)
Inamolant heminern. fraudandi causa discessisse. (G. Terr, z- 24-))
Plnra: de Jugurtha scribere dehortatur me fortuna mea. (Safl. /. 24- )
Equos eodem remanere vestigio assuerecerunt. (Cass. G. 4- z-J
TSLf infinitive abject is still retained 'when, the verb is put in. the r&£
passive vazce r ar gerundive.
Num. sum etiam nunc vel Grxce laquf vel Latme docendus ?
(€L FvtL z_ 5-)
Nolani mures portasque adire 1 vetiti sunt. (L. 23. 16.)
Prohibiti estis in provincda vestra pedem ponere. (C. Z%. &)
Nee videre advenam in sua terra assueti erant. (L» 17. 39.)
^f secondary predicate af the subject af the principal verb y though 135a
in sense fallowing ike abjective infinitive, conforms ta its subject, Le~ is
in the nominative*. Such a nominative is, hazuever T rare after ax
active verb af saying ar thinking. Cf. § IJ47-
Fieri studebam ejus doctrina doctior. (C. Lai. r. r.)
Ne concupieris perversissirnarn gioriam rnfeiicissima videri.
(Sen. Dial- 6- j.)
Jubetur rura. suburbana indictis comes ire Latinis.
(Hor. Ep. r. 7. 76.)
Homerus solus appellari poeta meruit. (Veil. 1. -.)
Phaseius ille, quem videtis, bospites, ait tuisse navium celerrimus.
(CatuIL +. 2.)
Uxor mvicti Javis esse treses. (Har. Od. 3. 27. 23-]
1 This infinitive mast be distingnished from that in § r^sj . When
the subject of the finite passive verb is the person receiving the com-
mand or prohibition, the infinitive belongs here : when it is the person
who, or thing which, is part of t/ie object af the command, the infini-
tive belongs to § 1351 or 13=3. In the latter case the infinitive is always
in the passive voice.
* Camp. Greek, e.g. 3ia to irotpas eu»at, &c
142 Infinitive as oblique predicate. [Book IV.
2. As oblique predicate, with its subject in the accusative i 35
case, the -whole expression forming the object after a "verb.
The verbs upon which such expressions depend are such as natu-
rally have a fact or event for their object, e.g. verbs expressing
declaration, opinion, knowledge, order, wish, permission,
satisfaction, sorrow, surprise, (b'c. Sometimes expressions
equivalent to a verb, e.g. testis sum, certior factus sum, &c. or
verbal substantives, e.g. opinio, spes, &c, have a similar object.
A neuter pronoun (id, illud, Engl, that) is sometimes found in
apposition to the clause, and corresponding to the Article {originally,
demonstrative pronoun) in Greek. Occasionally such pronoun is not
the object, but dependent on a preposition.
Sentiri haec putat, ut calere ignem, nivem esse album, mel dulce.
(C. Fin. i. 9.)
Fore me quidem in discrimine video. (C. Att. 14. 13.)
Illud a Milonis inimicis dicitur, caedem, in qua P. Clodius occisus
est, senatum judicasse contra rempublicam esse factam.
(C. Mil 5.)
Suspicor te eisdem rebus, quibus me ipsum, interdum gravius com-
moveri. (C. Sen. 1.)
Ex nostris ducibus Q^ Maximum accepimus facile celare, tacere,
dissimulare, insidiari, prasripere hostium consilia.
(CO/ 1. 30.)
Id ei justum exsilium esse scivit plebs. (L. 26. 3.)
Admonemus cives nos eorum esse, et, si non easdem opes habere,
eandem tamen patriam incolere. (L. 4. 3.)
Memini Catonem anno ante, quam est mortuus, mecum et cum
Scipione disserere. (C. Lai. 3.)
Vocari Crispinum jussit. (L. 25. 18.)
Non hunc in vincula duci, non ad mortem rapi imperabis?
(C. Cat. I. 11.)
In his libris volt efficere animos esse mortales. (C. T. D. 1. 31.)
Sapientem civem me et esse et numerari volo. (C. Fam. 1. 9, § 18.)
Tibi favemus, te tua virtute frui cupimus. (G. Brut. 97.)
Nullos honores mihi nisi verborum decerni sino. (C. Att. 5. 21.)
Ipse conficior venisse tempus, cum jam nee fortiter nee prudenter
quicquam facere possim. (C. Att. 10. 15.)
Incredibili sum dolore adfectus, tale ingenium in tarn misera fortuna
versari. (C. Att. 11. 17.)
Auctores sumus, tutam ibi majestatem Romani nominis fore. 1352
(L. 2. 48.)
Opinio sublata est Crassum non doctissimum, Antonium plane in*
doctum fuisse. (C. Or. 2. 2.)
Chap. XIL\ IxrrxrnvE as mired (sewmdary) predicate 143
\fagwa m* <y"i #*■!■{■fcmf ]nqp^ Mftl^» a«* |if i fii^ jun fnlur:.».'
(CC^sO
Xarrabat Pofadonhnn giaiita et copiase de hoc ipso, nihil esse
bonmn, msi good esset hmrslmu, mhanrnra . dfeputai ise.
(C T. D. 1
Quid censes hone ipsnm S. Roscimn. qao studio et qua mteCigentia
*" esse in rustics rebus? (C Rase. Am. 17.)
9Zif use of the infi n itive is extemsreeh oppCei in repot ting speeches
or thoughts. f\ i mo utfy •aathaat dlrrftrt, cxiatinuh a t , tsTc. being ex-
pressed. (See Chap. xnv.)
3- As direct (secondary) predicate. 3
(a) When the finite -verb, <ahicb has an o bltqav senteute Jor
object, is pmt bt its passive voice mad the subject of the infinitiv e be-
came* the sahject of this passive verb, the infinitive aad other obSaue
predicates beemme direct (secondary) predicates.
(The perssmal (e.g. €ktmc torn*) instead of the impersonal passive
(e.g. oTke Uai ma esse, ef. § 1356) is usual <ssith videar and verbs
cf saying, thinking, commanding, espedaOy in the unasmpaunded
tenses, and occadomalfy used <%zith verbs Hie ua&WT, faSdOSgmz, aafiber,
&c)
V id e utui enim esse bzc panlo ftctfiora. (C. Alt. 10. 17.)
Lona sofis lm«mn» coolnstran patatnr. (C JKv. z. -ij-)
Ex hoc di bead esse inteffiguntur. (C N. D. 1. 38-)
Lectrtarisse Pbtonem «*™iiniq» t andrrisse etiam. Demosthenes did-
tur. (C. Brat. 31.)
Tanprinras, com lcstilui in nymi anms noo potmsset, Comas
conrnbme se dkknr. (C T. D. 3. 12.)
Qaartum jam amimn legnante Tarquinio Super bo, in Italism Py-
thagoras Ternsse r e pe r itur. (C R. P. z. 15.)
In lautunnas Syracusanas, si qui pobfioe custodiendi sunt, etiam ex
ceteris oppidis Sdfiz dedod imperantnr. (C Ferr. 5. 27.)
Josans es rfiumtiari consoL (C PhiL 2- 32.)
JL. Papains Crassas primam Papisms est Tocan desitus.
(C. Fam. 9. u.)
Nenae c:c; pugiure pofeeraf rex, 1. aj. .:
(bj /with another tnfinittve or pronoun for subject.
[^■d tm\ i~ -— bene ;:^rre : bene zrare. Ci::. J.. .-.. Si.
Ostentare hoc est, Romani, noo geicie beOnm. (L. 3. 2.)
Loquor enim de docto homine et erudito. cui vrrexe est cogitare.
(C.T.i).j. 3 g.)
144 Infinitive as subject. [Book IV.
4. As subject of a sentence or in apposition to the sub- i 3
ject; either (a) absolutely, or (p) ivith its o<wn subject in the accusa-
tive case.
The predicate of such a sentence is usually either est with a second-
ary predicate, or a verb denoting a quality ; often an impersonal verb.
(a) Absolutely.
Carere igitur hoc significat, egere eo quod habere velis; inest enim
velle in carendo. (C. T. D. i. 36.)
Facinus est vincere civem Romanum, scelus verberare, prope parri-
cidium necare: quid dicam in crucem tollere? (C. Verr.$. 66.)
Cadit igitur in sapientem et misereri et invidere. (C. T. D. 3. 10.)
Certum est deliberatumque omnia audacter libereque dicere.
(C. Rose. Am. 11.)
Habet respublica tantum, quantum numquam mihi in mentem venit
optare. (C. Fam. 12. 1.)
Quid est aliud quam relegationem pati. (L. 4. 4.)
Licet enim lascivire, dum nihil metuas. (C. R. P. 1. 40.)
Mos erat civitatis praedam dividere. (L. 5. 28.)
Nee vobis opera? est audire singula quae passi sumus. (L. 29. 17.)
Hasc enim ipsa sunt honorabilia, salutari, adpeti, decedi, adsurgi,
deduci, reduci, consuli. (C. Sen. 18.)
Quibusdam totum hoc displicet philosophari. (C. Fin. 1. 1.)
Armis disceptari coeptum est de jure publico. (C. Fam. 4. 4.)
Quod tibi cognosse in multis erit utile rebus nee sinet errantem
dubitare. (Lucr. 1. 331.)
Didicisse fideliter artes emollit mores. (Ov. Pont. 2. 9. 47.)
(Z>) With its oivn subject in accusative case. 13;
Ipsum consulem Romae manere optimum visum est. (L. 3. 4.)
Decet cariorem nobis esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos.
(C. Fin. 3. 19.)
Te hilari animo esse et prompto ad jocandum valde me juvat.
(C. Q. Fr. 2. 11.)
Est inusitatum regem reum capitis esse. (C. Dejot. 1. 1.)
Necesse est igitur legem haberi in rebus optimis. (C. Leg. 2. 5.)
Jugurthae omnia Romas venum ire in animo haeserat. (Sail. J. 28.)
Quos ferro trucidari oportebat, eos nondum voce volnero.
(C. Cat. 1. 4.)
Vereor ne aut celatum me illis ipsis non honestum, aut invitatum
refugisse mihi sit turpissimum. (C. Phil. 2. 13.)
Volo Chrysippi uti similitudine de pilae lusu,quam cadere non est
dubium aut mittendis vitio aut excipientis. (Sen. Ben. 2. 17.)
Chap. XII.] Infinitive in exclamations. 145
Hoc fieri et oportet et opus est. (C. Att. 13. 25.)
Haec benignitas etiam reipublicae utilis est, redimi e servitute captos,
locupletari tenviores. (G. Off. 2. 18.)
Earn gentem traditur fama agros ab Etruscis ante cultos possedisse.
(L- 5- 33)
Mihi nuntiabatur Parthos transisse Euphratem. (C. Fam. 15. 1.)
Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius, quam omnis Segestae matronas et
virgines convenisse ? (C. Verr. 4. $$?)
(<-) With its ovon subject omitted, but ivitb secondary oblique 1357
predicate expressed.
The secondary predicate is usually in the accusative; but if the
person {or thing) ivhich is the subject of the infinitive is expressed in
the dative with the principal verb, the predicate conforms K
Non esse cupidum pecunia est : non esse emacem vectigal est.
(C. Par. 6. 3.)
Licet opera prodesse multis, beneficia petentem, commendantem
l'udicibus, magistratibus, vigilantem pro re alterius.
(C. Off. 2. 19.)
Frugi hominem dici non multum habet laudis in rege: fortem, jus-
tum, severum, gravem, magnanimum, largum, beneficum,
liberalem — ha; sunt regiae laudes, ilia privata est. (C. Dejot. 9.)
Hoc doctoris intellegentis est, natura duce utentem, sic instituere
ut Isocrates fecisse dicitur. (G. Brut. 56.)
In republica mihi neglegenti esse non licet. (C. Att. 1. 17.)
Vobis necesse est fortibus viris esse. (L. ai. 44.)
Quo tibi, Tulli, sumere depositum clavum tierique tribuno ?
(Hor. S. 1. 6. 25.)
In mediocribus esse poetis non homines, non di, non concessere
columnae, (Hor. A. P. 572,) esse is object.
5. In exclamations; object or subject of verb understood. 133$
Cf. § 1128. Used both <with and without subject. Rare except in
comic poets and Cicero.
Tibi recte facere, quando quod facias perit! (PI. Aul. 336.)
Adeon homines inmutarier ex amore, ut non cognoscas eundem
esse? (Ter. Eun. 225.)
Ergo me potius in Hispania fuisse turn quam Formiis, quum tu
profectus es ad Pompeium! (Caelius ap. Cic. Fam. 8. 17.)
At te Romae non fore! (Cic. Att. 5. 20, § 7.)
1 Exceptions are rare. Ter. Haut. 388. Cic. Balb. 12. Cses. Civ.
3. 1. Ov. Her. 14. 4. Cf. Quint, iv. 4. 6; vn. 1. 19, ed. Halm.
ro
146 Infinitive as primary predicate. [Book IV.
Hoc non videre, cujus generis onus navis vehat, id ad gubernatoris
artem nihil pertinere! (C. Fin. 4. 27.)
Huncine hominem delectatum esse nugis? (Cic. Div. 2. 13.)
Mene inceoto desistere victam, nee posse Italia Teucrorum avertere
regem? (Verg. A. 1. 37.)
Hasc ludibria religionum non pudere in lucem proferre, et vix pueris
dignas ambages senes ac consulares faliendse fidei exquirere !
(L. 9. XI.)
(B) As primary predicate to a subject in the nomi- 1
native case; to express the occurrence of actions without marking
the order of time. Sometimes , ivhere no limitation to particular per-
sons is intended, no subject is expressed. This infinitive is frequent in
animated language describing a scene. {Historic infinitive.")
This usage is exactly analogous to the predication of one noun of
another without expressing est, &c. (see § 1009 k).
The present infinitive only (also odisse, meminisse) is so used.
Clamare omnes ex conventu neminem unquam in Sicilia fuisse
Verrucium; ego instare, ut mihi responderet quis esset.
(C. Verr. 2. 77.)
Circumspectare turn patriciorum vultus plebeii et inde libertatis
captare auram, unde servitutem timuerant. Primores patrum
odisse decemviros, odisse plebem; nee probarc, quae fierent,
et credere, haud indignis accidere. (L. 3. 37.)
Turn spectaculum horribile in campis patentibus: sequi, fugere, oc-
cidi, capi; equi atque viri adflicti ac multi volneribus acceptis
neque fugere posse neque quictem pati, niti modo ac statim
concidere. (Sail. J. 101.)
Jamque dies consumptus erat, cum tamen barbari nihil remitterc,
atque, uti reges praceperant, acrius instare. (lb. 98.)
Quia non potuerat eripere argentum ipse, a Diodoro erepta sibi
vasa optime facta dicebat; minitari abscnti; voeiferari palam;
lacrimas intcrdum vix tenere. (C. Verr. 4. 18.)
Jubet illos disccdere et candelabrum lc'inquere. Rex primo nihil
metuere, nihil suspicari; dies unus, alter, plures: non referri.
(C. Verr. 4. 28.)
Risu omnes qui aderant cmoriri; denique metuebant omnes jam me.
(Ter. Eun, 432.)
LargiUones inde prardxque: et dulccdine privati commodi sensus
m.-Jorum publicorum adimi. (L. 1. 54.)
CSnpi XJJ.J I>b i-vrnv s, m mdineriiai wemsoim;e r crc 147
(C) As geaittrce, or ablative, or adverbial accusative *&*
(t p t Mg e Sik: mfiailiieia t}. fir ganuui (or ganatt&xx) ar saftaa? is used
at aratnary pnutL
1 : 1 hmftmrnOBt :n JMMtaaBMB
1& ar jjatatd amy at <i fi*m expressions- except after •aerial sua-
iffinaflTiin 1^ mr phrases equivalent ta a •verb. (3 r ; .
iHiampul bo£ Eiturouist earn ec: zr^re 2 (it JMkn- ijj..))
wioHt TWHWif*^ Jftfp rn <?fiHi«Mi?gT CUStTtl ni 'i iiT yn^T T* rl'RrniiD iQ^gDJj JniuL.
Ssnde&ant -unit'* Cxsennnc mrfTirm esse rationem -miSm*â„¢ ttjMfHmnsBi
Tempos est Jam majorat ronarL fL. &. iSL)
Xtfimmr^esty mis de 3Ej papdbKi j.im. nan. «fc &ac exjjrua ^rata,. cogi—
tare. _ .-
(l) Dependent an adjectives.
Only in poetry and past- Jkurnstan prise, at imitatxam of t&e Gracfe.
m— Hii. t-- _:5 canoris dracere qTzercas. ^Hor.€M.i»i3Lii-^
Bgnrsugtaidi I am (Har. S. 1. 4. 12-)
SoE cantare perrti ArcadES. (Very. JL boi. 52.)
Dijgnns en: grse. (PEm. i*ajt. j.}
©nnrifous jmiiu iK- TCTrnr Pium, to. incntifis TnT prn. n£ te Tufcce anfinnie
x-^roti sent. (PL THtz. -
(j) Dependent an -verbs.
hi early Latin and in Augustan poets an aiazitive £r sometimes
used ta express the purpose after a verb of motion ^rarely other than
frs. etixxere. vaiira. mEters). See also
Fcqnjjr enrrtt po[Iictorem. arcesser-
F3&35 tn-m introfit ^ruiere r prirf agar, (Ter. Eec. .
J*on ncs ant ferro Libycas pop _ es venimns ant rapta::
Qtora. visere pradas. (^-'" -'
Occasionally itcer expressions, 'at imitation of Greek, occur:
Ijsmnmrs donat habere viro. (Very. A. 5. - I 1
1 'imerus surrscs et truges consumere natL (Her. £,*. r. a. r-_)
z w]yinim tenera rTo nTprn csrvice magister ire viam. cua. moc::
eqaEs. (Er. 64. )
(+) Dependent an prepositions (-very rare).
fnler optime valere et gra^isnie zgratare miri7 pr^rms diir^r.t ca-
teresse. (C Fat. z. ij..>
BC Z
148
Infinitive. Use of Tenses. [Book IV.
CHAPTER XIII.
TENSES OF INFINITIVE.
The Infinitive is put in the present, past, or future, tense, 131
according as the action denoted by it is contemporaneous
with, or antecedent, or subsequent to that of the verb on
which it depends.
(A) Infinitive as object, secondary predicate or 13*
subject.
Cupio "I J long
Cuplam vldere, videri, / shall lo?ig
Cupiero
vidisse, visus esse, J shall have longed
to see, be seen.
to have seen, hair
been seen.
Cuplebam J was longing
Cupivi vlsurus esse, I longed to be about to see.
Cupieram J I had longed
Dicor fugere, fugisse, fugiturus esse, J am said to be flying, to
have fled, to be on the point of flying.
So possum dicere, J can say; potero dicere, I shall be able to say;
licet miM videri, / may seem; licebit mibi videri, I shall be allowed
to seem ; &c
But when the past tenses of some verbs, corresponding to the 13^
English auxiliaries, are followed by the present infinitive, the English
idiom uses the past tense of the infinitive : e.g. potui dicere, J might
have said ( = / was able to say) ; debebat sentire, He ought then to
have felt ( = iif was his duty to be feeling) ; oportuit te mori, You
should have died. Compare potuit optare, She may have wished it;
non potest non optasse (Ov. M. 3. 298), She cannot revoke the wish.
The perfect infinitive in Latin is, however, sometimes used with
little if any difference in meaning from the present. See § 1371.
(B) Infinitive as oblique predicate.
(a) In sentences dependent on principal tenses.
Dico "J I say \
Dicam .. I shall say ' , .
Dixero \ te SCribere ' / shall have said \ that 3 m are WntU «'
Dixl (perf.) ] / have said J
te scripBisse that you have written
(or wrote).
13'
Chap.XIII.\ IxrisinvE. Use cf Touts. 149
to seriptaxam ease, tbmt jam will write,
or are going to write.
. teacUpUimm Tu'inm ... tbmt jam were going to
wriie. or would, bat*
BE ':::■;•'..
madsexfbL, that that is being
'Wf'MmtitMm
fllnd sciiptazn esse. tbmt that was written.
mad sffrtptnm lMsse, that tbmt was (for
same time) written.
or bam teem written.
mad sextptam U, tbmt tbmt will be writ-
tern, or if going to be
written.
(J>) la sentences dependent on secondary tenses.
I was sajing)
Dni (aor.) r te serSbere, I said V tbmt jam were writing.
IWiwaat i I bad said )
te scripsisse, that jam bad written.
:-. =:-.7.-^r_r: es£.e ; .::■::.-.:'.: -.~::f.
or were going to
write.
te sczSptaram finsse, that jam bad been gv-
ingtowrite.orw-omid
bare written.
madaeffld, tbmt tbmt was bang
il:i Jin::-^: ;;; = .--.:.-.--:.:.--„..-.:.'-.-.;;
written.
mad sajptsm fnisse. tbmt tbmt was (Jar
some time) written,
or bad been written.
fltad aadptaai M, that would be written,
or was going to be
written.
The infinitives ease, faisse, ms used with parhdples, are often
onutted. &r§§ 1347, 1371JL
150 Infinitive. Special use of Tenses. [Book J V.
(C) Special usages.
1. For the future infinitive both active and passive, a periphrasis 136,
with fore or futurum esse is often made use of.
Dico fore ut amem, amer, J say that I shall love, shall be loved.
Dixi fore ut amarem, amarer, I said that I should love, should be
loved.
Fore ivith the past participle both in deponent and passive verbs,
corresponds to the completed future: Dico (dixi) me adeptum fore,
' that I shall have gained f missum fore, ' shall have been sent.''
2. The perfect infinitive is used to represent the imperfect indie a- 13?
tive of an action frequently done; e.g.
Dixisse eum nan-ant cum vidisset. (Dicebat cum viderat.)
3. It is also used to describe an action completed and ready, in 137
certain expressions corresponding to the perfect, or the completed future,
of the indicative, where often in English the present is used. Thus
(a) after volo in prohibitions : and this <was imitated and ex-
tended by the poets and Livy.
Ke quid vilicus emisse velit insciente domino, ne quid dominum
celavisse velit. (Galo R. R. 5.)
Caleni edixerunt ne quis in balneis lavisse vellet, quom magistratus
Romanus ibi esset. (C. Grac. ap. Cell. 10. 3.)
Consules edixerunt, ne quis quid fugas causa vendidisse neve emisse
vellet. (L. 39. 17.)
Haud equidem ullius civis fortunse invideo, nee premendo alium me
extulisse velim. (L. 22. 59, § 10.)
Commisisse cavet, quod mox mutare laboret. (Hon A. P. 168.)
Fratres tendentes opaco Pelion imposuisse Olympho.
(Hor. Od. 3. 4. 52-)
(f) After possum :
Bacchatur vates, magnum si pectore possit excussisse deum.
(Verg. A. 6. 78.)
Bellum possumus, si ex hoc impetu rerum nihil prolatando remit-
titur, ante hiemem diis volentibus perfecisse. (L. 37. 19.)
Tunicarum vincla relaxat, ut posset vastas exeruisse manus.
(Ov. F. 2. 322.)
(c) Of an action made the subject of a judgment:
Proinde quiesse erit melius. (L. 3. 48.)
Illud non paenitebit curasse. (Quint. 1. 1. 34.)
Ckap.XIII\ LjTFrarrnrE. Special a$e of Tenses. 15s
Hie locus est. quern, si verbis anrfm-fn detur. baud trniwin mngni
Jiiiiii'WT B^gf?*4tTfr* i "**" (Ov. JK. 1. 176.)
Qjmid tK mmc moHes prodest coluisse capillos. siepeque mutaras
dispcsuisse comas? quid fen splendente genas oraare. quid
ungues artiieis dccta suesecuisse manu." (Tib. 1. 8. 9.)
Pueri pudor ora aotavit: sed et erubuisse decebat (Ot. M. 4. 3
Tunc decuit ilesse quum adempta sunt nobis arma. (L. jc. 44.)
Atque id bono viro satis est, docuisse quod scierit
(Quint iz- ir. 8.)
Esto: rans,-im proferre non potes: statim vicisse (L'ceo.
(d. Rase. Am. : J
Neque ego vos Quirites hortor. ut maliiis ci^is vestros perperam
quam recte fecisse. sed ne ignoscundo inaiis bonos perc_ .
eats, (SalL /. ji, ^ 27.)
(</) Sa especially the vast participle y sometimes zuithaut esse ;
Adulescenti morem gestum oportuit (Ter. Ad. 214.)
Quo ex senatus consul -'return esse T Catiliha, con-
veuit. . .Hoc jam pridem factum esse oportuit, (C. Cat. 1 .
Tamen eos defendes qui se ab omnibus desertos potius quam abs ttc
defenses esse malient. ( C (lecil. 5.)
Statim milites cenatos esse in castris. ignis quam creberrumos rmv\.
dem prima vigiiia siientio egredi jubet (SaiL /. ic6, Campari
i~ *a. 14- § :.)
Corinthum patres vestri totius Gracis lumen, exstinctum es;se
voluerunt (C. JLin. j.)
Similarly
Quis est ex ilia, provincia, qui te nod perisse: (C. Ferr. j. 77.)
4. TgftTTTJTTT is used <vcith the present {and samutL n c s the perfect) z-,
btfiniii-ve of erents, of viMb& the subject eimself usas 'dsitness. vJ&b
the perfect bif.nui-ce of events of <m£udk the subject ~^os not mrj/nvw,.
Ego L. Metellum memini puer ita bonis esse viribus extremo tem-
pore aetatis, ut adukscentiam. non requireret (C. Sen. 9.)
But alsa Meministis me ita distribuisse initio causaru.
(C. Rase. Am. 4 :
Memineram C. Marium cum vi prope justarum armorum prorugis-
se^ senile corpus paludibus accultasse. {C. Sest. zz.)
152 Verbal Nouns: esp. Gerund and Gerundive. [Book IV.
CHAPTER XIV.
USE OF VERBAL NOUNS, especially the GERUND and
GERUNDIVE.
Besides the infinitive other verbal nouns are found with the m
verbal characteristic (when formed from transitive verbs) of having
a direct object in the accusative case. These are some adjectives,
and some substantives.
The adjectives are the present and future participles of all trans-
itive verbs, and the past participle also of deponent verbs. Exam-
ples <wi/l be found in § 1073 and passim.
A few instances are found of gerundival forms with stems in
-bundo, being used similarly to present participles active.
The substantives are the gerund, the accusative of substantives
with stems in -tu (active supine), and the nominative of substan-
tives with stems in -ion.
The gerundive in all cases, the stems in -tu in the dative and
ablative (passive supine), and sometimes the past participle, are
found in certain usages parallel and complementary to those of the
infinitive and gerund.
The gerund and gerundive are nouns with -o stems, the gerund 1.^
being in form a neuter substantive, the gerundive an adjective.
They are used in all cases.
The gerund, like the infinitive, shews its verbal nature in having
its object in the accusative or dative (not the genitive) cases, and in
being qualified by adverbs, not adjectives ; it shews its substantival
nature in its own construction. As compared with the gerundive,
it is chiefly found when the verb from which it is formed is intrans-
itive, or, though transitive, used without a specified object.
The gerundive is confined to transitive verbs, and is usually sub-
stituted for the gerund of such verbs, when the object is expressed.
The object is attracted into the case of the gerund, and the gerund,
receiving adjectival inflexions, is made to agree with it in number
and gender. But the gerundive is not used where indistinctness
would arise from the change of the object's case.
(The gerundive is used from utor, fruor, fungor, potior (§1223),
all of these verbs being transitive in early Latin. In the nominative
the gerund of these verbs is more frequent than the gerundive.)
ChapJCIV.\ Verbal Norxs : esp. Gerund and Gerundive. 153
Hie use of the gerund is limited by (1) the feet dot it is *YB
a verbal substantive denoting action, and. as such, is not suited to
express place, tame, measure. &C4 (1) by the existence of the mfi-
nkire. which freely and adequ a tely expresses the object after a verb,
the subject in a certain class of sentences, and a secondary predi-
cate {e.g. eapit me mori, mmx terpe est. not moricsdmn captt or
i«h«j»» tape est); (3) by the exhtenre of ordinary Terbal
f»il»jjnti.p^ which expressing an action apart from the agent, an
action imagined as an independent being, are better capable of be-
coming the subject or object, &c of verbs of concrete me aning
{e.g. mors tenet, mortem ittet, not â– wlrni si tenet or morfea-
cm videt): (4) by the existence of the gerundive, which has
r e ndered it often unnecessary for the gerund to be used with a
direct object dependent on it. The gerund is, however, so used in
the ablathe (without a preposition) and in the genitive: rarely in any
other case. In the older writers it is used so in the nominative afeo.
A comparison of the usages spoken of in this chapter with the *2«
general classification of case-meanings gives the following result:
Acauatrce. Of the three chief classes of accusative, the first
{compass or extern?) is not represented by any of these forms, ex-
cept with prepositions: the second {place towards >zbich) is hUed
by the so-called supine in -m; the third {direct object) is rep re s e nte d
by the infinitive. With prepositions, chiefly ad, the gerund and
gerundive are common.
Datrce. The indirect object is represented by the gerund and
gerundive, as well as by the stems in -to, especially in the meaning
of ssark c ontemplate d. The predicative dative is represented by the
stems in -tu, but scarcely in any different way from other <*p«i*g
AUatrcc. The instrumental ablative is repr e sent ed by the
gerund and gerundive in the meaning of means t manner t ciraun-
staxces. and by the so-called supine in -a in the meaning of part
amutnu L The locative meanings are only found in the gerund
and gerundive with the prep o siti ons in and (rarely) pro.
The second class of ablatives {place <a?£*nce) is represented prin-
cipally by the gerund and gerundive, sometimes by the supine in -*,
with prepositions (ab, de, ex); rarely by either without prepo-
Geniti-ce. The gerund and gerundive only are found in this
case, and in the first only of the two classes, viz. as dependent tn
Ntmiwatrvr. The no minati ve of the gerund and of the stem
in -46a (with the verbal power) is used only as subject to est: the
gerundive only as sreondary predicate. They thus a c quir e a pecufar
154 Verbal Nouns. Accusative Case. [Book IV.
meaning of obligation, whereas in the oblique cases both gerund
and gerundive have the same simple meaning of action, which the
infinitive has; and, in fact, are used where the infinitive, if it had
had case-inflexions, would have been used.
In oblique language the accusative can be used in the same sense
as the nominative in direct language.
The oblique cases (A) will be treated first: then (B) the nomi-
native and (in oblique language) the accusative: lastly (C) the
further uses of the gerundive, and some parallel uses of the past
participles.
(A) Verbal nouns in oblique cases.
Accusative.
i. The accusative gerund (except as the substitute for the nomina-
tive in infiniti-ve sentences, for which see § 1397) is used only after
prepositions, usually ad, sometimes inter, 'whilst,' Ob; rarely any others.
Instead of the gerund with a direct object dependent on it, the gerund-
rval construction is always used.
Dies hie mihi ut satis sit vereor ad agendum : ne vacuom esse me
nunc ad narrandum credas. (Ter. Andr. 706.)
Breve tempus aetatis satis longum est ad bene honesteque vivendum.
(C. Sen. 19.)
Qui cihus et suavissimus est et idem facillimus ad concoquendum.
(C. Fin. 2. 20.)
In aliquo insigni ad inridendum vitio reperiuntur. (C. Or. 2. 60.)
Alii omne officium referent aut ad voluptatem aut ad non dolendum.
(C. Fin. S .J.)
Ad pingendum, ad fingendum, ad scalpendum, ad nervorum elicien-
dos sonos ac tibiarum apta manus est admotione digitorum.
(C. N. D. 2. 60.)
Videmus multiludinem pecudum, partim ad vescendum, partim ad
cultus agrorum, partim ad vehendum, partim ad corpora vesti-
enda. (C. T. D. 1. 28.)
Missus est a senatu ad animos regum perspiciendos, maximeque ut
nepotem regis Antiochi classis habere, elephantos ak-re prohi-
beret (C Phil. 9. 2.)
Non bellum sed vanam imaginem belli ad avertendos ab legis cura
plebis animos Capitolium insedisse contendebant. (L. 3. 16.)
Profecta deinde cohors ad sepeliendos qui ceciderant. (L. 3. 43.)
Consul, qua ferocia animi usus erat in Liguribus, eandem ad non
parendum senatui habuit. (L. 42. 9.)
Chap. XIV.] Verbal Nouns. Accusative Case. 155
Nee fossa valloque ab ignavissimo ad opera ac muniendum hoste
clausi erant. (L. 9. 4.)
Plebs ad alia, ut specie minora, sic laboris aliquanto majoris, tradu-
cebantur, foros in circo faciendos cloacamque maximam. re-
ceptaculum omnium purgamentorum urbis, sub terra agendam.
(L. 1. 56.)
T. Herminius, inter spoliandum corpus hostis veruto percussus, inter 1578
primam curationem exspiravit. (L. 2. 20.)
Csesar comitiali morbo bis inter res agendas correptus est.
(Suet. Jul. 45.)
Si illud est jam flagitiosum ob rem judicandam pecuniam accipere,
quantc illud flagitiosius eum, a quo pecuniam ob absolvendum
acceperis, condemnare! (C. Verr. 2. 32.)
Dubitatis quin hoc tantum boni in rempublicam conservandam
atque amplificandam conferatis? (C. Man. 16.)
Non solum oratoris est docere, sed plus eloquentia circa movendum
valet. (Quint. 4. 5, § 6.)
Corpus crescere jam domitis sinito: namque ante domandum in-
gentis tollunt animos. (Verg. G. 3. 206.)
Quse ante conditam condendamve urbem traduntur, ea nee affirmare
nee refellere in animo est. (L. 1. prasf.)
2. The accusative of the "verbal substantive ivith stem in -tu J 379
(i.e. supine in -um, § 11 14) often has a direct , more rarely an indirect
object.
In mea vita tu tibi laudem is qussitum, scelus? (Ter. Haut. 315.)
Deos atque amicos it salutatum ad forum. (PI. Bac. 347.)
Non tu me argento dedisti, opinor, nuptum, set viro. (PI. Sticb. 136.)
Sicine oportet ire amicos homini amanti operam datum ?
(PI. Pcen. 3. 1. 9.)
Quamprimum hasc risum veni. (Cael. ap. C. Fam. 8. 14.)
Proficiscitur in loca sola obsessum turrim regiam. (Sail. /. 103.)
Marius cum Ligure promissa ejus cognitum ex praesentibus misit.
(lb. 93.)
Sub lucem pabulatum lignatumque et prasdatum quidam dilapsi
fuerant. (L. 25. 39.)
Legati in castra jEquorum venerunt questum injurias et ex foedere
res repetitum. (L. 3. 25.)
Non ego Graiis servitum matribus ibo. (Verg. A. 2. 786.)
Hie sponsum vocat, hie auditum scripta, relictis omnibus officiis.
(Hor. Ep. 2. 2. 67.)
156 Verbal Nouns. Dative Case. \B00k IV.
This supine, with iri used impersonally, supplies a form for the 13S
passive future infinitive.
Audierat non datum iri filio uxorem suo. (Ter. Andr. 177.)
Pompeius adfirmat se prius occisum iri ab eo, quam me violatum
iri. (C. Att. 2. 20.)
Docendum est, si ipsa separatim ex se verba considerentur, omnia
aut pleraque ambigua visum iri. (C. Inv. 2. 40.)
In earn spemerecta ci vitas erat in Africa, eo anno bellatum iri finem-
que bello Punico adesse. (L. 29. 14.)
Arbitrantur se beneficos in suos amicos visum iri. (C. Off". 1. 14.)
The origin of the phrase appears to have been sometimes (very 138
rarely) forgotten; e.g.
Reus parricidii, quod fratrem occidisset, damnatum iri videbatur.
(Quint. 9. 2. 88.)
(A preposition is not prefixed to the verbal in -tun used in this
sense • e.g.
In PI. Merc. 7 : Pater ad mercatum hinc me meus misit Rhodum,
Mercatum is ''fair ' or ' market," 1 not ' trading?
In Varr. R.R. 3. 16, § 28, non omnis tempestas ad pastum prodire
longius patitur, and C.N.D. 2. 47, serpendo ad pastum acce-
dunt, pastum is 'â– food? not 'â– feeding?)
Dative.
I. The gerund expresses the indirect object, especially ' work con- 138
templated' (§ 1156). It is dependent on (a) verbs, adjectives, and
adverbs: (b) on substantives and predicatively on esse. In this last
usage it may be translated ' suited to? ' capable of? Th; gerundive is
substituted for the gerund 1 , where otherwise a direct object would be
dependent on it.
(a) Armamentis complicandis conponendis studuimus.
(PI. Merc. 19a.)
Neque jam mihi licet neque est integrum, ut meum laborem homi-
num periculis sublevandis non impertiam. (C. Mm: 4.)
Credebant Voleronem vexandis prions anni consulibus permissurum
tribunatum. (L. 2. 56.)
1 Except perhaps in L. 21. 54, equites tegendo. Madvig on this
passage remarks, ' Nullum novi prosoe orationis ccrtum exemplum, ubi
dativus gcrundii accusativum rcgat.'
Ckap.XIVl\ Verbal Xouxs. Dative Case. 157
Consul nbranrtis Romac ds habcndoqne dDecra dat operam.
(L. **. r)
IB scdbendo aSbenmL (Sen. Ccs. ap. C. Fane. f. ?->
Hzc (£.r. prrfidia, Jiiil i fin , &c) nfai aderunt, rebus serandis <m-
lii[Jpi. mnrns pzrumst. (PL Pers. 560.)
His andiendff? credaodsque opportuna mull it into mayor in dies
Syiacusas caniluebat. (L~ 24. 24-)
Sunt etfaon nonnoIE acnendE paerorum ingeniis nan inatiVes lusus.
(Quint. 1. 3- 8.)
• _ "__— ::"■—."-: ; - : . ~ :-\: : ir. " tr - '- -" :"_ : .:~ us " - .:._".. >- _"_i
consensus popufi lesdteiat. (L. 6. 22.)
Rnbens fernun nan est habile tandendo. (PSn. 34, | 149.)
. I Tr^? ~~_r. n£EE damns pbbj ~ "• ~ ~-
A. Atinus consul r»«i«iLi consoiibns logandis edudt. (L. 43. 11.)
Gaffi locum oppido condendo cepenmL (L. 59. 22.)
Jusjuiandum rd serandae, nan pentnndar condil must.
(PL Rod. 1374-)
Plan 1 it jneiiuiM andx dram nz Tirtiims caedL (L. 8. 6.)
Ea. modo quae iesonguendo igm latent pactzntes. ( L. 3c 6.)
Afind empfastium quod pud quoqae movendo est. (Cefe. 5. 19. 13.)
Multae diiLito non sunt sohendo. (C Fam. 3. 8. § 2.)
E xperiua dai res in uno aut altera est, «a^ni» a&qui py**™* fr wr^V *
magno honori. (L. 4. ^J)
3. fZr verbal ZBsth stem be Am. is used (a) rarely szitb adjec- 13Z3
Hues; {¥) aha <tskb smbstamtrces im certahm exfressszas amd <s=i£b the
-verb tame. These are referable forth ta * ssmri cwmtemjdated,' fartfy
ta fredicatrce datrce. (Cf. 55 11 56 — 1162.)
(a) Istaec kpida sunt menmatuL (Phut. Baee. 62.)
Ipse quae dnbia nsni ddebontur podssumus temptabat. (SaJLJ.^J)
A:.-: ; : . .-. -•■-_-_;. : _ ". :~;::; :;.;: — _-. .:-. _-.:i. ._-
rebat. (lb. 98.)
Ex zrbodbes aqua etiMuuiinr. e nigiis amara, ex candkfiadbus
potni jucunda. (PSn. 6, § 203.)
C m /m i 1 Aibutns frnctum fert diffidlem concocdoni (PSn. 1
§ 151) amd sont iecentes Duces dmVilre concoctu (lb. § 147X
(A) Penns est. inqoit Q^Scaevola. quod escnlentnm aut poduentuzt
est. Senilis Snlpiaus in xepcebenss ScxroEac capcibns scsip-
sk. Cato JEIio ptactnsse non quaeesni et potni foirat, sed tus
qocque et cexeos in penn esse. (Gefl. 4. 1. $3 i- r aa.)
158 Verbal Nouns. Ablative Case. \ Book IV.
Indutui alterum quod subtus, alteram quod supra. Amictui dictum,
quod ambiectum est, id est circumjectum. A quo etiam, quo
vestitas se involvunt, circumjectui appellant. (Varr.Z.Z.5.131.)
At ita meas volsellse pecten speculum calamistrum meum bene me
amassint meaque axicia linteumque extersui, ut, &c.
(Plaut. Cure. 578.)
Absentium bona juxta atque interemptorum divisui fuere.
(L. 1. 54.)
Ea quas sunt usui ad armandas naves ex Hispania apportari jubet.
(Cses. G. 5. 1.)
Eadem in vino decocta dysintericis potui dantur. (Plin. 23, § 162.)
Ablative, i. Locative and Instrumental.
I. The gerund 'without a preposition is used chiefly in the sense ofi&i
' means? rarely in that of ' the thing in point of which a term is pre-
dicated.'' In Li-vy, and' occasionally in other writers, it denotes the
' manner" 1 or 'â– circumstances.' 1 Where the gerund would have had a
direct object, the gerundi-ve is substituted for the gerund, unless some
obscurity (e.g. such as arises from the neuter and masculine being
alike in the ablative case) would result from the change.
(a) Without prepositions.
1 Thing in point of which, 1 <b'c. Mendicum malim mendicando vin-
cere. (Plaut. Bac. 514.)
Et latine loquendo cuivis erat par et omnis sale facetiisque supera-
bat. (G. Brut. 34.)
' Means? Homines ad deos nulla re propius accedunt quam salutem
hominibus dando. (C. Lig. 12.)
Herdonius, si nihil aliud. hostem se fatendo prope denuntiavit, ut
arma caperetis: hie, negando bella esse, arma vobis ademit.
(L. 3. 19-)
Alitur vitium vivitque tegendo. (Verg. G. 4. 454.).
Caesar dando sublcvando ignoscundo, Cato nihil largiundo, gloriam
adeptus est. (Sail. C. 54.)
Etiam opera, consilio, domum veniendo, conveniendis mcis, nullum
onus officii cuiquam reliquum fecisti. (C. Fam. 3. 13.)
Ego vapulando, ille verberando usque, ambo defessi sumus.
(Ter. Ad. 213.)
Reliquum diei cxpediendis armis et curatione corporum consump-
tum. (L. 25. 38.)
C&qp.XTK] Verbal Moras Ablative Case. 159
Tertium genus studiorum voLuntarium agendls gratiis. agnificanda
erga uios pari voiuntate. adducenda amicitia ia spem. familiari-
tans et consuetudinis eonfirmari oportebit.
(Q^Cic de pet. Cans. 6.)
Hodie stat Asa. LucuHi fnst i futTs servandis et quasi vestigiis perse-
(C Ac. z. i.)
"Cause J Harumce rerum ergo fundi terra: agriqne mei lustrandi
Instrique faciendi ergo, sicud dbd, macte hisce suovitaurilibus
lartenrihus immolandis esto. ( Cato. it. R. 141.)
*â– iLamer r circzimst&tces. &cJ Equidem pro patria qui Ietum oppetis- re-
sent, axpe fando audivi. (L. 45. zo.)
Sato superqne hurnili est qui jure zquo in civirate vfvit. nee infe-
teada injuriam nee patiendo. (L. j. 5:.)
L. CoraeEus complexus Appium. non cui simulabat consulendo.
dirernit certamen. (L. j. 41.)
Giadiatores videraus nihil nee vitando fiicere caute nee petendo
vehementer, in quo non motus hie habeat paLEStrarn quandam.
( C Or. 68~)
Incendium plana prirnum. deinde in edita assurg^ns. et rursus
;ra populando. anteiit remedia veiocitate maii.
(Tac. A 1 j. 3 S.}
Torde ir.de ad Maleam. trahendis plerumque remuico rumbas, qux
cum. comrneatu. sequebantur. pervenit. ( L. 3 ;.
Per crum tempus exercitum in Jtolide continuit. partnn
sociis ferendo opera, partim quos in socieia:;:r: peilicere non
poterat depopulandis. iL. j-. r8.)
Partibus dividendis ipsi regio evenit ab Aretiiusa fbnte usque ad
ostium magni pcrtus. | L. zj. jc.)
Drusus reus est tactus a Lucretio judicibus reikdendls a. d. v. Non.
Quinct- (C. A-:. 4. 16, 3 5. )
(S) With propositions ; in. rarefy gro: -very rarefy super.
The gerund is never used =z:itb a direct abject, unless it be a neuter
pronoun.
Contrivi in quxnmdo viram atque xtatem mem. (Ter. Ad. 869.)
nt (facetiarum genere) utitur in narrando aiiquid venuste. altero
in jaciendo mittendoque ridiculo. (C. Or. -6.)
mecum dicendo ac diluendis adrninibus in hac causa
dere putarem, ego quoque in accusando atque in exp_
cruninibus operam consumerem. (C. Terr. Act. lii.)
160 Verbal Nouns. Ablative Case. [Book IV.
Conveniet autem cum in dando munificum esse, turn in exigendo
non acerbum, in omnique re contrahendi vendundo emendo,
conducendo locando, vicinitatibus et confiniis, aequum ac faci-
lem. (C. Off. 2. 1 8.)
Pro vapulando hercle ego abs temercedem petam. (Plaut. Aul. 453.)
Pro ope ferenda sociis pergit ire ipsa ad urbem, deditam nuper in
fidem Romanorum, oppugnandam. (L. 23. 28.)
Diva, patrum prosperes decreta super jugandis feminis prolisque
novae feraci lege marita. (Hor. C. Su.c. 19.)
2. The verbal stem ending in -tu is used in the ablative (called 13S
supine in -u *) frequently to qualify adjectives in a ivay which is refer-
able to the head of ' part concerned.'' hi other senses its use is similar
to that of other verbal substantives.
(a) Without prepositions.
With dlgnus. Nihil usquam dictu dignum ausi. (L. 9. 43.)
Adnotatu dignum illud quoque omen. (Val. M. 1. 5. 9.)
Compare Quis contra studia nature tarn vehementer obduruit, ut a
rebus cognitione dignis abhorreat. (C. Fin. 3. 11.)
' Thing in point of tohich,' 1 i^c. ivith fas, nefas or adjectives. i 3 si
(It is possible that the case is really the dative in some instances,
compare § 1383).
Herbas edunt formidulosas dictu, non essu modo. (Plaut. Ps. 824.)
Horum opera hasc mihi facilia factu facta sunt, quse volui ecfieri.
(PI. Vers. 761.)
Terribiles visu formae letumque labosque. (Verg. A. 6. 277.)
Id dictu quam re, ut pleraque, facilius crat. (L. 31. 38. Cf 40. 35.)
Palpebral mollissimas tactu, ne laederent aciem. (C. JV. D. 2. 57.)
Aliae vites forenses vocantur, celeres proventu, vcndibiles aspectu,
portatu faciles. (PJin. 14, § 42.)
Pudet dictu. (Tac. Agr. 32.)
1 Of supines in -u only auditu, dictu, factu, lnventu, memoratu,
natu, vlsu occur frequently ; in Cicero also adspectu, cognitu, motu,
lntellectu, lnventu, responsu, scitu, tactu. On the whole Cicero has
about 24 of these supines, the occurrences being at least 80 ; Livy uses
supines in -u about 50 times : Cwsar has only two, factu, natu ; Sallust
has six; Nepos three, Suetonius one (natu), Quintilian five, Tacitus at
least 1 6 ; Pliny the elder and Seneca have a great many. Lucretius has only
motu, tactu, vlsu ; Vergil dictu, factu, relatu, vlctu, visu ; Hoi-ace
adspectu, factu, petitu, tactu, vlsu, vltatu; Ovid cultu, dictu, natu,
relatu, visu. Gossrau, § 443.
Ckaf.XIV.] Verbal Nouns* Abiative Case. 161
'MeaasJ Eawmms etJam dnm i l ii aostro qaadr upnlum re rti n nn , "ft
(C MIX a. 60.)
Quzretar, aum quid afiquo sensu p e nj e uban sit, aspectn, mftu,
facta, odore, ginlatu, (Cora, a. 6.)
â– UcaneB! El Tirr:- BMBSanc vmtanc,
(Sea.^.ioS,§i 9 .)
Bafi CBBnaOae aaal radeai
que cognosse. (C i^rr. a- 73.)
Sed ita Acta opus est, si me vis sahrom esse. (Ter. Ho*. 941.)
*Mf i'/ >u.ttb&mt attribute. StrictB gtadirs < ana at ^""f* 1 " fcno-
tar. (L9.13.)
Nob rait idem asaariai, qaod tn fcbi scribis. (C At 7. »6.)
^ ( Ca3.C 7.4-)
Kegavri. id judkao ant folaatate saa fcniw sed umtu cmtatis.
(IK 5.*--)
BauazsadmeTenfcmissuCzsaris. (Citt.Lf.)
Factinne respectnque rerum pmatarum. qax aiau tm e ua e offi-
Appias vick. (L. a. 3c)
(*) JF2(£ frtpuithus. rjga
Sed pertmet ad omaem affica qua sliim em m promptn habere.
Dixit SaDa id in promptu esse, gin an an ftipuin Juguilhx baberet.
(SaH. J. hi.)
Res ipsa noo redpiebatnr a nobis aec in usu erat. (Sen. .fy. 11 1.1.)
Omnia l uh uutm semper et in Uaaaita sunt. (Sen. Dud. xa. 6.)
S tmmuufy Care fuas mi in quzstkne. (PL Pirn. 51.)
Quod judicium aa a c at cap t iUtiuut est, etiam in bona spe.
(CaeL ap. C Fam. 8. 14-)
a. Ablative expressing place whence,
I. Geramd and germdhx.
(a) Wttbtat frrf&attamj. Bath gerwaad and garwadnx art Tare
'Tctwgfnmm <sbicb se p ara ti on takes place.* Nee ante coatamaado
sta. (L.9.34.)
! sequeudo focgrf.
(*~ *9- 33-)
Nafta
(C Of. 1. 15.)
IX
1 62 Verbal Nouns. Ablative Case. [Book IV.
(£) With prepositions, sib, de, ex; (never sine). 13
The gerund is rarely used with a direct object dependent on it. The
gerundive is used instead.
Jam et consul ab revocando ad incitandos hortandosque versus
milites. (L. 25. 14.)
Pisoni nullum tempus unquam vacabat aut a forensi dictione aut a
commentatione domestica aut a scribendo aut a cogitando.
(C. Brut. 78.)
Aristotelem in philosophia non deterruit a scribendo amplitudo
Platonis. (G. Or. 11.)
Legem illi Grasco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appella-
tam, ego nostra a legendo. (C. Leg. 1. 6.)
Nomen invidiam ductum est a nimis intuendo fortunam alterius.
(C. r.D.3.9.)
Cincinnati et Capitolini sentential abhorrebant a caede violandisque
quos fcedere icto cum plebe sacrosanctos accepissent. (L. 4. 6.)
Videmusne ut pueri ne verberibus quidem a contemplandis rebus
perquirendisque deterreantur ? (C. Fin. 5. 18.)
Levissime quidem Curio quia de intercalando non obtinuerat trans-
fugit ad populum. (Cael. ap. C. Fam. 8. 6.)
Primus liber Tusculanarum disputationum est de contemnenda
morte. (C. Div. 2. 1.)
Haec virtus ex providendo est appellata prudentia. (C. Leg. 2. 23.)
Cum maximis curis et laboribus compensant earn quam ex discendo
capiunt voluptatem. (C. Fin. 5. 18.)
2. Verbal substantive in -tu. iy
(a) Without prepositions. Rarefy, if ever, found in any specially
'verbal use.
Nunc obsonatu redeo. (PI. Men. 288.) See also Cato R.R. in § 1262.
Nimis asgre risu me continui. (PI. Asm. 583.)
(U) With prepositions.
Consul est impositus is nobis, quern nemo praeter nos philosophos
aspicere sine suspiritu posset (C. Att. 1. 18, § 3.)
Quid enim pedibus opus est sine ingressu ? quid manibus, si nihil
comprehendendum est? (C. N.D. 1. 32O
Compare Cave sis tibi, ne bubuli in te cottabi crebri crepent, si aberis
ab eri quxstione. (PI. Trin. 1012.)
Chap. XIV.\ Verbal Xoexs. GtmMise Cox. 163
Genitive
X. The genmd is akoars J./t uA *t m a osace. area- mm a rxri *3M
{accept as Mtmmimty pndkate\ Rs usages are refer abl e to doss A
(§ 1*78), *W espeaatfy to tie "thmg fmssessimg; the 'had mr aosemtsj
ami the *mljeaJ
Tbe germmd amd ± * 1 mm dj tm are ased imdigere m il f , except sashere the
mat firm or the other afwrds less ataUgmtty.
(a) l 1biag pmssesshmg.* MeDsbanmns semper afiqnid ant anqoirit ant
apt, Tideo da qnc et andinufi ddedatiane dnatnr. (CQf.1.30.)
Ita sab ixliuue Mimms, nt et ajgrmli afiqmd et difigendi afitjuos
et u i ii nibc gialur. pranenxa in uulns own hh*i emus.
Hare r i iijm n tu tatins Itafiae commit «muiliuiu m, Indorom censen-
digoecausa. (C Ferr. Act. 1. 1$.)
TW c| — i — ■» Jm» Tiiny n.t^ «iric one tyc firaewA (L. I. 41.}
Hacc. qnmn fines suprascandit. base, fiauni mgisssns. p a n* is vaLvs
« JimiuKoMM ipiriiihq oe jmnjuiandi mutatis peragjt. (L.i-32-l
PrHrrandi smi nnnm diem postnlarit. (C N.D. 1. **.\
Omnia retmeodz daninaCiams hanesta arstimat. (SalL Or. Lep. § 8.)
Dbatdo u e mtnutwTB J tndn nmhiipei^
sit Ebotatis. smfrnfesr . (L. 3. 39. Cm^». lb. 4. j, 1 5.)
Specfatns et Sacxonr mleilu caphc pngiunn pro Romans oens.
oatteatandaE, nt farebat. virtntis. £Tac A. 3. 41.) Sac £ 1288.
(J) l I kjmilia mS Meat tntins amttianb tics sunt lafianes, una cond-
(C. Or. a- 29.)
Ipsnm buuuin aesoeodi jmrssii— m imlbrm hafirt (C Fin. 3. 14. )
(r) •Sari? Commorandi natura deiersorinm nobis, nan l "*- t -nrd :
dedft. (C Sew. 23.)
^fff 1 "I ^iHl a 1Wl" dt C2DBpQ$ OOStCF Cat *tfHWLl TVnJUfffl hM O 1 *^ :
badendL (C Of. x. 29 fin.)
(W) 'Object? Equation sum cup i dus te in 9a lu n gime ac pnp e tna *as5
tw^n u M U wr andaeodL (C Or. 2- 4.)
Me aodoran fmsse Caesans mterfioendi ununutnr. (CAolil 2-)
Neqne cofonprmtfi qnidfieret neqne sari colfigendB hostibns tacnta-
tem irfinqinmt. (Cars. G. 3. 6.)
Me uue nwin m ar *ji«^ <jnod mitnconsulatns nrfwbrrat, jbcow iKjiwB
a nim u s u l riMVj , sjiwuft inifilrs < mamlos dbradst pafixibus.
(L. a- 4:-)
164 Verbal Nouns. Nominative Case. [Book IV.
Tanta universae Galliae consensio fuit libertatis vindicandae et pris-
tine belli laudis recuperandae. (Caes. G. 7. 76.)
Inita sunt in hac civitate consilia urbis delendae, civium trucidando-
rum, nominis Romani exstinguendi. (C. Mur. 37.)
Date di, quaeso, conveniundi mi ejus celerem copiam.
(PI. Mere. 850.)
Non hercle otiumst mi auscultandi. (Ter. Ad. 420.)
Ludendi etiam est quidam modus retinendus. (C. Off. I. 29.)
Rarely the object is attracted into the genitive though the gerund 13!
remains unchanged, perhaps partly from a desire to avoid the long
inflexion of the genitive plural.
Nominandi istorum tibi erit magis quam edundi copia. (PI. Capt. 852.)
Ex majore copia nobis quam illi fuit exemplorum eligendi potestas.
(C. Inv. 2. 2.)
Agitur utrum M. Antonio facultas detur opprimendae reipublicae,
caedis faciendae bonorum, urbis dividundae, agrorum suis latro-
nibus condonandi, populum Romanum servitute opprimendi,
an horum ei facere nihil liceat. (C. Phil. 5. 3.)
2. The use of the verbal in -tu does not differ in the genitive from
that of ordinary substantives.
(B) Verbal nouns in Nominative, and, in oblique
language, the Accusative.
I. The gerund is used in the nominative as subject to the verb 135
est, erat, &c. predicating existence, with a dative of the agent, the
whole expression thus conveying the idea of obligation.
In oblique language the accusative with esse, &c. is used.
The gerund is very rarely used in this way with a direct object
dependent upon it, except in Lucretius und Varro. Cicero has it twice:
Plautus, Catullus, Vergil, Quintilian once each.
Instead of this, what would have been the direct object after the
gerund becomes the subject, and the gerundive is used as a secondary
predicate. Hence it may often be translated by the passive voice.
Apud illas aedis sistendae mihi sunt sycophantiae. Fores pultabo. «3<;
Ch. Ad nostras aedis hie quidem habet rectam viam. Hercle,
opinor, mi advenienti hac noctu agitandumst vigilias.
(PI. Trin. 869.)
CAap.XIV.] Verbal Xouxs. Nominative Case. 165
vEtemas quoniam poenas in morte timendumst. (Lucr. 1. 112.)
Quare monendum te est mihi, bone Egnati. (Catul. 39. 9.)
Boves arandi causa rudis neque minoris trimos neque majoris quad-
rimos parandum. (Varr. R.R. 1. ao.)
Si transferendse sunt alvi in alium locum, id facere dOigenter oportet,
et tempora. quibus id potissimum facias, animadvertendum, et
loca, quo transferas, idonea providendum. (Varr. R.R. 3. 16.)
Volumus sane, nisi mokstum est, Cato, tamquam longam aliquam
viam confeceris. quam nobis quoque ingrediundum sit, istuc,
quo perrenisti, videre quale sit. (C. Sen. a.)
Adeundus mi illk est homo. (Plaut Ritd. 1298.)
Meditata mihi sunt omnia mea incommoda, ems si resciverit : mo-
lendumst in pistrino, vapulandum, habendz compedes, opus
run faciendum. (Ter. Pb. 249.)
Discessi ab eo bello in quo aut in acie cadendum fuit, aut in aliquas
msidias incidendum, aut deveniundum in victoris manus, aut ad
Jubam confugiendum, aut capiendus tamquam exsilio locus,
aut consciscenda mors voluntaria. (C. Fam. 7. 3, § 3.)
Sed vale; nam, ut tibi ambulandum, ungendum, sic mihi dormien-
dum. (C. An. 9. 7 fin.)
Hac tempestate serviundum aut imperitandum, habendus metus est
aut faciundus. Quirites. (SalL Or. Lep. § 10.)
Quid ergo est, inquis, tui consDii? Dandus est locus fortunae,
cedendum ex I tafia, migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum,
arbitror. (D. Brut. ap. C. Fam. 11. 1.)
Suo cuique judicio utendum est (C. N. D. 3. 1.)
Goendus est tibi mos adulescentibus, Crasse. (C. Or. 1. 23.)
Hoc decretum Athenknses quum retufissent, eundum in jEtoliam
Quinctio visum est (L. 35. 33.)
Credo ego istoc exemplo tibi esse pereundum extra portam.
(PL Mil. 359-)
Aliquando isti principes et sibi et ceteris populi Romani iiniversi
auctoritati parendum esse fateantur. (C. Men. 22.)
Audendum atque agendum, non consultandum, ait in tanto malo
esse. (L. 22. 53.)
Ego amplius deliberandum censeo. (Ter. Pb. 457.)
Etiam futuri temporis imagine judices movet quae maneat eos, qui
de vi et injuria questi sunt, nisi Tindicentur: fugiendum de
chitate, cedendum bonis, aut omnia,quaecunque inimicus fece-
rit, perferenda. (Quint 6. 1, § 19.)
1 66 Verbal Nouns. Gerundive and [Book IV.
2. Verbal substantives with stems in -ion are used, similarly to i4"<
the gerund, but sometimes with tua for tibi, &c. Only Plautus uses
them with a direct object.
I puere prae : cruminam ne quisquam pertundat, cautiost.
(PI. Pseud. 170.)
Quid hue tibi reditiost? quid vestis mutatiost? (Ter. Eun. 671.)
Quid mihi scelesto tibi erat auscultatio ? quidve hinc abitio ? quidve
in navem inscensio? (PI. Rud. 502.)
Quid tibi hunc receptio ad test meum virum? (PI. Asin. 919.)
Quid tibi hue ventiost? quid tibi hanc aditiost? quid tibi hanc
notiost, inquam, amicam meam? (PL True. 61.)
Nulla tibi, Pamphile, hie jam consultatiost. (Ter. Hec. 650.)
Indica, fac pretium. Dor. Tua merx est: tua indicatiost.
(PL Pers.5%6.)
Utrutn e republica sit necne id quod ad vos fertur, vestra existi-
matio est. (L. 34. a.)
Compare also the use of opus and usus (§ 12Z6).
(C) Further uses of gerundive and passive participle.
The gerundive is used {similarly to its nominative case) as oblique 1401
predicate to the direct object of certain transitive verbs to express an
action purposed to be done on such object. If the verb is put in the
passive the gerundive becomes a direct predicate. (This usage has also
an analogy to the ordinary use of the gerundive in oblique cases.)
Ego quidem meos oculos habeo, nee rogo utendos foris.
(PL Mil. 347.)
Ibi agrum de nostro patre colendum habebat. (Ter. Ph. 364.)
Non habet sapiens mittendos trans maria legatos, nee metanda in
ripis hostilibus castra, non opportunis castellis disponenda prae-
sidia. (Sen. Ben. 7. 3.) Comp. dicere habui, § 1345.
Sapienter fecit filius, quom diviti homini id aurum servandum dedit.
(PL Bac. 338.)
Demus nos philosophise excolendos, patiamurque nos sanari.
(C. T. D. 4. 38.)
Vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum. (C. Att. 10. 6.)
Cxsar pontem in Arare faciundum curat, (Caes. G. 1. 13.)
Chat. XIV.] Ptzssivv paartsagk with Habeo. <fo. &c- : : -
Eos omnes Venusini per femflina benigne acapiendos cun*ndcsque
diviserunt. (I*. sa.j4>)
Opera deinde facienda ex decreta in earn ran pecunia.
nendos Iapide. detergendasque^ qua opus esset,
Aventino et in aiiis partlbus. qua nonduzn erant, fcariipnrfo.s
Iocaverunt. (L. j<j- +4.)
Nee celestes mode ceremonias, sed justa quoc. z . :\i. : : ::: .: •
dosque manes i«fr»m pontrfex edocebat. £L~ 3U x o ,)
Simulacrmn Dianae toflendms locator. (C. Terr. 4. 34.)
Equorum ad quattiior miTra domanda equitibus drrisa- (L» 34. sc.)
Onmis cetera praeda diripienda data est. (L. zz~ jzS)
Similarly Dixerunt rtfirfatum tectum patere fmhrfbus putre&den-
dum. (L. 4-z. 3-)
With this usage may be compared the use af the passirce pai'tiupit 1
as oblique predicate <wth aaJSeo. da. rsdrfa. euro, fturin, vola. ciigin.
Qua* nos aostramque arfnlrsofntfam aabent despicafam.
(Tec Earn, fj.)
Hind exploratunt haoeto, nihil Sen. potuisse sine causa.
(C. Uev. x. x&)
Oftdbs jam rnrwis perfidiam. fisduorum iiwM yi'Mm habebat.
(Cass. G. t- Sf-)
lode, ufai prima fides pe!ago r placataque venti fa-nt marfa^ deducunt
sacii navis. (Verg. A. 3- 69-)
Sir stratas Iegiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum Iegatmn
jacentem vidistis. (L. 8. 6.)
Tarn excoctam (earn) reddam atone stram, quanx carbost.
(Ter. Ad, 845-)
Jam. ubi ubi erifc. nrrentum t3a curabo et mecum arfrfnrtrrm tuoux
Pampbilum. (Ter. Andr. 684-)
Misses facia mathematicQ^ grammaricos. mnsiccs. (C Oh. 1- wa^\
Quis vocatf quis nnmfnafr me? Ph. Qui fee conventum. cupit.
(PL Cure. 304.)
Qua re dompstica cura te l ev alum volo* (C. Q. F. 3. 9.)
Compare Liberis consultum valumns. (C. Fbi. 3. 17.)
Totam rem LucuIIo mtegram. servatam oportnit. (C Jk. «. 4.)
Also, § 1371 d; and the expressions <with opus, §§ 1*50* I*!*-
1 68 Verbal Nouns. Gerundive as attribute. [Book IV.
The gerundive came to be used as a mere attribute with the mean- »4°3
in S °f (*) obligation or destiny or desert; and this (b) (in
negative and quasi-negative sentences') approaches the meaning of
possibility.
In some passages it is contrasted with the past participle, so as to
assume the appearance of a passive participle, either present (see in
§ 1408) or future (e.g. L. 21. 21; 9. 5, below).
(a) Adduxit forma expetenda liberalem mulierem. (PLPers. 521.)
O facinus animadvortendum. (Ter. Andr. 767.)
Cognoscite aliud genus imperatoris sane diligenter retinendum et
conservandum. (C. Verr. 5. 10.)
Legimus omnes Crantoris de luctu : est enim non magnus, verum
aureolus et, ut Tuberoni Panastius praecipit, ad verbum edis-
cendus libellus. (C. Ac. 2. 44.)
Eis otium divitias, optanda alias, oneri miseriaeque fuere.
(Sail. C. 10.)
Illud in his rebus miserandum magnopere unum aerumnabile erat.
(Lucr. 6. 1230.)
Visere dicet sacra bonis maribus non adeunda deae. (Tib. 1. 6. 22.)
Manis adiit regemque tremendum. (Verg. G. 4. 469.)
Roma horrenda late nomen in ultimas extendat oras.
(Hor. Od. 3. 3. 45-)
Quies inter labores aut jam exhaustos aut mox exhauriendos reno-
vavit corpora animosque ad omnia de integro patienda.
(L. 21. 21.)
Alii alios intueri, contemplari arma mox tradenda, et inermes futu-
ras dextras. (L. 9. 5.)
Ubi ad ima perventum est, rursum specus alter aperitur ob alia
dicendus. (Mela 1. 73.)
Equidem beatos puto, quibus deorum munere datum est aut facere
scribenda aut scribere legenda. (Plin. Ep. 6. 16.)
(b) Sic enim majores nostri labores non fugiendos, tristissimo tamen 1404
verbo, aerumnas etiam in deo nominaverunt. (C. Fin. 2.35.)
Metuit fata puellae, votaque pro domina vix numeranda facit.
(Tib. 4. 4- la-)
Infandum regina jubes renovare dolorem. (Verg. A. 2. 3.)
Hannibali, vix per se ipsi tolerando Italiae hosti, (verebantur ne)
Hasdrubal jungeretur. (L. 23. 28.)
Dixit domi militiasque sub haud paenitendo magistro, ipso Anco
rege, Romana se jura, Romanos ritus, didicisse. (L. 1. 35.)
Chap. XIV.] Verbal Nouns. Passive participle. J 69
Tbe gerundive in -bundo- is used as a present participle: in the 1405
nominative case it has in tbe historians (rarely) a direct object.
Populabundus agros ad oppidum pervenit. (Sisenna ap. Gell. if. 15.)
Alii corpora hue et illuc, quasi vitabundi aut jacientes tela, agitant.
(Sail. /. 60.)
Haec prope contionabundus circumibat homines. (L. 3. 47.)
Hanno ex Bruttiis profectus cum exercitu, vitabundus castra hos-
tium consulesque, loco edito castra posuit. (L. 25. 13.)
Tbe passive participle is, chiefly in Livy and other historians, used, M°6
similarly to the gerundive, zuith a substantive, so as to express, not so
much a thing or person acted on, as tbe action itself. But tbe action is
regarded as completed. Both nominative and oblique cases are so used.
In the neuter singular tbe participle is so used without a substan-
tive, but rarely in oblique cases (except ablative, §§ 1254, T256).
Accusative: <witb prepositions.
Regnatum Romse ab condita urbe ad liberatam annos ducentos m°7
quadraginta quattuor. (L. 1. 60.)
Hoc nemo ibit infitias, Thebas et ante Epaminondam natum et post
ejusdem interitum perpetuo alieno paruisse imperio.
(Nep. 15. 10.)
Militem praetorianum ob subreptum e vindiario pavonem capite
puniit. (Suet. Tib. 60.)
Decemviri libros inspicere jussi propter territos vulgo homines novis
prodigiis. (L. 22. 36.)
Consul post fusos circa Litanam silvam Boios quietam provinciam
habuit. (L. 34. 42.)
Acer Romanus hosti ante expectatum positis stat in agmine castris.
(Verg. G. 3. 348.)
Inventum est carmen in libris Sibyllinis propter crebrius eo anno de
caelo lapidatum. (L. 29. 10.)
Ablative: (a) without prepositions. (Other instances in § 1250 sqq.) , 40 8
Partis honoribus eosdem in foro gessi labores, quos petendis.
(C. Phil. 6. 6.)
Fessos milites, quippe qui capienda urbe tantum laboris periculique
adissent,et capta cum iis, qui in arcem confugerant, iniquo etiam
loco pugnassent, curare corpora jussi t. (L. 26. 48.)
(b) With prepositions.
Narrabant queri eum de Milone per vim expulso. (C. Att. 9. 14.)
Major itaque ex civibus amissis dolor, quam laetitia fusis hostibus,
fuit. (L. 4. 17.)
170 Verbal Nouns. Passive participle. \Book IV.
Genitive.
Barbarus eum quidam palam ob iram interfecti ab eo domini ob-
truncat. (L. ai. a>)
Tantus simul mseror patres, misericordiaque sociorum peremptorum
indigne, et pudor non lati auxilii, cepit. (L. 21. 16.)
Turn Danai gemitu at que ereptae virginis ira undique collecti inva-
dunt. (Verg. A. 2. 413.)
Sibi quisque cassi regis expetebat decus. (Curt. 4. 15, § 25.)
Fama dediti benigneque excepti Segestis vulgata, ut quibusque bellum
invitis aut cupientibus erat, spe vel dolore excipitur.
(Tac. A. 1. 59.)
Nominative-
Tua scelera di inmortales in nostros milites expiaverunt: dubitabat
nemo quin violati hospites, legati necati, fana vexata, hanc tan-
tam efficerent vastitatem. (C. Pis. 35.)
Catilinse nuntiavit, ne eum Lentulus et Cethegus aliique ex conjura-
tione deprehensi terrerent. (Sail. C. 48.)
M. Valerius domestica etiam gloria accensus, ut, cujus familiae decus
ejecti reges erant, ejusdem interfecti forent. (L. 2. 20.)
Non dictatorem humerus vulneratus, non Fabium prope affixum
equo femur, non brachium abscisum consulem, ex tarn ancipiti
praslio summovit. (L. 4. 28.)
Prusiam suspectum Romanis et receptus post fugam Antiochi Han-
nibal et bellum adversus Eumenem motum faciebat. (L. 39.51.)
Consulatui Ciceronis non mediocre adjecit decus natus eo anno
divus Augustus. (Veil. 2. 36.)
Ipsi viderant diem ilium, cum occis.us dictator Czesar, aliis pessimum,
aliis pulcherrimum facinus videretur. (Tac. A. 1. 8-.)
Hsec proprie attingunt eos ipsos qui arguuntur, ut telum, ut vesti-
gium, ut cruor, ut deprehensum aliquid quod ablatum erep-
tumve videatur, ut responsum inconstanter, ut haesitatum, ut
titubatum, ut cum aliquo visus ex quo suspitio oriatur.
(C. Part. Or. 33.)
Duri magno sed amore dolores polluto, notumque, furens quid
femina possit, triste per augurium Teucrorum pectora ducunt.
(Verg. A. 5. 6.)
Arte belli aequasset superiores reges, ni degeneratum in aliis huic
quoque decori offecisset. (L. 1. 53.)
Diu non perlitatum tenuerat dictatorem. (L. 7. 8.)
Equidem, sicubi loco cessum, si terga data hosti, si signa foede amissa
obici nobis possent, tamen, &c. (lb. 13.)
Tentatum domi per dictatorem, ut ambo patricii consules crearentur,
rem ad interregnum perduxit. (lb. 21.)
O&.XF.] Verb Inflexions. Inflexions of Voice. 171
CHAPTER XV.
USE OF VERB INFLEXIONS. INFLEXIONS OF VOICE.
Verbs with active inflexions are of two classes, transitive 1412
and intransitive. Some verbs belong to both.
Transitive verbs express an action conceived in connection 14x3
with an object upon which it is exercised : e. g. amo. i" lave; moneo,
I" warn; audio, / hear; edd. I eat; pello, 1 push; rego, I guide;
toiero. I bear; nro, I burn; laedo, I wvund.
But it is not necessary that the object should be actually ex-
pressed : e. g. edo. I eat. does not cease to be a transitive verb
because no food is specified.
Some verbs being specially applicable to, or frequently used with,
a particular object are not unffequently found in this special sense
without the object being expressed (cf. § ia6j) : e.g.
appellere (Hor. 5. 1. 5. iz). sc. navem. put in to shore: contur-
bare (C. Att. 4. 7). sc. ration es. became bankrupt; facere. sc. 3acra.
sacrifice; facere mecnm (C. Gecau fin.), sc. rem, make with me, an
my side; habere (PL 2/Ien. 69), sc. drnnnm , dwell (hence liaMtare);
mbibere (C Att. 13. 21). sc. navem, back water; mittere (C. Att.
13. 11). sc. Tm-niri-n-m send a message; obire, sc. mortem, die; ten-
dere (Cis. G. 6. 37), sc. pelles. pitch tents.
Intransitive (or neuter) verbs express a state of being, or an 141+
action not conceived in connection with any object, as thereby
affected : e. g. cuxro, I run ; norreo. 2" skiver; gaudeo. I rejoice ;
prsesum, I am at the bead; ardeo, / am. an fire; noceo. I ant hurtful.
Such a state or action may affect other persons or things
indirectly, and this indirect object may be expressed in an oblique
case, just as a similarly indirect object may be expressed with a
transitive verb.
i 7 2 Passive Inflexions. General and special use. [Book IV.
in § 734>
I„ verbs which have also an active voice p»e WW— are **
of the action, without specifying the agent.
If the object of the action be a person or thing, i.e if the verb
be tractive the passive may be used in bothn^bw and aU three
wmmmmm
art wounded, <Ufc.
If the verb be intransitive, and therefore express merely the
Beside the nfflre usual case, in which the subject * acted on by.,.,.7
an action experienced without any specified external agency, e.g.,..
(s) adduce, (Ov-M 3.^3) ^^^SS^
gird myself; commendor (C Fm. 3. . 5), ** my /J df away; dedor
„,,«//; Merer (C. y*M. fj'f"' "W." s la „ ) rl/ . prao ipltor,
„,„//,• "^.^/•'vifv.r Sd compounds), rill m,„lf; and
XS. To I-uSf i. H S. Wler, rador, .MveMr, aw...
pumlcor, ornor, expolior, plngor.
Chap.XV.'] Passive In flexioxs in Deponm t verbs. 173
(2) Corresponding in English to verbs used intransitively : alar.
feed; drcamagor, move round; congregor, Af/v/ zuith. congregamur.
sue collect; contineor (Caes. G. 7. 80), i^<3»; contrahor, contract;
eomxmpor, spoil: dalector, delight; exstingaor (of a light), go out;
findor. split; fonder, four; diffundor. spread; lavor. batbe; mergor.
plunge; moveor. move; mutor, change; ornor (PL JfiL 251), dress;
pascor. yew/; rumpor, burst; tondeor (L. 27. 34), shave; devortor,
turn aside to lodge; and many others, where it is difficult to say
that there is any precise notion of action either by oneself or by
others.
Sometimes also (3) the action is one which the subject gets done
or lets be done to him: e.g. cogor. I find myself compelled; non defa-
tigabor (C Or. 3. 36), I will not permit myself to be tired out, 4?c.
The simple import of the passive inflexions is the same in all
these cases, viz. that the subject is also the object of the action.
Deponents have passive inflexions, but the meaning and con- 1+1S
struction of verbs with active inflexions. Some deponents are
transitive, e.g. fateor, J confess; some intransitive, e. g. epulor,
I banquet.
In a few verbs this deponent use of the passive inflexions coexists
with a properly passive one. The past participle is not unfrequently
subject to vacillation. (See Book II. chap, xxix.)
The precise import of the passive inflexions in the case of each
deponent is not easy to tell, because we do not know the precise
conception attached originally to the verbal stem. The ordinary
meaning which we attach to the verb in its deponent form is that
original meaning as modified by the effect of the passive inflexions.
The following appear to be some of the shades of meaning which 1419
suggested the use of the passive (originally reflexive) inflexions.
I. Action upon oneself, e.g. fongor, I free myself; profidscer,
J set myself f onward (i.e. travel); potior, / make myself master;
apiscor, I fasten to myself; amplector, I fold myself round (i.e. em-
brace) ; nltor, I make myself kneel (§ 129).
a. Action within oneself, e.g. morior. I die: patiar, I suffer;
irascor, I get angry ; rear, / think ; spatior. I walk about.
174 Passive Verbs. Construction. [Book IV.
3. Action for oneself: e.g. obliviscor, J blot out for myself;
mereor, I earn for myself (mereo, simply I earn); epulor, I make a
feast for myself; piscor, I pro-vide myself with fish. Sometior, partior,
sortior, all convey the idea of the subject's share in the result.
4. Becoming (e.g. playing a part): e.g. blandior, I play the
coaxer; furor, I play the thief hence steal; domiuor, J act the lord;
interpreter, / act interpreter.
5. Engagement in a mutual action. The effect is seen chiefly
in plural number; e.g. osculamur, qve kiss ; praelior, I wage war;
comitor, J accompany (or make myself an attendant]); rixor,
/ wrangle.
In the construction of passive verbs several points require 1420
notice.
I. If a transitive verb be changed from the active to the passive
voice, the following additional changes are required, if the sentence is
to express the same fact, as it did.
(a) The object of the active verb becomes subject to the pas-
sive verb.
(b) A secondary predicate of the object changes from the
accusative to the nominative.
(c) The agent (subject of the active verb) is put in the abla-
tive with the prep. ab. (See §§ 1146, 114 7.)
Ilaedit (wounds Marcus.
Druso adjutorem dedit I gave Marcus to Drusus
t v i u
Lucius J as a helper.
consulem esse dicit [says Marcus is consul.
Marcus a Lucio
'laeditur ris being wounded by
1 Lucius.
Druso adjutor datus est I was given to Drusus as
Marcus
consul esse dicitur
a helper,
is being said by Luciui
„ to be consul.
Chap.XV.~\ Passive Verbs. Construction. 175
2. Verbs, properly intransitive, sometimes, by a stretch of the M^'
conception, receive passive inflexions, as if they ivere transitive
{cf § 1123).
Citharcedus ridetur, chorda qui semper oberrat eadem.
(Hon A. P. 356.)
Neque enim hie, ut gentibus quae regnantur, certa dominorum
domus et ceteri servi. (Tac. G. 13.)
At certe credemur ait, si verba sequetur exitus. (Ov. F. 3. 351.)
Animus auditoris persuasus esse videtur. (Corn. I. 6).
Tota mihi dormitur hiems. (Mart. 13. 59.)
3. An intransitive verb is not used in the passive except imper- 1422
sonally, and no further change is required, except usually the omission
of the agent. {If expressed, it ivill be usually in the ablative ivitb ab
as above.)
{An indirect object to an intransitive {passive) verb in Latin
ivill sometimes appear in English translation as the subject of a trans-
itive {passive) verb).
Persuasumst homini ; factumst; ventumst; vincimur; duxit.
(Ter. Ph. 135.)
Ne illam ecastor raenerato mi abstulisti. Sic datur. Pe. Sic datur.
Properato absente me comesse prandium. (PI. Men. 626.)
Itur ad te, Pseudole. Si. Salve. Quidagitur? Ps. Statur hie ad
hunc modum. (PI. Ps. 457.)
Sed jam, si placet, de provinciis decedatur, in urbemque redeatur.
(C. Leg. 3. 8.)
In videtur commodis hominum ipsorum, studiis autem eorum ceteris
commodandi favetur. (C. Or. 2. 51.)
Sed tamen satis fiet a nobis, neque parcetur labori. (C. Att. 2. 14.)
Ait nullam umquam gentem promptiorem venise dandae fuisse;
quoties rebellioni etiam majorum suorum ignotum !
(L. 25. 16, § 12.)
Vult sibi quisque credi. (L. 22. 22.)
Quid ergo? ista condicio est testium, ut, quibus creditum non sit
negantibus, isdem credatur aientibus? (C. Rab. P. 12.)
Tandem quum iras resedissent, ordine consuli coepit. (L. 2. 29.)
Nunc vero nactus occasionem, postea quam navigari coeptum est,
cupidissime et quam creberrime potero scribam ad te.
(Pollio ap. C. Fam. 10. 31.)
176 Passive Verbs. Construction. [Book IV.
Conclamatum ' ad arma,' concursumque in muros atque portas est.
(L. 6. 28.)
A Gotta primisque ordinibus acriter resistebatur. (Caes. G. 5. 30.)
Mihi quidem persuaderi numquam potuit animos emori.
(C. Sen. 22.)
Dixit totam plebem aere alieno demersam esse, ncc sisti posse, ni
omnibus consulatur. (L. 2. 29.)
In earn spem erecta civitas erat, in Africa eo anno bellatum hi,
finemque bello Punico adesse. (L. 29. 14.)
4. A neuter pronoun in the singular number (which is in the 14*3
accusative as denoting the extent of an action after an active verb)
is found with the passive construction.
(It may be considered as an accusative still, or perhaps as a nomi-
native qualifying the impersonal subject.)
„ . . (Marcus lseditur, Marcus receives this wound from Lucius.
UC1 °( Marco nocetur, This hurt is being done Marcus by Lucius.
Mihi quidem ipsi nihil ab istis jam noceri potest. (C. Cat. 3. 12.)
Hoc solum pugnatur. (C. Rose. Am. 3.)
So the cognate accusative is occasionally found converted into the 1424
subject of an (intransitive) verb in the passive.
Hac pugna pugnata Romam profectus est. (Nep. 23. 5.)
Tertia jam vivitur aetas. (Ov. Met. 12. 188.)
QbjIlXFZ]] Vekbml Tsmxsan^tf&irMKamiffimaiar. 177
CHAPTER XYL
USE OF VERBAL INFLEXION OF PERSOX AND
NUMBER.
L Snbjcct amd predicate conntalaied nm the xerfe. 14^5
Hemee T zz&gjurraar am Ern^Bsh aim asDanphattse gtnnawm is szgfjkaszt tfo
demote the sa&rxc£ <wfc&aa£ rish <ef mxstaOe. tube Jfmste taarA am Lattim
"VTftJFTT W "r£JS^Tmti jfrnr tirmr *n.iritn^f c Shss E$ S9 with the HOBtA
1. am the first tnr seeami parson- n^
thus UiUDUUt CIMUUDMIIS. ireffcrr t® the peirsam (bt~ iterrsnms spexhnmw-
« min 11 ih^ immriiiif is^ euiilUIC, cffinfls, tn the jtinrsm rur persons sfpa&em tiOL
Bat the prmoams man Be aeMedJar the sake <sf emphasis air nam-
: ~ J_ I .
_^i_. t'Z' . '.' l-_ _ " : -'â– I"' ' 11 _ ':.' _: _ " .'i_ r !-.
DaBHannns est: thsct£ laic He: Toace tm miuuuuc -"'»—""»"» (Gcnm. 4- j 'â–
> -fri: :-_-:"_! !~..i_.i. ~<:'ri: ?e~-.i:-?. -eri::.5 " :*. I _ : .;. j. â– .
Z-'C. r'rT'Tl; v \\ I': '-' Ti-~ ~ •;.": IT TTTil - ;". _.; r'." '. _ ! i-:T""_i ". :C ; _ 5 H . L
."'_: - .•.."" I?; t.u~ ;.~ sonaie ion voifas Con. 4. _-;..
S. zw the thiirii parsmCy. ssJkem at as the soome ms the sn&fietdl of : :
East prsceahtg vstrb off the same mwm&eir ami parson, ami zzshitdk as suited
to, the sense. ^Whry JtmpemtJ)
\01nt Veinres ra zseid CshUbwe; conosnuesat tenffipQainni; TCrsst 3t
<puuni \ti 1 qmmd 2g3£- ^C Femr. 1. 51-]}
3. s omuti/n es (m) or £&f third parson pharoiIL <axhtm the sa&nezt is zx^£
L-'r'.^T — —-,-—-; _ ' _J ;.! 5^! j'" " ^1* ! '^^ "-' — - i- z ~~'- — -
S. nut juuiiDut D'.EiaQv <q[Hiiiiwt][imgiiiiiiffj ssamt fil&z, tot dotes unuBgiranni
L:. ~ ^ fil_ __1-1.1~. '■tr..:l.L" ".. .*. I ~ '. .Z'.tT'lS~ ~ I Ul ~ :;: : :':". " : — '_
12
1 78 Verbal Inflexions of Person and Number. [Book IV.
Hujus atrocitas facinoris novam velut flammam regis invidiae adje-
cit, ut vulgo ipsum liberosque exsecrarentur. (L. 40. 5.)
Conjugibus liberisque et senioribus super sexaginta annos in propin-
quam Epirum missis, ab quindecim ad sexaginta annos conju-
rant, nisi victores se non redituros. (L. 26. 25.)
Adice, quod genus ultionis est eripere ei, qui fecit, factae contu-
meliae voluptatem. Solent dicere, 'o miserum me: puto, non
intellexit.' (Sen. Dial. 2. 17.)
Hence ive find sentences in which partim, 'partly, -1 appears to per- 1429
form the functions of a subject, as if it were pars or alii. (Comp.
vulgo above.}
Partim e nobis ita timidi sunt, ut omnem populi Romani beneficio-
rum memoriam abjecerint, partim ita a republica aversi ut se
hosti favere prae se ferant. (C. Phil. 8. 11.)
More correctly Amici partim deseruerunt me, partim etiam prodi-
derunt. (C. Q. F. 1. 3. j.)
(J?) in the third person singular, when an indefinite subject 1430
has been implied in a preceding clause.
Neque mihi praestabilius quicquam videtur, quam posse dicendo
voluntates impellere quo velit, unde autem velit, deducere.
(G. Or. 1. 8.)
Idem, si puer parvus occidit, aequo animo ferendum putant, si vero
in cunis, ne querendum quidem. Atqui ab hoc acerbius exegit
natura quod dederat. Nondum gustaverat, in quit, vitae
suavitatem. (C. T. D. 1. 39.)
Negabat ullam vocem inimiciorem amicitiae potuisse reperiri quam
ejus, qui dixisset ita amare oportere, ut si aliquando esset
osurus. (C. Litl. 16.)
4. in certain verbs in the ^rd person singular; tvhere the fact of 1431
the action, state, or feeling is the prominent point and the doer is left
indefinite. Such verbs are called impersonals, and may be classified
us follows :
(a) The verbs miseret, piget, pudet, paenitet, taedet.
Ipsius facti pudet. (Ter. Haut. 576.) Miseret mc aliorum.
(Other examples in % 1328. Many other verbs, e.g. decet, oportet,
accidlt, &'c. are called impersonals: but these have always a neuter
pronoun, or infinitive, or sentence for subject.)
(b) Expressions concerning the weather or sky.
Fulminat; tonat; pluit; gclat (Plin. 14, § 39); advcsperascit.
Instat superstitio, si fulserit, si tonuerit, si tactum alicjuid erit de
carlo. (C. Div. 2. 72.)
Chap. XVL~\ Subject not separately expressed. 179
Cum aestate vehementius tonuit quam fulsit, ventos ex ea parte de-
nuntiat, contra si minus tonuit, imbrem. Cum sereno czelo
fulgetras erunt et tonitrua, hiemabit, atrocissime autem, cum ex
omnibus quattuor partibus caeli fulgurabit; cum ab aquilone
tantum, in posterum diem aquam portendet. (Plin. 18, § 354-)
Reate imbri lapidavit. (L. 43. 13.)
Quom caletur, cocleae in occulto latent. (PI. Capt. 78.)
Hoc quidem edepol hau multo post luce lucebit. (PI. Cure. 182.)
Luciscit hoc jam. (Ter. Haut. 410.) For hoc, comp. § 1423.
Nondum legere poteramus ; nam et lumina dimiseramus, nee satis
lucebat. (C. Att. 16. 13 a.)
(c) Intransitive verbs are sometimes so used, generally in the
passive voice (see § 1422).
Dicto paretur. (L. 9. 32.) Cui parci potuit? (L. 21. 14.)
Uter igitur est divitior — cui deest an cui superat? (C. Par. 6. 3.)
Mihi benest et tibi malest: dignissimumst. (PI. Most. 52.)
Lites severe aestimatas: cui placet, obliviscitur: cui dolet, me-
minit. (C. Mur. 20.)
5. If tzvo relative clauses refer to the same antecedent but
require the relatives to be in different cases, the relative is sometimes
omitted in the second clause, if it be the subject \ and if no ambiguity is
likely to arise. {Sometimes the demonstrative is used for the second
relative?)
Qui pauperes sunt homines, miseri vivont, praesertim quibus nee
quaestus est nee artem didicere ullam. (PI. Rud. 291.)
Quid ille fecerit (rogo), quern neque pudet quicquam, nee metuit
quemquam. (Ter. Ad. 84.)
Sunt quibus ne hacc quidem certamina exponere satis fuerit, adje-
cerint et Appii criminationes de Fabio absente ad populum et
pertinaciam adversus prxsentem consulem praetoris. (L. 9. 26.)
See also Sail. J. ici in § 1437.
6. Sometimes the subject is to be supplied from an oblique case in
a subsequent relative clause. Not uncommon in Lucretius.
Ita capta lepore te sequitur cupide, quo quamque inducere pergis.
(Lucr. I. 15, where see Munro, ed. 3.)
1 Sometimes also if it be the object, and the preceding relative is
in some case other than the masc. or fern, nominative, e. g. ' quae non
inerunt et quaeres.' (Varr. R. R. 1. 7.) ' Quod magis ad nos pertinet et
nescire malumst, agitamus.' (Hor. S. 1. 6. 72.) See Madvig on Cic.
Fin. 5, § 26.
t8o Verbal Inflexions of Person and Number. [Book IV.
ii. Subject expressed by a separate word or words.
As the finite verb always contains its own subject in its personal '433
inflexions, the separate ivord, usually called its subject, is, strictly
speaking, in apposition to these inflexions for the purpose of closer
definition.
1. When the subject is expressed by a separate qvord, the finite
verb is in the same number and person as its subject.
Quid enim ego laboravi, aut in quo evigilarunt euros et cogitationes
meae? (C. Par. 2.)
Te serumnae premunt omnes, qui te florentem putas; te lubidines
torquent; tu dies noctesque cruciaris, cui non sat est, quod
est. (lb.)
Sunt hie etiam sua praemia laudi : sunt lacrimss rerum et mentem
mortalia tangunt. (Verg. A. 1. 461.)
Eum tu hominem terreto, si quern eris nanctus. (C. Par. 2.)
Nos igitur divitiores, qui plura habemus? (C. Par. 6. 3.)
Omnes enim patres familiae falce et aratro relictis intra murum
correpsimus. (Col. 1. prasf. § 15.)
Exceptions : 1434
(a) If the subject be a substantive in the singular number, but
denotes more than one person, the verb is sometimes in the plural.
(Rare in Caesar and Sallust, hardly at all in Cicero J)
Juventus delecta, ubi plurimum periculi ac timoris ostendebatur, ibi
vi majore obsistebant. (L. 21. 7.)
Cetera classis, pnrtoria nave amissa, quantum quxque remis valuit,
fugerunt. (L. 25. 26.)
Diffugiunt alii ad naves; pars scandunt rursus equum.
(Verg. A. 2. 400.)
Uterquc eorum ex castris stativis a flumine Apso exercitum educunt.
(Ca:s. C. 3. 30.)
Aperite aliquis actutum ostium. (Ter. Ad. 634.)
Multitudo pars procurrit in vias, pars in vestibulis stat, pars ex tectis
fencstrisque prospectant et quid rei sit rogitant. (L. 24. 21.)
So in loose language, Utcr eratis, tun' an ille, major ?
(PI. Men. 1 1 19.)
Chop. XVI.} Subject separately expressed. 1S1
(A) The verb, if it closely JbUvso a secondary predicate, som e time s ms
conforms to aim number. (This is rare, except nvbere it is indifferent
vabicb substantive be considered the subject.')
Amantmm ine amoris i nt egra l io st. (Ter. Andr. 555.)
Content 11m rebos sab esse marnnap sunt certissimarqoe dhitise.
(C. Par. 6. 3.)
Quas geriris vestes sordida lana fiiit. (Ov. A. A. 3. 222.)
2. When the subject is composed of teeo or more substantives, ms6
denoting different persons or things, but regarded as in connection
<sdth each other, the verb is put in the plural: in the first person plural,
if the subjtct contain the first person; and in the second person plural,
if the subject contain the second person and not the first.
Paulas et MarceHus private consDio practereontar. (Czs. C. 1. 6.)
Si ta et TuEia. lux nostra, valetis, ego et suarissimus Cicero vak-
mus. (C. Fam. 14. 5.)
Errastis, RuDe, vehementer et to et uoonuDi coflegz tui, qui
sperastis vos popolares erisdmari. (C. Agr. 1. ;.)
Primus Tarentinus dicitur sinus, in eoque sunt Tarentus, Meta-
;. -.:..-." H-:.:'.ri. C:^:j. Thnrimn: secundus Scyflaceus.. in
quo est Petelia, Cardnus, ScyHaceum, Mystic. (Mela 2, § 68.)
Ego et vos srimus inurbanum lepido seponere dicto.
(Har.A.P.i 72 .)
Occasionally the plural is found zi-hen a singular substantive has M37
another joined to it bj the preposition emu; rarefy svben the swtrrim
is by a disjunctive.
Bocchus cum peditibus. quos Volux fifius ejus adduxerat, neque in
piiore pugna, in itinere morati. adfuerant, postremam Roma-
norum adem invadunt. (Sail. J. 101.)
Ipse dux cum aliquot prindpibus capiuntur. (L. 21. 6c.)
Hzc neque ego neque tu fecimus. (Ter. Ad. 103.)
If the tzvo or msre substantives composing the subject really form MjS
but one notion, the verb is frequently put in thi singular.
Senates populusque Romanus inteOegit. (C. Fam. 5. 8.)
Refigk) et fides anteponatur amkitiz. (C. Off. 3. ic.)
Cum tempos necesatasque postulat, decertandum manu est
(lb- 1. 23.)
Hora momentumque temporis evertendis imperiis sumcit.
(Sen. Ep. 91, § 6.)
i<?2 Verbal Inflexions of 'Person and Number. [Book IV.
hi. Omission of the verbal predicate.
i. When tivo or more subjects require the same predicate, but 1439
joint action &*c. is not to be expressed, the predicate is usually expressed
only once {unless emphasis be sought}, and is put in the number and
person required by tlx subject nearest to it in the sentence.
Hoc mihi et Peripatetici et vetus Academia concedit. (C. Ac. %. 25-)
In hominibus juvandis aut mores spectari aut fortuna solet.
(G. Of 2. 20.)
Dux nobis et auctor opus est. (G. Fam. 2. 6.)
Vir bonus et sapiens dici delector ego ac tu. (Hor. Ep. 1. 16. 32.)
Dionysium abs te et ego et Gicero meus fiagitabit. (C. Att. 4. 17.)
Et tu et omnes homines sciunt. (C. Fam. 13. 8.)
Tenet ima lacunas lenta salix ulvasque leves juncique palustres.
(Ov. M. 8. 335.)
In qua sententia Democritus, Heraclitus, Empedocles, Aristoteles
fuit. (G. Fat. 17.)
Legiones ipse dictator, magister equitum suos equites ducit.
(L. 3. 27.)
Qnctsturam nos, consulatum Cotta, asdilitatem petebat Hortensius.
(C. Brut. 92.)
Nunc mihi nihil libri, nihil littcroe, nihil doctrina prodest.
(G. Att. 9. 10.)
Me non tantum littcroe, quantum longinquitas temporis mitigavit.
(C. Fam. 6. 4.)
Quis ilium consulem, nisi latrones putant? (C. Phil. 4. 4.)
Hoc si minus verbis, re cogitur confiteri. (G. Fat. 10.)
Nee, si nullius alterius nos, ne civium quidem horum pudet?
(L. 22. 14.)
Sed ei cariora semper omnia, quam decus atque pudicitia fuit.
(Sail. C. 25.)
But Dixit juratus P. Titius tutor pupilli Junii ; dixit M. Junius
tutor et patruus : Mustius dixisset si viveret : dixit L. Domitius.
(G. Verr. 1. 53.)
1. When a plural subject is distributed by an apposition q/"'44°
alius, quisque, pars, <b'c, either the general plural predicate is
omitted, or more usually the special singular predicate.
Ambo excrcitus, Vejens Tarquiniensisque, suas quisque abeunt
domos. (L. 2. 7.)
Quisque suos patimur manis. (Verg. A. 6. 743.)
Chap. XVI.] Verb omiiicd. 183
Decemviri perturbati, alius in aliam partem castrorum, discurrunt.
(L ; 3- jo.)
Inertia et mollitia animi, alius alium expectantes, cunctamini.
(Sail. C. S 2, § 28.)
Pictores et poetae, suum quisque opus a vulgo considerari vult.
(C. Off. 1. 41.)
Pal^tium Romulus, Remus Aventinum ad inaugurandum templa
capiunt. (L. 1. 6.)
His oratoribus duse res maximae, altera alteri defuit. (C. Brut. 55.)
Consules ejus anni, alter morbo, alter ferro perierat. (L. 41. 18.)
3. The "verb is sometimes omitted ivhen it can he readily supplied '--,
by consideration of the context. So especially dico and facio ; and in
answers, the verb used in the question isfc.
Quid tu, inquit, tarn mane, Tubero? Turn ille. (C. R. P. 1. 9.)
Crassus verbum nullum contra gratiam. (C. Att. 1 18.)
Heus tu, manum de tabula. (C. Fam. 5. 23.) Cicero Attico salutem.
Sed 'bene Messallam' sua quisque ad pocula dicat. (Tib. 2. 1. 31.)
Sapienter haec reliquisti, si consilio ; feliciter, si casu. (C. Fam. 7. 28.)
Restat ut in castra Sexti, aut, si forte, Bruti nos conferamus.
(C. -Att. 14. 13.)
Venter in medio quietus nihil aliud, quam datis voluptatibus fruitur.
(L. 2. 32.)
Galli per biduum nihil aliud, quam steterunt parati. (L. 34. 46.)
Nam quod aiunt, ' minima de malis' id est, ut turpiter potius quam
calami tose. (C. Off. 3. 29.)
Ecquem tu hominem infeliciorem ? (C. Att. 10. 18.)
A me C. Caesar pecuniam? Cur potius, quam ego ab illo?
(C. Phil. 2. 29.)
Ne turn quidem sequeris. Tam bonus gladiator rudem tarn cito ?
(lb.)
Magis ac magis anxia Agrippina, quod nemo a filio. (Tac. A. 14. 8.)
Ibi usque ad necem operiere loris. Sa. Loris liber? (Ter. Ad. 1. 82.)
Obsecro, num ludis tu me? Ml. Ego te? quamobrem? (lb. 697.)
Num igitur peccamus? minime vos quidem. (C. Att. 8. 9.)
Quo mihi fortunam, si non conceditur uti? (Hor. Epist. 1. 5. 12.)
Quid, si hoc muto? (Caecin. ap. C. Fam. 6. 7.)
Quid, quod sic loqui vetant? (C. Or. 47.) Quid multa ?
Sed hoc nihil ad me. (C. Or. 2. 32.) Quorsum haec?
184 Verbal Inflexions of person and Number. [Book IV.
4. A predication is rarely made by two nouns only, or a noun J 442
and attributive (§ 1009), except where the finite verb, if expressed,
would be some tense of the indicative mood of sum. (In good prose,
rarely in relative or dependent interrogative sentences.} In Plautus,
a finite verb is even in this case almost always expressed, except in
a fow phrases.
Sod hasc vetera: illud vero recens T Coesarem meo consilio inter-
fectum. (C. Phil. 2. 11.)
Omnes ergo in culpa. (lb. 12.) Quietum inde iter. (Tac. A. 1. 51.)
Suave, mari magno turbantibus requora ventis, e terra magnum alte-
rius spectare laborem. (Lucr. 2. 1.)
Quid hoc? Bene hercle factum. Num quid aliud ? Itane? (Plaut.)
Mirum ni hie me quasi mursenam exossare cogitat. (PI. Amph. 319.)
Si quidem hercle possis, nil prius neque fortius. (Ter. Eun. 50.)
Potest incidere scepe contentio et comparatio de duobus honestis,
utrum honestius. (C. Off. 1. 43.)
Cadit statim simultas ab altera parte deserta: Nisi paria, non pug-
nant. (Sen. Ir. 2. 34.)
Sequar te, ut, si qua ex hoc invidia, non tantum tua.
(Plin. Ep. 7. 33, § 6.)
This predication without est, &c. (besides its occurrence cohere the M43
est is expressed in an adjoining clause) is common (a) in descriptions
of a scene or the like (comp. § 1359); and (b) with past participle.
(a) Redeunti interea ex ipsa re mi incidit suspitio, ' hem paululum
obsoni: ipsus tristis: de inproviso nuptise: non cohxrent...Ego
me continuo ad Chremem: quom illo advenio, solitudo ante
ostium. (Ter. And. 359 seqq.)
Age nunc iter expediti latronis cum Milonis impedimentis compa-
rate. Semper ille antea cum uxore, turn sine ea: numquam
nisi in racda. turn in equo; comites Graeculi, c[uocunque ibat,
turn nugarum in comitatu nihil. (C. Alii. 21.)
Ante diem tertium Idus Novembris, cum sacra via descenderem,
insecutus est me cum suis: clamor, lapides, fustes, gladii, hasc
improvisa omnia. (C. Att. 4. 3, § 3; cf. seqq.)
Videamus nunc de beato: sine virtule certe nullo modo: virtus
autem actuosa; et deus vester nihil agens, cxjxts virtutis igitur;
ita ne beatus quidem. Quae ergo vita? (C. N. D. 1. 40.)
Mare sievom, inportuosum, agcr frugum fertilis, bonus pecori, ar-
bori infecundus; cajlo tenaque penuria acjuarum. (Sail. J. 17.)
Chap. X VI.] Indicative Mood. Use of Tenses. 185
(b) Interea cum meis omnibus copiis vexavi Amaniensis, hostis
sempiternos: multi "occisi. capti; reliqui dissipati; castella mu-
nita inproviso adventu capta et incensa. (C. Fatn. 2. 10.)
Et Eumeni absenti et praesenti Attalo gratia: actae, et aedes libera;
locus lautia decreta. et munera data. (L. 55. 23.)
Rarefy as Anna, quibus lastatus, habe tua. (Verg. A. 10. 827.)
Similarly the infinitive esse is usually omitted zvitb the future par- 1444
ticiple, and frequently <witb tbe past participle, esp. after volo, oportet,
&c.) : sometimes in other cases. Occasionally fuisse is omitted.
Respondit se id neminem fecturum putasse. (C. Rose. A. 25.)
(Dixit") neminem se plebeium contempturum, ubi contemni desis-
sent (L. 4- 35-)
Senatus censuit frequens coloniam Lavicos deducendam. (L.4.47.)
Quid dubitatis? jam sublimem raptum oportuit. (PL Men. 995.)
Quid refert utrum voluerim fieri an gaudeam factum?
(C. Pbd. 2. 12.)
Prxfatus est sibi defectionis ab Romanis consilium placiturum nullo
modo (sc. fuisse), nisi necessarium fuisseL (L. 23. 2.)
CHAPTER XVII.
Of the INDICATIVE and IMPERATIVE MOODS and
THEIR TENSES.
(A) Tenses of Indicative Mood. 1+4;
The Indicative mood is the primary and ordinary form of the
finite verb, and is therefore used wherever there is no special reason
for employing the imperative or subjunctive. Not only facts but
suppositions and commands can be put in the indicative mood,
but only when the writer or speaker relies on the tenor of the con-
text, or turn of the rhetoric, to guard against misapprehension,
and does not care to mark the supposition or command by the
form of the expression.
The tenses of the Latin verb in the indicative mood may be 1446
divided either (i) according to the time to which they relate, or (ii)
according to the completeness or incompleteness of the action
spoken of.
1 86 Indicative Mood. Use of Tenses. [Book IV.
i. Time to which the tenses relate.
According to the time to which they relate, the tenses are either 1447
primary or secondary.
The primary tenses denote time contemporaneous with, ante-
cedent, or subsequent to the time at which we are speaking, or to
some time at which we feign ourselves to be present and watching
events.
The secondary tenses denote time contemporaneous with, ante-
cedent, or subsequent to some other time of which we are speaking,
and which we affirm to be past.
Contemporary.
Subsequent.
Subsequent to
present time but
antecedent to
some future event.
Antecedent.
Active Voice.
PRIMARY.
Present ; dico,
/ am saying.
P'uture ; dicam,
J shall {you, he
iv ill) say.
Completed Future ;
dixero, J shall
(you, he will)
have said.
Perfect; dixi,
/ have said.
1448
SECONDARY.
Imperfect ; dicebam, 1
was saying.
Aorist; dixi, I said (i.e.
after something had
happened 1 ).
Pluperfect ; dixeram, /
had said.
Passive Voice.
PRIMARY.
SECONDARY.
„ „ (amor, J am T e { amabar, / was
Contemporary. Prcs. \ , . ' , , lmpr. ' , , ,
1 ; I being loved. ' ( being loved.
Subsequent.
(amabor, I shall
1- 4. \ / / ii\ a .. \ amatus sum, /
Fut. 1 (you, he will) A or. '
( be loved.
was loved.
Subsequent to Completed Future ;
present time but amatus ero (or fuero),
antecedent to 1 shall (you, he will)
some future event. have been loved.
( amatus sum, I r amatus eram
Antecedent. Perf. \ am (or have Plup.-I (or fueram), /
been) loved. ( had been loved.
1 This arrangement is suggested by Burnouf (quoted by Donaldson,
A\-a> Cnxt. § 372).
Chaf.XVlQ Indicative Mood. Use of Touts. 187
5. Completeness or incompleteness of the actios.
The present, future, and iinp g fect tenses express incomplete
action, and hence are sometimes called respectively present im-
perfect, future imperfect, past imperfect.
e.g. laedo. ladnr. / am =sx&ndbtg y am hnng fczasathlz TarWIxm,
ladar, I shall wood, shall be =sxanOed; lydfham, laed eh a r , I vsas
-.. ;_-;„'. -~. ^. oi bang wounded.
The perfect, completed future, and pluperfect express com-
pleted action, and hence are sometimes called respectively ptcseiA
perfect, future perfect, past perfect.
eg. lasi, lasns sum. I have vxmnded. have been <%somnded; 1*-
sero, laesus ero. 1 shall have =samnded, shall have been vooundcdy
'^^~— ' = "-- -— — 1 -J.-.J. -, : ■:.;.-_■'. .sj. .'.-.-•: -_:.....
T.-.t ;\i i-.- :: rr.rir.ir.r. v. '-;;'-. -_hr ;-.; . :r.y..-::- . r : . ::::'.• ~zr .=..-■: .-
imply. varies somewhat with the meaning of the verb itself (as
denoting an act, or as denoting a state), and is more ckzriy seen in
some tenses or uses than in others. A periphrasis is often the only
mode of expressing in English the meaning implied, but. it must be
remembered, such a per iphr a si s often errs on the other side by
giving too hard and precsse an expression.
Especially noticeable is the correspondence of a single tense, M ^
the perfect, in Latin to two tenses (aorist and perfect) in Greek,
and two so-called tenses in English: eg. feci expresses / made,
nwfra. and I have made, vesoaimaz facta s S33. I szas made,
tsnvrjthjw. and I have beat made, vescouiuat. In the active Toice the
Latin form primarily denotes the past act, I made, and secondarily
the result cf that act. I have made. In the passive voice it denotes
primarily the resulting state. I am a mads per soil, and secondarily
the act which produced it, I <a-as made or / became.
In the passive voice, since all the tenses in English, but only the 1453
completed tenses in Latin, are compounded of a past participle and
the verb cf bang, there is a want of exact correspondence betwe e n
'- i ;-.v; .__„- .-£.
Thus unites 57^: :; : I .-.—.'.:■-.: ::.£■_ ::::'-.■? ;:..i:f : : I
have been laved (perfect of the state): (;) / «coi laved (aorist of the
act). Amor is 1 am laved, Le 1 am bang laved ( p r es e nt of the act).
Araafart era, I shall be laved (future of the state). »™t" faero.
I shall have been lovtd (completed future .}. But both
are used without much or any distinction far futures of the state,
or completed futures of the act. Amahnr, 1 stall be laved, is the
(1) I <s:as (at the time) lyved. Le. a laved person
(a contemporary state in past time) ; (:) 1 had been loved (an
1 88 Indicative Mood. Use of Tenses. [Book IV.
antecedent act in past time). Amabar, J was loved, i.e. I was being
loved (a contemporary act in past time).
Amatus fui, I was (at one time, or for some time) loved; i.e. a
loved person (aorist of the state). It is not used of the perfect of the
state (I have been loved, amatus sum), nor of a contemporaneous
state in past time (amatus eram) *.
Amatus fueram, (i) / had been loved, i.e. at one time, or for some
time, (an antecedent state in past time) ; (2) / had been loved (an
antecedent act in past time), synonymous with amatus eram.
The principal contrasts which may be implied by the use of a 1454
tense of incomplete action rather than of complete action, or vice
versa, are as follows :
1. Continuance of an action contrasted with its conclusion :
e.g. Troja est, Troy still exists ; Troja fuit, Troy is no more; dico, I
am speaking, dixi, / have done my speech ; pereo, 1 am going to ruin,
perii, it is all over with me ; habeo, / have , habui, I had once.
a. Continuance of an action contrasted with a single act. So
especially the imperfect compared with the perfect (i.e. aorist);
e.g. videbam, J was looking at, vidi, / caught sight of; putabam,
J was of opinion, putavi, I formed the opinion, or, the thought once
occurred to me, non putaram, it had never occurred to me ; sciebam,
/ knew, scivl, / learnt; discebam, i" used to learn, didici, J (once)
learnt ; si volet, if he shall be willing, si voluerit, if he shall choose ;
poteram, J had it in my power, potui, I proved able, succeeded in
doing it.
3. Purpose or attempt contrasted with actual performance, or
the actual fact : e. g. servabam, I tried to save, servavi, i" actually
saved, servaveram, I had actually saved; capiam, I shall proceed to
take, cepero, / shall succeed in taking ; illucescit, the day is breaking,
illuxit, it is day ; dormiebat, he tried to sleep, dormivit, he fell asleep;
dabat, he offered, dedit, he gave.
4. The action itself contrasted with the resulting condition :
e. g. venio, J am on my road, veni, / am here ; deflciebant, they were
deserting, defecerant, they were deserters ; nosco, / am getting know-
ledge of novi, / know ; vincam, / shall win, vicero, / shall be the
(winner; peribo, J shall die; periero, J shall be dead; occalesco, /
%row callous; occalul, I have become callous; reminiscor, J call to
mind, memini, J remember, bear in mind.
1 In Plautus it appears to be occasionally used of the aorist of the
act; e.g. 'Achillem orabo, ut aurum mihi det, Hector qui expensus fuit'
{Merc. 488). Cf. ib. 481; Most. 694; Aul. 454; Atup/i. 186; 457.
Chap.XVlQ Indicative Mood. Present Tense. 189
The principal usages of the tenses of the indicative mood are as
follows. More examples will be given in the chapters which treat
of the moods.
Present.
The present time is strictly the transitory moment between 1455
past and future. Hence the senses numbered below (1) and (2).
As actions are often spread over a longer period, the present is
used (3) of actions not wholly past, and (4) of actions not wholly
future, the former ending, so far as the account is given, with
the present, the latter commencing with the present. Lastly (5)
the present is used of what holds good now, although it may hold
good also of the past and future.
Thus the Present tense e xp re ss e s
1. An action at the time of speaking. 145S
Hk ego Servium exspecto. (C. Att. 10. 10.)
Mitto cetera intolerabiha: etenim fletu impedior. (C. Att. 3. ic)
Nunc quum vos intueor, Romanes esse video. (L. 34. 31.)
Beflum tarn i ntegrum habemus, quam babuimus qua die Hannibal
in Itaiiam est transgressus. (L. 23. 13.)
2. Am action in fast time, bat rbetaricaUj assumed to be present. 1457
This is frequent in vrcid narrations. (Historic present?)
Disputatur in conai5o: pkrique censebant, ut noctn iter facerent:
aKL quod pridie noctn conclamatum esset m Czsaris castris,
argementi sumebant loco, non posse clam exiri. Horum sen-
tentia vinck in conalio. (Czs. C. 1. 67.)
Archagatho negotium dedit, ut ar gen tum ad mare deportaretur.
A scendit in oppidum Archagathus : jubet omnis p ro fei i e quod
haberent. Metus erat snrnmns. (C. Ferr. 4. 23.)
Perfuga*, posrquam murum arietibus feriri vident, aurum atque
argentum domum regiam comportant. (Sail. J. 76.)
(PL Men. 1115.)
Consul faucibus, quas fuga bosthnn aperuerat. in regioaem Epiri
transgressus, eta probe sot cui parti Epirota: favissent, tamen
ex przsenti eos potiusquam ex przterito g-^frrmat habitu.
(L, 32. 14.)
190 Indicative Mood. Present Tense. \B00k IV.
So regularly ivith dum, ' whilst, ,' occasionally with quom, of '1453
actions taking place at the same time as other actions whether in past,
present, or future time.
Dum obsequor adolescentibus, me sen em esse oblitus sum.
(C. Or. 2. 4.)
Ergo, dum nullum fastiditur genus, in quo eniteret virtus, crevit
imperium Romanum. (L. 4. 3.)
Dum ea Romani parant consultantque, jam Saguntum summa vi
oppugnabatur. (L. 21. 2.)
Dum elephanti trajiciuntur, interim Hannibal quingentos equites ad
castra Romana miserat speculatum. (L. 21. 29.)
Dum haec dicit, abiit hora. Rogo, numquid velit. 'Recte,' inquit:
abeo. Quom hue respicio ad virginem, ilia sese interea com-
modum hue advorterat in hanc nostram plateam.
(Ter. Eun. 341. Cf. also 345.)
Jam infici debet puer iis artibus, quas si, dum est tener, combiberit,
ad majora veniet paratior. (C. Fin. 3. 2.)
Cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, ibidem fuerunt. (C. Rose. A. 41.)
Hence the adverbial use of dumtaxat, e.g. i 45 9
Nos animo dum taxat vigemus etiam magis quam quum floreba-
mus ; re familiari comminuti sumus. (G. Att. 4. 3, § 6.)
Quattuor milia peditum et sexcentos equites dumtaxat scribere in
animo est. (L. 10. 25.)
3 . An action extending over some time, including the time of 1460
speaking.
Cupio equidem et jampridem cupio Alexandream visere.
(C. Att. 2. 5.)
Ceterum mihi in dies magis animus accenditur, cum considero, quae
condicio vitse futura sit, nisi nosmet ipsi vindicamus in liber-
tatem. (Sail. C. 20.)
Inter tot veterrimos populos tarn diu bella geritis, quum interea, ne
singulas loquar urbes, non conjuncti cum JEquis Volsci, non
universa Etruria, bello vobis par est. (L. 5. 54.)
Quid ? tibin' umquam quicquam, postquam tuus sum, verborum
dedi? (PI. Most. 925.)
Olim ipse me damno, qui illos imitor, dum accuso,ct verba apertae
rei inpendo. (Sen. lip. 117, § 18.)
Cktp.XVII^ Indicative Mood. Future Tense. 191
4. An actium about to be 1
Quid est? Oasse, imusu e sessnm ? (C. Or. 3. 5.)
Eon'? toco hoc hommrrn? (PL Mast. 774.)
Canufrx dkat: agon: quod fieri sofct rictumis.
(Sen. RheL Camtr. %. ir. 19.)
Tuennm castra et defencfite <£Egenter, si quid dnrius accident : ego
reficuas portas cirenmeo et ea atro r m n pneadia confinao.
(Cats. C 3. 94-)
Xnac ad inceptmn redeo. (SalL J. 4.)
Itaque, ni propece fit quod impero, vincm tos jam jubebo.
(L. 36. 28.)
So especially scitb azteqsam, xsiasqjam, and. seberc waiting
.tpotrm of, ccxt&dnaa.
Ante qnam de acensatioae ipsa dko, de a uusa t mui n spe pawa
dkam. (C. Dehx. 2.)
Sine, pries qnam amplexum accipio, saam ad hosrnn an ad fifinm
venenm. (L. 2. 42.}
Tu hie nos, dnm rrirans, izterea u pper the re. (Ter. Hart 8j j.)
5. An action. ^ it l out reference to any particular tame; (ape- ne ;
ciaBj in stating abstract truths).
Quod semper moretur ar tg u mu est. (C. T. D. 1. 2j.)
Yinnm argrotis. quia prodest raro, nocet sxpisame, me&us est non
adhibere ommno. (C. N. D. j. 27.)
In 3k> Ebco. qui inscribitnr Meooo. pusknem qnendam Socrates
intenogat qnzdam geometrica. (C. T. D. 1. 24.)
Tna res agitur. paries cum prooumns ardet. (Hot. Ep. 1. 18- 84.)
Future.
The Future denotes an action taking place, or (in verbs signify- ufi*
ing a state) a state existing, in future time. The following usages
daun notice:
(a) Subordinate sentences, qualifying a principal future ttuttme
(zebetber such future sentence zzas expressed in indicative or impera-
tive, or s u b ju nc ti ve cf command. «£V.). and referring to the same
time, bane regularly and usually the future. (In EngBsb the present
is generally foundS)
Natuiam si seqnemur dncem. nunqnam ab eiiabun ns. (COffii.it.)
Hoc, dum erimns in terris. erit flu cziesti vita: shnOe.
(C. T. D. 1. 31.J
192 Indicative Mood. Imperfect Tense. [Book IV.
Qui adipisci veram gloriam volet, justitiae fungatur officiis.
(G. Off. 2. i 2 .)
Ea velim, cum poteris, invisas. (C. Att. 4. 10.)
Qui a.er frigidior et macrior erit, ibi oleam Licinianam seri oportet
...Qui locus crassus erit aut nebulosior, ibi Apicium serito.
(Cato R. R. 6.)
Prima quseque, ut absolveris, mittito, immo etiam antequam absol-
vas, sicut erunt, recentia et media et adhuc similia nascentibus.
(Plin. Ep. 8. 4.)
(b) It is used to express a logical consequence; or an event, the '4$!
knowledge or declaration of which, though not the fact itself is future.
Sin autem caderet in sapientem segritudo, caderet etiam iracun-
dia : qua quoniam vacat, a?gritudine etiam vacabit.
(C. T. D. 3. 9.)
Si ista lex ideo lata esset, ut finiret libidinem muliebrem, verendum
foret, ne abrogata incitaret; cur sit autem lata, ipsum indicabit
tempus. Hannibal in Italia erat. (L. 34. 6.)
Hasc erit bono genere nata: nil scit nisi verum loqui.
(PI. Pers. 645.)
Cognatam comperi esse nobis. De. Quid? deliras. Ch. Sic erit:
non temere dico. (Ter. Ph. 801.)
Gloria umbra virtutis est: etiam invitam comitabitur.
(Sen. Ep. 79, § 13.)
(c) As a kind of imperative. '466
De aqua si curae est, si quid Philippus aget, animadvertes.
(G. Att. 5. 13.)
(Other examples in Chap. XXI.)
Imperfect.
The Imperfect tense expresses {see § 1454) 1407
1. A continuous action contemporaneous ivith past action or time
referred to.
Postremam Romanorum aciem invadunt. Turn Marius apud primos
agebat, quod ibi Jugurtha cum plurumis erat. (Sail. J. 101.)
Jam consules erant G. Plautius iterum, L. yf'milius Mamercinus,
quum Setini Romam venerunt. (L. 8. 1.)
Archias erat temporibus illis jucundus Metello illi Numidico, audie-
batur a M. ^Kmilio, vivebat cum Q^Gatulo et patre et filio, a
L. Grasso colebatur. (G. Arch. 3.)
U/UXp.A.VJJ.\ INDICATIVE MOOD. lmpcrJCX lOlSC. 1 93
a. In letters, especially Cicero's, it often denotes an action at the 14SS
time of writing, as being fast when tbe correspondent receives the
letter.
This usage occurs where tbe writer has specially in mind tbe par-
ticular time of bis writing, and is describing tbe feelings and occur-
rences of tbe moment; and so most frequently at tbe beginning or end
of letters. But it is not always adopted where it might be, and is
not uncommonly in close connexion with tbe present tense.
Ante diem viii. Kal. haec ego scribebam hora noctis nona. Milo
campum jam tenebat: Marcellus candidatus ita stertebat, ut
ego vicinus audirem. (G. Att. 4. 3. 15.)
Nihil babebam quod scriberem; Deque enim novi quicquam audie-
ram et ad tuas omnis rescripseram pridie : sed cum me aegritudo
non solum somno privaret, &c. (C. Att. 10. 1.)
Pridie Idus Febr. haec scripsi ante lucem; eo die apud Pomponium
in ejus nuptiis eram cenaturus. (C. Q. F. a. 3, § 7.)
Ipse ut spero diebus octo, quibus has litteras dabam. cum Lepidi
copiis me conjungam. (Plane ap. C Fam. 10. 18.)
Vos quid ageretis in republica. cum has litteras dabam, non sciebam :
audiebam quaedam turbulenta, quae scilicet cupio esse falsa, ut
aliquando otiosa libertate fruamur. (Treb. ap. C. Fam. 13. 16.)
In his eram curis, aim scriberem ad te; quas si deus aliquis in gau-
dium verterit, de metu non querar. (Plin. Ep. 7. 19.)
Ibis usage is sometimes found in messages:
Thais maxumo te orabat opere ut eras redires. (Ter. Eun, 534.)
3. Habitual or repeated action in past time. 1^59
In Graecia musicd floruerunt. discebantque id omnes. (C. l.D.i. 2.)
Commentabar declamitans cotidie. (C. Brut. 90.)
4. An action commenced, or attempted, or proposed in past time. »47»
Risu omnes. qui aderant, emoriri: denique metuebant omnes jam
me. (Ter. Eun. 433.)
Consistit utrumque agmen, et ad proelium sese expediebant.
(L. 31. 46.)
Consules incerti, quod malum repentinum urbem invasisset, sedabant
tumultus. sedando interdum movebant. (L. 3. 15.)
Ut in re trepida, senatu extemplo vocato, P. Cornelius omnes duces
exercitusque ex tota Italia ad urbis presidium revocabat.
(L. a6. 8.)
194 Indicative Mood. Perfect Tense. [Book IV.
So (with postquam, of the state having commenced: i 47
Post quam nihil usquam hostile cernebatur, Galli, viam ingressi, ad
urbem Romam perveniunt. (L. 5. 39.)
Quae ubi Romam sunt relata, primum dictatorem dici placebat;
deinde postquam quietae res ex Volscis afferebantur, et appa-
ruit nescire eos victoria et tempore uti, revocati inde exercitus.
(L. 6. 30.)
Postquam instructi utrinque stabant, in medium duces procedunt.
(L. 1. 23)
Perfect.
The Perfect tense expresses an action done in past time. As 147=
contrasted with the imperfect, it resembles the Greek aorist, and
denotes a single act, not a continued state; a fact, not a description.
As contrasted with the present, it resembles the Greek perfect, and
denotes that the action is then already completed 1 . See § 145 2.
1. Aorist or Historical Perfect. An action which took' 1473
place in past time, either singly or in succession to other actions. So
usually in a continued narrative.
(a) Postremo Catilina in senatum venit. Turn M. Tullius consul
orationem habuit luculentam atque utilem reipublicse, quam
postea scriptam edidit. (Sail. C. 31.)
Veni, vidi, vici. (Caes. ap. Suet. Jul. 37.)
L. Lucullus per multos annos Asiae provinciae praefuit. (C.Ac. 2. 1.)
Per quos dies ad Pellam stativa fuerunt, legationes frequentes, quae
ad gratulandum convenerant, auditas sunt. (L. 44. 46.)
Socrates turn locutus ita est, ut non ad mortem trudi, verum in
caelum videretur escendere. Ita enim censebat, itaque dis-
seruit duas esse vias, &c. (C. T. D. 1. 29.)
Recordamini legum multitudinem, cum earum, quae latae sunt, turn
vero quae promulgatae fuerunt. (C. Sest. 25.) Cf. § 1453.
Literni monumentum monumentoque statua superimposita fuit,
quam tempestate dejectam nuper vidimus ipsi. (L. 38. 56.)
(Z>) So with psene, prope, where in English ive use the pluperfect. 1474
Prope oblitus sum, quod maxime fuit scribendum.
(Cael. ap. C. Fam. 8. 14.)
Brutum non minus amo quam tu, paene dixi, quam te.
(C. Alt. 5. 20, § 6.)
1 In the division of the Latin perfect the clue given by the English
translation has been chiefly followed ; e.g. Bcripsl, / wrote (aor.), /
have written (perf.). But the Latin form is really but one tense, de-
noting/*^/ time. Compare perli with babul in § 1454, and the tense
of dependent subjunctives in § J 4 76.
Ckaf-XVIL] Ixdicatiye Mood. Perfect Tense 195
(c) frequent n this save in temporal sentences, >antb postqpaiB, ncs
â– a. tfk. (In English the pluperfect is frequent.)
Fast qaam Co. Pompons ad beflum nvaritrnmim nrissus est, panco-
rum potentia emit. (Sail. C 39.)
Hispala non ante adulescentem diuiisit. qaam fidem dedit ab his
sacris se temperatnrum. (L. 39. ic.)
*. [Perfect or Present Perfect). An action already co mp l eted 1476
before present time, so that tie result, rather than the actum itself, is
present to the mind.
(a) Mcmbris utimur prius, qaam dJdk'iiHus, cujas ea ntilitalis
causa babeamns. (C Fin. 5. sol)
Ob drf ffi t ^t" " animi motti p^ i^ n * * 1 * , moid amimg prodi deiuui .
(C Ftn. 1. 15.)
Nemo mnquam est oratorem. quod Latme ioqueretur. admiratns:
si est ahter, mrirtfnt. neque earn oratorem tantmnmodo sod
hfniiittii non pntant: nemo nliifit earn verbis, qui ita diiPiftrt,
at, qui adesseat. intfflrgaeut quid diceret, sed contempst earn,
qui minus id tacere rmUirwrt. (C Or. 3. 14.)
Tandem afiqnando, Quirites. L. Catifinam ex urbe vd ejeemms
Td fmknnif; rd ipsum egredieotem verbis p tosec uU sumns.
Abut, exresfirr, evastL erupiL NuDa jam pernides mannbus
ipse intra """"» umipaiabiliii. (C. Cat. 2. mit.)
Victoria in manu robis est. viget aetas. animus valet; contra flfis
anuts atqne divilus omnia consenuerunt. (SalL C. ic)
A d v a i tus PhBatimi eiaiiinwvk omnis. qui mm mi exact. Nam
ipse obduruL (C. Att. ic 9.)
Jampridem conticuerunt tuz fitterz. (C. Brut. 5.)
(&) Som et ime s Kaitb emphasis;
Fmmus Troes. fait Ifinm et ingens glara Teucrorum.
O'erg. A. 2. s% 5 .)
\ ixi, et quern dederat cursum fbrtnea, peregL (lb. 4. 653.)
Fibum unicum adokscentuhnn habeo. a. quid dixi. habere me?
isnmo hatmi^ Chremes. Nunc hahram reran^ incertnmst.
(Ter. Bant . 94!)
So of an action qmcify completed;
Terra trernit: fugene ferae, et mortaBa cordi per gentis humflis
sSrant pavor. (Verg. C 1. 330.)
196 Indicative Mood. Completed Future Tense. [Book IV.
(c) In subordinate sentences, in speaking of repeated actions, i 47
when the principal verb is in the present tense.
Cum fortuna reflavit, adfligimur. (C. Off. 2. 6.)
See other examples in Chap. XXII.
(d) Similarly in principal sentences, but only in Augustan poets 147
and later writers.
Rege incolumi, mens omnibus una est: amisso, rupere fidem con-
structaque mella diripuere ipsae. (Verg. G. 4. 213.)
Cervus mille fugit refugitque vias : at vividus Umber haeret hians,
jam jamque tenet, similisque tenenti increpuit malis morsuque
elusus inani est. (Verg. A. 12. 755.)
Omne tulit punctum, qui miscuit utile dulci. (Hor. A. P. 343.)
Non domus et fundus, non zeris acervus et auri segroto domini
deduxit corpore febres. (Hor. Ep. 1. 2. 47.)
Massa per se nee ealida nee frigida est : in fornacem conjecta con--
caluit : in aquam demissa refrixit. (Sen. Ep. 82. 14.)
Completed Future 1 .
The Completed future denotes an action in future time com- 14&
pleted at some point in future time. Like the other perfect tenses,
sometimes it suggests, not so much the act itself, as the future
resulting state.
1. An action already completed at a given future time. 1481
(In a subordinate sentence, the present or perfect is generally used
in English ; e.g. Cum (si) venero, ' When (if) I come or have come.'')
Cum tu haec leges, ego ilium fortasse convenero. (C. Att. 9. 15.)
Eum cum videro, Arpinum pergam. (lb.)
Quid facient, cum dederint Apronio quod poposcerit?
(C. Verr. 3. 11.)
Nunc si hoc omitto ac turn agam, ubi illinc redicro, nihil est; re-
frixerit res. (Ter. Ad. 232.)
Actio recta non erit, nisi recta fuerit voluntas. (Sen. Ep. 95. 57.)
With emphasis:
Brevis hie est fructus homullis: jam fuerit, neque post umquam
revocare licebit. (Lucr. 3. 915.)
1 Sec Madvig, O/itsc. ii. 82 s=qq.
Ckap-XVir\ LsMoraTE Mora. GmpSdeiFai.Texss. 197
x. ^xs action completed si mult aneously to another action in future rtSt
Qm Antonnrra oppresserit. is beHum minecerit. (C. Fane so. 19.)
An Hie non vicerit. a qnaociqae conrfrrinae m banc aribeat cob
srrfs veneritr (C. PkiL iz. d.)
j. Qf a deplete act contrasted with a previous state. So aft-
dally si pataero. Tglnera, lilwtii'iG. plazaerii
Plato, a modo interpretari potuero. Kb fere verbis 1
MalevoIentKE homiiinm. in me. a poteris. occurres: a non potuerisy
hoc te causoiabere, quod &c (Brat. ap. C Fam. xx. 11.)
Lege jurficiaria aeque Iegetur. q u i squis voluerit. nee,, qnsBas
noluerit. non Iegetur: judices judicabunt ei. quos lex ipsa.
non quos hominum libido delegerit. (C Per. 39.)
Quae scribis K. Juniis Antonium. de provinens refarnrum, Iiceb
decerni libere: Si Iicuerit, Gbertatem ese recuperatani ketabor;
a OOn 1icrif*Tt ) quid miki attlllerit ISta rfnrnTm nmtj*m >
(C Att. 14. 14.)
4. Future result qf an action runs: past. Camp. § 1465. : _
Sin plane occidimns. ego omnibus mes prrrin foera. QC.Q~F.x-4J
Uons Bono tzntas ^■-■p*. apnc per »lm ediderit: juveuum
primos tot nnserit area: (Verg. A. 9. 785.)
Impune ergo mihi rectaverit 9r togatas. hie elegos: "" pMW P «fiem
conanmpserit fngens Tefephns? Gar. i- 3.)
5. Often tn comic poets, and occasionally at later -writers, it is £4$s
used, in principal ar simple sentences, with but little if any difference
qf meaning from the simple future; especially (a) qf a predicted
result, (b) qf an action du ring something else; (c) qf an action per- "
farmed at ance (the completion being as it were anticipated), (d), qf
an action postponed {the future element being predominant). The Lest is
in past-Comic writers almost confined to Tiriero.
(a) Crede.inquam.inmi : ant consolando ant cousins ant re juvero.
^Ter. Haut. fy.)
Erum in opssSone Binjafff, ■— "■» anfmns aaxerit. (P!. .
\TttII i»»h« i^|«» xc -'.'- y.JZ B i ESDBDGSltBQ tU2 ~iTU. prOteCBnt.
(C.Fin.3-4.y
Succumbam oneri. neque aggrediar narrare quz edissertando â– â– i r f
lero fecero. (L. zx. j+.)
198 Indicative Mood. Future in -so. [Book IV.
(b) Hue concessero, dum mihi senatum consili in cor convoco.
(PI. Most. 688.)
Tu invita mulieres: ego accivero pueros. (C. Att. 5. 1.)
(c) Molestus si sum, reddite argentum: abiero. (PI. Most. 590.)
Dictum ac factum, invenerit aliquam causam, quamobrem eiciat op-
pido. (Ter. Andr. 381.)
Nusquam facilius hanc miserrimam vitam vel sustentabo vel, quod
multo est melius, abiecero. (C. Att. 3. i9.)r
(d) Ad fratrem, quo ire dixeram, mox ivero. (PL Pseud. 193.)
Sed videro quid efficiat : tantisper hoc ipsum magni asstimo, quod
pollicetur. (C. T. D. 5. 7.)
Neque recte an perperam, interpretor: fuerit ista ejus deliberatio,
qui bellum suscepit: me Albano bello gerendo ducem creavere.
(L. 1. 23-)
Future in -so.
The future in -so (e.g. faxo, levasso, Q^c. § 619 sqq.) is used as i486
a completed future in subordinate relative sentences, or <witb adverbs
of time or condition. Faxo only 1 , and in the first person sing, only,
is also used as a simple future (§ 1375), affording the only certain
instances of this form being used in simple or principal sentences (in
the indicative).
Si situlam cepero, nunquam edepol tu mihi divini creduis post hunc
diem, ni ego illi puteo, si occepso, animam omnem inter-
traxero. (PI. Amph. 672.)
Mam neque Duellona mi umquam neque Mars creduat, ni ilium
exanimalem faxo, si convenero, nive exheredem fecero vitse
suae. (PI. Bacch. 847.)
Paterfamilias uti super familia pecuniaque sua legassit, ita jus esto.
(xn. Tab. apud C. Inv. 2. 50.)
Agedum Stiche: uter demutassit, poculo multabitur. (PI. St. 723.)
Si ita faxitis, Romani, vestra res meliores facilioresque erunt.
(apud L. 23. 11.)
Pluperfect.
The Pluperfect denotes an action in past time, done before 1487
another past action. Like the other perfect tenses sometimes it
suggests the resulting state rather than the precedent act 2 . This
indeed is the proper meaning of the ordinary passive pluperfect
1 See Madvig, Opusc. 11. 76, who however adds lndlcasso, Vl.Pan.
IV. 2. 66. See also Neue, 11. 421—430.
2 See E. Hoffmann, Die Construction der latcin. Zeitpartikrfn, p. 10 sqq.
CJuxp. XFII.J Indicative Mood. Pluperfect Tense. 199
(a) An action before cmatker action at past time. n»3a
Prius omnia pati decrevit qaam beflum sumere, qui* "Saturn
antea secus ceaserat. (SaDL J. zaS)
Hanno cum eis, qui postremi jam. proffigato prcelio advenerant.
vivus capitur. (L. 28. 2.)
latrocmiis magis quam justo beflo in Bruttiis gerebatur res. Ab
Romanis egressi quidam urbem Locrenses circumventi Regium-
que abstracti fuerant. (L. 29. 6.)
Quartum jam diem eodem loco quietem militi dederat. cum Iitteras
Nabarzanis, qui Dareum cum Besso interceperat, accipit, qua-
rum sententia naec erat (Curt. 6. 4, § 8.)
The standard of time is sometimes not given till a subsequent 14%
separate sentence.
Postera die indigna res Macedonibus videbatur. Perdiccam ad
mortis periculum adductum, et Meleagri temeritatem armis
ultum ire decreverant : atque Hie, seditione provisa. interrogat.
(Curt. ic. 8. § j.)
Comitiis babitis consules declarantur M. TuIIius et C. Antonius.
Quod factum primo popularis conjurationis concusserat : neque
tamen Catiline furor minuebatur. (SalL C 24.)
(Si) Lt letters and sometimes in other writings, and in speeches, it i^yj
denotes an action prior to the time of writing, isfc. (tf. § 1468)..
Nunc iter conficiebamus sestuosa et pulverulenta via. Dederam
(sc. Iitteras) Epheso pridie: has dedi Trallibus. (C. Jit. 5. r4.)
Tamen, quod ante de istius abstinentia dixeram, sigillis avulsis reli-
quum argentum reddidit (C Verr. 4. 48.)
Consulibus designatis (inde namque deverteram) in provincias pro-
fecti sunt, (L. 35-. 4a.)
(f) A past action which produced a still continuing effect. 1491
Pluperfect of act — imperfect af resulting state.
Centum viginti Iictores forum impleverant, et cum fascibus secures
Qligatas praeferebant. (L. 3. 36.)
Anna, quse fira in parietibus fuerant, ea sunt humi inventa.
(C. Div. r. 34.)
Frumenta non solum a tanta multitudine jumentorum atque homi-
num consumebantur. sed etiam anni tempore atque unbribus
procubuerant. (Cces. G. 6. 43.)
200 Indicative Mood. Fut. part, with verb sum. \BookIV.
Eodem tempore Romani scalas ad stantia moenia inferebant, et,
dum in unam partem oculos animosque hostium certamen
averterat, pluribus locis scalis capitur murus, armatique in
urbem transcenderunt. (L. 32. 24.)
So ivith post (postea) quam, ubi, ut, &c.
P. Africanus, posteaquam bis consul et censor fuerat, L. Cottam in
judicium vocabat. (C. Ccecil. 21.)
Deinde, postquam nuntii instabant, et jam juga montium detexerat
nebula, et in conspectu erant Macedones, Athenagoram mittit.
(L. 33- 7-)
(d) Occasionally, of an action immediately consequent upon another 1492
and therefore regarded as included in it; e.g.
Camillus addidit minas, si pergerent, Sacramento omnes junWes
adacturum. Terrorem ingentem incusserat plebi : ducibus plebi
accendit magis certamine animos quam minuit. (L. 6. 38.)
L. Scipio nihil accepit: qua? necessaria ad cultum erant, redempta
ei a proximis cognatis sunt, verteratque Scipionum invidia in
praetorem et consilium ejus et accusatores. (L. 38. fin.)
(e) Of repeated actions, with principal 'verbs in imperfect. 1493
Hostes, ubi ex litore aliquos singulares ex navi egredientes conspex-
erant, impeditos adoriebantur. (Caes. G. 4. 26.)
(See other examples in Chap. xxil.).
Future participle active with the verb sum.
In order to denote what a person purposes, or is destined to do 14*
in future time, especially if regarded from a point in the past or
future, the future participle active is used with the different tenses
of the verb sum: thus,
Primary. Secondary.
• dlcturus sum, /*»» dlcturus eram (or, in the
Contemporary. about to (or mean poe , s ' I* 61 *â„¢)* / was
to or am to) say. a * the t,me about to ( or
I meant or ivas to) say.
Subsequent dlcturusero, /j/fo// dlcturus ful, / was (once)
1 be about to say. about to say.
Antecedent. dlcturus fueram, / bad
meant to say.
Ckmf.XVU.] InpotATiVE Mooix Use ef Tenses.
Facie quod Tofais Hict; daturas nan sum ampfias. (C-/ferr.s.ao-)
Hoc anno nee dbn <fia cuiquam nee m ■■—* —I* ducx qnenaqnam
snmpassnr ns. (L> 3- 5*)
Me qMUH antes oparteL non mea, si veri amkd futnii sumus.
(C in. x. 26.)
Hac, ana me pnegressum Tidukiv agite. qui visuri demos, pa-
rentes, conjuges. fiberos, esbs, ite inn um (L. 4. 28-)
Vos cum Mandomo et Indibifi consua canmnmkastis et anna ccn-
flo ii ili i ii fmstis. (L. aS. a8-)
Quod credkmus tmi fin. amne crafidL (PL Jfar. 437-)
Orator eorum. apod quos aBquid aget ant acturus erit, mentes sen-
susque drg i istrt oportet. (C Or. j. 5a.)
Taieas ateagmas, quas in sciobe saturus eris, tiipedaneas deckfito.
(Catof.Jt.45O
Conclave flmd. ubi rex ma n snins erat si ire perrexisset,
nocte ennnrit (C Ore. 1. 15.)
Paulas Ddphis mrKoatas in vestibolo cofammas. ,
iupoMturi statuas regE Persei fnrranr, sms statins victor desti-
narit. (L. 45. 2-.)
Tbt same firm is mortal tm fir the juijumtin Jutxre; tg. 4kv
&e. (C/. g 1507, ijaj.)
(B) Texses or Imperative Mood.
The imperatrte mood is used to express a command or request. '
On its form see § 581, 5847 and its difference from toe subjunc-
the.§i49S.
The present is used mf the fraernt time, tr z z isb smi amj hmpmrd
lej e stme tm a depmdjuture time.
the future is used vckb express reference tm the time fimsmumg,
mrtmsmme p tti t m u l mr case tbnt mmm mtemr, mud tb e r e f m t is frr um ut m
& firms. ^ * ^^
Cura ut rakas. (C- Fam. 16. 7.)
Cum hax confessns eris. nfgat*> turn sane, si Tofcs. te pemuUm
(C Ferr. a. 3*.)
{See mtber examples in tg 1557, 1571, 1597 — I&JJ, mud the tremtw
numb Amtimbnt in L. 38. 38 throughout.)
202 Use of Subjunctive Mood. [Book IV.
CHAPTER XVIII.
Of the SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD and ITS TENSES,
i. Of the Mood.
The Subjunctive mood, as distinguished from the indicative, 149 6
expresses an action or event, as thought or supposed, rather than
as done or narrated. This general distinction is somewhat variously
modified in different kinds of sentences.
These different kinds appear reducible to eight main classes,
which may again be conveniently combined into four.
1. Hypothetical (A) and conditional (B) sentences (Chap. 1497
xx.), the former term being given to the apodosis only, the latter
to the protasis only of what are often called, as a whole, condi-
tional sentences. As here used therefore the hypothesis is the action
treated as contingent on another, the condition is that other action,
on which the first is contingent.
In these sentences, which readily admit of either the indicative
or subjunctive mood, the subjunctive implies that the action spoken
of is not a fact. Nothing is implied as to knowledge or want of
knowledge, doubt or assurance, probability or improbability, possi-
bility or impossibility, so far as the mood is concerned ; but a non-
real past action is of course impossible, a non-real future action is
(apart from intrinsic impossibilities) possible.
2. Sentences expressing a ivisb, or command (C), or purpose 1498
(D) (Chap. xxi.). In these the subjective character of the sub-
junctive is unmistakeable. The imperative mood, which is really
an abrupt form of the indicative, speaks of an action commanded,
as if it were an assertion of fact. In theory and origin the im-
perative is the language of an absolute master, the subjunctive is a
suggestion to an equal or superior.
Chap.XVIII.] Use cf Subjunctive Mood. 203
A peculiar use of a command is found in concessive sentences,
where a person rhetorically commands, or supposes, a change of
what he knows or believes to be the fact.
These sentences (C, D) are almost all characterised by the use,
if a negative is required, of ne instead of nan. Exceptions are
comparatively few (see however § 1610), and are chiefly due to the
negation being intimately connected with some one word, not with
the whole predicate.
3. Sentences expressing the consequence or natural result (E), or '439
attendant circumstances (F) of an action (Chap. xxn.). In these
sentences the subjunctive does not in any way imply the non-
reality of the action or event: indeed, the action is, or is assumed
to be. a fact. But the subjunctive is still due to the accompanying
thought as distinguished from the bare fact; viz. to the causal
connexion which the sentence is intended to express, but which the
particles (ut, com) used in such sentences do not contain. Tbey
properly mean in zvbicb ivaj, at ivhat time, respectively, and gain
the notion of result (so that'), or modifying circumstances (since,
zvbereas, notwithstanding), only by union with the subjunctive
mood.
4. The next division (Chap, xxiv.) contains sentences expres- 1300
shre of definitions, reasons, questions (G), which are given not as
the speaker's osvn but as some one's else.
With these may be classed (H) all sentences which are depend-
ent on infinitive or subjunctive moods, and are regarded only as
part of the action expressed substantivally by the infinitive, or as
a thought by the subjunctive. In all these the subjunctive simply
prevents the speaker being supposed to be responsible for the
statements, &c. reported, or to be giving them as independent
assertions.
In only two (A, C) of these eight classes is the subjunctive tsci
found in simple or principal sentences. In all the rest it is in subor-
dinate sentences. And these subordinate sentences are mainly such
as are introduced by the relative adjective qui, or the relative
adverbs si, rrt, cum, or by dum. As all of these relatives are also
repeatedly found introducing subordinate clauses, which have the
indicative mood, it is clear that the use of the subjunctive mood
is not due to those relatives.
There are some cautions which should be borne in mind in
discussing why the subjunctive mood has or has not been used in
any particular sentence.
204 Use of Subjunctive Mood. [Book IV.
i. A writer may frequently (especially in relative sentences), 150
if he chooses, express what is really a thought or supposition, as if
it were a fact, and therefore use the indicative mood; or, on the
, other hand, express a fact, as if it were only a thought or supposi-
' tion, and therefore use the subjunctive mood. If however he means
to imply by the form of expression that it is for him at the moment
a supposition or conception (though it may be also a fact), he uses
the subjunctive; if he wishes to imply that it is a fact, or to
state it simply without any implication, he uses the indicative.
Whether the same introductory particle or same turn of sentence
can be used, must be determined according to the particular cir-
cumstances.
2. As a subjunctive may be used on several different grounds, 150:
it is necessary to consider how far any particular occurrence of the
subjunctive may be due to the general frame of the sentence or to
some collateral motive. The following classes of subjunctives are
frequently occurring where the general frame of the sentence is
suitable to an indicative: commands (§ 1575), modest assertions
expressed as an hypothesis (§ 1575), actions of an indefinite sub-
ject in the and person singular (§ 1546). On the other hand,
in one whole class (H) of subjunctives, viz. those which are de-
pendent on infinitives and subjunctives, the mood is due rather to
the frame of the sentence than to the particular meaning.
3. The nature of the verb itself is often an important element. >5°4
Auxiliary verbs, e.g. possum, volo, &c. or sum with the future
participle or gerundive, are often put in the indicative where other
verbs would be in the subjunctive, not from any real inconsistency,
but because possibilities, volitions, expectations, duties, are often
much more positive than the particular actions to which they
relate. It requires consideration therefore whether the writer
means to speak of the act only, or of the power, &c, itself, as a
supposition or thought; e.g. potest solvere si velit, implies that
a man has the money, but does not choose to pay ; posslt solvere si
vellt, that he could get the money to pay with if he chose.
4. It often appears probable that the choice of the subjunctive *5°5
mood is due rather to a desire to avoid using the indicative, and
vice versa, than to the independent strength of its claim. This
occurs chiefly where certain particles or phrases or even tenses are
so frequently used with the indicative or subjunctive, that the
writer fears if he use the habitual mood he should be supposed to
intend the habitual meaning. Of course this consideration can
come into play only where neither the indicative nor subjunctive is,
independently considered, incompatible with the meaning.
Chap. XVIII.'] Subjunctive Mood. Use of Tenses. 205
ii. Of the Tenses.
The tenses of the subjunctive mood preserve in the main the 1501
same character as the tenses called by the same names in the indi-
cative mood, the present and imperfect denoting contemporaneous
states or incomplete acts, the perfect and pluperfect denoting com-
pleted acts or states ; and again, the present and perfect referring in
the main to the time of speaking, the imperfect and pluperfect to
some past time spoken of.
But there are some special ambiguities, chiefly due to the
future tenses of the indicative not having any separate correspond-
ent forms in the subjunctive mood.
Thus (1) the present subjunctive corresponds in most cases to i 50;
the present and to the simple future of the indicative, but, when it
is important to distinguish the future from the present, the future
participle (with sim or essem) is resorted to.
(2) The perfect subjunctive corresponds both to the perfect
(i.e. both aorist and perfect proper) and to the completed future
of the indicative.
(3) The present and imperfect, covering together the whole
course of time, may both in some sentences be used of the present
moment, the one or the other being used according as the action
is to be regarded as possible "and therefore belonging to the future,
or impossible and therefore belonging to the past.
i. In independent sentences (A, C) 150S
The present relates to present or future time, without any
distinct determination of either.
The perfect usually relates to some point in the immediate
present or future, but in concessive sentences usually, and some-
times in others (cf. § 1532 b), it relates to the past.
The imperfect relates to any time not future, and therefore
usually may include the present moment.
The pluperfect relates to some point in the past.
206 Subjunctive Mood. Use of Tenses. [Book IV.
ri. In dependent sentences (B, D, E, F, G, H) 1509
1. The present and perfect are used in sentences dependent
on primary tenses.
(a) The present subjunctive may represent the future as well
as the present of the indicative.
(b) The perfect subjunctive may represent
in consecutive sentences (E), in reported sentences (G), and in
such dependent sentences as are classed under H, the perfect (and
aorist) and completed future of the indicative ; and in a dependent
interrogative it may also represent the imperfect; e.g. quid dicebaB
would become qusero quid dixeris;
in conditional and most final sentences (B, D) the completed
future of the indicative ; in some final sentences (e. g. timeo ne ve-
nerit) either the completed future or the perfect (and aorist) ;
in sentences with cum (F) the perfect (and aorist) of the in-
dicative.
2. The imperfect and pluperfect are used in sentences de- 1510
pendent on secondary tenses (including frequently the perfect as well
as the aorist indicative, cf. p. 194 note), even though the statement
is applicable to the present as well as to the past time, or generally
to all times alike.
(a) The imperfect subjunctive represents both the imperfect
and perfect of the indicative.
(b) The pluperfect subjunctive represents the pluperfect of the
indicative.
3. But in some cases the particular sense or context requires 15"
or allows a different tense from what these rules should give. Thus
(a) The historical present is, in its effect on tfx "verbs directly or
indirectly dependent on it, sometimes regarded as a primary, sometimes
as a secondary tense.
Rogat Rubrium u! quos ei commodum sit invitet: locum sibi soli,
si videatur, relinquat. (C Verr. I, 26.)
Simul servis suis Rubrius ut januam clauderent et ipsi ad foris ad-
sisterent imperat. (lb.)
Gb&.XFIZL.} ScB jmsdnvtfc. M oossl Use if Temsxs. *»y
(€L J«rr. a. 17.)
. _i.~ :_-"-._ i._:~:r :.l- ~:-r _.::. ~-:.~-~. T , :':cr*~ts tn:.
r apse de ielns cnuwiMiiiiiiuis icfilL (L. i_ 50^)
(<L Vewr. %. 15.)
tsszr.
possetL (L. a*. 31.)
{&) fii 11 inn mi m iTiTinr wi ■i rg imii i it d i Mjjj fl AjIrniTfT i« i m— i l ii j
tarn tktfmamt - ■+- - - ■/....-.- -"■■"■•'- --■•'- "" "■'->' -•■..■-- -_- /
â– *
: >;:_ .:.~ ;i;t -_-â– -:-" .~ "..i ""- u. " ". '-" :>-':: : :. .: -:i ~-mt__-. . - :--_.
:.. ; „i t:i :.i~. ; i_ : „ir.c: ::■;:-:-" :■:':.;>: ; :: _"
(C fanr. ActL 1. 4-)
_ r « renar tnmpktml at me present ftwij
<nngp ^asmrsspciZii. fist uahtr^z mu£ oust of m
::.tu ..rniij rtgpmr&d _'- nri; Butftntf nfinwa :: .:.;
Tanfcasi opes oewsant,. wtt ae nw i fj i* ciadem ym i w r m i m* *^ j.
Ettcsd aa£ offi alii acccLz xnsi ahr. (L-. £. 3-)
208 Typical Subjunctives. (A) Hypothetical [Book IV.
if) The secondary t ernes are rarely found in sentences dependent 1517
on a present tense, and when so found admit of a special explanation
from the writer 's having more than the present time in mind.
Video igitur causas esse permultas, quae istum impellerent.
(C. R. Am. 33 .)
Laudantur oratores veteres, quod copiose reorum causas defendere
solerent. (C. Verr. 2. 78.)
Chrysippus disputat sethera esse eum quern homines Jovem appella-
rent, quique aer per maria manaret eum esse Neptunum, ter-
ramque earn esse quae Ceres diceretur. (C. N.D. 1. 15.)
'Ut me omnes,' inquit, ' pater tuo sanguine ortum vere ferrent, pro-
vocatus equestria haec spolia capta ex hoste caeso porto.'
(L. 8. 7.)
CHAPTER XIX.
TYPICAL EXAiMPLES OF SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD AND
ITS TENSES.
The following examples show the typical uses of the subjunc- 151S
tive mood and its tenses, with their proper English translations.
(A) Hypothetical sentences, i.e. apodosis to a conditional
sentence. (For translation of protasis see next section.)
(b! jubeas, or
1. Faclam,
Fecerim, jusseriB))
_ (si juberes, or
Facerem,
Fecissem,
Jusseris,)
(si jubeas, or
jussisses, )
(sijuberes, or
Jussisses,)
/ should do, or be doing.
I should be found to have, or I should
have, done (the fact, or the know-
ledge of the fact, being in future
time).
/ should have been doing, or should
have done, or / had been doing, or
/ had done.
I should have done, or / had do>:e
(in past time).
CJiaf.XIX.~\ Typical Sc-bjl-nxtives. (B) Conditional. 209
For the second and third persons would nmst be substituted for
should; e.g.
F^ (3t j£SS:) 0r ^^dddaacbedaing.
2. With condition suppressed.
Velim, I could wish. VelLem. I could have wished.
is dicat r ) w ^ a c£m Qr crm ^ ^ ?
anerrfc: \ -
i cgnsuerim. I am inclined to think,
uiTeniaa ? Where does or can anejmd?
One would have believed.
(B) Conditional sentences, i.e. protasis to a conditional 13*9
sentence. (For translation of apodosis see the preceding section.)
1. Si jufceas."J If J 011 should bid. or be bidding.
cm • «-» ) (fiuasun. or fecerim.) If you should have bidden, or
Sljuaseria. J should bid.
<ti I Tv» 1 If J 071 %"*£ been bidding, or
(facerem. or terfmem.) had bidden.
31 juaaiasea, J Ifjau had bidden.
Sometimes the conditional particle is not expressed (In the
following sentences the ordinary translation of the apodosis as well
as of the protasis is given) :
I . __ . Should jau ask. or were you \
^ J were you ta have asked, )
drrartTti, I should have, or be
found ta have, said.
! Should you. or were you t a, 1 T , ,, .
dicerem. iuece , been f M ^ or kad I or ° I t2
you been askant, '
Had you asked J *>«*«&*&â–
dixtasem. i" should have, or
I bad, said.
14
2io Typical Subjunctives. (B) Conditional [Book IV.
2. Conditional sentences in the subjunctive often have for an 152°
apodosis either a future participle or gerundive with the indicative
mood of sum, or an infinitive with the indicative mood of possum,
&c.
SI adsis,
Si jusseris,
facturus sum, I mean to do
facturus ero, / shall intend to do
faciendum miM
est,
J shall have to do
I have to do
faciendum mini
erit,
facere possum,
facere licet,
facere debeo,
facere potero,
facere Hcebit,
facere debebo,
/ can do
I may do
I ought to do
I shall be able to do
I shall be allowed
to do
It will be my duty
to do
if you should be
there.,
if you bid.
Si adesses,
r facturus fui, I meant to do -j
facturus eram, I was intending (had
(sometimes fueram) intended) to do
faciendum mini I had to do, or ought
fuit,
Si jussisses,
faciendum miM
erat,
< facere poteram,
facere licebat,
to have done
I had to do, or ought
to have done at
the time
I could have been
doing (now or for-
merly)
I might have been
doing (now or for-
merly)
I ought to have been
facere debebam, doing (no-w or for-
merly)
I could have done
I might have done
I ought to have done J
if you were, or
had been, there.
I if you bade, or
had bidden.
facere potui,
facere licult,
L facere debui,
The difference in meaning is scarcely perceptible, whether tlie
apodosis to si Jussisses be constituted by fecissem or facturus fui.
And practically faciendum mini fuit, or facere potui, might come to
much the same. Hence the usages mentioned in the next section
05*0-
Chap. XIX.] Dependent Hypothetical Subjunctives. 211
If the apodosis to a conditional sentence of past time is in a 1521
dependent interrogative or consecutive sentence, or dependent on
cum, so that the subjunctive mood would be required on account
of the dependency, a periphrasis by means of the future participle
with fuerim is usually resorted to, instead of the simple pluper-
fect 1 active.
Ostendls, (ostendes,) quomodo. ]
S^^Tw'- ^ qUln ' \ ** si ESS" 1 *etnn» ****
Eo fit, (Set,) ut,; j juberem,
Tails es, (eris,) qui, J
You show, (^will show.) how, ) .. T , , , , ,,
,tt. ? n l \ j 1, It. ^ I if I had commanded (been corn-
There is, (ivill be.) no doubt that, f .. N 71 t J
So it results, (will result,) that, ) ending), you would ha-ve done it.
You are, (were,) the sort of person to have done it, if I had commanded
(been commanding).
If the hypothetical sentence depends on a secondary tense, fueris
is still used generally, but in interrogative sentences (except such as
non fuit dubium quin) fuisses is used instead j e.g.
Ostendistl, quomodo hoc, si , u f s sem ' facturus fuisses.
juberem,
Non dubium fuit quia )
Eo factum est ut ? fueris.
Talis fuisti qui )
For the pluperfect passive a periphrasis (esp. with the gerun-
dive or possum) is resorted to ; e.g.
Non dubium est, quin 1 jussissem? joPPidum capi potuerit
Eo fit ut ) J ' ( clades accipienda fuent.
Non dubium fuit quin 1
Nihil jussi, cum potuerit
or potuisset.
If not dependent, poterat or potuit would have been used in each.
See examples in §3 1568, 157a.
1 An hypothetical imperfect (e.g. facerem) is also occasionally
found {Z.Frorv. Cons. 4 haberent; Fin.i.i$ esset; &e.) ; apluperfect
very rarely (L. 2. 33 cessisset). The subjunctive in facturus fuerim,
&c. is due to the dependency of the sentence : the corresponding inde-
pendent expression would be in the indicative, the hypothesis being
expressed by the future participle. (See Madv. Opusc. II. 227.)
14—2
212 Typical Subjunctives. (C) Optative, &>c. [Book IV.
(C) 1. Optative sentences.
Moriar, may 1 die! Morerer, were I but dying!
I may die !
Utinam
moriar,
morerer,
/ 'were (now) dying! or had been
that J. dying!
mortuus sim, I may be dead, or may have died!
mortuus essem, \_I were (now) dead, or had died!
2. Jussive sentences.
(a) Faciat, Let him do, he shall do, he must do.
Ne faciat, Let him not do, he shall not do, be must not do.
(b) Ne feceris, Do not do, you shall not do, you must not do.
Faceres, You were) . , ,, N , ,, . , . .
Faceret, He was \ t0 do ' J ou <» should bam been dow ^ OT
have done.
Fecisses, You were J
Fecisset, He was
or ought to have done.
to have done, you (he) should have done,
3. Die faciat,
Censeo (Volo) facias,
Postulat, )
Permittit,
Postulavit,
Permisit,
Cave facias,
Nolo facias,
4. Quid agam?
Quid agerem7
ducant.
ducerent
Tell him to do, bid him do.
I recommend you to do.
He requires them to, says they are to )
He permits them to, says they may )
He required, said they were to |
He permitted them to, said they might)
Beware of doing, don't do.
I don't wish you to do.
lead.
lead.
What am I to do? What must I dol
What iv as I to do? What should I have done?
5. Concessive sentences.
Dicat, suppose him to say, let him say.
Dixerit, suppose him to have said, let him have said (in past
or future time).
Dixisset, suppose that he had said.
sit malus, be he as bad as you please, however bad he be.
fuerit malus, however bad he was, or may have been.
esset malus, were he as bad as you please, however
bad he were.
fuisset malus, had he been as bad as you please, how-
ever bad he had been.
Quam vis
Chap.XIX^ Typical Subjunctives. (D) Final.
213
(D) 1. Final sentences (i.e. expressing purpose).
(1) mtto 1
Mittam
Misero |
Misi(perf.)J
(*)
(1) Mittebam â– )
!DKi(cf.§i5io)
Bnam
(*)
I am sending, or send "J
.- . I shall send \>ne to say, or
qnidicat, r^/w,** l one who u to
I have sent J ""
earn nt ~\bhn to say. or
dicat, > that be may
J say.
I was sending, or senf\one to say, or
qui diceret, I sent {have sent) > one who was
I bad sent J to say.
\bim to say, or
I that be might
J say.
enm nt
diceret,
ne
quominus
dicat,
Prohibeo,
&c.
Prohibebam,
&c.
Hon recuso, qnominus dicat,
&c. quin
Hon recusabam, diceret, J did not object to bis
&C saying.
I prevent bis saying.
diceret, J was preventing bis say-
ing.
I do not object to bis say-
ing.
Timeo,
&c.
Timebam,
&c.
Timeo,
&c.
Hon timeo,
&c.
Exspecto,
&c.
ne veniat, I fear bis coming.
venerit, I fear bis having come, or
I fear be came.
veniret, J was in fear of bis
coming.
venisset, I was in fear be bad come.
veniat, I fear bis not coming.
&c
veniat, I do not fear bis not
Sec. coming.
nt
ne non
dnm dicat, ! am waiting,) for him to say, or
or wait ) until be can say.
t ) for him to say. or
1 was watting, \ J M ., , -" , ,
.. , *' [ until be could
or watted \ , .,
J have said.
Abeo. &c. prinsqnam dicat, lam off, before be can say.
Abibam,&c. prinsquam diceret, I was going off, before be could say.
Ex8 ȣ atem > dnm diceret,
2i4 Typical Subjunctives. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
(E) Consecutive sentences, i.e. expressing a consequence. 1524
1. Is sum, &c. qui nihil timeam,
timuerim,
Is eram, &c timerem,
, timuissem,
Quls est, &c. quln cernat?
Quis erat, &c. quin cerneret.'
I am one w ho fears nothing.
feared, or has
feared, nothing.
I was one w bo feared no-
thing.
had feared
nothing.
Who is there but sees?
Who was there but saw ?
2. (1) Eofit
£0 net
£0 factum erit
Eo factum est (perf.)j
The result is
ut milites The result will be
animos
demittaut,
that the sol-
diers lose
The result will have ^ (or are
ut milites
animos
been losing)
The result has been J heart.
demiserint, have (rarely will
have) lost heart.
demissurl sint, will be likely to lose
heart.
The result was> that the sbl-
coming I diers lost (or
The result was ( were losing)
demitterent, ^ result had been) heart.
(Sometimes demiserint (§ 1516), the action being regarded as a
distinct historical fact, not as a continuous state, or as contempo-
rary with the principal action {imperfect) ).
demlsissent, had (rarely wouJd
have) lost heart.
demissurl essent, were likely to lose
hearti
Eo fiebat
Eo factum est
Eo factum erat .
(2) Parum abest, quln Cato morlatur, Cato all but dies.
afult, moreretur, died.
0)
ut
dicas, suppose you to say, although you should say,
or were to say.
dixeris, suppose you to have said, although you should
have said.
diceres, suppose, or although, you had been saying.
.dixisses, suppose, or although, you bad said.
Chap.XIX.] Typical Subjunctives. (F) With cam. 215
(F) Sentences expressing attendant circumstances.
Marcus, liking (shut be
1. (a) Manas, J^L* 1 ** places*, alrft, &c Bkes) tbe matter, goes
away.
placuerit,. since be bos Eked...
plsceret, aMbafc, ... shue be Died {fit
&c tbe time) ...
pi»i Miiwt ... shue be bad Hied...
(4) In Livy and later historians:
Quod^la«rrf,di«*ai, Wbemnxr ** «*" ***& tbh > U *"* *
Ull lilt, Whenever be bad dame tbir, be used to
say.
[In Cicero and Caesar the indicative is used; e.g.
- -— ft t e ne ver be bad done this, be used to
i^zoi. ' fe-:«r*:. diccba:. — '
So also
Qnod eam feett, dtett,
Whenever be has dome this, be says.
2. (1) Cum saris adreniret, When, or as. tbe ship was approaching.
or on tbe ship approaching,
adreniSBet, had approached, or
on tbe sap having approached.
(a) Cum luee smt, Whereas, since, although, these things are so,
ement, were so.
or These things being so, or Under these
circumstances.
(3) JBumlst se audtre. cum interea anud agat, Be pretends to bear,
&C while all the time be
is at something else.
SJnroulMt „ sgeret. He pretended to bear,
&c while all tbe time be
•was at something else.
(4) Andtrl cum diceret. I beard him saying.
ViH cum voUieL, I saw him coming.
2i 6 Typical Subjunctives. (G) Reported, &*c. \BookIV.
(G) Sentences containing reported definition, reason, 1526
condition, question.
1. 2. Laudat ~\ He praises
Laudabit , . He will praise
Laudaverit â–º te, . . facias He quill have
T "" ,, »™ f * praised
He has praised
Laudavit
(perf.)
J
you for doing
this.
Laudabat
Laudavit
Laudaverat
feceris youfor having done this.
facturus sis for purposing to do this.
I He was praising (
qui hoc fo0€res He praised {has I you for doing
' quod hoc praised) this.
J He had praised
fecisses for having done this.
facturus esses... for purposing to do this.
These are often translated like the indicative (e.g. I praise you
because you do this), but a distinction may be made by inserting as
he said, as is thought, (b'c.
He threatens them, if they do not go.
He threatened them, if they did not go.
He threatens them, if they should not
have gone.
He threatened them, if they should not
have gone.
Reported (often called Dependent) question.
( quid facias, « ' ( what you are doing.
quid feceris, what you did or have done.
quid facturus sis, what you will do.
} quid faceres, l was & £""& I w ¥f -?°* were do '
quid fecisses, what you had done.
quid facturus esses, what you were
about to do.
There is no doubt it
is being done.
it
ivill be done.
There was no doubt
it was being done.
quia futurum esset, ut id fleret, ...it would be done.
3. Minatur, &c. ni eant,
Minabatur, &c. ni irent,
Minatur, &c. ni iverint,
Minabatur, &c. ni issent,
Video,
&c.
Videbam,
&c.
Non est-dubium, quin id flat,
quin futurum sit, utid fiat,
Non erat dubium, quin id fleret,
Chap. XIX.] Typical Subjunctives. (Y£) Dependent. 217
(H) Sentences with, verb in subjunctive because dependent 1327
on infinitive or subjunctive.
1. Dependent on infinitive.
Be says I tbat ^ ^
se ire (itanna) com Be will say I â– *, baev J tbe
He =am have said 1
Be bos said *me requires.
postulaverit, when the time requires or
shall have required.
„„ postulatamm sit. when the time shall be
about ta require.
_. _ _ tt - 1 fc&<^ be was TobiT
Dicebat) ,.. ,. He was saitng
j^J tempuspostularet.^^^ ' 1 rrgrar** or ,W*
J require.
poBtalasset, when the time required az
should have required.
paBtnlatumm esset. when the time should be
about to require.
So videcr, videbor. vlsus ero, Sec. tre (rturua esse\ emu tavps
poatolet. poetulaverit. postulatunim sit :
videbar. visus sum. visna eram. ire ( ituros esse), cum tempos
postnlaret, poHtnTaiiwfc, pmitiilatii rum esset.
After the past infinitive the tenses are secondary, e.g.
dteft. Sec. dicebat. Sec. se ivisse, j . __, . „
Tideor, Sec. videbar, ice. rrtsse, j *"* ^^ P°*»*«*r Sec
z. Dependent on subjunctive.
The other tenses and translations given under (1) will hold
good, if we substitute as follows :
B eat, if be u-mr to go, ..
eat. be would go, for <bcrt or <hcet m ^
Si ierit. if he should (or shall) have gone, for dixit (perf.) or dtr-
ierit. be would (or will) have gone, exit se ire.
Si tret, if he had been rohtz. ? .. ^ ^
,„ . i fj t 1 a ' • for dicebat seixe.
iret, he would have been going, «*«-«»■» « -u.^.
Si isset. if be had gone, for dixit (aor.) or dix-
iaset, be would have gone, erat se ire.
218 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. {Book IV.
From here to end of Chap. XXIII. the right-hand pages are not
continuous ivith the left-hand pages, but form a parallel exposition.
All the sections on the left-hand pages have even numbers, all those
on the right-hand have odd numbers.
CHAPTER XX.
USE OF THE MOODS IN HYPOTHETICAL (A) AND
CONDITIONAL (B) CLAUSES.
(A) Hypothetical subjunctive. I52 8
Such a subjunctive as appears in the principal clause (i.e. the
apodosis) of a conditional sentence may be called a hypothetical
subjunctive.
The hypothetical subjunctive is sometimes (i) accompanied by
a formal clause stating the condition, on the assumption of which
the hypothetical statement is made. But (ii) the same kind of
subjunctive is also found without any separate and regular condi-
tional clause. In this case there may be (i) a phrase or word im-
plying the condition. Often also (a) it is used without any condition
precisely conceived, and expresses either an opinion about an abstract
or merely imaginary case, or gives a hesitating or polite tone to the
assertion. A special use of this is found (3) with the verb in the
second person singular, the subjunctive implying that the person
thus addressed is a creation of the imagination. The following are
typical instances:
i. With condition expressed in separate sentence.
Faciam, si sciam, in all tenses.
ii. With condition not expressed in separate sentence.
1. Faciam, hac re cognlta.
2. (a) Velim, vellem.
(b) Quia dubitet? Nihil dixerit
(c) Citius dixerim.
(d) Dicat aliquiB (rare).
3. Crederes victos.
Continued on p. 220.
Chap. XX.] Indicative in Apodosis. 219
The following instances (Chapp. xx. — xxiii.) of the indicative and
imperative moods are selected, partly for introducing certain idiomatic
usages, but chiefly to illustrate, by contrast with these, the effect due to
the subjunctive mood. Compared with the sentences on the left-hand
pages they all belong to one of two classes; they either express a
different meaning in similar sentences (or in sentences introduced by
like conjunctions), or express a similar meaning in differently turned
sentences. The arrangement of the matter in these chapters is mainly
such, as is necessary to show the connexion with one another of the uses
of the subjunctive; and Hie uses of the indicative are grouped as con-
nectedly as the primary object of contrast or comparison with the
subjunctive allows.
The use of the indicative (1) in a principal sentence, with a snhor- 1529
dinate conditional sentence, is very common in all tenses except the
pluperfect.
With the so-called potential use of the subjunctive may be con-
trasted (2) the use of the auxiliaries, possum, licet, &c. These are
used in the indicative because they express, not hypothetically but
absolutely, the existence of power, or will, or duty, or the convenience
or lawfulness of an action. Of course if this very lawfulness or
power, &c. is itself only conditional, then possum, licet, &c. must be
put in the subjunctive like any other verb.
Many instances of the indicative (3), especially in the future
tenses, occur which are similar to those containing loose hypothetical
subjunctives. The following are typical instances :
1. With condition expressed in separate sentence :
Facio, si scio, in all tenses.
2. Unconditional statement of power, duty, &c. :
Possum facere ; licet facere ; longum est facere.
3. Uses of indicative contrasting with those of subjunctive on
opposite page :
(a) Volo facere.
(6) Quis negat?
(c) Libenter coucessero.
(d) Dicet, dixerit aliquis.
Fortasse, Cascili, dices.
Continued on p. 221.
220 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. [Book IV.
An hypothetical subjunctive expresses an action 1 which, 1530
while its non-occurrence is implied, is yet supposed to
occur, if some other action occur.
The following rules for the tense apply to the subjunctive in both
clauses.
(a) The present tense is used of an imaginary action in the im-
mediate present or the future, and therefore still possible, but marked
{by the use of the subjunctive) as merely imaginary.
(S) The perfect, of an action similarly marked as merely imagi-
nary, but assumed to be already completed, or to be completed before
an action still possible in the present or future.
(c) The imperfect, of an action supposed, contrary to the fact, to
be already occurring in the present time, or of a continuous state sup-
posed, contrary to the fact, to have existed in past time.
(d) The pluperfect, of an action supposed, contrary to the fact, to
have occurred in past time; or at least to be already completed at the
present time.
i. Hypothetical subjunctive, ivith condition expressed in a separate 153*
clause.
Si is used of a positive, si non of a negative condition, nisi, ni, nisi
si of an exception, (which often has the same effect as a negative con-
dition).
(a) Present. Ego si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem, mentiar.
(G. £*/. 3.)
Tu si hie sis, aliter sentias. (Ter. And. 310.)
Sed deos non curare opinor, quid agat humanum genus; nam si
curent, bene bonis sit, male malis; quod nunc abest.
(Enn. ap. C. Div. 2. 50; N.D. 3. 32.)
Nisi ames, non habeam tibi fidem tantam. (PI. Bacc. 636.)
Thucydidis orationes laudare soleo : imitari neque possim, si velim,
nee velim fortasse, si possim. (C. Brut. 83.)
Quid, si pater fana expilet, cuniculos agat ad serarium ? indicetne id
magistratibus filius? Nefas id quidem est: quin etiam defendat
patrem, si arguatur. (C. Off. 3. 23".)
1 Action is used throughout as the general term for what a verb
denotes.
8 In this chapter of Cicero several points of casuistry are put, and
the present subj. and future indie appear to be used indiscriminately:
not that they carry the same meaning, but that either is applicable to
such matters. One instance of the future indicative is given on the
opposite page.
Continued on p. 222.
Chap. XX] Lxdicatitb in Apodosis. 221
The isdicatitb makes a statement without implying 1531
that the action does not occur, or (necessarily) that it
does occur.
(N.B. The verb of being with the future participle is always in
the indicative as the apodotis of a con d i tion al sentence, except for
some collateral reason. See instances in ^ 1494* 1570.
So also usually verbs expressing power. See instances in § 1566,
and compare § 1535.)
L Regular conditional sentences with si, si nan, nisi, ni; si modo. 1533
si quidem.
(a) Present. Si id fads, hodie postremum me Tides. (Ter. And. 323.)
Quis ego sum igitur, si quidem is non sum, qui sum? (PL Trin. 978.)
Se agam: si quid renale habuit Heius, si id, qnanti cstunahat, tanti
TCTRtidit, desrno qusrere cur emeria. (G. Yerr. 4. 5.)
Et si jam nostro sentit de corpore postquam distractast animi natura
animsque potestas, nil tamen est ad nos qui eomptu conjugioque
corporis atque anime eonsistimus uniter aptL (Luer. 3. 845.)
Hoe mortuo, aut si qui ex relienis exeellit dignitate, sueeedit, ant si
sunt plnres pares, sufiragio Druidum de prineipatu eontendunt.
(Ccs. G. 6. 12.)
Tote scis, si modo meministi, me tDn turn drrimft. (G. AtL 12. 18.)
Noa rero, si quidem in vomptate sunt omnia, longe multumque su-
peramur a bestiis. (C. Fin. 2. 34.)
Proinde si quid ad ea, in quae turn pax eonventura Tidehatur, adieitur,
est quod referam ad consilium: sin iila quoque graria ridentur,
bellum parate, quoniam paeem pati non potuistis. (L. 30. 31.)
Denique si deu3 es, tribuere mortahbus benencia debes, non sua
eripere ; sin autem homo es, id, quod es, semper esse te cogita.
(Curt. 7- 8, S 26.)
(aa) Future. Si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris, (nam
dubitatio damnationis, Has recuperatoribus, quae poterat esse?)
virgis te ad neeem caedi neeesse exit, (C. Terr. 3. 29.)
FaeOius autem quod est proposiram consequar, si nostram rem publi-
eam Tobis nascentem ostendero, quam si mihi aliquam ipse
finxero. (C. R.P. 2. L)
Quid? si tyrannidem occupare, si patriam prodere eonabitur pater,
silebitne films? Immo rero obseerabit patrem, ne id faciat: si
nihil profieiet, aecusabit. (C. Of. 3. 23.)
Si ulli rei sapiens adsentietur unquam, aliquando etiam opinabitur;
nunquam autem opinabitur: nulli igitur rei adsentietur.
(C. Ac. 2. 2L)
Aut futurum est aut non: si futurum est, fiet, etiam si yota non snsei-
iii : :.::: €£: i-.~i^.. v::^.-. -:- BUBUHWlill vote, mm t-:.
(Sen. X.Q. 2. 37.)
Continued on p. 223.
222 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. [Book 7K
Si existat hodie ab inferis Lycurgus, gaudeat murorum Spartae
ruinis, et nunc se patriam et Spartam antiquam agnoscere
dicat. (L. 39. 37.)
Si gladium quis apud te sana mente deposuerit, repetat insaniens,
reddere peccatum sit, officium non reddere. (C. Off. 3. 25.)
Quid ita vero ? debeam, credo, isti quicquam furcifero, si id fece-
rim, praesertim cum se servom fateatur tuom. (Ter. Eun. 861.)
(J>) Perfect (rare'). Turn vero ego nequiquam hac dextra Capitolium
arcemque servaverim, si civem in vincula duci videam.
(L. 6. 14.)
Injussu tuo, imperator, extra ordinem nunquam pugnaverim, non si
certain victoriam videam. (L. 7. 10.)
Nonne igitur sapiens, si fame ipse conficiatur, abstulerit cibum
alteri, homini ad nullam rem utili ?
(C. Off. 3. 6, inhere are other instances?)
Remora si sit, qui malam rem mini det, merito fecerit.
(PI. Pan. 4- 2. 106.)
Denique hercle aufugerim potius quam redeam, si eo mini redeun-
dum sciam. (Ter. Hec. 425.)
Quos, ni mea cura resistat, jam flammse tulerint,. inimicus et hauserit
ensis. (Verg. A. 2. 600.)
Si pudica mulier dapes inemptas apparet,...non me Lucrina juverint
conchylia magisve rhombus, quam lecta de pinguissimis oliva
ramis arborum. (Hor. Epod. 2. 49.)
Non tantum ad id, quod data pace jam habere potes, si praslio vin-
cas, glorias adjeceris, quantum ademeris, si quid adversi eveniat.
(L. 30. 30, §.»i.)
(c) Imperfect. Hasc tibi ridicula videntur, non enim ades: quas
si videres, lacrimas non teneres. (G. Fam. 7. 30.)
Si aut collegam, id quod mallem, tui similem, L. Aemili, haberes,
aut tu collegae tui esses similis, supervacanea esset oratio mea.
Nunc &c. (L. 22. 39.)
Hannibal peto pacem, qui non peterem, nisi utilem crederem.
(L. 30. 30.)
Quod si jam esset, ut esse non potest, tamen de nostra majestate,
nihil de illorum,caveretur. (C. Balb. 16.)
Moriar, si magis gauderem, si id mihi accidisset. (C. Att. 8. 6.)
Num igitur Opimium, si turn esses, temerarium civem aut crude-
lem putares? (C. Phil. 8. 4-)
Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, si haec (sc. civile bellum) post
trecentos et quinquaginta fere annos eventura putaret et, ego
* doleam, si ad decern milia annorum gcntem aliquam urbe
nostra potituram putem? (C. T. D. 1. 37.)
Continued on p. 224.
dap. XX.] JsmcArrfE. im Apodods. 223
Si tot
; rDem Tisam nan fecit, nnlla fades. (L. 22. 60.)
Ego si honam famam nxihi serrasso, sat ero dries. (PL Jfetf- 228.)
(5> Ptrffft, Kid res manifest* erit ita adlata, nt respooderi nflifl
posrit, TirJimw (C. Ferr. 3. 62.)
Pernsti,siintraseis intra bmen. (PL Jfea. 416.)
& iuldo te inter eesazn toDere lubn, quid â– liiiu* aptaia fait qoam
irattun te effieere? (L. 40. 13.)
^; - ~ . "i" * - - — - DB WH 11 I B ' -T ^r I B '• I ' . ~l. I "H i--l-:T*!Z-* : BH
aim malitia rersata et fallax ratio nocendL (C. X.D. 3. 30.)
-in z_: ' . rr~.zi 'ri..-::i~". . : _. _ ~.~sz ~ : : • ■: .
jura si tamen aitemptas? (Hot. Xp. 2. 2. 20.)
—t, *-•'- : ._- ■dfamo, — satis aeataa rn:. :. ."",-. I K
Dieite, di, siTos mtpaitet tpMbrat iDa, altering meriti ear egodamna
tnfi? (Or. Am 3. 3. 16.)
(ft*) Completed Future. Si tn a r ge nt nm attnleris, cum glo p a di i le iu
fidem. (PL Pjl 376.)
Plwyatw inriln li 1 1 1 1 if. ^ fin tItbhi Sfimriir. ti He lmiritia diinnitwriff
«C. L*L 4.)
(e) Imperfect. Si nslkna jam ante wm^aiumi de morte Sex. Boscfi
, hie nnntiHS ad te minhne ceaniam pertinebat.
(C. Bate. Am. 34.)
ri : L'ln ~~ : :r :r z ~. ~~- . :â– ' - . -: "-" .: : _i DMbBl
digadtas satis soUerare. (MetdL ap. C. Fas. 5. L)
. :_ . ~.vir _ - : - .__ izi -Tii-irz-Li ~. .-. ±:. r. „~"~:~z_ - - ~ . - !""-"'
bat, mcidehat in ejaamodi rismn, good, perripi nan posset.
(C. Jr. 2. 26.)
(C. B.P. L 27.)
A: ~ . ~. -t~ - :~ ~~ ~ -'. ~^—~ ~ ; "r'Tn: .i:r~^? ; . • ~
gratas canrrra p« imfarem -riexnos, bene erat polio atone hatdo.
(Hor. S. 2. 2. 118L)
i. i -t_--Tv'-:z ": ; :-v~.~zi -:." z- ... . . " , :-?T~ii. 5;
-. ; .r It :-_: e-T-rz --::::zr. r::".-
(U37.3C)
Cbnrira^d«Hp.225.
224 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical, [Book IV.
Nunc quemadmodum audiar sentio, at turn si dicerem non audirer.
(C. Clu. 29.)
Haec si non essent, vererer, credo, ne turpiter facerem, si hoc splen-
dore et hac dignitate hominem defenderem. (G. Plane. 30.)
Cantus et e curru Lunam deducere temptat, et faceret, si non sera
repulsa sonent. (Tib. 1. 8. 22.)
(d) Pluperfect. Si Metelli fidei diffisus essem, judicem eum non
retinuissem. (C. Verr. Act 1. 10.)
A te infelicem, inquit vilico Archytas, quern necassem jam verberi-
bus, nisi iratus essem. (Cic. R. P. 1. 38.)
Res neque nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse, et fuisset facillimo, si
culpa a quibusdam afuisset. (C. Fam. 12. 28.)
Causam inaugurari coacti flaminis libens reticuissem, ni ex mala
fama in bonam vertisset. (L. 27. 8.)
Nihil est tarn fallax quam vita humana, nihil tam insidiosum : non
mehercules quisquam illam accepisset, nisi daretur inscientibus.
(Sen. Dial. 6. 22. 3.)
Ergo ego nisi peperissem, Roma non oppugnaretur; nisi filium ha-
berem, libera in libera patria mortua essem. (L. 2. 40.)
ii. With the condition not formally expressed. (This is sometimes 1534
called the potential mood.')
1. The condition is sometimes contained in a phrase in the sen-
tence, or implied by the context.
Uno praelio victus Alexander bello victus esset; Romanum, quern
Caudiiim, quern Cannae non fregerunt, quae fregisset acies?
(L. 9. 19.)
An ego in hac urbe esse possim, his pulsis, qui me hujus urbis com-
potem fecerunt? (C. Sest. 69.)
Numquam naturam mos vinceret, est enim ea semper invicta; sed
nos opinionibus maloque more delenitum animum mollivimus.
(C. T. D. 5. *7-)
Quae legentem fefellissent, transferentem fugere non possent.
(Plin. Ep. 7. 9.)
Quod ad vos attinet, tribuni plebis, minasque vestras, ne ego libenter
experirer, quam non plus in iis juris quam in vobis animi esset;
sed nefas est tendere adversus auctoritatem senatus. (L. 5. 9.)
Illius impulsu cum turribus ardua celsis mcenia mota forent: serpens
sine vulnere mansit. (Ov. M. 3. 61.)
Continued on p. 226.
Chap. XX] Indicative. Verb* of power, duty, Ax. 225
Ut qukquid ego apprehenderam, statim aceusator extorquebat ex
manibus: si qxuEsrreram, que inimicitis Seamandro cam Havito,
fatrbatnr nullas fuisse; sin afltfm iUnd egeram, nullum ad Sea~
mandriim morte Havib. venturum ™"lni »»"i"i" fmgagj concede-
bat. (C. Clu. 19.)
Turn enim magistratmn non gerebat is qui ceperat, si patres anetores
non erant factL (C. Plane 3.)
d'i) Pluperfect. Cesseram, si alienam a me plebem fuisse volfe, quae
nan fait, invidis ; si vis suberat, armis; si perienhnn avium, xei
publics. (C. SesL 30.)
Si fllud jure rogatum dicere ansi sunt, quod nuDo exemplo fieri potmt,
nulla lege licuit, quia nemo de eclo servant, obHtine erant turn,
cum iHe qui id egerat plebeins est lege curiata faetus, did de eaelo
esse servatum? (C. Proc. Corns. 19.)
The pluperfect {in the apodosis to a conditional sentence) is usual
only in rhetorical expressions, such as those in § 1574* (4).
2. Tbe indicative (of certain verbs) is used to express 1535
positively tbe existence of power, possibility, duty, con-
venience, ic in contrast to particular acts.
(a) The Present and Future are used (though the future 'is not
frequent), when the possible, obligatory, Jec. action is spoken of as still
possible.
(ft) The Perfect, of past tine generally.
(e) The Imperfect, of present time, or of a continuous state in
past time, the action being regarded as no longer possible.
(d) The Pluperfect, of an action no longer possible in past time.
(a) Present. Possum persequi multa oblectamenta rerum rustiearum,
sed ea ipsa, quae itivi, sentio fnisse kwigiora. (C. Sen. 16.)
M. Quid? si te rogavero afiquid, nonne respondebis? A. Superbum
id quidem est: sed, nisi quid necesse exit, malo non roges.
(C. T. D. L 8.)
Longum est ea dicere: sed boc breve dicam. (C. Sest. 5.)
(Dieet) * emi. peeuniam solvL' Credo, etiam tabulae proferentur : est
tanti: cedo tabulas. (C. Terr. 4. 20.)
Future. Xibil est quod verearis, ne sit hoc illi molestum, eui orbern
tezrarum cireumire non erit longum mea causa. (PMn. Ep. 7. 16.)
Continued on p. 227.
226 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. [Book IV.
Melius sequerere volentem: dignus eras ultro, poteras certeque,
rogari. (lb. 14. 29.)
O vitse philosophia dux, quid non modo nos, sed omnino vita homi-
num sine te esse potuisset? (C. T. D. 5. 2.)
' Vellem quidem liceret : hoc dixissem.' Dicas licet. ' Hoc fecis-
sem.' Facias licet : nemo prohibet. ' Hoc decrevisscm.' De-
cerne, modo recte: omnes approbabunt. (C. Rose. Am. 48.)
Nulla profecto alia gens tanta mole cladis non obruta esset.
(L. 22. 54.)
Hoc spatio plura facinora in se victi ediderunt quam infesti edidis-
sent victores. (L. 31. 18.)
Omnia nostra, dum nascuntur, placent: alioqui nee scriberentur.
(Quint. 10. 3. 7.)
Tacuissem hodie, patres conscripti, ne quid in communi omnium
gaudio, minus laetum quod esset vobis, loquerer : nunc interro-
gans senatori si reticeam, aut superbus aut obnoxius videar.
(L. 23. 12.)
Meae populique Romani disciplinse causa facerem, ne quid, quod
sanctum usquam esset, apud nos violaretur: nunc, ut id curem
impensius, vestra quoque virtus dignitasque facit. (L. 26. 49.)
Vir antiquus et gravis Pompei partes laudaret magis, prudens
sequeretur Caesaris, et ilia gloriosa, hsec terribiliora duceret.
(Veil. 2. 49-)
2. Often the suppressed condition is l if occasion arose,'' ' if a 1531
trial were made,'' and the like. This is most common with the pre-
sent and imperfect of volo and its compounds ; or the perfect (with
sense of present') tense of some verbs of mental action (thinking, say-
ing, <&J'c). In English we use the auxiliaries '•can,' 1 '■could,'' '■should,''
1 would,' 1 'â– may,'' 'â– might.''
(a) So velim, vellem, &c.
Id velim mihi ignoscas, quod invita socru tua fecerim.
(C. Fam. 12. 7.)
Nolim enim, ne si Latine quidem possit dici, 'specierum' et 'specie-
bus 1 dicere: et saepe eis casibus utendum est; at 'formis' et
'fbrmarum' velim. (C. Top. 7.)
Rogatus in haec verba populus: ' Velitis jubeatisne hoec sic fieri?'
(L. 22. 10.)
Majores nostri Karthaginem et Numantiam funditus sustulerant:
nollem Corinthum. (C. Off. 1. n.)
Jam mallem Cerberum metueres, quam ista tarn inconsiderate
diceres. (C. T. D. I. 6.)
Continued on p. 228.
Clap. XXL] Ixmc&nxE. Verba efpomer, dotof, ^ x -
fMipnKaligmai>|aEnidn& fC. JT.I>.3.33L|
^1 JjWMu/flrt. BaimiaBUBBes i
•-_ _ _ :':c~i^_r , i'; i.i.
~ l.v -i : !.•- i :
L^iiiTOBa^tBttefied. (G. C^f 1. 9.)
CB& â– wffifittF Tft^M^y F^ lww l M y , 3 fr** CIB9. HSCttC ^ MM^t* flBBOli CSS
â– he cto gBBm ttgram Triiclt JHBJqpaag goftwrariL flCL .FiB&.i-X$4)
, _ .""_; " "' ! l _"] __ _ - . ■■- __-"i*. ~ ?'£''- i* BMB9BUS9NL
(& JFaacS.)
(<i£ FtmgnarfiidL Qaamte imriffiiw ffimraft), M Hum jauiaiiiiHfciKsa jafcriis aiszn
aneamatamL |C Qf. H KJ
|CL.
(Or. JL 2. 43L)
(L.35.37.)
Eos <£.'.-:•• — . :. - ;v ■' ——- .- i-t"-^ ~-__: " ' :
SgUSmUni (Eft BirafMwflartijmmn! Ifiiftircnrai - ©£gi lnfljftifc :sijflDf& ^^w wfeflMwig (dJjjfiQn&KBl
3. T& saxSJkml6wic «s fimaui m aima man&nuDm mmuHkmi§ fmamsi to zz?z
Aft ttmrrmr nalfo ™™H*ai„ <paani Sacer® <2dei&. ((EL fk. 33QL)
SbfioaBCK. C)t. X*.,nmv>piinmn timcto* ([EL Jffi«4. llaT-JJ
' ... * '11 ".;«*- ; " - " :1 -T,- ;"..v . <; ~1_ l.C. . ; ':._ 7.1. : T ^ . ' 1~ .. r '". '"'
— - _.._; :.:.:■.....:. } _. Eg " -
«paai M apsul «gj- Jroriiwiiniite, jmaBunnL ([C Y<nnr. 5. SSL])
J 1 ^ <i«fer imsBmmaim sat | ISST-
; "" ''â– "'" - -'"
It 2
228 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. [Book IV.
Camillus quanquam exercitum assuetum imperio, qui in Volscis
erat, mallet, nihil recusavit. (L. 6. 9.)
Cuperem voltum videre tuum cum haec legeres.
(C. Att. 14. 17, §4 = 16, §7-)
Cupissem itaque primis temporibus ad istam curationem accedere.
(Sen. Dial. 6. 1.)
(b) With a simple negative, or ivith inter rogatives, especially 15;
quis, implying a negative. (The imperfect is used of past time only.}
Quis hunc non putet confiteri sibi quassito opus esse? cui quaesito
autem opus sit, quis umquam hunc vere dixerit divitem?
(C. Par. 6. 2.)
Ductus vero aquarum, quos isti Nilos et Euripos vocant, quis non,
cum hsec videat, inriserit? (C. Legg. 2. 1.)
Quis dubitet, quin in virtute divitiae sint? (C. Par. 6. 2.)
Poterat Sextilius impune negare : quis enim redargueret ?
(G. Fin. 2. 17.)
Hoc tantum bellum quis umquam arbitraretur uno anno confici
posse? (C. Man. 11.)
Quis enim hunc hominem dixerit, qui, cum certos caeli motus viderit,
neget in his ullam inesse rationem? (C. N. D. 2. 38.)
Cur Syracusas praetorem quotannis cum imperio mittitis? Nihil
aliud profecto dicatis, quam armis superatis vos iis has leges
imposuisse. (L. 35. 16.)
Ipse, quod minime quis crederet, cum hostis propius esset, tertiam
partem militum frumentatum dimisit. (L. 22. 24.)
Nee vero reprehenderim 'scripsere alii rem:' 'scripserunt' esse verius
sentio. (C. Or. 17.)
Themistocles nihil dixerit, in quo Areopagum adjuverit.
(C. Of. 1. 22.)
Ubi (Sarmatce) per turmas advenere, vix ulla acies obstiterit.
(Tac. H. 1. 79.)
(c) With the adverbs merlto, facile, lubenter, citius, and the 154
like, <with or without a negative. The perfect is also sometimes found,
especially in first pers. sing., without such adverb or negative.
Sed neque verbis aptiorem cito alium dixerim neque sententiis cre-
briorem. (C. Brut. 76.)
L. Torquatum tu non tarn cito rhetorem dixissos, ctsi non deerat
oratio, quam, ut Grxci dicunt, tvoXitikov. (lb-)
Libenter omnibus omnis opes concesserim, ut mihi liceat vi nulla
interpellante isto modo vivere. (C. Fain. 9. 6.)
Continued on p. 230.
cfap z~ ;
:::
230 , Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. [Book IV.
Ciceronem cuicumque Graecorum fortiter opposuerim.
(Quint. 10. 1, § 105.)
In quo, quantum ceteris profuturi simus, non facile dixerim.
(C. ED. 5. fin.)
Tu vero Platonem nee nimis valde umquam nee nimis saepe lauda-
veris. (C. Legg. 3. 1.)
Calamitas virtutis occasio est. Illos merito quis dixerit miseros, qui
nimia felicitate torpescunt. (Sen. Dial. 1. 4, § 6.)
Publicatas enim pudicitise nulla venia. Non forma, non setate, non
opibus maritum invenerit. (Tac. G. 19.)
Citius hercule is, qui duorum scalmorum naviculam in portu ever-
terit, in Euxino ponto Argonautarum navem gubernarit.
(C. Or. 1. 38.)
Macte virtute! Ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erra-
verim. (G. T. D. 1. 17.)
Ne illi quidem se nobis merito praetulerint gloriatique sint.
(L. 22. 59.)
Sic ego istis censuerim novam istam orationem fugiendam.
(C. Brut. 78.)
Non illi se quisquam impune tulisset obvius armato, seu cum pedes
iret in hostem seu spumantis equi foderet calcaribus armos.
(Verg. A. 6. 879.)
Hoc quidem adscensu vel tres armati quamlibet multitudinem
arcuerint. (L. 9. 24.)
Neque pol servandum tibi quicquam dare ausim neque te servare.
(Ter. Eun. 904.)
Ph. Cedo cerussam, malas qui oblinam. Sc. Una opera ebur
atramento candefacere postules. (PI. Most. 449.)
(d) Rarely with indefinite pronoun in statement of objections. 154*
' Quid ergo postulas?' dicat aliquis. (L. 37. 53.)
(See the preface.)
3. The subjunctive is used where the subject is impliedly >544
indefinite, the verb being in the 2nd per s. singular (i.e. you = one).
(The condition understood is the reality of the subject). N.B. Tlx
subject tu is rarely expressed.
I nepta base esse nos qua; facimus scntio. Verum quid facias ? ut
homost, ita morem geras. (Ter. Ad. 430.)
Continued on p. 232.
Chap. XX.] IyDicATrrE. Contrasted usages, 231
Omnia ego istce, que tu dixti, sdo, tbI exagnarero. (PL Trin. 65-5.)
DesQite, mDhes, nisi Tuttis aqmlizn hostibas prodere : ego certe meant
reipabbcae aiqae imperaiari olBoum pnestiiero. (Gcs. G. 4. 25.)
Medioenbas et <nris ignowcas Titiis tensor; fortassis et istine largiter
atettikrit knga stas. (Hor. S.Li 130.)
Nos dims caruerimos patricna magistratibus, qnam illi plebeiia.
(L. 3. 52.)
Xnnc quid dieis? ' Care ignoseas.' H*e nee bominis nee ad homim-in
toi est : qua qui apod te, C. Cesar, ntitnr, soam eitina abieiei
bnmanitatem qnam extorqaebit tnam. (C. Lig. 5.)
Xazrandnm ego istae militi eensebo. (PL MiL 205.)
Qnam seit nterqne, libens eensebo, exereeat artem.
(Hot. Ep. L 14. 44.)
(See tome other example* of completed future in §§ 1435, 1545.)
(d) The indicative is (except for tome collateral reason) used with 1543
a definite, or expressedlu indefinite subject; especially the future and
completed future of dice, qiuero, Are. in introducing possible objections.
1. With an expressedly indefinite subject: I;45
Dieet aliquis : ' noli isto modo com Yerre agere." Sic agam : si quid,
Are. (C. Terr. 4. o.)
•Ergo,' inqniet aliqriis, ' donavit popnlo Syraeusano flTam bereditatem.'
Primum, si id eonifteri Telim, tamen istmn condemnetia necesse
est. (C. Yerr. 2. 18.)
QojEret iortassia qmspiam, dispbeeatns ^hiKt legum presidio* capitis
perieulnm propolsare. Mini Tero, jodi£es,non displicet.
<C. Clu. 52.)
Dicet aliquis, ' quid igitnr censes? -vindkandnm in eos qui bosti pto-
didererempnblkam?' Son manu, non vi, Arc. (SalL J. 31. 18.)
Continued on p. 233.
232 Subjunctive. (A) Hypothetical. [Book IV.
Quem neque gloria neque pericula excitant, nequiquam hortere. "
(Sail. C. 58.)
M-irari magis adeo discrepare apud auctores, quam quid veri sit
discernere, queas. (L. 22. 61.)
Demptum tenet arbore pomum: Hesperidas donasse putes.
(Ov. Met. 11. 114.)
Posteaquam in Siciliam venerunt, mirandum in modum — canis
venaticos diceres — ita odorabantur omnia et pervestigabant, ut
ubi quidque esset aliqua ratione invenirent. (C. Verr. 4. 13.)
Injussu signa referunt, maestique, (crederes victos,) redeunt in
castra. (L. a. 43.)
Neminem totis mox castris quietum videres. (L. 44. 34.)
Putasses ejus luctus aliquem finem esse debere. (Sen. Dial. 6. 13.)
Vicinum citius adjuveris in fructibus percipiendis quam aut fra-
trem aut familiarem. (C. Off. 1. 18.)
Postquam vero nationes in familiis habemus, quibus diversi ritus,
externa sacra aut nulla sunt, colluviem istam non nisi metu
coercueris. (Tac. A. 14. 44.)
Such a subjunctive may occur in a conditional or other subordinate 1546
clause; e.g.
Mens quoque et animus, nisi tanquam lumini oleum instilles, ex-
stinguuntur senectute. (C. Sen. 11.)
Per silentium noctis sonus ferri, et, si attenderes acrius, strepitus
vinculorum longius primo, deinde e proximo, reddebatur.
(Plin. Ep. 7. 2j.)
Nee calidce citius decedunt corpore febres, textilibus si in picturis
ostroque rubenti jacteris, quam si in plebeia veste cubandumst.
(Lucr. 2. 36.)
Amici ejus virtutis ac venerationis erant, ut singulos reges putares.
(Just. 13. 1.)
Proinde ubi se videas hominem indignarier ipsum,... scire licet non
sincerum sonere. (Lucr. 3. 869.)
Bonus tantummodo segnior fit, ubi neglegas, at malus improbior.
(Sail. J. 51.)
Erat autem amentis, cum aciem videres, pacem cogitare.
(C. Lig. 9.)
Continued on p. 234.
IsDicAnrt Contrasted nmgu.
(Sen. JSp. 81, } 11.)
Quid Kfanm Bails'.. HIae afiqnxi rohnt nil im pectate drrit,
•Kaakce,«tfnmart k nd«abAnBaaL' (Or. X X 1. 357.)
2. JFItik a iejbate nfiject: I5tr
Qbiwihii, qumti ii gfftinwn S uqam Henm* There in otaa, expe-
xiens. (PoIIio ap- C. Fat. 10. 31, § 6.)
EarsBS j«m me. Q. Fafi, irasei fartKBe dices. <C- PkfiL 8. 6.)
mm. (C. Att. 15. 9.)
Bf ■pnwHit fertMse DJogancB rie: • kfiod est eeZsre, cfini tseere.'
(C. Qf. 3. 13.)
I.:; ; -;t-: l : : _ . r ; : 1 - :_ '_-_ _i :;
mas paxeo. tPSn. £p. 6. 28.)
'Qiiitfiaistaef'iiiqaia, 'a mentoa Torit, hnmiiri nop inepto?*
(CsL ap. C. Fam. 9. 3.)
Hjmpbo wwlrmnalnr . 'Qoanti' bwlmnr a aaiitiv . (C. Fat. 3. 2L>
l~.; t-: ? :r. _ Ti_.-:_~ ; . :~_ i:i::r- i~~ :.v_^ ~:~ iz-'i'-'.z-LZ.: ' 1 ~ s
lima after coma TThi aim am inanK, ajri "
aatepcnai saoTi (C. Xci. 17.)
1 Stbpnciire a ce anEug to armin - _
234 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. \Book IV.
(B) Conditional subjunctive.
Conditional subjunctives are used in subordinate sentences which 1348
qualify not positive or absolute assertions, but thoughts, actions
in the abstract, qualities; i.e. they are used in sentences qualifying
subjunctives, infinitives, gerundives, and future participles.
A conditional clause, qualifying a principal clause (1) which
has the subjunctive, is sometimes (a) without any particle, the verb,
however, being put first in the clause ; sometimes (b) has a relative
pronoun ; sometimes (c ) has si, nisi, which may be further strength-
ened ; e.g. etsi, tametsi, etiamsi. (For ordinary conditional sen-
tences with si, nisi, see the former part of this chapter (§ 153a).)
A conditional clause with si frequently qualifies or appears to
qualify a principal sentence which has the indicative. These cases
are referable to two classes. The first of these is (2) when the
indicative verb in the principal clause is an auxiliary verb; e.g.
possum, licet, est, fuit; and the conditional clause really qualifies
not the auxiliary but the infinitive or gerundive, which is connected
with it. The other class is (3) when the principal sentence does
not state the proper hypothetical assertion to which the conditional
clause properly corresponds, but substitutes for it a statement of
similar content but of a positive character. Sometimes the verb of
the apodosis (principal clause) is omitted altogether.
The following are typical instances :
1. With apodosis in subjunctive.
(a. 1) Roges me, respondeam.
(2) Absque te esset, viverem.
(b) Qui roget, miretur.
(c. 1) Si roges, respondeam. (Ordinary conditional sentences.)
(2) Etiamsi roges, taceam.
(3) Si roges, respondeam, si non roges, taceam (rare).
2. With apodosis in some part of infinite verb.
(a) Poteras respondere, si rogassem.
(b) Respondendum fuit,) ^ roga8Bem .
(r) Responsurus fuit, )
3. With proper apodosis exchanged or omitted.
(a) Si roges, respondebo. Si rogasses, responderam.
(h) Suaves numeros, si audissem.
(r) Quid si rogem?
(d) Ita respondit, quasi accusaret.
(e) si rogaret!
Continued on p. 236.
Chap. JCJL] Ixdicattte m conditional damm. . j
Indicative in Conditional classes.
CondiiiGoal <Tm it n with flic verb in the indicative nsnsDv/ qaafifT
: by their torn, farmshes a rale for the allotment of time <
(f.g. 1st para, sin g, fat, of aoewk, and an tot the 1st pen, stag.
of the complf if d fntatc) whirli are ambtgaons.
-_7 iz^ir.:-^- itt Li~r iTT'izr-'i ::â– : :_i: !? "._â– ' ::z_r_:~ :~,',,'-
tanfflhyEeatn^or^iMperathe^orPji iiiiaiwitlj^in i Miw aaah-
Ycrts in the indicative are ssed wrfliont, as well as with, <
tio nal psrHHws to conrey a condition; and so also are Texts in the
hnperatne; the mind hang left to sappiy the relation between the two
"i[M" an, ilinrrn with tins help onVf , ^apart from the meaning,)
^-~.-.-'..::—~z. ~. :-.■'- .-. l~:ii ::" L~:i^ dnanes, Bflbodacai ~:~ i
conditional particle, are thenseof etai f mUkamgh '» «tei the condi-
tion is a fart, the nse of si, sin, and atre, stream widen, the indicative
is the prevalent form, and of nisi introducing afterthonghts.
7^7 --.--•- •■.-■- :: in ini:M~~r lz ~JLi :-:zL~ z±L " -~ -■- — i;; -Jit
fim'fnl daose has the snbfanetive, are either where the piin i ij sd
dense, ptopcilr correspondent, has been scppressed; or where the
i-': ;zz.:-z.- ii:rz^ -• -~-i - -" :•: ::= :■.-!:- :zL rzz. :z:-. :~- :; i -i.;l>
: . .^i .: :■■: — I ....
1. With ipodiHB in indicative.
(-)
(&} Qai ragat, andtt.
tfll) gregaa, iimnailFO. (Oramary conditional rnnenre*)
. Z3i ragas, or si i
(4) San dim; ntsl forte ragaa,
2. "With apodosss in imperative.
3. 'Withapparen
to) veOem:
w
Anal, ae legates est, rcspomdlt,
CastussedoajL337.
236 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional {Book IV.
A conditional subjunctive expresses an action, whose 1550
non-occurrence is implied, but which is supposed to
occur as the condition of another supposed action.
1. Conditional clause with apodosis in subjunctive.
(a. 1) The protasis may be without relative or connective adverb : 552
(the verb being generally put first in the clause). Compare the sen-
tences in § 1622.
Roges me, qualem naturam deorum esse ducam, nihil fortasse re-
spondeam ; quasras, putemne talem esse, qualis modo a te sit
exposita, nihil dicam mihi videri minus.
(G. N. D. 1. »i: see also 22.)
Clamet arnica, pater, uxor, 'hie fossa est ingens, hie rupes maxima;
serva;' non magis audierit, quam Fufius ebrius olim, cum
Ilionam edormit. (Hor. S. 2. 3. 57.)
At dares hanc vim M. Crasso, ut digitorum percussione heres posset
scriptus esse, cui re vera non esset heres, in foro, mihi crede,
saltaret. (C. Off. 3. 19.)
Partem opere in tanto, sineret dolor, Icare, haberes. (Verg.^. 6.31.)
Negaret hac sestimatione se usum, vos id credidissetis.
(G. Terr. 3. 97.)
Dixerit hoc idem Epicurus, semper beatum esse sapientem, non
pugnem cum homine, illud urgueam, non intelligere eum, quid
sibi dicendum sit, cum dolorem summum malum esse dixerit.
(C. Fin. 5. 27.)
Dedisses huic animo par corpus, fecisset quod optabat.
(Plin. Ep. 1. 12.)
[So with indicative apodosis, as in § 15 74. 1554
Decies centena dedisses huic parco, paucis contento : quinque diebus,
nil erat in loculis. (Hor. S. 1. 3. 15.)
Huic aliquis juvenum dixisset amantia verba; reddebat tales pro-
tinus ilia sonos. (Ov. F. 6. 113.)]
(a. 2) In the comic poets such a protasis has sometimes the 1556
preposition absque with its case, and esset or foret.
Nam absque te esset, hodie numquam ad solem occasum viverem.
(Plaut. Merc. 1022.)
So with indicative apodosis, as in § 1574.
Quam fortunatus ceteris sum rebus, absque una hac foret.
(Ter. Hec. 601.)
Continued on j>. 238.
dapc-XX] bwcnm
.--
la tike iaaieatrre or imperative mood, & eoaAitfea is »s«
pat simply wiftaeat its keiag implied tut it iees* or
L Cvmditimmml class* mitt mpsdasis in imdiemtive.
Att flT<* witH, liber, eni muSsr rmp wat,
smiefc? PSscifey (famfirm est ; -rccaS.
minatar, exkoae»eaAim, f CL Jftnr. 5. 3L|
aabis
Tm:
flait ad iHu.
; majors <
Pant SL ]. 1. 4SL)
rpsnm (Urns) am
flet,a kcrymaii
--"
par. i J§§t|
Tie jfrvtasis masgp s£ra for fiac&m imt»FrtiipadlmdB$.
"EfUMU'Iiasiii aGqinil? cask
cor ira a* ttaaatalilt aisles* flC Jr. a. 33L);
law;} Pratasii in impenxSive.
Atteidite: jam mfelLegafcfa. fCL TVrr. 2L 2JL)
Die
238 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. [Book IV:
(b) Protasis introduced by relative adjective (qui = siquis). 1558
Haec et innumerabilia ex eodem genere qui videat, nonne cogatur
confiteri deos esse? (C. N. D. 2. 4.)
Qui videret equum Trojanum introductum, urbem captam diceret.
(C. Verr. 4. 23.)
Qui vinum fugiens vendat sciens, debeatne dicere? (C. Off. 3. 23.)
Miraretur, qui turn Massilienses cerneret, quae res eos tutaretur.
(L. 34- 9)
Denique levissime qui suspicaretur, putaret me idcirco discedere,
quod, &c. (G. Fam. 9. 2.)
Qua opera credam tibi, una opera adligem canem fugitivam agninis
lactibus. (PI. Ps. 319.)
Equidem, qusecunque vos causa hue attulisset, laetarer, cum apud
me viderem homines mihi carissimos et amicissimos.
(C. Or. 2. 4.)
Qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent, cruciari dies, noctes torqueri vel-
lent, nee vero se ipsi accusarent ob earn causam, quod se male
suis rebus consuluisse dicerent; eorum enim est haec querela,
qui sibi cari sunt seseque diligunt. (C. Fin. 5. 10.)
(c. 1) For ordinary conditional sentences with si see §§ 1530, 1532.
(c. 2) With si, si maxume (followed by tamen), tametsi, etiamsi 1560
(quamvis, § 1624), of a supposition contrary to the fact. (Concessive
sentences.}
Si haec non gesta audiretis, sed picta videretis, tamen appareret
uter esset insidiator. (C. Mil. 20.)
Eadem opinor omnia convenire, neque enim, si maxime statuae
dejectae essent, eas ego vobis possem jacentis ostendere.
(G. Verr. 2. 68.)
Gaesar mihi, quascunque res gereret, tuendus esset; nunc in tanta
felicitate tantisque victoriis, etiamsi in nos non is esset, qui est,
tamen ornandus videretur. (G. Fam. 1. 9, § 18.)
Etiamsi mors oppetenda esset, domi atque in patria mallem quam
in externis atque alienis locis. (C. Fam. 4. 7.)
Sed tametsi jam ita constituisses, ut abesse perpetuo malles quam
ea, quae nolles, videre, tamen id cogitare deberes, ubicunque
esses, te fore in ejus ipsius quern fugeres potestate. (lb.)
Continued on p. 210.
Chap. XX.] Indicative in conditional clause. 239
Quod male fers, adsuesce, feras bene. (Ov. A. A. 2. 647.)
Quod petis est nusquam : quod amas, avertere, perdes.
(Ov. Met. 3. 433.)
Ostendite modo bellum, pacem habebitis : videant yos paratos ad vim ;
jus ipsi remittent. (L. 6. 18.)
Crede huic tutelam: suam rem melius gesserit (PL Trin. 139.)
Tolle hanc opinionem: luctum sustuleris. (C. T.D. 1. 13.)
Imperti etiam populo potestatis aliquid : non satiaris eum libertate,
sed incenderis cupiditate libertatis, com tantummodo potestatem
gustandi feceris. (C. B. P. 2. 28.)
(b) Protasis introduced by relative adjective. Z5S9
Nihil est enim virtute amabilius, quam qui adeptus erit, ubicunque
erit gentium, a nobis diligetur. (C. N.D. 1. 44.)
Haec et quae sunt ejus generis facile videbit, qui volet laudare.
(C. Or. 2. 11.)
For other examples see % 1681.
(c. 1) For ordinary conditional sentences with si see §§ 1531, 1533.
(c. 2) With si, si maxume {followed by tamen, at), etsi, tametsi, 1561
etiamsi (quamquam, § 1697), of a simple supposition,. especially where
the supposition is known to be the fact.
In Deciis Magiis si moderatio ilia, quae in nostris solet^esse consulibus,
non fuit, at rait pompa, rait species. (C. Pi's. 11.)
Yerum si cognatast maxume, non fuit necesse habere : sed id quod lex
jubet, dotem daretis; quaareret alium Yirum. (Ter. Ph. 295.)
Missa haec faciamus. Non te dignum, Chserea, fecisti; nam si ego
digna hac contumeha sum maxume, at tu indignus, qui faceres
tamen. (Ter. Eun. 864.)
Caesar, etsi nondum eorum consilia cognoverat, tamen ex eo, quod ob-
sides dare intenniserant, fore id, quod accidit, suspicabatur.
(Caes. G. 4. 31.)
Tiri boni multa ob earn causam faciunt, quia honestum est, etsi nul-
lum consecuturum emolumentum vident. (C. Fin. 2. 14.)
Tametsi statim vicisse debeo, tamen de meo jure decedam.
(C. Rose. Am. 27.)
Quod crebro quis videt, non miratur, etiamsi cur fiat nescit.
(C. Div. 2. 22.)
Continued on p. 24L
240 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. [Book IV,
(c. 3) The subjunctive appears to be rarely used with sive or sin, 156a
except in reported narrative or dependent sentence; probably because
the writer declines to mark as imaginary any of the possibilities among
which he declines to decide.
Et tamen ego a philosopho, si adferat eloquentiam, non asperner, si
non habeat, non admodum flagitem. (C. Fin. 1. 5.)
Mihi crede, si pro patris hujus hospitiis et gratia vellent omnes
hujus hospites adesse et auderent libere defendere, satis copiose
defenderetur : sin autem pro magnitudine injurias haec omnes
vindicarent, consistere mehercule vobis isto in loco non liceret.
(C. Rose. Am. 51.)
Spectatores vos quoque ad cenam vocem, ni daturus nil sim neque
sit quicquam pollucti domi, nive adeo vocatos credam vos esse
ad cenam foras. (PI. Rud. 1420.)
2. With apodosis in some part of infinite verb, i.e. 15C4
infinitive, future participle, or gerundive.
The verb on which the infinitive depends, or the auxiliary verb
with the gerundive or participle, is usually put in the indicative {except
for some collateral reason), and conveys a positive expression of duty,
possibility, right, dr*c.
(a) A condition qualifying an infinitive. 1566
Omnibus eum contumeliis onerasti, quern patris loco, si ulla in te
pietas esset, colere debebas 1 . (C. Phil. 2. 38).
Debuisti, Vatini, etiamsi falso venisses in suspicionem P. Sestio,
tamen mihi ignoscere. (C. Vat. 1.)
Deleri totus exercitus potuit 1 , si fugientes persecuti victores essent.
(L. 32. 12.)
Si mihi nee stipendia omnia emerita essent, necdum aetas vacatio-
nem daret, tamen aecum erat me dimitti. (L. 42. 34.)
Pompeius munitiones Caesaris prohibere non poterat, nisi proelio
decertare vellet. (Cass. C. 3. 44.)
Si ita Milo putasset, optabilius ei fuit dare jugulum P. Clodio,
quam jugulari a vobis. (C. Mil. n.)
Neque tu hoc dicere audebis, nee, si cupias, licebit. (C.Ferr. 2. 69.)
Nee vero ipsam amicitiam tueri possumus, nisi asque amicos et
nosmet ipsos diligamus. (C. Fin. 1. 20.)
1 This corresponds to the origin of the English idiom, should, could,
might, &c.
Continued on p. 242.
Chap. XX. ~\ Indicative in conditional clause. 241
(c. 8) When several conflicting possibilities are stated, either the '563
first is expressed by si, and the second by si, sin, si vero, &c. positively,
by si non, sin minus negatively ; or the first by si non, the second by
si etiam ; or each is expressed by sive. In the comic poets si... sive (wot
sive. ..sive) are used. (Sin is also used occasionally where no express
statement of condition has preceded.)
Si feceris id quod ostendis, magnam habebo gratiam ; si non feceris, 15*5
ignoscam. (C. Fam. 5. 19.)
Si mihi veniam, quam peto, dederit, utar illius condicione; si minus,
impetrabo aliquid a me ipso. (C. Att. 9. 15.)
Inde utrum consistere uspiam velit, an mare transire, nescitur; si
manet, vereor ne exercitum firnium habere non possit ; sin disce-
dit, quo aut qua aut quid nobis agendum sit, nescio.
(C. Att. 7. 12.)
Luxuria cum omni setati turpis, turn senectuti foedissima est: sin
autem etiam libidinum intemperantia accessit, duplex malum est.
(C. Of. 1. 34.)
Utrum cetera nomina in codicem accepti et expensi digesta habes an
non? si non, quomodo tabulas conficis ? si etiam, quam obrem hoc
nomen triennio amplius in adversariis relinquebas?
(C. Rose. Com. 3.)
Tun' capite cano amas, homo nequissime? De. Si canum, sei istuc 1567
rutilum, sive atrumst, amo. (PI. Merc. 304.)
Si ex seternitate verum hoc fuit ' Ex isto morbo convalesces,' sive ad-
hibueris medicum sive non adhibueris, convalesces ; itemque si ex
aeternitate falsum hoc fuit, 'Ex isto morbo convalesces,' sive ad-
hibueris medicum sive non adhibueris, non convalesces.
(C. Fat. 13.)
Sive enim ad sapientiam perveniri potest, non paranda nobis solum ea,
sed fruenda etiam est: sive hoc difficile est, tamen nullus est
modus investigandi veri, nisi inveneris. (C. Fin. 1. 1.)
Itaque sive Sulla, sive Marius, sive uterque, sive qui alius bellum civile
optavit, earn detestabilem civem reipublicae natum judico.
(C. Phil. 13. 1.)
Pacem cum Scipione Sulla sive faciebat sive simulabat, non erat
desperandum, si convenisset, fore ahquem tolerabilem statum
civitatis. (lb.)
Platonis illud, seu quis dixit alius, perelegans esse videtur.
(G.R.P.1. 18.)
Continued on p. 243.
16
242 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. [Book IV.
But the apodosis has (i) sometimes an hypothetical subjunctive ; i 5 6J
Haec si diceret, tamen ignosci non oporteret. (C. Verr. i. 27.)
Cluentio ignoscere debebitis, quod hsec a me dici patiatur; mihi
ignoscere non deberetis, si tacerem. (G. Clu. 6.)
(2) sometimes a subjunctive for collateral reason, esp. potuerit,
rarely potuisset (comp. § 15 21).
Ventum quidem erat eo, ut, si hostem similem antiquis Macedonum
regibus habuisset consul, magna clades accipi potuerit.
(L. 44. 4.)
Tantum in tempore fuit momenti, ut, cum precantibus opem
militibus succurri, si maturatum esset, potuisset, ad id venerit
exercitus subsidio missus, ut, &c. (L. 4. 58.) Cf. C. Sull. 15.
Philippus, si satis diei superesset, non dubius quin Athamanes quo-
que exui castris potuissent, sub tumulo consedit. (L. 31. 42.)
(Z>) A condition qualifying the future participle, or the gerundive 1 . 1570
Si tribuni me triumphare prohiberent, Furium et Aemilium testes
citaturus fui rerum a me gestarum. (L. 38. 47.)
I Hi ipsi aratores, qui remanserant, relicturi agros omnis erant, nisi
ad eos Metellus Roma litteras misisset. (C. Verr. 3. 52.)
Peditum acies videbatur, si justa ac directa pugna esset, haudqua-
quam impar futura. (L. 22. 28.)
Quid, si hostes ad urbem veniant, facturi estis? (L. 3. 52.)
Hoc Turrinus sequitur, ad summa evasurus juvenis, nisi modicis
contentus esset. (Sen. Rhet. Contr. 10. praef. § 16.)
Dedit mihi quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset.
(Plin. Ep. 3. 21.)
Si Roms Cn. Pompeius privatus esset hoc tempore, tamen ad tan-
tum bellum is erat deligendus. (G. Man. 17.)
Hos nisi manumisisset, tormentis etiam dedendi fuerunt.
(C. Mil. 22.)
Sic flendus Peleus, si moreretur, erat. (Ov. F. 408.)
Hoc, etiamsi senex non essem, fucrat sentiendum, nunc vero multo
magis. (Sen. Ep. 77. 3.)
Si unum diem morati essctis, moriendum omnibus fuit. (L. 2. 38.)
Quid faceret? si vivere vellet, Sejanus rogandus erat.
(Sen. Dial. 6. 22, § 6.)
1 A sentence with a condition not marked as imaginary, and there-
fore in the indicative, is given in § 1 533 c.
Continued on p. 244.
Chap. XX] Ixdicahvk in conditional daase. 213
(c 4) jf m exception (in tke indicaSce) is oft** appended, by way of I3 f 9
oftertkommkt; nisi, nisi forte, nisi varo traueo/, nisi famen. Somutimts
nM = -cmlgtMa}S 'onlg,* 'bmU
Nemo fen sahat sobrius, nisi forte insaniL (C. Mur. 6L)
Qoid miramur In. SaEam, earn solas jwmpiihlkmin legeret arbemque
tamram gnbernaret, aliqua mijm«<i ■—*«■■» non potuisse? nisi hoe
minun est, quod vis dhrina adseqai nan possft,si id mens hmniM
adepts, non siiL (C. Bote. Amu -IS.)
An est qinsquam qui hoc jgnotet, com de honrine oeeiso quasalur, ant
ncgan solere <»ni»«mo esse fc**"", ant reete eft jure factum esse
defendi? nisi tho exisrimasis dementem P. Afriranum faisse,
qui, Ac (CMiLZ.)
Ttidinilum caput, quasi necesse sit, si hide non dat, te 31am. hwwmii
dneere: nisi Tides, nisi senis «nMm« oxas, amhts.
(let. Andr. 373.)
De re non possum judieare, nisi iHud mihi petsoadeo, te takm Tirum
mhfl temeze feasse. (C. Fam. 13. 73.)
Plum de Jugmiha scribere dehortatur me f crtuna mem. E turn antes
expertos sum paium fidei miseris esse. Nisi tameii intefflego 3tum
Knpra, quam ego sum, peiere. (SaO. J. 24.)
Quid egerint inter se, nondum efiam seio: nisi sane eunest, quorsum
eieniuriun hoe skt. (Per. Hee. 193.)
Spersham jam defervisse aduteseentiam : gandebazn: eec e antemde
integro : nisi, qokquid est, toIo scire. (Ter. Ad. 152.)
2. Indicative conditional clause vitk apodosis in im- 157I
peratiee.
The conditional clause any (a) ftaze, or (8>) not hare sL
(a) Kbe, timeen, lube, si talis : hibendnm herde hoe est, ne nega.
Age, si qwd agis. (PL Stick. 713.)
Si id eapso, geritote amids Tostris anrum corlahas. (PL See. 713.)
Quamohrem si me amas tantum, quantum pwrfe c lo anus, si Anrnvx ;
expergiscere; si stas, ingredere; si ingredms, cmrre; si corns,
advcla. (C. Att. 2. 23.)
Cmtinmed on p. 245.
1 6 — 2
244 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional [Book IV.
The auxiliary verb in the apodosis may he in the subjunctive for *57*
a collateral reason; e.g. if the apodosis is a dependent question, fac.
Ostendis qualis tu, si ita forte accidisset, fueris illo tempore consul
futurus: stipendio, mehercule, et frumento Catilinam esse
putasses juvandum. (C. Pis. 7.)
Tumulus erat inter castra, quern qui occupasset haud dubie iniquio-
rem erat hosti locum facturus. (L. 22. 28.)
Subibat cogitatio animum, quonam modo tolerabilis futura Etruria
fuisset, si quid in Samnio adversi evenisset. (L. 10. 45.)
Neque ambigitur quin Brutus idem, qui tantum gloriae Superbo
exacto rege meruit, pessimo publico id facturus fuerit, si liber-
tatis immature cupidine priorum regum alicui regnum extor-
sisset. (L. 2. 1.)
Nee dubium erat, quin, si tarn pauci simul obire omnia (loca) pos-
sent,terga daturi hostes fuerint. (L. 4. 38.)
Virgines eo cursu se ex sacrario proripuerunt, ut, si effugium pa-
tuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint.
(L. 24. 26.)
Adeo acquis viribus gesta res est, ut, si affuissent Etrusci aut in acie
aut in castris, quocunque se inclinassent accipienda clades
fuerit. (L. 10. 27.)
Quse res sua sponte tarn scelerata et nefaria est, ut, etiamsi lex non
esset, magnopere vitanda fuerit. (C. Verr. 1. 42.)
3. With suppression or contraction of the proper 1574
hypothetical apodosis.
(a) An allied fact is sometimes substituted for the proper hypo-
thetical statement. This allied fact is usually either (1. Present)
a general truth (instead of a particular occurrence); or (2. Future)
an unconditional prophecy ; or (3. Perfect <witb psene, prope, or Imper-
fect) an incomplete action or tendency (instead of the completed result) ;
or (4. Pluperfect) a wilful exaggeration. Comp. § 1535, d.
(1) Multa me dehortantur a vobis, Quirites, ni studium reipublica:
superet. (Sail. J. 31.)
Cur Siculi te defensorem habere nolint, etiamsi taceant, satis dicunt;
verum non tacent. (C. Caecil. 6.)
Memini numeros, si verba tenerem. (Verg. B. 9. 45.)
Quas audivistis modo, nunc si eadem hie iterem, inscitiast.
(PI. Pan. 4. 2. 99.)
Par mulieribus, mihi crede, vigor; par ad honesta, libeat, facultas
est. (Sen. Dial. 6. 16.)
Continued on p. 210.
CS^lXX.J Israc&nwE ia
-----
7*
rind m> iini
rfa
i tl:L ;i ma leci-i -e
â– -:.:. am mkmpa prfva ni an
egaOn. fCL T.l>. 1. JS.1
::•:.: vi_. . : .
Z::.Z; 1. " ! :â–
3L "With apfiareat apodoads im smlbjitmetiiTe.
H Sametirngs it w mo* s&r
iff tob vjubuemtnnrs <w
■MtMi tfflfa k« .7.. Drihfti n
Oh
Tna nes Tnrtcs rfca
Ml
at rTLEX * i£tl i_i£l' ' *"7 " i * J : .,j j~ . .. ". _ ^
Cum. PMI^ppa hoste nantoo> aon societatani gciftrm $&&, aa i
f epigisfcL |Ll M. 33.)
246 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. [Book J V.
Quod ni ita sit, quid veneramur deos? (C. N. D. 1. 44.)
Quamquam si quaedam etiam suaviora nasturcio natura desideret,
quam multa ex terra arboribusque gignuntur cum copia facili,
turn suavitate praestanti. (G. T. D. 5. 34.)
(2) At si me jubeas domitos Jovis igne Gigantas dicere, conantem
debilitabit onus. (Ov. Trist. 2. 333.)
Si fractus illabatur orbis, inpavidum ferient ruinae. (Hor.CW. 3.3.7.)
Si quis omnia alia habeat, valitudinem, divitias, imagines multas, fre-
quens atrium, sed malus ex confesso sit ; inprobabis ilium.
(Sen. Ep. 76. 12.)
Si, quantum de quaque re dici potest, persequamur, finis operis non
reperietur. (Quint. 1. proem. 25.)
(3) Pons sublicius iter psene hostibus dedit, ni unus vir fuisset.
(L. 2. 10.)
Inde certamine orto nisi in tribunal legatorum perfugisset, haud
multum afuit, quin ab exulibus fautoribusque eorum interfice-
retur. (L. 42. 44.)
Si, me dius fidius, ad hoc bellum nihil pertineret, ad disciplinam
certe militias plurimum intererat, insuescere militem nostrum
pati taedium. (L. 5. 6.)
Vincebat auxilio loci paucitas, ni jugo circummissus Veiens in ver-
ticem collis evasisset. (L. 2. 50.)
Quin labebar longius, nisi me retinuissem. (C. Leg. 1. 19.)
Si per L. Metellum licitum esset, matres illorum miserorum soro-
resque veniebant. . (C. Verr. 5. 49.)
Omnino supei'vacua erat doctrina, si natura sufficeret.
(Quint, a. 8. 8.)
(4) Prseclare viceramus, nisi spoliatum, inermem, fugientem Lepidus
recepisset Antonium. (C. Fam. 12. 10.)
Si gladium in Asia non strinxissem, si hostem non vidissem, tamen
proconsul triumphum in Thracia duobus prceliis merueram.
(L. 38. 49)
Nisi Latini sua sponte arma sumpsissent, capti et deleti eramus.
(L. 3. 19.)
Me truncus illapsus cerebro sustulerat, nisi Faunus ictum dextra
levasset. (Hor. Oil. 2. 17.)
Perierat alter filius, si carnifici conviva non placuisset.
(Sen. Ir. a. 33.)
Si nihil aliud quaereremus, nisi ut deos pie coleremus, satis erat
dictum. (C. N.I). 1. 17.)
Continued on p. 218.
covAELimrualL Hhraw -•'
(5) Or the avodasia ma® express a mtsJi or command mamv-
qrience, arrnadestaxsertian+Jbtr- and an that account have ita verb m
the subjunctive? without the mood af tlie prataait being r^
s£ nox non. tutrmrk vitam. beatanv etnr dies mu& dub ■fi-
fe? (jCX.-D-a-SS.)
Dime feriani quad TOlimt, nx ob Jatam orationem te EfisrasHO at ni
Scapnam enieasso. (PL 3£oat. 23941
Peream, ni piscem puiavi esse. (ap„ Yarr. IL R. 2
Peream male,, si non opriTmim. erat ((Hie, <SL 3LL iL)
Si stare non possmit. conruant (C Cat 2- 10.)
Qnod si meia incommodis bEtabanfcnr* mbiB tamen. pericnlo coromcfire-
rentnr. (C. SM -
Si amabas inronires nrotnom : ad dan retain, devenires. adderes fermff -
i» nTTrm, snbrnperes pan± (PL Pa. 28ti. )
Si volebas tdii omnia licere. ne convertisses in. te ora omnia.
$5am.nmL LL «;§&)'.
Fratrem mecnni et te si habebo, per me isti pedibns traaantar.
. JtttL4k 13- [16]).
Prima T si placet. Stoicorum more agamna. (C T-JD. 3. 6.)
3fe faunm temtna ftteris, si dme Iegicmes in. Koc ccmroHsi orbia motm
n^nifmn qmescunt (Tac. .EL 1. -
3fan inteIIego y qnam ob rem. si -rivere boneste non possnni^ perire
topitervelint (C Cat 2L 10.)
Sin. erit iQe gemifcns elamentaJrilis^ si inbeciHiia,. si abjectns, si ffebiUs,.
ei qui se dederit, vix enm yiram rjJTPrrrn (C 1. 1). "2. ..
si Cicero a Bemostnene panlnm in. bae parte
(Quint. 1 4, §14.)
CaTitmikJii are jr. Sffl»
248 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. [Book IV.^
(b) An epithet, <b'c. forms the apodosis, instead of a statement 1576
of the epithet's being applicable.
Carmen in Junonem reginam canentes ibant ; ilia tempestate for-
sitan laudabile rudibus ingeniis, nunc abhorrens, si referatur.
(L. 27. 37.)
Hunc exitum habuit vir, nisi in libera civitate natus esset, memora-
bilis. (L. 6. 20, § 14.)
Huic igitur legi paruit Cassius, cum est Syriam profectus, alienam
provinciam, si homines legibus scriptis uterentur, eis vero op-
pressis, suam lege naturae. (C. Phil. 11. 12.)
Itaque prasclarum a majoribus accepimus morem rogandi judicis,
si eum teneremus, ' quae salva fide facere possit.' (C.O^.3. 10.)
Vidimus et merulas poni, suavls res, si non causas narraret earum
et naturas dominus. (Hor. S. 2. 8. 92.)
Amisit uxorem singularis exempli, etiam si olim fuisset.
(Plin. Ep. 8. 5.)
(c) In conversational questions the "verb of the apodosis is omitted, 1578
perhaps not even distinctly conceived.
Quid ais? quid, si adeam nunc insanum? ty. Nugas; ludificabv-
tur. (Plaut. Capt. 602.)
Quid, si hunc comprehendi jusserim? ty. Sapias magis.
(Plaut. Capt. 596.)
Nemo naturas sanus irascitur. Quid enim, si mirari velit non in
silvestribus dumis poma pendere? Quid, si miretur spineta
sentesque non utili aliqua fruge conplen? (Sen. Ir. 2. 10.)
(d) In sentences of comparison; ivith quasi, velut si, ac si, 1580
tamquam si, sicuti, ceu, &V., the verb of the apodosis (being an hypo-
thetical repetition of the verb of the principal sentence) is often omitted.
With tamquam and velut the si also is sometimes omitted.
Verum homines conrupti superbia ita aetatem agunt, quasi vostros
honores contemnant ; ita hos petunt, quasi honeste vixerint.
(Sail. J. 85, § 19.)
Ita praecipito mulieri ut simulet se tuam esse uxorem; quasique
hunc anulum suas favex dederit, ea porro mihi, militi ut darem ;
quasique ei ego rei sim interpres. (PI. Mil. 797.)
Tamquam si claudus sim, cum fusti st ambulandum. (PI. Asin. 427.)
Parvi primo ortu sic jacent, tamquam omnino sine animo sint.
(G. Fin. 5. 15.)
At accusat C. Cornelii filius, et id aeque valere debet, ac si pater
indicaret. (C. Sull. 18.)
Continued on p. 250.
249
exmraaed,mmt «■mmather uMek u mat
. ?.---_ â– '_::. : r = . ::â– ?---- ~-: _ _ - ::"- : i
:_t :■:•: ~ "^ '•"--'. z- —
- -m- L _ — z-izl: — z^
Ktiaritad. (C. f.2>. 1. 25.)
_ â– : i~~ - :~L ~:-i : ~-r".-- " i~ -â– :
.j. :: i:i = -:
r«rr5 0/ 1&? sgodatia is sometimes 199
;.--ii. r. ~: n^ : "-. ; ■:-;-_? • : 11:.-. Iii~ ' l.zz: " -
TOlet?' AtiUe ^PompGBs) qaameianattcr: 'fiaiafiiaian
.-'.-.._.; - - - .
ris djgjtnlo miwamo main. La. Quid, si
(FmmLMmLTiO)
The imeKastire is vsed ix sentences of comparison $ef. § 1635 *f?-> «3«*
when the aecmrremce adduced im cwji iw « « /«*; ciiejim with me,
11)
efeae to aniens imi»iar. (C Jtt. 1L 10.)
qaidan, tamtam abest, at pramde T ae de aozamnm fita
a w lit i est, !" ""*' ", at a ;p a ai ia ae lwgkci a, a maltis etaan tu»-
pcretan (C. T.I>. 5. i>
Taa aam ob&tns kodie ae voiixi dicee. (Te: JjaaL SU.)
Bate u a maa a ne afmfli ntanmr fiortnna, atone nsd snmus, anon far
tamattam nostar pax kxo mntmt. (lac Piorau 33.)
yam ct Titaat nUrn ek ammas te ay Mm ae fait. (Ta.Hamt.9Ba.)
Jiitwriunt smalaerum Jims facem mafos e* in exeefeo eoalocaza et
cantm, atane anfcea faarai, ad < ainrtrai w a w att ei fe. iC. Cai.3.8.)
Camtimmed on a. SSL
250 Subjunctive. (B) Conditional. [Book IV.
Samnitium exercitus, velut haud ulla mora pugnae futura esset,
aciem instruit. (L. 7. 37.)
I Hi qui moenia defensabant, sicuti audiri a suis aut cerni possent,
monere alii, alii hortari, aut manu significare, aut niti corpo-
ribus. (Sail. J. 60.)
Hie vero ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam bella forent, nulli
tota morerentur in urbe, cernimus. (Verg. A. 2. 438.)
Neque moris causa tantum aut legis, sed quanta, si hostis ad
portas esset, et servabant vigilias et circumibant cura. (L.34.9.)
Qua de re, quoniam tu nihil ad me scribis, proinde habebo, ac si
scripsisses nihil esse. (G. Ait. 3. 13.)
Nulla major res mihi occurrebat cogitanti, quam si optimarum
artium vias traderem meis civibus. (C. Div. 2. 1.)
Ita digreditur Demetrius cum infestioribus, quam si solus iret, prae-
sidiis. (L. 40. 21.)
Epicurus dixerit sane idem in Phalaridis tauro, tquod, si esset in
lectulo : ego tantam vim non tribuo sapientiae contra dolorem.
(C. T. D. 2. 7.)
Quasi vero mihi difficile sit quam vis multos nominatim proferre.
(G. Rose. Am. 16.)
Prefers triumphos T. Didii et C. Marii, et quasris quid sit simile
in Plancio : quasi vero isti, quos commemoras, propterea magis-
trate ceperint, quod triumpharant, et non, &c. (C.. Plane. 25.)
(1?) In wishes, 1
O si angulus ille proximus accedat, qui nunc deforraat agellum.
(Hor. S. 2. 6. 8.)
Si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore ramus ostendat nemore in tanto.
(Verg. A. 2. 438.)
Quanquam o si solitae quicquam virtutis adesset! (lb. 11. 415-)
Continued on p. 252.
w. - f. ; r~ y '/,>â– if r:
:::
mimeris zui. < fflS&ntlimmnn aaa. ^SL QlFLI. LaabCBLJ
Dt rniria exem^Es tpnimihf m mumwh'h. < fa.m i . r Hi : velnt eao nocce &ae in
>«9BK&nS. (PL JftfTC." -- "
Tilfll JTiiii, ijin i 'F mi in ego stun, senex: e£ ^Trna cLtub eran.i;» quasi muse
■bob aunt :: effi grant tlnobns naptss fraxribns» quasi nana mem
sane Tanis,. *&. (EL SiwA. i3» efc anp&j
If fr&? travft ajf Jl<r nAanSaBoOr sentence w t/w raw (whether ire- *&s
qmriaup the wane or a Mffimn i t mom£) aa that af the prvncvgaL sentence ■„
iff w wtuaJJhj omitted. xnd the (u&nsrb thaw aqjpeam ta tpuiEpjt avanrti
<m%. (^Cjf. | M23; a»i ^xamp&s ws ^ 183ff y 1S*L >
^Hj^f 'WT jiim iiw, esse curpus 'leonm. aed. iam/jnam culuus*
ttp tti seii tamtjuani fmffli fimwt- firrpirr* pj
BntaSsgo ; < jpi«ii corpus et tjirmu mtnwimt utlui ?fty uMiiliai
modo nrtelTego. > C 2KJJL L I
"Wrrari goIeo r ir rrm -^idec aliquns tempus petentes efc ecs^. qui
wtTitT, pgtiOTr^ quSSL TiTTnT, il«±mr igjf
(Sen. JMU X I
Be Fibiano Severus Cassias, anteauani. afi iHb reus agaretnrv i l i v»iM n di r
'■qpasi (fffwenms es r quasi fonnonsus as. auasL jives es; m—»
tamnnn. es nan. quasL vappa. ' (.Sen. Bnet. Can&. 2L 12^, § iri-j
Apod eum sic Epliesi frrf 1 quooeseuinijue firL nannjnam dbmx nw
2L Porcinm, sfcufc ontni vita, farm prensaniem premebai uobiEiasi.
(JL 39l £L ))
Cn. Planeii salntem ncn aecus ac mmi-iti men. ie&ea. (C PJhaac 1_)
. . 7 " 7 ~.' : ;7 _â– ? :,;.;
252 Subjunctive. (C) Optative and Jussive. [Book IV.
CHAPTER XXI.
USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD TO EXPRESS
DESIRE, with contrasted use of indicative and imperative.
(C) Optative and jussive subjunctive.
This use, with the hypothetical subjunctive, exhausts the cases '58-
in which the subjunctive stands in a simple sentence, or in an
independent principal clause of a compound sentence.
There are five principal subdivisions of this use. The first (1)
contains wishes, either without or with an introductory particle;
e.g. ut, utinam. The second (2) contains commands and prohibi-
tions. The third (3) contains wishes, commands, &c, which
are supported by a verb expressive of the wish or command.
The fourth (4) contains questions not (ordinarily) about facts, but
whether this or that conceivable action was advisable or not. The
fifth (5) contains what are often called concessive sentences, in
which an action is directed to be taken for granted, in order that
discussion may be concentrated on the consequences.
In all these cases, except (4), if the subjunctive verb requires
a negative, ne is used instead of non. Cave and nolim, noilem are
also used in (3) as equivalent to ne.
The following are typical instances:
1. (a) Valeant elves. Moriar, ni noc puto.
(b) Venla sit dicto. Pace norum dixerim.
(c) Utinam valeas.
2. (a) Dicat Claudius. Ne dixeris.
(b) Dixisses. Ne dixisses.
3. (a) Censeo venias. Sine veniam. Cave venlas.
(b) Volo scribas. Vellem (noilem) acripsisset.
4. (a) Quid faciam? Quid facerem?
(b) Non constat, quid faciam.
(c) Quidnl faciam?
(d) Tace. Ego taceam?
j. (a) Fecerit: nunc non facit.
(b) Quamvis ille fecerit, nunc non faclt.
(r) Nihil dlco, modo faciat.
Continued on p. 254,
Chap. XXL] Indicative and Imperative. 253
Indicative and Imperative.
The uses of the indicative mood in this chapter have not all 15*
a close connexion with one another. They have been selected as con-
trasting, or at least being in some way comparable, with the quoted
usages of the subjunctive.
A wish or command may of course be expressed directly by a verb
of wishing or command. A command is sometimes expressed by the
future indicative, and regularly by the imperative. Certain uses of
videro and faxo are specially noticeable.
Several classes of questions referring to future action, or express-
ing surprise, or exhortation, are found in the indicative. Hence
several uses of quin.
Concessions like wishes may be expressed directly and positively,
especially with quamvis or licet, and the imperative is so used with
modo.
The following are typical instances :
1. (a) Cupio te valere.
(6) Valebis, ml Tiro, meaque negotia videbis.
(c) Sed de hoc mox videro. Viderit ille.
2. (a) Die, Claudi. Ne lacruma (in poetry).
(6) Dicito. Ne dicito.
3. (a) Faxo, venies. Quaeso, veni.
4. (a) Quid ago ? Advole-ne an maneo ?
(6) Satin' abiit? Etiam rides?
(c) Imusne sessum ? Quin abis ?
Quin hoc attendite. Quin evolare cupio.
(d) Times. Egon' timeo ?
5. (a) Esto, jampridem fecit.
(6) At enim hoc dicit. Et quidem errat.
(c) Fecerit licebit : nunc non facit.
• (d) Quamvis fecit olim, nunc non facit (post-Ciceronian).
(e) Fac modo : nihil dicam.
Continued on p. 255.
254 Subjunctive. (C) Optative. [Book IV.
The optative or jussive subjunctive expresses an action 1586
supposed and either wished, or deprecated, or com-
manded, or forbidden.
1. Wish. {See also § 1608.)
(a) Without connective adverb; {in negative sentences with ne). I5 S8
Valeant cives mei, sint incolumes, sint florentes, sint beati.
(C. Mil. 34.)
Id quidem, inquis, di approbent. Ita velim. (C. Att. 6. 6.)
Legati pro contione : Quod bonum felix faustumque sit vobis reique
publicae, redite in patriam. (L. 3. 54.)
Excessurum se ex Italia dixit, si, quod di omen averterint, rem
publicam oppressisset Antonius. (G. Phil. 12. 6.)
Si sciens fallo, turn me, Juppiter optime maxime, pessimo leto affi-
cias. (L. 22. 53.)
Di facerent sine patre forem. (Ov. Met. 8. 72.)
Ac venerata Ceres, ita culmo surgeret alto, explicuit vino contracts
seria frontis. (Hor. S. 2. 2. 124.)
Rex secunda vigilia, quod bene verteret, ingredi jubet.
(Curt. 7. 11, § 14.)
Omnes per mortes animam sontem ipse dedissem. {Verg.A. 10. 854.)
Phoebe, gravis Trojos semper miserate labores, hac Trojana ten us
fuerit Fortuna secuta. (Verg. A. 6. 62.)
Moriar, ni, quae tua gloria est, puto te malle a Cassare consuli
quam inaurari. (C. Fam. 7. 13.)
Di te perduint, fugitive! ita fatuus et amens es. (C. Dejot. 7.)
Seu tu Culendru's seu Caliendrus, perieris. (PI. Men. 295.)
Sollicitat, ita vivam, me tua, mi Tiro, valetudo. (C. Fam. 16. 20.)
Ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio. (C. Att. 16. 13.)
Ita di deaeque faxint, si in rem est Bacchidis. (Ter. Hec. 102.)
Ne istuc Juppiter optimus maximus sirit. (L. 28. 28.)
So in certain apologetic phrases ; {present and perfect).
Obsecro vos, putate me ex media contione unum civem succlamare: 1590
" Bona venia vestra liceat ex his rogationibus legere, quas salu-
bres nobis censemus esse, antiquare alias." (L. 6. 40.)
Usque adhuc certe neminem ex iis quos eduxeram mecum (venia sit
dicto) ibi amisi. (Plin. Ep. 5. 6. fin.)
Hoc ego adjuncto (absit verbo invidia), qui dubitare de eventu
possim? (L. 36. 7.)
Continued on p. 25G.
Chap. XXI. ] LrorcATTVE : in expressing a veish.
L. A similar meaning to that of this elass of subjunc- rjS
tire may be expressed by the indicative.
(a) A direct expression of a wish is made ay the use of the verb*
volo, eupio, ifce. (Other instances in § 1
Amicus sam: eveniant volo t£bi qjuse optas. (PL Pen. 296.)
Cnpio non obtundere te, si non delectare nostro stndio ; eupio deter-
rere. ne permaneas in incepto. iLucc. ap. C. Fam. 5. 14. )
Neque ficto in pejus vultu proponi cerens usquam, nee prave factis
decorari versibus opto. iHor. Ep. 2. L 264.)
Te ipsum. NaevL. volo audire ; volo inauditnm facinus ipsins. qai id
commisit, voce conrinci. Die. Naevi, diem. (C. Quint. 25. i
Spero enim, quse tna prndentda et temperantia est, et hercule. at me
jabet Acastus, conndo te jam, ut volnmus, valere. (C. Att. 6. 9Lj
(5) The second person of the future indicative, by telling a person r^
what he wiU do, may imply that he shall do it.
Interea dedite profanos nos : tiedetis defnde et istos sacrosanctos,
qunm primum magistratn abierini. (L. 9. 'J.
BasLones alias reposcito : none aactoritaie Teteris imperatoris eonten-
tus eris. ill 44. X |
Si quid acciderit novi, faciea ut saam. (C. Font. 14. 8.)
Antequam aliquo loco consedero, neque Iongas a me, neque semper
mea manu, Iitteras exspectabis. iC. Att. 5. 14.)
Sed valebis. meaque negotia videbis. meque dis juvaniihus ante bru-
mam expectabis. tC. Fam. 7. 20.)
Valebis, mea Agrippina. et dabis operam ut valens pervenias ad Ger-
manicum tuum. (Aug. ap. Suet. CmL -
Cum surgit, surges, donee sedet ilia. 3edebis; arbitrio domime tem-
pera perde tuas. ^Ov. A. A. L 503.)
Tu nihil invita dices faeiesve Minerva. (Hot. A. P. 385.)
Cum te andirem, accidebat, ut moleste ferrem tantum ingenium —
bona venia me audies — in mm ineptas sententiaa incidisse.
Compart I59I
Sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritumst fbrtunarum.
(Ter. Haut. 463.)
At qui Iegitimum eupiet fecisse poema. luxrrriantia compeseet, mmis
aspera sano levabit culm, dtc. (Hor. Ep. 2. 2. 109 sqq.)
Continued an p. 257.
256 Subjunctive. (C) Optative mid Jussive. [Book IV.
Tu, et meo judicio et omnium, vix ullam ceteris oratoribus, pace
horum dixerim, laudem reliquisti. (C. Or. 1. 17.)
Auspicia nunc a Romanis auguribus ignorantur, bona hoc tua venia
dixerim. (C. Div. 1. 15.)
(F) With utinam, sometimes with mcdo; or (in poetry) ut. 159:
In negative sentences usually 'with ne. In execrations qui is used by
the comic poets.
Aspecta, rideo. De. Utinam, male qui mihi volunt, sic rideant.
(PI. Asin. 841.)
Utinam ipse Varro incumbat in causam. (C. Att. 3. 15.)
Utinam ego tertius vobis amicus adscriberer. (C. T. D. 5. 22.)
Illud utinam ne vere scriberem. (C. Fam. 5. 17.)
Utinam populus Romanus unam cervicem haberet.
(Calig. ap. Suet. Cat. 30.)
Quis in banc rem fuit arbiter? Utinam is quidem Romse esset!
Romae est. Utinam adesset in judicio! Adest. Utinam sedeat
in consilio C. Pisonis! Ipse C. Piso est. (G. Rose. Com. 4.)
Juppiter omnipotens, utinam ne tempore primo Gnosia Cecropiae
tetigissent litora puppes. (Catull. 64. 171.)
Modo valeres! Scripseras enim te quodam valetudinis genere temp- 159,
tari. (C. Ait. 11. 23.)
Ge. Hsec fient. An. Utmodofiant! Ge. Fient: me vide.
(Ter. Ph. 711.)
O pater et rex Juppiter, ut pereat positum robigine telum neu quis-
quam noceat cupido mihi pacis! (Hor. S. 2. 1. 42.)
Quod ut o potius formidine falsa ludar, et in melius tua, qui potes,
orsa reflectas. (Verg. A. 10. 631.)
Qui ilium di omnes perduint, qui primus commentust contionem
habere. (PI. Men. 451.)
A wish is sometimes expressed by a conditional sentence, with the
apodosis omitted; see § 1582. .
2. Simple command. (In prohibitions ne, nemo, nihil, 159*
rarely non: sometimes (for et ne, vel ne) neve, neu; nee.)
(a) In present and, in prohibitions, perfect tenses.
The use of the subjunctive of the second person, present tense, is
rare, excepting when the subject is indefinite (§ 1600; cf. 1544).
Mihi quidem in vita servanda videtur ilia lex, quae in Grascorum 159S
conviviis obtinetur: 'autbibat,' inquit, 'autabeat.'
(C. T.D. 5.41.)
Continued on p. 258.
-i__.~ TsBBCXfSWX. U$e of v&fearfc.
Tla «#? •/ ofl persons nf *K i
eonsiderntian. of a, ipiestlan^ is naticvabte.
Qua fient cansa» max videro : in£er°a lice acecc. ." 7 -. E. 1
Pravaco ad. popnlidi kumuiuuxs rr"~:- rss
'B.tttt arras TaHoS HoiKiliss cssei. iL. 1 33,
8ai deter: Ega de me ipso proirsehor. . I
Legs Brati epistolam, sane con 7 . . - cam si sa
quiseras. Sei ipsa rafari . £L
Smic men.' ' -Tit.
J. I Z
Ips»jn nra r^cre j<:-
cnHie T alias videric- 1
•Yob/ rnqTES (Lncretia . • - wta> esai
peceato sbb
Qtire qian ~.asi
. tariff.
.
£1 thejir
. nrrrr.h-m qwB .'"". -i~. mOX TO?
antem loco lac:"- _ .
Seddehee TLdebinma: exeames modo.
So also
Quid 1 BqneBfli ccTrr-e oa
. 7 «£ i 13. 4,
"Praipnnfpa ta videbis cum Gspio. (C. Att. 13. 33.
L Tlie imp - 1 comma: ' en
second person,
r^«? tSfni person is irafip found - ; fj S ^
almtiHtcwiJiwL :; fejaC gr jmwi fogaL jjhraaeat
Bt prohibitions, with ne. fcte present is used only at th* yaets mce
a * m â„¢ -^"3* *â– 3' 1 : fif jym onAj m ,",-â– ?,7-i-
phrasis by matins of coE or cave is more cnmsnun'.
Present. Panres conscripti, sub'^iilrc — Tii mi;.-~\ 3b :c~lam 15™
.a. regeem SomiiiiiE tabescere. Sail
u^d an p^ Sf9.
258 Subjective. (C) Jussive. [Book IV.
Ergo detur aliquid aztati: sit adulescentia liberior: non omnia volup-
tatibus denegentur: non semper superet vera ilia et derecta
ratio. (C. Cael. 18.) Here non beloyigs to omnia, semper.
Quamobrem hie nobis sit exceptus. (C. Or. I. 38.)
Ameraus patriam, pareamus senatui, consulamus bonis, praesentis
fructus neglegamus, posteritatis glorias serviamus; speremus
quae volumus, sed quod accident feramus. (C. Sest. 68.)
Reliqua magna sunt ac multa, sed posita omnia in vobis: quam-
quam priraum quidque explicemus. (C. Fam. 12. 1.)
Meminerimus etiam adversus infimos justitiam esse servandam.
(G. Off. x. 13.)
Injurias fortune, quas ferre nequeas, defugiendo relinquas. 1600
(C. T. D. 5. 41.)
Isto bono utare, dum adsit: quum absit, ne requiras 1 . (C. Sen. 10.)
Quid bellicosus Cantaber, Hirpine Quinti, cogitet, remittas quasrere
nee trepides in usum poscentis asvi pauca. (Hor. Od. 2. II. 1.)
Molestus ne sis: hasc sunt sicut praedico. (PI. Most. 771..)
Ne attigas puerum istac causa. (PI. Bac. 415.)
Ne transieris Iberum; ne quid rei tibi sit cum Saguntinis; nusquam 1602
te vestigio moveris. (L. 21. 44.)
Nihil ignoveris; nihil omnino gratia; concesseris; misericordia com-
motus ne sis; in sententia permaneto. (G. Mur. 31.)
Ne vos quidem, judices ii, qui me absolvistis, mortem timueritis.
(c.r.D. r.41.)
Neve tibi ad solcm vergant vineta cadentem, neve inter vitis cory-
lum sere, neve flagella summa pete, &c. (Verg. G. 2. 298.)
Quare neque tu me peregrinum posthac dixeris, ne gravius refutere,
neque regem, ne derideare. (C. Sull. 8.)
Tarn moveor quam tu, Luculle, nee me minus hominem quam te
putaveris. (C. Ac. 2. 46.)
Clausos omnes in Curia accipite, solos, inermes. Nee quicquam
raptim aut forte temere egeritis. (L. 23. 3.)
Numquam istue dixis neque animum induxis tuum. (PI. Capt. 149.)
Non splendeat toga, ne sordeat quidem: non habeamus argentum,
ted non putemus frugalitatis indicium argento caruisse.
(Sen. Ep. 5 ,§ 3 .)
1 In prohibitions to a definite person the present subjunctive active
is found occasionally in comic poets: once in Horace (S. 2. 3. 88):
once only in Cicero, in an old proverb (.-///. 9. 18. ' Tu, malum, in-
quies, actum ne a^as'). The present deponent once in Cicero (Alt,
14. 1). (Madvig, Opuse. ii. 10,^ sqq.)
Continued on p. 200.
Chop. XT/.] Use of Imperative stood. 2-39
Sed none agile ntergne ; id quod rogabo dkise. 1L Ubi bzbet, roga.
(PL Jifca. 1105.)
TQa babe sane islam Tandatinrein Afamfrtmcram. (G. Terr. 4. 16.)
Bfi, regain aliases, adeste. (L- 3. 6.)
Centario in conritio exelamarit: Signi - on; Me man
nuts opthse. (L. 5. 55.)
Sasdpe paalisper meas partis et eum te es
faeSe invenerii, quid dieas. _ . . . -
: i.
Date frenoe in; " arrmalf, c I
m^thâ„¢ EceiiiiE raeturas. (L. 3-4. 2. ; 1
Hfq n»sl «mfiii t agitedum. qnoties sacra instaurentnr. quia alio aid ex
-' i:r. : r.:~ L::„:._:... .-- . r - . ::- : -- __ -■'.. 1. '.
Ta me cede maiis. sed contra aadentior :
Ala, ne jara: satis credo. (PL Pm. 4
Xe dama: petrto illasce (minas) a roe lecem, Ter. Ph. 6o4.)
>»e laeroma atqne istoe, trail a:
Terere, cr ler. Haitt. - -
Lt. Tide modo. Ec. Me Tide. Lt. Sat habeo; sed qua-so etiani
Tide. \?L Here. 1013.)
Salre. Yale. Have.
(i) Fvtttre. Qtmin - ne ecasnlaeris, torn,
mi Tiro, consul: 1 am. 16. -L)
Bind qmtlem s_ i vaatas ammn* sit, fir^m miserianini
uniform fore. (C J. D. 3. 6.)
Quae si Tolas con probabantor, Testram iniquitatem accosatoie, qui
ex me ea qussieritis, que ego neseirem; meam faeilitaiem
laudatoie,eum Tobis_non graTate respondero. (C. Or. 1. 48
Quod jabebo,&mbito istie. Nam propterea te toIo scribere. at pater
noscat litteras, quando kgat. Scribe. (PL Lac. ' .
Age none Tincito me, auseuliato fiiio. (lb. 855.)
Si te forte me:.- : ina ebarte, abieito j
â– ertr.-vr;. r.-.-. :'_:vl_^.i frrrs m â– _-. :: :. _ 1 1: -
Jam Tero quid opus est cirenrmtToite et anfractu. - - - - :er-
pretibas sonmiorum m
c^nsulebat, 'boc facito,* 'boe ne fet
-r.ti potins quan: 1 mi end dam? 1 .. 1
lamp. 2ol.
»7~ -
260 Subjunctive. (C) Jussive, XBook IV.
(b) In imperfect and pluperfect tenses, of ad-vice applicable to 1604
circumstances no longer existing.
Non ego illi argentum redderem? Me. Non redderes, neque de i!lo
quicquam neque emeres neque venderes, nee qui deterior esset
faceres copiam. (PI. Trin. 134.)
Voconia lex te videlicet delectabat. Imitatus eases ipsum Voco-
nium, qui lege sua hereditatem ademit nulli. (C. Verr. 1. 42.)
Civem Romanum in crucem egisti. Asservasses hominem, clausum
habuisses, dum Panhormo Raecius veniret : cognosceret homi-
nem, aliquid de summo supplicio remitteres; si ignoraret, turn,
&c. (lb. 5. 65.)
Non triumphum impedire debuit, quern senatus justum esse judi-
caverat, sed postero die, quam triumphatum esset, nomen de-
ferret et legibus interrogaret. (L. 45. 37.)
Quid facere debuisti? si ut plerique faciunt, frumentum ne emisses,
sumpsisses id nummorum. (G. Verr. 3. 84.)
Aut ne poposcisses; ego enim tibi me non offerebam. (C.Ait.2. 1.)
3. In quasi-dependence on another verb. j^
Primary tenses are used ivhen the principal 'verb is primary, and
secondary, <ivben that is secondary.
Censeo ad nos Luceriam venias. (Pompeius ap. C. Att. 8. 11 A.)
Abi, nuntia publice patribus, urbem Romanam muniant. (L. 22.49.)
Sine timidum pro cauto, imbellem pro perito belli vocent.
(L. 22. 39.)
In haec verba, L. Csecili, jures postulo. (L. 22. 53.)
Jugurtha oppidanos hortatur, mcenia defendant. (Sail. J. j6.)
Ad hasc Ariovistus respondit : cum vellet, congrederetur.
(Cxs. G. 1. 36.)
Tusculanis negotium datum, adverterent animos ne quid novi tu-
multus Lavicis oriretur. (L. 4. 45.)
Audendum atque agendum, non consultandum, ait, in tanto malo
esse. Irent secum extemplo armati, qui remj)ublicam salvam
vellent. (L. 22. 53.)
Hesterna tibi nocte dixeramus cenares hodie, Procille, mecum.
(Mart. 1. 27.)
Omnia fecerit oportet, quae interdicta et denuntiata sunt, prius-
quam aliquid postulet. (C. Phil. 7. 9.)
Huic vitx tot tantisque gaudiis refertae fortuna ipsa ccdat necesse
est. (G. T.D. 5. 25.)
Fremant omnes licet: dicam quod scntio. (C. Or. 1. 44.)
Continued on p. 262.
Chap. XT/.] Indicative with parenthetical torn, &c.
Ta qsiden maete viztate diligenaaqae esto. C 1 . - . ] 1L)
Hoes Titins esto eenritoqne in centum diebus prai U seies
pctezLiqne. Quod ni isa creveris, exntr-—
(/« a iciZZ. GaL 3. 165.)
ZZ- ::_ •;- ' • " --.-_ iim "_ ." -~-. n — 1 - :._ _ i - * m n Z: .
et eorceem oppicaio : detail tiio in pjg**in am : post xrs diem exi-
mito. Totom annum masnm eri;. Cafco, J:. P.. 1 .
Bona Baste ne rata, Eragemne sezxto, semen ne j icita.
.. z - g 334.)
. --. iZ • - - --- r -. --= -■---;-.-. ~-'. ;iZ r-nn 7 "-: Z '...-.:.
eeeandasin mi... Sra n Tizssam u
ir _ r ::::_ ilium magjstntfam petite nerc ;i 1 : neve gsxifc .
...:-■- _."::-;- .1 : : ■:::. Li Z - .1 : 1 7 lZ Li.-- I :. • ---'.:.
ejusjrne peenzds qaei Tolet peado esto. (Lex Jul. Z a .
Compare £i<; indicative* in §
3. In Flavins and Tertr 'â– / wed id
an indicati :. not gwmmmaXiadbf, depend
Heflebaram potsl 10s Ttginti dies. (PL Men. 959.)
AH maeha*ram Ms eef er. Sc. Jam £co Lie en. Z. V 1
Ph. Neqne rao SHc abir da si
domrnp forte ad nos rediit. Px. "Vise, amabc, mnn sit. Pe.
faxoscie I Ess. 66L)
Faxo hau tantxHum dederia Terbornm TmTvr , fpL Trin.
Ego faxo et operam et Tinnm perdi (PL -laL 570.)
T6« indicative or imperative i* used in mme other timilar expres- «So7
xtow £&n>srx tx parenthetically. [Campm
Certnmst, a7itr«xrca recolam es serrEbo Tnfftf ( PI_ Merc. 546.)
Credo, impesrabo at aliqnot saltern i~ _ _ - ij inters* fiet
ali<iirid, spero. <Ter. Andr. 313.)
Qocso, zqoo ammo patxtor. (PL Ann. 375.)
- — -.- in: IZ- :_ , :__...- ' I _ :.•- ; : ; Z "i nm.
:. 7. 35.)
* Ipse dens amal atque Tolam me safret' Opinor. '. oar.*
I . i
BibonL qrndtcrfaaEst! aedes nostras viz Z-r.Saut. 254.)
Its est : nfhfl perpeemxm, panca diutina stmt, Sen. Dial. U. L)
Continued asp. 363.
262 Subjunctive. (C) Jussive. [Book IV.
Quin etiam Graecis verbis licebit utare, cum voles, si te Latina
forte deficient. (C. Ac. 1.7.)
Hsec curata sint fac sis. (PI. Amph. 981.)
Vin te faciam fortunatum ? (PL Capt. 858.)
Dum ille dormit, volo tu prior occupes. (PI. Ps. 921.)
De Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit.
(C. Att. 15. 4.)
Nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint. (PI. Ru. 662.)
Quam mallem vinctos mihi traderet. (L. 22. 49.)
Negas quod oculis video? Gr. At ne videas velim. (PI. Ru. 1067.)
Nolo me in tempore hoc videat senex. (Ter. And. 819.)
Eculeos aufert. Imprudens hue incidi, judices; emit enim, non
abstulit: nollem dixissem. (C. Verr. 4. 20.)
Cave putes quicquam homines magis unquam esse miratos. See
§ 1584. (G. Att. 5. 21.)
Mane: cave quoquam ex istoc excessis loco. (Ter. Andr. 760.)
4. In interrogative sentences. .1
Usually a negative answer is expected. In a negative question
non is used. (These are sometimes called dubitative questions.')
(«) In principal sentences.
Quid hoc homine faciatis, aut ad quam spem tarn importunum
animal reservetis? (C. Verr. 2. 16.)
Quid enumerem artium multitudinem ? (C. Off. 2. 4.)
Sed quid ego vetera conquiram, cum mihi liceat uti pnesentibus
exemplis atque viris? (C. Or. 3. 8.)
Mirer, inquit, si vana vestra auctoritas ad plebem est? (L. 3. 21.)
Quid ego facerem? C11. Quid tu faceres, men' rogas? requasreres,
rogitares quis esset aut unde esset, qua prosapia.
(PI. Mere. 633.)
Hasc cum viderem, quid agerem, judices? Contenderem contra
tribunum plebis privatus armis? Forsitan non nemo dixerit;
' Restitisses, repugnasses, mortem pugnans oppetisses.'
(C. Sest. 19. 20.)
Quid tandem me facere decuit, cum Abrupolis fines mei rcgni
usque ad Amphipolim pervastasset? Quiescvrem et paterer
donee in regiam meam armatus pervenisset? (L. 42. 41.)
Units furiosus gladiator contra patriam gerit bellum. Huic ceda-
inus? hujus condiciones audiamus? cum hoc pacem fieri posse
credamus? (C. Phil. 13. 7.)
Continued on p. 204.
Chap. XXIJ\ Indicative : in noticeable questions. 263
4. In the indicative mood a question relates only to a fact. The 1609
following classes of questions may be here noted:
(a) Relating to the speaker's present or prospective action; in pre-
sent tense.
Sed quid ego tarn vehementer invebor? Yerbo rmo repeilar. 'Emi'
inquit. (C. Verr. i. ±.)
Sed quid ea commemoro. quae turn, quum agebantur, in calum landi-
bus efierebantur? (C. Floe. 51.)
Quid loquor de nobis qui ad laudem et ad decus nati, snscepti, insti-
tuti sumus? (C. Fin. 5. 22.)
Etsi quid mi auctor es? Advolone an inaneo? Equidem et in libris
baereo, et ilium bic exeipere nolo. (C. Art. 16. i .
ilea nutrieem gnata? video. Quid ago? Adeo, maneo, dum base or.s
loquitur magis cognosco? (Ter. Ph. 7S6.)
Stantes plaudebant in re ficta; quid arbitramur in vera facturos
fuisse ? (C. Lai. 7.)
(b) Expressing surprise or indignation; especially, in comic poets, 161
icith satin' (ironical), etiam.
An, dum bestisa loquantur, exspeetamns. bominum eonsentiente
auctoritate eontenti non sumus? (C. Div. 1. 0.1
Sed ego eesso ad Tbaidem banc deducere? (Ter. Eu;i. 265.)
Yerresne babebit domi sua candelabrum Jovis, e gemmis auroque
perfectum? (C. Verr. 4. 32.)
Dedemus ergo Hannibalem? dicet aliquis. (L. 21. 10.)
Satin' abiit, neque quod dixi flocci existumat? (PL Most. 76.)
Satin", quicquid est. si quam rem e.20 agere occepi, pro: >rium m
nequit evenire id quod eupio ? (PL Mere. 337.)
Quid nunc ? etiam consulis ? Le. Quid istic ? quando ita vis, di
bene vortant, spondeo. (PL Trin 572. *
Etiam rides? Itan' lepidum tibi visu: re?
{ler.Eun. 1017.)
Continued on p. 255.
264 Subjunctive. (C) Jussive. [Book IV.
Apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos; forum non attigeris; afueris
tarn diu; et, cum longo intervallo veneris, cum his, qui in foro
habitarint, de dignitate contendas? (C. Mur. 9.)
Tu non definias, quo colonias, in quae loca, quo numero colono-
rum deduci velis? tu occupes locum, quern idoneum ad vim
tuam judicaris? (C. Rull. 2. 27.)
An mihi cantando victus non redderet ille caprum?
(Verg. B. 3. a 1.)
(£) So also in a dependent sentence. 1612
Qnin tu, quid faciam, impera. (Ter. Phorm. 223.)
Gogito, saeviter blanditerne adloquar. (PI. Ps. 1290.)
Non satis Bruto vel tribunis militum constabat, quid agerent aut
quam rationem pugnae insisterent. (Cass. G. 3. 14.)
Vos hoc tempore earn potestatem habetis, ut statuatis, utrum nos
semper miseri lugeamus, an aliquando per vest ram virtutem
sapientiamque recreemur. (C. Mil. 2.)
Ubi consistamus, non habemus, praeter Sex. Pompeium.
(D. Brutus ap. C. Fam. 11. 1.)
Extemplo agitabatur quemadmodum ultro inferendo bello averte-
rent ab Italia hostem. (L. 23. 38.)
De pueris quid agam, non habeo. (G. Att. 7. 19.)
(c) The subjunctive with quidni, l <wby notV has a similar mean- 1614
ing. and the whole expression is tantamount to a confident affirmative.
' How can I help, &-=£.?' i. e. ' of course I, Sr»r.'
Haben' hominem, amabo ? Pn. Quid ni habeam ? (Ter. Eun. 674.)
Et me despexe ad te per impluvium tuom fateor. Pe. Quidni
fatearis, ego quod viderim? (PI. Mil. 533.)
Cum Maximus Tarentum reccpisset, rogavit eum Salinator, ut
meminisset opera sua se Tarentum recepisse; 'quidni,' inquit,
' memhierim ? numquam enim recepissem, nisi tu perdidisses. 1
(C. Or. a. 67.)
Quosdam vero etiam, quos totos imitari oporteat, et fuisse nuper et
nunc esse, quidni libenter non modo concesserim, verum etiam
contenderim? (Quint. 2. 5. 25.)
[So frequently with the verb omitted. ' Of course.'' Also quippmi. 1616
De. Hanc igitur mittimus? Cn. Qnidni? De. Ilia maneat?
De. Sic. (Ter. Ph. 813.)
Med. Scin' quid facias optumumst; ad me face uti deferatur.
Se. I tane censes? Med. Quippini? Ibi meo arbitratu potero
cuj - are hominem. (PI. Men. 948.)]
Continued on p. 266.
Chap. XX/.] Indicative : in noticeable questions. 265
(c) Implying an exhortation; especially with etiam, quin ( = qui 1613
ne, 'how notP); e.g. etiam taces? 'will you be silentV non taces?
4 wont you be silent V quin urges? ' why not press!' in present tense.
Quid est, Crasse, inquit Julius, imusne sessum? etsi admoiiitum veni-
nius te, non fiagitatum. (C. Or. 3. 5.)
Yiden' ut expalluit! datin' isti sellam, ubi assidat, cito et aqualem
cum aqua? properatin' ocius? (PL Cure. 311.)
Quid eiemus nosmet postea? Le. Eiiani tu taces? Tibi egon' ratio-
nem reddam? (PI. Trin, 515.)
Nunc quando Tis eamus intro. Eb. Etiam parasitum manes? Me.
Neque ego ilium maneo, neque si Tenerit eum toIo intromitti.
(PL Men. 422.)
Credo, non credet pater. Ac. Non taces, stultissume? Credet bercle.
(PL Merc. 211.)
Quin tu expedis, quid siet quod me per urbem currens quasrebas id 5
modo? (lb. 174.)
Quin prius me ad pluris penetravi? (PL Trin. 29L)
Quin tu urges occasionem istam et facultatem, qua melior numquam
reperietur? (C. Fam. 7. 8.)
Quin, si "rigor juventa? inest. conscendimus equos, invisimusque pras-
sentes nostrarum ingenia? (L. 1. 57.)
Denique quid reliqui habemus prater miseram aniniam? Quin igitur
expergiscimini? (SalL C. 20.)
'Quidnam tu, hospes, paras?' inquit, 'incests sacrificinm Diana?
facere? Quin tu ante vivo perfanderis flumine? infimq, valle
prjenuit Tiberis.' (L. 1. 45.)
[Hence the use of quin (1) icifTi imperative. 16:7
Quin tos mini faenus date. Quid hie nugamini? (PL Most. 5S4.)
Sed hoc mihi molestumst. Quin tu uno verbo die, quid est quod me
velis. (Ter. Andr. 45.)
Quia sic attendite, jndices. (C. Mil. 29.)
(2) with indicative, of a startling statement; {so Engl. « why ').
Lubet audire nisi molestumst. Sx. Quin disenpio dicere.
(PL Trin. 932.)
Ego vero jam te nee hortor nee rogo ut domum redeas; quin hinc
ipse evolare cupio. (C. Fam. 7. 30.)
Nihil ea res an i mum militaris viri et multos experti casus imminuit ;
quin contra breve id tyranno gaudium se effecturam affirmabat.
(L. 35. 26.)
Legiones novum ducem, novam quaerebant rempublicam: quin etiam
ausi sunt minari daturos senatui, daturos principi leges.
(VeU. 2. 125.)]
Continued on p. 267.
266 Subjunctive. (C) Concessive. [Book 1 V.
(d) A question of this class is used in a reply taking up indig- i6i£
nantly a speaker's words, especially an exhortation. (Cf. § 1770.)
Tamen, Simo, audi. St. Egoaudiam? quid audiam, Chremes?
(Ter. Andr. 894.)
Pn. Nausistrata, inquam. Cn. Non taces? Ph. Taceam?
(Ter. Ph. 987.)
Cniid ais, Myrrina? heus tibi dico. My. Mihine, mi vir? Pn.
Vir ego tuos sim? (Ter. Hec. 52.3.)
Turn tu me sine illam vendere. Sa. Tun' illam vendas?
(PL Pers. 134.)
Similarly Ego rus abituram hinc cum tuo me certo decrevi patre.
Pa. Quaeso quid istuc consilist? Illius stultitia victa, ex urbe
tu rushabitatum migres? (Ter. Hec. 589.)
5. Rhetorical commands, i.e. an action supposed and as- 1620
sumed, on, or notwithstanding, which assumption another statement
is made. (Concessive sentences. Compare § 155a.)
In negative sentences the particle is ne, not non.
(a) Frequently with particles, sane, fortasse. 1622
Vendat asdis vir bonus : pestilentes sint et habeantur salubres ; sed
hoc prater dominum nemo sciat: qucero, si haec emptoribus
venditor non dixerit, num injuste fecerit. (G. Off. 3. 13.)
Haec si vobis non probamus, sint falsa sane: invidiosa certe non
sunt. (C. Acad. 2. 32.)
Ne sint in senectute vires : ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute.
(C. Sen. 11.)
Vocate in concilium Gra?cia» civitates, per quas iter feci ; queratur
unus quilibet militis mei injuriam; non recusabo quin simulato
sacrificio aliud petisse videar. (L. 42. 42.)
Sed ierit ad bellum, dissenserit non a te solum, verum etiam a
fratribus: hi te orant tui. (C. Lig. 12.)
Emerserit ex peculatus etiam judicio : ex majestatis quoque judicio
evaserit : confringat iste sane vi sua consilia senatoria, evolet
ex vestra severitate : mihi credite, artioribus apud populum
Romanum laqueis tenebitur. (C. Verr. 1. 5.)
' Malus civis, improbus consul, seditiosus homo Cn. Carbo fuit.'
Fueritaliis: tibi quando esse cocpit? (C. Verr. 1. 13.)
Nemo is, inquies, unquam fuit. Ne fuerit : ego enim quid desidc-
rem, non quid viderim, dispute (C. Or. 29.)
Esto: fecerit, si ita vis, Torquatus propter suns utilitates. Num
etiam ejus collega. P. Decius, cum in Latinos irruebat, aliquid
de voluptatibus suis cogitabat? (C. Fin. 2. 19.)
Continued on p. 2G8.
Chap. XXL] Isdic. and Impeh. t» ameessioiUL 2C]
(d) Taking up a speaker's words and questioning the/act.
[Compare g 1691, 1771.)
Sam dfieo (noraen); qnaa non posses, t eraptato m adTeras. Dm. Ego
aatem tempto? (Ter. PA. 388.)
5» cm pal temerest, quod tu tarn times. Ch. Egon timeo? (lb. 999.)
8ed obseero herde, salta sic am psHa postea. Me. Ego saltabo?
â– asms hade non es. (PL J/<?it. 197.)
Fadam ut Terns hodie reperiare Tyndarus. Quid mi abnntas? Tr.
Tibi ego abnuto? (PL Copt. 606.)
'Mori' mqaii 'fihum vis.' Ego te mod vclo? immo furor tans.
(Sen. Bhet. Co*tr. 11. L)
5. Tie indicatire or imperative mates a concession positirtbj i6m
eed e x pr essl y; the statement however need not be a fact, but may be
made ironically or for argument's sake («) with particU —in,
Est istae qaidem honestnm, Term hoc expedit. (C. Of. 3. 18.)
Sed fae, at isti Tohmi T ardmos non remanere post mor -os,
si ita sit, privari spe bea".- lifers ista
sententLi : 3. T.D. 1 =
Die te. Caesar, de facto Ligarii jadicem esse: taeeo, ne haw qaidem
conEgo, qua ; : Talerent etiam &- m. (C. Lig. 10.)
Pata ita esse : pro me est. (Sen. X. Q. 2. 5
Finge jostam te intulisse bellam: com femini.s ergo agere debaeras.
(Cart. 4. 10, § 29.)
Oppresses est C. Antoniis : esto ; hahait qaandam ille tnfkmTam soara.
Hoc. 38.)
'. :_ ._- ; '. :: ". : - r ; :. ' :r -_ - i: . r - -- - -.-' . -â– ; : ; ". : : . - =,;_-
tentiam meam tibi ignotam esse nolebam. (C. Fan. 10. 25.)
Id nos forsasse non perf ecimos, conati qaidem saepissime =cr_
. . Or. 62.)
Speravit, credo, diflfrdlis tibi Alexandria? fore exitas propter : .
nalnrara et fianrinis. At eo tempore ipso peeaniam dedit, exer-
dram alni:, tibi vietori ad idem praesto fait. (C. Dej I
(b) In the statement of an opponents objection : ; intra- &i
dueed by at, a: enim, at vero, at fortasse. F tees-
rice, frequently has et qaidem, qaidem, 'true but,'
Caesar nomqaam nisi honoriflcentissime Pompeinm appelLas. 'At in
ejus persona mnlta fecit asperias.' Armcmna i=^a e. victoria;
sunt facta, non Cxsaris. (C. Fam. 6. 6.)
At enim eadem Stoid praecipna dxcont, qaae bona isti. Dieunt 3K
qaidem, sed iis ritam beatam compter! negamt. . . T.D. 5. 16.)
At vero Cn. Pompeii volantatem a me aHenabat oratio mea. An iDe
m roam plas ditexh? (C. Phil. 2. 15. }
26S Subjunctive. (C) Concessive. [Book IV.
Verum anceps pugnse fuerat fortuna. Fuisset: quern metui mori-
tura? Faces in castra tulissem. (Verg. A. 4. 603.)
Ex hac nostra paucitate quarta pars militum praesidio impedimentis
relicta erat. Sed fuerimus omnes: parvom hoc tandem esse
credimus, quod, &c. ? (L. 44. 38.)
Ne aequaveritis Hannibali Philippum nee Carthaginiensibus Mace-
donas: Pyrrho certe aequabitis. (L. 31. 7.)
Ipse cum tribunus essem, erraverim fortasse, qui me aliquid putavi,
sed tamquam essem, abstinui causis agendis. (Plin. Ep. 1. 23.)
(b) With relative clause 1 like quam vis, quam volet, &c. l624
Quod turpe est, id, quam vis occultetur, tamen honestum fieri
nullo modo potest. (C. Off. 2. 19.)
Nihil agis, dolor: quam vis sis molestus, nunquam te esse con-
fitebor malum. (G. T. D. 2. 25.)
Quam volent, faceti dicaces diserti sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii.
(C. Cxi. 28.)
Cuicumque particular cadi officeretur, quamvis esset procul, mutari
lumina putabat. (C. Or. 1. 39.)
Gaius vero Gracchus multis dixit sibi in somnis quaesturam petenti
Tiberium fratrem visum esse diccre, Quam vellet cunctaretur,
tamen eodem sibi leto, quo ipse interisset, esse pereundum.
(C. Div. 26.)
Quamvis scelerati illi fuissent, sicuti fuerunt pestiferi cives suppli-
cioque digni, tamen Sec. (C. Or. 1. 53.)
(f) With modo.
Manent ingenia senibus, modo permaneat studium et industria. i5*6
(C. Sen. 7.)
Brutum apud me fuisse gaudeo, modo et libenter fuerit et sat diu.
(C. Att. 15. 4.)
Ad vos nunc refero, quern sequar; modo ne quis illud tarn inerudi-
tum absurdumque respondeat: 'quern lubet, modo aliquem.'
(C. Ac. 2. 43.)
Acnent ad bonas artcs juventutem adulescentibus quoque, digni
sint modo, tanta praemia constituta. (Plin. Ep. 2. 7, § 5.)
1 For the use of the moods with quamquam, which is riot of itself a
relative clause, see § 1697.
Continued on p. 270.
C]uip. XXL] Indic. and Imper. in concessions. 269
At Phalaris, at Apollodorus pcenas sustulit. Multis quidem ante era-
ciatis et necatis. (C. N. D. 3. 33.)
Aliud esse censet gaudere, alind non dolere. Et quidem, inquit, vehe-
menter errat. (C. Fill. 2. 3. )
Difficili in loco versor; est enim vis tanta nattme tit homo nemo velit
nisi hominis similis esse. Et quideni formica formicse.
(G. X.D. 1. 28.)
(c) The indicatives, licet, licebit, often introduce a concession (the 1625
verb dependent being in subjunctive by §§ 1606, 1608).
Proinde isti licet faciant quos volent consoles, tribunos pl.;videbis
brevi tempore magnum ilium ipsum qui peccavit Catonem.
(C. Att. 2. 9.)
Hanc si qui partem putabit esse orationis, (Hermagoram) sequatur
licebit: nobis non placuit. (C. Inv. 1. 51.)
Quam vis licet insectemur istos, metuo ne soli pbilosopbi sint.
(C. T. D. 4. 24.)
{d) In Lucretius and post-Ciceronian writers (rarely in Livy) 1627
quam vis is found with indicative.
At manet in vita, cui mens animusque remansit : quamvis est circum
caesis lacer undique membris truncus, vivit. (Lucr. 3. 403.)
Non tibi, quamvis infesto animo et minaci perveneras, ingredienti
fines ixa cecidit? (L. 2. 40.)
Erat inter eos dignitate regia, quamvis carebat nomine. (Nep. 2. 2.)
Quamvis est enim omnis hyperbole ultra fidem, non tamen esse debet
ultra modum. (Quint. 8. 6. 73.)
Quamvis intercidit alter, pro se proque Remo, qui mihi restat, erit.
(Ov. F. 2.485.)
Pollio amat nostram, quam vis est rustica, musam. (Yerg. B. 3. 84.)
[In some sentences quamvis el-early qualifies the adjective only, e.g.
Nee auctor quamvis audaci facinori deerat. (L. 2. 54. )
Quamvis ridiculus est, ubi uxor non adest. (PI. Men. 317.)
Quod commodum est, exspectate facinus, quam voltis improbum;
vincam tamen exspectationem omnium. (C. Verr. 5. 5.)]
(e) The imperative is used with modo in concessions. t g, 5
Modo sis veni hue: invenies infortunium. (PI. Amph. 286.)
Patiar: sine modo adveniat senex: sine modo venire salvom quern
absentem comes. (PI. Most. 11.)
Quern quidem ego actutum, modo vos absistite, cogam fateri.
(Ov. M. 3. 557.)
Continued on p. 27L
270 Subjunctive. (D) Final. [Book IV.
(D) Final subjunctive.
The subjunctive of purpose is the same as the subjunctive of
command, only that it is dependent on relative adjectives and
adverbs. The first subdivision (1) contains adjectival sentences:
the second (2) sentences introduced by ut, ' in order that? ne, quo,
quominus, quin. Such sentences with ut or ne are very frequent,
and sometimes stand in place of a subject or object; sometimes
again introduce a special restriction of what is said, or a justifica-
tion of the mode of saying it. The third subdivision (3) contains
sentences of time or condition with dum, dummodo, donee, prius-
quam, potius quam, &c.
The sentences classed under this head, like those classed under
(C), are distinguished by the use, if a negative is required, of ne,
not non. Some sentences might almost be classed, as far as mean-
ing goes, under the head of consequence (E). Indeed the conse-
cutive subjunctive has arisen from the final subjunctive.
The following are typical instances.
1. Mltto qui dicat.
Nihil est quod scribam.
Dignus est qui vincat.
2. (a) Ede ut vivas. Hoc dico, ne fallario.
Vide ut hoc statim flat.
Non impedio, quominus vivas.
Niliil obstat, quin vivas.
{b) Eogo ut edas. Proximum est ut doceam.
(c) Ita rogo, ut ne properes.
(d) Timeo ne abeas ; timeo ut adsis.
Vide, ne boc non sit.
(V) Hoc nunquam erit, nedum nunc sit.
(/') Ne longior sim, val3.
3. (a) Exspecta dum veniam.
(Z>) Dum recens terror sit, milites mittit.
(c) Oderint, dum metuant.
(d) Pugnatuni est, donee praelium nox dlrimeret.
(e. 1) Pugnatum est, priusquani ille veniret,
(e. 2) Depugna potius quam servias,
Continued on p. 272.
Chap. JJT/.j Ixdicathte. ContrasJted usages. 271
Indicative, especially in Comparative sentences, and
with dam.
Some adjectival sentences with the indicative are given merely to 1631
contrast with final adjectival sentences.
The most prominent use of ut with the indicative is in sentences
of comparison (thongh it is also used as an interrogative, s 17"
Sentences of comparison may be introduced either by adjectives
tan£ns...quantus. ,te.. or by adverbs tarn.. .quam, sic.ut. eo...quo,
Arc In many such sentences however the demonstrative correlative
is omitted. This is the ease in sentences with adjectives or adr-
in the comparative degree, and in some colloquial phrases ; t. g. mire
quam, satin ut, tea.
Sentences with ne...quidem. ncn modo...sed etfara, non dico. in
stating a rKmax are to be contrasted with certain subjuneuval sen-
tences with ne, nedum, «tc.
The indicative mood with dum. quamdiu, quoad is used when the
event is regarded as merely, or at least primarilv. contemporaneous
to. or limiting the time of the event in the princip.il sentence.
following are typical instances.
Hitto earn : qui dieit.
Compa.
1. Tantus est. quantus potest esse.
Tarn est amicus, quam qui maxims.
2. £0 minus hoc fed, quo minus iliud auiivi.
Plus fed quam iQe (fecit).
3. a) Id TTTiTTiTn qnant irm profui t.
Nimis quam formidabam.
(?) At pol qui dixti melius.
â– L Satin' ut oblitus fait ?
â– Vide, ut paipatur.
Ne nunc quidem hoc est.
Adteo hoc non nunc est.
Ecc. non dico, aliquando fait, sed nunc est.
1. fa) Opperior, dum cognosce.
(6) Dum metait. fortunas perdidi:.
2. Dnm lego, ita mini videtur.
3. Lego donee Die venit.
4. Lego priusquam venit
Continued on p. 273.
272 Subjunctive. (D) Final. \B00k IV.
The final subjunctive expresses an action stated, as 1630
a purpose to be carried into effect.
Present, and {i-arely) perfect, tense in sentences dependent on primary
tenses. Imperfect, and {rarely) pluperfect, in sentences dependent on
secondary tenses.
The perfect and pluperfect are used hi relation to the results of
past actions ; i. e. as completed futures subjunctive.
\. With relative adjective: (qui = utis, i <who is to," 1 l tvas to'). 1632
Such sentences are not commonly negative: in provisoes the negative is
ne.
Misi pro amicitia qui Hoc Antonio diceret. (G. Phil. 1. 5.)
Homini natura rationem dedit, qua regerentur animi appetitus.
(G. N. D. 2. 12.)
Ea qui conficeret, Trebonium legatum relinquit. (Cass. G. 7. 11.)
Quaeritur consul, qui dicendo non numquam comprimat tribuni-
cios furores, qui concitatum populum flectat. (G. Mur. 11.)
Non est diu cunctatus Caesar Augustus, neque enim quserendus
erat, quern legeret, sed legendus qui eminebat. (Veil. 2. 103.)
Hcec habui de amicitia quae dicerem. (C. Lai. 27.)
Scribebat iElius orationes, quas alii dicerent. (C. Brut. 56.)
Erat autem nihil novi, quod aut scriberem aut ex te quasrerem.
(C. Att. 15. 1 b.)
Quid est igitur quod laborem? (lb. 6. 3.)
Hei mihi, quom nihil est, qui illic homini dimminuam caput.
(PL Mai. 304.)
Sic adeo digna res est, ubi tu nervos intendas tuos. >(m
(Ter. Eun. 312.)
Plerique rem idoneam, de qua quasratur, et homines dignos, quibus-
cum disseratur, putant. (C. Ac. 2. 6.)
Veniendo hue exercitum egregium populo Romano servastis;
erumpendo hinc vosmet ipsos servate: digni estis, qui pauci
pluribus opem tuleritis, ipsi nullius auxilio egueritis. (L. 7.35.)
Nulla videbatur aptior persona, quas de senectute loqueretur quam
Catonis. (G. L<el. 1.)
In eo vidisti multum, quod prasfinisti quo ne pluris emerem.
(G. Fam. 7. 2.)
Cautum erat, quo ne plus auri et argenti facti, quo ne plus signati
argenti et seris domi haberemus. (L. 34. 6.)
Continued on p. 274.
Clap. XXT.] Lsmcattvk. Contrasted aademea. 273
Tic imiitmtmr e xg i vma m /met or simple definition, ds.
without amy rignificatiom of purpose.
(Sen. Zp. 76, §17.)
ok? (Sen. Du£ 7. 2L)
« M M Hlll l ll (& JSflK. C. &)
mi il f] TkBiw. f ill.
Cr-i h- :-: 1 - ~i zzz. : -._-..- :. 1
adgedtJEseferio. (C. Fat. 3L 33.)
274 Subjunctive. (D) Final; with ut, &c [Book IV.
2. With a connective adverb: ut, uti, ' that] '•in order that? quo 163-
(usually with a comparative); in negative sentences, ut ne, ne,
and after expressions of hindrance, opposition, Osfc. quominus and
quin 1 , the latter being used ivhen the principal sentence also is nega-
tive or quasi-negative.
(a) General usage. ,6 3 g
Esse oportet, ut vivas; non vivere, ut edas. (Cornif. 4. 28.)
Legibus idcirco omnes servimus, ut liberi esse possimus. (C. C/K.53.)
' Homines,' inquit, 'emisti, coegisti, parasti.' Quid uti faceret? sena-
tum obsideret? civis indemnatos expelleret? bona diriperet?
tsdes incenderet?- (C. Sest. 39.)
Sine ulla sede vagi dimicassemus : ut quo victores nos reciperemus?
(L. 44. 39.)
Utroque tempore ita me gessi, ne tibi pudori, ne regno tuo, ne genti
Macedonum essem. (L. 40. 15.)
Accusatores multos esse in civitate utile est, ut metu contineatur
audacia : verum tamen hoc ita est utile, ut ne plane inludamur
ab accusatoribus. (C. Rose. Am. 20.)
Danda opera est, ut etiam singulis consulatur, sed ita ut ea res
aut prosit, aut certe ne obsit rei publics. (C. Off. 2. 21.)
Vide ut istic tibi sit acutus culter probe. (PI. Mil. 1397.) 1640
Videndum est primum, ne obsit benignitas; deinde ne major be-
nignitas sit quam facultates; turn ut pro dignitate cuique tri-
buatur. (C. Off. 1. 14.)
Tantum vide ne hoc tempore isti obesse aliquid possit.
(C. An. 11. 7.)
Ego pol te pro istis factis et dictis, scelus, ulciscar, ut ne impune in 1642
nos inluseris. (Ter. Eun. 942.)
(Amator) ne dederit gratis qux dedit, usque dabit. Sic ne per-
diderit, non cessat perdere lusor. (Ov. A. A. 1. 454, 452.)
Adnitar, ne frustra vos hanc spem de me conceperitis. (L. 44. 22.)
1 Quin, like ut, is also used in consecutive (§§ 1680, 1688) and depen-
dent interrogative (§ 1768) sentences. The following is a summary
of the general usage of certain verbs:
Verbs of forbidding, hindering, opposing, with or without a nega-
tive or its equivalent, may be followed by ne or quominus, or an infi-
nitive (with or without an accus.);
verbs of opposing, refraining, neglecting, doubting, abest, &c. may,
if negative or quasi-negative, be followed by quin ;
non dubito, &c. also by an ace. and infinitive;
dubito i.i iollowcd by a dependent interrogative an, an non.
(Madvig,) Lot. Gr. § 375.)
Continued on p. 27G.
Chap. XXI.] Indicative. Comparative sentences. 275
Comparative sentences may here be noticed: they are intro- 1635
duced by correlative adjectives or adverbs; e.g. tantus...quantus, tarn
...quam, sic.ut; sometimes the demonstrative is omitted; sometimes
the verb of the clause. (Other comparative sentences with ut in § 1707.)
L With adjective or adverb in positive or superlative degree. l6 37
Tanta est apud eos, quanta maxima potest esse, morum studiorumque
distantia. (C. Latl. 20.)
Emit hortos homo cupidus et locnples tanti quanti Pythius vomit.
(C. Off. 3. 14.)
Locorum nuda nomina et quanta dabitur brevitate ponentur.
(Plin. H. N. 3. init.)
Jugurtha quam maximas potest copias armat. (Sail. J. 13.)
Quod volebant, non, quam maturato opus erat, naviter expediebant.
(L. 24. 23.)
Quam maxume huic vana haec suspitio erit, tarn facillume patris pacem
in leges conficiet suas. (Ter. Haut. 997.)
Officium esse meum putavi exercitum habere quam proximo hostem
(sc. exercitum habere potui). (C. Att. 6. 5.)
Dare volt uxorem fiho quantum potest. (PI. Most. 758.) 1639
Nemo enim orator tarn multa ne in Grajco quidem otio scripsit, quam
multa sunt nostra. (C. Or. 30. )
Verba quam potes ambiguis callidus abde notis. (Ov. A.A.I. 490.)
Tenuit locum tarn diu quam f erre potuit laborem. (C. Brut. 67. )
Exibit quam s»pe, time. (Tib. L 6. 21.)
Satin' istuc mihi exquisitumst fuisse hunc servom in Alide? Ail Tarn
satis est, quam numquam hoc invenies secus. (Pi. Capt. 639.)
Non hercle verbis, Panneno, dici potest tantum, quam re ipsa navi-
gare incommodumst. (Ter. Hec. 416.)
Tarn enim sum amicus reipublica quam qui maxime. (C. Fam. 5. 2.1 1641
Praeda inde majore quam quanta belli fama fuerat revecta, ludos fecit.
(L. 1. 35.)
Xon tarn ista me sapientiae fama delectat, quam quod amicitia3 nostraa
memoriam spero sempiternam fore. (C. Lai. 4.)
Grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui unquam fuit. (L. 5. 25.)
Domus celebratur ut cum maxime. (C. Q. Fr. 2. 4 [6].]
Compare also
Omnia, quae capta? urbes patiuntur, passi sumus et cum maxime pati-
mur (1. e. et turn patimur, quum maxime patimur.) (L. 29. 17.)
Continued on p. 277.
18—2
276 Subjunctive. (D) Final; with ut, quln, &c [Book IF.
Verum est quod dicitur, multos modios salis simul edendos esse, ut
amicitiae munus expletum sit. (C. Lai. 19.)
Quae omnia hue tendunt, ut audias lsaeum vel ideo tantum ut au-
dieris. (Plin. Ep. 2. 3, fin.)
Scriptum erat, ut ad ludos omnia pararet neve committeret ut
frustra ipse properasset. (C. Att. 13. 45.)
Neve hoc impune fuisset, Gorgoneum crinem turpes mutavit in
hydros. (Ov. M. 4. 798.)
Hie opsistam, ne imprudenti hue ea se subrepsit mihi. (Pl.Mil. 2^3^)
Potin' ut molestus ne sis? (PI. Merc. 779.)
Hoc eo saepius testificor, ut auctoribus laudandis ineptiarum crimen
effugiam. (C. Or. 3. 49.)
Sublata etiam erat celebritas virorum ac mulierum, quo lamentatio 164+
minueretur. (C. Leg. 2. 26.)
Obducuntur libro aut cortice trunci, quo sint a frigoribus et calori-
bus tutiores. (G. N. D. 2. 47.)
Cassar cognovit per Afranium stare, quo minus prcelio dimicaretur.
(Cass. C. 1. 41.)
Neque impedio quominus susceptum negotium gerere possis.
(C. Fam. 13. 5.)
Non recusabo, quominus omnes mea scripta legant. (C. Fin. 1. 3.)
Hanc ego causam, quominus novom consilium capiamus, in primis
magnam puto. (Sail. Cat. 51.)
Non enim possum quin revortar, quin loquar, quin edissertem, 1646
eramque ex masrore eximam. (Plaut. Stich. 302.)
Non videor mihi sarcire posse sedis meas, quin totas perpetuae ruant,
cum fundamento perierint, nee quisquam esse auxilio queat
(PI. Most. 146.)
Nil verbi, pereas quin fortiter, addam. (Hor. S. 2. 3. 42.)
Vix milites temperavere animis, quin extemplo impetum facerent
(L. 5. 45.)
Romanis non humana ulla neque divina obstant, quin socios, ami-
cos, procul juxta sitos, inopes potentisque trahant, excindant,
omniaque non serva et maxume regna hostilia ducant.
(Sail. Mith. § 17.)
(3) The subordinate clause is often in place of object or subject to 164
the principal verb.
Verres rogat et orat Dolabellam, ut ad Neronem proficiscatur.
(C. Verr. 1. 29.)
Continued on p. 278.
CJ*ap. XXI.1 Indicative. Comparative sentences. 277
2. With adjective or adverb in comparative degree, eo...quocL, eo... 1643
quo, 't* proportion... as;' qnxm, 'than.' (For priusquam, see § 1671,
sqq.)
Haec eo facilius magnam partem asstatis faciebant, quod nostra naTes
tempestatibus detinebantur. (Caes. G. 3. 12.)
Quo erant suaviores littera, eo majorem dolorem ille casus adferebat.
(C. Q.F.3. 1,§17.)
Quo quisque est sollertior et ingeniosior, hoc docet iraeundius et labo-
riosias. (C. Rose. Com. 11.)
Quo minus ingenio possum, subsidium mini rifiigentiam comparavi.
(C. Quint. 1.)
AgricultUTa eas res, in quibus Tersatur, nominibus notavit notis : quo
magiq boc philosopbo faciendum est. (C. Fin. 3. 2.)
Nee dextris magis gladiisque gerebatur res, quam scutis corporibusque
ipsis obnixL urgebant. (L. 34. 46.)
Quaerenti tibi superbius tacuissemus quam vera respondimus.
(L. 42. 40.)
Nee nunc quidem viris desidero adulescentis ; non plus quam adules-
cens tauri aut elepbanti desiderabam. (C. Sen. 9.)
Antonio, quam est, toIo pejus esse. (C. Att. 13. 3.)
Quae nos pro salute patriae gessimus, tanto consilio gesta esse cognosces.
ut tibi, multo majori quam Africanus fait, me, non multo mino-
rem quam Lalium, facile et in re publica et in amieitia adjunctum
esse patiare. (C. Fam. 5. 7.)
Tres fratres consortes ex agri3 profugerunt, quod eis plus frumenti
imperabatur, quam quantum exararant. (C. Verr. 3. 23.)
Longum est, quod pluribus verbis aut sententiis ultra quam satis est ^5
producitur. (C. Inv. 1. 8.)
T. Livius in contionibus supra quam enarrari potest eloquens.
(Quint. 10. L 10L)
Similarly prae quam (Plaut.), 'compared vith how;'' pro quam, 'in
proportion as.'
Nihil hoc quidemst triginta mime, praequam alios dapsilis sumptus
facit (PL Most. 982.)
Igitur parvissima corpora, pro quam et levissima sunt, ita mobilitate
fruuntur. (Lucr. 3. 199.)
(For perquam, see § 1649.)
Continued on p. 279.
278 Subjunctive. (D) Final; with ut, quin, &c. {Book IV.
Hoc postulatum de statuis ridiculum videtur ; postulant enim non uti
ne cogantur statuere. Quid igitur? ut ipsis ne liceat. (lb. 2. 60.)
Ut mihi sedis aliquas conducat volo, ubi habitet istaec mulier.
(PI. Merc. 560.)
Servis imperat, ut se ipsum neglegant, filiam defendant.
(C. Verr. 1. 26.)
Decrevit senatus, ut L. Opimius videret, nequid respublica detri-
menti caperet. (C. Cat. 1. 2.)
Ne quid ferretur ad populum patres tenuere : plebes vicit ut quin-
tum eosdem tribunos crearent. (L. 3. 29.)
De Tirone cura, quseso, quod facis, ut sciam, quid is agat.
(C. Att. 10. 4.)
Altera est res, ut res geras magnas et arduas plenasque periculorum.
(C. Off. 1. 20.)
Justitias primum munus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, nisi lacessitus
injuria. (lb. 1. 7.)
Proximum est, ut doceam deorum providentia mundum admini-
strari. (C. N. D. 2. 29.)
Magna mehercules causa absolutionis cum ceteris causis haec est, ne
qua insignis huic imperio macula atque ignominia suscipiatur.
(C. Font. 16 [12].)
(c) In sentences restrictive of a preceding statement. 1650
ita...ut, cum eo ut, 'â– 'with the precaution that. ..must] 'â– provided
that;'' ita ne, ita ut ne. Compare § 1704.
Accepimus (Cassaris) condiciones sed ita ut removeat praesidia ex
iis locis quae occupavit. (C. Fnm. 16. 12.)
Scio te omnia facturum, ut nobiscum quam primum sis: sed tamen
ita velim ut ne quid properes. (C. Fam. 16. 9.)
Ita tamen aequum est me vestra meis armis tutari, ne mea interim
nudentur praesidiis. (L. 31. 25.)
Atque ita mentitur, sic veris falsa remiscet, primo ne medium,
medio ne discrepet imum. (Hor. A. P. 151.)
Lanuvinis civitas data sacraque sua reddita cum eo ut aedes lucus-
que Sospitae Junonis communis Lanuvinis municipibus cum
populo Romano esset. (L. 8. 14.)
Somewhat similarly: Sed quoniam de extis et de fulgoribus satis
est disputatum, ostenta restant, ut tota haruspicina sit pertrac-
tata. (C. Div. 2. 22.")
Continued on p. 280.
Chap. XXI. 1 Indicative. Comparative sentences. 279
3. Some colloquial phrases may perhaps belong to the class of
comparative sentences.
(a) With quantum, which is either relative or perhaps interroga- i6*j
tive; e.g. mirum quantum, § 1760.
Huic generi orationis adspergentur etiam sales, qui in dicendo nurritiTn
quantum valent (C. Or. 26.)
Vino et lucernis Medus acinaces immane quantum discrepat.
(Hor. Od. 1. 27. 5.)
A Pyrenaei promunturio Hispania incipit, angustior non Gallia modo,
verum etiam semetipsa, ut diximus, immensum quantum hinc
Oceano illinc Hiberieo mari comprimentibus. (Plin. 4. 90. 34.)
Id mirum quantum profuit ad concordiam civitatis. (L. 2. 1.)
Mirum quam inimicus ibat, ut ego objurgarem. (C. Att. 13. 40.)
O Phaedria, incredibilest quantum erum anteeo sapientia.
(Ter. Ph. 247.)
(b) With quam qualified by an adverb prefixed. (This usage, e. g. i&4?
mire quam, is probably the result of attraction for mirum quam : the
whole expression being adverbial, each member is made adverbial 1 .)
Here perhaps belongs perquam. (For praequam, proquam, see § 1645.)
Nimis quam formido, ne manufesto hie me opprimat. (Fl. Most. 511.)
Ex amore hie admodum quam sasvos est. (PL Amph. 541.)
Mire quam illius loci non modo usus, sed etiam cogitatio delectat.
(C. Att. 1. 1L)
Nam quod de Pompeio Caninius agit, sane quam refrixit.
(C. Q. Fr. 2. 4, § 5.)
Sueclamatum est ei frequenter a militibus Ventidianis, nam suos yalde
quam paueos habet, sibi aut in Italia pereundum esse aut vin-
cendum. (D. Brut. ap. C. Fam. 11. 13.)
Hand facile fuit ea quae objicerentur memoria complecti, pleraque
enim oppido quam parva erant (L. 39. 47.)
Scelestus sacerdotem anum praecipes reppulit propulit perquam indig-
nis modis: (PL Rud. 672.)
Sic in flla omni defensione, quod esse in arte positum Tidebatur, per
quam breviter perstrinxL (C. Or. 2. 49.)
(c) So in Plautus qui (adv.) is used after pol, edepol, hercle. 1651
Hercle qui, ut tu praedicas, cavendumst mi aps te irato. (PL Ps. 473.)
At pol qui dixti rectius. (PL Asin. 823.)
Edepol qui te de isto multi cupiunt nunc mentirier. (PL Mil. 779.)
1 Comp. fitra ISpQros Sav/utarov icov, BavfuurrCn wt x^f**, Arc.
Continued on p. 281.
280 Subjunctive. (D) Final; with ut, quin, &c [Book IV.
(d) A thing, about which fear is felt, is expressed by a sentence 1652
with ut, if it is avis bed; <with ne, if it is dreaded. {In English ' that
not' corresponds to ut, 'â– lest ' or 'that' to ne.) Ne non is also used for
ut, especially muhen the principal sentence is negative.
O puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus frigore te
feriat. (Hor. S. 2. 1. 60.)
Rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se
dicebant. (Caes. G. 1. 39.)
Vereor ne Romam, sic cunctantibus nobis, Hannibali ac Pcenis toties
servaverint majores nostri. (L. %i. 14.)
Timeo, ne non impetrem. (C. Att. 9.6.)
Mi frater, mi frater, tune id veritus es ne te videre noluerim? ego
te videre noluerim ? immo vero me a te videri nolui.
(C. g.Jr. 3 .i.§i.)
Id vero periculum erat ne majestatem nominis Alexandri sustinere
non potuerit populus Romanus, et adversus eum nemo ex tot
proceribus Romanis vocem liberam missurus fuerit. (L. 9. 18.)
Vidit periculum esse, ne exutum impedimentis exercitum nequic-
quam incolumem traduxisset. (L. 21. 23-)
Mihi cavitiost ne nucifrangibula excussit ex malis meis.
(PI. Bac. 598.)
Occasionally the expression of fear is omitted: l6 54
At enim ne quid captioni mihi sit, si dederim tibi. (PI. Most. 92a.)
Sed ne, dum huic obsequor, vobis molestus sim. (C. Fin. 5. 3.)
Similarly vide ne non sit, vide ut sit 'Perhaps it is not,'' vide ne sit, 1656
' Perhaps it is. 1 {For another meaning of these expressions see§ 1640.)
Vide sis ne forte ad merendam quopiam devorteris, atque ibi ne plus
quam satis fuerit biberis. (PI. Most. 966.)
Multa istius modi dicuntur in scholis, sed credere omnia vide ne
non sit necesse. (C. Div. 2. 13.)
Erat, si cujusquam, ccrte tuum nihil praster virtutem in bonis dicere.
* Vide ne magis,' inquam, ' tuum fuerit, cum re idem tibi quod
mihi videretur.' (C. Fin. 3. 3.)
Si non sunt Romae vestri similes feminae, videndum est ut honeste
vos esse possitis. (C. Fam. 14. 14.)
Qua re videant ne hoc sit periniquum et non ferendum.
(G. Man. 7,2.)
Continued on p. 282.
Chap. XXI.] Indicative. Satin' ut, Vide nt 281
4. Similar (to the abovenamed uses of quantum, quam, nt 1653
1647 — 1651) is the use, in the early language, of nt in phrases which
may be either relative or interrogative. (Comp. §§ 1763, 1765.)
(a) Satin' nt, < tolerably.'
Satin', nt oblitus fni tibi me narravisse? (PL Mere. 4S0.)
Satin' nt meminit libertatis ? (PL Per*. 653. )
(6) Tide nt is used to express surprise. It is preceded by hoc 1655
or illud.
Hoc sis Tide, nt palpatnr: nullust, qnando occipit, blandior.
(PL Merc. 167.)
illud Tide, os nt sibi distorsit camufex. (Ter. Eun. 670.)
(For nt after Tide in a reported question, see § 1762.)
Continued on p. 283.
282 Subjunctive. (D) Final; with ne, nednm. [Book IV.
(e) fVithae, nedum, 'â– much less. ' 1658
(This usage arises from the prevention of the occurrence of the
greater event being rhetorically regarded as the purpose of the occur-
rence of the less event.)
Vix in ipsis tectis frigus infirma valetudine vitatur: nedum in mari
sit facile abesse ab injuria temporis. (C. Fam. 16. 8.)
Optimis hercule temporibus clarissimi viri vim tribuniciam sustinere
non potuerunt: nedum his temporibus sine vestra sapientia salvi
esse possimus. (C. Clu. 35.)
Querebantur consules bellicosos ambo viros, qui vel in pace tran-
" quilla bellum excitare possent, nedum in bello respirare civi-
tatem forent passuri. (L. 26. 26.)
Novam inexpertamque tribuniciam potestatem eripuere patribus nos-
tris,ne nunc dulcedine semel capti ferant desiderium. (L.3.52.)
Quippe secundae res sapientium animos fatigant, ne illi corruptis
moribus victorias temperarent. (Sail. Cat. 11.)
Erat enim multo domicilium hujus urbis, cum quidem ha°c urbs fuit,
aptius humanitati et suavitati tuas, quam tota Peloponnesus,
nedum Patrae. (sc. essent. C. Fam. 7. 28, Wesenberg.)
(/) Purpose not of the principal action itself but of the mention 1660
of the action; especially, ivitb ne dicam, in suggesting, while declining
to make, a stronger statement. The perfect subjunctive is rare till
after the Augustan age.
Ne longior sim, vale. (C. Fam. 15. 19.)
Quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos, ut beneficio tuleris a me,
quod minis nequisti, trecenti conjuravimus principes juventutis
Romanae, ut in te hac via grassaremur. (L. 2. 12.)
'Ne nihil actum,' inquit, 'hac legatione censeatis, expiatum est
quicquid ex foedere rupto irarum in nos coelestium fuit.'
(L. 9. 1.)
Crudelem Castorem, ne dicam sceleratum et impium. (G. Deiot. 1.)
Satis inconsiderati fuit, ne dicam audacis, rem ullam ex illis attin-
gere. (C. Phil. 13. 5.)
Ut frontem ferias, sunt qui etiam Caesonium putent competitorem
fore. (G. Att. 1. 1.)
Ergo ut ad primum illud revertar, sit orator nobis is, qui ad-
commodate ad persuadendum possit dicere. (C. Or. 1. 61.)
Vetera majestas quaedam, et, ut sic dixerim, religio commendat.
(Quint. 1. 6. § 1.)
Continued on p. 28i.
CbvpL H7.] TsMCATITE.
,«*;»
£3
AdBmmxm
*>:'! pDI BD I
gC.JfaB.Lft)
fG.4tt.ft. 15,1s.)
IfWVBBT'HW JDBB6 ^MP "feiMfp
fCL A& 4. 1L)
*%n» jwtaft,, ade& sebui eqarinuere tbAb yctofc. fTcBIL. 2L €7.)
' : -■-_ — L
r . , t ... - fi -•- : .,• -•- ^_ ::l -_ ■- -
tfmknri^fetUimjmamrtf m.
{CL FML ft. 27.)
. ;: " .._ t:i it*:* :::i:n>
b¥ ::;.r:z-i. BOB i_.:-: id
. J.% .. .::
.'".â– 'â– ?'â– ..: i .'7. 7. J:.;.
284 Subjunctive. (D) Final: with dum, &c. [Book IV.
Such a sentence with ne is not unfrequently appended to a pre- »66»
vious statement. ' (This I say), lest.''
Senectus est natura loquacior, ne ab omnibus earn vitiis videar
vindicare. (C. Sen. 16.)
Mihi quidem eae verse videntur opiniones, quae honestas, quae lauda-
biles, quae gloriosae, quae in senatu, quae apud populum, quae
in omni ccetu concilioque profitendae sint, ne id non pudeat
sentire, quod pudeat dicere. (C. Fin. 2. 24.)
Scuta si quando conquiruntur a privatis in bello ac tumultu, tamen
homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt ;
ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo,
quod alter eriperet, protulisse. (C. Verr. 4. 23.)
3. An event expected and purposed. * r M
(a) With dum 'until' rarely donee, quoad; in present and im-
perfect tenses only. (In English the subjunctive is best expressed by
using 'shall] 'should] 'can] 'could;' or by a periphrasis ; e.g. dum
veniat, ventret, ' to allow of his coming] ' to enable him to corned)
Exspectate, dum consul aut dictator fiat, quem privatum viribus
et audacia regnantem videtis. (L. 3. 11.)
Exspecta, amabo te, dum Atticum conveniam. (C. Att. 7. 1, § 4.)
Hoc idem aput nos rectius poteris agere, atque ibi sedens, dum is
veniat, opperibere. (Plaut. Bac. 47.)
Iratis aut subtrahendi sunt ei, in quos impetum conantur facere, dum
se ipsi conligant, aut rogandi orandique sunt, ut, si quam habent
ulciscendi vim, differant in tempus aliud, dum defervescat ira.
(C. r.D.4.36.)
Dum relicuae naves eo convenirent, ad horam nonam in ancoris
exspectavit. (Caes. G. 4. 23.)
Die insequenti quievere, dum praefectus juventutem Apolloniatium,
armaque et urbis vires inspiceret. (L. 24. 40.)
Verginius, dum collegam consuleret, moratus, permittente eo, nocte
dictatorem dixit. (L. 4. 21.)
Itaque dum locus comminus pugnandi daretur, aequo animo singu-
las binis navibus obiciebant et retenta utraque nave diversi
pugnabant. (Caes. Civ. 1. 58.)
Multa bello passus, dum conderet urbem inferretque deos Latio.
(Verg. A. 1. 6.)
Non medius fidius mediocri dolore adficiebar, sed usque mihi tem-
peravi, dum perducerem eo rem, ut dignum aliquid vestra
expectatione efficerem. (Plancus ap. C. Fam. 10. 7.)
Continued on p. 286.
Chap. XXI.] ISDICATTTB with dim, donee Sec _
Ti« iadinrfinr stood is used vith qwra. dm, 'jo long as r T dam. r£6t
\ quo ad, '«rtiZ,' 'w**£rt/ 'jo toy «/ *f a simple expres-
sion of fact. The pluperfect appears not to ie used in these sentences
(except w § U91). ife- earn, stx} 1717 iff.
L 'WhOe^Le. ' in the time that / dmn.vrith present tense (though
qm nEfyinm past actions), rarely with other tenses. (The ind i cativ e
present is usuaUg retained even, « clauses dependent mm rnfiaiti mes and
(a) Of teste ombr. (An event expected is sometimes treated a if it 1663
occupied tie period of wasting.}
Tolntans, insmbuLiTrs. 1 -.
Ego Me tauli aper, dam exts. te opperiar foris. (PL Hast. 683.)
Ego m Areano opperiar, dam ista cognosce (C. AtL 10. 3.)
Tifcyre, dam redeo. brevis est in, paaee capriTaff, et potnm pastas ase.
tYerg. £. 9. 23.)
5 ._: -" •-.:—:■::. ;^m £S mtkm -r-£iil_i :"c:: - J2 j-.Cin pBaSoin
unyii.ejiiu. (SaD. C. 56.)
TSvUlis e rrdptitilw i s eausis obiere. dura laTi Fulfill matotmo. duo Cm-
sexes, praetor et £ir»in r* perfunetus dictators fW«rSt pater; Q.
/EiBiTtus Lepidus jam egrediens, imeasso poUice limim eufaiculi;
C. Anfastras egressas, earn in senattnn iret, oifenso pede in
eozniao: Cn. B*ciaa TampbHas. cum a puero qoaesisset; boras:
C. Serrflios Pansa, crirn staret in foro ad tabemam bora dtei
HiMinna in P. fratrem mnims ; B*bius judex. tTnm va
diftVrrt jubet; super omnes C. Jalins medicos, dam innngurc.
specQInm per oealnm trahens: A. Mar-Iris Tonuaras. com in
cena placentam adpeEeret;: L. Tuccms medicos. <frrrm m-~~~. rctic-
nem haum: Appins Saofeios. e balineo reverses, enzn mnismn
binjppet ovumaoe sorberet : Ac
tFIin. X H. 7. §§ 1?1— 1^3. smuemhat abridged.)
Son hare Tens agebannrr. interim ant TErma? CapitoiiiEnqTie in ~ -
genii perkulo fail L i -"
Other rntances of present in § 1458.
J* said never to be used by Caesar or SaHnsi, an.? ceIt
thrice by Cicero.
Continued on v I
236 Subjunctive. (D) Final: with dum, &c. [Book IV.
Sic deinceps omne opus contexitur, dum justa muri altitudo ex-
pleatur. (Cass. G. 7. 23.)
Actia pugna te duce per pueros hostili more refertur, donee alteru-
trum velox victoria fronde coronet. (Hor. Ep. 1. 18. 61.)
Epaminondas exercebatur plurimum currendo et luctando ad eum
finem, quoad stans complecti posset atque contendere.
(Nep. 15. 2.)
(b) Sometimes the subjunctive implies not strictly that an action 1666
is purposed, but that it is expected and counted on. (dum, 'ivhile")
Nihil deinde moratus, rex quattuor millia armatorum, dum recens
terror esset, Scotussam misit. (L. 36. 9.)
Interim Romae principes plebis, jam diu nequicquam imminentes
spei majoris honoris, dum foris otium esset, coetus indicere in
domos tribunorum plebis. (L. 4. 25, where Madvig reads est 1 .)
Ilia quidem dum te fugeret per flumina praeceps, immanem ante
pedes hydrum moritura puella servantem ripas alta non vidit in
herba. (Verg. G. 4. 457.)
(c) ' So long «j'=' provided that," 1 ' if only-' dum, dum modo 1668
(in negative sentences dum ne, dummodo ne), with present or imper-
fect tenses.
Dum res maneant, verba fingant arbitratu suo. (C. Fin. 5. 29.)
Vox ilia dira et abominanda, ' Oderint dum metuant.' Sullano
scias saeculo scriptam. Oderint? quid? dum pareant? non.
dum probent? non. quid ergo? dum timeant. Sic nee amari
quidem vellem. (Sen. Ir. 1. 20.)
Itaque ingeniosi vocentur, ut libet, dum tamen constet contumeliose
sic laudari disertum. (Quint. 2. 12. 7.)
Dum ille ne sis, quern ego esse nolo, sis mea causa qui lubet.
(Plaut. Trin. 979.)
Multi omnia recta et honesta neglegunt, dummodo potentiam con-
sequantur. (C. Off. 3. 21.)
Omnia postposui, dummodo prxceptis patris parerem.
(Cic. fil. apud C. Fam. 16. 21.)
Hanc levitatem ac jactationem animi neque mirabantur in juvene
furioso neque arguebant, dummodo avertercnt eum ab Roma-
nis. (L. 24. 6.)
1 The imperfect is found (in the MSS.) in the same sense inL. 1. 40,
'dum averteret ;' 2.47, 'dum...tererent ;' 10. 18, 'dum...gererentur;'
in all which places Madvig (after Gronovius) reads ' quum:' also in 21.
34, 'dum...cunctarctur,' where he reads 'cunctatur.
Continued on p. 288.
Chap. XXI.] Indicative with dum, donee, &c. 287
(6) 4 While 1 =' in consequence of.' 1665
In has cladis incidimns, dum metni quam can esse et diligi malnimus.
(C. Off. 2. 8.)
Ita muber, dnm panca mancipia retinere volt, fortnnas omnes per-
didit. (C. Cecil. 17.)
Vide ne, dnm pndet te parnm optimatem esse, parnm diligenter,
quid optimum sit, eligas. (CaeL ap. C. Jam. 8. 16.)
Verum ego liberins altinsqne processi, dnm me civitatis mornm piget
tffidetque. (Sail. J. 4.)
Nee arduum videbatnr exscindere coloniam nnllis mnnimentis ssp-
tam; qnod ducibns nostris parnm provisum erat, dnm amcenitati
prius qnam nsni consulitnx. (Tac. A. 14. 31.)
Arminins canitnr adhnc barbaras apnd gentes, Romanis band perinde
Celebris, dnm Vetera extollimus recentium incuriosi. (lb. 2. 88.)
Dnm Aristo et Pyrrbo in nna virtute sic omnia esse yoluernnt nt earn
rerum selectione exspoliarent, virtutem ipsam sustulerunt.
(C. Fin. 2. 13.)
L. Mnrena, dnm ex bonoribns continnis famibae majorumque snorum
Tmnm ascendere gradnm dignitatis conatns est, venit in pericu-
lnm. (C. Mur. 27.)
2. « While' = l so long as,' ' all the time that;' dnm, donee, qnam- ,667
din, quoad. The tense in both clauses is usually the same.
Neqne enim, dum eram vobiscnm, aTiimnm meum videbatis.
(C. Sen. 22.)
Neqne dnm vestris viribns restitistis, neqne dum auxiba ab Eomanis
sperastis, pacis unquam apud vos mentionem feci. (L. 21. 13.)
Hoc feci, dum h'cuit; intermisi, quoad non Ucnit. (C. Phil. 3. 13.)
Dum Latinae loquentnr btterse, querens huic loco non deerit.
(C. Leg. 1. 1.)
Ut aegroto, dum anima est, spes esse dicitnr, sic ego, quoad Pompeius
in Italia fait, sperare non destiti. (C. Att. 9. 10.)
Tuas epistolas cum lego, minus mibi turpis videor, sed tarn din, dum
lego. (lb. 9. 6, § 5.)
Donee armati confertique abibant, peditum labor in perseqnendo fuit:
postquam jactari arma passim fugaqne per agros spargi aciem
hostium animadversum est, turn equitum turmae emissae.
(L. 6. 13.)
Donee gratus eram tibi, Persarum vigui rege beatior. Donee non aba
magis arsisti, Bomana vigui clarior Dia. (Hor. Od. 3. 9. 1.)
Bibulns se oppido munitissimo tarn diu tennit quamdiu in provincia
Partbi fuerunt. (C. Fam. 12. 19.)
Quamdiu quisquam erit, qui te defendere audeat, vives. (C. Cat. 1. 2.)
Continued on p. 289.
288 Subjunctive. (D)Fi?ial: with priuaquam, &c. [Book IV,
Celeriter tibi veniendum censeo, dummodo ne quid hsec festinatio
imminuatejus gloriae, quam consecuti sumus. (C.Fam. 10. 25.)
Imitamini, patres conscripti, turbam inconsultam, dum ego ne
imiter tribunos. (L. 3. 31.)
(d) Sometimes (chiefly in Livy and later historians) with donee, 1670
1 so long as," 1 'until,' the subjunctive is used of facts ; where the indi-
cative would have been used in earlier writers. Only in present and
imperfect and {rarely) pluperfect tenses, (Comp. §§ 1674, 1716.)
Nihil sane trepidabant elephanti, donee continenti velut ponte age-
rentur; primus erat pavor, quum, soluta ab ceteris rate, in
altum raperentur. Ibi urgentes inter se, cedentibus extremis
ab aqua, trepidationis aliquantum edebant, donee quietem ipse
timor circumspectantibus aquam fecisset. (L. a I. a 8.)
Fontis aqua, media nocte fervida exaestuat, quoque nox propius
vergit ad lucem, multum ex nocturno calore decrescit, donee
sub ipsum diei ortum adsueto tepore languescat. (Curt. 4. 7.)
Trunci quoque et debiles quidam arma non omittebant, donee multo
sanguine effuso exanimati procumberent. (Curt. 4. 16. § 17.)
Pugnatum longo agmine et incerto marte, donee praelium nox
dirimeret. (Tac. H. 4. 25.)
Chaucorum gens quamquam incipiat a Frisiis ac partem litoris
occupet, omnium quas exposui gentium lateribus optenditur,
donee in Chattos usque sinuetur. (Tac. Germ. 25-)
(e) An event expected and its occurrence, or prior oc- 1673
currence, prevented; with quam (quam non) after (1.) prlus,
ante, (2.) potius, and the like. When the principal sentence is nega-
tive, the occurrence or prior occurrence of the event is not prevented,
but secured (rarely, if ever, in perfect tense).
(1.) Haerens in tergo Romanus prius, quam fores portarum objice-
rentur, velut agmine uno irrumpit. (L. 1. 14.)
Qui homines nefarii antequam de meo adventu audire potuissent,
~ quum tamen abessent aliquot dierum viam, in Macedonian!
perrexi. (C. Plane. 41.)
Numidae prius, quam ex castris subveniretur, sicuti jussi erant, in
proxumos collis discedunt. (Sail. Jug. 54.)
Sic omne opus prius est perfectum, quam intellegeretur ab Afranio
castra muniri. (Caes. Civ. 1. 41.)
Graeci tragocdi cotidie, antequam pronuntient, vocem cubantes
sensim excitant. (C. Or. 1. 59.)
Is videlicet antequam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium
mittet. (C. Agr. 2. 20.)
Continued on p. 290.
Chap. XXI.] Ledic&xxtz : with dome, jkImbjm. Ml 389
- 7
tatqne facto vsqaead earn finen,<
(C Terr. Act. J. «.)
=.:~f can ir.:. pii ■(■«, ins, pii
(C. -F«- 13. 19.)
4. With qxaxa after prias, xnte, eftins, At; (m) of a simple stmt*. tSr*
of the emhteqmemt aeewrremee of otte erettt to mother, a* fact.
tj— Xl!
fCLJte-.l)
(C F#rr. 3. 13.)
(Ce. G. L 531)
(C. Or. 3. ML)
EBJBi H
19
290 Subjunctive. (D) Final. {Book IV.
Non prius Vindovicem reliquosque duces ex concilio dimittunt,
quam ab his sit concessum arma uti capiant. (Cass. G. 3. 18.)
Ad fratrem amicosque ejus non prius destitit mittere, quam pacem
cum iis confirmaret. (L. 45. 11.)
Inde ante discessit Antonius, quam ilium venisse audisset.
(C. Att. 14. 20.)
{Sometimes (in Livy, cW.) without any accessory notion 0/1674
â– purpose.
Paucis ante diebus, quam Syracuse caperentur, Otacilius in Afri-
cam transmisit. (L. 25. 31.)
Nee ante continuando abstitit Appius magistratu, quam obruerent
eum male parta, male gesta, male retenta imperia. (L. 9. 34.)
Aristides interfuit pugnas navali apud Salamina, quas facta est prius
quam pcena liberaretur. (Nep. 3. 2.)
Multa mehercule fecit Antonius pridie quam tu ilium relinqueres.
(Veil. 2. 83.)]
Labruscas folia, priusquam decidant, sanguineo colore mutantur.
(Plin. 14, § 37.)
(2.) Zeno Eleates perpessus est omnia potius, quam conscios delendas 1676
tyrannidis indicaret. (C. T. D. 2. 22.)
Hannibalem ego potius traham, quam ille me retineat. (L. 28.44.)
'Depugna' inquis ' potius quam servias,' (C. Att. 7. 7.)
Duo nobis opera pro uno relinquunt, ut alia sumamus, alia expeta-
mus, potius quam uno fine utrumque concluderent.
(C. Fin. 4. 14.)
Et si hunc videbo non dare argentum tibi quod dixit, potius quam
id non fiat, ego dabo. (Plaut. Pseud. 554.)
Eripiet quivis oculos citius mihi quam te contemptum cassa nuce
pauperet. (Hor. S. 2. 5. 35.)
Libentius omnes meas, si modo sunt aliquse meae, laudes ad te
transfuderim quam aliquam partem exhauserim ex tuis.
(G. Att. 14. 17. A.)
So with ut also: 1678
Multi ex plebe, spe amissa, potius quam ut cruciarentur trahendo
animam, capitibus obvolutis se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt.
(L. 4 . 12)
Turn ille nihil sibi longius fuisse, quam ut me videret.
(C. Fam. 11. 27.)
Continued on p. 292.
Chap. XX 1. 1 Indicative (and Infix.) : with priusquam. 291
Citius vitam veniamque Cassar promisit, quain illis, ut ea precarentur,
persuasum est. (Veil. 2. 85.)
Inde ante profectus est Antonius, quam ego eum venisse cognovi.
(C. Att. 15. 1.)
Compare Intra triduum, qnam oppngnare co3perat, receptam (oxbem) 1673
ex hostibus, colonis restituit. (L. 41. 16.)
Compare also § 1645. For postqnam, &c. see §§ 1471, 1475, 1491.
(b) Occasionally the indicative is found, even though the occur- 1675
rence denoted is a matter to be prevented.
Omnia experiri certumst, priusquam pereo. (Ter. Andr. 311.)
Sed, me dius fidius, multo citius meam salutem pro te abjecero, quam
Cn. Plancii salutem tradidero contentioni tuse. (C. Plane. 33.)
Infelicem linguam bonorum exercete convicio, biscite, commordete:
citius multo frangetis dentes quam inprimetis. (Sen. Dial. 7. 20.)
Antequam opprimit lux majoraque bostium agmina obsaepiunt iter,
per bos, qui inordinati obstrepunt portis, erumpamus. (L. 22.50.)
(c) The same simple connection of like expressions is found in the 1677
infinitive, participle, die.
Addit Pompeius se prius occisum iri a Clodio quam me violatum iri.
(C. Att. 2. 20.)
Doleo te sapientia praaditum prope singulari non tuis bonis delectari
potius quam abenis mabs laborare. (C. Fam. 4. 3.)
Dicit debere eos Italias totius auctoritatem sequi potius quam unius
bominis voluntati obtemperare. (Caes. C. 1. 35.)
Nonne tibi adfirmavi quidvis me potius perpessurum quam ex Itaba
ad bellum civile exiturum. (C. Fam. 2. 16, § 3.)
Constituunt illo potius utendum consibo quam aut deditionis aut pacis
subeundam condicionem. (Ca;s. G. 7. 78.)
Continued on p. 293.
19—2
292 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
CHAPTER XXII.
USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD TO EXPRESS
CAUSATION : with contrasted use of Indicative.
(E) Consecutive subjunctive.
Sentences expressing a consequence greatly resemble those ex-
pressing a purpose. Consecutive sentences are introduced, as final
sentences are, by qui, ut, quin. But if a negative is required non,
not ne, is used. The subjunctive in these sentences in no way im-
plies the non-existence of the action, but simply that the principal
and subordinate clauses are related as cause (real or possible) and
effect.
The first subdivision contains adjectival sentences, and in some
of these quin is found, as if for qui non, and cum for quo tempore.
The second division contains what are properly adverbial sen-
tences, but which sometimes supply the place of a subject or
object to the principal verb ; sometimes imply a special restriction
of the principal sentence; sometimes are employed in making a
concession.
The following are typical instances,
i. (a) Is sum, qui illud faciam.
(b) Nemo est, qUi â„¢ cernat.
(r) Dicit quod intellegain.
(d) Unus, quod sciam, hoc dicit.
2. («) Non is sum, ut me periculum deterreat.
Nunquam scrips! litteras, quin ad te scripserim.
( / ) Eo fit, ut litteras scripserim.
(i ) Ita laudo eum, ut non pertimescam.
(d) Ut eum laudarerlm, non pertimui.
(/•) Ego ut lstum pertimescam?
Continued on p. 294.
•;'V-c j..j_~:' I:-::.,-" -.- :,",
:•:-:
I»iie attire with relattires; also wifti
l >W w Hat mfaeiP Brtgr (iadhfa
6; nhutu ifts naJBuattim ..?
~ I---: t; -.h :- -.:-::L_-: --':.-- --"-
(|^A«amefaisififtis^mj8temfisciiffi83seiimiiBLfii
2Q4- Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
The consecutive subjunctive expresses an action viewed
as characteristic of persons or things, or as the natural
result of other actions or of qualities.
For the distinctive use of tenses, see § 1524.
1. With relative adjective, e.g. qui = ut is, ' so that he,' i58o
' such that he, 1 ' the kind of person to,'' 'â– such persons as:" 1 in nega-
tive sentences qui non; or, if the principal sentence is negative,
or quasi-negative, quin (or qui non 1 ). Also cum = quo tempore.
Especially frequent (a) after demonstratives (is, talis, tantus,
<&>V.) or adjectives of quality; (£) after assertions of existence or
non-existence (est qui, est cum, est quod, &C.); (<•) occasionally
without any such introduction.
(a) Innocentia est adfectio talis animi, quae noceat nemini. ^^
(C. T. D. 3. 8.)
Quicquid ejusmodi est, in quo non possint plures excellere, in eo fit
plerumque tanta contentio, ut difificillimum sit servare sanctam
societatem. (C. Of. 1. 8.)
Ego is sum, qui nihil unquam mea potius quam meorum civium
causa fecerim. (C. Fam. 5. ai.)
Campani majora in defectione deliquerant, quam quibus ignosci
posset. (L. 26. 12.)
Hasc est una contentio, quae adhuc permanserit. (C. Ac. 2. 24.)
Solus es, C. Caesar, cujus in victoria ceciderit nemo nisi armatus.
(C. Dejot. 12.)
Prseceps amentia ferebare, qui te existimares avaritiae volnera cru-
delitatis remediis posse sanare. (C. Verr. 5. 46.)
O fortunate adulescens, qui tuae virtutis Homerum praeconem in-
veneris. (C. Arch. 10.)
Me miserum, qui non adfuerim. (C. Fam. 3. 10.)
Erit illud profecto tempus, cum tu fortissimi viri magnitudinem 16^4
animi desideres. (C. Mil. 26.)
In id saeculum Romuli cecidit aetas, cum jam plena Graecia poeta-
rum et musicorum esset. (C. R. P. 2. 10.)
Profectus est id temporis cum jam Clodius, si quidem eo die Romam
venturus erat, redire potuisset. (C. Mil. 10.)
1 Quin is used for qui, quae, quod... non, nom. case, rarely for any
other case. In other cases either quin...eum, or quern. ..non is used.
Continued on p. 296.
Chap. XXIIJ] Indicative in relative clauses. 295
The indicative is used for simple definitions of existing i68t
persons or things or classes (qui, 'who/ 'whoever? com, f at
which time '}.
After such expressions as sunt qui, the indicative is unusual {except
in the earlier writers and poets}, unless an adjective of number or deji-
Sp. Thorius satis Tahiit in popnlari genere dicendi, is, qui agrum 16S3
- pobKcom vitiosa et inuali lege rectigali levari!. (C. Brut. 36.)
Epaenrtis non satis politus est iis artiLus, quas qui tenent, eruditi
appeEantur. (C. Fin. 1. 27.)
Etenim si is qui non defendit injuriam neque propulsai, emn
injnste faeit, ut in primo libro disserui, qualis hahendns est is,
qpx non. modo non repeilit sed etiam adjorat injuriam?
(C. Of. 3. 18.)
"Virtus est una altissimis defrxa radicflms, quae nunquam Ti ulla labe-
faetari potest. (lb. 4. 5.)
Yernm ego seditiosus, nti Sulla ait, qui praemia turbarum qneror, et
beDmn eupiens, qui jura pacis repeto. (SalL Lep. 16.)
Fortunatns Alius exitus, qui ea non vidit, quum fierent quae prarridit
futon. (C. Brut. 96.)
Nunquam, in quit Cornelia, non feKcem me dieam, quae Giaeehos
peperi. (Sen. Dial 6. 16, § 3.)
Longnm fllnd tempos cum non ero, magis me moret, quam hoc eari- iss 3
guum. (C. Att. 12. 13.)
flwitenliam meam tu fariTlrme perspicere potuisti jam ab illo tempore,
earn in Cnmanum mini obriam TenistL (C. Fam. 2. 16.)
Quid antem agebatur, nisi ne deleri et ererti rempnblicam fanditns
relies, ram te neqae prineipes eivitatis rogando, neqne freqnens
nenahw agendo, de rendita atqne addicta sententia morere potuit.
(C. Phil 2. 2L)
Continued on p. 297.
296 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
(Z>) Inventus est scriba quidam, qui cornicum oculos confixerit. J 686
(G. Mur. 11.)
Tu enim repertu's Philocratem qui superes veriverbio. Ar. Pol,
ego ut rem video, tu inventu's vera vanitudine qui convincas.
(PI. Capt. 568.)
Sunt qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem.
(c. r. d. 1. 9.)
Est quatenus amicitias dari venia possit. (C. Lai. 17.)
Fuit antea tempus, cum Germanos Galli virtute superarent.
(Cass. G. 6. 24.)
Quid istuc est, mi vir, negoti, quod tu tarn subito domo abeas?
Amph. Edepol haut quod tui me neque domi distaedeat.
(PL Amph. 502.)
Tu si animum vicisti potius quam animus te, est quod gaudeas.
(PL Trin. 310.)
Quid Hannibal fecit hostiliter, quod hie non aut fecerit, aut faciat,
aut moliatur et cogitet? (G. Phil. 5. 9.)
Nihil est quod ceterorum res minus commode gestas proferas.
(G. Verr. 5. 50.)
Injussu populi nego quicquam sanciri posse, quod populum teneat.
(L. 9. 9.)
Quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat, qui intellegat, qui
meminerit? (C. Div. 2. 60.)
Nee quisquam rex Persarum potest esse, qui non ante Magorum
disciplinam scientiamque perceperit. (C. Div. 1. 41.)
Nego in Sicilia tota ullum argenteum vas fuisse, quin * Verres conqui- 1688
sierit, inspexerit, quod placitum sit, abstulerit. (C. Verr. 4. 1.)
In castello nemo fuit omnium militum, quin vulneraretur.
(Caes. C. 3. S3-)
Quis tarn fuit illo tempore ferreus, qui non illorum aetate nobilitate
miseria commoveretur ? ecquis fuit quin lacrymaret ?
(G. Verr. 5. 46.)
Nemo Lilybaei fuit quin viderit, nemo in Sicilia quin audierit.
(lb. J. 530
Nullust Ephesi, quin sciat. (PL Bac. 336.)
Quis est, quin cernat quanta vis sit in sensibus? (C. Ac. 2. 7.)
Continued on p. 298.
Clmp. XXII.] Indicative in relative clauses. 297
Sunt multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur. (G. Off. 1. 14.) 1687
Sunt (trans deserta Africa? populi) quibus ante adventum Eudoxi adeo
ignotus ignis fuit, ut amplecti etiam flammas et ardentia sinu
abdere, donee noceret, maxime libuerit. (Mela 3, § 92.)
Tempus erit, quo vos speculum vidisse pigebit. (Ov. Med. form. 47.)
Multi anni sunt, cum M. Attius in meo aere est, et a me diligitur
propter summam suam humanitatem. (C. Fam. 15. 14.)
Sed incidunt saepe tempora, cum ea, quse maxime videntur digna esse
justo homine, commutantur fluntque contraria. (C. Off. 1. 10.)
Est cum exornatio praetermittenda est. (Corn. 2. 19.)
Fuit cum hoc dici poterat : ' Patricius enim eras et a liberatoribus
patriaa ortus:' nunc consulatus non generis, ut ante, sed virtutis
prsemium. (L. 7. 32.)
Memini, cum mibi desipere videbare, quod cum istis potius viveres
quam nobiscum. (C. Fam. 7. 28. )
Nam est quod me transire ad forum jam oportot. (Ter. Hee. 273.)
Quicquam bonum est, quod non eum, qui id possidet, meliorem facit? 1689
(C. Far. 1. 3.)
Quis est qui moram mi occupato molestam optulit? (PI. Ps. 246.)
Mihi liber esse non videtur, qui non aliquando nihil agit. (C. Or. 2. 6.)
[* For quin with subjunctive in final clauses see §§ 1636
(and note), 1646; in depe7ident questions, § 1768.
For quin with indicative in direct questions see % 1615,
with indicative in statements and with imperative,
§ 1617.]
Continued on p. 299.
298 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
(r) Legati qui repente aliquo mitterentur, singula jumenta per op- 1690
pida, iter qua faciundum erat, imperabant. (L. 4a. 1.)
Octo hominum millia tenebat Hannibal, non quos in acie cepisset,
aut qui periculo mollis diffugissent, sed qui relicti in castris
fuissent a Paulo et a Vairone consulibus. (C. Off. 3. 3 a.)
Iste philosophus et complectitur verbis quod volt, et dicit plane
quod intellegam. (G. Fin. 1. 5.)
At ille nescio qui, qui in scholis nominari solet, mille et octoginta
stadia quod abesset videbat. (G. Ac. 2. 25.)
L. Pinarius erat vir acer et qui plus in eo, ne posset decipi, quam in
fide Siculorum reponeret. (L. 24. 37.)
Et quidem saepe quasrimus verbum Latinum, par Graeco, et quod
idem valeat: hie nihil fuit quod quaereremus. (C. Fin. 2. 4.)
In enodandis nominibus, vos Stoici, quod miserandum sit, laboratis.
(C. N. D. 3. 24.)
(d) In relative sentences , restricting (e.g. by ivay of proviso) 1692
a general assertion; especially <witb qui quidem, qui modo.
Ex antiquissimis philosophis Xenophancs unus, qui deos esse diceret,
divinationem funditus sustulit. (C. Div. 1.3.)
Refertae sunt orationes amplius centum quinquaginta, quas quidem
adhuc invenerim et legerim, et verbis et rebus illustribus.
(C. Brut. 17.)
Omnium quidem oratorum, quos quidem ego cognoverim, acutis-
simum judico Q^Sertorium. (lb. 48.)
Servus est nemo, qui modo tolerabili condicione sit servitutis, qui
non audaciam civium perhorrescat. (C. Cat. 4. 8.)
Primi, qua modo praeirent duces, per praealtas fluvii voragines,
hausti pasne limo, tamen signa sequebantur. (L. 22. a.)
Castris, nisi quantum usus necessarii cogerent, tenebatur miles. 1694
(L. aa. ia.)
Epicurus se unus, quod sciam, sapientem profiteri est ausus.
(G. Fin. a. 3.)
Peto igitur abs te, ut omnibus rebus, quod sine molestia tua focere
possis, ei commodes. (G. Fam. 13. 35.)
Tu, quod tuo commodo fiat, quam primum velim venias. (Ib.4.3.)
Quod litteris exstet, Pherecydes Syrius primus hanc sententiam
dixit. (G. T. D. 1. 16.)
Continued on p. 300.
Chap, XXII.] Indicative : in relative clauses. 299
Necesse est multos timeat, quern multi timent. 1691
(Laber. ap. Sen. Ir. 2. 11.)
Queni per arbitnim circumvenire non posses, eujus de ea re proprium
non erat judicium, nunc per judicem condemnabis, cujus de ea re
nullum est arbitrium? (G. Rose. C. 9.)
Si alia sentit, alia loquitur, numquam intellegam quid sentiat, sed
plane dicit, quod intellegit. (C. Fin. 2. 7. Madv.)
Quid ego deliqui? Ph. Eogas? Quine arrabonem a me accepisti ob
mulierem et earn nine avexti? (Plaut. Bud. 860.)
Illud mihi argentum rursum jube rescribi, Pbormio? Ph. Quodne
ego discripsi porro illis, quibus debui? (Ter. Ph. 922.)
Ne quo nomine quidem appellare tos debeam, scio. Cives? qui a
patria vestra descistis. An milites ? qui imperium auspiciumque
abnuistis, sacramenti religionem rupistis. (L. 28. 27.)
Est igitur hsec, judices, non scripta sed nata lex, quam non didicimus,
accepimus, legimus, verum ex natura ipsa adripuimus, bausimus,
expressimus, ad quam non docti, sed facti, non instituti, sed
imbuti sumus. (C. Mil. 4. )
In the indicative a limitation of the principal sentence by a relative 16^3
clause is stated without assumption, as a description of existing per-
sons, facts, dbc.
(a) With simple relative; sometimes with quidem, modo added.
Catonem vero quis nostrorum oratorum, qui quidem nunc sunt, legit ?
(C. Brut. 17.)
Non igitur adbuc, quantum quidem in te est, Balbe, intellego deos
esse ; quos equidem credo esse, sed nibil docent Stoici.
(C. N.D. 3. 7.)
Turn jam non unus manipulus, sed pro se quisque miles, qui modo
assequi agmen fugientium elepbantorum poterat, pila conjicere.
(L. 27. 14.)
Quis ignorat, qui modo umquam mediocriter res istas scire curavit,
quin tria Graecorum genera sint. (G. Flac. 27.)
Eras, quantum audio, uxore excidit. (Ter. Andr. 423.) 1695
Alio loco, ut se tota res babeat, quod ad earn civitatem attinet, demon-
strabitur. (C. Verr. 2. 5.)
Quia me meamque rem, quod in te uno fuit, delaceravisti.
(PI. Capt. 666.)
Quae tibi mandavi, velim, ut scribis, cures, quod sine tua molestia
facere poteris. (C. Att. 1. 5. So also in 1. 4, but usually sub-
junctive.)
Censores causas stipendiis missorum cognoscebant, et cujus nondum
justa missio visa esset, ita jusjurandum adigebant: 'Ex tui animi
sententia, tu ex edicto C. Claudi, T. Semproni censorum in pro-
vinciam Macedoniam redibis, quod sine dolo malo facere poteris.'
(L. 43. 16.)
Continued on p. SOI.
300 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
2. With a connective adverb: ut (also in Plaut. and Lucr., 1696
but rarely, ut qui adv.)] in negative sentence? ut non, l so that... is
not? or, if the principal sentence is negative, or quasi-negative, quin.
(a) Non is es, Catilina, ut te pudor umquam a turpitudine revo-
carit. (C. Cat. 1. 9.)
Relicuos ita perterritos egerunt, ut non prius fuga desisterent, quam
in conspectum agminis nostri venissent. (Caes. G. 4. 12.)
Hanc orationem habuit tanta constantia vocis atque vultus, ut non
ex vita sed ex domo in domum videretur migrare. (Nep. 25. ar.)
Multis gravibusque vulneribus confectus, ut jam se sustinere non
posset. (Caes. G. 2. 25.)
Tantus terror pavorque omnes occupavit, ut non modo alius quis-
quam arma caperet aut castris pellere hostem conaretur, sed
etiam ipse rex. ..ad flumen navesque perfugerit. (L. 24. 40.)
Adeo turbati erant dextrae alas pedites equitesque, ut quosdam
consul manu ipse reprenderit et aversos in hostem verterit.
(L. 34. 14.)
Tormentis quoque quum laceraretur, eo fuit habitu oris, ut super-
ante lastitia dolores ridentis etiam speciem praebuerit.
(L. si. 2.)
Ea est causa, ut veteres cloacae nunc privata passim subeant tecta.
(L. 5. SS.)
Id quidem sic susceptum est mihi, ut nihil sim habiturus antiquius.
(C. An. 15. a.)
Ita magnse utrimque copioe, ita paratae ad depugnandum esse
dicuntur, ut, utercumque vicerit, non sit mirum futurum.
(C. Fam. 6. 4.)
Am', verbero, eum morbum mi esse, ut qui med opus sit insputa-
rier? (PI. Capt. 550.)
Nullast tam facilis res, quin difficilis siet, quam invitus facias. i6q8
(Ter. Haut. 805.)
Numquam tam male est Siculis, quin aliquid facete et commode
dicant. (C. Verr. 4. 43.)
Litteras ad te numquam habui cui darem, quin dederim.
(C. Fam. 12. 19.)
Nunquam unum intermittit diem, quin semper veniat.
(Ter. Ad. 293.)
Treviri totius hiemis nullum tempus intermiserunt, quin trans
Rhenum legatos mitterent. (Gscs. G. 5. ss-)
Continued on p. 802.
Chap. XXII.~\ Indicative : icith quisquis. quamquam, &c. 301
<fi) With doubled forms of relative, and those frith cunque at- 1697
taehed, e. g. quisquis, utut, quamquam, quicunqne ; also uter.
Sed quoquo modo iilad se habet, haec querella vestra nihil valet.
(C. Lig. 7.)
Stet haec nrbs praclara mihique patria carissima, quoquo modo erit
merita de me. (C. Mil. 34.)
Bello Pimico, quicquid potoit Capua, potuit ipsa per se. (C.Agr. L 7.)
Quidquid id est, timeo Danaos et dona ferentis. (Verg. A. 2. 49.)
Hostem qui feriet, mihi erit Karthaginiensis, quisquis erit.
(Enn. ap. C. Balb. 22.)
Hoe quidem praeceptum, cnjnscmnqne est, ad tollendarn amicitiam
valet (C. Lai. 16.)
Deiotari copias, quantaecunque stmt, nostras esse duco.
(C. Fam. 15. 1.)
Potest omnino hoc esse falsnm, potest verum, sed, utrum est, non est
mirabile. (C. LHv. 2. 68.)
TJtrnm ostendere potest, vincat necesse est (C. Tull. 11.)
Nam, utut erant alia, illi certe,quae none tibi domist,consuleres.
(Ter. Ph. 468.)
TJicunque ferent ea facta minores, vincet amor patria.
(Verg. A. 6 823.)
Bomani, quamquam itinere et prcelio fessi erant, tamen Metello in-
struct! intentiqae obviam procedunt. (SalL J. 53.)
Quamquam in ntroqne vestrum snmmum esse ingeninm studiumque
perspexi, tamen haec, qua? sunt in specie posita, in te, Sulpici,
divina sunt (C. Or. 1. 29.)
[But quamquam in post-Ciceronian writers is often found with sub-
junctive: e.g.
Nee praeteribo, quamquam nonnuEis leve visum iri putem, cum in
primis lautus esset eques Bomanus, non amplius quam tema
milia perseque in singulos menses ex epbemeride eum expensum
sumptui ferre solitum. (Nep. 25. 13.)
Quamquam fortuna vel industria plerique pecuniosam ad senectam
pervenirent, mansit tamen prior animus. (Tac. A. 3. 55.)]
Instead of a consecutive sentence with ut, the consequence is some- 1699
times stated absolutely in the indicative.
Ita tigna umide haec putent, non videor mihi sarcire posse aedis meas.
(PL Most. 146.)
Hac in vita tantum abest ut voluptates consectentur, etiam curas sol-
licitudines vigilias perferunt (C. Fin. 5. 20.)
Tantum abfuit ut inflammares nostros animos : somnum isto loco vis
tenebamus. (C. Brut. 80.)
Continued on p. 303.
302 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
(h) The subordinate clause is often in place of subject or object 1700
to the principal sentence.
Tantum abest ut nostra miremur, ut usque eo difficiles ac morosi
simus, ut nobis non satis faciat ipse Demosthenes. (C. Or. 29.)
Mos est hominum, ut nolint eundem pluribus rebus excellere.
(C. Brut, a 1.)
Saspe fit, ut ii, qui debent, non respondeant ad tempus.
(C. Att. 16. a.)
Casu accidit, ut id, quod Romas audierat, primus nuntiaret.
(C. Rose. Am. 34.)
Nihil est in dicendo, Catule, majus, quam ut faveat oratori is qui
audiet. (C. Or. 2. 42.)
Fuit hoc in M. Crasso, ut existimari vellet nostrorum hominum in
omni genere prudentiam Gratis anteferre. (G. Or. 2. 1.)
Catilinas in magnis catervis amicorum si fuit etiam Caslius, magis
est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut istius amicitias
crimen reformidet. (C. Ca:l. 6.)
Titiones et alia ligna cocta ne fumum faciant, utrum ligno an car-
boni an suo generi adnumerabimus ? et magis est ut proprium
genus habeatur. (Ulp. Dig. 32. 55, § 7.)
Ex quo efficitur, non ut voluptas ne sit voluptas, sed ut voluptas
non sit summum bonum. (G. Fin. a. 8.)
Ne deus quidem potest facere, ut qui vixit non 1 vixerit, qui honores
gessit non gesserit, ut bis dena viginti non sint.
(Plin. H. N. 3. 7, § 27.)
Fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, et id, quod sentit, polite eloqui
non possit. (G. T. D. 1. 3.)
Ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caxus esset.
(C. Sen. 6.)
Hue accedit ut qui debeat ad nilum jam rerum summa reverti.
(Lucr. 1. 755.)
Ubi Varus restitit, et quis esset aut quid vellet quxsivit, Fabius 1702
humerum apertum gladio appet.it, paulumque afuit, quin Varum
interficeret. (Gass. C. 2. 35.)
Libertatis inimicos tantum abest ut ornem, ut effici non possit,
quin eos tarn oderim quam rcmpublicam diligo.
(G. Phil. 11. 14.)
Facere non possum, quin cotidie litteras ad te mittam, ut tuas
accipiam. (G. Att. 12. 27.)
1 Ne...admiretur, efficit (Sen. Dial. 6. 13)..
Continued on p. 304
Chap. XT//.] Ixdic. : Substantival sentences vrith qood. 303
Subordinate sentences denoting m fact, and tkemselces forming, or 1701
placed in apposition, to, tie subject or abject of a verb {except a verb of
feeling or sawing, ef. § 1351) are often put in the indicative wood
with quasi {For other sentences with qaod see g 1715, 1749.)
Hjbc ibb mihi earnest, qnidnam hoe sit negoti, quod nha repente ex-
petit me, ad se at irem. (FL J/au 763.)
Aeddit perineammode, qaod earn n u squ am vidisti. (C. Att. 1. 17.)
Sane me una eonsolaiio sustentai, quod tOa, T. Anni, nuRum a me
amoiis, nuDam pjetatia officium demit. (C MiL 36.)
Te nee good dies exiit censane, nee good collega magiffeatn ahiit, nee
lex, nee pudor, eoercet. (L. 9. 31.)
Ttmngm inter Maeedonas Txventi mullum detraxii, qnod aliens erat
ehitatis. (Sep. 18. L)
3Jee Tero haee solum adnrirabflia, sed nihil majus, qoam quod ita sta-
bflis est mundus atqne ita eohaset ad p«»r»™«gnAnn^ at nihil ne
e i flogitari qokkm poasit actios. (C. N. D. 2. 15.)
Pnetereo qnod flhun sSd domnm aedemqae delegit. (C. Clm. 66.)
IGtto qaod PaDanti servo pnetoria omamenta ofEenmtur: quippe
oftenmtnr a serris. (Phn. Ep. 8. 6, § 3.)
Fedt hmnaniter Tiriirins, qnod ad me misso senatn Tesperi TeniL
(C. Q.Pr.2.L)
SSnper belli Taafini metnm id qnoqae aeeesserat, quod, triginta jam
jurasse popnlos satis eonstabat. (L. 2. 18.)
Often alto sack sentences are in apposition to an obUqne ease:
szz: z.~ ":-.:. ; - . :_■.-_::_•; :'-:.- . . ~. - z :._•. :r .1: : zL az-:,
p rnm i imnH {C. Or. 1. 8.)
Ad id, qnod sua spante satis eoDeetnm anhnoram erat, indignitate
etiam Bomani aeeendebantar. (L. 3. 62.)
.".1: :. z:-zz. •_: zzz—_::z.jzzi zzyz::-. \ : : _:;■: ;: -7. " -":_:„:,::--.-":-
lica in hajns perieulo temptaiur, hajc nmnwt Ti»diaunent, eonsis-
tere meherenle vobis isto in loco nan Hceret <C. Mote. A. 51.)
Kan ease awl gm leniores in exigendis fectigafifeas Graeeos qoam nos-
tras pablieanos, nine intellegi potest, qaod Caanii naper ad
cenatum confngerunt. (G. Q. Ft. 1. 1, § 33.)
Tantmo qaod, * onlm just,* is often used eUipticalbf (for tantam 1705
est food :
^^z'.-zzz - ". : :zzlz-:zz z. ~z z r_.;i:. :zz-zzz -v.:'.-; — : -". \~ ---=--'.
hit (C. Terr. L. 15.)
Tantam qaod ex Arpinati Teneram, com ndhi a te liitene readme
sunt. (C. Fam. 7. 23, init)
Oamtim I ncp. 30&
304 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
(f) In sentences restrictive of a preceding statement: ut faciam 1704
= ' whilst yet doing," 1 ut non faciam, &c. '■•without doing] &c. The
principal sentence often has ita. {Compare § 1650.)
Cujus ego ingenium ita laudo ut non pertimescam, ita probo ut me
ab eo delectari facilius quam decipi putem posse. (C. Czcil. 14.)
xlristoteles et Xenocrates ita non sola virtute finem bonorum conti-
neri putant, ut rebus tamen omnibus virtutem anteponant.
(C. Fin. 4. 18.)
Non ita pridem spondeos stabiles in jura paterna recepit commodus
et patiens, non ut de sede secunda cederet aut quarta socialiter.
(Hor. A. P. 257.)
Quis est qui velit, ut neque dihgat quemquam, nee ipse ab ullo
diligatur, in omnium rerum abundantia vivere? (C. Lai. 15.)
(Sapiens iste) certe malet existimari vir bonus, ut non sit, quam
esse, ut non putetur. (G. Fin. 2. 22.)
Quinctius dictitabat non ita civitatem jegram esse ut consuetis
remediis sisti posset ; dictatore opus esse reipublicae.
(L. 3. ao.)
Quomodo extorqueant, non quomodo petant honores, quaerunt;
et ita maxima sunt adepturi, ut nihil ne pro minimis quidem
debeant. (L. 6. 41.)
Hasta interdiu plus duas horas arsisse, ita ut nihil ejus ambureret
ignis, dicebatur. (L. 43. 13.)
(d) In concessive sentences: ut (ut non), ' supposing that,'' ' even 1706
if The subordinate clause is put usually first. (Compare §§ 1 6 20
— 1626.)
Ut fueris dignior quam Plancius, (de quo ipso tecum ita conten-
dam paulo post, ut conservem dignitatem tuam,) non com-
petitor, sed populus in culpa est. (C. Plane. 4.)
Quotus quisque juris peritus est, ut eos numeres, qui volunt esse?
(C. Plane. 25.)
Ut non conferam vitam tuam cum illius, (neque enim est con-
ferenda,) hoc ipsum conferam, quo tu te superiorem fingis.
(G. Verr. 4. 20.)
Continued on p. 806.
Chap. XXII.} Indicative: with w*,' a*: 305
Facts explaining or defining a statement are often expressed by the
indicative with nt, 'as.' Thus a sentence with ut is found—
(a) Defining the order or degree: rd='as* 'according as,* 'just 1707
as.' The principal sentence often has ita, sic, perinde, pro.
Omnia, nt quidque «*fanngt, m a uiora f iL (PL Bae. 1097.)
His, sicm erant nuntiata, expositis, consul de retigione patres eonsn-
lutL (L. 22. 2.)
Ut sementem feceris, ita metes. (G. Or. 2. 65.)
Haee ut breTissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta Bant. (lb. 2. 41.)
Turn nt qxrisque gnwlii ptoiimnn erat, ita ignominie objeetus.
(L.9.6.)
Dens, nti tn me hie habueris, proinde ilium flUe euraieriL
(PL Capt. 311.)
Sed hxe omnia perinde sunt, nt aguntux. Actio, ingrami, in ^ffHlA
una dominatur. (C. Or. 3. 56.)
Ceternm iter multo, qnam in aAanmm foerat (nt pleraqne Alprmw ab
Italia, sicnt breriora, ita arreetioxa sunt), flifffrflimi fait.
(H 21. 35.)
Dannm Jori optimo coronam anream in CapitoKum tnlere parti pon-
deris, pront res band opulentae erant, eolebantorque rehgiones pie
mapi qnam magnifiee. (L. 3. 57.)
Li- pront eujusque ingeninm erat, interpretabantnr. (L. 38. 50.)
(b) Adducing a fact to be allowed for; nt, pront, pro eo nt, * in
proportion to what,' • allowing for what.' In early language also pnent,
compared with.'
At hi quidem, ut populi Bomani etas est, senes; nt kthmjemmm
saecla numerantur, adulescentes debent rideri. (C. Brut. 10.)
Sed mehexcule, ut quidem nunc se causa babet, etsi bestemo sermone
labefactata est, mini tamen ridetur esse Terisshna. (C. Ac. 2. 4.)
Compararat Stienius argenti bene facid, pront ThgnrntaTn hominis
faenltates ferebant, satis. (C. Verr. 2. 34.)
Summa ri data est a me opera, ut aratores qui refiqni erant qnam
plurinium sererent; tamen pro eo ut temporis dimcultas arato-
rnmqne penuria tulit. (Edietom ap. C. Verr. 3. 53, 5L)
Ludum joeumque dieet fqisse ilium alternm (amorem), pnent bujas
rabies quaa dabit. iTer. Eun. 300.)
So with the verb omitted: Ne tn, Cato, ista eiposuisti, nt tarn multa,
memori:er, nt tarn obseara, dilucide. (C. Fin. 4. 1.)
Continued on p. 307.
3<o6 Subjunctive. (E) Consecutive. [Book IV.
In quibus ut erraverim, legentes tamen non decepi, indicata et diversa
opinione. (Quint. 5. 3, § 11 a.)
In quo, ut jam sit in iis culpa, qui me non defenderunt, non minor
est in iis qui reliquerunt. (C. Fam. 1. 9. 13.)
Verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono,
modo te consessore spectare liceat. (C. Att. 2. 15.)
Quo modo quidem res nunc se habet, modo ut haec nobis loca
tenere liceat, bellissime mecum esse poteritis. (C. Fam. 14. 14.)
Ut enim rationem Plato nullam adferret, (vide quid homini tribuam,)
ipsa auctoritate me frangeret. (C. T. D. 1. ai.)
Ut enim cetera paria Tuberoni cum Varo fuissent, qua; nequaquam
fuerunt, hoc certe praecipuum Tuberonis, quod justo cum im-
perio in provinciam suam venerat. (C. Lig. 9.)
Equidem, ut verum esset sua voluntate sapientem descendere ad
rationes civitatis non solere, tamen arbitrarer hanc rerum civi-
lium minime neglegendam scientiam sapienti. (C. .R. P. 1. 6.)
So of an impossible supposition put interrogatively. 17o3
Virgo haec liberast. Th. Meane ancilla libera ut sit, quam ego
numquam emisi manu? (PI. Cure. 616.)
Hicine ut a nobis hoc tantum argenti auferat tarn aperte irridens?
emori hercle satius est. (Ter. Ph. 955.)
Judicio ut arator decumanum persequatur? (C. Verr. 3. 10.)
Egone ut te interpellem? ne hoc quidem vellem. (C. T. D. a. 18.)
Quanquam quid loquor? te ut ulla res frangat? tu ut unquam te
corrigas? tu ut ullam fugam meditere? utinam tibi istam
mentem di immortales duint. (C. Cat. 1. 9.)
Continued on p. 308.
Chap.XXII.'] Indicative : urith ut, ' as.' 307
(c) Mailing a concession: ut...ita, 'although' ...'yet.' (For quain-
quam, utcunque, &c. see § 1697 : for etsi, etiamsi, § 156L
Verum ut errare, mi Planci, potuisti, (quis enim id effugent?) sic
decipi te non potuisse quis non videt? (C. Fam. 10. 20.)
Saguntini, ut a praeliis quietem habuerant, ita non nocte, non die,
nnquam cessaverant ab opere. (L. 21. 11.)
(d) Admitting the truth of what is put only as a concession or
thought; nt, sicnt, ' as, in fact. 1
Sit Ennius sane, nt est certe, perfectior; qni si Catonem, nt simu-
lat, contemneret, non omnia bella perseqnens primnm illiid
Punicum acerrimnm bellnm reliquisset. (C. Brut. 19.)
Terrendi magis hostes erant qnam fallendi, sicnt territi sunt.
(L. 25. 24.)
Hla quamvis ridicnla essent, sicnt erant, mini tamen risnm non mo-
Terunt. (C. Fam. 7. 32.)
Hoc si explicavisset, non tarn haesitaret; ant enim earn voluptatem
tneretnr qnam Axistippus, ant hoc non dolere solnm voiuptatis
nomine appellaret, ant, si ntrumqne probaret, nt probat, conjun-
geiet doloris yacuitatem cnm yoiuptate. (C. Pirn. 2. 6.)
{e) Explaining by reference to a permanent habit, or to a state ;
nt, sicnt. Ut is immediately followed by est, snnt, &c.
Venetomm anctoritate finitimi addncti, nt snnt Gallomm snbita et
repentina consilia, eadem de cansa Trebium retinent.
(Caes. G. 3. 8.)
Permnlta alia conligit Cnrysippus, nt est in omni historia cnriosns.
(C. T. D. 1. 45.)
Nam nnnc et operam Indos facit et retia, ut est tempestas nunc atque
ut noctu fuit. (PI. Bud. 901.)
Aiunt hominem, ut erat furiosus, respondisse. (C. Bosc. A. 12.)
Spurinnaa (dicit) suppliciter, ut est, cum timet, abjectissimus.
(Plin. Ep. 1. 5, § 8.)
Sicnt exam, fugio sine vestibus. (Ov. Met. 601.)
(/) In asseverations :
Ita mini meam voluntatem spemque reliquaa vitae vestra populique
Eomani existimatio comprobet, nt ege, quos adbuc miiii magis-
tratus popuius Komanus mandavit, sic eos accepi, ut me omnium
officiorum obstringi religione arbitrarer. (C. Terr. 5. 14.)
Ita Tiyam, ut maximos sumptus facio. (C. A tt. 5. 15. )
Continued on p. 309.
20 2
308 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. \BookIV.
(F) Subjunctive of attendant circumstances. i
The subjunctive with cum is in some of its uses very peculiar,
but appears to be referable, like the preceding class, to the fact or
event being presented to the mind not as a mere definition of the
time of the principal action, but as a cause or a possible cause of
its occurrence, at least in the form in which it actually occurred.
i. The first division contains adjectival sentences of similar im-
port to those introduced by cum. a. The second division contains
the use in Livy, &c. of quicunque, cum, ubi, &c. in relating
events of frequent occurrence. 3. The third contains sentences with
cum, first (a) those in the imperfect and pluperfect tenses expressing
the order of events in an historical narrative ; then (b, c) those
expressing more distinctly an event, in consequence, or in spite of,
which another event has taken place.
The sentence with cum (cum prsesertim, cum interea) some-
times gains additional emphasis by being appended, instead of being
prefixed, to the principal sentence.
(d) A contrast of a general mode of action with a particular
act, or of an earlier with a later action, is often expressed by cum
with the former action.
The following are typical instances :
1 . Peccasse videor, qui illud fecerim.
Abiit consul, ut quern nemo metueret.
2. Peccabant, qui (cum, ubi) illud fecissent.
3. (a) Cum ibi venissem, Caium convenl.
Cotldie me criminabatur, cum dlceret.
Audivi cum diceret.
(b) Quae cum ita sint, boc dico.
Cur hasc narro, cum nihil audias? (also indie.)
(c) Cum aliis bene fecerit, turn Caium multum promovit.
Quomodo me accusas, cum idem Milonem defendas ?
(also indie.)
(</) Quod cum videat, tamen hoc dicit.
Continued on p. 310.
Chap. XXII. 1 Isdicauve: in temporal
Indicative La relative and temporal sentence*.
1. Belairve sentences in the indicative (a) often express a fact,
bnt is not marked as such. A peculiar class of
of sentences (5), where we should trrnffTate qpi by
4. The earlier writers, e.g. Cicero. Cesar, to., use (with opricaa-
que, cum, to.) the indicative regularly of actions frequently occurring.
3. Adverbs of time other than cum are used with the indicative
to denote the order of events in an historical narrative.
4. ffrwfmirfT ^tft mt tib tifcff mifiimti tt mn ini ar° T**ry fmf— B^
*■*(«,&. they denote the bare time when a thing occurred, without
gnosawtiea&y implying any sort of connexion, between, the principal
event and that which marks the date of its occurrence. The comic
poets and Cicero, in certain sentences (c), use east for since J where
later writers and Cicero, as a general rule, use quamam. or resort to
ft* subjunctive. ( d) TW coincidence in time, especially when com-
bined with an identity of person and tense, is often used to express
an identity of actions.
(«) Sometimes the coincidence of events is marked more forcibly
by mating the action Tn«.Tfrfng the time into the principal
and appending the important event with cum, ess tnfawtm ££.
f f) A contrast of actions is expressed sometimes 1
with cum, more usually by the subjunctive.
The following are typical instances :
1> (a) Feccasse vldecr. qui mud fed
2. Qaoacunque audivL placavL
Cum ad vdam veni, delectai me nfhTT agare.
3. Quad uM (simul ac) Tfdi. hac rffrf
Scrinsi ad te. cum primum audrri.
Jam diust. cum Hie Mc vemt.
\c) Laudo te. cum uuc TenlstL
(d) Cum taceut. yi about.
\£) pfiffii jam deHdeftut. *' !*'** salnto <
{f) Cam slB* bene fecit, turn
Continued an jr* 3U.
310 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. [Book IV.
(F) The subjunctive expresses a real action, viewed as 17"
the attendant cause or circumstance, under, or not-
withstanding, which other actions or events take place.
1. With relative adjective: qui, '•inasmuch as he," 1 ' although he," 1 J 7'4
(qui prsesertim, ' and that though he')] often ivith ut, ut pote,
quippe, prefixed. So also ut ubi, &c.
Peccasse mihi videor, qui a te discesserim. (C. Fam. 16. i.)
Me caecum, qui hasc ante non viderim! (C. Att. 10. 10.)
At iste, qui senatu non egeret, discessu nostro laetatus est.
(C. Phil. 2. 43.)
Egomet qui sero ac leviter Grascas litteras attigissem, tamen, quum
pro consule in Ciciliam proficiscens venissem Athenas, com-
pluris turn ibi dies sum commoratus.' (C. Or. i. 18.)
Nosmet ipsi, qui Lycurgei a principio fuissemus, quotidie demitiga-
mur. (C. Att. i. 13.)
Religione tactus hospes, qui omnia cuperet rite facta, extemplo de-
scendit ad Tiberim. (L. 1. 45.)
Hie, qui Romam pervenisset satisque feliciter anni jam adverso
tempore navigasset, rem ad amicos detulit. (C. Verr. 2. 38.)
Nee consul, ut qui id ipsum oppugnatione comminanda quaesisset,
moram certamini fecit. (L. 4a. 7.)
Nee vallum modo tutantur Pceni, sed, ut quibus locus asquior
esset, deturbant nitentes per ardua hostes. (L. aj. 13.)
Castra repetunt pavoris et tumultus jam plena, ut ubi feminae
puerique et alia imbellis turba permixta esset. (L. 38. ai.)
Lucius quidem frater ejus, utpote qui peregre depugnarit, fami-
liam ducit. (C. Phil. 5. n.)
Solis candor inlustrior est quam ullius ignis, quippe qui inmenso
mundo tarn longe lateque conluceat. (C. N. JO. a. 15.)
Istam voluptatem Epicurus interdum nimis etiam novit, quippe qui
testificetur, ne intellegere quidem se posse, ubi sit aut quod
ullum praeter illud bonum. (C. Fin. 2. 3.)
Non florentibus se venditavit Atticus, sed adflictis semper succur-
rit; qui quidem Serviliam Bruti matrem non minus post mor-
tem ejus quam fiorentem coluerit. (Nep. 25. 11.)
Tribuno plebis quaestor non paruisti, cui tuus praesertim collega
pareret. (G. Fam. 15. ai.)
Continued on p. 312.
Chap. XXII.] Ixdicatite: in relative sentences. 311
The indicative expresses merely the fact, without implying 17"
amy connexion between this and that event, although such connexion
mag exist.
1. (a) With relative adjective: qui='/or he' 'and get he.' Some-
times tin Plautus, SaBust, and Lwg) quippe qui.
Quam egomet "«™ oogito, stalte feci qui hone amkL
(PL JUL 1376.)
To dies noctesque erueiaris, em nee sat es, quod est, et id ipsam ne
non (liiiUirnum sit futurum, times. (G. Par. 2.)
O fidsm dextrazn Awfawri^ qua, *n« pl n riimm eiTes traadsriL
(C. PhiL 13. 2.)
TTahnn s cuc e tut i magnam gratiam, que mftii nwm mifa aviditatem
auxit, potionis et eibi sustulit. (C. Sen. 14.)
Die Flarinm earn Fannio de Panurgo decidime, qui nihil transegi t :
die HS cccdoo dedisse, qui assem nullum dedit. (C. Rote C. 16.)
At Jugurtha contra spem nuntio aeeepto, quippe eui Boms omnia
renum ire in animo hsserat, ad wnifarm legatos mittit.
(SaH. J. 2».)
Irs Testis Tnagis ignoscendum quam indnlgendum est, qmppe qui
erudelitatis odio in erudelitatem ruitis. (L. 3. 53.)
Plumnum terroris Bomam eeleritas nostrum tolit, quippe qmbusTelut
tumultuario exereitu raptim dueto sgre ad undeeimum lfMwn
oecursum est (L. 5. 37.)
Also in the comic poets quippe qui {adv.). 17Q
florum tibi istie nihil ereniet, quippe qui, uM quod sabrupias nihil
eet. (PL AuL 346.)
Eho qusso landas qui eros faHunt? Ch. In loeo ego vero laudo. St.
Beete sane. Ch. Quippe qui magnarum sspe id remedium sgri-
tndimrmst. (Ter. Haut. 538.)
(b) So especially where the quality displayed bg the principal tj*S
action, is the ant ec edent to the relative. (qm='«Kr«.*)
Si r~. : "". : z^::zL^nn :;: JBMBBB, gui ~izs in:r in '.i est, 1 milfwilMlHll.
(a Fam. 1. 2.)
Qua enim prudentia es. nihil to fugiet, si meas kteras duigenter
legem. (BruL ap. de. Tarn. 11. 13.)
Cbnsurgitur in consilium, cum sententias Oppianicus, qus tune erat
potestas, palam fieri Telle dixisset. (G. (flu. 27.)
Ham Mis, quantum importunitatis habent, parum est impune male
ftxngqp . tligi HctiwIa fawmwH | y»^i^i« eripitUE. (SalL J. 3L)
Continued on p. 313.
312 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. [Book IV.
2. With relative adjectives and adverbs: of cases frequently 1716
occurring; with quicumque, cum, ubi, seu, fee. in Livy and later
writers (rarely, if ever, in Cicero, Catsar, or Sallust) and only in plu-
perfect and (sometimes} imperfect tenses. Cum — whenever.
(For other cases in which the later writers use the subjunctive
contrary to the practice of the earlier writers, see §§ 1670, 1674.)
Gum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant.
(L. a. a;.)
Neque hereditatem cujusquam adiit, nisi cum amicitia meruisset.
(Tac. A. a. 48.)
Id fetialis ubi dixisset, hastam in fines eorum emittebat. (L. 1. 3a.)
Philopoemen ubi iter quopiam faceret et ad difficilem transitu sal-
tum venisset, contemplatus ab omni parte loci naturam, cum
solus iret, secum ipse agitabat animo, quum comites haberet, ab
iis quaerebat, si hostis eo loco apparuisset quid capiendum con-
silii foret. (L. 35. a 8.)
Tunc urbis custodiis propositus C. Maecenas, vir, ubi res vigiliam
exigeret, sane exsomnis, providens, atque agendi sciens, simul
vero aliquid ex negotio remitti posset, otio ac mollitiis paene
ultra feminam fluens. (Veil. a. 88.)
Vescebatur et ante cenam, quocumque tempore et loco stomachus
desiderasset. (Suet. Oct. 76.)
Quocunque se intulisset, victoriam secum haud dubiam trahebat.
(L. 6. 8.)
Cohortes Batavorum, ut cujusque legionis tentoria accessissent,
superbe agebant, ablatam Neroni Italiam jactantes.
(Tac. H. a. 37.)
Inde montani concursabant modo in primum, mode in novissimum
agmen, utcunque aut locus opportunitatem daret, aut progressi
morative aliquam occasionem fecissent. (L. ai. 35.)
Quotiens super tali negotio consultaret, edita domus parte ac liberti
unius conscientia utebatur. (Tac. A. 6. ai.)
His numquam candente dies adparuit ortu, seu supra terras Phoe-
bus seu curreret infra. (Tib. 4. 1. 66; cf. 74, 75.)
In agmine nonnunquam equo, saepius pedibus, anteibat capite de-
tecto seu sol seu imber esset. (Suet. Jul. 57.)
Nee consul Romanus tentandis urbibus, sicunde spes aliqua osten-
disset, deerat. (L. a6. 38.)
Continued on p. 314.
Chap. XX II.] Isdicahye: of categ frequently oeeurrmg. 313
2. IRA relative adjectives and adverbs: of eases frequently , 7 , 7
occurring, or occurring not more at one time than at another; with
qmeamqne, cam, nbi, qucties, simal ae, si, ut qmsque, Ac, especially
the "perfect, pluperfect, and completed future tenses, in subordination
respectively to the present, imperfect, and future in principal clause.
Cum— ' whenever.'
Hoc HereuH fortasse potnit eontingere, nobis non item, qui imitamar
qaoseumqne visum est. (C. Off. i. 32.)
Cam ad \Clam veni, hoe ipsum nihil agere et plane eessare me
deketat. (C. Or. 2. 6.)
Cam peterfamihe iOostrioie loco natos deeessit, ejus propinqui eon-
Tenhmt (Cas. G. 6. 19.)
Quoeunque aspexisti, ut furue, sic tue t£bi oeeurrunt injuria*.
(C. Par. 2.)
UM per soeoxdiam Tires tempos ingenium diffluxere, naturae jnfirmitaa
aceusatur. (Sail. J. L)
Sed Tineit wKK*»« plerumque, cum subest Hie timor, ea neglects ne
dignitatem quidem posse retineri. (C. Or. 2. 82.)
Quoseumque de te queri andfri, quaeumque potui ratione, plaeavi.
(C. Q. Fr. L 2.)
Ubt res prolate sunt, quom rus nomines eunt, simul prolate res sunt
nostris dentibus. (PL Cap*. 78.)
Quisquis erat qui aHquam partem in meo facta seeleris Clodiani atti-
gisset, quoeumque Tenerat, quod judicium eumque subierat, dam-
nabatur. (C. SesUZl.)
Cum rosam riderat, turn inapere xer arbitrabatur. (C. Verr. 5. 10.)
Plerumque mllites statins eastris babebat. nisi cum odos aut paboli
egestas locum mutare subegerat. (SalL /. 44)
Ego, enm a nostzo Catone laudabar, Tel reprehendi me a ceteris facile
patiebar. (C. Or. 13.)
S ab persequendo hosfas deterrere nequtrerant, disjectos ab tergo
drcumTeniebant. (SaD. J. 50.)
Ali-.:. sal L'.r~r. ili- 1 "S::-i-r. Con nrieea â– eeabantur CL Mario,
dolebat; cum cstu magno dncehat agmen, laborabaL
(C. T.D. 2.15.)
Ut eujusque sors exeiderat, alaeer anna raptim empiebai. (L. 21. 42.)
Nee hie puer, quotieseunque me riderit, ingemeseet ae pestem patris
eui ae dteet ridere. (C.'Sert. 69.)
Proximo beHo, nonne et cum peeunia opus fait, Tiduarum peeunis
adjuitatuit szarium, et cum dii quoque non ad opem fc—^^am
dnbna rebus aeeeraerentur, matrons unirerss ad mare profeete
aunt ad matrem Idcam accipiendam? (L. 34. 5.)
Continued on p. 315.
314 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. [Book IV.
3. With (quom) cum, the subjunctive implies that the event, 1718
action, &°c. exercises, or might exercise, an influence on the event,
action, Q^c. named in the principal sentence. (This use is rare in
Plautus.')
The clause nvith cum usually precedes (the whole or at least the
verb of) the principal sentence, but sometimes is placed after it by ivay
of explanation or contrast, see §§ 173a, 1728, 173a.
The subjunctive is used as follows: , 720
( a ) Of actions, events, Qr"c. recounted not as mere marks of
time, but as essential parts of the historical narrative; in imperfect
and pluperfect tenses 1 .
Though '•nuhen^ often serves to translate cum into English, the
effect in such sentences is best given thus; e.g. cum rediret, 'â– returning,''
' as he returned ;' cum redisset, ' having returned, « on his return.''
Cum porta? appropinquaret, editus ex composito ignis ab Hanni-
bale est...Nota vox Philomeni et familiare jam signum quum
excitasset vigilem, portula aperitur. (L. 25. 9.)
Phocion cum ad mortem duceretur, obvius ei fuit Euphiletus...Is
cum lacrimans dixisset ' O quam indigna perpeteris, Phocion ! '
huic ille 'at non inopinata' inquit. (Nep. 19, fin.)
Meridie cum Caesar pabulandi causa tres legiones misisset, repente
hostes ex omnibus partibus ad pabulatores advolaverunt,
(Caes. G. 5. 17-)
Ipse, cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit.
(lb. 2. 2.)
Zenonem, cum Athenis essem, audiebam frequenter.
(C. N. D. 1. 21.)
Sparta? pueri ad aram verberibus accipiuntur, nonnunquam etiam,
ut, cum ibi essem, videbam, ad necem. (C. T. D. 2. 14.)
Cum civitas in opere ac labore assiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur,
interim Q^ Fabio, simul primum magistratu abiit, ab Cn.
Marcio, tnbuno plebis, dicta dies est. (L.. 6. 1.)
Cum intempesta nox esset, mansissemque in villa P. Valerii, pos-
tridieque apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem, municipes
Regini plurimi ad me venerunt. (C. Phil. 1. 3.)
Ego cum Athenis decern ipsos dies fuissem, multumque mecum
Gallus noster Caninius, proficiscebar inde pridie Nonas Quinc-
tilis, cum hoc ad te litterarum dedi. (C. Fam. 2. 8.)
1 In Pliny, H. N. 7, §§ 181 — 183, numerous examples are found
of cum with imperfect subjunctive and duzn with (historical) present in-
dicative in same meaning. (See part of the passage, supra, § 1663.)
Continued on p. 316.
Chap. XXII.~\ Indicative: in temporal sentences. 313
3. With conjunctions of time, other than cum, e.g. ut, ubi, postea- >7'9
quam (postquam) , simul ac, and, in Plautus occasionally, quoniam,
the indicative is used in expressing tlxe event on, or sometimes
since, the occurrence of which something else takes place. (For
dum, &c. see § 1661 sqq., for priusquam, § 1671).
Pompeius, ut equitatum suum pulsum vidit, acie excessit.
(Caes. C. 3. 94.)
Quae ubi gpreta sententia est, iterumque eodem remeante nuntio con-
sulebatur, censuit ad unum omnes interficiendos. (L. 9. 3.)
Alia subinde spes, postquam hasc vana eTaserat, excepit. (L. 25. 23.)
Posteaquam victoria constituta est ab armisque recessimus, cum pro-
scriberentur homines, erat Eoscius Bomae frequens. (C. Ro. Am. 6.)
Post diem quintum quam iterum barbari male pugnaverant, legati a
Boccbo veniunt.. (Sail. J. 102.)
Quern simul ac Juturna soror crebescere vidit sermonem, in medias
dat sese acies. (Verg. A. 12. 222.)
Simul ac primum ei occasio visa est, aversa pecunia publica quaestor
consulem deseruit. (C. Terr. 1. 13.)
Ubi contra aspexit me, oculis mibi signum dedit, ne se appellarem :
deinde postquam occasiost, conqueritur mecum mulier fortunas
suas...Ego quoniam inspexi mulieris sententiam, cepi tabellas,&c.
(PI. Mil. 123 sqq.)
Ubi portu eximus, homines remigio sequi. Quoniam sentio quae res
gereretur, navem extemplo statuimus. Quoniam vident nos stare,
occeperunt ratem servare in portu. (PI. Bac. 289 sqq.)
Nam viri nostri domo ut abierunt, hie tertiust annus. (PI. Stich. 29.)
4. With (quom) cum, the indicative mood is used in the following
meanings and uses (besides those in §§ 1685, 1687, 1717).
(a) Coincidence in point of time. Cum=' when,' 'at the i7«
time when.'
The event put in the indicative with cum is regarded as one which
would not have been mentioned at all, except for the purpose of defin-
ing the time.
Nunc demum a me insipienter factum esse arbitror, quom rem
cognosce (PL Mil. 562.)
Cum haec leges, habebimus consules. (C. Att. 5. 12.)
Excruciabit me erus, domum si venerit, quom haec facta scibit, quia
ego sibi non dixerim. (PI. Mil. 859.)
Sin cum potuero, non venero, turn erit inirnicus. (C. Att. 9. 2.)
Cum vero causam justam deus ipse dederit, ne ille, me dius fidius, vir
sapiens laetus ex his tenebris in lucem illam exierit.
(C T.D.I. 30.)
Continued on p. 317.
316 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. {Book IV.
Est huic finitimum dissimulationi, cum honesto verbo vitiosa res
appellator; ut, cum Africanus censor tri'bu movebat eum
centurionem qui in Pauli pugna non adfuerat, cum ille se
custodiae causa diceret in castris remansisse qusereretque cur
ab eo notaretur, ' non amo ' inquit ' nimium diligentis.'
(C. Or. 2. 67.)
Noctu demum, cum obscuritas-conspectum oculorum ademisset,
ad curandum corpus rex recessit. (Curt. 7. 11, § zo.)
The following are instances of the clause with cum being subsequent: 1722
Attrahitur a Veneriis Lollius commodum, cum Apronius e palaestra
redisset et in triclinio recubuisset. (C. Verr. 3. 25.)
Illud scripsit disertissimus poeta pro me, egit fortissimus actor de
me, cum omnis ordines demonstraret, senatum, equites Roma-
nos, universum populum Romanum accusaret, ' Exulare sini-
tis, sistis pelli, pulsum patimini.' (C. Sest. 57.)
Ingressus urbem est quo comitatu vel potius agmine! cum dextra
sinistra, gemente populo Romano, minaretur dominis, notaret
domos, divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur.
(C. Phil. 13. 9.)
So especially cum diceret, ' saying, as he did ' = ' on the ground
that, as he said.' 1 (Compare quod diceret, § 1746.)
Cotidie meam potentiam invidiose criminabatur, cum diceret sena-
tum, non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere.
(G. Mil. 5.)
Hortensius ductus odio properavit rem deducere in judicium, cum
ilium plumbeo gladio jugulatum iri tamen diceret.
(C. Att. 1. 16, § 2. So also Cic. N.D. 3. 34.)
The clause nvith cum is sometimes tantamount to a secondary (often '7*4
oblique) predicate of a thing seen, heard, &°c. (Imperfect tense.) With
this use of the subjunctive comp. Fuit cum diceret, &c. § 1684.
Equidem e Cn. Aufidio praetorio, erudito homine, oculis capto
saepe audiebam, cum se lucis magis quam utilitatis desiderio
moved diceret. (G. Fin. 5. 19.)
Saepe e socero meo audivi, cum is diceret socerum suum Laelium
semper fere cum Scipione solitum rusticari. (G. Or. 2. 6.)
Adulescentium greges Lacedaemone vidimus ipsi incredibili conten-
tione certantis, cum exanimarentur prius quam victos se fate-
rentur. (G. T. D. 5. 47.)
Cum cotidie gladiatores spectaret, numquam est conspectus cum
veniret. Emergebat subito, cum sub tabulas subrepserat.
(C. Sest. 59.)
Continued on p. 318.
Chap. XXII.] Isdicatiye: t» temporal mmienees. 317
£ffOldCID A prfnfipwi CBBl "Rtntriajn CUUJUaze, piOSCIiptOS MCCI&L,
tazgitiambos lempahbeam laeerazi Tidebam. matarandnm pata-
bsmetCkiifieansilmcmn panes seeiitasamn. (Sell. Or. PMZ. 6.1
Cam lire "Rami â– ffhsTitiir. Clh s l rinY flirfiwlmw nr JI ir ft ihit i i i i li lim m
animos. (L3&S.)
Sam hexedem fecit, auam ipse ohnt diem. (PL Mem. 63.)
Cum primnm HiwiHfw Tem, mini pans fnrifiHhuu potan, qnam ot
WaL absent! de redttn nostro gratnhuer. (G. Att. 4. L.)
Befiqimm est, lit ante, qoam prnfieiscaie, rarihas ad me <wiinM f cum
prafeetus eria, ernes at sdam. (lb. 6. L 5.)
De nomine U r anni hoe lespondere pos&m n, me, qoaEse umn ne sum.
f"««*—» esse, qui fni cum ta ipse meenm sooetatem pepigistL
(L, 34 31-1
fftjj fi*w a dodnm fuerat ambirncm hoe ndM, mme nan est, cam am
s e auitui ananas poet. (Ten flee. 649.)
SaDa, earn Damasppam et alios ejnsmodL qui mam leipahhec etert-
tant, jngolan jnssit, qms nan faciam ejus laadafaat ?
(SalL C. SL 233.)
C mn P faffwtiMfl fnw»«nl fmW, j»m CT gjajhrrin liilitm l H« iwiih»l
(L.2L39.)
Inisto genere faimns ifsi, cam smhilMiis nostra? tempora postnla-
hanft. iC.PIfflaf.18L)
Qna> nemon ant qm tds altos habnere. padfae Xaides, indigno earn
Galms amore perihat? (Vetg. B. 10. 9.)
Exspeetmtianem nobis nan parram attoleras. com seripseras Tazro-
nemidtaUecnnimssse, (C. Att. 3. 18.)
Torn earn in Asia les magnas pexmnlti amiserant, sehnns Bonus sola-
tione impedita fidem conodisse. (C. Mam. 7.)
Qnattaor mDia hominum eiant, mixli ex onnd eoUtrnone exsales,
obcratL capitan* ansi pkriqne, earn in emtatibus snis ae sob
legSbos tin want (L. 26. 40.)
Eo com Tenia, prntor aniesrehat; Imlres flH Cibmte inamhnlabant.
(C. Yerr. 4. 14.)
(ft) So in reetonimg the length of time: enm=* to the time tknV 17=5
Txiginta dies erant ipsi. com baa «l»l<im l iti* * ^ per qnos imll»« »
Tofais aceepezam. (C. Att. 3. 21. )
Random centum et decern anni sunt, emnde pecaniis re-petuu dis a
Ik. Pisane lata lex est, noli* antes earn fcisset. (C Off. 2. 21.)
Agitepagni: jamdinst, qaam tentri Tictam nan datis.
(PL Ampk. 90S.)
(PL Asia. 890.)
Coanwre «Zao $ 1687; {and for nt M fA» sense, § 1719).
Contimwed on p. 319.
318 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. \_BookIV.
(b~) Of the grounds or reason of an action, Qr*c. cum=' since, 1 i 72 6
' whereas.''
Quae cum ita sint, Catilina, perge quo coepisti. (C. Cat. i. 5.)
Atqui necesse est, cum sint di, si modo sunt, ut profecto sunt,
animantis esse. (C. JV. D. a. 31.)
Dionysius, cum in communibus suggestis consistere non auderet,
contionari ex turri alta solebat. (C. T. D. 5. ao.)
Ad Athenas cum tamquam ad mercaturam bonarum artium sis
profectus, inanem redire turpissimum est. (C. Off. 3. a.)
Quod bellum cum alii laudent, reprehendere ne Lacedaemonii qui-
dem possint, dii quoque ipsi comprobaverint, qui nobis victo-
riam dederunt, quonam modo ea, quae belli jure acta sunt, in
disceptationem veniunt? (L. 39. 36.)
Nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam vocent, quanto tan-
dem studio debeo naturae meae consuetudinique servire ?
(C. Mur. 3.)
The following are instances of the clause with cum being subsequent: 1728
Venit ad nos Cicero tuus ad cenam, cum Pomponia foras cenaret.
iCQ.Fr.3- 1, §19-)
Nam puerum injussu, credo, non tollent meo, prassertim in ea re
quom sit mi adjutrix socrus. (Ter. Hec. 705.)
Hoc scribere, praesertim cum de philosophia scriberem, non aude-
rem, nisi idem placeret Panaetio. (C. Off. a. 14.)
Quid facient crines, cum ferro talia cedant? (Cat. 66. 47.)
Quid faciat custos, cum sint tot in urbe theatra, quoque sui comites
ire vetentur, eat? (Ov. A. A. 3. 633 sqq.)
(r) Of events, actions, &°c. notwithstanding which other i 73 o
events, &c. take place. Cum = ' although.' 1
A in 1 tu? dubium habebis etiam, sancte quom ego jurem tibi?
(PI. Capt. 889.)
Appius noster, cum me adventare videret, profectus est Tarsum
usque Laodicea: ibi forum agit, cum ego sim in provincia.
(C. Att. 5. 17.)
Druentia flumen, cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen
navium patiens est. (L. ar. 31.)
Pylades cum sis, dices te esse Oresten, ut moriare pro amico?
(C. Fin. a. 34.)
Ipse Cicero, cum tenuissima valetudine esset, ne nocturnum qui-
dem sibi tempus ad quietem relinquebat. (Caes. G. 5. 40.)
Continued on p. 320.
Chap. XXII.] Indicative: in temporal sentences. 319
(c) Beason; in early writers: in Cicero only where the verb hi the 1725
principal sentence is laudo, gratulor, &c. Not after Cicero. (Quoniam
(i.e. quom jam) and quando exhibit this usage, see § 1747.) Quom =
' because.'
Di tibi omnes omnia optata offerant, quom me tanto honoie honestas,
quomque ex vinclis eximis. (PL Gapt. 353.)
Quom te di amant, voluptatist mihi. (PL Bud. 1183.)
Praesertim quom is me dignum, quoi concrederet, habuit, me habere
honorem ejus ingenio decet. (PL As. 81.)
Edepol te, mea Antipbila, laudo et fortunatam judico, id quom stu-
duisti, isti formaa ut mores consimiles forent. (Ter. Haut. 381.)
Gratulor tibi, cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam. (C. Fam. 14. 17 a.)
Ilium prodire pudet in conspectum tuum, propter ea qua? fecit, quom
te scire scit. (PL Most. 1156.)
Scio pol te amare, quom istasc praemonstras mihi. (PL Merc. 577.)
In the following sentences, though similar otherwise to some in 1727
§ 17*28, coincidence in time only is marked. (Compare also § 1731.)
Quid domini faciant, audent cum talia fures? (Verg. B. 3. 16.)
Quid sapiens faciet, stultus cum munere gaudet? (Ov. A. A. 3. 655.)
Nam quid possit ibi flatus, manifesta docet res hie, ubi lenior est in
terra, cum tamen alta arbusta evolvens radicibus haurit ab imis.
(Lucr. 6. 140.)
(d) Identity of action. (Present and perfect tenses.) Usually wv
the tense and person of the verb in both sentences are the same. Cum =
'wlien,' 'in that.'
Quaeso edepol, num tu quoque etiam insanis, quom id me interrogas?
(PL Amph. 753.)
Qui , cum hunc accusant, Naevium Plautum Ennium accusant.
(Ter. Andr. 17.)
De te autem, Catilina, cum quiescunt, probant; cum patiuntur, decer-
nunt; cum tacent, clamant. (Cic. Cat. 1. 8.)
Concedo tibi, ut ea praetereas, quae.cum taces, nihil esse concedis.
(C. Bosc. Am. 19.)
Sed cum mundo negas quicquam esse melius, quid dicis melius? Si
pulchrius, adsentior. (C. N. D. 3. 9.)
Magnum hoc quoque signumst dominam esse extra noxiam, cum ejus
tarn necleguntur internuntii. (Ter. Haut. 298.)
De luxuria purgavit Erucius, cum dixit, hunc ne in convivio quidem
ullo fere interfuisse. (C. Bosc. Am. 14.)
Epicurus ex animis hominum extraxit radicitus religionem, cum ia
dis inmortalibus opem et gratiam sustulit. (C. N. D. 1. 43.)
Continued on p. 321.
320 Subjunctive. (F) Attendant circumstances. [Book IV.
Cum primi ordines hostium transfixi pilis concidissent, tamen acer-
rime reliqui resistebant. (Cass. G. 7. 6a.)
Nunc cum ejus alienum esse animum a te sentiam, quamobrem red-
ducam? (Ter. Hec. 659.)
Verum cum videam miserum hunc tam excruciarier ejus abitu,
celem tam insperatum gaudium, cum illi pericli nihil ex indicio
sit? (Ter. Haut. 413.)
Hoc ipso tempore, cum omnia gymnasia philosophi teneant, tamen
eorum auditores discum audire quam philosophum malunt.
(C. Or. 2. 5.)
The foil owing are instances' of the clause with cum being subsequent: *73 8
Cum= l and yet," 1 ' while all the time," 1 (§ 1726), cum praesertim,
' and that too though.''
Quomodo igitur hoc in genere accusas Se^tium, cum idem laudes
Milonem? (C. Sest. 42.)
Simulat se eorum praesidio confidere, cum interea aliud quiddam
jam diu machinetur. (C. Verr. 1. 6.)
Ignari veritatis Diis imputant saevitiam maris, immodicos imbres,
pertinaciam hiemis, cum interim nihil horum, quae nobis nocent
prosuntque, ad nos proprie dirigatur. (Sen. Ir. 2. 27.)
Statuitur, ut dico, eques Romanus, annos prope xc natus, in Afranii
convivio, cum interea A f rani us caput atque os suum unguento
confricaret. (C. Verr. 3. 25.)
Fadium abstractum defodit in ludo et vivum conbussit; cum qui-
dem pransus, nudis pedibus, tunica soluta, manibus ad tergum
rejectis inambularet, et illi misero quiritanti, responderet, Abi
nunc, populi fidem inplora. (Asin. Poll. ap. C. Fam. 10. 32.)
Thucydides nunquam est numeratus orator; nee vero, si historiam
non scripsisset, nomen exstaret, cum praesertim fuisset honora-
tus et nobilis. (C. Or. 9.)
(d) Of an action or event, Qr°c. rhetorically contrasted with a 1734
later or particular action, &>c. of the same sort; especially where the
time of the two actions is different.
Sisennae historia cum facile omnis vincat superiores, turn indicat
tamen, quantum absit a summo. (C. Brut. 64.)
Cum te a pueritia tua unice dilexcrim, turn hoc vel tuo facto vel
populi Romani de te judicio multo acrius diligo.
(C. Fam. 15. 9.)
Sex. Roscius cum omni tempore nobilitatis fautor fuisset, turn hoc
tumultu proximo praeter ceteros in ea vicinitate earn partem
causamque defendit. (C. Rose. A. 6.)
Continued on p. 322.
Chap. XXII.] Indicative : in temporal sentences. 321
In same sentences (from Plant** and Terrace) similar to some on 1751
the opposite page, § 1730, tin coincidence in time serve* to a~.
strongly the unreasonableness of the action. [Compere § 1727- j Qncm=
'although:
Credo, si boni quid ad te mmtiem, instes a-rriter. qui wine, c
imlimi andiandumst, fl« gi**« me us eloquir. iPL Merc. 17
Quid *&**** faeiam? Don earn? ne nunc quidem, earn aeeersor ultro?
. . :. Ens. -16. >
Huh :"— siur mm: int-rrrrln-eur: ~ ::: 7 :: :. ; : "_-' .::■i".'_ 1" := 1- .
cnpii (Ter. Ha*.'. 443.)
11 . : :.. ; ._.: __ • : ": .""-"— - : - - " ■" - -"-' " -
Li ill: ;i~ rzrii : . :i:.r.i 1: :~r. 1: " : " ' " - : ; .'.nil ~: 1_ i~ r- -- --.
finem non facit? (Ter. Ph. .
(e) The coincidence in time is sometimes riri :
inversion; what would otherwise hare been the temporal clause being
put jtrst as an independent sentence (often with jam*, and what KoaiJ
hare been the principal sentence being subyyined with emn, :
Trr-nTT. ran S-~-.tjz-. .::. â– _ n_ = -: rur-i.
Primo acta place©, qnom icterea rumor vecis datum id gladiators? :
popohss conTolas. (Ter. Ifrr. 39.)
SIDites, postquam in «dis irrapere, divorsi resrem qnasrere, sirepitu ei
tumultu omnia miscere, cam interim Hiempsal repensnr, ©ecui-
tans ae tagurio mnlieris anally. (Sail. J. 12.}
Casira in bostico meuriose posita, com suiito adyeners Saxm i m
.r^.l.-. L. r. : -
H a — i eh'::': : .: m~r : -. :~~ r-: _ 4 _ .: : in eum. r. :1 ". :_: :~ : : • : . - '
qaiequam limentem, patefaeta porta erampnnt Bomani. L . . "
Jamque hoe facere ncetn apparainnt, cam matres famflias repente in
publicum proearrenmt. (Cats. G. 7. 2d.)
Dies nondmn decern intereesserant, cum ille alter Glins icfans ueea-
tur. (C. Clu. 9.)
So also the historical infinitive: e.g. Hczi r.~ - proa
ndemque senatus expeetabat, quum Appius, quam as]
potent, jus de ereditis pecuniis dicere. (L. 2. 27.)
if) In comparing two actions: (subjunctire more wmal. end 1—5
with the imperfect, invariable). Cum= whilst, b>.: hnn=
- — -7 C \~ : -.:.-_- z_ ; :::- :.-_--.::; : ::--:■"i :r; i : '_: l_ -.1 ;-r: m
". — i ir.;rrl — _:-• = :■."_.= -.:.--. :_- nun-ri.u- :- It. :: :.
Pan. 3. 9.)
::_ "- :-::-■:: :.'.'."1:.-: '.:' :: : : J :.:7~Ln :~ 'r - :_: -::_::!.::- -:•.".-. -
nullum me paatur officii erga te munus praEtermitsere. (Xb.6. li.)
*■-. . ::_ ::.":.: . ; .:: : T -- •_ ■■;'_-_ _■:::: : - If :irzur. : : : ._ -
et duigendis et eoJendis. (C. Lei. 22. >
Continued on p. 323.
21
;22 Subjunctive. (G) Reported statements. [Book IV.
CHAPTER XXIII.
USE OF SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD TO EXPRESS ALIEN
OR CONTINGENT ASSERTIONS, &c. with contrasted
use of Indicative.
(G) Subjunctive of reported statements.
The subjunctive in all the sentences classed here serves to distin- 173*
guish what is reported from what is uttered at first hand. These
sentences are not like those in the next head, dependent on infinitive
or subjunctive moods, but (except for some collateral reason) on
the indicative. Such sentences may be (1) definitions introduced
by the relative adjective qui, or (2) reasons, or (3) conditions, or
(4) temporal clauses, or (5) questions. Such indirect questions are
very common, and here properly belong sentences with forsitan, and
some with quin.
The following are typical instances :
i r Prsemia proposuit, qui primus venisset.
2. Laudat Panffitium, quod fuerit abstinens.
Laudat eura, non quod futurus sit, sed quod fuit abstinens.
Rediit, quod oblitum se aiiquid diceret.
3. (a) Timebat iram Cai, ni venisset.
(b) Da pignus, ni hostes abeant.
Qusesivit, ) hostes ablrent
v ' Tentavit, )
4. Dum vires suppeterent, deditionem censebat.
5 . (<•/) Scrips!, quid agatur.
Doleam necne doleam. nihil interest
(/>) Forsitan aliquls dicat.
Non est dubium, quin ille venerit.
(r) (Quidnarras?) Quid ego narrem?
Continued on p. 324.
CJuip. XXIFT.'] Indicative. Contrasted usages. 323
Indicative: in contrasted usages.
The instances of the indicative here placed are, besides (I) ordi-
nary relative sentences, principally (2) the regular use of quod and
other adverbs of cause, when the reason alleged is given on the
speaker's own authority : (3) some conditional sentences, directly ex-
pressed, especially the colloquial nl mirum and mirum ni ; and (4)
questions in colloquial language accompanied by expressions on which
they are logically but not grammatically dependent.
(5) Relative sentences often differ little from interrogative in
meaning or look, but have the indicative where the dependent in-
terrogative would have the subjunctive.
(6) Some expressions, e.g. forsitan and nescioquis, originally
introduced dependent questions, but after a time passed in popular
conception, the one into a mere adverb, the other into an indefinite
pronoun, and were consequently used with the indicative mood.
The following are typical instances :
1. El, qui primus venerat, praemia dedit.
2. Laudat Panastium. quod fult abstinens.
Quod M. Cicero verba fecit, ita censeo.
3. Si hoc dictitasti. spondesne miM xxv numrnos dare?
Visam, si abiit.
Mirum ni hoc est verum.
Nimirum hoc est verum.
4. ut valet?
Die miM, )
o •„ T iuid agitur?
Scire volo, )
5. Viden' quod agitur?
6. Forsitan aliquis dicet (post-Ciceronian).
Nescio quis hie loquitur.
7. (Attuli nunc.) Quid? attulisti?
Continued on p. 325.
21 — 2
324 Subjunctive. (G) Replied statements. {Book IV.
The subjunctive expresses a definition or reason or 173
condition or question reported, but not as the speaker's
or writer's own at the time of speaking or writing: in a
subordinate sentence.
For the distinctive use of lenses, see S 1526 sqq.
1. Reported definition or reason: with relative adjective. 174
Recte Socrates exsecrari eum solebat, qui primus utilitatem a jure
sejunxisset. (G. Legg. 1. 12.)
Partus omnes libros, quos frater suus reliquisset, mihi donavit.
(C. Att. 2. 1.)
Edit nomina eorum, quibus conventis opus esset. (L. 34. 61.)
Marti, cum prselio dimicare constituerunt, ea, quae bello ceperint,
plerumque devovent. (Cass. G. 6. 17.)
Hanc primum ad litora classem conspexi venientem: huic me, quae-
cunque fuisset, addixi. (Verg. A. 3. 652.)
Eis, qui primi murum ascendissent, prasmia proposuit.
(Goes. G. 7. 27.)
Magna proponit iis, qui regem occiderint, prasmia. (Caes. G. 5. 58.)
Interim cotidie Caesar Haeduos frumentum, quod essent publice
polliciti, flagitare. (Cass. G. 1. 16.)
Haec omnia occurrebant, colles campique et Tiberis et hoc caslum,
sub quo natus educatusque essem. (L. j. 54.)
A carelessness of expression occurs ivith the relative, as ivith i 74
quod, § 1746.
At etiam litteras, quas me sibi misisse diceret, recitavit.
(C. Phil. 2.4.)
Nominat iste servum, quern magistrum pecoris esse diceret; eum
dicit conjurasse et familias concitasse. (C. Verr. 5. 7.)
2. Reported or assumed reason: ivith adverb, quod, quia; 17^
non quod, non quia, non quo, non quln.
I-audat Panastius Africanum, quod fuerit abstinens. (C. Off. 2.22.)
An paenitet vos quod salvum exercitum traduxerim? quod classem
hostium primo impetu adveniens profligaverim? quod bis per
biduum equestri prcelio superaverim? &c. (Cars. C. 2. 32.)
Obicite Platoni quod petierit peCuniam, Aristoteli quod acceperit,
Democrito quod neglexerit, Epicuro cjuod consumpserit.
(Sen. Dial. 7. 27.)
Continued on p. 326.
Chap. IXriL] Indicative : with relative adjective. Z-~>
The indicative expresses a fact: or a direct statement 0/1733
opinion of the writer or speaker.
L. With relative adjective.
Paetas omnes Iibros, quo a frater ejus reliquerat, milii donavii.
Verrea mittit rogatum vasa ea, quiE puleherrrrna apud eum viderat.
(C. Terr. i. 27. )
Hortatas sum, ut iHam Iaudationem, quam se vi ac metu coactoa
paucis i!Hs diebus decrease dicebant, tollerent. lib. 63. )
Negavit ae judicea ex lege Rupilia sortiturum: quioque judicea, quos
commodum ipai fuit, dedit. (lb. 2. 16.)
3fe quidem etiam ilia res consolatur, qnod ego is sum. cui vel maxme
concedant omnes, ut vel ea defendam, quae Pompeius velit, vel
taceam, vel etiam id quod min i maxime Iubet, ad nostra me
stadia referam Iitterarum: quod profecto faciam, si mihi pec
ejusdem amicitiain iieebit. (C. Fam. L 9.)
1 covipactness of expression sometimes occurs, ay which tlie relative E743
is uned instead of quod with the demonstrative r§ 17-iD).
Nam quoa ab hominibus pervenisse dicis ad deoa, tu reddea rationem,
quern ad modum lieri potaerit aut cur fieri desierit.
(C. y.D. 3. 16, wfiere quos = quod aliquos.)
2. With causal conjunctions, quod, quia, quouiam, quando, si- 1745
quidem, quateuus, ' inasmuch as.' [For quod see also § 170L)
Quod ardmadversum est in eos, qui contra omai ratione pugnarunt,
non debeo repreuendere ; quod viris fortibus honos bahitus est,
laudo. {C. Hose. Am. 4=7. j
Neque vero, quid miTi-i irascare, intellegere possum. Si, quod eum
defendo, quern tu aceusaa, cur tfia ego non succenseo, quod ac-
cusas eum, quern ego defendo? (C. Sail. 17.)
Idem Caius iratus fuit Herennio Macro, quod ilium Caium saluiaverat.
Nee impune cessit primipilari, quod C alig n 1am dixerat.
(Sen. Dial. 2. 18.)
Continued an p. 327.
3 26 Subjunctive. (G) Reported reason: quod, &c. [Book IV.
Est autem impudens luctus mcerore se confidents, quod imperare
non liceat liberis. (C. T. D. 3. 12).
Hasc tibi dictabam post fanum putre Vacunas, excepto quod non
simul esses, cetera lastus. (Hor. Ep. 1. 10. 49, where the
ivriter's o-wn reason is reported.}
Cassar sua senatusque in eum beneficia commemoravit, quod rex
appellatus esset a senatu, quod amicus, quod munera amplis-
sima missa. (Cass. G. 1. 43.)
Romani, quia consules, ubi summa rerurn esset, ad id locorum
prospere rem gererent, minus his cladibus commovebantur.
(L. 25. 22.)
Bene majores accubitionem epularem amicorum, quia vitas con-
junctionem haberet, convivium nominaverunt. (C. Sen. 13.)
Non sum eodem modo defensurus, Romani, quod Dolopas armis
coercuerim: quia, etsi non merito eorum, jure feci meo, cum
mei regni, meae dicionis essent. (L. 42. 41.)
Pugiles in jactandis casstibus ingemescunt, non quod doleant ani-
move succumbant, sed quia profundenda voce omne corpus
intenditur venitque plaga vehementior. (G. T. D. 2. 23.)
Mihi quidem laudabiliora videntur, quae sine venditatione et sine
populo teste fiunt, non quo fugiendus sit, (omnia enim bene
facta in luce se conlocari volunt,) sed tamen nullum theatrum
virtuti conscientia majus est. (lb. 2. 26.)
Non tarn ut prosim causis elaborare soleo, quam ut ne quid ob-
sim: non quin enitendum sit in utroque, sed tamen multo est
turpius oratori nocuisse videri causae, quam non profuisse.
(G. Or. 2. 72.)
Jactatum in condicionibus nequiquam de Tarquiniis in regnum
restituendis, magis quia id negare Porsinna nequiverat Tar-
quiniis, quam quod negatum iri sibi ab Romanis ignoraret.
(L. 2. 13.)
. By a carelessness of expression the verb of- ' saying'' or ' thinking' 1746
;j sometimes put in th: subjunctive instead of the thing said. So espe-
cially diceret, dicerent. (Compare §§ 1742, I7 22 -)
Ex his Bellovaci suum numerum non compleverunt, quod se suo
nomine atque arbitrio cum Romanis bellum gesturos dicerent.
(Gass. G. 7. 75.)
Gum enim Hannibalis pcrmissii^exisset de castris, rediit paulo post,
quod se oblitum nescio quid diceret. (G. Off'. 1. 13.)
Qui istinc veniunt, superbiam tuam accusant, quod negent te per-
contantibus respondere. (G. Fam. 7. 16.)
Continued on p. 328.
Chap. XXIII.] Indicative : with quod, quia, &c. 327
Ita fit ut adsint propterea, quod officium sequuntur, taceant auteni
idcirco, quia periculum vitant. (C. liosc. Am. 1. 1.)
Vitio rnibi dant, quod mortem bominis necessarii graviter fero, atqtie
eum quern dilexi perisse indignor; aiunt enim patriam amicitue
praeponendam esse. (Matius ap. C. Fam. 11. 28.)
Quod spiratis, quod vocem mittitis, quod formas hominum babetis,
iudignantur. (L. 4. 3.)
Tusculanum et Pompejanum valde me delectant, nisi quod me sere
alieuo obruerunt. (C. Att. 2. 1.)
Praator Acbaeorum Areas fuit mediterraneus, externorum etiam
omnium, nisi quod in Creta praefectus auxiliorum militaverat,
ignarus. (L. 35. 26.)
Ut lubet, quod tibi lubet, fac, quoniam pugnis plus vales. i;»7
(PI. Amp. 390.)
Principio externa corpus de parte necessumst, aeriis quoniam vicinum
tangitur auris, tundier. (Lucr. 4. 933.)
Vos, Quirites, quoniam jam nox est, in vestra tecta discedite.
(C. Cat. 3, fin.)
Abibo bine, praesens quando promoveo parum. (Ter. Hec. 703.)
Quando igitur virtus est adfectio animi, laudabiles efficiens eos, in
quibus est, ex ea proficiscuntur honestae voluntates.
(C. T.D. 4.15.)
^Estatis insanabili pernicie quando nee causa nee finis inveniebatur,
libri Sibyllini ex senatns consulto aditi sunt. (L. 5. 13.)
Summa utilitas est in iis qui militari laude antecellunt, siquidem
eorum consilio et periculo cum republica turn etiam nostris rebus
perfrui possumus. (C. Mur. 11.)
Quandoquidem apud te nee auctoritas senatus nee aetas mea valet,
tribunos plebis appello. (L. 8. 33.)
Cur enim non usquequaque Homericis versibus agam tecum? quate-
nus tu me tuis agere non pateris. (Plin. Ep. 1. 7.)
Et laedere quatenus ilium non poterat, nee vellet amans, irascitur illi
quaa sibi praelatast. (Ov. 21. 14. 42.)
Quo qnidem etiam magis sum exercitus, non quia multis debeo, sed
quia sspe concurrunt aliquorum de me meritorum inter ipsos
contentiones. (C. Plane. 32.)
Continued on p. 329.
328 Subjunctive. (G) Reported condition : si, ni. [Book IV.
The clause ivith quod sometimes simply introduces a matter for 174S
remark. If this is stated as a supposition only, the subjunctive is used.
Quod quispiam ignem quasrat, extingui volo, ne causae quid sit quod
te quispiam quaeritet. (PI. Aul. 91.)
Miles, edico tibi, si te in platea offendero hac post umquam, quod
dicas mihi, 'alium quaerebam, iter hac habui,' periisti.
(Ter. Eun. 1064.)
Quod enim te liberatum jam existimationis metu, perfunctum hono-
ribus, designatum consulem cogites, mihi crede, ornamenta
ista et beneficia populi Romani non minore negotio retinentur
quam comparantur. (G. Verr. 5. 68.)
H. Reported condition: the apodosis not being set out separate- 175°
ly, but absorbed into the principal sentence.
(a) Praetor sedem Diovi vovit, si eo die hostes fudisset. (L.31.21.)
' Victor' inquit ' M. Fabi, revertar ex acie:' si fallat, Jovem patrem
Gradivumque Martem aliosque iratos invocat deos. (L. 2. 45.)
Metellus evocat ad se magistratus; nisi restituissent statuas, vehe-
menter minatur 1 . (C. Verr. 2. 67.)
Jugurtha timebat iram senatus, ni paruisset legatis 2 . (Sail. J. 25.)
Nee illos periculum, si animus hosti redisset, cogere potuit gradum
accelerare. (L. 2. 43.)
Hernici pudore etiam, non misericordla solum, moti, si nee obstitis-
sent a communibus hostibus, nee opem ullam obsessis sociis
ferrent, Romam pergunt. (L. 3. 7.)
Cur M. Brutus, referente te, legibus est solutus, si ab urbe plus
quam decern dies afuisset 4 ? (C. Phil. 2. 13.)
J3ucar pramiorum ingentium spe oneratus, si caput Masinissas
retulisset, aut vivum (id vero inaeslimabile gaudium fore),
cepisset. (L. 29. 32.)
Ubiis auxilium suum pollicitus est, si ab Suebis premerentur.
(Cais. G. 4. 19.)
Dumnacus desperata salute, si tempore eodem coactus esset et
externum sustinere hostem et respicere oppidanos, cum copiis
recedit. (Hirt. B. G. (8.) 27.)
Tumultuose d':currerat multitudo ad prohibendos si in terram
egrcderentur. (L. 24. 27.)
Continued on y. 330.
Chap. XXI IT.] Indicative : with quod. 329
Quod with indicative often expresses a fact, which is not so much 1749
the cause of the action of the principal verb, as the cause of the state-
ment, a matter for remark.
Verum, quod tu dicis, mea uxor, non te mini irasci decet.
(PI. Amph. 522.)
Quod scribis, te si velim ad me Tenturam, ego vero istic esse volo.
(C. Fam. 14. 3.)
Quod Silius te cum Clodio loqui vult, potes id mea voluntate facere.
(C. Att. 12. 30.)
Quae cum ita sint, quod C. Pansa consul verba fecit de litteris, qnre a
Q. Caspione adlatae sunt, de ea re ita censeo. (C. Phil. 10. 11.)
Similarly Itaque quoniam discerni placet quid publico consilio, quid
sua sponte imperatores faciant: nobis vobiscum foedus est a C.
Lutatio consule ictum, in quo, &c. (L. 21. 18.)
The following are instances of a vow in direct language.
At to pater deum hominumque bine saltern arce bostes : deme terro-
rem Eomanis fugamque fcedam siste. Hie ego tibi templum
Statori Jovi voveo. (L. 1. 12.)
Si duellum, quod cum rege Antiocbo sumi populus jussit, id ex sen-
tentia senatus populique Eomani confectum erit, turn tibi, Juppi-
ter, populus Bomanus ludos magnos dies decern continuos faciet.
(ap. L. 36. 2.)
1 i.e. minatur, nisi restituissent statuas, se iis malum daturum.
2 i. e. timebat, nisi paruisset legatis, ne senatus irasceretur.
3 i.e. Hernici baac secum reputabant: Pudebit nos, si nee obsti-
terimus, &c. ; or pudere se, si nee obstitissent, &c.
4 i.e. Eeferente M. Antonio, senatui placuit ut M. Brutus, si...
afuisset, legibus solveretur.
Continued on p. 331.
33° Subjunctive. (G) Reported condition: si, nl. \Book IV.
(b) So especially in legal forms ; si, ni, uti, quicquid. 175
Rubrius Apronium sponsione lacessivit, ni 1 Apronius dictitaret te
sibi in decumis esse socium. (C. Verr. 3. 57.)
Jubet P. Quinctium sponsionem cum Sex. Naevio facere, si bona
sua ex edicto P. Burrieni praetoris dies xxx. possessa non
essent. (G. Quinct. 8.)
Affirmabant qui una meruerant, secum Cassonem turn, frequen-
temque ad signa sine ullo commeatu fuisse. Nisi ,ita esset,
multi privatim ferebant Volscio judicem. (L. 3. 24.)
Vel da pignus, ni ea sit filia. (Plaut. Epid. 5. 2. 34.)
Buculeius cum aedis L. Fufio venderet, in mancipio lumina, uti
turn essent, ita recepit. (C. Or. 1. 39.)
Arbitrum ilium adegit, quicquid sibi dare facere oporteret ex fide
bona. (C. Off. 3. 16.)
Nee prastor, postulante Pausania, quo ea pecunia pervenisset reci-
pere voluit. (Gael. ap. G. Earn. 8. 8, § 2. Cf. G. Rab. Post. 4.)
(r) Sometimes the apodosis is omitted altogether, perhaps not 175
even distinctly conceived {comp. § 1582). The principal sentence states
the action taken or feelings excited in contemplation of a particular
event, the conditional sentence states the condition on which the event
would take place; this contemplated event itself which is the real
apodosis, is not stated. The conditional sentence appears like a de-
pendent question. Si= ' whether. 1 (Possim, possem, is'c. are fre-
quently found in the conditional clause.")
Quassivit iterum, si cum Romanis militare liceret. (L. 40. 49.)
Primum ab iis quassivit, si aquam hominibus jumentisque in totidem
dies, quot frumentum, imposuissent. (L. 29. 25.)
Jamdudum, si des, porrexi manum. (PI. Ps. 1148.)
Hanc paludem si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabant.
(Caes. G. 2. 9.)
Mirabar, hoc si sic abiret, et eri semper lenitas verebar quorsum
evaderet. (Ter. Andr. 175.)
Tentata res est, si primo impetu capi Ardea posset. (L. 1. 57.)
Hannibal irritat de industria Fabium, si forte accensum tot cladibus
sociorum detrahere ad aequum certamen possit. (L. 22. 13.)
Nunc communis agamus experiamurque, si possimus cornua com-
movere disputationis tuas. (G. Div. 2. 10.)
Ad Gonnum castra movet, si potiri oppido posset. (L. 42- 67.)
Omnibus deinceps diebus Caesar exercitum in aciem produxit, si
Pompeius proclio decertare vellet. (Gaes. C. 3. 56.)
Continued on p. 332.
Chap. XXTII.J Indicative : contrasted usage* of si* sL 331
3. Tie women womld he im some tttch terms as these: Ritbrim {or 1753
Qminttins) would sag :
Si 1 dirtitasti te wiiWi in dti c mi s ease 500am (S boon mea ex edieto
P. Baniesi praetoris dies xxx. possessa 110a Bant), Aprcni. ^set!)
mihi ttt nmmnos dare spondesrj:? To ichLch A smut** (or
Nwrimsf womld mmtmer Spondeo.
The issues to hs tried womld them he severally stated as foUows r
heimm im the form of directions from the prmtor to the judge:
Thins judex esta. Qaod Babncs (Qametras) ab Apronio (SxTioj
xxt. nnmmas e*iy«t»tn« est, si Apronias dietitaseet se Eabrio in
Jw umw esse soehnn f si Qainetii bona ex edieto P. Barrieni prje-
faris dies ttt possessa man essent>. si paret Aproniora Eabrio
(Jupriam Qainetio) xxt. dare oportere, Titi, Aproniam Babrio
tNaeviam Qniaetio; xxt. nammos etwtdemna: =1 no el paret, ab-
â– aire.
C . GaL 4. 93 sq. and 39—50.
A thing to he ascertained is sometimes expressed as the condition, 1755
instead of being expressed as the object, of the teeing or knowing.
Urn risam, si demist. (Ter. Haut. '.
None redeo: si forte frater redierit, Tiso. (Ter. Ad. 549.)
Jam seiam, si quid tiiabatnmst, reliqnias nbi Tidero. (PL Men. 143.)
vide, si hoe otibiLe magis atqne in rem deputes. (PL Trim. 7 1 -
Tide, amabo, si rum, esm aspidas, os ™p^«« Tidetur.
(Ter. Em. 838,}
Compare also the colloquial phrases, mirum ni. mmfirrm. ,tc.
llira sant. ni f!Ti> hoinost ant dormitator ant sector son 1 :
Zrin. 862.)
Lie me qoasi maraeiiam exossare eogitat. (PL Amph. 319.)
To. nisi ralnnnai, leno, plane perdidisti mnlierem. (PL Ps. 1313.)
: iim l dabit haec Thais ttmH Tra^mrrm roalxim. (Ter. Eu.11. 50S.)
Sic. se gerendo mirdme est mirandam, si et Tita ejus fait seeara et
- [Sep. -". i_.
MrroTjiHa snperbia et inportanitate si 7 n :zs) qaemqaara ami-
enm habere potoii. iC. Lcs .
-Lutloo of bL in affirmative wag-t -
â– sed -z. tiac :' -^aalae, is probably due to the risk which the
.v;s this rLric. be 3 regarded.
the passage rronj Cic Quinct. is nr. . :herefore
ri is .ised.)
Continued on p. 333.
332 Subjunctive. (G) Reported question. [Book IV.
4. Othe'r clauses, e.g. temporal clauses, similarly reported, 175*
are sometimes found.
Pars deditionem, pars, dum vires suppeterent, eruptionem censebat.
(Caes. G. 7. 77.)
M. Lepidus interficiendi, simul in urbem revertisset, Caesaris consilia
inierat. (Veil. 2. 88.)
5. Reported question. (Dependent interrogative.') 175 s
(N.B. A rhetorical question in the first or third person, not de-
pendent on a verb of asking, but being part of a continuous report of a
speech, is put in the infinitive; see § 1781.)
{a) Quid ab hac metuis? Pi. Quid ego metuam, rogitas?
(PL Bac. 65.)
Obsecro, mea nutrix, quid nunc net? Ca. Quid fiat, rogas?
(Ter. Ad. 2 8 3.)
Qui sermo fuerit, et quid actum sit, scribam ad te, quum certum
sciam. (C. Att. 7. 13.)
Eccos video incedere mei patrem sodalis et magistrum. Ausculto
quid agant. (PI. Bac. 404.)
Homo quidamst qui scit, quod quxris ubi sit. (PI. Mil. 1012.)
Sum circumvectus : ita ubi nunc sim nescio. (PI. Most. 996.)
Docui cunctamim exordia rerum qualia sint et quam variis distantia
formis sponte sua volitent. (Lucr. 3. 31.)
Nunc nostras timeo parti, quid hie respondeat. (Ter. Andr. 419.)
Nunc has exspectationes habemus duas, unam, quid Caesar acturus
sit, alteram, quid Pompeius agat. (C. Att. 7. 16).
Lesbonicum hie adulescentem quaero, in his rcgionibus ubi habitet.
(PI. Trin. 873-)
Cum de re agitur aut quid factum sit in dubium venit, aut quid
fiat, aut quid sit futurum. (Quint. 7. 2. 2.)
Rogitant me ut valeam, quid again, quid rerum geram.
(PL Aid. 117.)
A senatu quanti fiam, minime me paenitet. (C. Att. 1. 20.) '7 60
Nosces tu ilium actutum, qualis sit. (PI. Bac. 786.)
Earum, si placet, causarum quanta quamque sit justa unaquaeque,
videamus. (C. Sen. 5.)
Continued on p. 334.
Chap. XXIII.] Indicative : in question. 333
4. A direct question (or exclamation) is put in the indicative 1759
mood (unless it concerns what some one is to do, not what he is or
was doing: see § 1610).
Quam mox licet te compellare, Dsemones? (PI. Bud. 1227.)
Ut valet? ut meminit nostri? (Hor. Ep. 1. 3. 12.)
Quid tergiversamur, Epicure? sunt baec tua verba, necne?
(C. T. D. 3. 18.)
Atticus. "Qui sermo fuit? quid actum est?" Cicero. "Scribam ad
te, quum certum sciam."
Heec honesta quae dico, suapte natura per se sunt expetenda. Indicant
pueri, in quibus ut in speeulis natura cernitur. Quanta studia
decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur lastitia, cum vicerunt! ut
pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! quam cupiunt laudari!
(C. Fin. 5. 22.)
In conversational or animated language a question is often put, 1761
logically though not grammatically dependent on another verb or sen-
tence, e. g. on such expletives as die mini, loquere, cedo, responde, ex-
pedi, narra, vide; rogo, volo scire, fac sciam; viden, audio, scin;
&c. So frequently in Plautus and Terence, even where later writers
would make the question dependent and use the subjunctive. (Compare
English 'Tell?ne, where are youV 'Tell me wliere you are. y ) Cf. §§
1605, 1607.
Die, ubi ea nunc est, obsecro? (PI. Bac. 208.)
Cedo, quojum puerum bic adposisti? die mini. (Ter. Andr. 763.)
Die, quffiso, num te ilia terrent, triceps apud inferos Cerberus, Cocyti
fremitus, trajectio Acberontis? (C. T. D. 1. 5.)
Quid illi esse morbi dixeras, narra, senex? Num laruatust aut cerri-
tus, fac sciam? (PL Men. 889.)
Habe modo bonum animum. Ba. Quaeso, qui possum, doce, bonum
auimnm babere, qui te ad me adducain domum? (PI. Ps. 866.)
Nimis velim, certum qui id faciat mini, ubi Ballio bic leno babitat?
(Tl. Pseud. 599.)
Scire volo, quoi reddidisti? (PI. Cure. 543.)
Quis ego sum saltern, si non sum Sosia? te interrogo.
(PI. Amph. 282.)
Kogo vos, judices, num si iste disertus est, ideo me damnari oportet?
(Yatin. ap. Sen. Rbet. Contr. 7. 4, § 6.)
Continued on p. 335
334 Subjunctive. (G) Reported question. \Book IV.
Expecto quam mox recipiat sese Geta. (Ter. Ph. 606.)
Mirum quantum illi viro nuntianti hasc fidei fuerit. (L. 1. 16.)
Incredibile est quam ego ista non curem. (C. Att. 13. 23.)
Ilia quidem piget dicere, his armis quindecim quam ludibrio fueritis
superbiae paucorum, quam fade quamque inulti perierint
vostri defensores. (Sail. J. 31, § 2.)
Vide quam iniquos sis prae studio. (Ter. And. 825.) I7 6 2
' In dispositione argumentorum tu mihi semper deus videri soles.'
' Vide quam sim' inquit 'deus in isto genere, Catule.'
(C. Or. 2. 42-)
Hie vide quam me sis usurus sequo. (C. Verr. 5. 59.)
Videte, ut hoc iste correxerit. (C. Verr. 1. 45.)
Quid fuit causae, cur in Africam Caesarem non sequerere, cum prae-
sertim belli pars tanta restaret? (G. Phil. 2. 29.)
In curiam compelluntur incerti, quatenus Volero exerceret victoriam.
(L. 2. S5.)
Legatos speculari jusserunt, num sollicitati animi sociorum ab rege
Perseo essent. (L. 42. 19.)
' Lseter' ait 'doleamne geri lacrimabile bellum, in dubio est.' 1764
(Ov. M. 8. 44-)
Hoc doce, doleam, necne doleam, nihil interesse. (C. T. D. 2. 12.)
Tantum id interest, veneritne eo itinere ad urbem, an ab urbe in
Campaniam redierit. (L. 26. 11.)
Quid quaeris? Perisse omnia aiebat, quod haud scio an ita sit.
(C. Att. 14. 1.)
Qui scis an tibi istuc prius eveniat quam mihi ? (PI. Most. 58.)
Di me pcrdant, si te flocci facio, an periisses prius. (PI. Trin. 150.)
(F) Sentences with forsitan (fors sit an), and some with quln, i 7 t6
fall strictly under the head of dependent questions.
Forsitan aliquis dicat aut Veiis sacra nos facturos aut hue inde
missuros sacerdotes nostros qui faciant. (L. 5. 52.)
Concedo: forsitan aliquis aliquando ejusmodi quippiam fecerit.
(C. Verr. 2. 32.)
Quid? ilia qux forsitan ne sentiamus quidem, quanta sunt!
(G. Verr. 2. 3.)
Continued on p. 3oG.
C&ap. XT777.] l5i>ieiTnrE : in qvesticn. 335
Qaid nam dkeat ant aaam raaiam icperieni? dmina.
(la. Ph. 234.)
dor palrii agama vpoi iadieat? <Tec .lad. 873.)
»*, qaid ad in axnteai Torit? (PL JV. 33a.)
i qaid negoti das homlni nuaxo male? »PL Trfa. 847-)
palcher est: Tide, osoics fn d«*4! .PLJKi.fit)
Tidea, baalis, obseoo, u£ eantaattnr! (PL Bar. 1130.)
Cardalet,qa«scio,atnBiM:sBmaiqaeBtfni! (iFL Jf*tf. 149.)
(PL -tf*tf. 47±.»
5. Rdmtirx drfmstiomt are lioMe fa I* eomfared with aepemL
fwtiMf. Sao qaid ^aut , 'I her jmw ame»ti«m.' Sew qaod
qaaxix, ' Z fant fi* amtacer to §eaer »»«&"««." Sew qaanitaai la ads,
'/ faaw as acarA as fwa. 7 Sao quantum ta seias, -J iwr hmc mmch
;. . : - : :\ I . : - :_- >i -z.7. :.-"(:. - ' -*â– ?:>â– ' = - 1 v: â– â– .:' -
I sag.* Dico qaid wnlann ' J •«*■jraa ar* apimim.* Firam placet.
loga, *P«rt riifiiTa' faotiaa jw Eubt.' Oram pjacnrt, ioga„ "J*4
which is awproeeaV
N -iv :._...-- ' i" z_ ?' tTIi.'- ~i. : -- 1 ; . ^.- "_:::._ _ _ :. .
an ipd ddhcanf. tfC. Sol 7-)
i---.;iu:i.:.j -;: :z_l :-r -.. ~- i: n :.:•! - _?^.- - _--
«Ter. Jadr. 536.)
-, _i :■.;-;--: -•:•:..-. :i -.l-jr-i. :-:•;:•■:-■:--•.----. :•-::- '. . •. ■- .-.
(Antoaias ap, Ge. P&iZ. 5. 12. »
Sac* as thefeUamiam may he taken as relatirez (g 1653, 16a
Aadin. qoat wquitar? (PL JUL m?.)
---: z: ~ - 7t:-.t^u-: _:. i^r:_ ... -■?: l : -•: - _rzz_. 71 .-. . *. "
— r- ii_ : _ric_"-: ~ -,~ : l.;- : _: .-u^. : ~-.l;._i_ij z_ '. -
ceieditar. (PL Mem. 349.)
I-— — -~ ii-_^^5. :_-. !_:•_; _ . ; '_ : _.: *:^_-_- - :-_:.
(PL JftL 377.)
J :'- : '_~~^_ ::i- :rinzL _~ : ~t^. 7 r_z.^n '■-"■'• ''■~- 1 -- '- - -- ' -'•
=•-•:. ii: :jzj. rr-i-_i :- i::.;r. __--.. _:-._:,. I-r. 1 - ,-•.-
6. Fonafian « fehiejlm im ike pseto aad later miters) tnaarffwi 1 j6y
aatf ail* imdiemtire. as if it wrere the samte as featasae.
.r--l ."- :':-.".lz "-:i^: :z^ : .-' -r~-Zi. —--.:- '.-..■-. -.: ''J.: l-_- z
. - -. ---:- :^11^_. 1. .1 -i
Fcratan has anqais, nam aaat qnoqae, para TotaHL (Or.£oa,419.)
Foratan, ina£x, Teatos anaaaqoe tihrnriwa. (Or. Fast. i. 97.)
Cmtimmedsm p. 337.
336 Subjunctive. (G) Reported question. [Book IV.
Quid est causae quin coloniam in Janiculum possint deducere? 176S
(C. Agr. z. 37.)
Alterum dici non potest, quin ii qui nihil metuant, nihil angantur,
nihil concupiscant, beati sint. (C. T. D. 5. 7.)
Non est dubium, quin, si quis animadverterit, quid sit, qua re alii
melius, quam alii,dicant, id possit notare. (C. Or. z. 8.)
Neque Caesarem fefellit quin ab iis eohortibus, quae contra equita-
tum in quarta acie collocatse essent, initium victorias oriretur.
(Caes. C. 3. 94.)
Orgetorix mortuus est: neque abest suspicio, ut Helvetii arbitran-
tur, quin ipse sibi mortem consciverit. (Cass. G. 1. 4.)
Id tibi suscensui, quia te negabas credere argentum mihi. Dor.
Mirum quin tibi ego crederem. (PI. Pers. 433.)
(c) A question simply repeated in astonishment, & : c by the hearer 177c
is similarly put in the subjunctive, if dependent on an interrogati-ve
pronoun. (Comp. § 161 8.)
Quid nunc faciundum censes? Tr. Ego quid censeam? cape, ob-
secro hercle, una cum eo judicem. (PI. Most. 556.)
Quid ergo narras? Ay. Quid ego narrem? opera tua ad restim
mihi quidem res redit planissume. (Ter. Ph. 685.)
Dixin' hoc fore? Quid fecit? De. Quid ille fecerit? quern neque
pudet quicquam nee metuit quemquam. (Ter. Ad. 83.)
Ehem, Demea, haud aspexeram te: quid agitur? De. Quid agatur?
vostram nequeo mirari satis rationem. (Ter. Ad. 374.)
Continued on p. 338.
Chap. XXIII.] Ixdic : urtih farritan. meseSe qais, «tc 337
Jm KrmeerprantmiyafeamUgmUkvatktqjns, Ac. tMe facte/ t^£ tj6>
actio* is asserted m tie wlirrtiK, «a4 tie wri Uh m jimm 1m the
dememdemt owestiam. is omitted. (Seado fiis='a*B* «ec «r •tier.*)
â– ^ -r -z - â– :." â– : ; rr ~.
Br. 2i.>
.'.'■'' ■-"■--• :-—■-;-;"•/•-;; " '•:- ; 7 - ' :--:
" r af tie other speaker. The wood is wot changed { except nmmer
$ 1618 «r { 1770), tat t&* penaa or mrowamm, it rbraari' if mccaomrm.
Fiemmmtlw assan acc«*j«JK£f tie rrp&r.
Ca. Atta&faanc Ps. Qtdd? atto&ssi? Ca. AddsxL Tofcri £eoe.
::. j -.:. :::
Ac Teas pater— Ch. Qtridness pater? Ac. Team amkaam, Ch.
Quid earn? Ac YilflL Ca. Tifit? *» aiisero arihi.
(PL Merc 189.)
Qaawo edepol te. eisaige : pater adremi. Ca. Tans teciS pater?
JafM east abire rasam. (Pi. Jfaft. 376.)
Baaeatn - : lr~: n-:_. .:-!:::. If. ;r;ir_- :--— '
I-.. 7 -:. V,
-■izz :~ -r_ r : :_ :. :'"?■; ~: — ; _.: ■: ~~i ".. j : f : lz—H in I : -- - -__
habere. Pa. Habere aatem? Ft. Ebota, aano*habei?
(Ter. Hec. 150.
22
338 Subjunctive. (H) Because depc7idcnt, &*c. [Book 1 V.
(H) Subjunctive because dependent on another sub-
junctive or infinitive.
Subordinate sentences are often found with the verb in the sub-
junctive, not because of any special meaning (e.g. a non-real con-
dition, a command, purpose, concession, &c.) which the verb has
to express, but because they are stated not as a fact but as part of
a thought. The principal sentence which they qualify has its verb
in the infinitive or subjunctive. (If the subordinate sentence would
in any case have had the subjunctive, even though the principal sen-
tence had the indicative or imperative, it is not referred to this head,
but to the head suitable to the special meaning.)
The following are typical instances :
1. Dicit eos qui boni sint beatos esse.
2. Petit, ut iis qui adfuerint credamus.
Malim, quse non desideres audias.
The subjunctive expresses an action qualifying an- 1
other supposed, or abstractly conceived, action, i.e. in
sentences forming an essential part of an infinitive or subjunctive
sentence, and neither expressing an independent declaration of facts,
nor simply definitive of existing persons or things or classes.
N.B. To this bead belongs the substitution of tlx subjunctive for
the indicative, ivhen a speech or thoughts are reported.
These sentences are chiefly relative, or introduced by si, cum,
dum, or quod.
1. Subjunctive, because dependent on infinitive. 1
For the distinctive use of tenses, see % 1527.
Jam mihi videor navasse operam, quod hue venerim. (C. Or. 2. 7.)
Sapiens non dubitat, si ita melius sit, migrare de vita. (C. Fin. 1. 19.)
Se quisque hostem ferire, murum ascendere, conspici, dum tale
facinus faceret, properabat. (Sail. (,'. 7.)
Hoc video, dum breviter voluerim dicere, dictum esse a me paullo
obscurius. (C. Or. 1. 41.)
Continued on p. 310.
Ixehcatite: â– ftimwf* , JPjHwJiitf, fe. 339
IaAieative although dependent on & suojmaetiTa »r
ittfinittTC
which, has toe subjunctive «ar mfiinifeive is carefully
so as sot to throw an air of unreality about what is in-
. to to stated as fact. There are indeed many sentences, ha
. it BMtfana net whether the aaJWH i iT— to clause retain the tofi-
eative,. aB0 - ^ Las state a t hi ng as in appears to all, or whether -
- be used 30 as testate the same fact as fart cf the thought
what it a feet is to be stated as such, and then the mdfiiralro must be
used. Especially frequent in this way is the indicative with at, '
m<ig,TiTTi<T ' whUeJ Obviously in these eases a
; a wrong meaning, e.g. a purpose or coase-
The foCiawmg are typical instances :
1- Bidfc VNid&n, caft unu mail nst, tasts csae.
2. Petit ut quilansdaTn qui nnriqng:m ad^uaruzit.
Tj>'?n id quod, non desideras. usee xux&as.
17/ <? indicative is regularly found where the tentence r gramnu:
dependent on a subjunctive or infinitive sentence, contains an inde-
pendent declaration of fact, and frequently in other:
which express simple definition* or nuaiifieatia-M.
L Indicative, although dependent on infinitive.
Apud Hypanfm ftuvnrm, qui ah Europse parte in Pontnm
AnstoteJes ait besnolas 'f'^Bii â– â– "!*. qpse immn diem *iwa i riL
i.C. r. 2>. 1. 38l>
Eloqueniii vis effieit, ut et ea, quae ignoramus. discere T et <""„ <gnB
sexmn&v alios iocere possimus. ML X. D. "_
Ifrlwim* posse facere, ut, quae Verres uefarie fecem. e* aeque acerba
et fruHgna videantur esse his. qui amfent, atque tllis . visa smut,.
" fc(L CmeiL 1 1
Continued an p*. 3H.
34° Subjunctive. (H) Because dependent, &c. [Book IV.
Dolum malum Aquillius turn teneri putat, cum aliud sit simula-
tum, aliud actum. (C. N. D. 3. 30.)
Nos quidem hoc sentimus: si exploratum tibi sit, posse te illius
regni potiri, non esse cunctandum ; si dubium sit, non esse
conandum. (C. Fam. 1. 7, § 7.)
Philosophos ego existimo, etiam si qui ipsi rem publicam non ges-
serint, tamen, quoniam de republica multa quaesierint et scrip-
serint, functos esse aliquo reipublicae munere. (C. R. P. 1. 7.)
Negant intueri lucem esse fas ei, qui a se hominem occisum esse
fateatur. (G. Mil. 3.)
Non enim is sum, qui, quicquid videtur, tale dicam esse, quale
videatur. (C. Ac. 2. 7.)
2. Subjunctive, because dependent on subjunctive; {usually on one 177a
which expresses an hypothesis, condition, purpose, result, or reported
speech.*)
Si luce quoque canes latrent, quum deos salutatum aliqui venerint,
crura, opinor, eis suffringantur, quod acres sint etiam turn,
quum suspitio nulla sit. (C. Rose. Am. 20.)
Rex mittit: si videatur, ut Verres reddat. (C. Verr. 4. 29.)
Fraus fidem in parvis sibi prsestruit, ut, quum opera pretium sit,
cum mercede magna fallat. (L. 28. 42.)
In Hortensio memoria fuit tanta, quantam in nullo cognovisse me
arbitror, ut, quae secum commentatus esset, ea sine scripto
verbis eisdem redderet, quibus cogitavisset. (G. Brut. 88.)
Sic perpessio ceterorum facit, ut ea, quae acciderint, multa minora,
quam quanta sint existimata, videantur. (G. T. D. 3. 24.)
Sic enim mihi perspicere videor, ita natos esse nos, ut inter omnes
esset societas quaedam, major autem, ut quisque proxime acce-
deret. (G. Lai. 5.)
Non committam, ut dum vereare tu ne sis ineptus, me esse judices.
(G. Or. 2. 4.)
Erant multi, qui quamquam non ita se rem habere arbitrarentur,
tamen libenter id, quod dixi, de illis oratoribus praedicarent.
(C. Or. 2.)
Facturusne operae pretium sim, si a primordio urbis res populi Ro-
mani perscripserim nee satis scio, nee, si sciam, dicere ausim.
;L. prof.)
Chap. XXIII.] Ispicattte : mifktmji dependent, 4x. 341
I-. : -,_-i— rempublicani Hasana Eaaaa, -.: dens feram mecam
spem, ~ j.~ - ~~-i. ~~ v-in^- ;;. i'^; :i^-:u leipah&esi :~l£ [tiouui
(AMprt—faiiT>wi lap aaj
Haee fieri, ui memoro, facile Mac cognosces* possis. (Lner. 4. 7-9.)
M at ne fiat; ano anodo srbxtror careri posse, sl effectam erit. ne pos-
(L. 34. 17)
Qniesnid ads sums Ifliiillm, sniequid fraade. quicquid scelere pecca-
I— I^CKflb —» — ■■■! IMJIlliB !■■■■— I iL.39.16-.
Testis iHHWiw Altai, quo quisqae loco
impigre prdestrj
3. Indicative, mltkaagk dependent oa sabfmnetin.
Mats B t7in "in son L. Brutus areens enrrt reditu tyramrani, quern
ipse expulerac, in. preelio eoncidissec iC. T.D.i
Si fcxc contra ac die© essent anuria, tamen, Ac (C. F<frr. 4.
EeooBBMJbcs T Trade petitar, hoe eoaaffi seder:. Ram 7. 11.)
TTTaJ yritfem liat""! curator, at quicquid ctelid argenti fait in fQins
bonis, &d istam deferatar. C. T
Orator sarnpiat oportet imitadonem, at is, qai sudiet, eogitet plan
anamTideat. (C.0r.±59.)
Earn, qui palam ess adversarias, faefle earendo vitare possis.
i C. Verr. L. 15.)
- Ne nihil lenu&uaai <ficafaH n â– iiHii,* fasprft Papirins. ne unique dor-
som demnlceatis, quam ex equis descendetis.' i L. 9. 16, § 16. )
Vos horror, at quodeanque Hfifflasa eonirahere poterxtis, eontrnaatis
et eodem Yeniatis quam finnaiit, Arma quae ad me â– â– â– umii
gratf*, iis censeo armetis *»«K>»« f quos Toafscom habetis.
at Pompeins ap. C. Att. a 12 x
Quotas gnfra qmsque pailosopiMJiaia invcmtar, qui sit ita moratus,
at ratio postnlas ? (C. T. D. 2. 4
Serrus est nemo, qui non, quantum aodet et quantum potest, eenferat
ad salutem vola^ - -
ExLftet aatem hoc loco qasedant qoxstio subdifacilis, nam quanaa)
amici novi, digni am. -ribus sine anceponendi, as eqais
retails teneros anteponere soiemos. | C. ZmL 1
Cor paupertas aliarum sob bac legis specie later, tit;, rial habere ana
pniiiiiiiit, aalatan, si Iieeret, faisse videantar? | L. 34 -.
Sob idem tempos consoles, com quoad viam colles ooliqai dederanft
eseemfissent, sexere iter. ±c. ,L. 3& --
342 Of Reported Speech. {Book IV.
CHAPTER XXIV.
OF REPORTED SPEECH.
The use of the infinitive and subjunctive in reports of speeches 178
and thoughts deserves collective notice.
When a statement is directly made, a question directly put, or
a supposition directly expressed, the language is said to be direct
{oratio recta). So also in a report which preserves the independent
form in which the speech, &c. was delivered as, desar said: I am
about to march, &c.
When a statement, question, or supposition is reported in a
form which makes it dependent in construction on some such words
as said, the language is said to be oblique or indirect {oratio obliqua);
thus, desar said that he ivas about to march.
(A) The moods used in the oratio obliqua are the infinitive 17S
and subjunctive, never (unless by an irregularity) the indicative.
1. All statements in principal sentences in the indicative mood
in the oratio recta become infinitives in the oratio obliqua (§§ 1351,
1352). Those relative sentences in which qui = et i3 or nam is,
quum = et turn, &c. (being not really subordinate sentences) are put
in the infinitive (§ 1794).
2. Questions in the indicative mood in oratio recta, are, if 178
closely dependent on a verb of asking, put in the subjunctive, being
in fact ordinary indirect questions (§ 1758); but if they are part of
the continuous report of a speech, they are put in the infinitive, if of
the first or third person 1 ; in the subjunctive, if of the second person 2 .
c. g. Quid facio ? becomes quid (se) facere ?
Quid facis ? becomes quid (ille) faceret ?
Quid facit ? becomes quid (ilium) facere ?
(But rogavit, quid (ipse, ille, &c.) faceret for all alike.)
3. All subordinate sentences (§ 1736), as also all sentences in 178
the subjunctive and imperative moods in oratio recta, are put in
the subjunctive (comp. § 1606), with few exceptions, viz.:
l Exceptions are rare, and are chiefly due to the sentence being con-
ceived as a dependent interrogative. Liv. 7. 15, 'sequeretur'; 5. 2,
'facturi essent'; Coes. C. 1. 32, 'passus essct'; Tac. A. ir. 19, 'con-
circt'; 13. 42, 'paravisset'; 4. 4, 'loqueretur'; //. 4. 69, 'rjcteretur.'
* But except Liv. 45. 19, 'petiturum'j 6. 39, ' rcstimaturos.'
Chap. XXJF.] Of Reported Speech. 3*3
(a) Tbe imperfect and p lup e rfe c t subjunctive in tbe apodosis to a 17^
conditional sentence, are (in oratio obUqua) expressed in the octree
voice by tie future participle vsitb fmsse: in the passive, bjr tbe peri-
phrasis falsxum faisse nt (§ 1790). Tbe future participle zritb esse
is used also for the present (and sometimes for tbe imperfect) active:
and face or fulurm n esse nt for tbe present (and sometimes for tbe
imperfect) passive.
(b) Occasiisnallj short relative clauses are attracted into tbe infin-
itive: (compare §§ 1269. 1677).
Scribebant, ut feras quasdam mitescere arte, sic hnniitern et impla-
cabOem ejus viri animom esse. (L. 3 ;. 45.)
Admonemus cares nos eonim esse et. a non easdem opes habere.
fandem tamen patriam ineokre. (L. 4. 3. § 3.)
AflErmavi quidvis me potius perpessurum. quam ex Italia ad beOuni
ante exiturum. (C. lam. 2. 16.)
Rex supra Coclites Mucioequedicere id fadnusesse. et prae se ferre.
quemadmodum. si non dedatur Claelia obses, pro rupto fiedus
se habiturum. sic deditam intactam inviolatamque ad suos
renussunun. (L. 2. 13.)
(e) Sentences szitb dnm sometimes (in poets, &^c.) retain the in-
dicative.
Die hospes Sparta? nos te hie vidisse jacentes dam Sanctis pairix
legibus obsequimur. (ap. C. T. D. 1. 42.)
Id se narrat soUerti furtirn, dum traditur, astu s upp os ita cepisse
manu. (Ov. M. 4. 775.)
(B) 1. The tenses of the infinitive are present, or perfect, or 17S3
future according as the time would have been present, past, or
future in the oratio recta.
2. The tenses of the subjunctiTe are usually secondary, viz.
imperfect and pluperfect, especially in commands or questions; but
the present and perfect are sometimes used, especially if the verb
on which the whole oratio obEqua depends be in tbe present.
(C) In ordinary historical accounts no other person than the 17S6
third can in general be used. Thus
1. Instead of pronouns of the 1st or 2nd persons, the pronouns
se. suns. Ipse, is. IDe, in the requisite cases are used.
The pronouns Me. this near me, and iste. that near jou, are
rarely found in oratio obTtqua.
(Has and noster are sometimes used by Cssar of tbe Roman
people or Roman army generally.)
2. All finite verbs are put in the third person.
344
Of Reported Speech.
[Book IV.
The following tabular statement of the above may be useful :
(A) Mood: Principal sentences.
Oratio Recta. Oratio Obliqua.
Indicative Infinitive
f In active, future part.
[ wtth fuisse, or some-
times (for present or
I imperfect) esse.
Statements Subjunctive (hypothesis) J. In passive futurum
fuisse, ut, &c, or
1785
sometimes (for pre-
sent or imperfect) fore
I or futurum ess3,ut,&.c.
Questions
(Indicative S ist / -' rd P ers " J n J? itIve .
J (2ndpers. Subjunctive
(Subjunctive
Commands or Imperative
Prohibitions Subjunctive
Subjunctive
Subjunctive
Subordinate sentences.
Indicative
Subjunctive
Subjunctive
(B) Tense.
Present )
Future \
Completed Future
Perfect
Imperfect
Pluperfect J ordinai T.
v ( hypothetical
Subjunctive.
Imperfect, sometimes
Present
Pluperfect, sometimes
Perfect
Imperfect
Pluperfect
Future participle with
fuerim
Present
Future
Completed Future
Perfect J
Imperfect >
Pluperfect)
Infinitive.
Present
Fut. part, with esse
Perfect
Chap. XXI V.} Of Reported Speech.
345
(C) Person.
ego, mens, to, tuus, iste,
is, Ule
Mc, nunc,
often by
{se,ipse,suus,(usually)
of the subject of the
sentence: is, Ule, of
what is not the sub-
ject
ille, turn, tunc
The above rules will be best illustrated by the following J" 88
extracts :
O RATIO RECTA.
Si pa-
cem populus Romanus cum
Helvetiis facirf, in earn partem
ibunt atque ibi erunt Helvetii
ubi tu eos constitufri; atque esse
volueris: sin bello persequi per-
severabis, reminisczVor et veteris
incommodi populi Romani et
pristinas virtutis Helvetiorum.
Quod improviso unum pagum
adortus <?j, cum ii qui flumen
tTznsierant suis auxilium ferre
non poterant, ne ob earn rem
aut tux magnopere virtuti tri-
bueris aut nos despexeris. Nos
ita a patribus majoribusque no-
stris didicimus ut magis virtute,
quam dolo contendamus aut in-
sidiis vixtamur. Quare ne com-
miseris ut hie locus ubi constiti-
mus ex calamitate populi Romani
et internecione exercitus nomen
capiat aut memoriam prodW.
O RATIO OBLIQUA.
(Is ita cum Caesare egit) : Si
pacem populus Romanus cum
Helvetiis faceret in earn partem
ituros atque ibi futuros Helve-
tios ubi eos Caesar constituisset
atque esse volume: sin bello per-
sequi persevenzrv?/, reminisce/Wz/r
et veteris incommodi populi Ro-
mani et pristinas virtutis Helve-
tiorum. Quod improviso unum
pagum adortus esset, cum ii qui
flumen transbj«z/ suis auxilium
ferre non posje nt, ne ob earn rem
aut su<e magnopere virtuti tri-
bute* aut ipsos despiceret : se
ita a patribus majoribusque suis
d\d\cisse, ut magis virtute, quam
dolo contender^ aut insidiis ni-
ierentur. Quare ne committcret
ut is locus ubi constitijjm/ ex
calamitate populi Romani et in-
ternecione exercitus nomen cape-
rs aut memoriam prodmtf.
Eo mihi
minus dubitationis datur quod
eas res quas vos (legati Helvetii)
commemorat;ij//j memoria te-
neo: atque eo gravius fero quo
minus merito populi Rom. acci-
derunt; qui si alicujus injuria;
sibi conscius fuisset, non fuzY
difficile cavere: sed eo deceptuj
(His Caesar ita respondit:) Eo J 7 8 9
sibi minus dubitationis da/7 quod
eas res, quas legati Helvetii com-
memoraj^/z/; memoria tene/vf
atque eo gravius ferre quo minus
merito populi Rom. accidissent:
qui si alicujus injuria; sibi con-
scius fuisset, non iuisse difficile
cavere; sed eo deceptuwz, quod
346
Of Repoi'ted Speech.
\Book IV.
Oratio recta.
est, quod neque commissum a se
intellig^a^ quare timeret, neque
sine causa timendum putabat.
Quod si veteris contumelias ob-
livisci vo/o, num etiam recentium
injuriarum, quod me invito iter
per provinciam per vim temptas-
t's, quod Haeduos, quod Am-
barros, quod Allobrogas vcxastis
memoriam deponere possum ?
Quod vestra victoria tarn inso-
lenter gloriamini quodque tarn
diu -vos impune injurias tulisse
admirfl mini eodem pertiw^. Con-
suerunt enim dii immortales, quo
gravius homines ex commuta-
tione rerum doleant, quos pro
scelere eorum ulcisci velint, his
secundiores interdum res et diu-
turniorem impunitatem conce-
dere. Cum hat ita sint, tamen
si obsides a njobis mihi dabuntur,
uti ea quae pollicemini facturos
intelligaw, et si Haeduis de in-
juriis, quas ipsis sociisque eorum
intulistis, item si Allobrogibus
satisfacie/ij, -vobiscam pacem
facia m.
Oratio obliqua.
neque commissum a se intelli-
geret quare timeret, neque sine
causa timendum putaret. Qucd
si veteris contumelise oblivisci
\ellet, num etiam recentium in-
juriarum, quod eo invito iter per
provinciam per vim temptassent,
quod Haeduos, quod Ambarros,
quod Allobrogas vexassent me-
moriam deponere posse? Ouod
sua victoria tarn insolenter glo-
riarentur, quodque tam diu se
impune injurias tulisse admin?-
rentur, eodem pertinere. C en-
sues enim deos immortales, quo
gravius homines ex commuta-
tione rerum doleant, quos pro
scelere eorum ulcisci velint, his
secundiores interdum res et diu-
turniorem impunitatem conce-
dere. Cum ea ita sint, tamen
si obsides ab Us sibi dentur, uti
ea quae polliceantur facturos
intelliga?, et si Haeduis de inju-
riis, quas ipsis sociisque eorum
intulerint, item si Allobrogibus
satisfaci<z»f, sese cum its pacem
esse facturum.
Coes. G. I. 13, 14.
Rem male egit
natura, quod cervis et corni-
cibus vitam diuturnam, quorum
id nihil interest, hominibus, quo-
rum maxime inter/«/7, tam exi-
guam vitam ded/V: quorum si
tetas potuisset esse longinquior,
omnibus perfectis artibus, omni
doctrina, hominum vita crudito
esset.
Thcophrastus moriens accus- 179c
asse naturam dicitur, quod cervis
et cornicibus vitam diuturnam,
quorum id nihil mteresset, homi-
nibus, quorum maxime inter/uis-
set, tam exiguam vitam dedisset:
quorum si aetas potuisset esse
longinquior ,futurumfuisseut om-
nibus perfectis artibus, omni doc-
trina, hominum vita emdiretur.
Cic. T. D. III. 28, § 69.
c**/. xxir^ .: — -
: --
Oi in a ji;:a
OKA1K QSLKKTA.
«tf levins zal
i_.ci.rr hrtr dc
_:.. H9R C0-B9B
Etm VcS ;.im enaal puinlJlr
~<:r _. ?. : ~.i/\ : .jL i: :.'ia
CBUBliff!
.-. ' ~.ir i._iv_ c' - '.- .o . 5
QTIpl GTXB putftl nQSStf ?
A ".r .'. ~ " ' :S.l ~ . 1.1'
ix JvataasSf asjjas anas
BHOB9BB BOVBAHT VC-Bttt
K Tf?T-HF ^^HFW i.?" tt BESS3SBBC dco-
rtmLr est cjiiasi corrnnunis mfas
dL GEfV-S&ss tiy >ii!ui!H>ni i v eft Q£Qrtun.«.
:) Qgid
'../ .â– ;'"._; i.i : _~ -? :_â– "__.
i - ;i : "-- ■■:•?;: :■; i_~ i : "." .■•
capac ooaafim '
Cacs. C v. 2$.
-IT. ~ ' 17.1. _r7 l-l* - -~ -1". ;'
JBU D0B5U1 5. DBfaCflftfl HI- 1 BBS
"•':■.. i~ - - -. ~<: i.si.n. :• -
~'__- .- . ; ~1.1.~ 1.1 1; ~ '"_. 1.1
Lot. 5. xa-
- ..m iii i" ' ii i~ -
1" 11.11". ?'.""_.! •.'""". Id- '
:â– _ _i :r.: ; . ;_â– id. id:?
Cats. C I. 45.
(Fan est)
_Z'i nan mc r Dri « di.i .
Lihr. :.
- . " 1 • ."!'" ; d 1 I'll
'Itiiuiih eoaMjpar tSK nas- ,
ct dn ran . jbs. nan Bnd
rnf„&c.
i BiaLr atitaaEus jacenr tana din irafcas actiaKS
cgna de agriTis c n en rn fl rife ferae.- cjnae dc jams canumdis faryHitor
nun.
-•-
ac supp&do son Hafts Ier con.- snippffirio smo Maae %b» coa-
festrai esoc^ar. (&â– $-. ^ u j^, fe^aai esjorcers. Iir. 4. 51.
S» ■«£» Ca GdT. I. i 7r 18, ; 1 • . : ^ ^. Gv*
I. 9. Qc JE. j5. L*L io. Iir. 1. ,-c. ,- j : rr. a; v. aa. TadL
348 Of Reported Speech. {Book IV.
When an indicative mood is found in the midst of oratio obliqua, 1797
it expresses an assertion of the narrator, not of the person whose
speech is being reported ; as
Cassar per exploratores certior factus est, ex ea parte vici, quam
Gallis concesserat, omnes noctu discessisse. (Caes. G. 3. 2.)
{The clause quam Gallis concesserat is Casar's explanation for
the benefit of his readers : the scouts would describe it to him by the
local relations.)
Interim Caesari nuntiatur Sulmonenses, quod oppidum a Corfinio
vii. milium intervallo abest, cupere ea facere quae vellet, sed
a Q^Lucretio senatore et Attio Peligno prohiberi, qui id oppi-
dum vii. cohortium praesidio tenebant. (Caes. C. 1. 18.)
Diogenes quidem Cynicus dicere solebat Harpalum, qui temporibus
illis praedo felix habebatur, contra deos testimonium dicere,
quod in ilia fortuna tam diu viveret. (G. N. D. 3. 34.)
Premebat reum, quod M. Volscius testis exstiterat, se haud multo
post quam pestilentia in urbe fuerat, in juventutem grassantem
in Subura incidisse. (L. 3. 13.)
Dixit se a conspectu suorum ablatum ex strepitu tamen et clamore
sensisse usque ad noctem extractum certamen ; nee ad tumulum,
quern ipse tenuerat, pras multitudine hostium credere perrumpi
potuisse. (L. 4. 41.)
But this principle is sometimes neglected, and the indicative put 179S
ivhere the subjunctive ought to stand.
C. Mario magna atque mirabilia portendi haruspex dixerat : proinde,
quae animo agitabat, fretus dis ageret. (Sail. J. 63).
Hortatur ad cetera quae levia sunt, parem animum gerant.
(Sail. /. 54.)
(In the speech of Mithridates professedly quoted as in oblique Ian- 1799
guage by Justin from Trogus Pompeius (Just. 38. 4 — 7), relative
clauses are (in Jeep^s text) sometimes put in subjunctive, sometimes in
indicative, and ipse numeret occurs (4, § 9) for se numerare or sibi
numerandum; obruantur (§ 16) for fore ut obruantur; exspectat
Asia and incussit (7, § 8) for exspectare Asiam, incussisse, while
other principal verbs are correctly in the infinitive. But the text re-
quires correction. And see now Madvig, Advers. II, 6z8.)
SUPPLEMENT TO SYNTAX.
L Frepas&iatcs and qwasipr-e^ositiamd A :
IL Cartfuncthans.
II L Jiegatize pjrtsc&x.
IT. Interrogative partides.
V. Pranauns.
Supplement to Stxtax. i. Preptsffinzs. 351
PREPOSITIONS AND QT ASI-PREPOSITTOXAL
ADVERBS.
The tbEowing pages c o u t ant JH*4anir» of the use of aS Am
Latin words which hare a prepositional or tprri ^wrfnriiiiiial use.
All ate indecfinahle words., and are used in connexion with sub-
stantives in a certain case or in certain cases. But there & cona-
dgjb ie difcium; in tins respect among them. Some are never
used except in such a count* hop; others are frequently used mde-
| M^ aiVial j rmM»nMraav-aihsga«tfTved p ppnd^»r on them; ran (mini)
app e als to be scarcer*- entitled to a place in the fcstat a3. as the
accusative case, with which it is sometimes found in connexion, is
e:.TL:i:.r Li i~. ::_:.i.~ i: : :L : . : ' llt - -.- ;:■-_ .:.-;. -„.:.•_-.■ir.i
almost the same mar be said for narme. Some are used both with
an accusative and ablative, others with one of these cases exclu-
sively; two are nsed with the genitive; three with the dative, so
far as a dative can be considered to belong to a particular word (see §
iiji)l Again, some of these prepositions are frequently com-
pounded with verbs; others are frequently used with verbs* but
the co nnexi on is so loose that it is hardly to be called ooraposkkm
atalL Again* most piepi'riiinns are ptrfiird to the ^nlM^wlive; a
few are always postponed; others are occasionally but rarely post-
A few particles used only in composition, vi
per-, re*-, -cecas: and a few adverbs doseiy akin to prepoatioosi
: - ::~rr: lilt: r-.~: =_znl. sizl-7^_ i;. _;•; -.". :.-_
L (a) Prepositions proper; Le. which are never used except :ti
with a ^ulftlanlhe in an obfique case (or in composition).
an. ad. ipnrl. ds. can. nc (except m phrase ensue cenque). ex,
in. inter, eb, per (but c£ § 9 S6). pro (except m phrase pro ns). cea
(also conjunction), cine. sun. mis. To these may be added the other-
(i) Words which have both an adverbial and a prepositio nal
use la are used both without a snhslantive dependent, and with a
-_:-LLZ_ r .1 LL . : -r _ --
ante, cfra, riicilw. <Innm. dfira. daac, da^estann,
rrr: :~i. it-fri -z.m _z.r_i .zlxzz.
preenl.:
£i;-;r -iz'i. i_ltl
352 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
ii. (a) Used with accusative and ablative; in, sub, super; and i8o 2
possibly clam, intus.
(b) Used with accusative only ;
ad, adversus, ante, apud, circum, circa, circiter, cis, citra,
clam (?), clanculum, contra, erga, extra, infra, inter, intra, ob,
penes, per, pone, post, prseter, prope, propter, secundum, supra,
uls, ultra.
Of these however some are apparently used with ablatives in
certain adverbial expressions : viz.
adhuc, adeo, quoad ; quocirca.
antebac (antidnac Plaut.), antea; postbac, postea (postideaold),
postilla, interea; praterea; propterea, quapropter:
Compare also postibi (Plaut.), interibi (Plaut.), inibi ; interim,
deim, exim, proin ; abbinc.
(c) Wjth ablative only; ab, coram, cum, de, ex, intus (?), palam,
pra, pro, procul, sed, simul, sine.
(d) With accusative and dative; advorsum, contra, juxta.
(<?) With genitive and ablative ; tenus.
(/) W ith genitive only ; ergo.
iii. (i) Prepositions used in composition (as well as with oblique i?o 3
cases) ;
ab, ad, apud, cum, de, ex, in, inter, ob, per, prse, pro, sed, sub.
(2) Used with verbs, but without clear mark of composition ;
ante, contra, intra, post, prater, subter, super.
Occasionally the preposition is separated from its case by other 1S04
words. This is usual with per in oaths and adjurations : but other-
wise is almost confined to poetry.
Ergo and versus are always subjoined to the substantive ; tenus 1S05
to the substantive or its epithet. Cum is always subjoined to a per-
sonal pronoun, and often to a relative pronoun. Besides these: —
Cicero subjoins propter occasionally to personal and relative
pronouns, de, contra, and, once each, ante, circa, circum to relatives.
Vergil occasionally subjoins circum, contra, inter, Juxta, penes,
propter, sine, subter, eupra ; and, when an attribute follows, ab, ad,
ex, in, per, sub, ultra. Lucretius subjoins several times ex, per and
once ad, apud, besides other instances where an attribute follows ;
Tacitus sometimes subjoins apud, coram, inter, intra, Juxta, penes,
propter, simul, super, ultra. Other writers have occasional in-
stances, Livy not infrequently ; especially after relatives.
Ate, ab, a. 353
Abs, at), a, also in a Jew inscriptions af ; (In Cicero's orations i&x
abs is frequently found, but before te only).
Used only as preposition with ablative case only. Compare, how-
ever, abninc (§ 53 a).
* From? of the starting-place.
1. 'From,'' of place; in matters of movement and distance, liter- tSoj
ally and metaphorically.
Si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fun-
dum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo sed ab eo loco me
dejecerit. (C. Cecin. 30.)
Cadum modo bine a me hue cum vino transferam. (PL Sticb. 647.)
Sed foris concrepuit bine a vicino sene. (PL Mil. 154.)
Diogenes, Alexandra rogitante ut diceret si quid opus esset, * nunc
quidem paululum,' inquh, 'a sole.' (C. T. £>. 5. 3a.)
Primum, irridere ex muro quod tanta machinatio ab tanto spatio
instrueretur. (Caes. G. z. 30.)
Suma af Capua Regium meilia cccxxi.
(C. /. R, 551, given in this Grammar, Vol. I. p. 425.)
Ex intestinis autem secretus a reliquo cibo sucus is, quo alimur,
permanat ad jecur per quasdam a medio intestino usque ad
portas jecoris (sic enim appellantur) ductas et directas vias.
(G. N. D. a. 55 .)
Haec Janus summus ab imo prodocet- (Hor. Ep. 1. 1. 54.)
Ista; nationes a ceterarum gentium more ac natura dissentiunt.
(C. Fam. 13.)
Non ab re sit quaerendi aquas junxisse rationem. (Pbn. 31. § 43.)
a. * From:'' of the starting-point in time and reckoning.
Ab hora fere quarta usque ad solis occasum pugnatum est.
(Cass. G. 3. 14.)
Rem omnem a principio audies. (Ter. And. 48.)
Scipio confestim a preelio expugnatis hostium castris ad naves rediit.
(L. 30. 36.)
Surgit ab his solio (' after these words? Ov. Met. 3. 273.)
Eodem die tuas litteras vesperi acceperam in Pompeiano, sane cek-
riter, tertio abs te die. (C. Att. 14. 18.)
His artibus a pueris dedhi fuimus. (C. Or. 1. 1.)
Lex a quinquagesimo anno militem non legit, a sexagesimo senato-
rem non citat. (Sen. Dial. 10. 20.)
23
354 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
3. ' From:'' of the thing left or shunned. i8og
Aversi a vento parumper consedere. (L. ai. j8.)
Hsec duobus asstatibus gesta conjunxi, quo requiesceret animus
a domesticis malis. (Tac. A. 6. 44.)
Neque insidias consuli procedebant, et ab incendio intellegebat urbem
vigiliis munitam. (Sail. C. 3a.)
Elephanti tutum ab hostibus, quacunque incederent, agmen praebe-
bant. (L. ai. 35.)
Neque sustinere se a lapsu potuerunt. (lb.)
Si ab persequendo hostis deterrere nequiverant, disjectos ab tergo
aut lateribus circumveniebant. (Sail. J. 50.)
4. i From^ sometimes ' in consequence of ';' of the source. l8ic
Ilia; in bellis gerendis ab dis immortalibus pacem ac veniam petunt.
(C. Font. 13.)
Idque eo fuit mirabilius, quod ab eo laus imperatoria non admo-
dum expectabatur. (C. Acad. a. 1.)
A quo quidem genere judices ego numquam timui. (C. Sull. ao.)
Quicquid ab hostibus cladis ignominiaeque aut jam acceptum esset
aut immineret, culpam penes M senium fore testati sunt.
(L. 4. 53-)
Hermippi fide pecuniam sumpsit mutuam a Fufiis: a discipulis suis
dicebat Fufiis persoluturum. (G. Flac. ao.)
Uxori testamento legat grandem pecuniam a filio, si qui natus esset :
ab secundo herede nihil legat. (C. Clu. ia.)
Recte praetor a liberis initium fecit ab intestato successionis, ut,
sicuti contra tabulas ipsis defert, ita et ab intestato ipsos vocet.
(Ulp. ap. Dig. 38. 6. 1, § 5.)
Id a re, quod nunc quoque tenet nomen, interregnum appellatum.
(L. 1. 17.)
Porsinna discedens ab Janiculo castra opulenta Romanis dono dedit, iSu
inopi turn urbe ab longinqua obsidione. (L. a. 14.)
T. Manlium stolide lastum et linguam ab irrisu exserentem pro-
ducunt. (L. 7. 10.)
Horum nomina non me a nimio favore sed a certo posuisse judicio
scietis, cum sententias eorum retulero.
(Sen. Rhet. Contr. 10, Prcef. § 16.)
5. '-By,' 'from;' of the agent, especially with verbs in passive 181a
voice.
Damippus, missus ab Syracusis ad Philippum regem, captus ab Ro-
manis navibus erat. (L. 25. 23.)
a* a i.
LateaMnteqfeabgD pagaHlm .
leae. (EpM. ad "HfcaartL C i JL ami.)
Anno vtii »«Abi£. v£ »uutliii& wifla iiawi nincBrelt; atttero nuns ■gees—
satmo g^^ng -rartas aii» j b uJjlm . imua ettaBE. (Ciifesg.42.)
Awam caflrsrBf ipso ab ^piwllaL (C iVL 2>. a. 55.)
Cn^h. Eat hmmimiK. Fmp mi «t Btinraffiltar cdacati i«9e bene aadbc a
f a i if uiiwi i % a ptopnaqpi^ a faomg ctaam tots. (Cik.^.1-.)
(PL ^&aE. afeu)
:afiaBfe^ahfadteB^rf»ttHrga^czsa«5fi. (1*44.42.)
> ita, *t per castas fauna tmmat^ tenne affiixife.
O-JLy.)
1 fflBigTnni ess? dnliigeBBtoa sfo aBwi ihiwute^ poEftB <asttna
(Cats. C. 3. 25.)
(Cars. C 1. 1.)
Omnia ep> fetee fediBe patSon - ,, <5nana Me Unc a use â– auritinifr ., Tk_
(PL Sad. ikdcl)
N*bbo cntacxa aranm pmfibanna popmBzreaa ttnnfoaiBsBDttBnfipBe «fc-
'• '--'-'-■- ?-■-■-'■- --'. 1 :■:!■:.-_- ..__.::. ;r.--_: :.■:..--.:-.:._;
_ (C^ffinx*.^)
-'---- -"- : -"•-""'*'- 1 ~ ?-:•:. :_:■; ;. :^— • 1 .-7 ~ — .— - -v—.;-
paffiBBBt «gaai fearr Ikjqpaaatom. (C_ PM. 7. r.)
Ai«TfflBn$a&«p«Mmffinim^ (C Emm. *&. 15.)
MHEteaa anpe a wamfflurs angme a iaaa praUott: sal « JMi f »""« >
a Trinfems. (Soefc. Ja£, 65.)
& q frrn a % igf ' ffle <awtr& mssgiacd & a dfatt air affi&& m -^
- :•_■;■.::--. =cr^-_rr. 1 7i7-i2jus aaram 7.:cui^: —.':;; I .:.- ; •
- -"':~:r__— :;■■:; : ..7 r_:--t7"j_- ?:'■: _— . l: 5- _ 1 . ;. ;_ ;;-:e --.;;
dons c wnw u fa ; ambmUsit; sed ante (ammis Xarasania a£> eps-
faafis el Pa&jaoijcn a i ^lja ia j irn
JEae nB M enomJtio Bherto sap OamfinBim teadfidfit mlt a (nagaaMncaiBrKS
(Son. LwdL dk M. tj'md fen.)
356 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
In composition: (See also §§ 986, 990). l8li
Abs before c, q, t ; as before p, except aperire ; ab before d, 1, n,
r, s, j, h and vowels; au before f (but see Vol. 1. p. 33 n.), except
in aful, afore, and perhaps affligere; a before m, v. See § 78.
1. Separation: abscedere, go away; abscidere, cut off; abscin- i8i(
dere, tear off; abscondere, bide away; abdicare, cry off, renounce;
abdlcere, assign away; abdere, remove, put away, Aide; abducere,
lead a-ivay; aberrare, wander off; abesse, be away; auferre, bear
away; aufugere, flee away; abhorrere, shrink from; ablcere, throw
aside (also 4); abigere, drive away; abire, go away; abjudlcare,
take away by judgment; abjurare, swear off, abjure; ablegare, send
away; ablocare, let off = sublet; abluere, wash off or away; aman-
dare, remove; amittere, send away, lose; amoliri, remove; amovere,
remove; abnuere, reject by nod; abominari, put from one as ominous,
detest, deprecate; aspellere, drive away; asportare, carry off; abra-
dere, scrape off; abripere, drag off; abrodere, gnaw off; abrogare,
remove by asking the people's consent, /'. e. repeal; abrumpere, break
off; absilire, leap away; absistere, stand aloof; absolvere, loose
from, hence, take from the loom, i.e. finish; abstergere, wipe away,
cleanse by wiping; absterrere, frighten off; abstinere, keep of, keep
from; abstrahere, drag away; abstrudere, push away, thrust off;
aperire, get off —uncover; avehere, carry off; avellere, tear away;
averruncare, avert; aversari, turn oneself away, shun; avertere,
turn away (hence aversus, at the back) • avocare, call away; avo-
laxe,fly off.
"With words of negative meaning ab merely strengthens: abalie-
nare, alienate; abnegare, refuse; aspernari, spurn away, scorn.
2. Consumption: abligurrire, lick up; absorbere, swallow up;
absumere, consume; abutl, use up.
3. Reversal: abjnngere, unyoke; abolSre trans., abolescere,
intrans., stop growth; aboriri, to sink down, fail.
4. Down: ablcere, cast down (also § 1). Perhaps here belong
(so Key, Lat. Gr. § 1304) affligere, throw down; apponere, put
down; which however are usually regarded as, in all their uses,
compounds of ad.
5. Wrongly: abortus, an untimely birth. (Abut! seems never to
require this meaning ; see above a.)
6. Abundare, abound, from abunde, in abundance; if ultimately
from unda, means washing over]
An « ,■■* ' ii/Ann^AC
; arifcfr allaffir mafy, '«tff.' AW as Guar* ar n 1S17
1. & Plamtms ami Trrtmce. mfy it nmfifimtif domses
am im/irtmmm! c— i tr wmmt g IJ5*). The mama m the
msmmJfy aftrsam (ma, tn, &c).
Xamapsqne ibrettr, sat soo in alto <fistraxz9srn
sateffites tni mtsenan fade. (PL Thk. S ja.)
a. Jmfvt-Ja^mstam mmke t s (rare).
Port base iwurml i an ndrtnr an, etiamsi nulla nfiane M3o dnefns
est. hrnn 1 **' m raptns sit et jjw|ur stnteaba. nam lutyu
scrirnnaohabarconafinm. (Qmntfl. 7. 44-)
At; nsa«* ae/jr as fnfmritiam <asitb aetmsatrct case. 4 li, (Ja* aat afet
antoV
I. (a) •»/ mf a flat*, fersam, v tbimg, as tbe &al tf mmtimM
bmtrmmj ami mwlafh arkattf.
'-- '->:•:-.: .= - -< :i
post ad Tarartnm.
(CLJfan.4.)
Ubi ad Diana: veneris, ito ad dnrtram. (Ter. -<4£ 58a.)
Itaque optnenm visum est ad HanaOakm mkti kgatus. (L*4-*-)
Yearn domum ad tescrilas,iitnnnitninhripatEaat. (C^tfc.4.14.)
Tfat fttwas sfti a. 1 .rntirin ad Cafgaaai daias f» d"*"t
. (0.0*3,5.)
Eo die nmtatns est ad oansalem Perseus. (L. 45. 8.)
Dabitahat iDe. quod ad firatrem pronuserat. (C 0»\ a. 7.)
Penes prindpes erat tota lespubfica, nan pnmxatknead pnpA—
contra necrm et Terinra reficta. (C R.P.%. 37.)
Coffis in rnaa>m l«ii>i Cj«j^jIih. panLi|iw^ ad piamciem ihHmI
(Cxs. G. a. 8.)
lade iosu irpeute in nam fctrtn, disoammt ad anna. (L. aj. 37-)
Vemri ad se confrstim existnnantes, 'ad anna " imalaiiaM
(Cxs. G. 7. tol)
Quae vita maiiinr est ad m i lium , ad earn me te£erot. ad Bttaaset
stadia mea. (C Jit. 4. 18.)
D isi-nlru l H ms ma o dat , nt omnes ad beflnm cogant. (Cxs.G.a.8.)
1, Ector, deEga ad pahxm. (L. 8. 7.)
358 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Nonne videtis rem ad seditionem spectare. (L. 25. 3.)
Profunda! perdat pereat, nil ad me attinet. (Ter. Ad. 134.)
Usque is rarely interposed between ad and its case. 1815
Via pejor ad usque Bari mcenia piscosi. (Hor. S. 1. 5. 97.)
(Before the preposition or after its case usque is common?)
(£) 'At] '■near] of presence after motion. 1820
Supplicatio juventutis ad asdem Herculis indicta. (L. 21. 62.)
Plebes prope ripam Anienis ad tertium miliarium consedit.
(C.Brut. 14.)
Obsistens ad prima signa concitatam repressit aciem. (L. 25. 37.)
Ita solet narrare Scaevola conchas eos et umbilicos ad Caietam et
ad Laurentum legere consuesse. (C. Or. 2. 6.)
Licinium servum sibi ille habuit ad manum. (C. Or. 3. 60.)
Nonnumquam etiam ad vinum diserti sint. (C. Gal. 28.)
Non solum ^ad Aristophanis lucernam sed etiam ad Cleanthis lucu-
bravi. (Varr. L. 5, § 8.)
Est in Originibus solitos esse in epulis canere ad tibicinem de claro-
rum hominum virtutibus. (C. T. D. 1. 2.)
So of proceedings before an officer or judge. iS2t
Demetrium iterum ad patrem accusavit Perseus. (L. 40. 24.)
Nomina dabant ad C. Postumium tribunum militum. (L. 45. 6.)
2. {a) ' To] of the time, number, or place in a series, up to which 1823
one tends. (Compare the adverbs (originally ablatives ?) adhuc, adeo,
quoad. Some instances in §§ 1657, 1667, 1633.)
Ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus. (C.Att. 7. 8.)
Id ipsum scire cupio, quod ad tempus recte ad te scribere possim,
id est, quamdiu Roma? futurus sis. (C. Att. 5. 5.)
Fere ad quattuor menses a mamma non dijunguntur agni.
(Varr. R.R. 2. 1. 20.)
Rem integram ad reditum suum jussit esse. (C. Off. 2. 23.)
Hospes, volo ego hanc percontari. Sac. A terra ad caelum quidlu-
bet. (PI. Pers. 604.)
Virgis te ad necem casdi nccesse erit. (C. Verr. 3. 29.)
De amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt. (C. Lai. 22.)
Ab quindecim ad sexaginta annos conjurant, nisi victores se non
redituros. (L. 26. 25.)
Sane frequentes fuimus; omnino ad cc. (C. Q. Fr. 1. 1.)
Eorum, qui circa quaestorium oppressi, pericre ad septingentos tri-
ginta. (L. 10. 33.)
At 359
In these expressions of mmmb er ad J — i ti m es hit its effect am tie i&
case, tie <vsbok fbrase ieaeg treated as detBmaUe.
.-. i : r rt ; - _ : " ; : " : : ~ ; : r : ~ . . ;; : _~:u:~ .-> : ~ ir. :r_ ~. ;•: : >
ramqne oedsrs. (L. sx. 40.)
Ocdsis ad bornimnn milibus ijmiiiMg icfiqui in oppidnm lejccli
sunt (Cats. G. 2. 33.)
(4) «^r, T 'aMoccmrremceef: xfc
Swniru concurxunt cafidi fulgons ad irrrrm. (I^ucc 6. 316.)
Ea hie est ffle tenaruui TJetor in madnm pendens et ad perienram
suum piandens. (PIm. 36, § 118.)
Ad farrum ohfadinms dflwtus lubeu orpins erat. (L-. 9. 7.)
Ad liinwin me ex CiBda recepL (C Fam. 3. 7.)
liipuli ad pubLiniinm edito gemita fidnm e sens tocaL (L.3C 15.)
Ad hate tat tarn necopinata primo omnium incerti sfc up en t esque
irfriunt pedem. (L» 25- 37-)
j. • I-. miSiim ::.' -'--
r. 2 : ----- - ; ■--:-; :_-—-. \_ .-.-■: -.-.:.; ; .; ; •: ;: :: : :~ . :r. :r: i: ;
et impotens. (L. 6. 11.)
Si ad cetera Tomera hanc qnoqne pfagam mlfiikw^ jh^hijIw*. tm
(C Fat. 8w)
4. k Looking at f hence (a) * im accordance saith. T
Ad cursus Lnme in doodeam mriwrs A*«riflJt jnimm (L. 1. 19.)
Quae omnia ab fab dfligenter ad diem facta sunt. (Cars. C a. 5.)
v _:: '.:'_;~ :_ . :~-~. :. = ; 1 r. -'"."..; r :~.~~" _â– _---; :^_;i:.i ;:, ".,:
istorum nocmam i'uese sapienfjs. (C Lei. 5.)
FabeSae latrnar ad wabmu e Grass exprrssar. (C Fin. 1. 2.)
Ad ffimc mmhim m s t i tutus esL (C T. D. 2. 3.)
Carmen reprebendite, quod non pracsectum dedes jton castiga T it ad
nugiimi , (Hot. A. P. 294.)
(4) * bt reference to.*
Imicti ad laborem corporis fait. (L. 9. 16.)
Hqpla*tol«lBaim»nBBaprn d en ti oi; :i:::n~ pB vastier?
(C..V. J D.i.3 5 .>
Addit ebam 3htd. equites non optimos misrsse. Credo, Caesar, n3nl
ad tonm eqnitatmn, sed misit ex ets, qnos habuh^ekctos.
(CDefM.g.)
Multoigitur mortem minus ad nos esse putandnmst. (Lucr.3.926.)
^_ _ . r :;.:"■. ; :• . ; .v. :::-:-- : ". . : -~ ~ - ".:.-.:.
(C N. D. ». 16.)
360 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Cum mihi hoc responderis, turn memoriter respondeto ad ea quae de
te ipso rogaro. (C. Vat. 4.)
Ad mandata claudus, caecus, mutus, mancus, debilis. (PL Merc. 630.)
Ad summam, Die, M. tvlli. Adsentior Cn. Pompeio. (C. At. 7. 7.)
Nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit? (Ter. Haut. 545.)
Tecti esse ad alienos possumus : intimi multa apertiora videant ne-
cesse est. (G. Ro. Am. 40.)
5. 'To,' '•for] ' for the purpose of ;* i8 a 8
Quibus enim nihil est in ipsis opis ad bene beateque vivendum, eis
omnis setas gravis est. (C. Sen. 2.)
Nondum ad petendum legitima aetas erat. (L. 24. 2.)
Ad colloquium vatem elicuit. (L. 5. 15.)
Ad ludibrium regem eum consalutari jussit. (L. 36. 14.)
Inde Romam ad scribendum novum exercitum redit. (L. 5. 19.)
lis rebus indigebant quas ad oppugnationem castrorum erant usui.
(Caes. C. 2. 3S-)
Neque in omnibus satis est stipulatio aut solutio numorum ad
mutationem domini. (Varr. R. R. 2. 1. 15.)
Paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis. (Caes. C. 2. 25.)
Quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris. (Ter. Haut. 481.)
llle ad omnes ictus expositus non aegre tamen exceptum poplitibus
corpus tuebatur. (Curt. 9. 5. 9.)
Comparasti ad lecticam homines. (Catull. 10. 16.)
Servos ad remum, numero ex censu constituto, cum stipendio
nostro dabamus. (L. 34. 6, § 13.)
In composition: (See also §§ 985, 986, 990). 1899,
Ad is usually assimilated to c and (written c) to q, and the d
omitted before gn. But it is often assimilated also to p, S, g, t, n,
1, r, and the d omitted before s. For ax- see § 160, 10.
1. Local: '/o' or 'at. 1 (In English up is often used in the iSy*
general sense of approach.)
accSdere, approach; accldere 1 , cut down; accldere, fall to, happen;
acclngere, gird on; accllnare, lean on; accolere, dwell by; accrescere,
1 The meaning dtram, as suggested by Key (see above p. 356, 4),
suits these verbs (also adsld&re) in some passages exceedingly well;
e.g, Ter. Uaut. 99, adpone ra3tros, but perhaps they belong to 5.
Ad in composition. 56 1
grow on or to; accubax*. accumbere. Be at— sit at table; aeearrete,
run up; adders (threw on), add; addacere, £W to; adeaattare,
ride up; aderrare, wander to; ados*, be at, be present; adferre. bring
to; adagere, j£y to; adaare, Mm? «■; admgere 1 , ^oj£ to the ground,
strike against; adanere, flow up; a dfteagei e (StaL), break on;
adfrlcare (post-Aug.), ra* «t; adralgere, shine on; adroadere, jiear
on; adgerere, Atm^ to, Acq* up; adgfcmwriTf. ?rza</ «i ; adgrattaare,
#&r ow; adgredL, j*q» aj* to, assail; adaaarere, ding to; adMbere
(hold to), apply; adjaeSre, Be near; adlcere, fto-ow or, «<£/; adigere,
^rrer i* or to; adtre, approach; adjaagere, /on to; adlata, j£j* or
gBdeto; aOkenxt, Bfi up (ortoj?); MOh^en. dash against ; adttgare,
Aon/ to; adttaere, besmear (or to 5?): adracere, xAner as; adraere,
cnzr£ against; adntttere, A* in: admorere, »»w towards; adaare,
jqcint i£>; adnarigare (Pliru), sail towards; adnectere, tie to; adaitt,
lean on_ (also to 4 or 5); adadtare, note down, Le. against a name
or entry? adoriri, approach, attack; appeHare, accost; adpeTJere,
/>ojA as, of boats; put in to land; adplicare, put to; adponere 1 ,
/iw near; adpartare, carry to; «^i|" '■"•■» (Plm.), /rw to; adptig-
aare (Tac), j%£f against; aeqnleecere, netf x»; adrepere, <r»p
jp; adrJgere, set up, erect; adsceadere, r&w£ up; adewrrt, overtake;
adeerere, joot, £&zaf arar; adaldere, j& aeor; adamre, leap up;
adatstere, Jte/ near; adapergere, sprinkle on; adap ic ei e, look at;
â– devil are, breathe on; adeiilag e t e, bind close; adatraere, build to;
adsargere. rise up: adteadere, stretch towards; adterere, rub
against; adtoOere, lift up; adtonrrere, saving up; adtraaere, draw
to; adreaere. carry to; adreaire, come to; adrertere. turn to (hence
adrersna, in the front); advoeare, summm to; adYOlare,jQr towards;
adroTfere 1 , roll to.
a. 'To' or 'at,' in a more general sense of reference:
acclamare, cry or shout at; addicere, adjudge; adfari, speak toy
adacere, affect; aJEremere (VaL FL), roar at; adgemere, groan in
response; adataaire, neigh to; adjudieare, adjudge; adlabarare (Hor.),
labour at; adUerJmare (Verg-)* eaxe P at ; edlatrare, bark at; aOe-
gare, despatch; adloqTi, speak to; admdlare (Plant.), jest at;
ndOmUn^play upon; admettcL measure out; adauxarJ, wonder at;
â– iainiitii (PlauL),7&rts^ against; adatagtre, low to; a damr a mr are,
murmur at; adanere, nod assent; adorare, address; adoraare, pre-
pare; adparaxe, prepare; adparere, appear; adplandere, clap at;
adpfcaare, weep at; adprecari (Hor.), pray to; adridere, smite on;
a deenttrl , assent; adaervare, preserve (for); adslgaare, assigu;
adaaaaxe, sound to; adnescere. accustom (or to 5); adsU e peie ,
sound at; adstopere, be amazed at; adtemperare. adjust; adteetari,
bear witness to; adttnere, belong (see also 5); adtenare, thunder at;
adtraaere, tremble at; adtrOmere, assign; adalari, fawn upon (for
adatalari?). ~* ~~ %
ii- : 1
362 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
3. "To oneself? accipere, take up, receive; accire, call to one as 183:
an associate; agnoscere, recognize; adimere, take away; adlegere,
choose into one's own body; adlicere, entice; adoptare, adopt; adpre-
hendere, lay hold of; adripere, seize; adrogare, appropriate by bill
= adopt; adscire, adsciscere, take to oneself by decree; adserero (Join
to oneself), claim freedom of; adsugere (Lucr.), suck; adsumere,
take, take up.
4. l In addition? accensere, reckon among; accfldere, stamp in 183;
addition; addiscere, learn besides; addocere, teach besides; adesurlre,
be additionally hungry ? ; adflngere, invent in addition ; adfodere (Plin.),
dig in; agnasci, be born into a family; adgravare, make heavier;
admiscere, mix in ; admonere, remind (or to 5 ?) ; adnumerare, count
in; adpendere, add in weighing; adposcere, ask in addition; adpro-
mittere (Gic), promise in addition; acqvirere, get in addition; ad-
scribere, enrol; adsuere (Hor.), sew in; adtexere, weave in; ad-
vivere (Scasv.), live on (i.e. continue to live).
5. Pleonastic or (originally) intensive, adaaquare, make level 1S34
(but cf. § 990); adaggerare, heap up; adaperire, throw open; adau-
gere, increase; adbibere, drink; accelerare, hasten; accendere, kindle;
accredere, yield belief to ; accumulare, pile up (or from ad cumulum,
§ 990); accurare, bestow care on; addecere, befit; addensere, close
up; adgdere, eat up; adflrmare. affirm; adhortari, incite; adimplere,
fill up; adipisci, attain to; adjurare, swear, adjure (or from ad jus,
§ 990); adjuvare, help; adlaudare (Plaut.), praise; adlubescere
(Plaut.), begin to please; administrare, serve, manage; admoderari
(Plaut.), moderate (or from ad modum, § 990); admordere, bite at;
admutilare (Plaut.), clip; annuntiare (Plaut), announce; adolere,
pile up\; adolescere, grow up; adoperire, cover up; adpetere, rush
at; adprobare, approve; adproperare, hasten on; adradere, scrape
at; adrodere, gnaw at; adsectari, attend; adseverare, assert strong'
ly; adslccare (post-Aug.), dry up; adsidere, settle; adsimulare, pre-
tend; adsociare (Stat.), associate; assolere, be accustomed; adtentare,
strive after; adtenuare, thin (or from ad tenue, § 990; see also 2);
adtondere, clip; adtrectare, handle; advelare (Verg.), veil over;
adrerberare (Stat.), beat; advigilare, watch; adurere, burn; agno-
scere, recognize.
6. In the following ad is often considered to denote commence- 1835
ment; but they may not improperly be referred to the last head:
adamare, fall in love (chiefly found in tenses from perfect stem
and participle; cf. § 1244); addubitare, come to doubt; adopinari,
come to think; advesparascere, draw towards evening.
Ad in composition j Adversnm. Adverse. 363
Adversum, adversus ; used both without a substantive dependent, 1S36
and zvith a substantive in the dative and accusative cases. ' Towards. 1
'•against.' 1 Plautus and Terence are said always to use the farm in -um.
1. * Turned towards? 'facing? Exadversum, exadversus also 1837
are used in this sense.
(a) Without a substantive dependent.
Priasquam ad portum venias, apud ipsum lacum est pistrilla et ex-
advorsum fabrica. (Ter. Ad. 583.)
Medicus neque in tenebns neque a capite segri debet residere, sed
21u5tri loco adversus. (Cels. 3. 6.)
(3) With dative case.
Turn facito ante solem occasum ut venias advorsum mibi. is 3 s
(PL Men. 437.)
Solus nunc eo advorsum ero ex plurimis. (P\. Most. 880.)
Ferre advorsum homini occupemus osculum. (PL Stick. 89.)
Exadvorsum ei loco tonstrina erat qusedam. (Ter. Ph. 89.)
(f) With accusative case. 1339
Regem introductum in tabemaculum adversus advocatos in con-
silium considere jussit. (L. 45. 7.)
Gladiis destrictis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt.
(Cass. C. 1. 46.)
Me vestigia terrent, omnia te adversum spectantia, nulla retrorsum.
(Hor. Epist. 1. 1. 75.)
Ara enim Aio Locutio exadversus eum locum consecrata est
(C. Div. 1. 45)
Histria cognominata a flumine Histro in Hadriam efBuente exad-
versum Padi fauces. (Plin. 3, § 127.)
Sed nunc peropus est aut hunc cum ipsa aut de ilia me advorsum
hunc loqui. (Ter. And. 265.)
Egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea? (PL Aul. 682.)
2. 4 In reply tof t m dealing with,'' ' towards ;' with accusative xl^,
case.
Adversus ea consul respondit. (L. 4. 10.)
Utendum etiam est excnsatione adversus eos quos invitus ofFendas.
(C. Off. 2. 19.)
364 Supplement to Syntax, t. Prepositions.
Cum hasc scribebam, censorem te esse sperabam; eo brevior est
epistola, et, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior.
(C. Fam. 3. 13.)
Cum justo et legitimo hoste res gerebatur, adversus quern et totum
jus fetiale et multa sunt jura communia. (C. Off 3. 29.)
In unica concordia inter ipsos summa adversus alios aequitas erat.
(L. 3- 33-)
3. ' Against;'' (a) advorsum quam (once only), 'contrary to 1841
<what' (comp. contraquam, prseterquam).
Utrum indicare me ei thensaurum aequom fuit, advorsum quam
ejus me opsecravisset pater? (PI. Trin. 175.)
(b) With accusative case. i~4 5
Potine ut ne licitere advorsum mei animi sententiam ? (PL Merc. 441.)
Tu, M. Manli, adversus edictum nostrum extra ordinem in hostem
pugnasti. (L. 8. 7.)
Adversus petentem exceptione doli mali defendi debet.
(Gai. 3, § 168.)
Advorsum divitias invictum animum gerebat. (Sail. /. 43.)
Dux repente lectus, in annum creatus, adversus veterem ac per-
petuum imperatorem comparabitur. (L. 24. 8, ' matched
against." 1 )
Cecidit Critias, cum quidem exadversus Thrasybulum fortissime
pugnaret. (Nep. Thras. 3.)
Quid autem esse duo prospera in tot saeculis bella Samnitium adver-
sus tot decora populi Romani? (L. 7. 32.)
Amb-, am-, an-; in composition only; ' around, 1 l on both sides' 1843
(comp. dn<f>i, an<j><0, ambo).
ambSdSre (Plaut.), eat round; ancisus, cut around, or at both
ends; amicire (am Jacere?) throzu round, clothe; ambigere (act in
both ivays), hesitate; ambire, go round; canvass; amplecti, fold
oneself round ; amputare, lop around, cut off; anqulrere, search round,
inquire; amsanctus, warded round; amburere, scorch round.
amfr-actus a circuit, bend, perhaps shows another form of the
prefix (ambr-, ampr- in Umbrian). Key, Phil. Soc. Trans. 1868-9,
P- 304.
-._
Flaws ab tar£0. arte csc2({ae vast rip* prJ H - r^ fc otaw eji
aaerfHt. (L.* 7 .i8.)
Si ant nunfljiis m^imfafur qais. ant bob ante, sed letro,
ipse lklrjl B i . (C. /it 5. xa.)
(S) Wkh,
Post me oat ffjpaa^ aafie an? Mim, Atti-i
Coriathos. (Snip. ap. C. JW «. 5.)
Aaacaetfataftiaadfaaes. (U4*-5*)
Fastqaam ante 11 li— 1 imliM staw; adproperaL (Tec.4aW.474-)
Una Conors tanere ante ceteias extxa adem procnnene.
(Cax. C %. ssj
.' re- ~e: ~ t~ :■:: : _ : ~ : — _~ ; "- :_~ : ; :— ;-• :■_:"_! e: - _
Inaeenpctita annexe. (Cfr.3.40.)
x. • J^ir^' « tar.
§1671.) " **
Q^Mncoieeiasadte- (C/^r.4-9-)
aalo farenter attjp. (CiP.tj.)
t? (Ter.^£ 2J9 .)
""• ■*■*' ----■•-"•' ~ rr_rze-~.; 5 _r. t- -_i_- :•:::-■_
(L. 24. xc.)
* Key refers to Ass |« |wwMJf anarf acker verbs. ** FiujlhjmIt it
' fas the caoaonat asmaBatrd to that which fallows, as m M 1 â– â– â– !â– -,
'.:: : rj-: ~ i~ : .: i_" c ■:•:.' ;r .:-:. i_r _-
it is attracted into ne feat of the
Xac less fre-
1--:-; :.-_:; :' -_- t - : . —■s z Zf—.r.. i :: = i . : :--. :::._; :_
"ne pavatnc «»| as in tarty or xndBt-, xaaaro-, ataaac-, farina-,
7l: U~. : -" " - : -~ : - • '^- '-'- ~— - ""■- - ; -i ~Z . .£ if
iKej, lM.Gr. % 1308, 1—4.)
366 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
(b) With accusative. g
Factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus, iterum sibi suo tempore,
reipublicas pasne sero. (C. Lai. 3.)
Edixit ut adesset senatus frequens a. d. 1 vm Kalendas Decembris.
(C. Phil. 3. 7.)
Ibi eadem negligentia erat, quas Chalcidem dies ante paucos prodi-
derat. (L. 31. 24.)
Diem statuo satis laxam, quam ante si solverint, dico me centesimas
ducturum. (C. Att. 6. 1, § 16.)
Ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni. (Verg. G. 1. 125.)
Non multo ante urbem captam exaudita vox est a luco Vestas.
(C. Di-v. 1. 45.)
Amat scripsisse ducentos ante cibum versus, totidem cenatus.
(Hor. S. 1. 10. 60.)
(c) Apparently with ablative, in antehac (also antidnac Plaut), !8 45
antea.
Magis me benigne nunc salutas quam antidhac. (PL Pan. 3. 5. 7.)
Antehac nefas depromere Cascubum cellis avitis. (Hor.CW. 1.37.5.)
Non accusabimur posthac, neque hercule antea negligentes fuimus.
(G. Att. 7. 3.)
3. ' Before, ,' in rank: <with accusative. «
Cognoveram facundia Grascos, gloria belli Gallos, ante Romanos
fuisse. (Sail. C. 53.)
Ante alios miserandi magis, qui unquam obsessi sunt; quod inter-
clusi a patria obsidebantur. (L. 5. 42.)
Me primum dulces ante omnia Musas accipiant. (Verg. G. 2. 475.)
Brevis erit oratio ante omnia, si inde coeperimus rem exponere, unde
ad judicem pertinet. (Quint. 4. 2, 40.)
In composition; (See also §§ 985, 990). lZ . x
ante is used both of place and time; and metaphorically. It
is often difficult to say that there is any clear mark of composition.
Antecapere, obtain before; antecedere, come before; antecellere
(project), excel; antecurrere, run before; anteire, go before; ante-
ferre (bear before), prefer; antegredi, step before; antehabere (Tac),
prefer; antemittere, send on; anteponere, place before; antestare,
stand before; antestarl (for antetestari), call witnesses preliminarily ;
antevenlre, come before.
Ante dicere, ante occupare. ante perlre, &c. are not generally re-
gatded as Compounds.
1 See App. D. Vol. I. p. 454.
Ante; ApucL
Apud; sj«£ ct*V as preposition zziitb accusative mse, u j4k? gJjx
I. Prefixed ta names of persons,
(aty *^f af a persons abode.
Ubinamst quceso ? Apod me dona. (To*. Haut. 4 3 ;
Fuisti igitur apud Lxcam iEa nocte. Catilina. (C. Cat. z. 4. Just be-
fore me find. Dico te priore nocte venisse in >L Lice domum. )
Panipeias petiit ut sectun et apud se esan cotidie. (C. Jit. j. 6. )
Bene rale: apud Orcum te videbo. (PL Js. 606.)
(Sy * Before ; : af a person's presence, esp. of a judge. t#5j
Haec majarum. hcminum sunt, haec apud majares far-i-ftat:!.
(C Of. %. 24-)
Cum in Iecto Crassus esset et apud eum Salpfcius sederet.
(C. Or. z. j.)
Dictator consufibus m senatu et apud populum. magniiice collau.-
datis dictatura se abdicavit. (L. 7. rr.)
Commodius fecissent trifauni plebis Quirites. si. quse apud vos de me
deierunt, ea coram, potius me pnesente dixiseent. ( C Agr. j_ r~J
Apud proconsules manumitti possunt tarn liberi quam. send et
adoptiones lierL (Marcian. ap. Dig-, z. 16 z.)
So at the jurists 7 af a creditor ta mham a sorely is presented.
Fidejussor obUgari non potest ei, apud quern reus promittendi
obligates non est. (Julian, ap- Dig. 46, z. i6 r pr.)
(c) Of an authors maris. t3 53
Apud Xenophontem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit. (C Sen. zzS)
-Apud Agathockm. scriptum in historia est. (C. Dcv. z. 24.)
(iT) Of a person's opinion arfieBngs. ^3^
Melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium conlocar.
puto. (C. Of. z. zc.)
Itan pm^am mini fidem esse apud te? (Ter. Ph. Sia.)
Plus apud me antiquorum auctoritas valet. (C. L^L 4.)
Apud prudentes vita eius varie extoflebatur arguebaturve.
(Tac A. r. 9-)
Non est simplicitaris mese dissimulare apud bonitatem tuam, obiter
te plurimum. coUaturum utilitatibus rei familiaris mese.
(FEn. ad Traj. S (x*»
368 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
(e) Of a person's composure or senses. ,;
Pra? iracundia non sum apud me. (Ter. Haut. 921.)
Num tibi videtur esse apud sese? (Ter. Hec. 707.)
2. Prefixed to names of places. * Near! about. (Rare except r f
*'« post- Augustan 'writers.)
Consules senatum consoluerunt n. Octob. apud aedem Duelonai.
(S. C. de Bacc. 1.)
Quid illisce homines quaerunt aput sedis meas? (PI. Most. 935.)
Apud forum modo e Davo audivi. (Ter. And. 302.)
Ita victoria justa imperator appellatus apud Issum, abduxi exerci-
tum. (G. Fam. 2. 10.)
Paulisper apud oppidum morati, ad castra Caesaris contenderunt.
(Caes. G. 2. 7.)
Italiam utroque mari duae classes Misenum apud et Ravennam prse-
sidebant. (Tac. A. 4. 5.)
Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit.
(Suet. Tit. j.)
Circum, circa, circiter; used both without a substantive de- i8s<
pendent, and with a substantive in the accusative case. ' Round," 1
' about.''
1. 'Round^ about,' in space.
(a) Without a substantive dependent on it; circum, circa.
Idoneus sub dio sumendus locus cocleariis, quern circum totum aqua
claudas. (Varr. R.R. 3. 14.)
Interea Rutuli portis circum omnibus instant. (Verg. A. 10. 118.)
Una crebris ictibus eversa est turris, quodque circa muri erat.
(L. 34. 29.)
Coepi regiones circumcirca prospicere. (Sulpic. ap. C. Fam. 4. 5, § 4.)
Perseus ad Syconium stativa habebat, frumento undique circa ex
agris convecto. (L. 42. 56.)
Anna, vides toto properari litore: circum undique convenere.
(Verg. A. 4. 416.)
(b) As indeclinable adjective, ' on each side! i860
Media porta robora legionum et Romanos equites, duabus circa
portis novos milites ac sociorum equites statuit. (L. 23. 16.)
Circum, circa, circiter. . 309
(c) With accusative; circum, circa. l8bx
Ligures incolentes circa Ticinum amnem. (L. 5. 35.)
Urgeris turba circum te stante. (Hor. 5. 1. 3. 135.)
Mi robur et aes triplex circa pectus erat (Hor. Od. 1. 3. 10.)
Ex iis trecentos juvenes inermes circa se habebat. (L. 29. 1.)
Terra circum axem se summa celeritate convertit. (C. Ac. 2. 39.)
Varios hie flumina circum fundit humus flores. (Verg. B. 9. 4c.)
2. ' To (or ' in" 1 *) and about.' 1 1861
With accusative; circum, circa as prepositions.
Naevius pueros circum amicos dimittit. (C. Quint. 6.)
Sciibis, si Caesar circum ista»c loca commoraretur, tc ei resistere
velle. (Cn. Pomp. ap. C. Att. 8. 12 b.)
Misit circum fora et basilicas nomenculatores ad invi'andos juvenes
senesque. (Suet. Cal. 41.)
Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit. (L. 1. 9.)
Carcinoma fit maxime in superioribus partibus, cii"ca fociem, nares,
aures, labra. (Cels. 5. 28. 2.)
3. Of time, ' about." jggj
(a) Without a substantive dependent; circiter.
Diebus circiter quindecim ad fines Belgarum pervenit. (Cass. G. 2. 2.)
Haec in Arpinati a. d. VI. circiter Idus Maias non defiebimus.
(C. Att. 2. 17.)
Circiter hora decima noctis P. Postumius ad me venit.
(Servius ap. C. Fam. 4. 12.)
(b) With accusative; circa (not before Livj), circiter. X S6 4
Circiter meridiem exercitum in castra reduxit. (Caes. G. 1. 50.)
Nos, si di adjuvabunt, circiter Idus Novembris in Italia speramus
fore. (C. Fam. 14. 5.)
Ab officiis octa*am circiter horam redit. (Hor. Ep. 1. 7. 47.)
Postero die circa eandem horam in eundem locum rex copias ad-
movit. (L. 42. 57.)
Post Zeuxis atque Parrhasius, non multum aetate distantes, circa
Peloponnesia ambo tempora, plurimum arti addiderunt.
(Quint. 12. 10, § 4.)
Adiciunt doctores artis sero et circa Tisiam-et Coraca primum re-
pertos. (Quint 2. 17, § 7.)
4. Of number, ' about.'' Without a substantive dependent; circiter. 1865
Ex omni copia circiter pars quarta erat militaribus armis instructa.
(SalL C. 56.)
24
37° Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Hie locus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos aoerat. Eo chriter
hominum numero sedecim milia expedita cum omni equitatu
mittit. (Cass. G. i. 49.)
So apparently circa, but the instances are not decisive. 18&
Circa D Romanorum sociorumque victores ceciderunt. (L. 27. 42.)
Legato etiam circa sestertii vicies eum prosecutus. (Suet. Claud. 6.)
Per insequentes dies circa singulas heminas emittendum. (Cels. 7.18.)
5. Metaphorically, l about," 1 i.e. ' concerning, ' i in the case of? i& r >- t
ivtth accusative. Circa, frequent in post-Augustan.
Tanta est circa verba dissensio. (Quint. 3. n, § 5.)
Quippe sermo circa rura est agrestisque usus. (Plin. 18, § 5.)
Circa deos ac rejigiones neglegentiof. (Suet. Tib. 69.)
Circa consilium eligendi successoris in duas factiones scindebantur.
(Tac. H. 1. 13.)
Idem servandum et circa inquilinorum insula? personas Proculus
scribit. (Ulp. ap. Dig. 9. 2. 27, § II.)
A similar meaning occurs earlier in quocirca (ab!.? or acc.f cf. X S63
§ 160. ri: quocirca is in C. I. R. No. 206, vv. 93. 104. 118: but
quodcirca C. I. R. No. 198, v. 13) and idcirco (iccirco).
Quocirca bene apud majores nostros senatus decrevit &c.
(C. Div. 1. 41.)
Quo, bone, circa, dum licet, vive beatus. (Hor. S. 2. 6. 95.)
Suspicio est me idcirco haec promittere. (PI. Ps. 563.)
Idcirco nemo superiorum attigit, ut hie tolleiet. (C. Verr. 4. 4.)
In composition: {see also § 990). • t86g
Circum, around, is compounded, somewhat loosely, with many
verbs, and, usually, simply adds to them the meaning ' around. -1
-aggregate (Col.), pile up around; -agere, drive round; -arare
(Liv.); -cldere, cut; -cingere (post-Aug.), -cludere; -colore, dwell
around; -currere; -dare, surround; -ducere; -eqvitare (Liv.); -far-
cire(Plin.), -ferre; -flectere (Verg.); -flare; -fluere; -fodere ; -fremere
(Sen.); -fricare(Cato); -fundere; -gemere(Hor.); -gestare; -gredi;
-jacere; -ic8re(Liv.); -ire; -lambere(Plin.) ; -latrare(Sen.) ; -ligare;
-linere: -luere,«uwA round; -mitter?; -munire; -nectere(Sen.); -pen-
dere (Curt.); -plaudere (Ov.); -plecti, embrace; -plicare (Cic);
mm fiiiiiii'r'iiw CSs, *jft»«, ettro. 37'
-g iBMtar e (Cato), WJkr rmmd; -poncre: -radere; -nUn, emsmare;
-rodere: - w in l in e (LiV.); sunim. imtilaic km a aradar Erne, iwmjmc;
-naze; -sedere; ujl| *ii ; -aerare (PE&.)^W^bbW; -cffize; -*»-
ten, stamd rwmmd- -aanaxe: -spectxre: -iyeigcre: -spaeee: -stare:
- â– Ueum, n l 1 1 1 1 , , -teeere; -toere; -ttanrtre (Vair.); -tore: -ntet ;
-vaUaxe: -Teetaxi; -veld: -vebze (Or.) ; -venire, oenfau; -ver-
tere: -vestire; -visere (Plant.}; -voHiare; -voiare; -volvere; and
Three of these vsrhs, viz. etrescadncere, uuEbux, -resile, have
a secondary meaning, tm cheat.
CU. cttra; «se/ «raf£ atrmsatrsx case: t&zm. ami. cttro szcktboxl *$7*
a smiifamthx Jefemdemt, * Ob *£k/ jsidV.' (<Ss ir msmaUy tfftaed to
trass (mis Aae? almost amfigmafrd); dtrx. cxtro ?» ultra, vitro.)
I. (a) Without a smkstamthx Jkpemdemt; dtxa, *ob 4&r ju&/
cttro. " bisixr^tnardsi' both ef fiate amd relatiam.
Ad castra pnetons peigiL. Panes alia nnEbus fignatares ei com
przsadao oceuiiuuit. (L. 9. 25.)
Inqne petendo desSera dicjgtnt nee extra mota nee ultra.
(Ov. JL 5. 186.)
Sarpe ultro olioqne legati inter cos iiaallriuntnr. (Caes. G. 1. 42.)
. •- '- z~ '. --~. \. i j rr.rr. _ . '.1? r _r; - . .". _r _ ; r^r. r r. -— ; _.*-r." ;* ;;'_".
datsaceeptss. (C. Off. 1. 17.)
(A) /HiS armsathx case; eis, extra, ' ok, «r * /», xfcw xafe «/T
?:ii~ r>;-i_ cu;ii ;. : r; ;-'.; 1 j?irr.;— :"_ :. r. : r. r\:_::.
(C ./fitf. 7- 2.)
Pancos moratorom ocodemnt dtra flnmen uite rcep to s. (L. zi. 48.)
2-Ti~. ;_~ ?_ r r.i"'"".rui ;~_.i H;. "r'ttrr. :"_'• _~ . .:; . . _:v. ::
paasnnun m. (C. Am. 16. 7.)
Natnra in omm verbo posoit -im t j m wooo n, nee una pins, nee a
postrema svuaba citra tertJam. (C Or. 18.)
'.': ."";■;:.-- ; : _~vr. rL.:vrr:. m:::: ::.:::•_.:;:.::.
(Cas. C 6. 8.)
. .,5-;. :". u'~_— :_■_■; — '.-- • ■• ■:.-- - -. ^ -:.'.::•; :':':. ; „ ;.i-." _- :■.-;—'.?.
pnns cs Appenninnm ad infemm mare; postea. trans Appen-
ninum totidenv, quot capita oripmis erant, cokxsns im^i^ qcs
trans Padnm omnia ioca nsqne ad Alpes tenuere. (L. 5. 3;.)
372 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
2. Of time, (rare) 'â– within;' cis, citra. 18
Cis hercle paucas tempestates, augebis ruri numerum.
(Plaut. Most. 1 8.)
Forsitan et Pylius citra Trojana perisset tempora. (Ov. M. 8. 365.)
3. Metaphorically, short, ' short of *.' , x8
(a) Without a substantive dependent; citra.
Tela hostium citra cadebant. (Tac. H. 3. 23.)
Cum a genere ducetur argumentum, non erit necesse id usque a
capite arcessere; saepe etiam citra licet, dum modo supra sit,
quod sumitur, quam id, ad quod sumitur. (C. Top. 9.)
Cum res ipsa de qua loquendum est naturalem modum excessit,
conceditur amplius dicere, quia dici quantum est non potest,
meliusque ultra quam citra stat oratio. (Quint. 8, fin.)
So citra quam, ' less than.'
Culta quidem, fateor, citra quam debuit ilia est.
(Ov. Pont. 1. 7. 55.)
(b) With accusative case; citra. iS;
Exercitationis plerumque finis esse debet lassitudo, quae citra fatiga-
tionem sit. (Cels. 1. 2.)
Nee virtus citra genus est. (Ov. Met. 10. 607.)
4. ' Without regard to,' ' setting aside, 1 with accusative ; citra. ,s 7
Solebat etiam citra spectaculorum dies, siquando quid inusitatum
dignumque cognitu advectum est, id extra ordinem quolibet
loco pUblicare. (Suet. Aug. 43.)
Aliqua ex re ipsa citra personam argumenta ducuntur.
(Quint. 7. 2, § 13.;
I lac ingressos lacus accipit longe lateque diffusus, citra magnitu-
dinem prope Ponti similis. (Mela 1. 19, § 113.)
<;. 'â– Without. 1 Citra as preposition, only in post-Augustan prose. 187
Animalia et ingredi citius et pasci ct tranare aquas citra docentem
natura ipsa sciunt. (Quint. 2. 16, § 13.)
Phidias in ebore longe citra cemulum. (Quint. 12. 10, § 9.)
Marcia pnnceps Romanorum icta gravida, partu exanimato, ipsa
citra ullum aliud incommodum vixit. (Plin. 2, § 137.)
Nee id (i.e. suam vitam narrare) Rutilio et Scauro citra fidem aut
obtrectationi fuit. (Tac. Agr. 1.)
Cla.TTT, r'-Tiii'iiBm; Guk„ OB.
dajBv dmaftm; used 6at& â– ruit&azit: a snfcaum&MK Aft m fi n i t mmd &BE
mini hiIiiTiTi'ih ii ilfi «imi«rfi 11 i hi i in (^EJkKms&maBaftiaaiLsiitth
mABatBtcg appea/r ft* Ar off tlnn&Cfiki mU/Mupsfyg &aC cfi CT<in> Gns. 2- j2-
dliim. vucis; -3L &fjr- n. <nbm bBdtabas/|
1_ Without a suhstantz've dependent' L secrttily. t&jS.
hartal mmB ^sd, vt Tel ellllH Are£ PTSdFIO QC ftiremiliw;
Trr .i?^. •; ;.
AM ad tt&maanrHnt _pao» cnfetint cflumi wftiiM. ^iTL 3jtzbl pf$-)
? [ '__'■_ ~.;_.l_~' i " . ~ :"_ ;/' 1 :; . ;,i.:. ~ __;i . .i_~ 1c t- j * ■' **•-* » ~ ' :-
oatL (C Sjjsc. Am~ 8.)
C- 23- SB-)
Nee M. clam esse- patmfc. (IL. 5. 3d.)
<~ft— nossufiBic cum fflKBBDSL firm iniriTm*- mjjressus list pGsessoneniL
jgrwoffltee «% fljnem abi controversion! lacCnruni smspiirafcgfrTTr
ct ne tacrret timebat. (, UIpLtii ajx 13%. 41. 2- &d)
I. JRP 7 S&& accusatiTe case, of mime vf person- fc anknwuzn taJ JB- ■£%&
mast crmjined, to comic poets* t^mtt^rf-irm cs fannd {as nrapaatjnr£\
mce only.
OfasSIiam. conicit in. n^rm mffcs cBamnBattDBBsaanB. {[W iWET ttt )
^ieouc aiiK> gfaum urn* esft,. ennm ( ■"■' « ** ann. grarvrEtcr bi'iiim w aufin&L
hoc a resderrL (fTer- Eke. i6il.)
AM. rfamraHwm gafres ense : 1 ae me celeft,. consaefeci fin™™
(Tar. ^ 5 i.>
(aid), cant, an/jr 5tns£ :a:£s& « sn&stant&ue in aoLztxve case. M vS3a>
is placed after tk» personal prrmmms ami the relative ijrunaun. M
generally. r &anvtruer T stands aefure ^uha&.
X. " Withy L in company -ivit&J * aimg •TusthJ
Cans Rmsx tcei as Bampeama. ([d ^fct- 14- io.)
tTyswr com <^omcjue Iegiumbos ad. acEs Qccasom. asws soD^it.
Abi cuii'i 'f i iiiiLrtttwTtT anorc 2ti sucn:?-^!. _
Ejio 03m nitas. si cprm ujymi» mtmtr aijnscrffiasi es£_ tf^rmran in Twgfic esse*
maiaL (C- Fane j. 3.)
374 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
2. ' Containing,'' ' wearing? ' having? <&'c. ,88
Ipse praetor in hac officina majorem partem diei cum tunica pulla
sedere solebat et pallio. (C. Verr. 4. 24.)
Sinuessae satis constabat cum elephanti capite puerum natum.
(L. 27. 11.)
Cognovi ex eo te Romam venisse cum febri. (C. Att. 6. 9.)
Terra dicta ab eo, ut JElius scribit, quod teritur; itaque terra in
Augurum libris scriptis cum R uno. (Varr. L.L. 5, § 21.)
En:m vero, Antipho, multimodis cum istoc animo es vituperandus.
(Ter. Ph. 465.)
Erit turn consul Hortensius cum summo imperio et potestate, ego
autem aedilis. (C. Verr. Act. 1. 13.)
Raro cum corpore tellus est. (Lucr. 6. 631.)
3. Of coincidence in time. ,88:
Ceterum eras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc. (Ter. Ad. 840.)
Cum prima luce Pomponii domum venisse dicitur. (C. Off. 3. 31.)
4. Of accompanying circumstances. 188;
Ad flammam accessit imprudentius satis cum periclo.
(Ter. And. 131.)
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt. (L. 38. 10.)
Itaque classis bona cum pace accepta est. (L. 28. 37.)
Cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit. (L. 1. 32.)
In jugero medimnum fere tritici seritur perpetua atque asquabili
satione; ager efficit cum octavo, bene ut agatur; verum, ut
omnes dii adjuvent, cum decumo. (C. Verr. 3. 47.)
Apud regem gratiam initam volebant cum eo ut caverent ne quid 1884
offenderent Romanos. (L. 36. 5.)
Nee fortuiti sermonis contextum mirabor unquam; cum eo quod,
si calor ac spiritus tulit, frequenter accidit u^successum extem-
poralem consequi cura non possit. (Quint. 10. 7, § 13.)
5. Of reciprocal action. '885
Latini, cum quibus Tullo regnante ictum fecdus erat, sustulerant
animos. (L. 1. 32.)
Tarn eras excors, ut tota in oratione tua tecum ipse pugnares.
(C. Phil. a. 8.)
Cum his mihi res sit, qui eruptionem probant. (Cass. G. 7. 77.)
Quid tute tecum loquere ? (PI. Most, j 1 2.)
Com-, era. 375
Egi atque oravi tecum uxorem ut duceres. (Ter. Hec. 686.)
Docte atque astute mihi captandumst cum illo. (PI. Most. 1069.)
Vos id potestis cum animis vestris cogitare. (C. Agr. 2. 24.)
Habent agricolae rationem cum terra, quae numquam recusat im-
perium nee cuiquam sine usura reddit quod accepit, sed alias
minore, plerumque majore cum faenore. (G. Sen. 15.)
In composition; (see also §§ 985, 986, 990). i8S5
Com- before p, b. m; co- before vowels; con- before v, j. dentals
and Unguals, except that n is often assimilated (in some mss. and
edd.) before 1 and r.
1. Together, i. e. collectively, by converging action. In the 1837
singular number some compounds express sympathy or companion-
ship only.
coacervare, bsap together; cogere, collect, compel; coalescere,
grow together; coartare, compress; concelebrare, Join in celebrating;
concertaxe, contend with; concldere, fall together; concinere, sing
with; concipere, hold (like a basin): conclamare, shout together;
concludere, shut up; eoncrescere, curdle; concurrsre, run together;
concutere, shake together; condicere, appoint by agreement '; condere,
store up; conducere, bring together, hire (i.e. take by agreement^.),
be of use; coepisse (fit together), take in hand; coercere, confine;
confercire, stuff; conferre, bring together; confiteri, confess to ano-
ther; conflictare, confligere, dash together; conflare, melt down (s?e
also 2); confluere,^?ozi; together; confringere, break down; confun-
&ere,pour together; confutare, allay; congelare, freeze up; congerere,
carry together; conglobare, make into a ball; congredi, meet with:
congniere, agree; confrere, stick together; cobibere, hold together:
cohorrescere, shudder; conicfire, throw together; colre. come toge-
ther; conjungere, yoke together ; conjurare. conspire; collabi, collap.e:
collacrimare, weep with others; collidere, clash ; colligare, bind to-
gether; colligere, collect; colloqvi, converse; colluctari, wrestle toge-
ther; comere (put together), arrange: commiscere, mix ut; commi-
serari, compassionate; committere, match, intrust; common, die
together; commutare, barter; conectere, tie together; conivere, wink;
compaclscl, make an agreement; compellere. drive together; com-
pensare, balance; compescere (feed together:), restrain: competere
coincide, suit; compingere, frame; complecti, embrace; complodere,
clap together; complorare, bewail in common; componere, put toge-
ther; comportare, carry together; comprehendere, lay hold of on both
sides; comprtmere, squeeze together; computare, reckon up; cooptare
choose into one's own body; conqveri, complain; conqvirere, search in
376 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
order to bring together; corradere, scrape together- corrugare (Hor.),
wrinkle up; corruere, tumble down; consciscere, resolve with one-
self; conscribere, write in a list ; consenescere, grow old with ano-
ther, also simply, grow old; consentire, agree in thoughts; conssepire,
hedge in; conserere, join; consldere, settle (frequently of one per-
son); consociare, ally; consonare, sound along with; conspirare, ac-
cord; constare, agree, consist (also 2) ; constituere, put together, ap-
point; constringere, bind together; construere, heap up, build; con-
suere, stitch together; consvescere, accustom oneself; consummare,
make up; consurgere, rise in a body; contendere, contend (also to 2) ;
conterere, crumble, br'eak up; contestari, join issue; contexere, weave
together; continere, keep together; contrahere, draw together; con-
tiibuere, contribute; contrudere, thrust together; contundere, found;
conturbare, throw into confusion; convehere, carry together; conve-
nire, assemble, suit; convivere (Sen.), live with; convocare, summon
together; convolvere, roll up; and many others.
2. Completely, i.e. by acting on all the parts; often apparently \£
only pleonastic. In the plural number especially such verbs may
sometimes belong to Class 1.
coacescere, become sour; coarguere, convict; concalefacere, warm
thoroughly; concedere, yield; concldere, cut up (belongs to 1?); con-
citare, rouse thoroughly; concoqvere, digest; concremare, burn to
ashes; concrepare, clash (belongs to 1?); conculcare, trample on;
concupiscere, long for; condecere (Plaut.), befit; condemnare, condemn;
condiscere, learn; condolescere, feel great pain; condonare, give up;
coemere, buy up, buy; conficere, make up, do up ( = exhaust); con-
fldere, trust; confirmare, strengthen; conflare, blow up — produce by
blowing (also see 1) ; confodere, dig round; conformare, fashion;
confugere, flee for refuge; cogitare, ponder over; cognoscere, learn;
congrsecare, play the Greek thoroughly ; conortari, exhort; collau-
dare, praise; collmere, besmear; collocare, place; colluere, rinse;
collustrare, put in a light; commaculare, pollute ; commeminisse, re-
member; commemorare, recount ; eommendare, c omme nd; comminuere,
crush; commorari, delay; commovere, move; communlre, fortify;
conlti, strive; cooperire, cover over; coorirl, arise; comparere, ap-
pear; comparare, prepare (for comparare, match, see § 960); com-
perire {put together}), ascertain; compllare, strip; complere, fi 11 up;
comprobare, approve of; compungere, prick; conqviescere, repose;
corrigere, put straight {with something else ?) ; corripere, catch up;
corroborare, strengthen; corrotundare (Sen.), round off; corrumpere,
spoil; conscendere, mount, embark; consecrare, devote; consectari,
follow persistently; conseqvi, follow, overtake; conserere, sow, plant;
conservare, pre serve ; consignare, stamp {i.e. as well as write, &c);
consistere, stand still; consSlarl, console; consoplre, put to sleep;
conspicari, conspicere, descry; constare, be well ascertained (also
377
I ■Hill ii I, ptmnk aver; caulwuLe, cover up (b elongs to iQ; e»
:::-.=::;:; •■-.:..:.: ::-:?— re -' .-.-:
szzdng, hurt; laalmlni, bandit; conttracUan, otf
Jbaw (belong to i?>: ennanScL Am* af ; oacvalsacere. recover strength;
mil n, ftar «p; unuttii, terx round; canrracere, aaprr;
imanr others.
3. caa4aax«,/af w a in/ =sai£b; camaw^ £8 fit mod fro.
Qata; Baa/ u.i/fi—7 a substantive dpvmdmt. and <okb m sub- tSB^
siontive in dative and accusative easts; alia bt a q*xari-aJj cctrval use.
'Opposite toJ (Gaatro as/jr « hw^iii cansrtrraraaa.)
It Ptautus and Terence it appears to be never used frith a su b st a m
true in the accusative, except m Plant. P^rc 15 ; Pseud, ij j.
I. Of place z * opposite* 'Jkeiug.* xSqo
(a) Without a substantive dependent.
Ubi cuufci a aspect me, acafis mihi srgnum dedit 1
(PL MiL izj.)
Slat contra stariqne jaber. (Jot. 3. 29c.)
Jam omnia contra drcaqne fartfinm pkna erasf. (L. 5. 37.)
Propterea fit. uti. spedem qno ler tf i ims , omaes res 3a earn wait r j
feriant forma atque colore. (Lacr. 4. 24 3-)
Ne ut oculos quxfcm attoDerertt ant rrwrnlwfi t amicos contra in-
tuoaitnr. efficere poterant. (L. 9. 6.}
(b) With accusative case.
Qjris 25c est. qui contra me astat ? (PL P<m. 1 -
Insula natnra triquetra, cujus umim latns est contra GaQiam.
i Cxs. G. 5. 13.)
Folrias annm casfrftnm loco edrto contra arcem objecrt. (L.jiJ.4.)
Din qiiJEvtus tjmlwn in aTft'^Jtiu tnrri repertns est. jacens contra
sofis exortnm. (Suet. -dug. 94.)
%. -On the other band: 'â– in return.' .: ,
(a) Without a substantive dependent.
SI izodabit kzc Sons f«"m", tu hu (Ter. Em. 443.)
378 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Jam non illud quasro, contra me ut diligat ilia. (Catull. 76. 23.)
Ipsi modo eminus sauciabantur, neque contra feriundi aut conserundi
manum copia erat. (Sail. J. 50.)
(b~) With dative case; ' in return for. ,' i8g
Contra auro 1 alii hanc vendere potuit operam. (PI. Mil. 1076.)
Di inmortales, aurichalco 1 contra non carum fuitmeum mendacium.
(PL Pseud. 688.)
Paulisper tace, dum consulo, quern dolum doloso contra conservo
parem. (PL Mil. 198.)
Immo si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet, magis id
dicas. (Ter. Eun. $$ 5.)
3. ' On the contrary.'' 1S9
(a) Without a substantive dependent; contra, contra quam,
contra ac.
Qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo. (PL Mil. 188.)
Cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te adhorter,
liberes fenore plebem Romanam. (L. 6. 15.)
Ea generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta. (C. Clu. 5.)
Si aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque
oporteret, tamen esset omnis ejusmodi reprehensio a vobis
repudianda. (C. Balb. 3.)
(Z>) In predicat'rval use j contra. 189
Ut ceteri alia certa, alia incerta esse dicunt, sic nos ab his dissen-
tientes alia probabilia, contra alia dicimus. (C. Off. 2. 2.)
Illorum villae rustic;? majoris quam urbanae, quae nunc sunt plene-
que contra. (Varr. R. R. 1. 136.)
Marius suorum et hostium res pariter attendere, cognoscere quid
boni utrisque aut contra esset. (Sail. J. 88.)
Relinquitur ut, si vincimur in Hispania, quiescamus: id ego contra
puto. (C. Att. 10. 8, § 2.)
In stultitia contra est. (C. Clu. 31.)
The following may belong here or to the next division (<r). ^
Hoc maxime officii est, ut quisqae maxime opis indigeat, ita ei
potissimum opitulari ; quod contra tit a plerisque.
(G. Off. 1. 15.)
Hi majorum fortia facta memorando clariores sese putant. Quod
contra est. (Sail. J. 85, § 21.)
1 Key also takes this as dative [Lat. Gr. § 1320}.
Contra (contra ea, eontra quod) 379
(c) With accusative case; ' contrary to;'' esp. contra ea, quod 1897
contra. Comp. secundum ea, extra ea ; also interea, praterea.
Omnia contra opinionem accidebant. (Cass. G. 3. 9.)
Superbe ab Samnitibus legati prohibiti commercio sunt, contra ea
benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti. (L. 4. 52.)
Scio ego, Quirites, plerosque non eisdem artibus imperium a vobis
petere et, postquam adepti sunt, gerere; sed mini contra ea
videtur. (Sail. J. 85.)
Agamemno cum universa Graecia vix decern annis unam cepit
urbem, ego contra ea una urbe nostra dieque una totam Gise-
ciam liberavi. (Nep. 15. 5.)
Vereor ne forte rearis impia te rationis inire elementa viamque indu-
gredi sceleris : quod contra scepius ilia religio peperit scelerosa
atque impia facta. (Lucr. 1. 82.)
Cujus a me corpus est crematum, quod contra 1 decuit ab illo
meum. (C. Sea. 23.)
4. ' Against. 1 ,898
(a) Without a substantive dependent.
Quantum juniores patrum plebi se magis insinuabant, eo acrius
contra tribuni tendebant (L. 3. 15.)
(£) With accusative case. jg^
Dixerunt neque se cum Belgis reliqui3 consensisse neque coutra
populum Romanum conjurasse. (Caes. G. 2. 3.)
Qua re hoc non modo non pro me sed contra me est potius
(C. Ok 3. 20.)
Non est committendum ut i:s paream. quos contra me senatus ne
quid res publica detrimenti acciperet, armavit. (C. Att. 10/8.)
Consequeris in plurimorum controversiis dijudicandis, ut eos ipsos,
quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas. (C. Or. 10.)
Jam morbi tot atque medicinae tot contra mala excogitataj.
(Plin. 7. r.)
Jussit Amor: contra quis ferat arma deos? (Tib. 1. 6. 30.)
In composition: contradicere, oppose: contrapcnere (Quint.), xqoo
place opposite to. Also controversus, disputed.
1 Madvig (ad C. Fin. 5. 26) punctuates this quod contra decuit,
ab lllo xnetrm and compares C. Lai. 24. Quint. 28 ; quod nunc in
Lucr. r. 222; Varr. 3. 38; and mini vero ista vaide probata sunt,
quod item fratri puto (C. Fin. 1. c). With this view may also he com-
pared o toTs dWoii dixadia fiev Opdaos, \o-,i<r/j.bs 8e Ikvov <pepei (Thuc.
2. 40), and (see Munro in Lucr. r. 82) quod si. quod utinam, t N:c.,
in which phrases Ritschl supposes quod to be an old ablative.
380 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Coram, used both without a substantive dependent on it, and with 1901
a substantive in ablative case. Occasionally, especially in Tacitus, put
after its case.
1. Without a substantive dependent: 'face to face," 1 ''before a
person's eyes.''
Eadem fere, quas ex nuntiis literisque cognoverat, coram perspicit.
(Caes. G. 5. 11.)
Quid ergo opus erat epistola ? quid ? cum coram sumus et garrimus
quicquid in buccam? (C. Att. 12. 1.)
Erit igitur nobis coram odorandum et constituendum, tutone Romae
esse possimus. (C. Att. 15. 3.)
Absentis Ariovisti crudelitatem, velut si coram adesset, horruerunt.
(Cass. G. 1. 32.)
Ut veni coram, singultim pauca locutus. (Hor. S. 1. 6. 56.)
Essedum argenteum sumptuose fabricatum ac venale ad sigillaria
redimi concidique coram imperavit. (Suet. Claud. 16.)
2. With ablative case ; ' in the presence of.' l g 03
Mihi vero ipsi coram genero meo quas dicere ausus es? (C. Pis. 6.)
Ad ea Quinctius, coram quibus magis quam apud quos verba faceret,
dicere Archidamum rationem habuisse. (L. 35. 49.)
Cantabit vacuus coram latrone viator. (Juv. 10. 22.)
Isque prisco instituto propinquis coram de capite famaque conjugis
cognovit. (Tac. A. 13. 32.)
De, used {except in one phrase) on'y as preposition with ablative 1903
case. ' From.' Compare also dein {for delm ?).
1. Of place: k down? , go4
(a) Without a substantive: only in old phrase, susque deque,
1 up and down,' i.e. ' any hozu,' ' of no consequence. 1
Quae neque sunt facta neque ego in me admisi, arguit, atque id me
susque deque esse habituram putat. (PI. Am. 886.)
Verum haec ludus ibi susque omnia deque fuerunt; susque hare
deque fuere, inquam, omnia ludus jocusque.
(Lucil. 3. 7, ed. Mull.)
Nam de Octavio susque deque. (C. Att. 14. 6.)
See also Gell. 16. 9, who quotes also Laberius and Varro.
Coram; De. 3^ x
(A) ' Down from? k from off.''
Lucretius et Attius de muro se dejecerunt. (Caes. C. i. 18.)
De digito anulum detraho. (Ter. Haut. 650.)
Deque viri collo dulce pependit onus. (Ov. F. 2. 760.)
Eum ad se vocari et de tribunali citari jussit. (C. Verr. 5. 7.)
Anagniae nuntiatum est murum portasque de caelo tactas.
(L. 26. 23.)
Proscripsit se per omnes dies comitiales de caelo servaturum.
(C. Att. 4. 3- 3-)
Quodcunque imperator vel cognoscens decrepit vel de piano interlo-
"" cutus est, legem esse constat. (Ulpian ap. Dig. 1. 4. 1.)
2. Of tlx source or abode; 'â– from.' 1
Coponem de via Latina subornatis. (C. Clu. 59.)
Non enim declamatorem aliquem de ludo aut rabulam de foro quse-
rimus. (C. Or. 15.)
Senatus consultum ita est perscriptum, ut a me de scripto dicta sen-
tentia est. (C. Fam. 10. 13.)
Equidem saspe hoc audivi de patre et de socero meo. (C. Or. 333.)
Fundum Cymaeum Romae mercatus est de pupillo. (C. Flacc. 20.)
Caesar optime eum de se meritum judicabat. (Caes. C. 3. 99.)
Juris utilitas vel a peritis vel de libris depromi potest. (C. Or. 1. 59. )
Africanus de Numantinis triumpharat. (C. Phil. 11. 8.)
3. Of the basis or starting-point: l fromJ ' on.''
Ne ut de gradu quidem libero ac stabili conarentur, spatium habe-
bant (L. 34. 39.)
Duo de concursu corpora lata si cita dissiliant, &c. (Lucr. 1. 384.)
Diem de die prospectabat, ecquod auxiliiun ab dictatore appareret.
(L. j. 48.)
De consilii sententia Mamertinis se frumentum non imperare pro-
nuntiat. (C. Verr. 5. ai.)
Si quid erit, quod illi placeat, de exemplo meo ipse sedificato.
(PL Most. 773.)
Primum disputabat de ilia parte quam Marcel! us dixerat: deinde
dicebat contrariam partem. (Sen. Rhet. Contr. 4. Praef. 3.)
Id nisi gravi de causa non fecisset. (C. Att. 7. 7.)
In his sermonibus de industria id faciendum fuit. (C. Or. 44.)
Censores dicit de integro sibi creari placere. (C. Verr. 2. 56.)
Ut numerabatur forte argentum. intenenit homo de improviso.
(Ter. Ad. 406.)
382 Supplement to Syntax. i«. Prepositions.
4. Of the iv hole from ivhich something is subtracted: l from 1908
among •' literally and metaphorically.
De capite deducite quod usuris pernumeratum est. (L. 6. 15.)
Duodeviginti. Undeoctoginta annos natus. (Hor. S. 2. 3. 117.)
Hominem certum misi de comitibus meis. (C. Att. 8. 1.)
Concedite pudori meo ut aliquam partem de istius impudentia reti-
cere possim. (C. Verr. 1. 12.)
De lucro prope jam quadriennium vivimus, si aut hoc lucrum est
aut hasc vita superstitem reipublicas vivere. (C. Fam. 9. 17 ;
i.e. as a piece of luck.")
5. Of the material. 1909
Illud vero tSEterrimum de templo carcerem fieri. (C. Phil. 5. 7.)
Viridi in campo templum de marmore ponam. (Verg. G. 3. 13.)
lis stipendium de publico statuit. (L. 1. 20.)
Sed aliquid atque adeo multa addunt et adferunt de suo.
(C. Fam. 4. 3.)
6. Of time: (a) 'immediately after.'' {Compare § 1907.) 1913
Prandium uxor mihi perbonum dedit: nunc dormitum jubet me
ire: minumc.non bonust somnus de prandio: apage.
(PI. Most. 697.)
De media nocte missus equitatus novissimum agmen consequitur.
(Caes. G. 7. 88.)
(&) 'During,' ' in the course of (Compare § 1908.) IgiT
Vigilas tu de nocte, ut tuis consultoribus respondeas: te gallorum
cantus exsuscitat. (C. Mur. 9.)
In comitium Milo de nocte venit: Metellus cum prima luce furtim
in campum currebat, adsequitur inter lucos hominem Milo.
(C. Att. 4. 3, § 4-)
Navem sopitis omnibus de tertia vigil ia conscendunt. (L. 40. 4.)
Epulari cceperunt de die. (L. 23. 8.)
7. ' Of, 1 ' concerning,' ' in the matter of 191a
Diffidens de numero dierum Cxsarem fidem servaturum, quod
nulla de reditu ejus fama afferebatur. (Cass. G. 6. 36.)
Neque tamen de nostra sed de omni republica disputo.
(C. Off. 2. 21.)
De rationibus referendis, non erat incommodum te nullam referre.
(C. Fam. 2. 17.)
Maxime firmatur similitudine ejus rei, qua de agitur, ad earn rein
qua de judicatum est. (C. lav. 1. 44.)
re. 3 8 3
Nihil est de Scipionis provincia commutatum. (G. Pbil. II. 7.)
Claudius vix Apronio illi de familiaritate concedere Tidetur.
(G. Ferr. z. 44-)
De ducentis nummis primum intendam balllstam in seuem.
(PL Baccb. 709.)
Actumst de me: jam morior, Simo. (PL Pseud. 1221.)
De fratre quid fiet? (Ter. Ad. 996.)
In composition: (see also §§ 986, 99c): , 9I3
I. Down, down off": decidere. fall down or off; decondere (Sen.),
busy; deculcare (Plin.), tread down; decumbere, He down: decur-
rere, run down, neut. (also 2 and 5) ; decutere, shake off; deferre,
bring down (also 2); defigere, fix down; deflagrare, burn down
(also 6); <LeBxten,flow down (see also 2); defodere, dig down, bury;
defricaxe, rub d&zvn, rub bard; defringere, break down; defxmdere,
pour down or out; degrassari (Stat.), rush upon; degrayare, weigh
down; degredi, step down: debiscere, split down so as to gape; del-
cere, cast down: delabi, slip down: deiigare, tie down; demergere,
plunge; demetere, mow down; demittere. send down, letdown; demo-
liri. demolish: damulcere, stroke down; denatare (Hor.), swim down;
deoccare (Pbn.) T barrow in; depangere, drive down; depectere. comb
down; dependere, bang down; depluere, rain down; deponere, lay
down; deprimsre, press down; derepere. creep down; deripere, pull
down or away; deruere; throw down; descendere, descend; deserpere
(StaL), creep down; desidere, sink, settle dozen; desilire. leap down;
desplcere, look down, despise; destillare, trickle down; desttnare, fix
down (stan-ere = statuere) ; detrudare, thrust down: detorbare,
knock down from; devlncire, bind down; devolare, fly down; devol-
vere, roll down; devorare, gulp down.
z. With especial reference to the place or object reached. To, 1914
originally down to, awar to: decurrere, have recourse (also 1); de-
ferre, report, accuse (also 1); denuntiare, announce: derigere, keep
straight; desacrare, consecrate; devenire. come to; deversari, go to
lodge.
3. Off, away, aside: decedere, depart; decerpere, pluck off; de- 1915
cidere, cut off, determine; declinare, turn aside; decondere, hide
awcy; decurtare, curtail; deducere, lead away, escort; deerrare,
wander astray; defendare, ward off; deficere (make away), revolt,
fail; definire, to mark off; denectere, turn aside; defluere, flow
away (see also 1); defogere, flee from, shun; defungi. acquit oneself
of; degerere (Plaut.), carry off; deglubere, pal; degere (do away ?),
384 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
spend time; degustare, taste of; dehibere (Plaut.), debere (have from J 9'6
another} but comp. 7), owe; debortari, dissuade; delectare (entice
away), delight; delere, wash out, destroy; delibare, take a taste or
drop of; deligere, pick out; deliquare, strain away (hence delicatus ?) ;
delitescere, lurk aside; demere, take away; demerere, deserve of a.
person; demetiri, measure off; demigrare, emigrate; deminuere, le ssen ;
demordere, bite off; demori, die off; demorari, detain; demovere,
move away; demutare, change from a former condition; depellere,
drive away; deperire, be lost, die for love of; depingere, paint a copy
of; deplantare, take off a shoot; deportare, convey away; deposcere,
demand; deprebendere, lay hold {among others}'), detect; depromere,
draw forth; deputare (Col.), cut off (also 4); deradere, scrape off;
derivare, draw off; derogare, repeal in part; desciscere, desert; de-
scribere, copy, mark off; desecare, cut off; designare, mark off; desi-
nere, leave off; desistere, stand off, give up; despuere, spit away;
destituere, set apart, abandon; desumere, pick out; desurgere, rise
from; detergere, wipe off; determinare, mark off; deterere, wear
away; deterrere, frighten off; detondere, clip off; detorqvere, twist,
turn aside; detrahere, take away; detruncare, lop off; devebere,
carry away; devellere, pull away; devenerari (Tib.), deprecate (see
also 3) ; deverti, turn aside; devocare, summon away.
4. From oneself: dedere, give up; dedicare (see also 5), dedi- rw
cate; deferre, hand over from oneself; delegare, make over; deman-
dare (chiefly Suet.), give in charge; dependere, pay away; or pay
down} (cf. 1); deperdere, lose; deponere, resign (see 1); despon-
dere, promise, esp. betroth; deprecari, pray against] devenerari
(Tib.), deprecate; devovere, vow away.
5. Completely; sometimes formally or methodically: dealbare, 1918
whitewash; deambulare, prome nade ; deamare, be desperately in love
with; deasciare (Plaut.), dress with the axe; deblaterare (Plaut.),
prate away; declamare, declaim; declarare (make clear), declare;
decurrere, run in procession (also 1); dedicare, declare (Lucr., see
also 4); dedolare, hew smooth; deflngere, fashion; deflere, lament;
deformare, form, depict (see also § 990); defraudare, defraud; de-
grunnire (Phaxlr. 5. 5. 27), grunt in his turn; dejurare, swear;
delamentari (Ov.), lament; delenire, cajole; delibutus, besmeared;
delingere, lick up; demirari, wonder at; demitigare (Cic), mollify;
demonstrare, point out; demunnurare (Ov.), mutter over; denarrare,
recount; denegare, refuse; denigrare, blacken; denominare, specify
by name; dendtare, mark out; denubere, marry in set form; denu-
dare, lay bare; deosculari, kiss; depacisci, bargain for; depeculari,
pillage; deplangere (Ov.), bewail; deplorare, weep bitterly, give up
for lost; depolire (Plaut., Plin.), polish off; depopulari, lay waste;
depravare, pervert; deprehendere, catch, detect; deproperare, hasten:
depurgare, clean out; deputare, consider (see also 3); derellnqvere,
I:
J ; 5
Ih* .. fin
:::-. ;-:
mumtarce: deaalaxs^ &vor a/one;
zuearcez
r. â– â– ::.
gpermimjiffiii'Qip tfir lTLu t^. oraaai: iszznz
13 exhaustion.' ^-dfcoar io fifir dSHBjs'}::
MMni
jgjmt n muzz*.
.-
grieve: defe:
big r fhmrz *
-
irz.-
jt? m
iiicaqver?. I bsiMBr BanJimtttz
rifirf &w rr #».-.- dedalfee
BB»*r tzreautz du&Lutswece. s".7. .;-â–
■V Jam- vBxstiff mz rf hffn i i» f a — ^
baBBTC ^szeary iuzz dalitjrascffire, WK&* araxup*
n: dalndari. ^zr-^szie it out
hgHw: ansumez dsgodere. ceasss ftp Mits&;
- 7u^; dfissBT-jrr - .--zaiistian: d taymaag * ([SeaA.
Jaamht^z dHJtlUAl'e. thunder arcz, \ . iruierimr.
" '- f renciv?.
, disarm z d ear ' aUar g T PTarfL);. wzGmlk-i
<m do'zzn'z.. : . T£
kcambvrz dedecc-:. -r detfSgnsnrt thmkun-
uTtlearnz dedocere. zztzsacb: leesse. 7<? izzazi
: dagftrtfrnreg ( Hin.). unjlnez de&one^ax
nan .mt. onee\. cbbs* lakeS^-
•e. i b dhar qf ma .- rf«i » « jm i » (C 6 *-)*- &***r
den2sar» | Plant.), unnase; deanerarH, dlzburdenz ^ mf"^** (MartL)),.
ueyrit-e if ;u:r: deglere. </rzrc: lessors
desiger= je :.zjz.;:^z.^bm:j.z: desperare. Ie Igtafan : despinnar*.
fiwmjhndk (xs also 5): de*rraanax^ jta/i?. £.« Amr fimm mm
•"•'Hi' i J.~:ud: detegscz. aanmer; detandere. mznn
«iown tents : detranara. jecihze.
1 bad sense: decider* .• * camp. 1). 4
^ss. &»bk undone (ccnip. 3 and - | ; deciders | tm.^ t;^^..
comp. 6 )„ iLiiuie: derider-; . ...;,-? ;-. -
aharru. . 5 )„
- LuiterLani origin: del!2»erar?
- desiderare- an
3S6 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Dis-, di- ' in twain'; in composition only: (see also § 986). 1923
dis- before sharp mutes and s; dir- before a vowel or h; di-
before flat mutes, liquids, nasals, semi-vowels (but disjungo; and cf.
§ 144. 2), and sp, sc, st. Before f, s is assimilated.
1. 'â– Asunder,'' 'â– in different directions:'' discedere, part asunder, 1924
depart; disceptare (pull apart!), decide, be judge; discernere, sepa-
rate, distinguish; discerpere, tear in pieces; discindere, cleave asunder;
discludere, keep apart; discoqvere, boil to rags; discrepare, ring
differently; discruciare, torture to pieces; discumbere, stretch oneself
out at table; discurrere, run about; discutere, break up; didere, dis-
tribute; diducere, divide; dierectus (Plaut.), crucified; dirimere (dis
fimere), break off: diffamare, noise about; differre, carry different ways,
put off, differ; diffindere, cleave asunder; difflngere (Hor.), alter; dif-
flare (Plaut.), blow apart; diffluere^ow different 'ways ; diffringere,
break in pieces; diffugere, flee asunder; difftuidere, diffuse; dlgerore,
distribute, digest; digladtari, fight on different sides; digredi, go
aside; dilabi, melt away; dilacerare, tear in pieces; dilaniare, ttar
in pieces; dilapidare, throw aw.;y like stones; dilargiri, give away;
dilatare, spread out; diluere, wash out, dissolve; dimanare, flow
different ways ; dimetiri, measure out ; dimetari, lay out by measure-
ihent; dimicare, fight on different sides; diminuere (Plaut., Ter.),
break to pieces; dimittere, send in dfferent directions; dimovere,
divide; diribere (dis habere), distribute voting-tickets; dissicere (dis-
jicCre), scatter; dispalari (Nep.), wander about ; dispalescere (Plaut.),
be noised abroad (palam) ; dispandere, stretchout; disparare, arrange
in dfferent divisions; dispellere, disperse; dispensare, pay out, dis-
pense; disperdere, squander, ruin; dispergere, scatter; dispertire, dis-
tribute; dispescere (Plin.), (feed apart), separate; displodere, burst
with a clap; disponere, arrange; dispungerd (prick apart), in
accounts, checkoff'; disqvirere, examine into in different directions;
diripere, tear asunder ; dirumpere, burst asunder; diruere, demolish;
dissaepire, hedge apart; diasecare, cut up; dissemlnare, sow about;
dissentire, think differently; disserere (Lucr., Col.), scatter seed;
disserpere (Lucr.), creep about; dissIdSre (sit apart), differ; dissilire,
jump apart; dissipare, disperse; dissolvere, unloose; dissultare, leap
asunder; distabescere (Cato), melt away; distare, stand apart, be
distant; distendere, distend; distenninare, separate; distinere, keep
apart; distingvere (mark differently), distinguish; distrahere, pull
a;>art; distribuere, distribute; distringere, bind apart, distract;
disturbare, knock to pieces, disturb; divaricare, stretch asunder; di-
vcllere, rend asunder; divendere, sell piecemeal; diverberare, beat
asunder; divortere, turn in different directions; divexare, pull asun-
der; dividere, /art; divulgare, publish abroad.
" : -
%. • Urn-;' iH ua l tta l mm (Suet.), amsbmd; ft i lifi. rngprJi «»- «iw
(Phut), Jr hqwrims: «■■!■! (Hor.), &«pr;
(Stat.), amdasf; ifii 1 1, distrust: Mkri, dua-cmur;
Ssjaim: dorian (Gc), mmarsiet; hplfcW l , Jufiw:
( mMMMv t i iy, daemss; tftartnboe. attir n££r, cmmxm; Hm-
3. 'Excre&sgiy? MW crammed; flUndan (Gc.), /raur =9=*
â– pere. tagufy desire; dft^tftoc atterfy feriscz tftaps-
, Ter), ir ^«rfr «&»«/ ,f; ! I (Q^Cic),
iaw saorartjr; disUBiire, ir fHnfir ^oaaj mf.
4. ' f 111 iqj „' 'tbnagi? 'ietaxrm: Jlgw o rw* . dLtagwisi: «b%ne 99*7
(better *ifftin). iw^ straight, direct; CQaAcsxe. jfcntdr, dutimgmsb;
tm k-rmmr %fe; illijinn., jar termmgb; djiwimre. ctf meatier tkar-
5. ilBB—im. nnt ^ sao^y: dh| w ti ie (relax crrr), £• «g=S
tfrwftfl rfr details, dutmss.
Ecg&; «cw* os/r crsfl a » rf nf««lr i ) r £■aeemsatrtx ease. Is Plamtms "»=9
amd Temace it is sometimes fat after the smmstamtrae 7 if that be a fer-
1. ITWSr 5/ (fi) Jriimdk or (A, anrr rragr) aafriemdfy fid- «W
op «r «rfi— ' Ufssards fersams «r feriimaf imteresU.
(a) 'TatsardsJ
Sadbs spectata erga te Jink tliast mea. (Ter. ^£b^L Sac)
Fidem erga imperatotem sums Gn. Fompemm coasenaxc Totue-
nmL (Cas. C 84-)
In mess moribns op meos necessaries «lw tii jmfe i m im rt kriwn
ridebar. (C Or. a. 49.)
Merita Pompeii «ammu erga glut*™ iwam (Q, ^|ef. S. 3.)
Magsbatns Cjimmii sapmiu erga memaram Gexmanici imnma
tangebantm-. (Tac. -<£. 3. a,)
(4) 'f^^'r'^sriBt'
Sic a hrrns a nw j| 1 a n gm lut . nt noo benefices matnrs. srd canmscci
odio» quad erga legem susceperant. co oli ng i Tiderentcr.
(Nep. 14. ia,1
25—2
388 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Siquid med erga tu hodie falsum dixeris. (PI. Asln. 20.)
Quibus iris impulsus nunc in illam iniquos sum? quae nunquam
quidquam erga me commeritast quod nollem, et saepe meritam
quod vellem scio. (Ter. Hec. 485 — 487.)
Res secundae valent commutare naturam, et raro quisquam erga
bona sua satis cautus est ('o« his guard against his o~jon ad-van-
tages? Curt. 10. 1, § 40).
3. ' In relation to? only post -August an.
Isque illi finis inscitiae erga domum suam fuit. Haud multo post
flagitia uxoris noscere ac punire adactus. (Tac. A. 11. 25.)
At illis vix decumre super portiones erant, isdem erga aliena sumpti-
bus quibus sua prodegerant. (Tac. H. 1. 20.)
Ergo : used without a substantive dependent, and as a postposition 1933
luith genitive case.
1. 'Inconsequence? ' therefore? ' then?
Ergo iste metus me macerat, quod ille fastidiosust, ne sententiam
mutet. (PI. Mil. 1233.)
Istuc ego satis scio. Si. Quid ergo, quod scis, me rogas?
(PI. Ps. 914.)
Ergo illi intellegunt quid Epicurus dicat, ego non intellego.
(C. Fin. 2. 4-)
Itaque ergo perpaucis effugium patuit. (L. 9. 31. fin.)
Exitus ergo quis est? O gloria! vincitur idem nempe. (Juv. 10.159.)
2. As postposition: 'in consequence? 'for the sake of? Rare, ex- 1934
cept in old language.
Mulieres genas ne radunto neve lessum funeris ergo habento.
(Lex xii Tab. ap. C. Leg. 2. 23.)
Porco piaculo facito. Sic verba concipito. Ejus rei ergo te hoc
porco piaculo immolando bonas pieces precor, uti sies volens
propitius mihi. (Gate R. R. J39.)
Communis exempli et iidei ergo visum, ut te salvum velimus.
(Letter of the consuls to Pyrrhus. ap. Gell. 3. 8.)
Hacc est origo ludorum Apollinarium, victoriae non valetudinis ergo,
ut plerique rentur, votorum factorumque. (L. 25. 12.)
Hostibus intulerant ignem formidinis ergo. (Lucr. 5. 1246.)
Ex, ec, e. 3 8 9
Ex, e {sometimes ec in composition before t),'out of:' as preposition ig^S
with ablative case only. Compare also exim (Ritschl, Opusc. II. 4 J 6),
'â– from that] exinde.
In some expressions the one or other form of the prepositions is
exclusively, or almost exclusively, used: thus e republica, e re nata,
e regione, e vestigio, e medio; otherwise usually ex, e.g. ex senatus
consulto, ex sententia, ex lege, ex tempore, ex facili, ex parte, isrc.
1. Of place: ' out of 'from: ^i 6
Clanculum ex aedibus me dedi foras. (PI. Most. 683.)
Quid minim igitur ex spelunca saxum in crura ejus incidisse?
(C. Fat. 3.)
Collis ex planicie editus. (Caes. G. 2. 8.)
Herennium negotiatorem ex Africa pro testimonio dixit securi esse
percussum. (C. Verr. 1. 5.)
Pcenus mancipia Romana et ex ergastulo militem verbis obterebat.
(L. 24. 15.)
Non ex vita sed ex domo in domum visus est migrare. (Nep. 25. 22.)
Dormientis spectatores metuis ne ex somno excites? (PI. Merc. 160.)
2. ' From off.' 1 1937
T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur,
conspicatus. (Cass. G. 2. 26.)
Judices aut e piano aut e quaesitoris tribunali legum et religionis et
noxae de qua cognoscerent admonebat. (Suet. Tib. 33.)
Saepe ex equis desiliunt ac pedibus prceliantur. (Caes. G. 4. 2.)
In nostra acie Castor et Pollux ex equis pugnare via sunt.
(C.N.D.z. 2.)
Quorum magno numero interfecto Crassus ex itinere oppidum
Sontiatum oppugnare coepit (' without halting,'' 'â– while on the
march.'' Caes. G. 3. 21).
So e vestigio, ' without delay â– ' (' starting from the footprint'); ex i 93 s
tempore, ' on the spur of the moment.'
Medicos coegi, et e vestigio eo sum profectus prima luce.
(Sulp. ap. CFam. 4. 2.)
Sine hoc ipsa ilia ex tempore dic'endi facultas inanem modo loquaci-
tatem dabit. (Quint. 10. 3. 28.)
39° Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
3. Of the source.
Nolebam ex me morem progigni malum. (PI. Ps. 492.)
Quae gerantur, accipies ex Pollione. (C. Fam. 1. 6.)
Licuit mihi majores ex otio fructus capere. (C. R.P. 1. 4.)
De solibus istis duobus studeo ex te audire quid sentias. (lb. 11.)
Sunt gradus officiorum, ex quibus, quid cuique praestet, intellegi
possit. (C. Off. 1. 45-)
Ex hac nimia licentia ait ille, ut ex stirpe quadam, exsistere et quasi
nasci tyrannum. (C. R. P. 1. 44.)
Quoniam igitur turn ex me doluisti, nunc ut duplicetur tuum ex
me gaudium, praestabo. (G. Fam. 16. 21.)
Ex Transalpinis gentibus majores nostri triumphaverunt.
(C. Phil. 8. 6.)
Arcis presidium etiam sine invecto (frumento), quia pauci erant, ex
ante praeparato sustineri potuit. (L. 26. 20.)
4. Of the basis or standard: ' in accordance with? ]
Hoc nomine abs te sestertiam miliens ex lege repeto. (C. Cacil. 5.)
Initio scripsi totius facti tui judicium non tarn ex consilio tuo quam
ex eventu homines esse facturos. (G. Fam. 1. 7. 5.)
Cum ita, uti mos erat, censor dixisset 'ut tu ex animi tui sententia
uxorem habes?' ' Habeo equidem,' inquit, ' uxorem, sed non
hercle ex animi mei sententia.' (Gell. 4. 20.)
Senatus existimat colonias provinciae Gallias recte atque ordine exque
re publica fecisse et facere. (C. Phil. 3. 15.)
Veritus est ex anni tempore et inopia aquas, ne siti conficeretur ex-
ercitus. (Sail. J. 50.)
Facit heredem ex deunce et semuncia Caecinam, ex duabus sextulis
M. Fulcinium. (G. desin. 6.)
Ab seriis rebus ludicrum ex multo ante praeparato, et in Asiae civl-
tates et ad reges missis qui denuntiarent, magno apparatu Am-
phipoli fecit. (L. 45. 32.)
Ex qua parte Panurgus erat Fannii non erat lis inioo ; ex qua parte
erat Roscii amplius erat lis ccciojd: nemo enim ilium ex
trunco corporis spectabat, sed ex artiiicio comico aestimabat.
(G. Rose. Com. 10.)
Si omnia deorsum e regione ferrentur et ad liniam, nunquam foret ut
atomus altera alteram posset attingere ('/'« accordance with a
ruling,' 1 i.e. '•in a straight line.'' G. Fin. 1. 6).
Erat e regione oppidi collis Qin the line of the town / i.e. opposite to
it. Csss. G. 7. 36).
Ex, ec, e. 391
So also in many adverbial phrases ; e.g. ex aequo, equally; ex bona ijw
fids, in good faith; ex contrario. on the contrary; ex composite (L.
25. 9), as agreed; ex confesso (Quint. 3. 5. 3), admittedly ; ex com-
modo (Sen. is/. 46. 1). at leisure ; ex destinato (Sen. Clem. 1. 7. 3),
q/* j?/ purpose; ex diverso, <wi /Ac contrary, in opposite directions;
ex facili (Ov. Am. 2. 2. 55), easily ; ex inopinato (C. A r . D. 2. 48),
on /&• sir; ex integxo. afresh; ex merlto (SalL J. 85. 37), on the
ground of desert ; ex more, in accordance with custom; ex pari (Sen.
Ep. 59. 14), on a level; ex parte aliqua. nulla, omul, magna ex
parte, in some, no, every^ a great degree; ex supervacuo (L. 2. 37),
superfluously ; e re tua, to your interest; ex toto (Piin. 11. 17. 17),
entirely; ex vano (Liv. 23- 31)1 without cause; ex vero (Ov. Am.
3. 9. 4), well-grounded; ex usu esse, to be serviceable ; &c.
In the jurists frequently, ex empto. ex vendito, ex testamento
agere, teneri &c, to sue {be liable) upon a purchase, a sale } a will.
i. e. the action rises out of and is based on a purchase, &c.
5. Of tbz whole from which a part is taken: 'out of 'from 1942
among." 1
Yellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum sus-
cepisseL (C. Gel. 3.)
Aliud nihil ex tanta praeda domum suam deportaverat.
(C. R.P. 1. 14.)
Ex Afranianis interficiuntur T. Caecilius et praeter eum centu-
riones mi. (Cass. C. 1. 46.)
6. Of the material or earlier condition: t g^j
Esponit multum argentum, non pauca etiam pocula ex auro.
(C. Verr. 4. 27.)
Non enim (ille sapiens) est e saxo sculptus aut e robore dolatus.
(C. Ac. 2. 31.)
Erat totus ex fraude et mendacio foetus. (C. Clu. 26.)
Paean aut e longa est et tribus brevibus, aut e totidem brevibus ct
longa. (C. Or. 64.)
Celeriter ex tertia acie singulas cohortes detraxit, atque ex his quar-
tam instituit. (Caes. C. 3. 89.)
Tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti.
(Sail. J. 10.)
Set eccum, qui ex incerto faciet mihi, quod quaero. certius.
(PI. Pseud. 965.)
In later imperial Latin we have frequently such expressions as ex 1944
quaestore. ex consule. &c
Puppienum et Clodium Balbinum Augustos appellavit ambos ex
consulibus. (Lampr. Gord. 22.)
392 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
7. '•Mixed with] ';'«:' of the vehicle of medicines, <t2rc; also in 1945
the blending of colours and flavours {of the 'â– ground ' ?).
Resinam ex melle iEgyptiam vorato; salvom feceris. (PI. Merc, 129.)
Ex jure hesterno panem atrum vorant. (Ter. Eun. 929.)
Malum miscetur cum sale et pipere atque ex his edendum est...
Rubi cacumina, in aqua decocta et ex oleo atque aceto assumta,
efficacia sunt. (Cels. 4. 26 = 19.)
Hie frutex est ramosus crassiore ac molliore quarn laurus folio, bacis
e nigro rufis (' blackish red.' 1 Plin. 15. 30. 39).
Mellis sequens probatio ut sit odoratum et ex child acre (' sweetish
sharp: Plin. 11. 15, § 15).
8. Of time: ' After." IS4 6
Ex ea die ad hunc diem quas fecisti, in judicium voco.
(C. Verr. 21. 12.)
Romae vereor ne ex K. Jan. magni tumultus sint. (C. Verr. 16. 9.)
Cotta ex consulatu est profectus in Galliam. (C. Brut. 92.)
Diem ex die ducere Hasdui. (Cass. G. 1. 16.)
Coepi egomet inter vias aliam rem ex alia cogitare. (Ter. Eun. 631.)
In composition (see also §§ 986, 990): 1947
Ex before vowels, h, and sharp consonants; ef, sometimes eo,
before f ; otherwise e. An initial s is frequently dropped after ex.
1. Out, forth: exagitare, disturb ; exax&escexe, fame out; exau- 1948
dire, catch a sound, hear; ebullire, bubble out, utter boastfully; ex-
candescere, give out a white heat; excedere, go out, go beyond ; excel-
lere, be eminent; excernere, sift out ; excerpere, pick out ; excldere, fall
out, be lost ; excldere, cut out; excire, excitare, rouse out; excipere, take
out, except, catch (from), succeed in order; exclamare, cry out; exclu-
dere, shut out, hatch; excrescere, grow out; excubare, lie out; esp.
on guard; exculcare (Plaut.), trample out; excurrere, run out; ex-
cutere, shake out; edlcere, declare publicly ; edisserere, edissertaxe, set
forth in full; edere, give forth; educere, lead forth ; exercere (drive
out)), set to work, employ, exercise; effari, utter; ecferre, bring forth,
express (see also 5); efflcere, produce effect; efflngere, express; efflare,
breathe out; efflorescere, blossom forth; eflauere,7?ow out; eflfodere,
dig out; effricaro, rub off; efiringere, burst open; effugere, flee away;
effulcire, stuff out; eflfulgere, gleam out; effundere, pour forth; effu-
tlre, prate; egerere, carry forth; egredl, come forth, overstep; ex-
halare, breathe out; exhaurire, draw out; exMbere, hold forth, pro-
Ex, ec r a. at
:â– ?
warn :
dues: agaealscf, Jsftaat Jbrtb; mk&em, out sat- n\ i mvw r Aiam fiardk,
JStfiHT^L iT iriTffr fl*-*$to CSDHMBB^L AMI
crngigtaraaiflfc; tMM, ir% « reay i
uniiJ fc «rf-- ctaR^ entire ant: dSdm^. had ant. cr\.
ii HUM i ii, draor <ntf.- eLoeare. let out an hire: stage*, stanr;
.-.---- :.::ar- ;r-/gj4 â– * dtaBB bbbdc .' - ;^u-
<i— utj i masaf figprffi,. xtt Jem feam tfie lathers power;
(Stat.)^ Ji^i OFSSU7 fram .' ffTTTiiiTrn ~ *rAr
Z» r * cmscgere. r£ra a? front: emecara
sp ring ant: anigraxs. remove habitation; amass. Jtoi
j<rai or Zet sat,- enumnere.. mtrve out: grmrngerg, •Tz.-z^r tfte :
â– r /fagftj enasare. s^Lznt out; enaTrtgare. sail firth; fafiss&i)!;
.shine firth- gnfrrf />â– â– â– ; 'rTtlfgn (seeafec
Murvjr <&zaij ^Le. oat of one's rank,, country. 3ec);
(finir aaf kernels), ex? lain: enmSiar-r . -?.- exnrm.
e rpantfergy spread out: 8\Z*tftfr%. extricate, practre. Seaseflafi;
axptfhn^. drive iu:: expeiulere. fma iu:; gxpexgiacr (SqpmlBJlhnldb
*gu2s£f ant), asmoke: experiri | get nC /V sm • npfltero
^pnEcr autV). pi under: expi3ca-.. exploders. Ian s^*: «x-
(.n&aBt aar i^panere. ..vr 7«r. uLemaark:
stretcc iuz; expurt^Ere. carr*; out: tuprinifirs. srpieratraat
. irnrfrr 4.) : gxpramers. j.r:j.~n fir:.: ; gspnugnru. jtmx aH£.- reckon.
~ ;. : ; :.i : ":ra iz;.:_~_r'rrT. .. zraa nz£ -:r'iu.e:~"? . ••••>-■;«r.-
apae, crsrfr aaiy erjpera. snatch mtaam-; eragaxe. spend, by pufific
consent : araur.ar'?. lefaS MT; ertarpere. break, ant; ff j, dig; ant:
taacmder : axacrsaxe. angl M>; esacriljere. ^-rife aut T capj-
exscalper? t^aecare. em jar: esaerere. : : :rust out; ce-
sTai".;, ' 7 . ",- esstErre. spring fir::: esaissere. emerge, spring Up>Z
ffraarvgrg. unMiisd; aaapatiari. cobH Mf; exapecfiami, Zarrf oat. <r^_
eovasBxe. sprmJUi out; sssprnr ;«r.- eEiapIerniiiscers. jsiiar
Jomtia; asapuere. jprr jar; esatel-. ssacdars. s^neat ant:
eiaugers. a-ari 7«i\- esranacit^ara. ran ^m =ieep: (^rarnfffray jprgteft
aor; sxserers. ,-a^r saff; a2tarq.Jeni. wt: j .7l:> 7«r: exsralifflrav <i[r^:
iiijriuigrs. 3ii_,.- j«r.- g-noljerare, raa/M tuz: exsander?. .
/jot; wx liii rtera, -ar?r th^. Jr-.-ve j.^j.ll-:; sradere. :f evoitSy,
torn oar; evugari. ^tsander firth : ffnaeaoere. toxL.: mtaMpi
carry ant; evftlTffrg, ^/itL-i 7ar; wim'iirn L-7»re 7Ztt. L:ue:
s^seepantf vmSs3S&{laarcnr ~ :i" : '. clear; gv'g^'a.rg. zvaxe intaf sfcep? •
(see also 4): evocare. summon: evolare. J§| «*; e^roi"7«ra, r?aX an£,
i^. unrvil; avcmgre. vnmi: fijrrh ; svulgacre. puaiL rraSerare.
L-7/ne /M oz abundance; axalnlaxe. ivod 7z«r; saaiidarB. tanl ot*;
taaBBtyput ajf dothes.
z- Tbraugfeaatj. ta the end: exanclaxs (ser^e aut I C£. ""^">» 194*
and FasJL p. 19. t. «— »«W7P iiaaent, <£rz»5'
s«7- ffiifriMBamy cot to pieces: edonntrg. jA^p cdUta^,
cat ap; effiigarT ad ^so ffffl*ffli7n, passumateh, ta ueat&fc
394 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
elugere, mourn the full time for; emerere, serve out one's time;
emetiri, traverse; emolere (Pers.), grind up, i.e. consume; emul-
gere, milk out, i.e. drain; enarrare, explain in detail; enavigare
(Hor.), sail over; enumerare, count over; exolescere (grow out),
pass away; explere, fll to the brim, glut; epotare, drain; exseqvi,
follow up, execute; exstinguere, stamp out, extinguish; exsudare, toil
through; evanescere, vanish away; exungere (Plaut.), ruin in un-
guents; exurere, burn up.
3. Thoroughly : often pleonastic: i 95C
exacerbare, irritate; exacuere, sharpen; exsedificare, build up;
exsequare', equal (better referred to § 990); exalbescere, become
<white; exarescere, become dry; exaugere, increase; excalfacere (Plin.),
heat; excavare, hollow out; excolere, improve; excoqvere, boil away,
melt, dry up; excruciare, torture; ediscare, learn, esp. by heart;
edocere, teach, inform; edomare, tame; effervescere, boil up (neut.);
effiagitare, demand vehemently; exMlarare, make glad; exhorrescere,
shudder at; exnortari, encourage; exinanire, make empty; existimare,
judge, think ; elaborare, exert oneself; elangvescere, languish away ;
elevare, lighten, disparage; elimare, polish; eludere, make sport of
(see also 4) ; einaciare, emaciate; ematurescere, grow riper or soft;
emerere, earn (see also 2); eminari (Plaut.), threaten; emirari
(Hor.), wonder at; emollire, soften; emori, die away; emundare
(Col.), clean out; emunire, fortify ; emutare (Quint.), change; enar-
rare, explain in detail; enecare, stifle (in Plaut. frequently — plague);
enotescere (post- Aug.), become known; enotare, note down; enume-
rare, recount; enutrire, feed, bring up; exoptare, greatly wish; ex-
ordiri, begin a web; exornare, fit out; exosculari, kiss fondly; expal-
lescere, grow pale ; expavescere, become greatly frightened; expetes-
sere, expetere, seek eagerly; expiare, atone for, purify; expingere,
paint; explanare, make plain (or to § 960, ex piano) ; expolire, polish;
exposcere, earnestly ask; expostulare, demand vehemently, quarrel;
exprobrare, make a reproach of; expurgare, cleanse; exputare, prune,
consider; exsarcire, repair; exsatiare, exsaturare, sate; exsecrari,
execrate (but cf. § 990); exsiccare, dry up; exsorbere, suck up; ex-
spoliare, spoil; exsternare, frighten ; exstimulare, goad on ; exsuperare,
mount above; exsurdare, deafen; extenuare, make thin, lessen; ex-
tergere, wipe; exterrere, frighten; extimescere, be in a panic;
evacuare, empty out; evalescere, become strong; evastare (Liv.),
devastate; everberare, strike; evllescere (post-Aug.), become vile;
evlnclre, bind round; evlncere, vanquish; evltare, avoid; exulcerare,
make sore.
4. iC ffll success:' eblandlri, gain by coaxing; excaecare, make 1951
blind; excantare, charm forth; excogitare, think out; edolare, hew
out, i.e. make by hewing; elucubrare, produce by lamplight toil; elu-
Ex, ec, e in composition: Extra. 395
dere, iL-in, frustrate (also 3): emendicare (Suet), obtain by beg-
ging; emercari, prevail on by bribes; exorare, obtain by pleading;
expalpare (Plaut.), coax out; exprimere, express, portray (also 1):
expugnare, gain by fighting; exterebrare, get by boring; evigilare.
effect by matching (also 1) ; evincere (Dig.), recover by eviction.
5. ' Up:" exaestuare. boil up; exaggerare, pile up: exarare. plough 195*
up, <zurite; efferre, carry up (see also 1); elgvare, Ifc up (also under
3): eradicare, root up; eniti, climb up (see also 1): erigere, set up,
raise; exstirpare, pull up by stalk, extirpate; exstruere. build up:
exsultare. jump up; exsurgere. rise up; extollere, lift up; evadere,
go up; evertere, turn up, overturn.
6. un~: (some may be formed from compound adjectives, and 1953
therefore not strictly belong here) exanimare. deprive of breath or
life; exangarare, unconsecrate ; excalceare. unshoe; excusare, excuse;
edentare. render toothless; exdorsuare (Plaut.). take out back; effire-
nare, unbridle; exheredare (from exheres?), disinherit: emendare.
free from faults ; enervare, enervate; enodare, unravel; exoculare
(Plaut.), render eyeless; exonerare, disburden; exossare, bone, i.e.
take out bones: explicare, unfold, make plain; erudire (cf. § 974),
instruct; erogare (Plin.), take out zvrinkles, smooth; exsaniare. free
from matter; evi3cerare, disembozue!.
Extra (Extrad, 5. C. de BaccS) ; used both without a substantive 1 j
dependent and <zuitb a substantive in accusative case. ' Outside. 7
I. Of place: 'outside.' (a) Without a substantive dependent.
Tota maceries opere tectorio levigatur extra intraque. (Col. 8. 15.)
Extra et intra hostem habebant. (Caes. C. 3. 69.)
Et sensibus et animo ea qua: extra sunt percipimus atque compre-
hendimus. (C. N. D. 2. 59.)
Helleborum medetur extra corporis eruptionibus, pituitae inlinitum.
(Plin. z 5 , § 6x.)
Argumenta extra petita, nisi ad aliquam praesentis disceptationis
utilitatem ingenio adplicantur, nihil per se valent.
(Quint. 5. 11.)
(&) With accusative case. Iry .
Hi sunt extra provinciam trans Rhodanum primi. (Caes. G. 1. 10.)
Solane beata vita, quaeso. relinquitur extra ostium limenque carce-
ris? (C.7-.D.5.5.)
Ne calonem quidem quemquam extra munitionem egredi passus
est. (Caes. G. 6. 36.)
396 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
2. Of time: with accusative (rare). 1956
In consulatu pedibus fere, extra consulatum saepe adaperta sella
per publicum incessit. (Suet. Aug. 53.)
3. Metaphorically, (a) Without a substantive; ' not included! 1 1957
• Quaedam ' inquit ' pluris sunt quam venierunt, et ob hoc aliquid
mihi extra pro illis, quamvis empta sint, debes.' (Sen. Ben. 6. 15.)
(b) With accusative: ' not included in," 1 l free from? ' without." 1 1958
Fuere tamen extra conjurationem complures, qui ad Catilinam initio
profecti sunt. (Sail. C. 39.)
Ab reo pecuniam, cum judex esset, clam atque extra ordinem acce-
pit. (G. Clu. 31.)
Histrio, si paulum se movit extra numerum, exsibilatur, exploditur.
(C. Par. 3. 2. 26.)
Filius meus extra sortem urbi praeerit (i. e. without casting lots.
L. 4. 45>
Sed mehercules, extra jocum, homo bellus est. (C. Fam. 7. 16.)
Conclamavere privatos suo periculo peccaturos: rempublicam non
extra noxam modo sed extra famam noxae conservandam esse.
(L. 34. 61.)
Cavendum est ne extra modum sumptu et magnificentia prodeas.
(C. Off. 1. 39.)
Seponi et occultari possunt, lit extra ruinam sint earn quae impendet.
(C. Att. 11. 24.)
Pedius ait inaequalitatem maxillarum oculorum bracchiorum (servi),
si nihil ex ministerio proestando subtrahit, extra redhibitionem
esse. {pig. ai. 1. 12.)
4. ' Not including? ' except.' 1959
(a) Without a substantive: only in legal phrase, extraquam.
Ego tamen habeo tectiorem exceptionem; ' Extraquam si ita nego-
tium gestum est, ut eo stari non oporteat ex fide bona.'
(G. Att. 6. 1.)
Ne navigato citra Calycadnum neu Sarpedonium promuntoria,
extraquam si qua navis pecuniam in stipendium aut legatos aut
obsides portabit. (Fcedus ap. L. 38. 38.)
(A) With accusative case; 'â– besides.'' I9 6o
Offendi, extra ducem paucosque praeterea, reliquos ita crudelcs ut
ipsam victoriam horrerem. (C. Fam. 7. 3.)
Ad haec qux interrogatus es, responde: at extra ca cave vocem
mittas. (L. 8. 32.)
Extra; In. 397
In : used both tuith accusative and <with ablative cases. -^gt
In old language the forms endo, indu occur. Ennius uses them
in his epic poem, endo with the accus. Indu ivith the abl. Lucretius
has indu manu and endo mart, and jacere inducer inicere. (Munro,
Lucr. I. 82.)
1. Place <w herein, literally and metaphorically. 196a
(a) With accusative: ' into." 1
Influxit enim non tenuis quidam e Grascia rivulus in hanc urbem.
(C.R. P. 2. 19.)
Quse in castra Siculorum nuntiata sunt. (L. 25. 28.)
Cohortes V in Eburones misit, (C. G. 5. 24.)
Antemnatium exercitus in fines Romanos incursionem facit.
(L. 1. 11.)
Hoc facio semper, ut, quicunque calamus in manus meas venerit,
eo sic utar tamquam bono. (C. Q. Fr. 2. 14.)
Querebantur Decemviri se in ordinem cogi. (L. 3. 51.)
Equitatu immisso celeriter hostes in fugam dat. (Cass. G. 5. 51.)
Turn se in conspectum nautis paulisper dedit. (G. Verr. 5. 33.)
Abin hinc in malam rem cum suspitione istac, scelus.
(Ter. And. 317.)
Si constitueris cuipiam te advocatum in rem praesentem esse ventu-
rum. (C. Off. 1. 10.)
Si vim faciet, in jus ducito hominem. (Ter. Eun. 768.)
In dicionem 1 se suaque omnia Romanis permiserunt. (L. 40. 49.)
Implorabant, ne se in servitutem Romanis traderent. (Cses. G. 1. 5 1 .)
Multo prius me conlocavi in arborem. (PI. Aul. 698.)
Adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium.
(PL Trin. 782.)
Omnia haec turn intereunt, cum in naturam aliam convertuntur.
(C. N. £>. 3. 12.)
(b) With ablative: 'in.' {The ablative, not the accusative is 1963
usual ivitb verbs of '•placing.'}
Vigebat in ilia domo mos patrius et disciplina. (C. Sen. 11.)
1 The accusative is often found in A/SS. (see Bockings fourth edit, of
Gains, p. 342) in expressions such as in potestatem populi Romani esse
(Liv. 2. 14); tenentur in adoptionem (Gai. 2. 136); esse in amicitiam
(C. Cacil. 20) ; in gratiam habere (Sail. J. in); in mentem esse (Ter.
Haul. 986) ; &c. These seem to have arisen from a confusion of the accu-
sative and ablative, which in these words differed little in pronunciation
or in writing (e. g. potestate, potestatem). Tor, as Madvig remarks,
we do not find in vincla habere for in vinclis habere.
398 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Quod genus endo marist Aradi fons. (Lucr. 6. 890.)
Non illud jusjurandum per ciesos in Marathone ac Salamine pro-
pugnatores reipublicae satis manifesto docet, praeceptorem ejus
Platonem fuisse ? (Quint. 12. 10. 24.)
Caesaris erat in barbaris nomen obscurius. (Caes. C. 1. 61.)
Socrates in eo libro loquitur cum Critobulo. (C. Sen. 17.)
Aut suis finibus Germanos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus
bellum gerunt. (Cass. G. 1. 1.)
Attendere te volo quae in manibus sunt. (Brut. ap. C. Fam. 11. 13.)
Plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in prcelio aut fuga intereunt.
(lb. 2. 35-)
In fuga salutem sperare dementia est. (Sail. C. 58.)
Monumentum sceleris audaciaeque suae voluit esse in conspectu
Italiae, vestibulo Siciliae, praetervectione omnium qui ultro
citroque navigarent. (C. Verr. 5. 66.)
Eodem anno inter populum Carthaginiensem et regem Masinissam
in re praesenti disceptatores Romani de agro fuerunt.
(L. 40. 17.)
Ad populum aut in jure aut aput aedilem res est. (Plaut. Men. 587.)
Proficiscitur tentaturus urbes, quae in dicione Ptolemaei essent.
(L. 33 . 19.)
In quam angusto domus meae fortuna posita est!
(Sen. Rhet. Contr. 7. 18, § 3.)
Pecuniam dum volt in praedio ponere, non posuit sed abjecit.
(G. Tull. 6.)
Curio te in matrimonio stabili et certo conlocavit. (C. Phil. 2. 18.)
(c) With ibi, in phrase lnibi ' therein: '^'*
Marsuppium habeat: inibi paulum praesidi. (PI. Pers. 125.)
2. Place whereon. I9 ^ 3
(«) With accusative: ' on to! 1
Turn, lituo in laevam manum translato, dextra in caput Numx im-
posita, precatus ita est. (L. 1. 18.)
Civem Romanum sublatum esse in crucem dixerunt. (C. Verr. 1.5.)
Rejecit se in eum flens quam familiariter. (Ter. And. 136.)
Jam pluribus scalis in murum evadebant. (L. 25. 24.)
Ademptum tibi jam faxo omnem metum, in aurem utramvis otiose
uL donnias. (Ter. Haut. 342.)
m- 399
(b) With ablative: 'on.'' i<*56
Ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo.
(C. Ferr. 5. 11.)
' Non hominem occidi.' Non pasces in cruce corvos.
(Hon Ep. 1. 16. 48.)
In eo fiumine pons erat. (Cass. G. 2. 5.)
Cogitabat legiones ad urbem adducere et in cervicibus nostris con-
locare. (C. Earn. 12. 23.)
3. Of time. *&7
(a) With accusative: ' to,' or 'for?
Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie. (L. 27. 2.)
Ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem.
(C. Off. 3. I4-)
Legati pacem foedusque in triginta annos impetraverunt. (L. 9. 37.)
Dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte inlatis Iucernis. (Plin. Ep. 4. 9.)
(Dicebant) antea subitariis- gradibus et scaena in tempus structa
ludos edi solitos. (Tac A. 14. 20.)
Omnia ordine exposuit patribus, ingenti hominum et in pnesens
hetitia et in futururn spe. (L. 30. 17.)
(b) With ablative: ' in the course oj '? or 'at? Ig 63
Bruto curata hoc anno talenta circiter C: Pompeio in sex mensibus
promiasa cc. (C. Att. 6. 3.)
Nihil in vita yidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. (C. Clu. 6.)
Sol binas in singulis annis reversiones ab extremo contrarias facit.
(C. N. D. 2. 40.)
In tali tempore nulli novus magistratus \-idebatur mandandus.
(L- «. 35 .)
Caesar satis habebat in praesentia hostem rapinis pabulationibus
populationibusque prohibere. (Cses. G. i. 15.)
Sed eccum ipsum video in tempore hue se recipere. (Ter. Ph. 464.)
Hoc ipso in itinere altera; dum narrat, forte audivi. (Ter. Haut. 271.)
(c) With ibi ; inibi, ' on the point of being done? 1569
Quod speramus aut inibi esse aut jam esse confectum. (C. Phil. 14. 2.)
4. In reckoning.
(a) With accusative: of the unit of measure, ' against? l for? *9f»
Quadragena milia nummum in singulos judices distributa.
(G. du. 27.)
Quingenos denarios pretium in capita, quod redderetur dominis,
statueran^. (L. 34. 5c.)
400 Supplement to Syntax, i. Prepositions.
Scaptius centesimis renovato in singulos annos foenore contentus non
fuit. (C. Att. 6. 3.)
Mihi scito in dies majori curas esse dignitatem tuam. (C.Fa.7,. 18.)
Is se ternis nummis in pedem tecum transegisse dicebat.
(G. Q.Fr. 3. 1. a.)
Compare: Hasc civitas mulieri in redimiculum prasbeat, hasc in col- 1971
lum, hasc in crinis. (C. Verr. 3. 33.)
(3) With ablative: ' among. 1
In primo congressu circiter lxx ceciderunt, in his Q^Fulginius. 1972
(Czes. C. 1. 46.)
Peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas. (C. Fam. 13. 78.)
Erat certe tuum nihil praster virtutem in bonis ducere. (C.Fin. 3.3.)
Partus ancillas sitne in fructu habendus, disseretur inter principes
civitatis. (C. Fin. 1. 4.)
5. Of the position or circumstances. 1973
(a) With accusative, (1) of the direction, or line: ' along,'' ' in
accordance ivith.''
Fossam et maceriam sex in altitudinem pedum praeduxerat.
(Caes. G. 7. 69.)
Intervallum justum arborum, si aretur solum, quadrageni pedes in
terga frontemque, in latera viceni ; si non aretur, hoc in omnis
partes. (Plin. 17, § 202.)
Cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati. (C. Verr. Act. 1. 5.)
Hunc pellis aenis in plumam squamis auro conserta tegebat.
(Verg. A. 11. 770.)
Hoc in speciem varietatemque opus non deforme. (Cass. G. 7. 23.)
Crescebat urbs munitionibus, cum in spem magis futuras multitu-
dinis, quam ad id quod turn hominum erat, munirent. (L. 1 . 8. )
Loquendo plura scribcndoque dedita opera, quas in rem non essent,
dies consumptus est. (L. 26. 17.)
Condiciones, in quas pax cum tyranno fieret, has conscripsit.
(L. 34. 35.)
Fatetur, judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba qua; N 
